Abaqus2021 Verification
Abaqus2021 Verification
Contents
Contents
Trademarks and Legal Notices....................................................................................11
Abaqus Verification Guide...........................................................................................13
Element Verification......................................................................................................15
About element verification tests......................................................................................................17
Eigenvalue tests........................................................................................................................................17
Simple load tests.......................................................................................................................................17
Element loading options............................................................................................................................17
Patch tests.................................................................................................................................................18
Contact tests.............................................................................................................................................18
Interface tests............................................................................................................................................18
Rigid body verification...............................................................................................................................18
Connector element verification..................................................................................................................18
Special-purpose stress/displacement elements........................................................................................18
Miscellaneous tests...................................................................................................................................19
Eigenvalue tests..............................................................................................................................21
Eigenvalue extraction for single unconstrained elements..........................................................................23
Eigenvalue extraction for unconstrained patches of elements..................................................................41
Acoustic modes.........................................................................................................................................45
Simple load tests.............................................................................................................................49
Membrane loading of plane stress, plane strain, membrane, and shell elements.....................................51
Generalized plane strain elements with relative motion of bounding planes.............................................55
Three-dimensional solid elements.............................................................................................................59
Axisymmetric solid elements.....................................................................................................................63
Axisymmetric solid elements with twist.....................................................................................................67
Cylindrical elements..................................................................................................................................69
Loading of piezoelectric elements.............................................................................................................75
Love-Kirchhoff beams and shells..............................................................................................................81
Shear flexible beams and shells: I.............................................................................................................83
Shear flexible beams and shells: II............................................................................................................87
Initial curvature of beams and shells.........................................................................................................91
Normal definitions of beams and shells.....................................................................................................97
Constant curvature test for shells............................................................................................................101
Verification of section forces for shells....................................................................................................103
Composite shell sections.........................................................................................................................105
Cantilever sandwich beam: shear flexible shells.....................................................................................111
Thermal stress in a cylindrical shell........................................................................................................113
Variable thickness shells and membranes..............................................................................................117
Shell offset...............................................................................................................................................121
Axisymmetric membrane elements.........................................................................................................123
Cylindrical membrane elements..............................................................................................................127
Verification of beam elements and section types....................................................................................131
Beam added inertia.................................................................................................................................147
Beam fluid inertia....................................................................................................................................151
i
Contents
ii
Contents
iii
Contents
iv
Contents
v
Contents
vi
Contents
vii
Contents
viii
Contents
VUCREEPNETWORK...........................................................................................................................1701
VUEL.....................................................................................................................................................1703
VUFIELD...............................................................................................................................................1707
VUHARD...............................................................................................................................................1709
VUINTER...............................................................................................................................................1711
VUINTERACTION.................................................................................................................................1715
VUMAT: rotating cylinder.......................................................................................................................1719
VUMATHT.............................................................................................................................................1725
VUSDFLD..............................................................................................................................................1727
VUVISCOSITY......................................................................................................................................1729
VWAVE..................................................................................................................................................1731
Miscellaneous Options.............................................................................................1735
Miscellaneous modeling options.................................................................................................1737
Adaptive mesh for solid elements in Abaqus/Standard.........................................................................1739
Adjusting nodal coordinates..................................................................................................................1743
Amplitude..............................................................................................................................................1745
Spatially varying element properties.....................................................................................................1757
Boundary conditions..............................................................................................................................1775
Reset overconstraint checking controls.................................................................................................1779
Coupling constraints..............................................................................................................................1785
Define a part instance that will be used for display only........................................................................1797
Embedded element technique...............................................................................................................1799
Establishing geostatic equilibrium when the initial stress state is unknown..........................................1803
Specifying geometric imperfection and parameter shape variation.......................................................1805
Inertia-based load balancing.................................................................................................................1807
Defining the cutting surface...................................................................................................................1811
Kinematic coupling constraint................................................................................................................1813
Defining a matrix for part of a model.....................................................................................................1815
Mesh-independent spot welds...............................................................................................................1819
Multi-point constraints...........................................................................................................................1827
User-defined coordinate system............................................................................................................1863
Pre-tension section................................................................................................................................1867
Radiation view factor definition: symmetries and blocking....................................................................1869
Release rotational degrees of freedom.................................................................................................1885
Shell-to-solid coupling constraints.........................................................................................................1887
Extrapolation.........................................................................................................................................1897
Surface-based fluid cavities...................................................................................................................1899
Modified contact pressure-overclosure relationship..............................................................................1903
Initial contact stress...............................................................................................................................1905
Defining temperature, field variable, pressure stress, and pore fluid pressure values..........................1907
Surface-based tie constraint..................................................................................................................1925
Coupled pore-thermal elements............................................................................................................1931
Thermal expansion of constraints.........................................................................................................1933
Miscellaneous output options......................................................................................................1935
Writing element matrix output records...................................................................................................1937
Substructure matrix output request.......................................................................................................1941
Integrated output variables....................................................................................................................1943
Rigid body motion output variables.......................................................................................................1945
ix
Contents
x
Trademarks and Legal
Notices
Trademarks
®
Abaqus, 3DEXPERIENCE , the Compass icon, the 3DS logo, CATIA, BIOVIA, GEOVIA, SOLIDWORKS,
3DVIA, ENOVIA, EXALEAD, NETVIBES, MEDIDATA, CENTRIC PLM, 3DEXCITE, SIMULIA, DELMIA,
and IFWE are commercial trademarks or registered trademarks of Dassault Systèmes SE, a French “société
européenne” (Versailles Commercial Register # B 322 306 440), or its subsidiaries in the United States and/or
other countries. All other trademarks are owned by their respective owners. Use of any Dassault Systèmes or its
subsidiaries trademarks is subject to their express written approval.
DS Offerings and services names may be trademarks or service marks of Dassault Systèmes or its subsidiaries.
Legal Notices
Abaqus and this documentation may be used or reproduced only in accordance with the terms of the software
license agreement signed by the customer, or, absent such agreement, the then current software license agreement
to which the documentation relates.
This documentation and the software described in this documentation are subject to change without prior notice.
Dassault Systèmes or its Affiliates shall not be responsible for the consequences of any errors or omissions that
may appear in this documentation.
© Dassault Systèmes Simulia Corp., 2020.
For a full list of the third-party software contained in this release, please go to the Legal Notices in the Abaqus
2021 HTML documentation, which can be obtained from a documentation installation, or in the SIMULIA
Established Products 2021 Program Directory, which is available on www.3ds.com.
11
Abaqus Verification Guide
13
Element Verification
Element Verification
In this section:
15
About element verification
tests
Overview
This section defines the basic tests used to provide evidence that the implementation of the numerical model for the
behavior of the elements in Abaqus produces the expected results. Verification of various print and file output options
is also provided in these tests.
The test set is divided into categories as described below.
Eigenvalue tests
This set includes two tests for most element types. In the first of these tests all the modes and frequencies of a
single, unrestrained element are extracted. The second test extracts the modes and frequencies of a patch of
unrestrained elements. These tests verify the correct representation of rigid body modes and the correctness of
each element's stiffness and mass. The tests also reveal any singular “hourglass” modes that may be present in
reduced-integration elements.
A third test is performed to extract the natural modes of vibration of an organ pipe modeled with acoustic
elements.
Only the number of zero-energy modes has been verified for the tests. The first nonzero eigenvalue is shown
only for purposes of comparison. These tests are not performed for heat transfer elements and some other
nonstructural elements.
17
About element verification tests
To check thermal loading, free and constrained thermal expansions of elements are also tested. Thermal loads
are defined by giving the temperature, θ, along with a nonzero thermal expansion coefficient.
Generalized plane strain elements have an additional reference node associated with the generalized plane strain
condition. Depending on the particular test, degrees of freedom uz, ϕx, and ϕy of the generalized plane strain
reference node are constrained or left free.
Patch tests
The patch test requires that, for an arbitrary “patch” of elements, when a solution corresponding to a state of
constant strain throughout the patch is prescribed on the boundary of the patch, the constant strain state must be
obtained as the solution at all strain calculation points throughout the patch. For heat transfer elements the patch
test requires that constant temperature gradients are calculated throughout the patch when the temperatures
corresponding to the constant gradient solution are prescribed on the boundary. The acoustic elements are
similarly tested for constant pressure gradients, and the thermal-electrical elements are tested for constant potential
gradients.
The patch test is generally considered to be a necessary and sufficient condition for convergence of the solution
as the element size is reduced, except for shell elements of the type used in Abaqus, for which the test is not
rigorously required, but for which it is commonly accepted as a valuable indicator of the element's quality. Thus,
this test plays a key role in the verification process.
In the patch tests done in Abaqus a patch is defined as a mesh with at least one interior element and several
interior nodes. The elements in the patch are nonrectangular, although element edges are kept straight.
(Second-order elements do not always pass the patch test if their edges are not straight.) The shell elements are
tested for plate and cylindrical patches only.
Basic verification of the geometric nonlinearity capability is included in these tests by prescribing large rigid
body rotations of the models under states of constant strain and verifying the invariance of the solution with
respect to the rotation.
Contact tests
This section contains tests of the various contact capabilities available in Abaqus.
Interface tests
This section contains tests of the various interface capabilities available in Abaqus. This category currently
consists of modeling surface interface conditions in heat transfer problems, coupled acoustic-structural problems,
coupled thermal-electrical problems, and friction.
18
About element verification tests
tested in Eigenvalue extraction for single unconstrained elements, as well as in the simple load test described
in Verification of beam elements and section types and the distributed load test described in ELBOW elements.
GAP-type elements are tested with the contact elements, as described in Contact between discrete points.
Miscellaneous tests
This category contains tests of the rebar options, transport of a temperature pulse in convection elements,
transverse shear for shear-flexible shells, and linear dynamic analyses with fluid link elements.
19
Eigenvalue tests
In this section:
21
Eigenvalue extraction for
single unconstrained
elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
Acoustic elements, beams, cohesive elements, elbows, membranes, pipes, shells, trusses, continuum elements
(except coupled pore pressure-displacement and coupled temperature-displacement elements), piezoelectric
elements, springs, and masses.
Problem description
The models consist of a single element. There are no boundary conditions, except as required in spring-mass
(see SPRING, MASS, and JOINT2D elements) and piezoelectric tests. For the piezoelectric element tests one
electric potential degree of freedom is constrained to remove singularities from the dielectric portion of the
structural stiffness.
Note:
There are no mass terms associated with potential degrees of freedom.
The results presented in Table 1 through Table 7 show the number of zero-energy modes and the first nonzero
eigenvalue. Some elements have nonrigid-body zero-energy modes. Where two values are given in the zero-energy
modes column, the first is the number of zero-energy modes and the second is the number of rigid-body
zero-energy modes. When an assembly of elements is tested, as in Eigenvalue extraction for unconstrained
patches of elements, the nonrigid-body zero-energy modes disappear. The eigenvalue is shown only for purposes
of comparison. Elements with quadrilateral geometry can be degenerated to triangular shape; these results are
denoted by “(triangle)” in the tables. Results for the piezoelectric elements are reported for Step 2.
23
Eigenvalue extraction for single unconstrained elements
24
Eigenvalue extraction for single unconstrained elements
The membrane elements have no bending stiffness, which accounts for the high number of nonrigid-body
zero-energy modes.
25
Eigenvalue extraction for single unconstrained elements
S4 6 3.071 × 106
26
Eigenvalue extraction for single unconstrained elements
27
Eigenvalue extraction for single unconstrained elements
28
Eigenvalue extraction for single unconstrained elements
29
Eigenvalue extraction for single unconstrained elements
30
Eigenvalue extraction for single unconstrained elements
31
Eigenvalue extraction for single unconstrained elements
Input files
Acoustic elements
ec12afe1.inp AC1D2 elements.
ec13afe1.inp AC1D3 elements.
ec23afe1.inp AC2D3 elements.
ec24afe1t.inp AC2D4 elements (triangle).
ec24afe1.inp AC2D4 elements.
ec26afe1.inp AC2D6 elements.
ec28afe1t.inp AC2D8 elements (triangle).
ec28afe1.inp AC2D8 elements.
ec34afe1.inp AC3D4 elements.
ec35afe1.inp AC3D5 elements.
ec36afe1.inp AC3D6 elements.
ec38afe1.inp AC3D8 elements.
ec3aafe1.inp AC3D10 elements.
ec3fafe1.inp AC3D15 elements.
ec3kafe1.inp AC3D20 elements.
ec34afe1_ams.inp AC3D4 elements, Abaqus/AMS.
32
Eigenvalue extraction for single unconstrained elements
Beam elements
eb22pxe1.inp B21 elements.
eb2hpxe1.inp B21H elements.
eb23pxe1.inp B22 elements.
eb2ipxe1.inp B22H elements.
eb2apxe1.inp B23 elements.
eb2jpxe1.inp B23H elements.
eb32pxe1.inp B31 elements.
eb3hpxe1.inp B31H elements.
ebo2ixe1.inp B31OS elements.
ebohixe1.inp B31OSH elements.
eb33pxe1.inp B32 elements.
eb3ipxe1.inp B32H elements.
ebo3ixe1.inp B32OS elements.
eboiixe1.inp B32OSH elements.
eb3apxe1.inp B33 elements.
eb3jpxe1.inp B33H elements.
Cohesive elements
coh2d4_eig.inp COH2D4 elements.
cohax4_eig.inp COHAX4 elements.
coh3d6_eig.inp COH3D6 elements.
coh3d8_eig.inp COH3D8 elements.
33
Eigenvalue extraction for single unconstrained elements
Membrane elements
em33sfe1.inp M3D3 elements.
em34sfe1.inp M3D4 elements.
em34sre1.inp M3D4R elements.
em36sfe1.inp M3D6 elements.
em38sfe1.inp M3D8 elements.
em38sre1.inp M3D8R elements.
em39sfe1.inp M3D9 elements.
em39sre1.inp M3D9R elements.
ema2sre1.inp MAX1 elements.
ema3sre1.inp MAX2 elements.
emc6sre1.inp MCL6 elements.
emc9sre1.inp MCL9 elements.
Shell elements
esf3sxe1.inp S3/S3R elements.
ese4sxe1.inp S4 elements.
esf4sxe1.inp S4R elements.
es54sxe1.inp S4R5 elements.
es68sxe1.inp S8R elements.
es58sxe1.inp S8R5 elements.
es59sxe1.inp S9R5 elements.
es63sxe1.inp STRI3 elements.
es56sxe1.inp STRI65 elements.
esnssxe1.inp SAXA11 elements.
esntsxe1.inp SAXA12 elements.
esnusxe1.inp SAXA13 elements.
esnvsxe1.inp SAXA14 elements.
esnwsxe1.inp SAXA21 elements.
34
Eigenvalue extraction for single unconstrained elements
Truss elements
et22sfe1.inp T2D2 elements.
et22she1.inp T2D2H elements.
et23sfe1.inp T2D3 elements.
et23she1.inp T2D3H elements.
et32sfe1.inp T3D2 elements.
et32she1.inp T3D2H elements.
et33sfe1.inp T3D3 elements.
et33she1.inp T3D3H elements.
35
Eigenvalue extraction for single unconstrained elements
36
Eigenvalue extraction for single unconstrained elements
37
Eigenvalue extraction for single unconstrained elements
38
Eigenvalue extraction for single unconstrained elements
Piezoelectric elements
ec3aefe1.inp C3D10E elements.
ec3fefe1.inp C3D15E elements.
ec3kefe1.inp C3D20E elements.
ec3kere1.inp C3D20RE elements.
ec34efe1.inp C3D4E elements.
ec36efe1.inp C3D6E elements.
ec38efe1.inp C3D8E elements.
eca3efe1.inp CAX3E elements.
eca4efe1.inp CAX4E elements.
eca6efe1.inp CAX6E elements.
eca8efe1.inp CAX8E elements.
eca8ere1.inp CAX8RE elements.
ece3efe1.inp CPE3E elements.
ece4efe1.inp CPE4E elements.
ece6efe1.inp CPE6E elements.
ece8efe1.inp CPE8E elements.
ece8ere1.inp CPE8RE elements.
ecs3efe1.inp CPS3E elements.
ecs4efe1.inp CPS4E elements.
ecs6efe1.inp CPS6E elements.
ecs8efe1.inp CPS8E elements.
ecs8ere1.inp CPS8RE elements.
et22efe1.inp T2D2E elements.
et23efe1.inp T2D3E elements.
et32efe1.inp T3D2E elements.
et33efe1.inp T3D3E elements.
39
Eigenvalue extraction for
unconstrained patches of
elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Continuum elements
Elements tested
Continuum elements (excluding coupled temperature-displacement and pore pressure elements).
Problem description
The models consist of the same patches of elements used in the tests defined in Patch tests. The first step consists
of an eigenvalue analysis of the model with no boundary conditions. The second step applies a uniform pressure
load on all four edges and sets the NLGEOM parameter. The third step performs an eigenvalue analysis of the
prestressed model with no boundary conditions. Results are printed only for the first and third steps.
Input files
ec3asfe2.inp C3D10 elements.
ec3ashe2.inp C3D10H elements.
ec3asie2.inp C3D10HS elements.
ec3aske2.inp C3D10M elements.
ec3asle2.inp C3D10MH elements.
ec3fsfe2.inp C3D15 elements.
ec3fshe2.inp C3D15H elements.
ec3isfe2.inp C3D15V elements.
ec3ishe2.inp C3D15VH elements.
ec3ksfe2.inp C3D20 elements.
ec3kshe2.inp C3D20H elements.
ec3ksre2.inp C3D20R elements.
ec3ksye2.inp C3D20RH elements.
ec3rsfe2.inp C3D27 elements.
ec3rshe2.inp C3D27H elements.
ec3rsre2.inp C3D27R elements.
ec3rsye2.inp C3D27RH elements.
ec34sfe2.inp C3D4 elements.
ec34she2.inp C3D4H elements.
41
Eigenvalue extraction for unconstrained patches of elements
42
Eigenvalue extraction for unconstrained patches of elements
Elements tested
Beams, pipes, general shells.
Problem description
The models consist of the same patches of elements used in the tests defined in Patch tests. There are no boundary
conditions defined in these models.
Input files
eb22rxe3.inp B21 elements.
eb2hrxe3.inp B21H elements.
eb23rxe3.inp B22 elements.
eb2irxe3.inp B22H elements.
eb2arxe3.inp B23 elements.
eb2jrxe3.inp B23H elements.
eb32rxe3.inp B31 elements.
eb3hrxe3.inp B31H elements.
43
Eigenvalue extraction for unconstrained patches of elements
44
Acoustic modes
Acoustic modes
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
AC1D2 AC1D3
ACAX3 ACAX4 ACAX6 ACAX8
AC2D3 AC2D4 AC2D6 AC2D8
AC3D4 AC3D5 AC3D6 AC3D8 AC3D10 AC3D15 AC3D20
Features tested
Eigenfrequency extraction
Surface impedance
Problem description
Each member of the family of acoustic elements is used to model an organ pipe. The natural modes of vibration
are extracted from the models for the case of an organ pipe with both ends open (open/open) and the case of an
organ pipe with one end open and the other end closed (open/closed). The appropriate boundary condition at an
open end is that the acoustic pressure degrees of freedom be set to zero (a free surface). A closed end requires
no boundary condition; the natural boundary condition is that of a rigid surface adjacent to the fluid. Results are
compared with exact solutions.
The model consists of a column of air 165.8 units high with a cross-sectional area of 1.0. The first-order element
model consists of 20 acoustic elements along the length of the fluid column and one through the cross-section.
The second-order element models consist of 10 elements.
The material properties used for the air are ρf = 1.293 and bulk modulus = 1.42176 × 105.
The geometry and material properties defined for this problem result in the natural frequencies of f1 = 1.0
cycles/sec, f2 = 2.0 cycles/sec, and f3 = 3.0 cycles/sec for the open organ pipe and f1 = 0.5 cycles/sec, f2 = 1.5
cycles/sec, and f3 = 2.5 cycles/sec for the closed organ pipe.
The results deviate less than 1% from these frequencies for the first-order elements and less than 0.1% for the
second-order elements. More accuracy can be acquired with finer meshes. To match these frequencies with two-
and three-dimensional finite elements, the length of the fluid column is chosen considerably longer than the
width of the column.
Input files
ec12afe4.inp AC1D2 elements.
ec13afe4.inp AC1D3 elements.
45
Acoustic modes
Elements tested
ACAX3 ACAX4 ACAX6 ACAX8
AC2D3 AC2D4 AC2D6 AC2D8
AC3D4 AC3D5 AC3D6 AC3D8 AC3D10 AC3D15 AC3D20
Problem description
The models consist of duct-like meshes of length 0.1. The first step consists of an eigenvalue analysis of the
model with no boundary conditions. The second step applies a spherical nonreflecting impedance on all exterior
ends of the ducts. The third step performs an eigenvalue analysis of the model with the impedance conditions.
Results are printed only for the first and third steps.
46
Acoustic modes
Input files
acoustic_exteig2d.inp AC2D3, AC2D4, AC2D6, and AC2D8 elements.
acoustic_exteigax.inp ACAX3, ACAX4, ACAX6, and ACAX8 elements.
acoustic_exteig3d.inp AC3D4, AC3D6, AC3D8, AC3D10, AC3D15, and AC3D20 elements.
Elements tested
Acoustic finite elements
ACAX3 ACAX4 ACAX6 ACAX8
AC2D3 AC2D4 AC2D6 AC2D8
AC3D4 AC3D5 AC3D6 AC3D8 AC3D10 AC3D15 AC3D20
Acoustic infinite elements
ACINAX2 ACINAX3
ACIN2D2 ACIN2D3
ACIN3D3 ACIN3D4 ACIN3D6 ACIN3D8
Problem description
The models consist of duct-like meshes of length 0.1, terminated with acoustic infinite elements. The first analysis
step consists of a real eigenvalue analysis of the model. The second step performs a complex eigenvalue analysis
of the model.
Input files
acoustic_infeig2d.inp ACIN2D2, ACIN2D3, AC2D3, AC2D4, AC2D6, and AC2D8 elements.
acoustic_infeigax.inp ACINAX2, ACINAX3, ACAX3, ACAX4, ACAX6, and ACAX8 elements.
acoustic_infeig3d.inp ACIN3D3, ACIN3D4, ACIN3D6, ACIN3D8, AC3D4, AC3D6, AC3D8,
AC3D10, AC3D15, and AC3D20 elements.
47
Simple load tests
In this section:
• Membrane loading of plane stress, plane strain, membrane, and shell elements
• Generalized plane strain elements with relative motion of bounding planes
• Three-dimensional solid elements
• Axisymmetric solid elements
• Axisymmetric solid elements with twist
• Cylindrical elements
• Loading of piezoelectric elements
• Love-Kirchhoff beams and shells
• Shear flexible beams and shells: I
• Shear flexible beams and shells: II
• Initial curvature of beams and shells
• Normal definitions of beams and shells
• Constant curvature test for shells
• Verification of section forces for shells
• Composite shell sections
• Cantilever sandwich beam: shear flexible shells
• Thermal stress in a cylindrical shell
• Variable thickness shells and membranes
• Shell offset
• Axisymmetric membrane elements
• Cylindrical membrane elements
• Verification of beam elements and section types
• Beam added inertia
• Beam fluid inertia
• Beam with end moment
• Flexure of a deep beam
• Simple tests of beam kinematics
• Tensile test
• Simple shear
• Verification of the elastic behavior of frame elements
• Verification of the plastic behavior of frame elements
• Three-bar truss
• Pure bending of a cylinder: CAXA elements
• Cylinder subjected to an asymmetric temperature field: CAXA elements
• Cylinder subjected to asymmetric pressure loads: CAXA elements
• Cylinder subjected to an asymmetric pore pressure field: CAXA elements
• Modal dynamic and transient dynamic analysis with CAXA and SAXA elements
• Simple load tests for thermal-electrical elements
• Hydrostatic fluid elements
• Fluid link element
49
• Fluid pipe element
• Temperature-dependent film condition
• Surface-based pressure penetration
• Gasket behavior verification
• Gasket element assembly
• Cohesive elements
• Coriolis loading for direct-solution steady-state dynamic analysis
• Pipe-soil interaction elements
• Shear panel elements
50
Membrane loading of plane
stress, plane strain,
membrane, and shell
elements
Membrane loading of plane stress, plane strain, membrane, and shell elements
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPS3 CPS4 CPS4I CPS4R CPS4RT CPS6 CPS6M CPS6MT CPS8 CPS8R
CPE3 CPE3H CPE4 CPE4H CPE4I CPE4IH CPE4R CPE4RH CPE4RHT CPE4RT CPE6
CPE6H CPE6M CPE6MH CPE6MHT CPE6MT CPE8 CPE8H CPE8R CPE8RH
CPEG3 CPEG3H CPEG4 CPEG4H CPEG4I CPEG4IH CPEG4R CPEG4RH CPEG6 CPEG6H
CPEG6M CPEG6MH CPEG8 CPEG8H CPEG8R CPEG8RH
M3D3 M3D4 M3D4R M3D6 M3D8 M3D8R M3D9 M3D9R
S4 S4R S4R5 S8R S8R5 S9R5 STRI3 STRI65 SC8R CSS8
Problem description
D C
A B
Boundary conditions: uxA = uyA = 0, uyB = 0 and, for shell elements, uz = 0 at all nodes.
Step 1
A distributed pressure of 1000/length is applied on each edge (for shell elements, equivalent concentrated loads).
Equivalent concentrated shear forces corresponding to distributed shear loading of 1000/length are applied on
each edge in the directions shown.
Response:
51
Membrane loading of plane stress, plane strain, membrane, and shell elements
Stresses
At every integration point σxx = σyy = σxy = −1000 and, for plane strain elements, σzz = −600.
Strains
Plane strain elements:
Displacements
For lower-order elements the test description is complete. For higher-order elements another step definition is
included.
Step 2
Hydrostatic pressure loading along the two vertical faces, varying from 0 at the top to 1000/length at the bottom,
is added to the loads already applied in Step 1.
Response:
Stresses
σxx = −1000(2 − y), σyy = σxy = −1000, and, for plane strain elements, σzz = ν (σxx + σyy ).
Strains
Plane strain elements:
εxx = (−3.0333 (2 − y) + 1.3) × 10−5, εyy = (1.3(2 − y) − 3.03333) × 10−5, γxy = −8.66667 × 10−5.
εxx = (−3.333 (2 − y) + 1) × 10−5, εyy = ((2 − y) − 3.3333) × 10−5, γxy = −8.6667 × 10−5.
The results for generalized plane strain elements depend on the boundary constraints applied to the generalized
plane strain reference node. In these tests the reference nodes in the lower-order generalized plane strain elements
are constrained such that the results are the same as their plane strain counterparts. For the higher-order generalized
plane strain elements these nodes are unconstrained, so the results are the same as their plane stress counterparts.
Elements using reduced integration may have additional boundary conditions to those specified above. All
elements yield exact solutions.
Input files
52
Membrane loading of plane stress, plane strain, membrane, and shell elements
53
Membrane loading of plane stress, plane strain, membrane, and shell elements
54
Generalized plane strain
elements with relative
motion of bounding planes
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPEG3 CPEG3H CPEG3HT CPEG3T CPEG4 CPEG4H CPEG4HT CPEG4I CPEG4IH CPEG4R
CPEG4RH CPEG4RHT CPEG4RT CPEG4T CPEG6 CPEG6H CPEG6M CPEG6MH CPEG6MHT
CPEG6MT CPEG8 CPEG8H CPEG8HT CPEG8R CPEG8RH CPEG8RHT CPEG8T
Problem description
regular
nodes
x
D
C
z reference node A
55
Generalized plane strain elements with relative motion of bounding planes
uzA = 0.01
ϕxA = 0.0
ϕyA = 0.0
Analytical solution:
Stresses
At every node σzz = 3.0 × 105.
Strains
At every node εxx = εyy = −3.0 × 10−3, εzz = 1.0 × 10−2.
Step 2 (Perturbation)
A relative rotation of 0.01 radians about the y-axis is applied to degree of freedom 5 of the reference node (the
rotation degree of freedom of one bounding plane relative to the other).
uzA = 0.0
ϕxA = 0.0
ϕyA = 0.01
Analytical solution:
Stresses
Strains
For Step 1, all element types yield the exact solution. The results for Step 2 are given in the following table:
56
Generalized plane strain elements with relative motion of bounding planes
Second-order quadrilateral elements, first-order incompatible mode elements, and quadratic triangles yield the
exact solutions. Modified triangles yield nearly exact solutions. Other element types exhibit stiff response.
Input files
57
Three-dimensional solid
elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D4 C3D4H C3D5 C3D5H C3D6 C3D6H C3D8 C3D8H C3D8I C3D8IH C3D8R C3D8RH
C3D10 C3D10H C3D10HS C3D10M C3D10MH C3D15 C3D15H C3D15V C3D15VH C3D20
C3D20H C3D20R C3D20RH C3D27 C3D27H C3D27R C3D27RH CSS8
Problem description
H G
E D C
F
2
1
A B
z y 2
Step 1
A distributed pressure of 1000/area is applied on each face, and equivalent concentrated forces for shear loading,
defined such that all three shear stresses are of magnitude −1000.
Response:
Stresses
σxx = σyy = σzz = σxy = σxz = σyz = −1000 at every integration point.
59
Three-dimensional solid elements
Strains
εxx = εyy = εzz = −1.3333 × 10−5, γxy = γyz = γxz = −8.6667 × 10−5.
Displacements
For lower-order elements the test description is complete. For higher-order elements another step definition is
included.
Step 2
Hydrostatic pressure loading is applied to the four vertical faces, varying from 0 at top to 1000/area at bottom,
in addition to the Step 1 loads.
Response:
Stresses
σxx = σyy = −1000(2 − z), σzz = −1000, σxy = σxz = σyz = −1000.
Strains
εxx = εyy = 3.333 × 10−5(0.7z − 1.1), εzz = 3.333 × 10−5(0.2 − 0.6z),
Elements using reduced integration may have additional boundary conditions to those specified above.
Elements C3D27R and C3D27RH employ 21 nodes in this test to produce the exact solutions. The lack of
midface nodes is consistent with the elements' intended use, since no contact elements are present.
All elements that do not use the modified formulation, except C3D20RH, yield exact solutions. The stresses
calculated for element C3D20RH are correct.
The modified tetrahedral element formulation cannot exactly capture a linearly varying gradient field due to the
piecewise linear interpolation used for the unknown field. However, the numerical solution will converge to the
exact solution as the mesh is refined.
Section output requests to the results (.fil) file and to the data (.dat) file are used in some of the input files
to output accumulated quantities on the face in the y-z plane. The area of the face is 2.0 in both steps. The
accumulated force is reported in a coordinate system that is local to the section. In Step 1 the force is 2000 in
each local direction. In Step 2 the total force component in the local 1-direction (normal to the face) changes to
3000.
Input files
60
Three-dimensional solid elements
61
Axisymmetric solid
elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CAX3 CAX3H CAX4 CAX4H CAX4I CAX4IH CAX4R CAX4RH CAX4RHT CAX4RT CAX6
CAX6H CAX6M CAX6MH CAX6MHT CAX6MT CAX8 CAX8H CAX8R CAX8RH
Problem description
C D
z
1
r A B
1000 2
Stresses
At every integration point, σrr = σθθ = σzz = −1000, σrz = 0.
Strains
εrr = εθθ = εzz = −1.3333 × 10−5, εrz = 0.
Displacements
ur = −1.33 × 10−2 along r = 1000, uz = −1.33 × 10−5z.
63
Axisymmetric solid elements
For lower-order elements the test description is complete. For higher-order elements, another step definition is
included.
Step 2
Hydrostatic pressure loading is applied along the two vertical faces, varying from 0 at the top to 1000/area at
the bottom, in addition to the loads of Step 1.
The following reference solution is obtained for Step 2 using CAXA84 axisymmetric solid elements with
nonlinear, asymmetric deformation (input file eref84s3.inp) and is given at z = 0.5.
Stresses
σrr = −1500, σzz = −1000, σθθ = −1500, σrz = 0.
Strains
εrr = −2.5 × 10−5, εzz = −3.33 × 10−6, εθθ = −2.5 × 10−5, εrz = 0.
Elements using reduced integration may have additional boundary conditions to those specified above. All
elements yield exact solutions.
Section output requests to the results (.fil) file and to the data (.dat) file are used in some of the input files
to output accumulated quantities on the face CD. The quantities are reported in a system that is local to the
section.
Input files
64
Axisymmetric solid elements
65
Axisymmetric solid
elements with twist
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CGAX3 CGAX3H CGAX3HT CGAX3T CGAX4 CGAX4H CGAX4HT CGAX4R CGAX4RH
CGAX4RHT CGAX4RT CGAX4T CGAX6 CGAX6H CGAX6M CGAX6MH CGAX6MHT
CGAX6MT CGAX8 CGAX8H CGAX8HT CGAX8R CGAX8RH CGAX8RHT CGAX8RT CGAX8T
Problem description
axis of
symmetry
C D
z
1
A B
a=1
Step 1
A concentrated moment loading equivalent to a distributed moment loading M of 6042 is applied on top face
CD.
Analytical solution (L=1):
Twist
67
Axisymmetric solid elements with twist
Stresses
σzθ = μϕr / L.
Input files
68
Cylindrical elements
Cylindrical elements
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CCL9 CCL9H CCL18 CCL18H CCL12 CCL12H
CCL24 CCL24R CCL24H CCL24RH
Features tested
Elements are tested for concentrated and distributed load cases. Different types of analyses (linear and nonlinear)
are studied. Both elastic and hyperelastic material models are used.
Problem description
Mesh: The mesh presented above is used for elements with a rectangular cross-section. For elements with a
triangular cross-section, two elements are used for each element represented above. The axis of symmetry is the
z-axis.
Material: Linear elasticity: Linear elastic, Young's modulus = 30 × 106, Poisson's ratio = 0.3. Hyperelasticity:
Hyperelastic, polynomial strain energy potential, N=2, C10 = 1 × 105, C01 = 0.5 × 105, C20 = 0.5 × 105, C11 = 0.8
× 105, C02 = 0.75 × 105, D1 = 1 × 10−7, D2 = 1 × 10−7.
69
Cylindrical elements
z D C
r A B
z D C
r A B
z D C
r A B
CCL12 and CCL9: Segment AD is fixed. Axisymmetric boundary conditions are enforced.
CCL24 and CCL18: Segment AB is fixed. Axisymmetric boundary conditions are enforced.
CASE 4
70
Cylindrical elements
D C
z
r A B
Segment AB is fixed.
The results are compared to the results obtained using axisymmetric elements. CCL9 elements are compared to
CAX3 (and CGAX3, when appropriate), CCL12 elements are compared to CAX4 (and CGAX4, when appropriate),
CCL18 elements are compared to CAX6 (and CGAX6, when appropriate), and CCL24 are compared to CAX8
(and CGAX8, when appropriate). Cylindrical elements and axisymmetric elements yield the same results with
differences less than 2%.
Input files
ecc9gfs1a.inp CCL9 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 1, perturbation step, elastic
material.
ecc9gfs1b.inp CCL9 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 1, general step, elastic
material.
ecc9gfs1c.inp CCL9 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 1, assumed nonlinear
geometry, elastic material.
ecc9ghs1d.inp CCL9H elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 1, assumed nonlinear
geometry, hyperelastic material.
ecc9gfs2a.inp CCL9 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 2, perturbation step, elastic
material.
ecc9gfs2b.inp CCL9 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 2, general step, elastic
material.
ecc9gfs2c.inp CCL9 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 2, assumed nonlinear
geometry, elastic material.
ecc9ghs2d.inp CCL9H elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 2, assumed nonlinear
geometry, hyperelastic material.
ecc9gfs3a.inp CCL9 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 3, perturbation step, elastic
material.
ecc9gfs3b.inp CCL9 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 3, general step, elastic
material.
71
Cylindrical elements
ecc9gfs3c.inp CCL9 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 3, assumed nonlinear
geometry, elastic material.
ecc9ghs3d.inp CCL9H elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 3, assumed nonlinear
geometry, hyperelastic material.
ecc9gfs4a.inp CCL9 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 4, perturbation step, elastic
material.
ecc9gfs4b.inp CCL9 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 4, general step, elastic
material.
ecc9gfs4c.inp CCL9 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 4, assumed nonlinear
geometry, elastic material.
ecc9ghs4d.inp CCL9H elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 4, assumed nonlinear
geometry, hyperelastic material.
ecccgfs1a.inp CCL12 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 1, perturbation step with
*LOAD CASE, elastic material.
ecccgfs1b.inp CCL12 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 1, general step, elastic
material.
ecccgfs1c.inp CCL12 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 1, assumed nonlinear
geometry, elastic material.
ecccghs1d.inp CCL12H elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 1, assumed nonlinear
geometry, hyperelastic material.
ecccgfs2a.inp CCL12 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 2, perturbation step, elastic
material.
ecccgfs2b.inp CCL12 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 2, general step, elastic
material.
ecccgfs2c.inp CCL12 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 2, assumed nonlinear
geometry, additional linear perturbation step with *LOAD CASE, elastic material.
ecccghs2d.inp CCL12H elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 2, assumed nonlinear
geometry, hyperelastic material.
ecccgfs3a.inp CCL12 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 3, perturbation step, elastic
material.
ecccgfs3b.inp CCL12 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 3, general step, elastic
material.
ecccgfs3c.inp CCL12 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 3, assumed nonlinear
geometry, elastic material.
ecccghs3d.inp CCL12H elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 3, assumed nonlinear
geometry, hyperelastic material.
ecccgfs4a.inp CCL12 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 4, perturbation step, elastic
material.
ecccgfs4b.inp CCL12 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 4, general step, elastic
material.
ecccgfs4c.inp CCL12 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 4, assumed nonlinear
geometry, elastic material.
ecccghs4d.inp CCL12H elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 4, assumed nonlinear
geometry, hyperelastic material.
eccigfs1a.inp CCL18 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 1, perturbation step, elastic
material.
eccigfs1b.inp CCL18 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 1, general step, elastic
material.
72
Cylindrical elements
eccigfs1c.inp CCL18 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 1, assumed nonlinear
geometry, elastic material.
eccighs1d.inp CCL18H elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 1, assumed nonlinear
geometry, hyperelastic material.
eccigfs2a.inp CCL18 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 2, perturbation step, elastic
material.
eccigfs2b.inp CCL18 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 2, general step, elastic
material.
eccigfs2c.inp CCL18 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 2, assumed nonlinear
geometry, elastic material.
eccighs2d.inp CCL18H elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 2, assumed nonlinear
geometry, hyperelastic material.
eccigfs3a.inp CCL18 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 3, perturbation step, elastic
material.
eccigfs3b.inp CCL18 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 3, general step, elastic
material.
eccigfs3c.inp CCL18 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 3, assumed nonlinear
geometry, elastic material.
eccighs3d.inp CCL18H elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 3, assumed nonlinear
geometry, hyperelastic material.
eccigfs4a.inp CCL18 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 4, perturbation step, elastic
material.
eccigfs4b.inp CCL18 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 4, general step, elastic
material.
eccigfs4c.inp CCL18 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 4, assumed nonlinear
geometry, elastic material.
eccighs4d.inp CCL18H elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 4, assumed nonlinear
geometry, hyperelastic material.
eccrgfs1a.inp CCL24 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 1, perturbation step, elastic
material.
eccrgfs1b.inp CCL24 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 1, general step, elastic
material.
eccrgfs1c.inp CCL24 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 1, assumed nonlinear
geometry, elastic material.
eccrghs1d.inp CCL24H elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 1, assumed nonlinear
geometry, hyperelastic material.
eccrgfs2a.inp CCL24 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 2, perturbation step, elastic
material.
eccrgfs2b.inp CCL24 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 2, general step, elastic
material.
eccrgfs2c.inp CCL24 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 2, assumed nonlinear
geometry, elastic material.
eccrghs2d.inp CCL24H elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 2, assumed nonlinear
geometry, hyperelastic material.
eccrgfs3a.inp CCL24 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 3, perturbation step, elastic
material.
eccrgfs3b.inp CCL24 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 3, general step, elastic
material.
73
Cylindrical elements
eccrgfs3c.inp CCL24 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 3, assumed nonlinear
geometry, elastic material.
eccrghs3d.inp CCL24H elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 3, assumed nonlinear
geometry, hyperelastic material.
eccrgfs4a.inp CCL24 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 4, perturbation step, elastic
material.
eccrgfs4b.inp CCL24 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 4, general step, elastic
material.
eccrgfs4c.inp CCL24 elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 4, assumed nonlinear
geometry, elastic material.
eccrghs4d.inp CCL24H elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 4, assumed nonlinear
geometry, hyperelastic material.
eccrgrs1a.inp CCL24R elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 1, perturbation step,
elastic material.
eccrgrs1b.inp CCL24R elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 1, general step, elastic
material.
eccrgrs1c.inp CCL24R elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 1, assumed nonlinear
geometry, elastic material.
eccrgys1d.inp CCL24RH elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 1, assumed nonlinear
geometry, hyperelastic material.
eccrgrs2a.inp CCL24R elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 2, perturbation step,
elastic material.
eccrgrs2b.inp CCL24R elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 2, general step, elastic
material.
eccrgrs2c.inp CCL24R elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 2, assumed nonlinear
geometry, elastic material.
eccrgys2d.inp CCL24RH elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 2, assumed nonlinear
geometry, hyperelastic material.
eccrgrs3a.inp CCL24R elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 3, perturbation step,
elastic material.
eccrgrs3b.inp CCL24R elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 3, general step, elastic
material.
eccrgrs3c.inp CCL24R elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 3, assumed nonlinear
geometry, elastic material.
eccrgys3d.inp CCL24RH elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 3, assumed nonlinear
geometry, hyperelastic material.
eccrgrs4a.inp CCL24R elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 4, perturbation step,
elastic material.
eccrgrs4b.inp CCL24R elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 4, general step, elastic
material.
eccrgrs4c.inp CCL24R elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 4, assumed nonlinear
geometry, elastic material.
eccrgys4d.inp CCL24RH elements, load and boundary conditions of Case 4, assumed nonlinear
geometry, hyperelastic material.
74
Loading of piezoelectric
elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPS3E CPS4E CPS6E CPS8E CPS8RE CPE3E CPE4E CPE6E CPE8E CPE8RE
Problem description
D C
A B
Material: Linear elastic, Young's modulus = 30 × 106, Poisson's ratio = 0.3, no piezoelectric coupling, isotropic
dielectric constant 1.0 × 10−3.
Reference solution
Stresses
Both plane stress and plane strain elements,
75
Loading of piezoelectric elements
Strains
Plane strain elements,
Electrical fluxes
Both plane stress and plane strain elements, qxx = 0, qyy = −1000.
Both plane stress and plane strain elements, Exx = 0, Eyy = −1.0 × 106.
Displacements
Potentials
φ = −yEyy.
Input files
ecs3efs1.inp CPS3E elements.
ecs4efs1.inp CPS4E elements.
ecs6efs1.inp CPS6E elements.
ecs8efs1.inp CPS8E elements.
ecs8ers1.inp CPS8RE elements.
ece3efs1.inp CPE3E elements.
ece4efs1.inp CPE4E elements.
ece6efs1.inp CPE6E elements.
ece8efs1.inp CPE8E elements.
ece8ers1.inp CPE8RE elements.
76
Loading of piezoelectric elements
Elements tested
C3D4E C3D6E C3D8E C3D10E C3D15E C3D20E C3D20RE
Problem description
H G
E D C
F
2
1
A B
z y 2
Material: Linear elastic, Young's modulus 30 × 106, Poisson's ratio 0.3, no piezoelectric coupling, isotropic
dielectric constant 1.0 × 10−3.
Loading: Distributed pressure of 1000/area on each face, and equivalent concentrated forces for shear loading,
defined such that all three shear stresses are of magnitude −1000.
Distributed charges of 1000/area on each face.
Concentrated charges at each node to negate the distributed charges, except for the distributed charge of 1000/area
on the top surface.
Reference solution
Stresses
σxx = σyy = σxy = σxy = σxz = σyz = −1000.
Strains
εxx = εyy = εzz = −1.3333 × 10−5, γxy = γyz = γxz = −8.6667 × 10−5.
Electrical fluxes
77
Loading of piezoelectric elements
Displacements
Potentials
φ = −zEzz.
Input files
ec34efs2.inp C3D4E elements.
ec36efs2.inp C3D6E elements.
ec38efs2.inp C3D8E elements.
ec3aefs2.inp C3D10E elements.
ec3fefs2.inp C3D15E elements.
ec3kefs2.inp C3D20E elements.
ec3kers2.inp C3D20RE elements.
Elements tested
CAX3E CAX4E CAX6E CAX8E CAX8RE
Problem description
C D
z
1
r A B
1000 2
Material: Linear elastic, Young's modulus 30 × 106, Poisson's ratio 0.3, no piezoelectric coupling, isotropic
dielectric constant 1.0 × 10−3.
78
Loading of piezoelectric elements
Reference solution
Stresses
σrr = σθθ = σzz = −1000, σrz = 0.
Strains
εrr = εθθ = εzz = −1.3333 × 10−5, εrz = 0.
Electrical fluxes
qrr = 0, qzz = −1000.
Displacements
ur = −1.33 × 10−2 along r = 1000, uz = −1.33 × 10−5z.
Potentials
φ = −zEzz.
Input files
eca3efs3.inp CAX3E elements.
eca4efs3.inp CAX4E elements.
eca6efs3.inp CAX6E elements.
eca8efs3.inp CAX8E elements.
eca8ers3.inp CAX8RE elements.
79
Love-Kirchhoff beams and
shells
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B23 B23H B33 B33H STRI3 STRI65
Problem description
z y
0.5
A
B x
5.0
0.5
A three-dimensional problem is shown here. It may be particularized for two-dimensional beam elements.
Loading: Fx = Fy = Fz = 25.0 at end A, Mx = My = Mz = 100.0 at end B. Only Fx, Fz, and My are applied for shell
models.
General: Gauss integration is used for the shell cross-section for element STRI3.
Reference solution
81
Love-Kirchhoff beams and shells
Beam elements yield exact solutions. 3-node shell elements yield exact solutions for ux and ϕy but yield a value
of 0.01412 for uz. 6-node shell elements yield exact solutions for ux and ϕy but yield a value of 0.01464 for uz.
Input files
82
Shear flexible beams and
shells: I
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B21 B21H B22 B22H B31 B31H B31OS B31OSH B32 B32H B32OS B32OSH
PIPE21 PIPE21H PIPE22 PIPE22H PIPE31 PIPE31H PIPE32 PIPE32H
S4 S4R S4R5 S8R S8R5 S9R5
Problem description
A
B x
5.0
A three-dimensional problem is shown here, which can be particularized for two-dimensional beam elements.
Loading: Fx = Fy = Fz = 25.0 at end A. Only Fx and Fz are applied for shell models.
Section properties: A = 0.25, I11 = I22 = 1 × 106, J = 0.0104167. The bending inertias have intentionally
been chosen as very large values in order to test the shear-only modes.
For pipe elements a circular cross-section of outer radius 0.5 and wall thickness 0.05 is used. For this case a
different analytical solution based upon Timoshenko theory is used for comparison.
Analogous problems are modeled in Abaqus/Explicit using linear beam and pipe elements. Unit density is
prescribed for the material, and the solution is computed for unit time. Loads are applied smoothly for a quasi-static
solution, similar to that from static analysis. The results using pipe elements are consistent to that using beam
elements, both of which match the static analysis.
83
Shear flexible beams and shells: I
Reference solution
ux =
PL
EA
, uy = uz =
PL3
3EI (1 + 3EI
k GAL2 ) at node A.
Regular and open section elements
ux = 1.667 × 10−5, uy = uz = 4.333 × 10−5.
Pipe elements
ux = 2.792 × 10−5, uy = uz = 2.194 × 10−3.
All beam and shell elements yield exact solutions. Pipe element solutions are given in Table 1.
ux uy = uz
−5
Analytical solution 2.792 × 10 2.194 × 10−3
Input files
84
Shear flexible beams and shells: I
85
Shear flexible beams and
shells: II
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B21 B21H B22 B22H B31 B31H B31OS B31OSH B32 B32H B32OS B32OSH
PIPE21 PIPE21H PIPE22 PIPE22H PIPE31 PIPE31H PIPE32 PIPE32H
S4 S4R S4R5 S8R S8R5 S9R5 STRI65
Problem description
A
B x
5.0
A three-dimensional problem is shown here, which can be particularized for two-dimensional beam elements.
General: Analogous problems are modeled in Abaqus/Explicit using linear beam and pipe elements. Unit
density is prescribed for the material, and the solution is computed for unit time. Loads are applied smoothly
for a quasi-static solution, similar to that from static analysis. The results using pipe elements are consistent to
that using beam elements, both of which match the static analysis.
Reference solution
87
Shear flexible beams and shells: II
All beam and shell elements yield exact solutions. Pipe elements yield the following solutions:
Input files
88
Shear flexible beams and shells: II
89
Initial curvature of beams
and shells
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B21 B21H B22 B22H B23 B23H B31 B31H B31OS B31OSH B32 B32H B32OS
B32OSH B33 B33H
PIPE21 PIPE21H PIPE22 PIPE22H PIPE31 PIPE31H PIPE32 PIPE32H
S4 S4R S4R5 S8R S8R5 S9R5 STRI3 STRI65 SC6R SC8R CSS8
Problem description
y 5.0
x A 10˚ B
General: Initial curvature is defined by specifying the direction cosines of the normals at the two ends.
Gauss integration is used for the shell cross-section for the S4R elements.
Reference solution
Reference results are generated from models consisting of 20 B33 cubic beam elements. (Since only one element
is used for modeling, if the direction cosines of the normals are not used, the solution will correspond to straight
beam theory.) The reference tests use SECTION=RECT, SECTION=I, or SECTION=PIPE. These sections
correspond to regular beams and shells, open section beams, and pipes, respectively. Only pipe elements are
verified in Abaqus/Explicit.
91
Initial curvature of beams and shells
92
Initial curvature of beams and shells
93
Initial curvature of beams and shells
* These are first-order elements and are unable to capture initial curvature with a one-element mesh. However,
a refined mesh for these elements yields very good results.† Due to the lack of symmetry for triangular meshes,
the displacements at the nodes that are at point B may differ slightly. The maximum values are documented
here.** These results are obtained using enhanced hourglass control.
Input files
94
Initial curvature of beams and shells
ese4sms7.inp S4 elements.
esf4sms7.inp S4R elements.
es54sms7.inp S4R5 elements.
es68sms7.inp S8R elements.
es58sms7.inp S8R5 elements.
es59sms7.inp S9R5 elements.
es63sms7.inp STRI3 elements.
es56sms7.inp STRI65 elements.
esc8sms7.inp SC8R elements.
esc8sms7_eh.inp SC8R elements with enhanced hourglass control.
ecss8sms7.inp CSS8 elements.
95
Normal definitions of
beams and shells
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B21 B21H B22 B22H B23 B23H B31 B31H B31OS B31OSH B32 B32H B32OS
B32OSH B33 B33H
PIPE21 PIPE21H PIPE22 PIPE22H PIPE31 PIPE31H PIPE32 PIPE32H
S4 S4R S4R5 S8R S8R5 S9R5 STRI3 STRI65
Problem description
3
B C
A
x
97
Normal definitions of beams and shells
Remarks
Normal definitions written to the output file by the analysis input file processor are all correct.
Reference solution
† Due to the lack of symmetry for triangular meshes, the displacements at the nodes that are at point B differ
slightly. The maximum values are documented here. For pipe elements in Abaqus/Explicit the results are very
close to those obtained with Abaqus/Standard; the small differences can be attributed to steady-state oscillations.
Input files
98
Normal definitions of beams and shells
99
Constant curvature test for
shells
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
S3 S3R S4 S4R S4R5 S8R S8R5 S9R5 STRI3 STRI65
Problem description
D G C
y
H F 20
x A E B
40
Loading: Fz = −2.0 at node C, Mx = 20.0 at nodes A and B, Mx = −20.0 at nodes C and D, My = 10.0 at nodes
B and C, My = −10.0 at nodes A and D.
Reference solution
S4R −12.54
S4 −12.54
S4R5 −12.496
101
Constant curvature test for shells
S8R5 −12.527
S9R5 −12.527
STRI3 −12.480
STRI65 −12.545
*A refined mesh consisting of two elements is used for the S8R model since hourglassing occurs in a one-element
mesh.
Input files
102
Verification of section
forces for shells
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
S4 S4R S4R5 S8R S8R5 S9R5 STRI3 STRI65
Problem description
D y
0.1
0.1
C
A
10
x
B 1
Material: Linear elastic, E11 = 2.00313 × 107, E22 = 5.00783 × 105, E12 = 1.25296 × 105, G13 = 0.5 × 105, G23 =
0.5 × 105.
Orientations: 90° in the first layer and 0° in the second layer, with respect to the x-axis, rotated about the
z-axis.
There are two elements with identical geometries in the model. The first element is defined using a composite
shell section and uses a local coordinate system. The second element is defined using a general shell section,
with the section stiffness matrix input directly, and is equivalent to the two-layer model presented above.
The section stiffness is:
103
Verification of section forces for shells
Reference solution
All elements yield acceptable solutions. Local coordinate directions are requested in the input file with element
type S8R5 (es58s2sc.inp).
Input files
ese4s2sc.inp S4 elements.
esf4s2sc.inp S4R elements.
es54s2sc.inp S4R5 elements.
es68s2sc.inp S8R elements.
es58s2sc.inp S8R5 elements.
es59s2sc.inp S9R5 elements.
es63s2sc.inp STRI3 elements.
es56s2sc.inp STRI65 elements.
104
Composite shell sections
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
S4 S4R S4RS S4RSW
Features tested
Problem description
There are three different options for defining a composite shell section within Abaqus/Explicit:
1. A shell general section in which the user supplies the (constant) stiffness coefficients for the shell section in
matrix form.
2. A layered, elastic shell section, for which Abaqus/Explicit calculates a pre-integrated effective shell stiffness
matrix. With this option the user defines the number of layers, the material properties for each layer, and the
orientation in each layer. The material definition must be elastic to pre-integrate the shell stiffnesses. This
option will print the matrix of effective stiffness coefficients that are calculated from the layered shell section.
3. A numerically integrated shell section. The shell section definition for this case is basically the same as for
option (b) above: the user defines the number of layers, the material properties for each layer, the orientation
in each layer, and the number of integration points through the thickness of each layer. The material properties
for this case may be nonlinear (e.g., plasticity may be used). If only elastic properties are used with a shell
section, it is more efficient to use a general shell section as in option (b) above.
The purpose of this verification problem is to ensure that each of the different options for generating a shell
section gives the same results for the same physical shell model. The test consists of six identical simply supported
beams under uniform pressure loading. Two sets of analyses are performed: one in which the beams are modeled
with S4R elements and the other in which the beams are modeled with S4RS elements. Due to symmetry only
one-half of each beam is considered. Six cases are studied for each element type:
1. A sandwich beam modeled with the numerically integrated shell section. There are three linear elastic layers
consisting of an aluminum layer (thickness 8 mm) sandwiched between two steel layers (thickness 6 mm).
Each layer has three material points through the thickness.
2. The same sandwich beam as Case 1, modeled with a composite general shell section.
3. The same sandwich beam as Case 1, modeled with a general shell section, where the stiffness matrix (21
coefficients) of the shell section is given with values corresponding to the pre-integrated Case 2.
4. The same as Case 1 except that an in-plane orientation angle of 90° is applied to each layer. Since the material
is isotropic, the orientation should not affect the final results.
5. The same as Case 2 except that an in-plane orientation angle of 90° is applied to each layer.
6. The same as Case 3 except that an orientation is applied to the whole section. The in-plane orientation is
defined with the local node numbers.
105
Composite shell sections
Figure 1 shows the contour plots of section moment SM1 on the deformed geometry for Cases 1 through 5 and
section moment SM2 for Case 6 when the analysis is performed using the S4R element. Figure 2 shows the
histories of the central deflection of the beam for all six cases. Figure 3 shows the histories of the section force
SF1 (membrane force) at the center of the beams. Note that in Abaqus/Explicit any orientation option will not
affect the output of section forces as they will always be in the default shell system. The stresses and strains are
output to the selected results file in the local material coordinate system. The directions of the local coordinate
system for these quantities are automatically written to the results file.
Figure 4 through Figure 6 show the analogous results for the analysis performed using S4RS elements.
Input files
106
Composite shell sections
Figures
SM1 VALUE
-1.26E+05
-1.14E+05
-1.02E+05
-9.09E+04 5
-7.90E+04
-6.71E+04
-5.52E+04
-4.33E+04
-3.14E+04
4 3
SM2 VALUE
-1.25E+05
-1.13E+05
-1.02E+05
-9.05E+04
6
-7.89E+04
-6.73E+04
-5.56E+04
-4.40E+04
-3.24E+04
107
Composite shell sections
0.00
U2_101
U2_601
U2_1101 -0.02
U2_1601
U2_11101
Vertical Displacement
U2_11601
-0.04
-0.06
-0.08
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 1.200E-02
YMIN -8.601E-02
YMAX 0.000E+00 -0.10
0.000 0.005 0.010 0.015
TOTAL TIME
80.
SF1_101 6
[ x10 ]
SF1_601
SF1_1101
SF1_1601
SF1_11101 60.
SF2_11601
Section Force
40.
20.
108
Composite shell sections
SM1 VALUE
-1.26E+05
-1.14E+05
-1.02E+05 5
-9.02E+04
-7.84E+04
-6.66E+04
-5.48E+04
-4.30E+04
4 3
-3.12E+04
SM2 VALUE
-1.24E+05
-1.13E+05
-1.01E+05
-8.98E+04
-7.84E+04
-6.70E+04
-5.56E+04
-4.42E+04
-3.28E+04
2
1 6: shell general section with orientation
109
Composite shell sections
.00
U2_101
U2_601
U2_1101
-.02
U2_1601
U2_11101
Vertical Displacement
U2_11601
-.04
-.06
XMIN .000E+00
XMAX 1.200E-02
-.08
YMIN -8.631E-02
YMAX .000E+00
0. 2. 4. 6. 8. 10. 12.
TOTAL TIME [ x10 -3 ]
80.
SF1_101 [ x10 6 ]
SF1_601
SF1_1101
SF1_1601
SF1_11101 60.
SF2_11601
Section Force
40.
20.
110
Cantilever sandwich beam:
shear flexible shells
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
S4 S4R S8R S4T S4RT S8RT
Problem description
y
0.04 0.5
10
1 x
Material: For the face a linear elastic material with Young's modulus = 1.0 × 107 and Poisson's ratio = 0 is
modeled. For the core the transverse shear moduli are given as 1.0 × 104 and all other properties in the plane are
set to negligible values, using the LAMINA definition.
General: Gauss integration is used for the shell cross-section for the S4, S4R, and S8R elements.
Simpson integration is used for the shell cross-section for the S4T, S4T, S4RT, and S8RT elements.
Reference solution
Displacement at the free end (Plantema, Sandwich Construction, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., 1966): uz= 5.5684.
Maximum bending stress at the top of the clamped end, for the case of warping prevention as enforced here: σ11
= 3.7275 × 105.
111
Cantilever sandwich beam: shear flexible shells
Input files
ese4scsi.inp S4 elements.
esf4scsi.inp S4R elements.
es68scsi.inp S8R elements.
es34tcsi.inp S4T elements.
es4rtcsi.inp S4RT elements.
es38tcsi.inp S8RT elements.
112
Thermal stress in a
cylindrical shell
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
DSAX1 DSAX2 DS3 DS4 DS6 DS8 DCAX8 DC3D20
SAX1 SAX2 SAX2T STRI65 S4R5 S8R5
S4RT S8RT
CAX3T CAX4RT CAX4RHT CAX8R CAX8RT
CGAX4RT CGAX8RT CGAX4RHT
C3D4T C3D6T C3D8T C3D8RT C3D20R C3D20RT
Problem description
100 C
200 C t
R = 0.1 m
R t = 0.001 m
The cylindrical shell is shown above. A single element is used in the Abaqus/Standard analyses and in the
Abaqus/Explicit analysis using the coupled thermal shell element. In the Abaqus/Explicit analyses that use solid
elements, two elements are used in the radial direction. For the nonaxisymmetric elements the element subtends
an angle of 11.25° at the center, which is equivalent to 32 elements around the circumference.
Steady-state conditions are assumed in the Abaqus/Standard simulation. A transient simulation is performed in
Abaqus/Explicit. The total simulation time is 0.4 seconds for the analyses using solid elements, and 0.06 seconds
for the analysis using a shell element. This provides enough time for the transient solution to reach steady-state
conditions in this problem. Mass scaling is used for the solid element analyses to reduce the computational cost
of the Abaqus/Explicit analyses.
Material:
Density 7800 kg/m3
Conductivity 52 J/ms °C
Specific heat 586 J/kg °C
Thermal expansion coefficient 1.2 × 10−5
Young's modulus 200 × 103 MPa
113
Thermal stress in a cylindrical shell
Boundary conditions: For the thermal analyses the temperatures of the inside and outside surfaces are
prescribed to be 200°C and 100°C, respectively. For the stress analyses the rotation vector in the circumferential
direction is constrained, but the cylinder is free to expand axially. For the continuum element meshes equations
are used to provide the rotational constraints. For the nonaxisymmetric cases symmetrical constraints are applied
in the circumferential direction to model the complete cylinder.
In the Abaqus/Explicit simulations the temperatures are applied gradually to ensure a quasi-static response.
General: For all of the analyses except those using the coupled temperature-displacement elements (SAX2T,
S8RT, CAX4RT, CAX4RHT, CGAX4RT, CGAX4RHT, CAX8RT, CGAX8RT, and C3D20RT in
Abaqus/Standard and S4RT, CAX3T, CAX4RT, C3D4T, C3D6T, C3D8RT, and C3D8T in Abaqus/Explicit),
the analyses are run in pairs: a thermal analysis followed by its corresponding stress analysis.
Gauss integration is used for the shell cross-section for input file es54sxsj.inp.
Reference solution
where R0 is the outer radius, Ri is the inner radius, T0 is the outside temperature, and Ti is the inside temperature.
The analytical solution for the stresses is given in Chapter 15 of “Theory of Plates and Shells,” second edition,
by Timoshenko and Woinowsky-Krieger. The stresses at the outer and inner surfaces are given by
Eα (Ti − T0)
σ=± 2(1 − ν )
,
where E is Young's modulus, α is the coefficient of thermal expansion, and ν is Poisson's ratio. The upper sign
refers to the outer surface, indicating that a tensile stress will act on this surface if Ti > T0.
This gives a theoretical stress of 171.43 MPa.
The axisymmetric and second-order shell elements agree exactly with the theory. The first-order three-dimensional
shells (S4R5) show an error of −5.1%. The continuum elements show small discrepancies (< 1%) from the
reference solution.
The results obtained with Abaqus/Explicit are in close agreement with the analytical solution and with those
obtained with Abaqus/Standard.
Input files
114
Thermal stress in a cylindrical shell
115
Variable thickness shells
and membranes
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
S4 S4R S4R5 S8R S8R5 S9R5 STRI3 STRI65
SAX1 SAX2 SAXA1n SAXA2n
S4T S4RT S8RT SAX2T
DS3 DS4 DS6 DS8 DSAX1 DSAX2
M3D3 M3D4 M3D4R M3D6 M3D8 M3D8R M3D9 M3D9R
MAX1 MAX2 MGAX1 MGAX2 MCL6 MCL9
Problem description
For the three-dimensional shell and membrane elements (except the cylindrical membrane elements), the model
consists of a tapered plate of length 100 and width 20. The plate is clamped at one end, and the thickness varies
linearly across the plate from 3 at the clamped end to 1 at the free end. The first-order models consist of 10
elements along the length and two across the width; the second-order models consist of five elements along the
length and one across the width.
1
3
z 20
100
y
x
For the axisymmetric elements and the cylindrical membrane elements, the model consists of a tapered cylinder
with a radius of 1 × 106 and a length of 100. The cylinder is clamped at one end, and the thickness varies linearly
along the length of the cylinder from 3 at the clamped end to 1 at the free end. The radius is chosen to be very
large to ensure that the effects of circumferential stresses are negligible. The cylinder is meshed with ten first-order
elements or five second-order elements.
117
Variable thickness shells and membranes
z 100
6
r = 10
3
r
Material: For stress analysis: linear elastic, Young's modulus = 1000, Poisson's ratio = 0; for heat transfer:
conductivity = 1.
Loading:
118
Variable thickness shells and membranes
Reference solution
All numerical solutions agree closely with the analytical solutions. The maximum error is about 1%. Local
coordinate directions are used in input files es34dnsq.inp and em34sfsq.inp.
Input files
119
Variable thickness shells and membranes
120
Shell offset
Shell offset
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
S4R S8R S8RT
Features tested
Shell offset used with a shell cross-section and a shell general section.
Problem description
0.1
0.1
10
x
1
The model consists of a plate with a length of 10.0, a width of 1.0, and a thickness of 0.2. The end at x = 0 is
fixed, and all degrees of freedom except the rotation about the y-axis are constrained at x = 10. A rotation ϕy =
−0.1 is applied at x = 10 for the static analyses. A single shell element with an offset of half the shell's thickness
from the midsurface is used to model the plate. Simpson's rule is used for the shell cross-section for all the
elements.
Two additional input files (esf4sxsd.inp and esf4sgsb.inp) test the bending of a cantilevered half-cylinder. The
model has a radius of 5, a length of 20, and a thickness of 0.2. One end is completely constrained, and a uniform
upward pressure is applied to all the elements. A general, nonlinear static procedure is included.
Elastic material properties are used to define a material with E = 3.0 × 106 and ν = 0.25 in all cases.
The verification of the shell offset results is based on the formulation described in Transverse shear stiffness in
composite shells and offsets from the midsurface. The results are verified by comparing them to the results
121
Shell offset
obtained from an equivalent model without offset. This equivalent model is defined using a composite shell
section and a general shell section, where an extra layer that has a negligible material modulus is added to the
model.
Input files
122
Axisymmetric membrane
elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
MAX1 MAX2 MGAX1 MGAX2
Problem description
axis of
symmetry
5
z
r
r=1
Material: For tests without orientation: linear elastic, Young's modulus = 105, Poisson's ratio = 0.3, thermal
expansion coefficient = 10−7.
For tests using orientation: linear elastic, engineering constants with E1 = 102, E2 = 108, E3 = 102, ν12 = ν13 = ν23 =
0, and G12 = G13 = G23 = 102.
Boundary conditions: Degree of freedom 2 is fixed for the bottom node. In addition, degree of freedom
5 is fixed for the bottom node for elements supporting twist.
Initial conditions: For tests without orientation an initial stress field of σ11 = 0.001 and σ22 = 0.001 is applied
to all elements. The temperature of all nodes is set to 0 initially.
123
Axisymmetric membrane elements
Step 2 (perturbation):
Loading: A concentrated force (in direction 2) of magnitude 314 is applied to the top node.
Analytical solution: u2 at top node = 0.04998.
Step 3 (perturbation):
Loading: Internal pressure of magnitude 500.
Analytical solution: Hoop stress = 10000.
Step 4 (perturbation):
Loading: The temperature at all nodes is increased to 5000.
Analytical solution: ϵ11 = ϵ22 = 0.0005.
Step 2 (perturbation):
Loading: A concentrated moment (in degree of freedom 5) of magnitude 200 is applied to the top node.
Analytical solution: Shear stress = 636.22.
History definition III (for element types MGAX1 and MGAX2 using a local coordinate system)
124
Axisymmetric membrane elements
History definition I:
All elements yield exact solutions.
Input files
125
Cylindrical membrane
elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
MCL6 MCL9
Problem description
Model: The model consists of a cylinder with initial radius and height both equal to 1. The initial thickness is
0.05. The cylinder is modeled using four cylindrical membrane elements, with each element spanning a 90°
segment. Cylindrical transformation is used at all the nodes such that the boundary conditions and loads can be
conveniently defined in the local radial, circumferential, and axial directions.
Material: For tests without orientation: linear elastic, Young's modulus = 105, Poisson's ratio = 0.3, thermal
expansion coefficient = 10−7.
For tests using orientation: linear elastic, engineering constraints with E1 = 102, E2 = 108, E3 = 102, ν12 = ν13 = ν23 =
0, and G12 = G13 = G23 = 102. The orientation is defined such that the fibers line up at an angle of 4° relative to the
axial direction. With this setup, an axial force results in twist and, hence, development of shear strains.
Boundary conditions: The boundary conditions are different in the different steps and are described in
the history definition subsection.
Initial conditions: For all the tests an initial stress field of σ11 = 0.001 and σ22 = 0.001 is applied to all
elements. For tests that include thermal expansion the temperature of all nodes is set to 0 initially.
127
Cylindrical membrane elements
Analytical solution: The axial strain remains unchanged. The radius and the thickness of the cylinder
change in a manner such that the total volume is preserved.
Step 2 (perturbation):
Loading and boundary conditions: All nodes are fixed in the circumferential direction. In addition, all
nodes at the bottom of the cylinder are fixed in the axial direction. The radial motion of all nodes is left
unconstrained. An axial displacement of magnitude 0.2 is applied to all the nodes on the top of the cylinder.
Analytical solution: ϵ22 = 0.2.
Step 3 (perturbation):
Loading and boundary conditions: All nodes are fixed in the circumferential direction. In addition, all
nodes at the bottom of the cylinder are fixed in the axial direction. The radial motion of all nodes is left
unconstrained. Concentrated loads, which were obtained as reaction forces (at the bottom nodes of the
cylinder) for the deformation state in Step 1, are applied on the nodes on top of the cylinder.
Analytical solution: The deformation state should be identical to that obtained in Step 1.
Step 4 (perturbation):
Loading and boundary conditions: All nodes are fixed in the circumferential direction. In addition, all
nodes at the bottom of the cylinder are fixed in the axial direction. The radial motion of all nodes is left
unconstrained. A distributed pressure load of magnitude 500 is applied to the inner surface, thereby
expanding the cylinder uniformly.
Analytical solution: The hoop stress is 10000.
128
Cylindrical membrane elements
Step 5 (perturbation):
Loading and boundary conditions: All nodes are fixed in the circumferential direction. In addition, all
nodes at the bottom of the cylinder are fixed in the axial direction. The radial motion of all nodes is left
unconstrained. The temperature of all nodes is prescribed to be 5000, leading to thermal strains.
Analytical solution: ϵ11 = ϵ22 = 0.0005.
History definition 4 (for all element types; uses a local coordinate system)
History definition 1:
All elements yield solutions that are very close to the analytical solutions.
History definition 2:
The solutions are very close to the state obtained at the end of Step 3 in history definition 1.
History definition 3:
All elements yield solutions that are very close to the analytical solutions.
History definition 4:
The results are compared with those from a similar model using an MGAX1 (axisymmetric membrane
elements that support twist) element. The results match very well.
Input files
129
Verification of beam
elements and section types
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B21H B22 B23H B31 B31OS B31OSH B32H B32OS B32OSH B33H
PIPE21H PIPE22 PIPE31H PIPE32
ELBOW31 ELBOW31B ELBOW31C ELBOW32
Problem description
2 2
1 1
y
x
z Step 1 Step 2
The problem consists of a cantilever beam lying along the x-axis. The length of the beam is 75.0, and the model
is made up of five elements. For two-dimensional elements, the problem consists of one step in which a transverse
load of 25.0 is applied to the end of the beam. For three-dimensional elements this is followed by an additional
step in which a moment of 25.0 is applied around the x-axis. Numerous tests with similar geometries and loadings
are run to test the available options associated with each of the section definitions. Local coordinate directions
are requested in the input files with the open thin-walled slit ring sections (eb3ia3sd.inp, eb3ja3sd.inp,
ebo3a3sd.inp) and in two input files using a general beam section (eb32gssd.inp, eb3jgssd.inp).
Material: Linear elastic, Young's modulus = 3.0 × 106, Poisson's ratio = 0.3.
Section types: Arbitrary (Open and Closed), Box, Channel, Circular, Elbow, General, Hat, Hexagonal, I,
L, Nonlinear General, Pipe, Rectangular, Trapezoidal.
Section forces
All problems are statically determinate, and section forces have been verified to be correct.
Reference solution
131
Verification of beam elements and section types
2.0
2.0 1
2.0
0.1 1
2.0
132
Verification of beam elements and section types
Note:
Loadings changed to .0025.
2.0
1
0.2
2
0.1
2.0 1
0.2 0.2
0.1
4.0
133
Verification of beam elements and section types
0.2
1
2.0
2
2.0
0.2
3.0
134
Verification of beam elements and section types
0.2
0.1
4.0
0.2
2.0
0.5
1
0.1
135
Verification of beam elements and section types
0.1
4.0
0.1
4.0
2.0
0.2
0.2
2.0
The results for Step 2 are less accurate for ϕ. While results for rods and cylinders are exact, other closed sections
can have an error of several percent. For open section beams ϕ can have errors in excess of 10% unless an open
section beam element type is used. Open section beams include warping, which can have a significant effect on
ϕ.
136
Verification of beam elements and section types
Input files
137
Verification of beam elements and section types
138
Verification of beam elements and section types
139
Verification of beam elements and section types
140
Verification of beam elements and section types
141
Verification of beam elements and section types
142
Verification of beam elements and section types
143
Verification of beam elements and section types
144
Verification of beam elements and section types
145
Verification of beam elements and section types
Reference solutions:
erefscsd.inp Reference solution for the circular section beams.
erefsisd.inp Reference solution for the I-section beams.
erefslsd.inp Reference solution for the L-section beams.
erefstsd.inp Reference solution for the T-section beams.
146
Beam added inertia
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Features tested
This section provides basic verification tests for beams with additional inertia, which can be used with all Timoshenko
beams. In Abaqus/Standard it also verifies the isotropic versus the exact rotary inertia formulation for Timoshenko
beams.
Elements tested
PIPE21 PIPE21H PIPE22 PIPE22H PIPE31 PIPE31H PIPE32 PIPE32H
B21 B21H B22 B22H B31 B31H B31OS B31OSH B32 B32H B32OS B32OSH
Problem description
There are two sets of problems presented in this section. The first set includes four input files: b31_dyn_iso.inp,
b31_dyn_exact.inp, b31_moddyn_iso.inp, and b31_moddyn_exact.inp. These analyses compare the dynamic
response to an acceleration record on a single-element cantilever structure made of B31 elements using the
isotropic or exact rotary inertia formulation. Comparisons are made between the direct-integration implicit
dynamic and the modal dynamic procedures. To change the rotary inertia formulation for Timoshenko beams,
isotropic rotary inertia or exact (default) rotary inertia is used for the beam or beam general sections.
The second set of problems verifies the beam with the additional inertia procedure. This procedure allows adding
mass and rotary inertia properties per element length at specified locations on the beam cross-section. The beam's
mass together with the added mass may combine to give an offset between the location of the node and the center
of mass for the cross-section. That offset produces the coupling between the translational degrees of freedom
and the rotational degrees of freedom in the mass matrix for the element. A pair of input files,
xbeamaddinertia_std_lin3d.inp and xbeamaddinertia_std_quad3d.inp, shows the concept of the offset mass for
the beam element that can also be modeled with MASS and ROTARYI elements with appropriate BEAM-type
MPC definitions to accommodate the mass offset. The remaining single-element input files verify various
cross-section types for transient dynamic and eigenvalue extraction procedures. Input files pmcp_pipe2d_bai.inp,
pmcp_beam2d_bai.inp, pmcp_pipe3d_bai.inp, and pmcp_beam3d_bai.inp are collections of all pipe and all
beam elements placed in a plane or space. The beam with the additional inertia procedure is used for all beam
section definitions. These multiple step analyses verify the frequency, static (with mass-dependent loads),
steady-state (mode-based and direct), modal dynamic, and direct-integration implicit dynamic procedures.
Input files
b31_dyn_iso.inp B31 element, transient dynamic, isotropic rotary inertia formualtion.
147
Beam added inertia
Elements tested
B21 B22 B31 B32
Problem description
This problem verifies the use of beams with additional inertia in Abaqus/Explicit. Identical beam elements are
assigned additional mass and rotary inertia in two ways: using the beams with the additional inertia procedure
and by defining additional point mass and rotary inertia elements and rigidly constraining them to the beam
nodes using BEAM-type MPCs. The solutions obtained using the two methods are compared. Four cases, each
comprising one of the four beam element types available in Abaqus/Explicit, are considered.
For each case four beam elements with the same element length are defined. Two of the beam elements are
assigned identical section properties using the beam section procedure, and the remaining two are assigned
identical section properties using the general beam section procedure.
One of the elements with section properties given by the beam section procedure has additional mass and rotary
inertia assigned to it using the beam with the additional inertia procedure. For the second beam element with a
beam section, additional nodes are defined at locations offset from the element nodes and MASS and ROTARYI
elements are defined at the offset nodes. BEAM-type MPCs connect each node of the second beam to its
corresponding offset node. The offset node corresponding to each node of the second beam lies in the cross-section
passing through the beam node and has the same local coordinates with respect to the beam node as the center
of mass coordinates defined for the first beam. Similarly, the mass and inertia assigned to the offset nodes are
exactly equivalent to those assigned to the first beam element using the beam with the additional inertia procedure.
The two beam elements with general beam sections are also subjected to the same test. One of them is assigned
additional mass and inertia, while the other has BEAM-type MPCs connecting each node to nodal locations
offset from it where MASS and ROTARYI elements with appropriate section properties are defined.
All four beams are cantilevered at one end and are subjected to the same concentrated load at the other end.
148
Beam added inertia
Input files
xbeamaddinertia_xpl_lin2d.inp B21 elements.
xbeamaddinertia_xpl_quad2d.inp B22 elements.
xbeamaddinertia_xpl_lin3d.inp B31 elements.
xbeamaddinertia_xpl_quad3d.inp B32 elements.
149
Beam fluid inertia
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Features tested
This section provides basic verification tests for using fluid inertia with all Timoshenko beams.
Elements tested
B21 B22 B31 B32
Problem description
There are two sets of problems presented in this section. The first set includes the input files b21_circ_bfi.inp
and b21_circ_bai.inp and verifies the use of beams with fluid inertia in a direct-integration implicit dynamic
procedure. The second set consists of the remaining input files and tests the use of beams with fluid inertia in
transient dynamic analysis with beam sections or general beam sections. The transient dynamic analyses are also
performed using Abaqus/Explicit to verify beams with fluid inertia in Abaqus/Explicit.
The results obtained from b21_circ_bfi.inp using beams with fluid inertia agree well with the results from
b21_circ_bai.inp, which uses beams with additional inertia to add equivalent masses. The comparison is
meaningful only for the direction in which the external excitation is applied.
The Abaqus/Explicit transient analysis results closely match the transient analysis results obtained using
Abaqus/Standard.
Input files
151
Beam fluid inertia
152
Beam fluid inertia
153
Beam with end moment
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPE4R CPE6M C3D10M
Features tested
Problem description
This problem demonstrates the use of concentrated loads with CPE4R, CPE6M, and C3D10M elements in a
large-strain analysis. Two beams are analyzed together. Both beams are cantilevered on one end and are subjected
to a force couple (a balanced set of loads on the translation degrees of freedom) on the other end. The couple on
Beam 1 (the upper beam) is comprised of follower forces, so the applied moment is independent of tip rotation.
Non-follower forces generate the moment on Beam 2 (the lower beam), so the moment is a function of the tip
rotation.
This problem also demonstrates a technique for introducing follower forces into a mesh generated using solid
elements. A follower force in Abaqus requires a rotational degree of freedom to introduce change of direction
of the application of the force. However, nodes attached to solid elements have only translational degrees of
freedom. The BEAMMPC is used to activate rotational degrees of freedom at nodes where the forces are applied.
The LINEARMPC is used to constrain the end of the beam to remain a plane section.
Each beam is 400 mm long (L) and 20 mm thick (h). In the finite element model all the nodes at the right side
are pinned, and the nodes at the left are constrained with BEAM and LINEARMPCs so that they remain in a
straight line of constant length.
The material for this problem is elastic with a constant Young's modulus of 1000 MPa and a Poisson's ratio of
0. The density is 10000 kg/m3.
For small-strain elasticity the moment per unit width required to form a beam into a circle is given by
π h 3E
M= 6L
= 10.47 × 103Nm / m.
The force required for this moment (using the beam thickness as the moment arm) is 523.6 × 103 N. Because of
dynamic effects the required forces are only 490.0 × 103 N for the CPE4R mesh, 510.0 × 103 N for the CPE6M
mesh, and 4900.0 N for the C3D10M mesh. These forces are ramped on linearly over the analysis time of 0.2
seconds. The time period is chosen so that the quasi-static response can be observed with a minimum of dynamic
vibration.
Figure 1 shows the undeformed and deformed meshes (CPE4R) of both beams. Beam 1 forms a circle, while
Beam 2 stops short of a 90° tip rotation. Since the load on Beam 2 is not a follower load, the moment arm of the
force-couple decreases as the beam deflection increases. Figure 2 shows the corresponding meshes composed
155
Beam with end moment
of CPE6M elements. The undeformed and deformed meshes for C3D10M elements are shown in Figure 3.
Figure 4 shows the time history of the tip rotations (in radians) of the two beams.
Input files
Figures
3 1
3 1
156
Beam with end moment
3 1
beam 2 (CPE4R)
6.
beam 1 (CPE4R)
beam 2 (CPE6M)
beam 1 (CPE6M)
beam 2 (C3D10M)
beam 1 (C3D10M)
tip rotation
4.
2.
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 2.000E-01
YMIN 0.000E+00
YMAX 6.254E+00 0.
0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20
time
157
Flexure of a deep beam
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPE4R C3D8R
Features tested
Problem description
In this example the flexural response of a simply supported beam is modeled using continuum elements. The
problem was originally used by Flanagan and Belystchko (1982) to test the hourglass control algorithms found
in lower-order elements.
The half-symmetry model of the beam has a half-span of 0.4 and a depth of 0.1. The mesh consists of 32 elements
(8 × 4). The material is linear elastic with Young's modulus = 1 × 106, Poisson's ratio = 0.0, and density = 1000.
A pinned boundary condition (directions 1 and 2) is specified for the center node on the left boundary of the
mesh. A symmetry condition (direction 1) is specified for all the nodes on the right boundary of the mesh. A
constant pressure load of magnitude 720000 is applied instantaneously to the top surface of the beam at the
beginning of the step.
This problem is modeled with both two-dimensional and three-dimensional elements. In the two-dimensional
case all the elements are 4-node plane strain continuum elements (CPE4R). Figure 1 shows three meshes for
the problem. The upper mesh is the standard case with 45 nodes. The center and lower mesh in the figure have
been generated as two distinct parts each containing 16 elements (4 × 4) and 25 nodes. The two parts intersect
along a vertical line of nodes where there are two nodes at each point with identical coordinates (coincident
nodes). The mesh shown in the center is constrained to behave as the continuous mesh by using multi-point
constraints to pin the coincident nodes along the interface between the two parts. In the lower mesh a surface-based
tie constraint is used to constrain the nodes along the interface to have the same response as the original mesh.
The three meshes should give identical results with these constraints. All the nodes that have boundary conditions
or constraints are indicated in Figure 1 by circles.
The three-dimensional case is identical to the two-dimensional case except that 8-node continuum elements
(C3D8R) are used to model the beam. In this case the out-of-plane displacements are constrained to be zero
(plane strain). Three meshes are also used in the three-dimensional case with the same constraints (in three
dimensions) as described for the two-dimensional case.
The above problems are solved with different section control options. For two-dimensional and three-dimensional
solid elements the section control options in Abaqus/Explicit allow the user to choose between five different
hourglass control options. In addition, three different kinematic assumptions can be chosen for the
three-dimensional solid elements. A discussion of the accuracy and performance that can be obtained with the
various section control options can be found in Section controls. Viscous hourglass control should not be used
in quasi-static or low-mode dynamics problems, and analyses with this option are not included here. The section
controls option in Abaqus/Standard allows the user to pick between two different hourglass control options. The
159
Flexure of a deep beam
reduced-integration elements in Abaqus/Standard allow only average strain kinematic formulation with
second-order accuracy. Table 1 lists the various options and their plot legend and file descriptors.
Figure 2 through Figure 4 show results for the two-dimensional analysis run with default section control options
(relaxed stiffness hourglass control is used) with Abaqus/Explicit. Figure 2 shows the deformed shape for the
two-dimensional case at the maximum deflection (time=.016). The three-dimensional deformed shapes are
indistinguishable from those for the two-dimensional case. Figure 3 shows the time history of vertical deflection
for the midpoint on the symmetry plane for the two-dimensional case. There are three values plotted in the figure
(one for each mesh), and they are identical. Figure 4 shows the time history of the energies in the two-dimensional
case. Figure 5 and Figure 6 show results for the three-dimensional analysis run with default section control
options (average strain kinematic and relaxed stiffness hourglass control are used) with Abaqus/Explicit. Figure
5 shows the time history of vertical deflection for the midpoint on the symmetry plane for the three-dimensional
case. Figure 6 shows the time history of the energies in the three-dimensional case. All three values (one for
each mesh) are plotted. The results correspond exactly with the results reported in Flanagan and Belystchko
(1982).
For this problem only slight differences are observed among the default and nondefault kinematic and hourglass
options in Abaqus/Explicit. With enhanced hourglass control, the solution for the two-dimensional case essentially
matches the three-dimensional case with average strain kinematics. Figure 7 through Figure 9 show the history
of the tip displacement for selected nondefault section control cases. Table 1 lists the peak response of the vertical
displacements for all of the cases.
The two-dimensional and three-dimensional analyses were also run in Abaqus/Standard with enhanced and
stiffness hourglass control. Figure 10 compares the time history of the tip displacement for enhanced hourglass
control for the two-dimensional case between Abaqus/Standard and Abaqus/Explicit. The Abaqus/Explicit
analysis was run with the average strain kinematic formulation and second-order accuracy, which are the only
options available in Abaqus/Standard. The results show a close match. The results obtained using stiffness
hourglass control and nondefault hourglass stiffness with Abaqus/Standard also agree with the results obtained
with enhanced hourglass control for both the two-dimensional and three-dimensional analyses.
Input files
160
Flexure of a deep beam
References
• Flanagan, D. P., and T. Belystchko, “A Uniform Strain Hexahedron and Quadrilateral with Orthogonal
Hourglass Control,” J. Comp. Meth. Appl. Mech. Eng., vol. 17, pp. 679–706, 1982.
Tables
Table 1: Peak response of the vertical displacement of the centerline of the beam for different
section control options.
−2
Analysis File Peak Response (× 10 ) Section Controls
Kinematic Hourglass
161
Flexure of a deep beam
−2
Analysis File Peak Response (× 10 ) Section Controls
Kinematic Hourglass
bend3d_crs −6.464 centroid relax
Figures
Original Mesh
3 1
Figure 2: Deformed mesh at T=0.016 sec (2D case with default section controls).
162
Flexure of a deep beam
0.00
Original Mesh
MPC Mesh -0.01
Tied Mesh
-0.02
Vertical Displacement
-0.03
-0.04
-0.05
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 2.000E-02 -0.06
YMIN -6.637E-02
YMAX 0.000E+00
0. 5. 10. 15. 20.
Time [ x10 -3 ]
Figure 3: History of the vertical displacement of the centerline (2D case with default section
controls).
[ x10 3 ]
ALLIE 0.8
ALLKE
ALLVD
ALLWK
ETOTAL
0.6
ENERGY
0.4
0.2
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 2.000E-02
YMIN -1.129E-01
YMAX 9.008E+02 0.0
0. 5. 10. 15. 20.
Time [ x10 -3 ]
Figure 4: Time history of the energies (2D case with default section controls).
163
Flexure of a deep beam
0.00
Original Mesh
MPC Mesh -0.01
Tied Mesh
-0.02
Vertical Displacement
-0.03
-0.04
-0.05
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 2.000E-02
-0.06
YMIN -6.473E-02
YMAX 0.000E+00
0. 5. 10. 15. 20.
Time [ x10 -3 ]
Figure 5: History of the vertical displacement of the centerline (3D case with default section
controls).
[ x10 3 ]
ALLIE 0.8
ALLKE
ALLVD
ALLWK
ETOTAL
0.6
ENERGY
0.4
0.2
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 2.000E-02
YMIN -1.187E-01
YMAX 8.777E+02 0.0
0. 5. 10. 15. 20.
Time [ x10 -3 ]
Figure 6: Time history of the energies (3D case with default section controls).
164
Flexure of a deep beam
bend2d_cs
bend2d_enhs
bend2d_rs
bend2d_ss
Figure 7: Comparison of the tip displacement history for the 2D case with different section
control options (original mesh).
bend3d_aenhs
bend3d_ars
bend3d_cenhs
bend3d_crs
bend3d_oenhs
bend3d_ors
Figure 8: Comparison of the tip displacement history for the 3D case with different section
control options (original mesh).
165
Flexure of a deep beam
bend3d_acs
bend3d_ass
bend3d_ccs
bend3d_css
bend3d_ocs
bend3d_oss
Figure 9: Comparison of the tip displacement history for the 3D case with different section
control options (original mesh).
bend2d_enhs_exp
bend2d_enhs_std
Figure 10: Comparison of the tip displacement history for the 2D case with enhanced hourglass
control (original mesh).
166
Simple tests of beam
kinematics
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B21 B22 B31 B32 PIPE21 PIPE31
Features tested
Problem description
This problem is used to verify that individual beam elements demonstrate stable behavior for both
small-displacement response and large-rotation response. In the first case the beam is loaded in the axial, bending,
shear, and twisting (three-dimensional beams only) deformation modes and allowed to vibrate freely. The second
case tests rigid body rotation of a beam about one of its endpoints. In both cases two-dimensional and
three-dimensional beams are tested with and without bulk viscosity. Two-dimensional and three-dimensional
pipe elements are also tested for deformations, similar to beam elements with pipe cross-sections.
Deformation tests
These tests consist of three steps. In the first step the bulk viscosity of the beam is set to zero, and a displacement
or rotation is applied to the ends of the beam using a smooth step amplitude. In the second step the displacement
constraints are removed, and the beam is allowed to oscillate freely. Finally, in the third step the bulk viscosity
is set to a value of 0.06 and the beam is allowed to oscillate with damping. Fixed time incrementation is used in
all of the steps. This time incrementation strategy uses a time increment that is based on the critical
element-by-element stable time increment estimates at the beginning of a step. It is used to avoid the propagation
of noise in the solution that may occur when the default time incrementation strategy is used without bulk
viscosity. Normally, the default bulk viscosity will damp out and prevent the propagation of this high-frequency
noise.
These tests consist of two steps. Initial velocities are applied to the beam to induce rotation, and initial axial
stresses are applied to simulate the centrifugal stress generated in a rotating body. In the first step the bulk
viscosity is set to zero and the beam is allowed to rotate 5 complete revolutions about its endpoint. In the second
step the bulk viscosity is set to 0.06 and the beam is allowed to rotate another 5 revolutions. In the two-dimensional
case the axis of rotation is the z-axis. In the three-dimensional case the axis of rotation is in the X–Y plane aligned
at −45° to the original y-axis.
The results for each test are described in the following sections.
167
Simple tests of beam kinematics
Input files
The input files included with the Abaqus release are named according to the following convention:
bdimension_x-section_loading.inp, where
dimension
indicates the dimension. The keys are 2d for two-dimensional beams, and 3d for three-dimensional beams.
x-section
indicates the cross-section of the beam used in the analysis. The keys are:
box
for a box cross-section,
circ
for a circular cross-section,
hex
for a hexagonal cross-section,
i
for an I-section,
168
Simple tests of beam kinematics
l
for an L-section,
pipe
for a pipe section,
rect
for a rectangular section,
trap
for a trapezoidal section,
arb_o
for an arbitrary open section, and
arb_c
for an arbitrary closed section.
gs
for beam general section with linear response.
gsbox
for beam general section with a rectangular, hollow box section.
gsl
for beam general section with nonlinear response on the cross-section and linear axial, first bending
moment, second bending moment, and torque response.
gsnl
for beam general section with nonlinear response on the cross-section and elastic axial, first bending
moment, second bending moment, and torque response.
gsp
for beam general section with nonlinear response on the cross-section and axial, first bending
moment, second bending moment, and torque response.
loading
indicates the displacement mode for the analysis. The loading keys are:
169
Simple tests of beam kinematics
axial
for axial deformation,
bend
for bending,
shear
for shear deformation,
twist
for twisting deformation about the beam axis (three-dimensional beams only), and
rot
for rigid body rotation of the beam (circular cross-section only).
Additional input files for analyses of the box, circular, L, and rectangular cross-sections with an effective Poisson's
ratio include an _p after the loading parameter. For example:
b2d_box_axial.inp Two-dimensional beam element with a box cross-section and axial loading.
b3d_circ_twist_p.inp Three-dimensional beam element with a circular cross-section, applied twist,
and an effective Poisson's ratio defined for the section.
Figures
10.
[ x10 -3 ]
x_displacement_1
5.
DISPLACEMENT - U1
0.
-5.
-10.
0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50
TOTAL TIME
170
Simple tests of beam kinematics
10.
[ x10 -3 ]
z_rotation_1
5.
DISPLACEMENT - UR3
0.
-5.
-10.
0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50
TOTAL TIME
5.
DISPLACEMENT - U2
0.
-5.
-10.
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2
TOTAL TIME
0.0
-0.5
-1.0
0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50
TOTAL TIME
171
Simple tests of beam kinematics
10.
[ x10 -3 ]
x_displacement_1
5.
DISPLACEMENT - U1
0.
-5.
-10.
0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50
TOTAL TIME
Figure 5: B21 box-section with axial displacements (direct-solution time increment control).
1.0
6
[ x10 ]
IE_D
ET_D
0.8
WHOLE MODEL ENERGY
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50
TOTAL TIME
U1
-0.5
Tip Displacement in X Direction
-1.0
-1.5
-2.0
0. 2. 4. 6. 8. 10. 12.
Time
172
Simple tests of beam kinematics
0.0
U1
-1.0
-1.5
0. 2. 4. 6. 8. 10. 12.
Time
173
Tensile test
Tensile test
Products: Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPS3 CPE3 CAX3 C3D6 M3D3 S3R C3D4
Features tested
Concentrated loads.
Problem description
Elements are subjected to tensile loading in this problem. The problem is analyzed using seven different element
types. The mesh is shown in Figure 1.
The material model is isotropic linear elasticity. The material properties used are Young's modulus = 1.0, Poisson's
ratio = 0.0, and density = 1. Taking advantage of the symmetry of the configuration, the bottom of the model in
each case is constrained against displacement in the vertical direction, and the left side is constrained against
displacement in the horizontal direction.
The magnitude of the concentrated load is chosen such that the total strain is .01. The load magnitude is increased
linearly from zero to its final value over the first half of the step; it is then held constant over the second half of
the step to verify that any oscillatory dynamic effects are minimal.
Figure 2 shows the elements in their displaced configuration, with the displacements magnified by a factor of
50. Figure 3 shows a history plot of vertical displacement versus time for each of the seven cases. Since Poisson's
ratio is 0.0, the results for the seven cases are identical.
Input files
175
Tensile test
Figures
103 203 303 403 503 603 703 704
104 102 204 202 304 302 404 402 604 602 705
504 502
101 201 301 401 601 702 701
501
3 1
3 1
176
Tensile test
10.
node 105
node 205 [ x10 -3 ]
node 305
node 405
8.
node 505
Vertical displacement
node 608
node 707
6.
4.
2.
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 2.000E+02
YMIN 0.000E+00
YMAX 1.012E-02 0.
0. 50. 100. 150. 200.
Time
177
Simple shear
Simple shear
Products: Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPE4R CPS4R C3D8 C3D8R M3D4R S4 S4R
Features tested
Problem description
In this problem a state of simple shear is induced in a single element up to a nominal shear strain of 300%. The
material model is isotropic linear elasticity. There are no physical materials that exhibit linear elastic response
to such large shear strain. The purpose of this example problem is to verify the large deformation and large
rotation algorithms in Abaqus/Explicit.
The material properties used are Young's modulus = 1.0, Poisson's ratio = 0.0, and density = 1.346 × 10−4.
In this problem all the in-plane degrees of freedom are either zero or are prescribed as functions of time. The
value used for the density controls the time increment size, and it was chosen to give a time increment size that
results in about 1% shear strain per increment.
This problem is analyzed using five different element types, each of which is defined twice. Each element in the
bottom row is sheared in the x-direction; each element in the top row is sheared in the y-direction.
The computed stress-strain curves for the bottom and top rows of elements are in agreement with analytic
solutions.
These results demonstrate that the kinematic formulation is uniform across all the element types defined in
Abaqus/Explicit.
Input files
179
Simple shear
180
Verification of the elastic
behavior of frame elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
FRAME2D FRAME3D
Features tested
The elastic behavior of frame elements is tested. The different cross-sections considered for the frame elements
are:
• rectangular hollow box section
• solid circular section
• general cross-section
• I-beam section
• hollow circular section
• solid rectangular section
These loads are considered to act either individually or in combination. Both regular static steps and linear
perturbation steps are considered.
The local coordinate system is also tested. Temperature dependence of frame element properties is tested under
thermal loading. The initial stress conditions and the initial temperature at the nodes are also verified.
181
Verification of the elastic behavior of frame elements
Problem description
The problem consists of a cantilever with a length of 75.0 units made of five frame elements. Various orientations
of the cantilever in space are considered. The cross-sectional dimensions shown in Verification of beam elements
and section types are used for the five section types (rectangular hollow box, solid circular, hollow circular,
rectangular, and I-beam).
The cantilever is subjected to concentrated tip loading that leads to both flexure and torsion. The wind loads,
WD1 and WD2, and the Aqua loads, FD1 and FD2, also apply concentrated forces at the nodes. The remaining
loads cause uniformly distributed loading on the cantilever. Under thermal loading the free end of the cantilever
is fixed. The wind velocity profile is made nearly uniform with the height by setting the exponent α to 1 × 10.0−9.
The fluid velocity in the Aqua loading is constant with height. With foundation loads the boundary conditions
of the cantilever are changed to simple supports, and the cantilever is pressed uniformly into the foundation
using distributed loads.
Material:
Young's modulus at temperature −10.0 units: 3 × 106
Poisson's ratio at temperature −10.0 units: 0.3
Young's modulus at temperature 90.0 units: 1.5 × 106
Poisson's ratio at temperature 90.0 units: 0.3
Reference temperature for definition of thermal expansion coefficient: −10.0
Thermal expansion coefficient at −10.0 temperature: 0.001
Thermal expansion coefficient at 90.0 temperature: 0.002
Initial temperature: −10.0
Material density: 0.8
Gravitational constant: 10.0
Density of air for wind loads: 0.008
Density of fluid for Aqua loads: 0.008
Seabed level: −100.0
Still fluid level: 50.0
Foundation stiffness: 1500.0
Input files
frame2d_bs_thermal.inp Box section with thermal loading.
frame2d_cs_wind_transform.inp Circular section with wind loading and *TRANSFORM.
frame2d_gs_foundation.inp General section with *FOUNDATION loading.
frame2d_gs_sig0.inp General section with initial stress, perturbation step with *LOAD
CASE.
frame2d_is_aqua.inp I-section with Aqua fluid loading.
frame2d_ps_sig0.inp Pipe section with initial stress.
frame2d_rs_aqua.inp Rectangular section with Aqua fluid loading.
frame2d_rs_aqua_transform.inp Rectangular section with Aqua fluid loading and *TRANSFORM.
182
Verification of the elastic behavior of frame elements
Elements tested
FRAME2D FRAME3D
Features tested
The linear elastic uniaxial behavior of frame elements under a concentrated load is tested.
Problem description
Pinned connections are specified for the ends of frame elements by declaring the relevant parameter for the frame
section. In this example the frame element behaves as an axial spring with constant stiffness. In small-displacement
analysis the element can be compared with truss or spring elements. The model and geometry used are the same
as in the verification problem Three-bar truss.
Input files
frame2d_3bar_pinned.inp Rectangular section with *CLOAD loading.
frame3d_3bar_pinned.inp Rectangular section with *CLOAD loading.
Elements tested
FRAME2D FRAME3D
Features tested
The uniaxial buckling strut behavior of frame elements with both ends pinned is tested.
Problem description
The buckling strut envelope corresponds to Marshall Strut theory. The tests consist of one frame element fixed
at one end and subjected to a prescribed displacement on the other. The value of the prescribed displacement
changes according to an amplitude definition. The variation of the amplitude is chosen in such a way that the
buckling strut envelope is traced for the compressive as well as for the tensile behavior up to and beyond the
183
Verification of the elastic behavior of frame elements
yield stress value. Uniaxial response, buckling strut response, and yield stress are considered for the cross-section
for frame elements.
Model:
Pipe's radius: 2.
Pipe's thickness: 0.08122693
Cross-sectional area: 1.
Material:
Young's modulus: 30 × 106
Shear modulus: 10 × 106
Yield stress: 1 × 106
Input files
frame2d_pinned_buckl.inp Pipe section with prescribed displacement.
frame3d_pinned_buckl.inp Pipe section with prescribed displacement.
Figures
[ x10 6 ]
F-D_12
1.0
REACTION FORCE - RF1
0.5
0.0
XMIN -5.500E-01
XMAX 6.500E-01
YMIN -3.652E+05
YMAX 1.321E+06
-0.5 0.0 0.5
DISPLACEMENT - U1
Elastic frame element with buckling strut response for nonlinear geometry
Elements tested
FRAME2D
184
Verification of the elastic behavior of frame elements
Features tested
A collapsing scaffold is investigated in a geometrically nonlinear analysis.
Problem description
The scaffold is made of three pinned frame elements with pipe cross-sections. The buckling strut envelope
corresponds to Marshall Strut theory. The collapse occurs under a force-controlled loading.
Model:
Pipe's radius: 0.2
Pipe's thickness: 0.01
Material:
Young's modulus: 3. × 106
Shear modulus: 1.5 × 106
Yield stress: 51.9 × 103
Input files
frame2d_pinned_buckl_nlgeom.inp Buckling pipe section with nonlinear geometry.
Figures
350.
element_1
element_2
element_3 300.
250.
SECTION FORCE - SF1
200.
150.
100.
50.
XMIN 1.000E-02 0.
XMAX 1.287E+00
YMIN -5.573E+01
YMAX 3.858E+02 -50.
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2
LOAD FACTOR
185
Verification of the elastic behavior of frame elements
Elements tested
FRAME2D FRAME3D
Features tested
A collapsing scaffold with geometry and material properties as described in Elastic frame element with buckling
strut response for nonlinear geometry is investigated using frame elements with the switching algorithm.
Problem description
The buckling strut response is enabled for the elastic frame elements. The ISO equation is used as a criterion for
the switching algorithm, and the default buckling envelope governs the postbuckling behavior.
Input files
frame2d_el_switch.inp FRAME2D element with switching algorithm.
frame3d_el_switch.inp FRAME3D element with switching algorithm.
frame3d_inspace_switch.inp FRAME3D element with switching algorithm.
186
Verification of the elastic behavior of frame elements
Figures
0.
SECTION FORCE - SF1
elem1
-20. elem3
-40.
-60.
187
Verification of the plastic
behavior of frame elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
FRAME2D FRAME3D
Features tested
The plastic behavior of frame elements with hollow circular, rectangular hollow box, and I-beam sections is
tested under concentrated distributed loads. The yield surface is represented by an interaction of plastic axial
forces with plastic moments including plastic torque. User-defined as well as default generalized plastic forces
are used. Different geometries in two- and three-dimensional problems are considered.
Problem description
The first problem (frame2d_pps_cload.inp) consists of three plane frame elements with PIPE cross-sections
forming a statically determinate system. In three load steps concentrated forces are applied at the nodes. The
values for plastic axial force and plastic bending moment are user-defined.
In the second statically determinate system (frame2d_pbs_cload.inp), two frame elements are simply supported
at both sides with concentrated forces applied at the middle node in the first load step. In the second load step
an additional constant bending moment is applied to the system. The values for plastic axial force and plastic
bending moment are user-defined.
The third example (frame3d_pis_cload.inp) is a one-element test in which an axial force, a bending load, and a
torque are applied in three subsequent load steps. The plastic behavior is defined by default values from a given
yield stress.
The fourth problem (frame3d_pps_dload.inp) is a statically determinate frame consisting of three elements that
is loaded with various distributed loads, causing axial force, bending, and torque. The values for plastic axial
force, plastic bending moment, and plastic torque are user-defined.
Model: Cross-sectional dimensions are given in the order required by the beam cross-sectional library.
Hollow circular cross-section: r , t 1., .174355
Material:
Young's modulus: 3.0 × 106
Poisson's ratio: 0.3
Yield stress: 50. × 103
189
Verification of the plastic behavior of frame elements
In all problems the plastic hinges were created at predicted locations indicated by the active yield flag. The value
of the plastic displacement is given by requesting output variable SEP.
Input files
190
Three-bar truss
Three-bar truss
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
T2D2 T2D2H T2D3 T2D3H T3D2 T3D2H T3D3 T3D3H
FRAME2D FRAME3D
Problem description
5 5
A B C
1 2 3
10
x D
Reference solution
All elements yield exact solutions. Multi-point constraints are required to eliminate singularities in the three-node
element tests using truss elements; e.g., T3D3.
191
Three-bar truss
The frame elements tested have rectangular cross-sections with the same cross-sectional area as the truss elements
tested. In the cross-section for frame elements, pinned connections are specified for the ends of the frame elements
by declaring the relevant parameter for the frame section. The joints are thus characterized by pinned connections.
Since the frame elements are formulated in terms of section properties, stress output is not available; instead,
the section forces are available. Stresses calculated from the axial force and the cross-sectional area match the
stresses obtained from the truss element tests.
Input files
192
Pure bending of a cylinder:
CAXA elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CAXA4n CAXA4Rn CAXA8n CAXA8Rn (n =1, 2, 3, 4)
Problem description
B D
θ=0
L=6
A C r
Ri=2
Ro=6
A hollow cylinder of circular cross-section, inner radius Ri, outer radius Ro, and length 2L is subjected to a bending
moment, M, applied to its end planes. For a linear elastic material with Young's modulus E and Poisson's ratio
ν, the solutions for stress and displacement are as follows:
193
Pure bending of a cylinder: CAXA elements
M
σzz = r cos θ
I
σrr = σθθ = σrz = σrθ = σzθ = 0
−M 2
ur = [z + ν (r 2 − Ri2)]cos θ
2EI
M 2
uθ = [z − ν (r 2 − Ri2)]sin θ
2EI
M
uz = rz cos θ ,
EI
where I = π (Ro4 − Ri4) / 4 is the moment of inertia of the cylinder and r, θ, and z are the cylindrical coordinates.
Only one-half of the structure is considered, with a symmetry plane at z = 0. The form of the displacement
solution, which is a quadratic function in both r and z, suggests that a single second-order element should model
the structure accurately. The full- and reduced-integration second-order elements do use a single element mesh,
but an 8 × 12 mesh is used for the fully integrated first-order elements and a 16 × 24 mesh is used for the
reduced-integration first-order elements.
Loading: The bending load is simulated by applying a surface traction of the form σzz = MI r cos θ on the z = L
plane of the cylinder. This is done by applying the appropriate nonuniform pressure load with a distributed load
and defining the variation of the pressure in both the r- and θ-directions with user subroutine DLOAD. In the
user subroutine the θ value at each integration point, which is stored in COORDS(3), is expressed in degrees.
The analytical solution and the Abaqus results for the CAXA8n, CAXA8Rn, CAXA4n, and CAXA4Rn (n=1,
M
2, 3, or 4) elements are tabulated below for a structure with I
= 1 and dimensions L = 6, Ri = 2, and Ro = 6. The
output locations are at points A = (Ri , 0, 0), B = (Ri , L, 0), C = (Ro , 0, 0), and D = (Ro , L, 0) on the θ = 0° plane, as
shown in the figure on the previous page, and at points E , F , G, and H, which are at the corresponding locations
on the θ = 180° plane. The CAXA8n elements match the exact solution precisely.
Variable Exact CAXA8n CAXA8Rn CAXA4n CAXA4Rn
ur at A 0 0 0 0 0
uz at A 0 0 0 0 0
uz at C 0 0 0 0 0
194
Pure bending of a cylinder: CAXA elements
ur at D −7.76 × 10−7 −7.76 × 10−7 −7.954 × 10−7 −7.757 × 10−7 −7.779 × 10−7
uz at D 1.2 × 10−6 1.2 × 10−6 1.211 × 10−6 1.200 × 10−6 1.203 × 10−6
ur at E 0 0 0 0 0
uz at E 0 0 0 0 0
ur at G 1.76 × 10−7 1.76 × 10−7 1.881 × 10−7 1.757 × 10−7 1.762 × 10−7
uz at G 0 0 0 0 0
ur at H 7.76 × 10−7 7.76 × 10−7 7.954 × 10−7 7.757 × 10−7 7.779 × 10−7
uz at H −1.2 × 10−6 −1.2 × 10−6 −1.211 × 10−6 −1.200 × 10−6 −1.203 × 10−6
Note:
The results are independent of n, the number of Fourier modes.
Figure 1 through Figure 4 show plots of the undeformed mesh, the deformed mesh, the contours of ur, and the
contours of uz, respectively, for the CAXA4R4 model.
Input files
195
Pure bending of a cylinder: CAXA elements
Figures
1
3
196
Pure bending of a cylinder: CAXA elements
1
3
197
Pure bending of a cylinder: CAXA elements
3 4 5
2 3 4
2 33 44 55 6
2 3 4 55 66 7
1
1
22
3
3
4 4 55 66 77 8
U2 VALUE 1 2 3 44 5
5
66
777 88
3 4 5 66 9
1 2
33 4 5
5 6 77 888 9
9
2 7 8
1 -1.01E-06 1 2 3 44 55 666 77 88 9
9 10
4 5 7 8 10
2 -8.32E-07
1 1 2 3
3
4
4 55 666 7 8
8 9
9
10
10
1 1 5 6 7 8 9
3 -6.47E-07 111 222 4
4 5
5 6 77 8 99
9 10 11
2222 33 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
4 -4.62E-07 2222 333 4 5 6
6
7 888 10 1111
22 22 3
33
44 5 6 7 9 10
10 11
3333 5 7 8 99 11 12
5 -2.77E-07
3333 44 5 6
6 7 8 9
6 -9.25E-08 33 333 33 4444 5
5 6
6 7
7
7
7
8 9
8 10
10
11
11 12
1211
4 6 7 8 10 11 12 12
7 +9.25E-08 4
44 4444 5
6
6
7
89 12 11
4 444 444 44 55 6 9
7 8 99 10 12
8 +2.77E-07 555 6
7 8 9 10 11 11
5555 66 99 10 10 11 11 12 1210
9 +4.62E-07 5 555 5 55 555 555 5555 6
6 7
99 10
10 11
11 1212 11
7 10 11
11 12 10
10 +6.47E-07 66 7
78 9
99
10
10 11
11
12
12 12
9
6 66 6 7 8
8 10 12
11 +8.32E-07 66 6 66 8 99 10 11
10
10 11 12119 10
6 6666 6 66 666 7 88 99 10 11
11
7 10 11
12 +1.01E-06
7 888 99
99
10
10 1111 9
11
8 10
10 108
7 88 99 10
88 99 10
88 99 10 10 8
2 77 88 99 9 7
77 88 99
77 88 7
77 88
77 7 88 8
77 8
1 77
7 77
3 7 77
198
Cylinder subjected to an
asymmetric temperature
field: CAXA elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CAXA4n CAXA4Rn CAXA8n CAXA8Rn (n = 1, 2, 3, 4)
Problem description
B D
θ=0
L=6
A C r
Ri=2
Ro=6
A hollow cylinder of circular cross-section, inner radius Ri, outer radius Ro, and length 2L, is subjected to an
asymmetric temperature distribution that is a linear function of the spatial coordinates:
To r cos θ
T= ,
Ro
where To is the constant temperature at the outside surface of the cylinder at θ = 0° and r, θ, and z (see displacement
solution, below) are the cylindrical coordinates. For a linear elastic material of Young's modulus E, Poisson's
ratio ν, and thermal expansion coefficient α, the solution for a structure subjected to such a temperature distribution
is stress-free, with displacements as follows:
199
Cylinder subjected to an asymmetric temperature field: CAXA elements
αTo cos θ 2 2
ur = (r − z + 2Ri Ro − Ri2)
2Ro
αTo sin θ 2 2
uθ = (r + z − 2Ri Ro − Ri2)
2Ro
αTo cos θ
uz = rz.
2Ro
Only one-half of the structure is considered, with a symmetry plane at z = 0. The form of the displacement
solution, which is a quadratic function in both r and z, indicates that a single second-order element can model
the structure adequately and yield accurate results. This problem is also solved with an 8 × 12 mesh of fully
integrated first-order elements and a 16 × 24 mesh of reduced integration first-order elements.
Material: Linear elastic, Young's modulus = 30 × 106, Poisson's ratio = 0.33, coefficient of thermal expansion
= 1 × 10−4.
Loading: A temperature field of the form T = To r cosθ / Ro is applied by calculating the temperature at each
node and defining the temperature value.
The analytical solution and the Abaqus results for the CAXA8n, CAXA8Rn, CAXA4n, and CAXA4Rn (n = 1,
2, 3 or 4) elements are tabulated below for a structure with these parameters: L = 6, Ri = 2, Ro = 6, and To = 300.
The output locations are at points A = (Ri , 0, 0), B = (Ri , L, 0), C = (Ro , 0, 0), and D = (Ro , L, 0) on the θ = 0° plane, as
shown in the figure on the previous page, and at points E , F , G, and H, which are at the corresponding locations
on the θ = 180° plane. While both the CAXA8n and CAXA8Rn elements match the exact solution precisely with
a zero state of stress, the models using the CAXA4n and CAXA4Rn elements fail to predict a stress-free state,
even though the displacement solutions predicted are quite reasonable. However, the CAXA4Rn models give
much more accurate results than the CAXA4n models. This example demonstrates that the fully integrated
first-order elements do not handle bending problems very well.
Variable Exact CAXA8n CAXA8Rn CAXA4n CAXA4Rn
uz at A 0 0 0 0 0
ur at C 1.4 × 10−2 1.4 × 10−2 1.4 × 10−2 1.3993 × 10−2 1.4 × 10−2
uz at C 0 0 0 0 0
200
Cylinder subjected to an asymmetric temperature field: CAXA elements
uz at E 0 0 0 0 0
ur at G −1.4 × 10−2 −1.4 × 10−2 −1.4 × 10−2 −1.3993 × 10−2 −1.4 × 10−2
uz at G 0 0 0 0 0
uz at H −18 × 10−2 −18 × 10−2 −18 × 10−2 −17.95 × 10−2 −18 × 10−2
Note:
The results are independent of n, the number of Fourier modes.
Figure 1 through Figure 4 show plots of the undeformed and deformed meshes, the applied asymmetric
temperature field, the contours of ur, and the contours of uz, respectively, for the CAXA84 model.
Input files
201
Cylinder subjected to an asymmetric temperature field: CAXA elements
Figures
1
3
5 6
6
5 6
NT11 VALUE 7
6
5
1 -1.18E-01 6 7
7
2 -9.69E-02 7 7 7
3 -7.53E-02 7
7 6 8
4 -5.38E-02 3 7 7 7
7 6 6
5 -3.23E-02 2
6 -1.07E-02
6 6 6 6 6 8
6 7
6 9
7 +1.07E-02 6 7
4 6
5 5 7 6
8 +3.23E-02 5 7 77 8 10
9 +5.38E-02 1 8 9
10 +7.53E-02 8 11
5 10
11 +9.69E-02 7
5
12 +1.18E-01 44 11
8 12
2 9 12
9
10 12
1 11
3
202
Cylinder subjected to an asymmetric temperature field: CAXA elements
5 6
6
5 6
U1 VALUE 7
6
5
1 -1.18E-01 6 7
7
2 -9.69E-02 7 7 7
3 -7.53E-02 7
7 6 8
4 -5.38E-02 3 7 7 7
7 6 6
5 -3.23E-02 2
6 -1.07E-02
6 6 6 6 6 8
6 7
6 9
7 +1.07E-02 6 7
4 6
5 5 7 6
8 +3.23E-02 5 7 77 8 10
9 +5.38E-02 1 8 9
10 +7.53E-02 8 11
5 10
11 +9.69E-02 7
5
12 +1.18E-01 44 11
8 12
2 9 12
9
10 12
1 11
3
2 3 4
3 5
1
U2 VALUE 2
4 8
1 3 5 6
1 -1.52E-01 2 10
2 -1.24E-01 3 4
1 5
5 7 9
3 -9.69E-02 4
2 3 6 8 11
4 -6.92E-02 8 10
5 7 9
5 -4.15E-02 4
6 8 9
6 -1.38E-02 5 10 11 12
9 12
7 +1.38E-02 10
5
8 +4.15E-02 8 11 12
6
9 +6.92E-02
11
6 7 12
10 +9.69E-02 11 12
6 6 10
11 +1.24E-01
7 11 9
12 +1.52E-01
7 8 10
10 8
2 7
99 7
8
1
3 7
203
Cylinder subjected to
asymmetric pressure loads:
CAXA elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CAXA4n CAXA4Rn CAXA8n CAXA8Rn (n = 1, 2, 3, 4)
Problem description
A C
θ=0
L=6
A C r
Ri=2
Ro=6
A hollow cylinder of circular cross-section, inner radius Ri, outer radius Ro, and length 2L is subjected to both
internal and external pressure loads that are asymmetric. The pressure stresses take the following forms:
R
σrr = −p cos θ at r = Ro and σrr = − Ro p cos θ at r = Ri , where p is a pressure value and r and θ are the cylindrical
i
coordinates. Assuming plane strain conditions and a linear elastic material with Young's modulus E and Poisson's
ratio ν, the small-displacement solutions for stress and displacement are as follows:
205
Cylinder subjected to asymmetric pressure loads: CAXA elements
where
Ro p
A = −(1 − 2ν ) .
4(1 − ν )(Ro2 + Ri2)
Only a slice of the cylinder is considered. Plane strain conditions are applied by setting uz = 0 everywhere. In
the r-direction 10 elements are used in the second-order element models. In models using the first-order elements,
20 and 40 elements are used in the full- and reduced-integration models, respectively.
Boundary conditions: uz = 0 everywhere; ur = −9.9854 × 10−4 at r = Ri and θ = 0°, as obtained from the
equation for ur above. These constraints eliminate the rigid body motions in the global z- and x-directions,
respectively.
Loading: The asymmetric pressure loads are prescribed by applying the appropriate nonuniform distributed
load types on the inside and outside surfaces of the cylinder and defining the pressure stress equations for σrr in
user subroutine DLOAD. In the user subroutine, the θ value at each integration point, which is stored in
COORDS(3), is expressed in degrees.
The analytical solution and the Abaqus results for the CAXA8n, CAXA8Rn, CAXA4n, and CAXA4Rn (n = 1,
2, 3 or 4) elements are tabulated below for a cylinder with these parameters: L = 6, Ri = 2, Ro = 6, and P = 10 ×
103. The output locations are at points A = (Ri , z , 0) and C = (Ro , z , 0) on the θ = 0° plane, where z can be any value
along lines AA and C C in the figure shown on the previous page since the solution is independent of z, and at
points E and G, which are at the corresponding locations on the θ = 180° plane. The solutions predicted by
Abaqus agree well with the exact solution. Closer agreement is anticipated if a denser mesh is used.
Variable Exact CAXA8n CAXA8Rn CAXA4n CAXA4Rn
206
Cylinder subjected to asymmetric pressure loads: CAXA elements
ur at C −2.9222 × 10−3 −2.9222 × 10−3 −2.9222 × 10−3 −2.9207 × 10−3 −2.9221 × 10−3
ur at G 2.9222 × 10−3 2.9222 × 10−3 2.9222 × 10−3 2.9207 × 10−3 2.9221 × 10−3
Note:
The results are independent of n, the number of Fourier modes. The uθ variable is not compared, since uθ
is treated as an internal variable in these elements and is not available for output. The accuracy of uθ may
be assumed to be comparable to the accuracy of ur.
Figure 1 through Figure 4 show plots of the undeformed mesh, the deformed mesh, the contours of σrr, and the
contours of ur, respectively, for the CAXA8R3 model.
Input files
207
Cylinder subjected to asymmetric pressure loads: CAXA elements
Figures
1
3
208
Cylinder subjected to asymmetric pressure loads: CAXA elements
1
3
7
8 7
8 7
888
7
S11 VALUE 8 7 6
6
9 8 6
999 7 6
1 -2.51E+04 99 9 9 8 7 6
9 8 6
2 -2.06E+04 1010 10 10 109 88 77 6 6
8
10
10 55 5 5 5 5 5
1111
11 12 11 9 7 6 5 5 5
3 -1.60E+04
9 12 5 5 44 4
4 -1.14E+04 8 6 4
10 3 3 44
5 -6.86E+03 4 22 3 3 4
10 2 4
12
6 -2.28E+03 11 1 2 33 4
1
7 +2.28E+03 1 2 4
8 +6.86E+03 3 4
9 +1.14E+04
10 +1.60E+04
11 +2.06E+04
9 7
12 +2.51E+04 12 5 3
11
2 2
1
3
1 4
3
209
Cylinder subjected to asymmetric pressure loads: CAXA elements
10 8
11 10 9 8
11 10 9 7 6
10 9 8 7
11 8 6
U1 VALUE
12
11 10 99 8
7 6 5
11 9 7 6 5
12 10 8
8 7 6 4
9 7 5 4
12 11 10 9 8 6 5 4
1 -2.47E-03 12 11 7 6 5
10 9
10 88 7 6 55 4 3
2 -2.02E-03 11
11 8 77 5 4 333
3 -1.57E-03 12 10 99
10
8 6 5 4 3
2
6 3
9
7 5 444 2
4 -1.12E-03 5 3 2
11 5 22
5 -6.74E-04 10 9 5 44 33 1
6 -2.24E-04
2
4 33 1
7 +2.24E-04 4 3 22 11
8 +6.74E-04
2
1
9 +1.12E-03
10 +1.57E-03
11 +2.02E-03
12 +2.47E-03 8 6
1
2
4 3
2
1 1
3
210
Cylinder subjected to an
asymmetric pore pressure
field: CAXA elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CAXA8Pn CAXA8RPn (n = 1, 2, 3, 4)
Problem description
B D F
θ=0
L=6
A C E
r
Ri=2
R=4
Ro=6
A hollow cylindrical soil column of circular cross-section, inner radius Ri, outer radius Ro, and length 2L is
subjected to an asymmetric pore pressure distribution of the form
Uo r cos θ
U= ,
Ro
where Uo is the constant pore pressure at the outside surface of the cylinder at θ = 0° and r and θ are the cylindrical
coordinates. The presence of pore pressure gradients in the radial and circumferential directions causes the pore
fluid in the soil to flow in these directions, and bending of the cylinder results. This is a coupled problem in
which the stress equilibrium and fluid continuity equations must be solved simultaneously with the pore pressure
CAXA elements. For illustration purposes we consider only the steady-state coupled problem, and we assume
that the material is linear with constant permeability and is made up of incompressible grains and fluid. The
results predicted by the pore pressure CAXA models will be compared with those predicted by the corresponding
three-dimensional model.
211
Cylinder subjected to an asymmetric pore pressure field: CAXA elements
Only one-half of the structure is considered, with a symmetry plane at z = 0. A mesh convergence study indicates
that a single second-order CAXA element can model the structure adequately and yield accurate results. However,
two elements are used in the radial direction so that direct comparison of results obtained with the
three-dimensional model can be made. In the three-dimensional model the C3D20P element is used in a finite
element mesh with 2 elements in the radial direction, 1 in the axial direction, and 12 in the circumferential
direction. To facilitate comparison of results with the CAXA models, all nodes in the three-dimensional model
are transformed to a local cylindrical system, and a cylindrical orientation is applied to the material so that
displacement, stress, and strain components are output in the same cylindrical system.
Material: Linear elastic, Young's modulus = 1 × 108, Poisson's ratio = 0.3, permeability = 1 × 10−5, initial
void ratio = 1.0 everywhere.
Loading: A pore pressure field of the form U = Uo r cosθ / Ro is applied. The pore pressure at each corner node
on the inside and outside walls of the cylinder is calculated, and the pore pressure values are prescribed as
boundary conditions via degree of freedom 8.
The results obtained with the CAXA8Pn and CAXA8RPn (n = 1, 2, 3 or 4) elements and those obtained with
the C3D20P elements are tabulated below for a structure with these parameters: L = 6, Ri = 2, Ro = 6, and Uo = 3
× 106. The output locations are at points A = (Ri , 0, 0), B = (Ri , L, 0), C = (4, 0, 0), D = (4, L, 0), E = (Ro , 0, 0), and
F = (Ro , L, 0) on the θ = 0° plane, as shown in the figure on the previous page. Results that are exactly equal and
opposite to those shown below are obtained at the same locations on the θ = 180° plane. It is apparent that the
results of the CAXA models match closely with the results of the three-dimensional model. The stress solution,
which is shown in the table below, reveals that the effective stress components are identical to the pore pressure
everywhere so that the total stress is zero everywhere in the cylinder. The results obtained from the CAXA
models are independent of n, the number of Fourier modes, and appear to be more accurate than the
three-dimensional model because the applied asymmetric pore pressure field can be prescribed precisely in the
CAXA models. In the three-dimensional model more elements are needed in the θ-direction to get results with
higher accuracy. Note the similarity between the solution to this problem and the asymmetric temperature analysis
described in Cylinder subjected to an asymmetric temperature field: CAXA elements.
Variable C3D20P CAXA8Pn CAXA8RPn
ur at A 0 0 0
uz at A 0 0 0
6 6
U at A 1 × 10 1 × 10 1 × 106
212
Cylinder subjected to an asymmetric pore pressure field: CAXA elements
uz at C 0 0 0
uz at E 0 0 0
6 6
U at E 3 × 10 3 × 10 3 × 106
Figure 1 through Figure 4 show plots of the undeformed and deformed meshes, the applied asymmetric pore
pressure field, the contours of ur, and the contours of uz, respectively, in the CAXA8P4 model.
Input files
213
Cylinder subjected to an asymmetric pore pressure field: CAXA elements
Figures
1
3
12
2
10
9 12
1 11
3
214
Cylinder subjected to an asymmetric pore pressure field: CAXA elements
7 7
8
8
U1 VALUE 9 8
99 6
8 8 7
9 1010 8
1 -3.04E-02 6 6
10
2 -2.49E-02 11
10 5 5
11 10 9 6
3 -1.93E-02 12 11 7 4 4
4 -1.38E-02
10 12 109 8
12 5
9 10
7 5 33 5
5 -8.30E-03 12 12 11 2
33 4
4 8 9 8
6 -2.76E-03
3 11 11 10 4 2
4
7 +2.76E-03 1 1 2 3 5 6
7 10 9 8
8 +8.30E-03 5 7 10 3
6 9 8 7 2 1
1 2 7
5
9 +1.38E-02
8 9 8 6 4 3 2 3
10 +1.93E-02 3 44 5 6 8
3 5
11 +2.49E-02 2 7 5
4 9
4 6 7
12 +3.04E-02 7
1 65 7 8 10
5 7 5
9
6
10 11
6
2 6
8 11
7 8
9 11
1
3 10 12
12
2 3 4
5
1 7
3
U2 VALUE 5
2 4 6
1 3 4 5
1 -6.09E-02 3 8
2 6 8 10
2 -4.98E-02 4
3 5 9
3 -3.87E-02 1 5 9
2 4 7
4 -2.76E-02 8
3 6 10 11
5 -1.66E-02 8 10
4 5 7 9
6 -5.53E-03 3
6 8 9
7 +5.53E-03 5 10 11 12
8 +1.66E-02 4 9 12
5 10
9 +2.76E-02 11
6 8
10 +3.87E-02 10 12 11
5
11 +4.98E-02 6 7 12
12 +6.09E-02
12
6 6 10
6 7 9 11
8 11 9
7
9 10
10 8
2 7 8
9 7
8
7
1
3 7
215
Modal dynamic and
transient dynamic analysis
with CAXA and SAXA
elements
Modal dynamic and transient dynamic analysis with CAXA and SAXA elements
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CAXA4n CAXA4Rn CAXA4RHn CAXA8n CAXA8Rn CAXA8RHn SAXA1n SAXA2n
(n = 2, 3, 4)
Problem description
A cantilever pipe 100 units long with an outer radius of 1.2675 units and a wall thickness of 0.2 units subjected
to tip loading is analyzed. The pipe is modeled with all the elements listed above. The first-order, fully integrated
CAXA model consists of 2 × 20 elements in the mesh, while the CAXA4Rn and the CAXA4RHn models consist
of 4 × 40 elements in the mesh. The second-order CAXA models use 20 elements along the length of the pipe.
The first-order SAXAn model uses 20 elements along the length of the pipe, while 10 elements are used in the
SAXA2n model. The material behavior is assumed to be isotropic elastic with a Young's modulus of 30.E6 and
Poisson's ratio of 0.3.
The modal dynamic and steady-state dynamic procedures, the direct-solution steady-state procedure, the
subspace-based steady-state procedure, and the transient dynamic procedure are used in the verification tests. A
sinusoidal load with a maximum amplitude of 1.0E4 units is applied to the tip of the cantilever pipe. The
concentrated load is split in two, with half applied to the midside nodes in each of the θ = 0° and θ = 180° planes
on the loaded end of the pipe. All the nodes on one end of the pipe are fixed. To avoid any deformation through
the wall thickness in the CAXA model caused by the application of concentrated loads on the loaded end, the
radial displacements at the midside nodes are constrained to be equal to the average radial motion of the nodes
at the inside and outside radii.
Input files
ecntsfdyn.inp CAXA42 elements.
ecnusfdyn.inp CAXA43 elements.
ecnvsfdyn.inp CAXA44 elements.
ecntsrdyn.inp CAXA4R2 elements.
ecnusrdyn.inp CAXA4R3 elements.
ecnvsrdyn.inp CAXA4R4 elements.
ecnxsfdyn.inp CAXA82 elements.
ecnysfdyn.inp CAXA83 elements.
ecnzsfdyn.inp CAXA84 elements.
217
Modal dynamic and transient dynamic analysis with CAXA and SAXA elements
Elements tested
CAXA4n CAXA8n SAXA1n SAXA2n (n = 2, 3, 4)
Problem description
The cantilever pipe described in the previous section is used in these verification tests. A white noise power
spectral density is used to describe the applied ground accelerations. The material definition is assumed to be
isotropic elastic. The values are not important.
Since random response analysis is a modal-based procedure, an eigenfrequency extraction step is required to
obtain the mode shapes and natural frequencies of the system. The first ten modes are used in the random response
steps with a damping ratio of 0.01 for each mode. The base motion is applied only to degree of freedom 1.
Input files
ecntsfrr.inp CAXA42 elements.
ecnusfrr.inp CAXA43 elements.
ecnvsfrr.inp CAXA44 elements.
ecnxsfrr.inp CAXA82 elements.
ecnysfrr.inp CAXA83 elements.
ecnzsfrr.inp CAXA84 elements.
esntsxrr.inp SAXA12 elements.
esnusxrr.inp SAXA13 elements.
esnvsxrr.inp SAXA14 elements.
esnxsxrr.inp SAXA22 elements.
esnysxrr.inp SAXA23 elements.
esnzsxrr.inp SAXA24 elements.
218
Modal dynamic and transient dynamic analysis with CAXA and SAXA elements
Elements tested
CAXA42 CAXA82
Problem description
The model consists of a cylinder 300 units in length with an outer radius of 2 units. The finite element mesh
consists of a single element that has nodes lying on the axis from each of the planes forming the element. The
nodes on the axis are tied such that the element can simulate a solid cylinder. The material properties are assumed
to be isotropic elastic. The values are not important.
The spectrum of peak displacement values as a function of frequency and damping ratio is specified in the
spectrum step, and the base motion is applied in directions 1 (r-direction) and 2 (z-direction) using the response
spectrum.
Input files
ecntsfrs.inp CAXA42 elements.
ecnxsfrs.inp CAXA82 elements.
Elements tested
CAXA4H2
Problem description
This problem is similar to the verification problem pmodbas3.inp using CAX4H elements described in Modal
dynamic analysis with baseline correction. CAXA4H2 elements are used in the present verification test. The
test illustrates the use of baseline correction and base motion for CAXA elements.
The structure analyzed is a cylinder made of rubberlike material. An 8 × 8 mesh of CAXA4H2 elements is
employed. The nodes on the axis of the cylinder are constrained such that they do not move away from the axis
after deformation.
The structure is preloaded statically in compression in the axial direction by a rigid platen. The response to
applied axial excitation at the rigid surface is sought. The acceleration records are the same as those used in the
problem pmodbase.inp (see Modal dynamic analysis with baseline correction).
Input files
ecntsfbc.inp CAXA4H2 elements.
219
Modal dynamic and transient dynamic analysis with CAXA and SAXA elements
Elements tested
CAXA4n CAXA8n (n = 1, 2, 3, 4)
Problem description
This problem is similar to the problem described in FV41: Free cylinder: axisymmetric vibration, where
axisymmetric elements are used.
The axisymmetric behavior is simulated by imposing the condition that the radial and axial displacements of the
nodes on planes other than the θ = 0° plane be the same as the nodes on the θ = 0° plane.
Input files
ecnssffv41.inp CAXA41 elements.
ecntsffv41.inp CAXA42 elements.
ecnusffv41.inp CAXA43 elements.
ecnvsffv41.inp CAXA44 elements.
ecnwsffv41.inp CAXA81 elements.
ecnxsffv41.inp CAXA82 elements.
ecnysffv41.inp CAXA83 elements.
ecnzsffv41.inp CAXA84 elements.
Elements tested
CAXA4n CAXA8n (n = 1, 2, 3, 4)
Problem description
This problem is similar to the problem described in FV42: Thick hollow sphere: uniform radial vibration, where
axisymmetric elements are used.
Input files
ecnssffv42.inp CAXA41 elements.
ecntsffv42.inp CAXA42 elements.
ecnusffv42.inp CAXA43 elements.
ecnvsffv42.inp CAXA44 elements.
ecnwsffv42.inp CAXA81 elements.
220
Modal dynamic and transient dynamic analysis with CAXA and SAXA elements
221
Simple load tests for
thermal-electrical elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
DC1D2E DC1D3E
DC2D3E DC2D4E DC2D6E DC2D8E
DCAX3E DCAX4E DCAX6E DCAX8E
DC3D4E DC3D6E DC3D8E DC3D10E DC3D15E DC3D20E
Problem description
The problem illustrated in Figure 1 consists of a 1-m-long conductor through which a constant current density
of 6.58E5 Am−2 is established by creating a potential difference across the ends of the conductor or by prescribing
a concentrated current. The electrical energy generated by the flow of current is converted into heat, which results
in a temperature distribution through the conductor. Only a steady-state solution is considered for each test. A
reasonable mesh is used in each case to obtain the quadratic distribution of heat.
y
∂θ
∂x = 0 °Cm
{ θJ == 6.58E5
-1
-2
Am
1.0 m 100° C
ϕ=0V
z x or
{ ϕθ == 100°
0.1 V
C
Figure 1: Model of conductor.
Boundary conditions: Zero potential (φ = 0 V) and zero temperature gradient (∂θ / ∂x = 0°Cm−1) at x =
0 m.
Potential φ = 0.1 V and temperature θ = 100°C, or current density of 6.58E5 Am−2 and temperature θ = 100°C
at x = 1 m.
With these boundary conditions the problem is one-dimensional. It is assumed that all electrical energy is
converted into heat.
223
Simple load tests for thermal-electrical elements
Reference solution
x2
In this uniaxial problem the exact solution for the temperature is of the form θ = C0 2 + C1x + C2, where C0, C1,
and C2 are real constants. Application of the above material properties and boundary conditions leads to the exact
solution
x2 C0
θ = C0 2
+ 100 − 2
,
where C0 = −1462.2.
Input files
224
Hydrostatic fluid elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Features tested
This section provides basic verification tests for the fluid elements that are generated in Abaqus/Standard when the
fluid cavity capability is used.
Elements tested
F2D2 F3D3 F3D4 FAX2
Problem description
For the two-dimensional and three-dimensional cases, a “block” of incompressible fluid is subjected to a system
of loads, as shown in Figure 1. The downward force causes the fluid to compress vertically and expand
horizontally, while maintaining the original fluid volume (since the fluid is incompressible). The spring resists
the horizontal expansion of the fluid, thus generating internal pressure in the fluid. The first axisymmetric problem
is similar: the fluid volume is now a cylinder, compressed axially, with a spring resisting the radial expansion.
In the second axisymmetric problem the pressure inside the fluid is specified. No external loading is applied,
and the “walls” bounding the fluid are fixed.
F
fluid K
The surface-based fluid cavity capability requires a surface to be defined on the boundary of the fluid cavity.
The underlying elements on which the surface is defined can be solid elements, structural elements, or surface
elements. In these tests the cavity boundary is represented with surface elements in the three-dimensional model.
Since Abaqus does not provide two-dimensional surface elements, solid elements are used in the two-dimensional
models to define the exterior surface. The solid elements are removed at the start of the first analysis step and
are, therefore, not involved in the solution of the problem.
225
Hydrostatic fluid elements
The two-dimensional fluid block measures 1 × 1 and has unit thickness, while the three-dimensional fluid block
measures 1 × 1 × 1. Node 1 is the cavity reference node for the fluid cavity. In each case a single grounded spring
acting in the x-direction is attached to a node on the outermost face of the model perpendicular to the x-direction.
In addition, all nodes on this face are constrained to displace equally in the x-direction. The downward force is
applied as a concentrated load to a single node on the uppermost face of the model perpendicular to the y-direction.
All nodes on this face are constrained to displace equally in the y-direction. Finally, a grounded spring of negligible
stiffness acting in the y-direction is attached to a single node on this face to preclude solver problems in the
solution.
The axisymmetric fluid cylinder has a radius of 1 and a height of 1. Node 1 is the cavity reference node for the
fluid cavity. In the first problem a single grounded spring acting in the r-direction is attached to a node on the
outermost face of the model perpendicular to the r-direction. All nodes on this face are additionally constrained
to displace equally in the r-direction. The downward force is applied as a concentrated load to a single node on
the uppermost face of the model perpendicular to the z-direction. All nodes on this face are constrained to displace
equally in the z-direction. Finally, a grounded spring of negligible stiffness acting in the z-direction is attached
to a single node on this face to preclude solver problems in the solution. In the second problem all nodes are
fixed in space, and the pressure inside the fluid is specified at node 1. No external force is specified, and no
springs are used in the model.
Loading: The concentrated force applied to all models except the second axisymmetric analysis (Fy = −600
at node 4) is ramped linearly from zero to the final value of −600 over a single static step. Results are reported
at the end of the step.
p = 1 for the second axisymmetric analysis.
uz = 0 at nodes 2 through 8.
Reference solution
Since the fluid is incompressible, the original fluid volume should be maintained. For the two-dimensional and
three-dimensional cases CVOL = 1.0, and for the axisymmetric case CVOL = π.
226
Hydrostatic fluid elements
For the second axisymmetric problem, the reaction forces at the nodes are as follows:
Node RF r RF z
2 −π 0.0
3 −π −2π /3
4 0.0 −π / 3
1 376.9 1.000
2 0.5919 0.0
3 0.5919 −0.3718
4 0.0 −0.3718
1 376.9 1.000
1 376.9 1.000
227
Hydrostatic fluid elements
1 88.25 3.142
2 0.4711 0.0
3 0.4711 −0.5380
4 0.0 −0.5380
1 1.0 3.142
2 −3.1416 0.0
3 −3.1416 −2.0944
4 0.0 −1.0472
Input files
228
Fluid link element
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Features tested
This section provides basic verification tests for the fluid link element that is generated in Abaqus/Standard when the
fluid exchange capability is used to model flow between two fluid-filled cavities.
Elements tested
FLINK F2D2
Problem description
A fluid link element is created when the fluid exchange capability is used to transfer fluid between two vessels
filled with incompressible fluid, as shown in Figure 1. One of the vessels is subjected to internal pressure by
applying a load F. The other vessel is always maintained at zero pressure. The difference in pressures between
the two vessels causes fluid to be transferred. Two analyses are performed to verify the fluid transfer rate between
the two vessels by specifying the bulk viscosity and the mass flow rate as a function of pressure difference and
temperature.
F
1.0 1.0
Each vessel is modeled using a two-dimensional fluid block that measures 1 × 1 with unit thickness, as shown
in Figure 2. Nodes 1 and 11 are the cavity reference nodes for the two fluid cavities. The downward force on
the first fluid cavity is applied as a concentrated load to node 4 in the y-direction. Nodes 3 and 4 are constrained
to displace equally in the y-direction. Nodes 13 and 14 are also constrained to displace equally in the y-direction.
Finally, grounded springs of very small stiffness acting in the y-direction are attached to nodes 4 and 14 to
preclude solver problems in the solution.
229
Fluid link element
4 3 14 13
x
1 2 11 12
fluid link
Figure 2: Fluid link model.
CV CH θ Field variable
10 0.0 10 1.0
10 0.001 10 2.0
The data used when specifying the mass flow rate as a function of pressure difference and temperature were
computed using the implicit functional relationship between q and Δp discussed in Fluid exchange definition,
and the values of CV and CH in the above table. To capture the nonlinear relationship between q and Δp accurately,
33 values of q were included in the data lines option for various combinations of θ and the one field variable.
Loading: The concentrated force of 100 units is applied instantaneously over all static steps. In the first step
the temperature and the field variable are held fixed at 10 and 1, respectively, for a time period of 0.20. In the
second step the temperature is ramped from 10 to 100 for a time period of 0.01, while the field variable remains
fixed at 1. The third step is a dummy perturbation step. This step is included to verify that an intermittent
perturbation step has no effect on the subsequent general step. In the fourth step the temperature is held fixed at
100, with the field variable instantaneously changed to 2 for a time period of 0.01. Results are reported at the
end of each general step.
Reference solution
Since the fluid is incompressible, the total fluid volume should be maintained; i.e., CVOL=2.0. The pressure in
the first cavity should always be 100. Because of the presence of grounded springs of very small stiffness, the
pressure in the second cavity is not zero.
230
Fluid link element
Specifying the mass flow rate as a function of pressure difference and temperature
Input files
efl2sfsp.inp TYPE=BULK VISCOSITY.
efl2stsp.inp TYPE=MASS RATE LEAKAGE.
Elements tested
FLINK F2D2
Problem description
A fluid link element with one end connected and the other end free is used to transfer fluid to a single fluid
cavity. The vessel is modeled using a two-dimensional fluid block that measures 1 × 1 with unit thickness. The
model in this example is identical to the model shown in Figure 2 except that the cavity defined by nodes 12,
13 and 14 is absent. Node 1 is the cavity reference node for the fluid cavity. Node 11 is connected to the fluid
link element but not to a fluid cavity. Nodes 3 and 4 are constrained to displace equally in the y-direction. A
grounded spring of unit stiffness acting in the y-direction is attached to node 4.
Two models are considered, one with an incompressible hydraulic fluid and the other with a compressible
pneumatic fluid. The hydraulic fluid is given an arbitrary fluid density of ρ = 10. For the pneumatic fluid the
molecular weight, M W, is set to 660; the universal gas constant, R͠ , is set to 1; and the absolute zero temperature,
θZ, is set to —460. See Fluid cavity definition for details. The fluid link is defined by specifying bulk viscosity
as CV=0.1 and CH=0.
It is a simple exercise to show that with a single fluid link element and fixed temperature the change in mass in
( )
ρ−ρ
the fluid cavity is given by Δm = ρ ΔV + ρR VR ρ R , where VR is the initial volume of the fluid cavity and ΔV is
R
the change in volume of the fluid cavity with respect to VR. For an incompressible hydraulic fluid ρ = ρR , in which
case the change in mass is simply Δm = ρR ΔV.
231
Fluid link element
Loading: Four steps are used in the analyses. In Step 1 a constant mass flow rate of 10 is applied to node 11
on the fluid link element using the mass flow rate specified for a fluid cavity. In Step 2 the fluid flux loading is
removed and the pressure at node 11 is held at its value at the end of step one using a boundary condition with
the option of fixing a degree of freedom at its current value at the start of the step. In Step 3 the pressure at node
11 is ramped up to 5. Finally, in Step 4 all pressure boundary conditions are removed, and the system comes to
rest.
Input files
onecav_hydr.inp Hydraulic fluid.
onecav_pneu.inp Pneumatic fluid.
232
Fluid pipe element
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Features tested
This section provides basic verification tests for the fluid pipe and fluid pipe connector elements, which are used to
model fluid flow in a pipe in Abaqus/Standard.
Elements tested
FP2D2 FPC2D2 FP3D2 FPC3D2
Problem description
Fluid pipe elements are used to model the flow of fluid in a wellbore, as shown in Figure 1. The well consists
of a vertical, a horizontal, and a deviated section. The deviated section is connected to the horizontal and vertical
sections by fluid pipe connector elements. Two scenarios of laminar and turbulent flows are modeled in the
wellbore. Point A is located 2000 m below ground level, and point D is located at ground level. The lengths of
the horizontal and vertical sections are 1000 m and 500 m, respectively. The diameter of the pipe is 0.1 m. The
connectors are modeled as two elbow joints. The connector loss coefficient used in this model is 0.64.
Point D
Point C
45°
Point B Point A
Material: The fluid is modeled as an incompressible liquid with a density of 1000 kg/m3 and viscosity of
0.001 Pa·sec.
Loading: For laminar flow an inlet fluid flow rate of 12.4 × 10−3 m3/s at point D and a pressure of 34.47 MPa
at point A are prescribed. For turbulent flow an inlet flow rate of 10.77 × 10−3 m3/s at point D and a pressure of
53.1 MPa at point A are specified.
Reference solution
Since the fluid is incompressible, the pressures can be computed using the Bernoulli equation for pipe flow.
233
Fluid pipe element
The analytical pressures computed using the Bernoulli equation for pipe flow at points A to D are shown in the
table below. Since the prescribed boundary conditions for the laminar and turbulent flows are different, the
computed pressures are different for the two cases. The computed pressures for the laminar and turbulent flows
in the deviated wellbore match the analytical solution.
Point location Laminar flow pressure (MPa) Turbulent flow pressure (MPa)
A 34.47 53.1
B 34.47 52.95
C 19.77 37.92
D 14.87 32.94
Input files
234
Temperature-dependent
film condition
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPE3T CPE4RT CPS3T CPS4RT DC2D4 S4RT
Features tested
Problem description
An infinite plate of width 0.1 unit and thickness 1 unit is considered. A zero flux boundary condition is imposed
on all of the surfaces except the top surface. A film condition and sink temperature are imposed on the top
surface, and the transient solution to the heat transfer problem is sought.
In Abaqus/Standard the problem is modeled with 10 DC2D4 elements of dimension 0.01 × 0.01. In Abaqus/Explicit
two-dimensional (plane strain and plane stress) elements are used to model the plate: 10 elements are used
through the width of the plate when using CPE4RT and CPS4RT elements, while 20 elements are used when
using CPE3T and CPS3T elements. The problem is also modeled using S4RT elements in Abaqus/Explicit. Only
one coupled thermal shell element is used, and the shell's thickness represents the length of the model. The film
condition is applied on one face of the shell, and a large number of temperature points are considered through
the thickness (19 points, which is the maximum allowable temperature points.)
Material: Thermal conductivity, k = 1.4; sink temperature, θ0 = 100(1 + t/3600); specific heat, cp = 260; film
coefficient, h = 10 + 0.02θ; density, ρ = 7800; initial temperature, θi = 0.
In Abaqus/Explicit dummy mechanical properties are prescribed to complete the material definition.
The transient solution at t = 3600 units is plotted for all four cases; the finite difference solution is plotted as a
solid line, and the three finite element results as markers at the centroid of the elements.
The results obtained with Abaqus/Explicit are in close agreement with those obtained with Abaqus/Standard.
Input files
235
Temperature-dependent film condition
with appropriate boundary conditions for the film and sink conditions. The solution
is computed at 101 points through the width of the plate at time steps of 0.01 units.
ec24dfd2.inp Finite element model of the problem as described above.
ec24dfd3.inp Finite element model with temperature dependent film condition prescribed through
user subroutine FILM.
ec24dfd3.f User subroutine FILM used in ec24dfd3.inp.
ec24dfd4.inp Finite element model where the film condition is changed using a field variable
which is prescribed through user subroutine UFIELD.
ec24dfd4.f User subroutine UFIELD used in ec24dfd4.inp.
ec24dfd5.inp Same as problem ec24dfd2.inp with surface-based loads.
ec24dfd6.inp Same as problem ec24dfd3.inp with surface-based loads.
ec24dfd6.f User subroutine FILM used in ec24dfd6.inp.
ec24dfd7.inp Same as problem ec24dfd4.inp with surface-based loads.
ec24dfd7.f User subroutine UFIELD used in ec24dfd7.inp.
Figures
FILM CONDITION
60.
T-FDIFF
T-FELEM 50.
T-UFILM
T-FVARS
40.
TEMPERATURE
30.
20.
10.
3 1 0.
0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10
Y
236
Surface-based pressure
penetration
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPE4 CPE8 CAX4 CAX8 SAX1 SAX2
C3D4 C3D6 C3D8 C3D10 C3D10M C3D15 C3D20
CCL9 CCL12 CCL18 CCL24
S4 SC6R SC8R M3D4
Features tested
Contact between a deformable body and a rigid surface and contact between two deformable surfaces exposed
to a fluid pressure at both ends of the surfaces are tested through the use of pressure penetration loads.
Problem description
y
10
11
12
13
12 14
15
16
17
18
x
1 1
Figure 1: Contact between a deformable surface and a rigid surface in two dimensions.
Boundary conditions: Two-dimensional models: The rigid surface is constrained in all degrees of
freedom. When the contact between two deformable surfaces is considered, the nodes at x = 0 in Figure 2 and
the nodes at y = 0 in Figure 3 are constrained in all degrees of freedom.
237
Surface-based pressure penetration
Three-dimensional models (Figure 4 and Figure 5): The rigid surface is constrained in all degrees of freedom.
The nodes at the two ends of the rings are constrained in the first degree of freedom, and the nodes at the back
surfaces are constrained in the third degree of freedom; when the contact between two deformable surfaces is
considered, the inner and outer ring surfaces of the model are also constrained in all degrees of freedom.
when solid elements are used. u14 is the displacement at node 14, and d is the distance measured from node
(
14. When shell elements are used, a nonuniform pressure, P = P14 1 − 9
d c − 0.75
)
, is applied on the surface of x =
2.0. P14 is the pressure at the element containing node 14, and d c is the distance measured from node 14 to
the center of an element.
• Step 2: Two ends of the contacting surfaces (y = 0 and y = 12.0) are exposed to a fluid pressure with a
magnitude of 800.0.
• Step 3: Increase the fluid pressure to 900.0 at both ends.
14 u
• Step 1: A nonuniform displacement, u = 1.25d , is applied in the negative y-direction on the surface of y = 2.0.
• Step 2: One end of the contacting surfaces, x = 2, is exposed to a fluid pressure with a magnitude of 550; and
the other end, x = 14, is exposed to a fluid pressure with a magnitude of 800.
• Step 3: Increase the magnitudes of the fluid pressure to 650 from 550 and to 900 from 800, respectively, at
both ends.
238
Surface-based pressure penetration
10
11
12
13
12 14
15
16
17
18
x
2
Figure 2: Contact between two deformable surfaces with matching meshes in two dimensions.
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
2 12 x
Figure 3: Contact between two deformable surfaces with nonmatching meshes in two
dimensions.
X
Z
RP
X
Z
Figure 4: Contact between a deformable surface and a rigid surface in three dimensions.
239
Surface-based pressure penetration
Y
X
Z
X
Z
The contact pressure and the fluid pressure at each slave node on the contacting surfaces are output. Figure 6
specifically shows the deformation of the three-dimensional model in the middle of Step 2.
ZX
Figure 6: Deformation of the model with two deformable surfaces in three dimensions.
Input files
240
Surface-based pressure penetration
eia3srs3_ppen.inp CAX8 elements with a rigid body created from MAX1 elements.
eia3srs3_ppen_auglagr.inp CAX8 elements with a rigid body created from MAX1 elements.
eia2srs2_ppen.inp SAX1 elements.
eia2srs4_ppen.inp SAX1 elements with a rigid body created from SAX1 elements.
eia3srs2_ppen.inp SAX2 elements.
eia3srs4_ppen.inp SAX2 elements with a rigid body created from SAX1 elements.
ver-ppen-c3d4-rigid.inp C3D4 elements with an analytical rigid surface.
ver-ppen-c3d6-rigid.inp C3D6 elements with an analytical rigid surface.
ver-ppen-c3d8-rigid.inp C3D8 elements with an analytical rigid surface.
ver-ppen-c3d10-rigid.inp C3D10 elements with an analytical rigid surface.
ver-ppen-c3d10m-rigid.inp C3D10M elements with an analytical rigid surface.
ver-ppen-c3d15-rigid.inp C3D15 elements with an analytical rigid surface.
ver-ppen-c3d20-rigid.inp C3D20 elements with an analytical rigid surface.
ver-ppen-ccl9-rigid.inp CCL9 elements with an analytical rigid surface.
ver-ppen-ccl12-rigid.inp CCL12 elements with an analytical rigid surface.
ver-ppen-ccl18-rigid.inp CCL18 elements with an analytical rigid surface.
ver-ppen-ccl24-rigid.inp CCL24 elements with an analytical rigid surface.
ver-ppen-s4-rigid.inp S4 elements with an analytical rigid surface.
ver-ppen-sc6r-rigid.inp SC6R elements with an analytical rigid surface.
ver-ppen-sc8r-rigid.inp SC8R elements with an analytical rigid surface.
ver-ppen-m3d4-rigid.inp M3D4 elements with an analytical rigid surface.
Two deformable surfaces with matching meshes in contact with each other:
ei22sss1_ppen.inp CPE4 elements.
ei23sss1_ppen.inp CPE8 elements.
ei23sss1_ppen_auglagr.inp CPE8 elements.
eia2sss1_ppen.inp CAX4 elements.
eia2sss2_ppen.inp SAX1 elements.
eia2sss3_ppen.inp SAX1 and CAX4 elements.
ver-ppen-c3d4.inp C3D4 elements.
ver-ppen-c3d6.inp C3D6 elements.
ver-ppen-c3d8.inp C3D8 elements.
ver-ppen-c3d10.inp C3D10 elements.
ver-ppen-c3d10m.inp C3D10M elements.
ver-ppen-c3d15.inp C3D15 elements.
ver-ppen-c3d20.inp C3D20 elements.
ver-ppen-ccl9.inp CCL9 elements.
ver-ppen-ccl12.inp CCL12 elements.
ver-ppen-ccl18.inp CCL18 elements.
ver-ppen-ccl24.inp CCL24 elements.
ver-ppen-s4.inp S4 elements.
ver-ppen-sc6r.inp SC6R elements.
ver-ppen-sc8r.inp SC8R elements.
241
Surface-based pressure penetration
Two deformable surfaces with nonmatching meshes in contact with each other:
ei22sss2_ppen.inp CPE4 elements.
eia2sss4_ppen.inp CAX4 elements.
ver-ppen-c3d4-mismatch.inp C3D4 elements.
ver-ppen-c3d8-mismatch.inp C3D8 elements.
242
Gasket behavior
verification
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
GK2D2 GK2D2N
GK3D2 GK3D2N GK3D4L GK3D4LN GK3D6 GK3D6L GK3D6LN GK3D6N GK3D6T
GK3D6TN GK3D8 GK3D8N GK3D8T GK3D8TN GK3D12M GK3D12MN GK3D18 GK3D18N
Problem description
Gasket elements are used to model sealing components between structural members. They are designed primarily
to provide appropriate pressure-closure behavior in the thickness direction, which is uncoupled from the transverse
shear and membrane behavior. This uncoupled pressure-closure behavior is specified with the suboptions of the
gasket behavior definition. These gasket behavior models are separate from the models in the material library.
For some gasket behaviors that are not addressed readily by these special behavior models, such as coupled
compression-membrane behaviors or through-thickness tensile behavior, Abaqus provides an alternative way
for the user to model such behavior by specifying either a built-in or user-defined material model.
Gasket elements with all displacement degrees of freedom active at their nodes are used to model all three types
of behavior (thickness-direction, membrane, and transverse shear). Elements that have only one displacement
degree of freedom at their nodes consider the thickness-direction behavior only. Analyses are performed to verify
that the generalized strains (displacements and strains) in the gaskets are obtained properly from the nodal
displacements and that the generalized stresses (forces, forces per unit length, or stresses) are obtained properly
from the generalized strains through the constitutive relations for the different types of behavior.
Behavior
The element tests included in this section cover three different types of model behavior in the thickness direction:
elastic with damage, elastic-plastic with high initial stiffness so that yield occurs at the second data point given
along the initial loading curve, and elastic-plastic with low initial stiffness so that initial yield occurs further
along the initial loading curve. Rate-dependent (creep) effects through the thickness of the gasket may be added
to the elastic-plastic model. These models are used with or without any initial gap. Thermal expansion is also
considered along the thickness direction of the gasket with or without an initial void. The thickness-direction
behavior is defined in terms of stress in most cases but is defined as force or force per unit length whenever it
is appropriate for the element type.
Membrane behavior and transverse shear behavior are modeled as linear elastic. Thermal expansion is also
considered for the membrane response.
Some tests involving viscoelastic effects (in the frequency domain) in conjunction with the elastic or
elastic-damage models have also been included. These tests model the frequency-dependent stiffness and damping
characteristics of gaskets for different levels (as measured by closure) of preload. Only thickness-direction
viscoelastic behavior is modeled in these cases.
243
Gasket behavior verification
Model
Each model contains a set of 1 to 4 gasket elements of the same type. The initial geometry may or may not be
aligned with the global axes. When gasket elements with thickness-direction-only behavior are used, the model
may also contain a rigid element that is used to control the loading of the gasket. The tests for the gasket elements
using suboptions of the material model are elastic-plastic creep analyses. Corresponding solid elements are
included in the tests to facilitate the comparison of solutions.
The material properties for the tests involving viscoelastic behavior include specification of storage and loss
moduli as functions of excitation frequency and level of preload (closure).
Loading history
The different tests include compression along the thickness direction of the gasket, shearing of the top surface
of the gasket with respect to its bottom surface (whenever possible), and uniform extension or compression of
the gasket membrane. The tests are displacement- or load-controlled through direct control of the gasket element's
nodes or through a contact pair that involves the gasket and a rigid component compressing the gasket. The tests
also include thermal loading in the gasket membrane and/or gasket thickness direction.
The tests performed along the thickness direction of the gasket involve, in most cases, a series of loading and
unloading steps to verify that the user-prescribed loading and unloading curves are followed properly and that
interpolation between user-specified unloading curves is done correctly.
The tests involving the modeling of viscoelastic behavior consist of steady-state harmonic oscillations at different
excitation frequencies about base states that involve different levels of closure. These tests are displacement
controlled.
The results are obtained at the end of each step in terms of generalized stresses, generalized strains, reaction
forces, and nodal displacements. The results obtained in each test match the results obtained by hand calculations.
Input files
244
Gasket behavior verification
Yield option:
ega4glxy.inp GKAX4 elements.
ega4nhxy.inp GKAX4N elements.
ega6glxy.inp GKAX6 elements.
ega6nhxy.inp GKAX6N elements.
egl4glxy.inp GK3D4L elements.
egl4nhxy.inp GK3D4LN elements.
egl6ghxy.inp GK3D6L elements.
egl6nhxy.inp GK3D6LN elements.
245
Gasket behavior verification
246
Gasket behavior verification
Steady-state dynamic analysis with displacement control about different preloaded base states:
gasket2d_visc1_str.inp Two-dimensional gasket elements, elastic with damage and viscoelastic
(defined in terms of storage and loss moduli ratios).
gasket2d_visc2_str.inp Two-dimensional gasket elements, elastic with damage and viscoelastic
(defined directly in terms of storage and loss moduli).
gasket3d_visc1_str.inp Three-dimensional gasket elements, elastic with damage and viscoelastic
(defined in terms of storage and loss moduli ratios).
gasket3d_visc2_str.inp Three-dimensional gasket elements, elastic with damage and viscoelastic
(defined directly in terms of storage and loss moduli).
gasketaxi_visc1_str.inp Axisymmetric gasket elements, elastic with damage and viscoelastic (defined
in terms of storage and loss moduli ratios).
247
Gasket behavior verification
gasketaxi_visc2_str.inp Axisymmetric gasket elements, elastic with damage and viscoelastic (defined
directly in terms of storage and loss moduli).
gasketline3d_visc1_force.inp Three-dimensional line gasket elements, elastic with damage and viscoelastic
(defined in terms of storage and loss moduli ratios).
gasketline3d_visc2_force.inp Three-dimensional line gasket elements, elastic with damage and viscoelastic
(defined directly in terms of storage and loss moduli).
gasketlink2d_visc1_force.inp Two-dimensional link gasket elements, elastic with damage and viscoelastic
(defined in terms of storage and loss moduli ratios).
gasketlink2d_visc2_force.inp Two-dimensional link gasket elements, elastic with damage and viscoelastic
(defined directly in terms of storage and loss moduli).
gasketlink3d_visc1_force.inp Three-dimensional link gasket elements, elastic with damage and viscoelastic
(defined in terms of storage and loss moduli ratios).
gasketlink3d_visc2_force.inp Three-dimensional link gasket elements, elastic with damage and viscoelastic
(defined directly in terms of storage and loss moduli).
gasketlinkaxi_visc1_force.inp Axisymmetric link gasket elements, elastic with damage and viscoelastic
(defined in terms of storage and loss moduli ratios).
gasketlinkaxi_visc2_force.inp Axisymmetric link gasket elements, elastic with damage and viscoelastic
(defined directly in terms of storage and loss moduli).
248
Gasket element assembly
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
GK3D6 GK3D6N GK3D6T GK3D6TN GK3D8 GK3D8N GK3D8T GK3D8TN GK3D12M
GK3D12MN GK3D18 GK3D18N
GKPE4 GKPE6 GKPS4 GKPS4N GKPS6 GKPS6N
Problem description
The different methods for joining gaskets to the remainder of the mesh are tested in this section. A 1 mm thick
cylindrical gasket, sandwiched between two coaxial cylindrical tubes, is considered. The inner cylindrical tube
has an inner radius of 10 mm and an outer radius of 24 mm, whereas the outer cylindrical tube has an inner radius
of 25 mm and an outer radius of 50 mm. The outer cylinder is subjected to a pressure of 300 MPa on the outer
surface.
P = 300 MPa.
gasket
10 14 1 25
The problem is modeled either as a plane strain problem, a plane stress problem, or a three-dimensional problem.
Using symmetry conditions, a quarter of the geometry is modeled. A unit-thickness slice is modeled in all cases.
The thickness direction of all gasket elements is the positive radial direction. Therefore, for any gasket element
the surface closest to the cylindrical axis represents the bottom surface and the farthest surface represents the
top surface. The thickness direction is specified with the user-specified normal definition at the symmetry planes.
The gasket is modeled either as a single- or two-layer gasket. The gasket is joined to the rest of the model by
using shared nodes, TIE and PINMPCs, or contact pairs with no friction. When contact pairs are used, the input
files demonstrate the use of general and tied contact conditions.
Different element types are used to model the tubes and the gasket, and suitable methods are chosen to join the
two materials. For example, element types C3D27R and GK3D18 are used with shared nodes, whereas C3D20R
and GK3D18N are used with contact pairs. A user-defined coordinate system is used to specify the local 2 and
249
Gasket element assembly
3 directions for all three-dimensional gasket elements. No mesh convergence studies of the solution have been
performed.
Material: Cylindrical tubes: Young's modulus = 2.0 × 105 MPa, Poisson's ratio = 0.3.
Gasket: The thickness-direction behavior is linear elastic such that, for a gasket of unit thickness, the pressure
is 400 MPa for a closure of 0.002 mm. The damage model with no unloading curve is used to specify this
behavior. The membrane behavior of the gasket has the same Young's modulus and Poisson's ratio as the
cylindrical tubes. Depending on the type of gasket elements used and the method used to join them to the
cylindrical tubes, the membrane behavior may or may not be used. For the coupled thermal-stress models, the
gap conductance is defined as a function of closure for gasket elements: 1.123 for zero closure and 1.522 for 1.0
closure. For coupled solid elements, density=2000, conductivity=1., and specific heat=0.001.
The generalized strains in the gasket elements are consistent with the displacements of their top and bottom
surfaces, and the generalized stresses are obtained correctly from the generalized strains through the specified
gasket behavior.
Input files
250
Cohesive elements
Cohesive elements
Products: Abaqus/Standard Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Features tested
This section provides verification for the following:
• Element properties for cohesive elements.
• Material and contact properties to define damage initiation.
• Material properties to define damage evolution.
• Use of cohesive elements in symmetric modeling.
The pressure continuity is also verified for the undamaged pore pressure cohesive elements in Abaqus/Standard.
Element kinematics
Elements tested
COH3D8 COH3D6 COH2D4 COHAX4
Problem description
The following three types of constitutive response for cohesive elements are verified in this test:
• Cohesive elements used as gaskets or small adhesive patches.
• A finite-thickness adhesive layer modeled using a continuum-based constitutive response.
• A negligibly thin layer of adhesive modeled using a traction-separation-based response.
Each response is verified for deformation in pure normal and two pure shear modes (one shear mode for
two-dimensional and axisymmetric elements) by applying appropriate displacement boundary conditions.
E H
F G
1 A D
1
2 B C
1
1
251
Cohesive elements
Model: This test comprises single-element models, the geometry of which is defined so that the initial thickness
is 1.0 for each case. The thickness direction for the elements is set to the global 1-direction, except for COH3D6,
for which the thickness direction is set to the default direction.
Material: The response of cohesive elements is tested for the following material models:
• Linear elastic
• Hyperelastic
• Hyperfoam
• Mises plasticity
• Drucker-Prager plasticity
Boundary conditions:
Input files
252
Cohesive elements
253
Cohesive elements
Elements tested
COH3D8 COH3D6 COH2D4 COHAX4 COH3D8P COH3D6P COH2D4P COHAX4P
Problem description
This test verifies damage modeling for cohesive elements using different damage initiation criteria and damage
evolution laws to simulate the failure of cohesive layers. A linear elastic material model is used to verify the
damage initiation criteria based on the maximum nominal strain for cohesive elements and based on the quadratic
traction-interaction for cohesive elements. Damage initiation criteria based on the ductile strain and based on
the shear failure strain are tested with Mises and Drucker-Prager plasticity, respectively.
Damage evolution is defined based on either effective displacement or energy dissipated. Linear, exponential,
and tabular softening laws are defined to specify the nature of the evolution of the damage variable. Each damage
model is verified for damage in pure normal and two pure shear modes (one shear mode for two-dimensional
and axisymmetric elements). The dependence of damage evolution on the mode mix measure specified in tabular,
power law, or Benzeggagh-Kenane form is also considered in this test. In addition, the test verifies the overall
damage of cohesive elements when multiple damage initiation criteria are active for the same material definition.
Input files
254
Cohesive elements
255
Cohesive elements
256
Cohesive elements
257
Cohesive elements
258
Cohesive elements
Elements tested
COH3D8P COH3D6P COH2D4P COHAX4P
Problem description
This test verifies the pressure continuity for pore pressure cohesive elements without damage.
The model contains two blocks meshed by using pore pressure solid elements. One block is on the top, while
another one is on the bottom. They are connected to each other through a layer of pore pressure cohesive elements.
No damage is introduced to the pore pressure cohesive elements in the tests. When different pressure is specified
at the top and the bottom sides of model, the driven fluid flows smoothly across the layer of cohesive elements
259
Cohesive elements
generating the same pressure gradient everywhere. In some tests resistance is introduced to the flow by building
a “filter cake” by defining leak-off coefficients for pore pressure cohesive elements. In some tests the solid and
cohesive elements have different mesh densities; therefore, a surface-based tie constraint will be used to connect
them to each other.
Input files
Elements tested
COD3D8P COD3D8PT COH2D4 COH2D4P COH3D8 COH3D8P
Problem description
This test verifies that symmetric models using cohesive elements generate the same results as the corresponding
full models.
The full model contains two blocks meshed by using solid elements. One block is on the top, while another one
is on the bottom. They are connected to each other through a layer of cohesive elements. In the symmetric models
only one half of the structure is used.
Input files
260
Cohesive elements
Miscellaneous tests
Elements tested
COD3D8P COH2D4T
Problem description
Simple tests are created to test heat interaction, heat convection, and different fluids with gap flow.
Input files
261
Coriolis loading for
direct-solution steady-state
dynamic analysis
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
T2D2 T2D3 T3D2 T3D3
CPE3 CPS3 CPE4 CPS4 CPE6 CPS6 CPE6M CPS6M CPE8 CPS8
CPEG3 CPEG4 CPEG6 CPEG8
C3D4 C3D5 C3D6 C3D8 C3D10 C3D10M C3D15 C3D20 C3D27
Problem description
The effect of Coriolis loading in a direct-solution steady-state dynamics analysis is verified. A four-step
direct-solution steady-state dynamic procedure is performed on a unit length rod for trusses, on a unit square
plate for two-dimensional solids, and on a unit cube for three-dimensional solids. Two elements are used for the
triangular and prism element shapes, five elements are used for the tetrahedral element shapes, and one element
is used for all other element shapes. The elements are constrained at all nodes and displaced in one degree of
freedom: degree of freedom 1 in Steps 1 and 2 and degree of freedom 2 in Steps 3 and 4. Coriolis loading is
activated in Steps 2 and 4, and the resulting additional reaction forces and phase shifts are verified by comparing
them to analytical values. One representative element type is tested for all solid and truss element classes that
can be used in steady-state dynamic analyses and that support Coriolis loading. The use of this feature with
submodeling is verified by performing a global and a submodel analysis with CPE4 elements.
Material:
Length for truss models 1
Area 1
Planar dimensions for two-dimensional solids 1×1
Thickness 1
Cubic dimensions for three-dimensional solids 1×1×1
Young's modulus 1000.0
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Density 1.0
Damping
αr=1.0, βr=0.0
Coriolis loading 1.0
Coriolis axis of rotation (0, 0, 1) through point (0.5, −10, 0)
The reaction forces and the phase angle shifts due to the Coriolis loading match the analytical results for all of
the elements that are tested.
263
Coriolis loading for direct-solution steady-state dynamic analysis
Input files
264
Pipe-soil interaction
elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
PSI24 PSI26 PSI34 PSI36
Features tested
The constitutive behavior of the pipe-soil interaction (PSI) elements is tested. The material is defined with
different material response in the different directions. The axial and transverse vertical response is symmetric
about the origin, while the vertical response uses different behavior for positive and negative relative displacement.
An isotropic model, which uses the same material model in all the directions, is also tested.
The local coordinate system procedure is also tested. Temperature and field variable dependence of material
properties is tested.
Problem description
The problem consists of a single PSI element subjected to a prescribed displacement history. The far-field edge
is fixed, and the displacement history is applied to the pipeline side. The value of the prescribed displacement
changes in such a way that the constitutive response corresponding to negative and positive relative displacement
is verified.
Each input file contains as many PSI elements as the number of coordinate directions; i.e., two for the
two-dimensional elements (PSI24 and PSI26) and three for the three-dimensional elements (PSI34 and PSI36).
The prescribed displacement applied to each element is in a different direction. The elements are not connected
in any way. Both regular static steps, with small and large displacements, and linear perturbation steps are
considered.
Material:
Elastic stiffness in axial direction: 1.0 × 106
Elastic stiffness in vertical direction: 2.0 × 106
Elastic stiffness in horizontal direction: 4.0 × 106
γ 19000.0
0.3
K0
δ 30.0°
D 0.6
εa 0.003
265
Pipe-soil interaction elements
Vertical direction:
γ 24000.0
0.5
Nv p
0.4
Nv
0.3
Nv n
εv p 0.15
εv n 0.015
Horizontal direction:
0.25
Nh
εh 0.1
εa 0.005
Vertical direction:
0.8
Nv p
0.4
Nv n
εv p 0.15
εv n 0.1
Horizontal direction:
0.25
Nh
εh 0.1
Input files
266
Pipe-soil interaction elements
epsi24ln3.inp PSI24 element with field variable dependence, large displacements, isotropic
behavior.
epsi26ln1.inp PSI26 element with large displacements.
epsi26ln2.inp PSI26 element with user-defined orientation, unsymmetric stiffness, large
displacements.
epsi36lp1.inp PSI36 element with perturbations.
epsi36ln1.inp PSI36 element with temperature dependence, large displacements.
User subroutine:
epsi26un1.inp PSI26 element with large displacements.
epsi26un1.f The user subroutine used with epsi26un1.inp.
epsi34us1.inp PSI34 element with small displacements.
epsi34us1.f The user subroutine used with epsi34us1.inp.
267
Shear panel elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
SHEAR4
Problem description
In this problem a state of simple shear is induced in a single element up to a nominal shear strain of 2%. The
material model is isotropic linear elasticity.
The material properties used are Young's modulus = 1.0 × 107 and Poisson's ratio = 0.3.
The computed equivalent shear flow and reaction forces agree well with analytic solutions.
Input files
269
Element loading options
In this section:
271
Continuum
stress/displacement
elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Problem description
Note:
Meshes for tests of foundation types F2, F3, and F4 are irregularly shaped.
Model:
Square dimensions 7×7
Thickness 1.0
Centrifugal axis of rotation (0, 1, 0) through origin
Coriolis axis of rotation (0, 0, 1) through origin
Gravitational load vector (0, −1, 0)
Material:
Young's modulus 3 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Coefficient of thermal expansion .0001
Density 5 × 10−5
Initial conditions:
Initial temperature ALL, −10.0
Initial velocity ALL, 1, 10.0
(Coriolis loading) ALL, 2, 5.0
Hydrostatic pressure datum lower-order elements: 7.0
higher-order elements: 3.0
Hydrostatic pressure elevation 0.0
273
Continuum stress/displacement elements
Input files
CPEG3 element load tests:
ecg3sfd1.inp BX, BY, CENT, CENTRIF, GRAV, HP1, HP2, HP3, P1, P2,
P3, *TEMPERATURE.
ecg3sfd2.inp F1.
ecg3sfd3.inp F2.
ecg3sfd4.inp F3.
ecg3sfda.inp CORIO.
ecg3sfdc.inp CORIO.
ecg3sfdi.inp HP, P, *TEMPERATURE.
ecg3sfdr.inp ROTA.
274
Continuum stress/displacement elements
275
Continuum stress/displacement elements
ecg6sfd1.inp BX, BY, CENT, CENTRIF, GRAV, HP1, HP2, HP3, P1, P2,
P3, *TEMPERATURE.
ecg6sfd2.inp F1.
ecg6sfd3.inp F2.
ecg6sfd4.inp F3.
ecg6sfda.inp CORIO.
ecg6sfdc.inp CORIO.
ecg6sfdi.inp HP, P, *TEMPERATURE.
ecg6sfdr.inp ROTA.
276
Continuum stress/displacement elements
ecg8sfd4.inp F3.
ecg8sfd5.inp F4.
ecg8sfda.inp CORIO.
ecg8sfdc.inp CORIO.
ecg8sfdi.inp HP, P, *TEMPERATURE.
ecg8sfdr.inp ROTA.
277
Continuum stress/displacement elements
ece3sfda.inp CORIO.
ece3sfdc.inp CORIO.
ece3sfdi.inp HP, P, *TEMPERATURE.
ece3sfdr.inp ROTA.
278
Continuum stress/displacement elements
ece4sid5.inp F4.
ece4sida.inp CORIO.
ece4sidi.inp HP, P, *TEMPERATURE.
ece4sidr.inp ROTA.
279
Continuum stress/displacement elements
ece6sfdr.inp ROTA.
280
Continuum stress/displacement elements
ece8shd3.inp F2.
ece8shd4.inp F3.
ece8shd5.inp F4.
ece8shda.inp CORIO.
ece8shdi.inp HP, P, *TEMPERATURE.
ece8shdr.inp ROTA.
281
Continuum stress/displacement elements
ecs4sfda.inp CORIO.
ecs4sfdc.inp CORIO.
ecs4sfdi.inp HP, P, *TEMPERATURE.
ecs4sfdr.inp ROTA.
282
Continuum stress/displacement elements
Problem description
Model:
Planar dimensions 3×3
Centrifugal axis of rotation (0, 1, 0) through origin
Gravitational load vector (0, −1, 0)
Material:
Young's modulus 3 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Density 5 × 10−5
Initial conditions:
Hydrostatic pressure datum 3.0
Hydrostatic pressure elevation 0.0
283
Continuum stress/displacement elements
Input files
CAX3 element load tests:
eca3sfd1.inp BR, BZ, CENT, CENTRIF, GRAV, HP1, HP2, HP3, P1,
P2, P3.
eca3sfd2.inp F1.
eca3sfd3.inp F2.
eca3sfd4.inp F3.
eca3sfdi.inp HP, P.
284
Continuum stress/displacement elements
285
Continuum stress/displacement elements
eca6skd3.inp F2.
eca6skd4.inp F3.
eca6skdi.inp HP, P.
286
Continuum stress/displacement elements
Three-dimensional solids
Problem description
Model:
Cubic dimensions 7×7×7
Centrifugal and Coriolis axes of rotation (0, 1, 0) through (−1000, 3.5, −3.5)
Gravitational load vector (1, 0, 0)
Material:
Young's modulus 3 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Coefficient of thermal expansion .0001
Density 10.0
Initial conditions:
Initial temperature ALL, −10.0
Initial velocity ALL, 1, 10.0
(Coriolis loading) ALL, 2, 5.0
Hydrostatic pressure datum 0.0
Hydrostatic pressure elevation −7.0
Input files
C3D4 element load tests:
ec34sfd1.inp BX, BY, BZ, GRAV, CENT, CENTRIF, P1, P2, P3, P4, HP1,
HP2, HP3, HP4, *TEMPERATURE.
ec34sfd2.inp F1.
ec34sfd3.inp F2.
ec34sfd4.inp F3.
ec34sfd5.inp F4.
ec34sfda.inp CORIO.
ec34sfdc.inp CORIO.
ec34sfdi.inp HP, P, *TEMPERATURE.
ec34sfdr.inp ROTA.
287
Continuum stress/displacement elements
ec34shd2.inp F1.
ec34shd3.inp F2.
ec34shd4.inp F3.
ec34shd5.inp F4.
ec34shda.inp CORIO.
ec34shdr.inp ROTA.
288
Continuum stress/displacement elements
ec36shd1.inp BX, BY, BZ, GRAV, CENT, CENTRIF, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5,
HP1, HP2, HP3, HP4, HP5, *TEMPERATURE.
ec36shd2.inp F1.
ec36shd3.inp F2.
ec36shd4.inp F3.
ec36shd5.inp F4.
ec36shd6.inp F5.
ec36shda.inp CORIO.
ec36shdi.inp HP, P, *TEMPERATURE.
ec36shdr.inp ROTA.
289
Continuum stress/displacement elements
ec38shdr.inp ROTA.
290
Continuum stress/displacement elements
ec38syd4.inp F3.
ec38syd5.inp F4.
ec38syd6.inp F5.
ec38syd7.inp F6.
ec38syda.inp CORIO.
ec38sydi.inp HP, P, *TEMPERATURE.
ec38sydr.inp ROTA.
291
Continuum stress/displacement elements
ec3askd5.inp F4.
ec3askda.inp CORIO.
ec3askdr.inp ROTA.
292
Continuum stress/displacement elements
ec3ksfd6.inp F5.
ec3ksfd7.inp F6.
ec3ksfda.inp CORIO.
ec3ksfdc.inp CORIO.
ec3ksfdi.inp HP, P, *TEMPERATURE.
ec3ksfdr.inp ROTA.
293
Continuum stress/displacement elements
Problem description
Model:
Cubic dimensions 7×7×7
Centrifugal and Coriolis axes of rotation (0, 1, 0) through (−1000, 3.5, −3.5)
Gravitational load vector (1, 0, 0)
Material:
Young's modulus 3 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Coefficient of thermal expansion .0001
Density 10.0
Initial conditions:
Initial temperature ALL, −10.0
Initial velocity ALL, 1, 10.0
(Coriolis loading) ALL, 2, 5.0
Hydrostatic pressure datum 0.0
Hydrostatic pressure elevation −7.0
Input files
C3D15V element load tests:
ec3isfd1.inp BX, BY, BZ, GRAV, CENT, CENTRIF, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5,
HP1, HP2, HP3, HP4, HP5, *TEMPERATURE.
ec3isfd2.inp F1.
ec3isfd3.inp F2.
ec3isfd4.inp F3.
ec3isfd5.inp F4.
ec3isfd6.inp F5.
ec3isfda.inp CORIO.
ec3isfdi.inp HP, P, *TEMPERATURE.
ec3isfdr.inp ROTA.
294
Continuum stress/displacement elements
ec3ishd2.inp F1.
ec3ishd3.inp F2.
ec3ishd4.inp F3.
ec3ishd5.inp F4.
ec3ishd6.inp F5.
ec3ishda.inp CORIO.
ec3ishdi.inp HP, P, *TEMPERATURE.
ec3ishdr.inp ROTA.
295
Continuum stress/displacement elements
ec3rshda.inp CORIO.
ec3rshdi.inp HP, P, *TEMPERATURE.
ec3rshdr.inp ROTA.
Problem description
Model:
Planar dimensions 3×3
Centrifugal axis of rotation (0, 1, 0) through origin
Gravitational load vector (0, −1, 0)
Material:
Young's modulus 3 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Density 5 × 10−5
Initial conditions:
Hydrostatic pressure datum 3.0
Hydrostatic pressure elevation 0.0
Input files
CGAX3 element load tests:
eca3gfd1.inp BR, BZ, CENT, CENTRIF, GRAV, HP1, HP2, HP3, P1, P2, P3.
eca3gfdi.inp HP, P.
296
Continuum stress/displacement elements
297
Continuum stress/displacement elements
Problem description
Model: Circular cross-section pipe with the global z-axis as the pipe axis.
Length 1.0
Outer radius 1.0
Wall thickness 0.5
Material:
Young's modulus 30 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Coefficient of thermal expansion .00001
Initial conditions:
Hydrostatic pressure datum 1E6
Hydrostatic pressure elevation 0
Input files
All the elements are tested with the following loads: BZ, HP1, HP2, HP3, HP4, P1, P2, P3, and P4.
298
Continuum stress/displacement elements
Problem description
Model:
Planar dimensions 3×3
Inner radius 1
Circumferential extent 180°
Centrifugal and Coriolis axes of rotation (0, 0, 1) through origin
Gravitational load vector (0, 0, 1)
Material:
Young's modulus 3 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Coefficient of thermal expansion .0001
Density 10.0
299
Continuum stress/displacement elements
Initial conditions:
Initial temperature ALL, −10.0
Initial velocity (Coriolis loading) ALL, 1, 5.0
Hydrostatic pressure datum 3.0
Hydrostatic pressure elevation 0.0
Input files
CCL9 element load tests:
ecc9gfd1.inp BX, BY, BZ, GRAV, CENT, CENTRIF, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, HP1, HP2,
HP3, HP4, HP5, *TEMPERATURE.
ecc9gfd2.inp F1, F2, F3, F4, F5.
ecc9gfda.inp CORIO, ROTA.
ecc9gfdi.inp HP, P.
300
Continuum stress/displacement elements
Problem description
Model: This section lists a number of simple tests that verify the field expansion capability. In most cases a
single element or a small assembly of elements is loaded using the field expansion capability.
Material: Most tests use a linear elastic material model. There are a few tests that use a hyperelastic material
model. In all cases a field expansion coefficient is defined and is associated with at least one, and in some cases
more than one, predefined field variable.
301
Continuum stress/displacement elements
Initial conditions: In all cases the initial value of all relevant field variables is assumed to be zero at all
the nodes.
Input files
fieldexp_cpe4.inp CPE4 element using a linear elastic material model and loaded with both field
and thermal expansion.
fieldexp_cps4.inp CPS4 element using a linear elastic material and loaded with both field and
thermal expansion.
fieldexp_c3d8.inp C3D8 element using a linear elastic material and loaded with both field and
thermal expansion.
hyper-field-expand.inp C3D8 element using a hyperelastic material loaded with field expansion driven
by a single field variable. Tests nonlinear static, static perturbation, and buckle
procedures.
hyper-thermfield-expand.inp C3D8S element using a hyperelastic material loaded with both field and thermal
expansion. The field expansion is driven by a single field variable. Tests nonlinear
static, static perturbation, and buckle procedures.
hyper-twofield-expand.inp C3D8 element using a hyperelastic material loaded with field expansion driven
by two different field variables. Tests nonlinear static, static perturbation, and
buckle procedures.
302
Beam stress/displacement
elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Load types: CENT, CENTRIF, GRAV, PX, PY, PZ, P1, P2, predefined temperature, ROTA
Problem description
Model:
Length 15.0
Centrifugal axis of rotation (0, 0, 1) through (7.5, 0, 0)
Gravity load vector (1, 0, 0)
Beam section data:
Arbitrary (closed) n = 4, A = (−.995, 1.49), B = (−.995, −1.49),
tDE = 0.02
Arbitrary (open) n = 2, A = (0.0, 3.95), B = (0.0, 0.0), tAB = 0.1,
Material:
Young's modulus 3 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Density 0.16667
Coefficient of thermal expansion 0.0001
303
Beam stress/displacement elements
Initial conditions:
Initial temperature ALL, −10.0
Input files
Rectangular section
B21 element load tests:
eb22qxd1.inp CENT, CENTRIF, GRAV, PX, PY, P2, *TEMPERATURE.
eb22qxdi.inp P, *TEMPERATURE.
eb22rgd1.inp CENT, CENTRIF, GRAV, PX, PY, P2, *TEMPERATURE.
eb22rgdi.inp P, *TEMPERATURE.
eb22rvd1.inp CENT, CENTRIF, GRAV, PX, PY, P2, *TEMPERATURE.
eb22rvdi.inp P, *TEMPERATURE.
eb22rxdr.inp ROTA.
304
Beam stress/displacement elements
eb2irxdr.inp ROTA.
305
Beam stress/displacement elements
eb3arvd1.inp CENT, CENTRIF, GRAV, PX, PY, PZ, P1, P2, *TEMPERATURE.
eb3arxdr.inp ROTA.
I-section
B22H element load tests:
eb2iigd1.inp CENT, CENTRIF, GRAV, PX, PY, PZ, P1, P2, *TEMPERATURE.
eb2iigdi.inp P, *TEMPERATURE.
eb2iivd1.inp CENT, CENTRIF, GRAV, PX, PY, PZ, P1, P2, *TEMPERATURE.
eb2iivdi.inp P, *TEMPERATURE.
eb2ikxd1.inp CENT, CENTRIF, GRAV, PX, PY, PZ, P1, P2, *TEMPERATURE.
eb2ikxdi.inp P, *TEMPERATURE.
306
Beam stress/displacement elements
Circular section
B22H element load tests:
eb2icgd1.inp CENT, CENTRIF, GRAV, PX, PY, PZ, P1, P2, *TEMPERATURE.
eb2icgdi.inp P, *TEMPERATURE.
eb2icvd1.inp CENT, CENTRIF, GRAV, PX, PY, PZ, P1, P2, *TEMPERATURE.
eb2icvdi.inp P, *TEMPERATURE.
eb2ifxd1.inp CENT, CENTRIF, GRAV, PX, PY, PZ, P1, P2, *TEMPERATURE.
eb2ifxdi.inp P, *TEMPERATURE.
General section
B22H element load tests:
eb2igxd1.inp CENT, CENTRIF, GRAV, PX, PY, PZ, P1, P2, *TEMPERATURE.
eb2igxdi.inp P, *TEMPERATURE.
Hexagonal section
B22H element load tests:
eb2ihgd1.inp CENT, CENTRIF, GRAV, PX, PY, PZ, P1, P2, *TEMPERATURE.
eb2ihgdi.inp P, *TEMPERATURE.
eb2ihvd1.inp CENT, CENTRIF, GRAV, PX, PY, PZ, P1, P2, *TEMPERATURE.
eb2ijxd1.inp CENT, CENTRIF, GRAV, PX, PY, PZ, P1, P2, *TEMPERATURE.
307
Beam stress/displacement elements
eb2ijxdi.inp P, *TEMPERATURE.
Pipe section
B22H element load tests:
eb2ipgd1.inp CENT, CENTRIF, GRAV, PX, PY, PZ, P1, P2, *TEMPERATURE.
eb2ipgdi.inp P, *TEMPERATURE.
eb2ipvd1.inp CENT, CENTRIF, GRAV, PX, PY, PZ, P1, P2, *TEMPERATURE.
eb2ipvdi.inp P, *TEMPERATURE.
eb2ioxd1.inp CENT, CENTRIF, GRAV, PX, PY, PZ, P1, P2, *TEMPERATURE.
eb2ioxdi.inp P, *TEMPERATURE.
Trapezoidal section
B22H element load tests:
eb2itgd1.inp CENT, CENTRIF, GRAV, PX, PY, PZ, P1, P2, *TEMPERATURE.
eb2itgdi.inp P, *TEMPERATURE.
eb2itvd1.inp CENT, CENTRIF, GRAV, PX, PY, PZ, P1, P2, *TEMPERATURE.
eb2itvdi.inp P, *TEMPERATURE.
eb2isxd1.inp CENT, CENTRIF, GRAV, PX, PY, PZ, P1, P2, *TEMPERATURE.
eb2isxdi.inp P, *TEMPERATURE.
308
Beam stress/displacement elements
Problem description
Model:
Length 15.0
Rectangular section data a = 2.0, b = 3.0
I-section data
h = 2.4, l = 1.2, b1 = 3.0, b2 = 2.0, t1 = t2 = t3= 0.2
Material:
Young's modulus 3 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Input files
Rectangular section
eb22rxd3.inp B21: F2.
eb2hrxd3.inp B21H: F2.
eb23rxd3.inp B22: F2.
eb2irxd3.inp B22H: F2.
eb2arxd3.inp B23: F2.
eb2jrxd3.inp B23H: F2.
eb32rxd2.inp B31: F1.
eb32rxd3.inp B31: F2.
eb3hrxd2.inp B31H: F1.
eb3hrxd3.inp B31H: F2.
eb33rxd2.inp B32: F1.
eb33rxd3.inp B32: F2.
eb3irxd2.inp B32H: F1.
eb3irxd3.inp B32H: F2.
eb3arxd2.inp B33: F1.
eb3arxd3.inp B33: F2.
eb3jrxd2.inp B33H: F1.
eb3jrxd3.inp B33H: F2.
I-section
ebo2ixd2.inp B31OS: F1.
309
Beam stress/displacement elements
Problem description
Model:
Length 10 2
Orientation 45° with horizontal axis
Pipe section data r = 1.0, t = 0.05
I-section data
h = 2.4, l = 1.2, b1 = 3.0, b2 = 2.0, t1 = t2 = t3 = 0.2
Material:
Young's modulus 30 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Input files
Pipe section
eb22pxd9.inp B21: FX, FY.
eb2hpxd9.inp B21H: FX, FY.
eb23pxd9.inp B22: FX, FY.
eb2ipxd9.inp B22H: FX, FY.
eb2apxd9.inp B23: FX, FY.
eb2jpxd9.inp B23H: FX, FY.
eb32pxd9.inp B31: FX, FY, FZ.
eb3hpxd9.inp B31H: FX, FY, FZ.
eb33pxd9.inp B32: FX, FY, FZ.
eb3ipxd9.inp B32H: FX, FY, FZ.
eb3apxd9.inp B33: FX, FY, FZ.
eb3jpxd9.inp B33H: FX, FY, FZ.
310
Beam stress/displacement elements
I-section
ebo2ixd9.inp B31OS: FX, FY, FZ.
ebohixd9.inp B31OSH: FX, FY, FZ.
ebo3ixd9.inp B32OS: FX, FY, FZ.
eboiixd9.inp B32OSH: FX, FY, FZ.
Coriolis loading
Problem description
Model:
Pipe section data r = 10.0, t = 1.0
I-section data
h = 2.4, l = 1.2, b1 = 3.0, b2 = 2.0, t1 = t2 = t3 = 0.2
Axis of rotation (0, 0, 1) through (0, 0, 0)
Material:
Young's modulus 30 × 106
Initial conditions:
Initial velocity ALL, 1, 10.0
ALL, 2, 5.0
ALL, 3, 2.0 (for 3D beams)
Input files
All elements are tested with the CORIO load.
Pipe section
eb22pxda.inp B21 element.
eb2hpxda.inp B21H element.
eb23pxda.inp B22 element.
eb2ipxda.inp B22H element.
eb2apxda.inp B23 element.
eb2jpxda.inp B23H element.
eb32pxda.inp B31 element.
eb3hpxda.inp B31H element.
eb33pxda.inp B32 element.
eb3ipxda.inp B32H element.
eb3apxda.inp B33 element.
311
Beam stress/displacement elements
I-section
ebo2ixda.inp B31OS element.
ebohixda.inp B31OSH element.
ebo3ixda.inp B32OS element.
eboiixda.inp B32OSH element.
312
Pipe stress/displacement
elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Distributed loads
Problem description
Internal pressures are applied to an effective diameter of 3.6, whereas external pressures are applied to an effective
diameter of 4.0. The effective axial force output variable ESF1 is also tested.
Model:
Length 15.0
Pipe section data r = 2.0, t = 0.2
Centrifugal axis of rotation (0, 0, 1) through (7.5, 0, 0)
Gravity load vector (0, 1, 0)
Material:
Young's modulus 3 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Density 0.4188
Initial conditions:
Initial temperature ALL, −10.0
Initial velocity ALL, 1, 10.0
(Coriolis loading) ALL, 2, 5.0
Hydrostatic pressure datum 100.0
Hydrostatic pressure elevation 0.0
Input files
PIPE21 element load tests:
ep22pxd1.inp CENT, CENTRIF, P2, PI, PE, HPI, HPE, PX, PY, GRAV, CORIO,
*TEMPERATURE.
ep22pxd3.inp F2.
313
Pipe stress/displacement elements
ep22pxdr.inp ROTA.
314
Pipe stress/displacement elements
pipe21_load_options_xpl.inp P2, PI, PE, HPI, HPE, PX, PY, GRAV, *TEMPERATURE.
Problem description
Model:
Length 10 2
Orientation 45° with horizontal axis
Pipe section data r = 1.0, t = 0.05
Material:
Young's modulus 30 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Input files
ep22pxd9.inp PIPE21: FX, FY.
ep2hpxd9.inp PIPE21H: FX, FY.
ep23pxd9.inp PIPE22: FX, FY.
ep2ipxd9.inp PIPE22H: FX, FY.
ep32pxd9.inp PIPE31: FX, FY, FZ.
ep3hpxd9.inp PIPE31H: FX, FY, FZ.
ep33pxd9.inp PIPE32: FX, FY, FZ.
ep3ipxd9.inp PIPE32H: FX, FY, FZ.
Elements tested
PIPE21
Problem description
Internal pressures are applied to an effective area of 1.0, while external pressures are applied to an effective area
of 2.0. The effective axial force output variable ESF1 is also tested.
Model:
Length 100.0
315
Pipe stress/displacement elements
Material:
Young's modulus 1 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.0
Density 1.0
Input files
xesf1mod.inp Input file for this analysis.
316
Shell, membrane, and truss
stress/displacement
elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Axisymmetric shells
Problem description
Model:
Length 10.0
Radius 5.0
Thickness 0.5
Centrifugal axis of rotation (0, 1, 0) through origin
Gravity load vector (0, 1, 0)
Material:
Young's modulus 3 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Density 1.0
Initial conditions:
Hydrostatic pressure datum 12.0
Hydrostatic pressure elevation 0.0
General: Gauss integration is used for the shell cross-section in input file esa2sxd1.inp.
Results and discussion
The calculated reactions are in agreement with the applied loads.
Input files
SAX1 element load tests:
esa2sxd1.inp BR, BZ, GRAV, CENT, CENTRIF, P, HP.
esa2sxd8.inp F.
esa2sxdi.inp P, HP.
317
Shell, membrane, and truss stress/displacement elements
esa3sxd8.inp F.
esa3sxdi.inp P, HP.
Axisymmetric membranes
Problem description
Model:
Length 10.0
Radius 5.0
Thickness 0.5
Centrifugal axis of rotation (0, 1, 0) through origin
Gravity load vector (0, 1, 0)
Material:
Young's modulus 3 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Density 1.0
Initial conditions:
Hydrostatic pressure datum 12.0
Hydrostatic pressure elevation 0.0
Input files
MAX1 element load tests:
ema2srd1.inp BR, BZ, GRAV, CENT, CENTRIF, P, HP.
ema2srd8.inp F.
ema2srdi.inp P, HP.
318
Shell, membrane, and truss stress/displacement elements
CYLINDRICAL membranes
Problem description
Model:
Length 10.0
Radius 5.0
Thickness 0.5
Centrifugal axis of rotation (0, 0, 1) through origin
Coriolis axis of rotation (0, 0, 1) through origin
Gravity load vector (0, 0, 1)
Material:
Young's modulus 3 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Density 1.0
Initial conditions:
Hydrostatic pressure datum 12.0
Hydrostatic pressure elevation 0.0
Input files
MCL6 element load tests:
emc6srd1.inp BX, BY, BZ, GRAV, CENT, CENTRIF, P, HP.
emc6srd8.inp F.
emc6srda.inp CORIO.
emc6srdr.inp ROTA.
319
Shell, membrane, and truss stress/displacement elements
Problem description
Model:
Square dimensions 7×7
Thickness 2.0
Centrifugal axis of rotation (0, 1, 0) through origin
Coriolis axis of rotation (0, 0, 1) through origin
Gravity load vector (0, 0, 1)
Material:
Young's modulus 3 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Density 1.0
Coefficient of thermal expansion .0001
Initial conditions:
Initial temperature ALL, −10
Hydrostatic pressure datum 7.0
Hydrostatic pressure elevation 0.0
Initial velocity ALL, 1, 10.0
(Coriolis loading) ALL, 2, 5.0
Input files
S3/S3R element load tests:
esf3sgd1.inp BX, BY, BZ, GRAV, CENT, P, HP, *TEMPERATURE.
esf3sgdi.inp P, HP, *TEMPERATURE.
esf3sxd1.inp BX, BY, BZ, GRAV, CENT, CENTRIF, P, HP, *TEMPERATURE.
esf3sxdi.inp P, HP, *TEMPERATURE.
esf3sxdr.inp ROTA.
320
Shell, membrane, and truss stress/displacement elements
ese4sxda.inp CORIO.
ese4sxdi.inp P, HP, *TEMPERATURE.
321
Shell, membrane, and truss stress/displacement elements
es59sxdr.inp ROTA.
322
Shell, membrane, and truss stress/displacement elements
em36sfd8.inp F.
em36sfda.inp CORIO.
em36sfdi.inp P, HP, *TEMPERATURE.
em36sfdr.inp ROTA.
Problem description
Unconstrained expansion of a hollow cylinder subject to uniform thermal loading is investigated. One-quarter
of the cylinder is modeled with a 6 × 6 mesh of quadrilateral elements with appropriate boundary conditions
applied along lines of symmetry. A similar discretization is used (with the diagonals crossed on the quadrilaterals)
to test triangular elements.
Model:
323
Shell, membrane, and truss stress/displacement elements
Length 0.405
Radius 0.2875
Thickness 0.05
Material:
Coefficient of thermal expansion 4.87 × 10−6
Initial conditions:
Initial temperature ALL, 70.0
Input files
esf3sxdg.inp S3/S3R: *TEMPERATURE.
ese4sgdg.inp S4: *TEMPERATURE.
ese4sxdg.inp S4: *TEMPERATURE.
esf4sxdg.inp S4R: *TEMPERATURE.
es54sxdg.inp S4R5: *TEMPERATURE.
es68sxdg.inp S8R: *TEMPERATURE.
es58sxdg.inp S8R5: *TEMPERATURE.
es59sxdg.inp S9R5: *TEMPERATURE.
es63sxdg.inp STRI3: *TEMPERATURE.
es56sxdg.inp STRI65: *TEMPERATURE.
Problem description
Model:
Length 10.0
Radius 5.0
Thickness 0.01
Material:
Young's modulus 3 × 107
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Density 1.0
324
Shell, membrane, and truss stress/displacement elements
Initial conditions:
Hydrostatic pressure datum 1 × 106
Hydrostatic pressure elevation 0.0
Input files
esnssxd1.inp SAXA11: BX, BZ, HP, P.
esntsxd1.inp SAXA12: BX, BZ, HP, P.
esnusxd1.inp SAXA13: BX, BZ, HP, P.
esnvsxd1.inp SAXA14: BX, BZ, HP, P.
esnwsxd1.inp SAXA21: BX, BZ, HP, P.
esnxsxd1.inp SAXA22: BX, BZ, HP, P.
esnysxd1.inp SAXA23: BX, BZ, HP, P.
esnzsxd1.inp SAXA24: BX, BZ, HP, P.
Truss elements
Problem description
Model:
Length 1.0
Area 0.1
Centrifugal axis of rotation (0, 1, 0) through (.5, 0, 0)
Gravitational load vector (0, −1, 0)
Material:
Young's modulus 3 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Coefficient of thermal expansion .0001
Density 5 × 10−5
Initial conditions:
Initial temperature ALL, −10.0
Initial velocity ALL, 1, 10.0
(Coriolis loading) ALL, 2, 5.0
(3D only) ALL, 3, 2.0
325
Shell, membrane, and truss stress/displacement elements
Input files
T2D2 element load tests:
et22sfd1.inp BX, BY, CENT, CENTRIF, GRAV, *TEMPERATURE.
et22sfda.inp CORIO.
et22sfdc.inp CORIO.
et22sfdr.inp ROTA.
326
Shell, membrane, and truss stress/displacement elements
et33shdr.inp ROTA.
Problem description
Model: This section lists a number of simple tests that verify the field expansion capability. In most cases a
single element or a small assembly of elements is loaded using the field expansion capability.
Material: All tests use a linear elastic material model. In all cases a field expansion coefficient is defined and
associated with at least one, and in some cases more than one, predefined field variable.
Initial conditions: In all tests the initial value of all relevant field variables is assumed to be zero at all the
nodes.
Input files
fieldexp_s4r.inp S4R element using a linear elastic material model and loaded with both
field and thermal expansion.
fieldexp_sc8r.inp SC8R element using a linear elastic material model and loaded with field
expansion driven by a single field variable. Tests nonlinear static and linear
perturbation steps.
fieldexp_m3d4.inp M3D4R element using a linear elastic material model and loaded with both
field and thermal expansion.
buckleplate_s8r5_fieldexpan_riks.inp S8R5 element using an elastic material model loaded with field expansion
driven by a single field variable. Tests Riks procedure and produces same
result as buckleplate_s8r5_riks.inp in Buckling of a simply supported
square plate.
fieldexp-t2d2-multfld.inp T2D2 element using a linear elastic material model loaded with both field
and thermal expansions. The field expansion behavior is driven by three
different field variables. Tests proper interpolation of temperature and
predefined field-variable-dependent material data defining field expansion
coefficient.
fieldexp-t2d2-reftemp.inp T2D2 element using a linear elastic material model loaded with both field
and thermal expansions. The field expansion behavior is driven by two
different field variables. The thermal expansion coefficient and the two
field expansion coefficients are assumed to be associated with a nonzero
reference temperature and nonzero reference field variable values,
respectively.
uexpan1x_field.inp T2D2 element using a linear elastic material model loaded with field
expansion defined using user subroutine UEXPAN.
327
Cohesive element load
verification
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
COH2D4 COH2D4P COH2D4T COH3D6 COH3D6P COH3D6T COH3D8 COH3D8P COH3D8T
COHAX4 COHAX4P COHAX4T
Features tested
Problem description
In this verification test all the nodes of each element are fixed, and the reaction forces generated at the nodes as
a result of the load application are used to verify the element load calculations. In addition, the effect of thermal
loading is verified by allowing each element to deform freely in the thickness direction with the change in
temperature. The resulting thermal strains in the thickness direction are compared with the analytical results.
Model:
• COH3D6, COH3D6P, COH3D6T, COH3D8, COH3D8P, and COH3D8T:
Cubic dimensions 7×7×7
Thickness Geometry
Thickness direction Global 2
Response Continuum
Centrifugal axis of rotation (1, 0, 0) through (3.5, −1000, 3.5)
Coriolis axis of rotation (1, 0, 0) through origin
Gravitational load vector (0, 1, 0)
329
Cohesive element load verification
Material:
Young's modulus 3 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Coefficient of thermal expansion 0.0001
Density 10.0
Initial conditions:
Initial temperature ALL, 0.0
The calculated reactions are in agreement with the applied loads. In addition, the thermal stresses and strains in
the thickness direction match the analytical results for the case of thermal loading.
Input files
330
Cohesive element load verification
cohax4p_loads_std.inp BR, BZ, GRAV, CENT, CENTRIF, P1, P2, P3, P4, P, *TEMPERATURE
for COHAX4P.
coh3d8t_loads_std.inp BX, BY, BZ, GRAV, CENT, CENTRIF, ROTA, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, P6,
P, temperature boundary condition for COH3D8T.
coh3d6t_loads_std.inp BX, BY, BZ, GRAV, CENT, CENTRIF, ROTA, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, P6,
P, temperature boundary condition for COH3D6T.
coh2d4t_loads_std.inp BX, BY, GRAV, CENT, CENTRIF, ROTA, P1, P2, P3, P4, P, temperature
boundary condition for COH2D4T.
cohax4t_loads_std.inp BR, BZ, GRAV, CENT, CENTRIF, P1, P2, P3, P4, P, temperature
boundary condition for COHAX4T.
coh_corioload.inp CORIO for COH3D8, COH3D6, and COH2D4.
cohp_corioload.inp CORIO for COH3D8P, COH3D6P, and COH2D4P.
coht_corioload.inp CORIO for COH3D8T, COH3D6T, and COH2D4T.
coh3d8t_thermal_loads.inp BF, S1, S2, F1, F2, R1, R2 for COH3D8T.
coh3d6t_thermal_loads.inp BF, S1, S3, F1, F3, R1, R3 for COH3D6T.
coh2d4t_thermal_loads.inp BF, S1, S2, F1, F2, R1, R2 for COH2D4T.
cohax4t_thermal_loads.inp BF, S1, S3, F1, F3, R1, R3 for COHAX4T.
coh2d4t_cthermal_loads.inp *CFILM, *CRADIATE for COH2D4T.
331
ELBOW elements
ELBOW elements
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
General loading
Problem description
Model:
Length 15.0
Elbow section data ro = 10.0, t = 1.0
Centrifugal axis of rotation (0, 0, 1) through midspan
Gravity load vector (0, 0, 1)
Material:
Young's modulus 3 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Density 1.0
Coefficient of thermal expansion 0.0001
Initial conditions:
Initial temperature ALL, −10.0
General: The boundary condition NODEFORM is used for load types BX, BY, BZ, GRAV, CENT, CENTRIF,
and ROTA on ELBOW31 and ELBOW32 elements, preventing cross-sectional deformations.
Input files
exel1xd1.inp ELBOW31: BX, BY, BZ, GRAV, CENT, PI, CENTRIF, *TEMPERATURE,
perturbation step with *LOAD CASE.
exel1xdr.inp ELBOW31: ROTA.
exelbxd1.inp ELBOW31B: BX, BY, BZ, GRAV, CENT, PI, CENTRIF,
*TEMPERATURE.
exelbxdr.inp ELBOW31B: ROTA.
333
ELBOW elements
Problem description
Closed-end pressure loading of ELBOW elements is verified. A single element is oriented at 45° to the x- and
z-axis in a fluid of density 1 × 103. The magnitude of the acceleration resulting from gravity is 9.8, and the
positive hydrostatic pressure gradient is in the negative 3-direction. The test consists of completely constraining
all degrees of freedom and recovering the reaction forces under the hydrostatic pressure load on the elbow.
According to Archimedes' Principle, the net reaction in the 3-direction should be the buoyant force, which in
this case is 2203.04. All other reaction forces and moments should sum to zero. The results also indicate that
the directions of the nonzero reaction forces and moments on individual nodes are correct.
The second test is of a curved elbow with closed-end conditions modeled by an ELBOW element. Internal
pressure is applied to the elbow. The reaction forces should sum to 0. in all directions.
Model:
Length 1.0
Elbow section data ro = 0.275, t = 0.025
Effective diameter 0.535
Gravity vector (0, 0, 1)
Material:
Young's modulus 1 × 1010
Poisson's ratio 0.33
Loading:
Uniform pressure magnitude 10.0
Initial conditions:
Zero pressure height 0.0
Reference pressure height −2.0
Reference pressure magnitude 1.96 × 104
334
ELBOW elements
Input files
exel1xdh.inp ELBOW31: HPE, PI.
exelbxdh.inp ELBOW31B: HPE, PI.
exelcxdh.inp ELBOW31C: HPE, PI.
exel2xdh.inp ELBOW32: HPE, PI.
335
Continuum pore pressure
elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Problem description
Model:
Planar dimension 3×5
Gravity load vector (1, 1, 0)
Material:
Young's modulus 1 × 108
Poisson's ratio 0.0
Density 1.4142
Permeability 1 × 10−5
Specific weight of fluid 1.0
Initial conditions:
Initial void ratio 1.0
Hydrostatic pressure datum 5.0
Hydrostatic pressure elevation 0.0
Sink pore pressure 14.7
Input files
CPE4P element load tests:
ece4pfde.inp CENTRIF, BX, BY, GRAV, P1, P2, P3, P4, HP1, HP2, HP3, HP4, Q1,
Q2, Q3, Q4, S1, S2, S3, S4.
ece4pfdl.inp P, HP, Q, S.
ece4pfdr.inp ROTA.
337
Continuum pore pressure elements
ece4phde.inp CENTRIF, BX, BY, GRAV, P1, P2, P3, P4, HP1, HP2, HP3, HP4, Q1,
Q2, Q3, Q4, S1, S2, S3, S4.
ece4phdl.inp P, HP, Q, S.
ece4phdr.inp ROTA.
338
Continuum pore pressure elements
ece8pyde.inp CENTRIF, BX, BY, GRAV, P1, P2, P3, P4, HP1, HP2, HP3, HP4, Q1,
Q2, Q3, Q4, Q1D, Q2D, Q3D, Q4D, S1, S2, S3, S4.
ece8pydl.inp P, HP, Q, QD, S.
ece8pydr.inp ROTA.
Problem description
Model:
Planar dimension 3×5
Inside radius 1.0
Gravity load vector (1, 1, 0)
Material:
Young's modulus 1 × 108
Poisson's ratio 0.0
Density 1.4142
Permeability 1 × 10−5
Specific weight of fluid 1.0
Initial conditions:
Initial void ratio 1.0
Hydrostatic pressure datum 5.0
Hydrostatic pressure elevation 0.0
Sink pore pressure 14.7
Input files
CAX4P element load tests:
eca4pfde.inp CENTRIF, BR, BZ, GRAV, P1, P2, P3, P4, HP1, HP2, HP3, HP4, Q1, Q2,
Q3, Q4, S1, S2, S3, S4.
eca4pfdl.inp P, HP, Q, S.
339
Continuum pore pressure elements
eca4prde.inp CENTRIF, BR, BZ, GRAV, P1, P2, P3, P4, HP1, HP2, HP3, HP4, Q1, Q2,
Q3, Q4, S1, S2, S3, S4.
eca4prdl.inp P, HP, Q, S.
Problem description
Model:
Cubic dimension 3×5×1
Gravity load vector (1, 1, 1)
Material:
340
Continuum pore pressure elements
Initial conditions:
Initial void ratio 1.0
Hydrostatic pressure datum 5.0
Hydrostatic pressure elevation 0.0
Sink pore pressure 14.7
Input files
C3D4P element load tests:
elem_load_c3d4p_1.inp CENTRIF, BX, BY, BZ, GRAV, P1, P2, P3, P4, HP1, HP2,
HP3, HP4, Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4, S1, S2, S3, S4.
elem_load_c3d4p_2.inp P, HP, Q, S.
elem_load_c3d4p_3.inp ROTA.
341
Continuum pore pressure elements
ec38prdr.inp ROTA.
342
Continuum pore pressure elements
Problem description
Model:
Planar dimension 3×5
Inside radius 1.0
Gravity load vector (1, 1, 0)
Material:
Young's modulus 1 × 108
Poisson's ratio 0.0
Density 1.4142
Permeability 1 × 10−5
Specific weight of fluid 1.0
Initial conditions:
Initial void ratio 1.0
Hydrostatic pressure datum 5.0
Hydrostatic pressure elevation 0.0
Sink pore pressure 14.7
Input files
ecnwpfde.inp CAXA8P1: BX, BZ, GRAV, P1, P2, P3, P4, HP1, HP2, HP3, HP4, Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4,
Q1D, Q2D, Q3D, Q4D, S1, S2, S3, S4.
ecnwprde.inp CAXA8RP1: BX, BZ, GRAV, P1, P2, P3, P4, HP1, HP2, HP3, HP4, Q1, Q2, Q3,
Q4, Q1D, Q2D, Q3D, Q4D, S1, S2, S3, S4.
ecnxpfde.inp CAXA8P2: BX, BZ, GRAV, P1, P2, P3, P4, HP1, HP2, HP3, HP4, Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4,
Q1D, Q2D, Q3D, Q4D, S1, S2, S3, S4.
ecnxprde.inp CAXA8RP2: BX, BZ, GRAV, P1, P2, P3, P4, HP1, HP2, HP3, HP4, Q1, Q2, Q3,
Q4, Q1D, Q2D, Q3D, Q4D, S1, S2, S3, S4.
ecnypfde.inp CAXA8P3: BX, BZ, GRAV, P1, P2, P3, P4, HP1, HP2, HP3, HP4, Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4,
Q1D, Q2D, Q3D, Q4D, S1, S2, S3, S4.
ecnyprde.inp CAXA8RP3: BX, BZ, GRAV, P1, P2, P3, P4, HP1, HP2, HP3, HP4, Q1, Q2, Q3,
Q4, Q1D, Q2D, Q3D, Q4D, S1, S2, S3, S4.
ecnzpfde.inp CAXA8P4: BX, BZ, GRAV, P1, P2, P3, P4, HP1, HP2, HP3, HP4, Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4,
Q1D, Q2D, Q3D, Q4D, S1, S2, S3, S4.
ecnzprde.inp CAXA8RP4: BX, BZ, GRAV, P1, P2, P3, P4, HP1, HP2, HP3, HP4, Q1, Q2, Q3,
Q4, Q1D, Q2D, Q3D, Q4D, S1, S2, S3, S4.
343
Continuum pore pressure elements
Problem description
Model:
Planar dimension 3×5
Gravity direction (1, 1, 0)
Material:
Young's modulus 1 × 108
Poisson's ratio 0.0
Density 1.4142
Permeability 1 × 10-5
Thermal conductivity 0.1
Initial conditions:
Initial void ratio 1.0
Initial temperature 0.0
Initial pore pressure 0.0
Input files
cpe4pt_mech_loads.inp CPE4PT: BX, BY, GRAV, CENTRIF, P1, P2, P3, P4, HP1, HP2,
HP3, HP4.
cpe4pt_surf_mech_loads.inp CPE4PT: P, HP.
cpe4rpt_mech_loads.inp CPE4RPT: BX, BY, GRAV, CENTRIF, P1, P2, P3, P4, HP1,
HP2, HP3, HP4.
cpe4rpt_surf_mech_loads.inp CPE4RPT: P, HP.
cpe4pht_mech_loads.inp CPE4PHT: BX, BY, GRAV, CENTRIF, P1, P2, P3, P4, HP1,
HP2, HP3, HP4.
cpe4pht_surf_mech_loads.inp CPE4PHT: P, HP.
cpe4rpht_mech_loads.inp CPE4RPHT: BX, BY, GRAV, CENTRIF, P1, P2, P3, P4, HP1,
HP2, HP3, HP4.
cpe4rpht_surf_mech_loads.inp CPE4RPHT: P, HP.
344
Continuum pore pressure elements
Problem description
Model:
Planar dimension 3×5
Material:
Young's modulus 1 × 108
Poisson's ratio 0.0
Density 1.4142
Permeability 1 × 10-5
Thermal conductivity 0.1
Specific heat 0.39
Initial conditions:
Initial void ratio 1.0
Initial temperature 0.0
Initial pore pressure 0.0
Input files
cpe4pt_flow_loads.inp CPE4PT: Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4, S1, S2, S3, S4.
cpe4pt_surf_flow_loads.inp CPE4PT: Q, S.
cpe4rpt_flow_loads.inp CPE4RPT: Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4, S1, S2, S3, S4.
cpe4rpt_surf_flow_loads.inp CPE4RPT: Q, S.
cpe4pht_flow_loads.inp CPE4PHT: Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4, S1, S2, S3, S4.
cpe4pht_surf_flow_loads.inp CPE4PHT: Q, S.
cpe4rpht_flow_loads.inp CPE4RPHT: Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4, S1, S2, S3, S4.
cpe4rpht_surf_flow_loads.inp CPE4RPHT: Q, S.
Problem description
Model:
Planar dimension 7×7
345
Continuum pore pressure elements
Material:
Young's modulus 30 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Permeability 1 × 10-5
Coefficient of thermal expansion 0.0
Thermal conductivity 3.77 × 10-5
Density 82.9
Specific heat 0.39
Coefficient of thermal expansion, pore fluid 0.0
Thermal conductivity, pore fluid 3.77 × 10-5
Density, pore fluid 82.9
Specific heat, pore fluid 0.39
Initial conditions:
Initial void ratio 1.0
Initial temperature 0.0
Initial pore pressure 0.0
Input files
cpe4pt_heat_loads.inp CPE4PT: BF, S1, S2, S3, S4, F1, F2, F3, F4, R1, R2, R3, R4.
cpe4pt_surf_heat_loads.inp CPE4PT: S, F, R.
cpe4rpt_heat_loads.inp CPE4RPT: BF, S1, S2, S3, S4, F1, F2, F3, F4, R1, R2, R3, R4.
cpe4rpt_surf_heat_loads.inp CPE4RPT: S, F, R.
cpe4pht_heat_loads.inp CPE4PHT: BF, S1, S2, S3, S4, F1, F2, F3, F4, R1, R2, R3, R4.
cpe4pht_surf_heat_loads.inp CPE4PHT: S, F, R.
cpe4rpht_heat_loads.inp CPE4RPHT: BF, S1, S2, S3, S4, F1, F2, F3, F4, R1, R2, R3,
R4.
cpe4rpht_surf_heat_loads.inp CPE4RPHT: S, F, R.
Problem description
Model:
Cubic dimension 7×7×7
Gravity direction (1, 0, 0)
346
Continuum pore pressure elements
Material:
Modulus 3 × 106
Density 10.0
Expansion 0.0001
Specific heat 1.0
Conductivity 0.1
Density, pore fluid 10.0
Expansion, pore fluid 0.0001
Specific heat, pore fluid 1.0
Conductivity, pore fluid 0.1
Permeability 0.01
Specific weight of fluid 1.0
Initial conditions:
Initial void ratio 1.0
Initial temperature 0.0
Initial pore pressure 0.0
Input files
c3d4pt_loads.inp C3D4PT: BX, BY, BZ, GRAV, CENT, CENTRIF, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, P6, HP1,
HP2, HP3, HP4, HP5, HP6.
c3d8pt_loads.inp C3D8PT: BX, BY, BZ, GRAV, CENT, CENTRIF, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, P6, HP1,
HP2, HP3, HP4, HP5, HP6.
c3d8rpt_loads.inp C3D8RPT: BX, BY, BZ, GRAV, CENT, CENTRIF, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, P6,
HP1, HP2, HP3, HP4, HP5, HP6.
c3d8rpht_loads.inp C3D8RPHT: BX, BY, BZ, GRAV, CENT, CENTRIF, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, P6,
HP1, HP2, HP3, HP4, HP5, HP6.
c3d10pt_loads.inp C3D10PT: BX, BY, BZ, GRAV, CENT, CENTRIF, P1, P2, P3, P4, HP1, HP2,
HP3, HP4.
c3d10mpt_loads.inp C3D10MPT: BX, BY, BZ, GRAV, CENT, CENTRIF, P1, P2, P3, P4, HP1,
HP2, HP3, HP4.
Problem description
Model:
Cubic dimension 5×3×1
347
Continuum pore pressure elements
Material:
Modulus 1 × 108
Density 1.7321
Expansion 0.0
Specific heat 10.0
Conductivity 1.0
Density, pore fluid 1.7321
Expansion, pore fluid 0.0
Specific heat, pore fluid 10.0
Conductivity, pore fluid 1.0
Permeability 1 × 10−5
Specific weight of fluid 1.0
Initial conditions:
Initial void's ratio 1.0
Initial temperature 0.0
Initial pore pressure 0.0
Input files
c3d4ph_dsflow_loads.inp C3D4PH: P, HP, Q, S.
c3d4pt_dsflow_loads.inp C3D4PT: P, HP, Q, S.
c3d8pt_dflow_loads.inp C3D8PT: BX, BY, BZ, GRAV, CENT, CENTRIF, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5,
P6, HP1, HP2, HP3, HP4, HP5, HP6, Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4, Q5, Q6, S1, S2,
S3, S4, S5, S6.
c3d8pt_sflow_loads.inp C3D8PT: P, HP, Q, S.
c3d8rpt_dflow_loads.inp C3D8RPT: BX, BY, BZ, GRAV, CENT, CENTRIF, P1, P2, P3, P4,
P5, P6, HP1, HP2, HP3, HP4, HP5, HP6, Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4, Q5, Q6, S1,
S2, S3, S4, S5, S6.
c3d8rpht_dflow_loads.inp C3D8RPHT: BX, BY, BZ, GRAV, CENT, CENTRIF, P1, P2, P3, P4,
P5, P6, HP1, HP2, HP3, HP4, HP5, HP6, Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4, Q5, Q6, S1,
S2, S3, S4, S5, S6.
c3d10mpt_flow_loads.inp C3D10MPT: BX, BY, BZ, GRAV, CENT, CENTRIF, P1, P2, P3, P4,
HP1, HP2, HP3, HP4, Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4, S1, S2, S3, S4.
c3d10p_dsflow_loads.inp C3D10P: P, HPQ, S.
c3d10pt_dsflow_loads.inp C3D10PT: P, HPQ, S.
c3d10mpt_dsflow_loads.inp C3D10MPT: P, HPQ, S.
348
Continuum pore pressure elements
Problem description
Model: For this set of verification problems both the solid and the pore fluid used identical heat transfer
properties so that results could be compared with conventional heat transfer elements.
Cubic dimension 7×7×7
Material:
Modulus 3 × 106
Density 82.9
Expansion 0.0
Specific heat 0.39
Conductivity 3.77 × 10−5
Density, pore fluid 82.9
Expansion, pore fluid 0.0
Specific heat, pore fluid 0.39
Conductivity, pore fluid 3.77 × 10−5
Permeability 0.001
Specific weight of fluid 10.0
Initial conditions:
Initial void's ratio 1.0
Initial temperature 0.0
Initial pore pressure 0.0
Input files
c3d4pt_heat_loads.inp C3D4PT: S, F, R.
c3d8pt_heat_loads.inp C3D8PT: S, F, R.
c3d8rpt_heat_loads.inp C3D8RPT: S, F, R.
c3d8rpht_heat_loads.inp C3D8RPHT: S, F, R.
c3d10pt_heat_loads.inp C3D10PT: S, F, R.
c3d10mpt_heat_loads.inp C3D10MPT: S, F, R.
349
Continuum pore pressure elements
Problem description
Model:
Cubic dimension 3×3
Material:
Modulus 3 × 106
Density 5 × 10−5
Expansion 0.0001
Specific heat 1.0
Conductivity 0.1
Density, pore fluid 5 × 105
Expansion, pore fluid 0.0001
Specific heat, pore fluid 1.0
Conductivity, pore fluid 0.1
Permeability 0.01
Specific weight of fluid 1.0
Initial conditions:
Initial void's ratio 1.0
Initial temperature 0.0
Initial pore pressure 0.0
Input files
cax4pt_loads.inp CAX4PT: CENT, CENTRIF, BR, GRAV,HP1, HP2, HP3, HP4, P1, P2, P3,
P4.
cax4rpt_loads.inp CAX4RPT: CENT, CENTRIF, BR, GRAV,HP1, HP2, HP3, HP4, P1, P2,
P3, P4.
cax4rpht_loads.inp CAX4RPHT: CENT, CENTRIF, BR, GRAV,HP1, HP2, HP3, HP4, P1, P2,
P3, P4.
Problem description
Model:
350
Continuum pore pressure elements
Material:
Modulus 1 × 108
Density 1.4142
Expansion 0.0
Specific heat 10.0
Conductivity 1.0
Density, pore fluid 1.4142
Expansion, pore fluid 0.0
Specific heat, pore fluid 10.0
Conductivity, pore fluid 1.0
Permeability 1 × 10−5
Specific weight of fluid 1.0
Initial conditions:
Initial void's ratio 1.0
Initial temperature 0.0
Initial pore pressure 0.0
Input files
cax4pt_dflow_loads.inp CAX4PT: CENTRIF, BR,HP1, HP2, HP3, HP4, Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4, S1,
S2, S3, S4.
cax4rpt_dflow_loads.inp CAX4RPT: CENTRIF, BR,HP1, HP2, HP3, HP4, Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4, S1,
S2, S3, S4.
cax4rpht_dflow_loads.inp CAX4RPHT: CENTRIF, BR,HP1, HP2, HP3, HP4, Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4, S1,
S2, S3, S4.
Problem description
Model: For this set of verification problems both the solid and the pore fluid used identical heat transfer
properties so that results could be compared with conventional heat transfer elements.
Cubic dimension 7×7
Material:
351
Continuum pore pressure elements
Modulus 30 × 106
Density 82.9
Expansion 0.0
Specific heat 0.39
Conductivity 3.77 × 10−5
Density, pore fluid 82.9
Expansion, pore fluid 0.0
Specific heat, pore fluid 0.39
Conductivity, pore fluid 3.77 × 10−5
Permeability 0.001
Specific weight of fluid 10.0
Initial conditions:
Initial void's ratio 1.0
Initial temperature 0.0
Initial pore pressure 0.0
Input files
cax4pt_heat_loads.inp CAX4PT: S, F, R.
cax4rpt_heat_loads.inp CAX4RPT: S, F, R.
cax4rpht_heat_loads.inp CAX4RPHT: S, F, R.
352
Continuum and shell heat
transfer elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Problem description
Model:
Length 7.0
Area 3.0
Material:
Thermal conductivity 3.77 × 10−5
Sink (bulk fluid) temperature 75.0
Absolute zero temperature −460.0
Specific heat 0.39
Density 82.9
Input files
ec12dfdc.inp DC1D2: BF, F1, F2, R1, R2, S1, S2.
ec13dfdc.inp DC1D3: BF, F1, F2, R1, R2, S1, S2.
ec12dcdc.inp DCC1D2: BF, F1, F2, R1, R2, S1, S2.
ec12dddc.inp DCC1D2D: BF, F1, F2, R1, R2, S1, S2.
eca2dcdc.inp DCCAX2: BF, F1, F2, R1, R2, S1, S2.
eca2dddc.inp DCCAX2D: BF, F1, F2, R1, R2, S1, S2.
Problem description
Model:
Square dimension 7×7
353
Continuum and shell heat transfer elements
Thickness 1.0
Material:
Thermal conductivity 3.77 × 10−5
Sink (bulk fluid) temperature 75.0
Absolute zero temperature −460.0
Specific heat 0.39
Density 82.9
Input files
DC2D3 element load tests:
ec23dfdc.inp BF, F1, F2, F3, R1, R2, R3, S1, S2, S3.
ec23dfdj.inp F, R, S.
Problem description
Model:
Planar dimensions 7×7
354
Continuum and shell heat transfer elements
Material:
Thermal conductivity 3.77 × 10−5
Sink (bulk fluid) temperature 75.0
Absolute zero temperature −460.0
Specific heat 0.39
Density 82.9
Input files
DCAX3 element load tests:
eca3dfdc.inp BF, F1, F2, F3, R1, R2, R3, S1, S2, S3.
eca3dfdj.inp F, R, S.
Problem description
Model:
Cubic dimensions 7×7×7
355
Continuum and shell heat transfer elements
Material:
Thermal conductivity 3.77 × 10−5
Sink (bulk fluid) temperature 75.0
Absolute zero temperature −460.0
Specific heat 0.39
Density 82.9
Input files
DC3D4 element load tests:
ec34dfdc.inp BF, F1, F2, F3, F4, R1, R2, R3, R4, S1, S2, S3, S4.
ec34dfdj.inp AVG, F, R, S.
356
Continuum and shell heat transfer elements
Problem description
Model:
Length 10.0
Radius 5.0
Thickness 0.5
Material:
Thermal conductivity 3.77 × 10−5
Sink (bulk fluid) temperature 75.0
Absolute zero temperature −460.0
Specific heat 0.39
Density 82.9
Input files
DSAX1 element load tests:
esa2dxdc.inp BF, FNEG, FPOS, RNEG, RPOS, SNEG, SPOS.
esa2dxdj.inp F, R, S.
Problem description
Model:
Planar dimensions 7×7
Thickness 0.5
Material:
Thermal conductivity 3.77 × 10−5
Sink (bulk fluid) temperature 75.0
Absolute zero temperature −460.0
357
Continuum and shell heat transfer elements
Input files
DS3 element load tests:
es33dxdc.inp BF, FNEG, FPOS, RNEG, RPOS, SNEG, SPOS.
es33dxdj.inp F, R, S.
358
Coupled
temperature-displacement
elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Problem description
Model:
Length 7.0
Area 3.0
Centrifugal axis of rotation (0, 1, 0) through origin
Coriolis axis of rotation (0, 0, 1) through origin (2D)
(0, 1, 0) through origin (3D)
Gravity load vector (0, −1, 0)
Material:
Young's modulus 30 × 106
Coefficient of thermal expansion 0.0
Thermal conductivity 3.77 × 10−5
Density 82.9
Sink (bulk fluid) temperature 75.0
Absolute zero temperature −460.0
Initial conditions:
Initial velocity ALL, 1, 5.0
ALL, 2, 2.0
Input files
T2D2T element load tests:
et22tfdd.inp BX, BY, BF, GRAV, CENT, CENTRIF, CORIO, F1, F2, R1, R2, S1,
S2.
et22tfdr.inp ROTA.
359
Coupled temperature-displacement elements
Problem description
Model:
Square dimensions 7×7
Thickness 1.0
Centrifugal axis of rotation (0, 1, 0) through origin
Coriolis axis of rotation (0, 0, 1) through origin
Gravity load vector (0, −1, 0)
Material:
Young's modulus 30 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Coefficient of thermal expansion 0.0
Thermal conductivity 3.77 × 10−5
Density 82.9
Sink (bulk fluid) temperature 75.0
Absolute zero temperature −460.0
Initial conditions:
Initial velocity ALL, 1, 10
ALL, 2, 5
Hydrostatic pressure datum 3.0
Hydrostatic pressure elevation 0.0
360
Coupled temperature-displacement elements
Input files
361
Coupled temperature-displacement elements
362
Coupled temperature-displacement elements
363
Coupled temperature-displacement elements
Problem description
Model:
Planar dimensions 7×7
Inside radius 1.0
Centrifugal axis of rotation (0, 1, 0) through origin
Gravity load vector (0, −1, 0)
Mesh:
Linear elements 2 elements in radial direction
Quadratic elements 1 element in radial direction
Material:
364
Coupled temperature-displacement elements
Initial conditions:
Hydrostatic pressure datum 3.0
Hydrostatic pressure elevation 0.0
Input files
365
Coupled temperature-displacement elements
eca8trdd.inp BR, BZ, BF, GRAV, CENT, CENTRIF, F1, F2, F3, F4, P1, P2, P3, P4, HP1,
HP2, HP3, HP4, R1, R2, R3, R4, S1, S2, S3, S4.
eca8trdk.inp HP, P, F, R, S.
Problem description
Model:
Cubic dimensions 7×7×7
Centrifugal axis of rotation (0, 1, 0) through (−1000, 3.5, −3.5)
Gravity load vector (1, 2, 3)
Material:
Young's modulus 30 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Coefficient of thermal expansion 0.0
Thermal conductivity 3.77 × 10−5
Density 82.9
Sink (bulk fluid) temperature 75.0
Absolute zero temperature −460.0
366
Coupled temperature-displacement elements
Initial conditions:
Hydrostatic pressure datum 0.0
Hydrostatic pressure elevation −7.0
Input files
367
Coupled temperature-displacement elements
ec3kthdd.inp BX, BY, BZ, BF, GRAV, CENT, CENTRIF, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6, P1, P2,
P3, P4, P5, P6, HP1, HP2, HP3, HP4, HP5, HP6, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6,S1,
S2, S3, S4, S5, S6.
ec3kthdr.inp ROTA.
ec3kthdk.inp HP, P, F, R, S.
368
Coupled temperature-displacement elements
Problem description
Model:
Length 10.0
Radius 5.0
Thickness 0.5
Centrifugal axis of rotation (0, 1, 0) through origin
Gravity load vector (0, 1, 0)
Material:
Young's modulus 3 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Thermal conductivity 3.77 × 10−5
Density 82.9
Sink (bulk fluid) temperature 75.0
Absolute zero temperature −460.0
Initial conditions:
Hydrostatic pressure datum 7.0
Hydrostatic pressure elevation 0.0
Input files
SAX2T element load tests:
esa3txdd.inp BR, BZ, BF, GRAV, CENT, CENTRIF, FNEG, FPOS, P, HP, RNEG, RPOS,
SNEG, SPOS.
esa3txdk.inp HP, P, F, R, S.
Problem description
Model:
Planar dimensions 7×7
Thickness 2.0
Centrifugal and Coriolis axes of rotation (0, 1, 0) through origin
369
Coupled temperature-displacement elements
Material:
Young's modulus 3 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Thermal conductivity 3.77 × 10−5
Density 82.9
Sink (bulk fluid) temperature 75.0
Absolute zero temperature −460.0
Initial conditions:
Hydrostatic pressure datum 7.0
Hydrostatic pressure elevation 0.0
Input files
S4T element load tests:
es34txdd.inp BX, BY, BZ, BF, GRAV, CENT, CENTRIF, FNEG, FPOS, P, HP,
RNEG, RPOS, SNEG, SPOS.
es34txdr.inp ROTA.
es34txdk.inp HP, P, F, R, S.
Problem description
Model:
370
Coupled temperature-displacement elements
Mesh:
Linear elements 2 elements in radial direction
Quadratic elements 1 element in radial direction
Material:
Young's modulus 30 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Coefficient of thermal expansion 0.0
Thermal conductivity 3.77 × 10−5
Density 82.9
Sink (bulk fluid) temperature 75.0
Absolute zero temperature −460.0
Initial conditions:
Hydrostatic pressure datum 3.0
Hydrostatic pressure elevation 0.0
Input files
CGAX3T element load tests:
eca3hfdd.inp BR, BZ, BF, CENT, CENTRIF, GRAV, F1, F2, F3, P1, P2, P3, HP1, HP2,
HP3, R1, R2, R3, S1, S2, S3.
eca3hfdk.inp HP, P, F, R, S.
371
Coupled temperature-displacement elements
372
Coupled temperature-displacement elements
Problem description
Model:
Cubic dimensions 7×7×7
Centrifugal axis of rotation (0, 1, 0) through (−1000, 3.5, −3.5)
Gravity load vector (1, 2, 3)
Material:
Young's modulus 30 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Coefficient of thermal expansion 0.0
Thermal conductivity 3.77 × 10−5
Density 82.9
Sink (bulk fluid) temperature 75.0
Absolute zero temperature −460.0
Initial conditions:
Hydrostatic pressure datum 0.0
Hydrostatic pressure elevation −7.0
Input files
373
Coupled
thermal-electrical-structural
elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Problem description
Model:
Cubic dimensions 7×7×7
Centrifugal axis of rotation (0, 1, 0) through (−1000, 3.5, −3.5)
Gravity load vector (1, 2, 3)
Material:
Young's modulus 30 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Coefficient of thermal expansion 0.0
Thermal conductivity 3.77 × 10−5
Electrical conductivity 3.77 × 10−5
Joule heat fraction 0.0
Density 82.9
Sink (bulk fluid) temperature 75.0
Absolute zero temperature −460.0
Initial conditions:
Hydrostatic pressure datum 0.0
Hydrostatic pressure elevation −7.0
Input files
375
Coupled thermal-electrical-structural elements
376
Coupled thermal-electrical-structural elements
tes_q3d20_rota.inp ROTA.
tes_q3d20_sload.inp CS, HP, P, F, R, S.
377
Piezoelectric elements
Piezoelectric elements
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Piezoelectric elements have both displacements and electric potentials as degrees of freedom. These elements include
truss, plane stress, plane strain, axisymmetric, or three-dimensional continuum. The elements are identical to the basic
stress/displacement elements except for the coupling between the stress field and the electrical potential gradients. The
mechanical loads are tested for these elements but are not reported here since they are identical to those reported in
the section for continuum stress/displacement elements. Only the additional loads associated with body and distributed
charges are reported in this section.
Truss elements
Problem description
Model:
Length 1.0
Area 0.1
Centrifugal axis of rotation (0, 1, 0) through (.5, 0, 0)
Gravitational load vector (0, −1, 0)
Material:
Young's modulus 3 × 106
Coefficient of thermal expansion .0001
Density 5 × 10−5
Piezoelectric coupling matrix
⎡ 15.08 0 0 ⎤
⎢ −5.207 0 0 ⎥
⎢ −5.207 0 0 ⎥
⎢ 00 12.710 0 ⎥
0 12.710
Dielectric term ⎢⎣5.8720 × 10−9 0 0 ⎥⎦
Initial conditions:
Initial temperature ALL, −10.0
379
Piezoelectric elements
Input files
T2D2E element load tests:
et22efdf.inp BX, BY, GRAV, CENT, CENTRIF, EBF.
et22efdr.inp ROTA.
Problem description
Model:
Square dimensions 7×7
Thickness 1.0
Centrifugal axis of rotation (0, 1, 0) through origin
Gravitational load vector (0, −1, 0)
Material:
Young's modulus 3 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Coefficient of thermal expansion .0001
Density 5 × 10−5
Piezoelectric coupling matrix
⎡ 15.08 0 0 ⎤
⎢ −5.207 0 0 ⎥
⎢ −5.207 0 0 ⎥
⎢ 0 0 12.710 0
−9 0 12.710 ⎥
Dielectric term ⎢⎣5.8720 × 10 0 0 ⎥⎦
Initial conditions:
Initial temperature ALL, −10.0
Hydrostatic pressure datum lower-order elements: 7.0
higher-order elements: 3.0
380
Piezoelectric elements
Input files
CPS3E element load tests:
ecs3efdf.inp BX, BY, GRAV, CENT, CENTRIF, P1, P2, P3, HP1, HP2, HP3, EBF,
ES1, ES2, ES3.
ecs3efdr.inp ROTA.
ecs3efdm.inp ES, HP, P.
381
Piezoelectric elements
Axisymmetric elements
Problem description
Model:
Planar dimensions 3×3
Inside radius 1.0
Outside radius 4.0
Centrifugal axis of rotation (0, 1, 0) through origin
Gravitational load vector (0, −1, 0)
Material:
Young's modulus 3 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Coefficient of thermal expansion .0001
Density 5 × 10−5
Piezoelectric coupling matrix
⎡ 15.08 0 0 ⎤
⎢ −5.207 0 0 ⎥
⎢ −5.207 0 0 ⎥
⎢ 00 12.710 0 ⎥
0 12.710
Dielectric term ⎢⎣5.8720 × 10−9 0 0 ⎥⎦
Initial conditions:
Hydrostatic pressure datum 3.0
382
Piezoelectric elements
Input files
CAX3E element load tests:
eca3efdf.inp BZ, GRAV, CENT, P1, P2, P3, HP1, HP2, HP3, EBF, ES1, ES2, ES3.
eca3efdm.inp ES, HP, P.
Three-dimensional solids
Problem description
Model:
Cubic dimensions 7×7×7
Centrifugal axes of rotation (0, 1, 0) through (−1000, 3.5, −3.5)
Gravitational load vector (1, 0, 0)
Material:
Young's modulus 3 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Coefficient of thermal expansion .0001
Density 10.0
383
Piezoelectric elements
⎡ 15.08 0 0 ⎤
⎢ −5.207 0 0 ⎥
⎢ −5.207 0 0 ⎥
⎢ 0 0 12.710 0
0 12.710 ⎥
Dielectric term ⎢⎣5.8720 × 10−9 0 0 ⎥⎦
Initial conditions:
Initial temperature ALL, −10.0
Hydrostatic pressure datum 0.0
Hydrostatic pressure elevation −7.0
Input files
C3D4E element load tests:
ec34efdf.inp BX, BY, BZ, GRAV, CENT, CENTRIF, P1, P2, P3, P4, HP1, HP2, HP3,
HP4, EBF, ES1, ES2, ES3, ES4.
ec34efdr.inp ROTA.
ec34efdm.inp ES, HP, P.
384
Piezoelectric elements
385
Continuum mass diffusion
elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Problem description
Model:
Square dimension 7×7
Thickness 1.0
Material:
Solubility 1.0
Input files
ec23mfdc.inp DC2D3; Diffusivity: 3.77 × 10−5 (D11), 7.54 × 10−5 (D22), 11.31 × 10−5 (D33);
Loads: BF, S1, S2, S3.
ec23mfdc.inp DC2D3; Diffusivity: 3.77 × 10−5 (D11), 7.54 × 10−5 (D22), 11.31 × 10−5 (D33);
Loads: BF, S1, S2, S3.
ec24mfdc.inp DC2D4; Diffusivity: 3.77 × 10−5; Loads: BF, S1, S2, S3, S4.
ec26mfdc.inp DC2D6; Diffusivity: 3.77 × 10−5 (D11), 3.77 × 10−6 (D12), 7.54 × 10−5 (D22), 3.77
× 10−6 (D13), 3.77 × 10−6 (D23), 11.31 × 10−5 (D33); Loads: BF, S1, S2, S3.
ec28mfdc.inp DC2D8; Diffusivity: 3.77 × 10−5; Loads: BF, S1, S2, S3, S4.
Problem description
Model:
Planar dimensions 7×7
Inside radius 1.0
387
Continuum mass diffusion elements
Material:
Diffusivity 3.77 × 10−5
Solubility 1.0
Input files
eca3mfdc.inp DCAX3: BF, S1, S2, S3.
eca4mfdc.inp DCAX4: BF, S1, S2, S3, S4.
eca6mfdc.inp DCAX6: BF, S1, S2, S3.
eca8mfdc.inp DCAX8: BF, S1, S2, S3, S4.
Problem description
Model:
Cubic dimensions 7×7×7
Material:
Diffusivity 3.77 × 10−5
Solubility 1.0
Input files
ec34mfdc.inp DC3D4: BF, S1, S2, S3, S4.
ec36mfdc.inp DC3D6: BF, S1, S2, S3, S4, S5.
ec36mfdc_po.inp *POST OUTPUT analysis.
ec38mfdc.inp DC3D8: BF, S1, S2, S3, S4, S5, S6.
ec3amfdc.inp DC3D10: BF, S1, S2, S3, S4.
ec3amfdc_po.inp *POST OUTPUT analysis.
ec3fmfdc.inp DC3D15: BF, S1, S2, S3, S4, S5.
ec3kmfdc.inp DC3D20: BF, S1, S2, S3, S4, S5, S6.
388
Thermal-electrical elements
Thermal-electrical elements
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Problem description
Model:
Length 7.0
Area 3.0
Material:
Thermal conductivity 3.77 × 10−5
Electrical conductivity 3.77 × 10−5
Joule heat fraction 0.0
Input files
ec12vfdf.inp DC1D2E: BF, S1, S2, CBF, CS1, CS2.
ec13vfdf.inp DC1D3E: BF, S1, S2, CBF, CS1, CS2.
Problem description
Model:
Square dimension 7×7
Thickness 1.0
Material:
Thermal conductivity 3.77 × 10−5
Electrical conductivity 3.77 × 10−5
Joule heat fraction 0.0
389
Thermal-electrical elements
Input files
DC2D3E element load tests:
ec23vfdf.inp BF, S1, S2, S3, CBF, CS1, CS2, CS3.
ec23vfdm.inp S, CS.
Problem description
Model:
Planar dimensions 7×7
Inside radius 1.0
Material:
Thermal conductivity 3.77 × 10−5
Electrical conductivity 3.77 × 10−5
Joule heat fraction 0.0
Input files
DCAX3E element load tests:
eca3vfdf.inp BF, S1, S2, S3, CBF, CS1, CS2, CS3.
eca3vfdm.inp S, CS.
390
Thermal-electrical elements
eca4vfdf.inp BF, S1, S2, S3, S4, CBF, CS1, CS2, CS3, CS4.
eca4vfdm.inp S, CS.
Problem description
Model:
Cubic dimensions 7×7×7
Material:
Thermal conductivity 3.77 × 10−5
Electrical conductivity 3.77 × 10−5
Joule heat fraction 0.0
Input files
DC3D4E element load tests:
ec34vfdf.inp BF, S1, S2, S3, S4, CBF, CS1, CS2, CS3, CS4.
ec34vfdf_po.inp *POST OUTPUT analysis.
ec34vfdm.inp S, CS.
391
Thermal-electrical elements
392
Rigid elements
Rigid elements
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Problem description
Model:
Length 1.0
Thickness 0.1
Centrifugal axis of rotation (1, 0, 0) through (1, 1, 0)
Input files
erp2sxd1.inp R2D2: CENT, BX, BY.
Problem description
Model:
Length of link 10
Thickness of link 0.5
Radius 5
Centrifugal axis of rotation (0, 1, 0) through origin
Initial conditions:
Hydrostatic pressure datum 10.0
Hydrostatic pressure elevation 0.0
393
Rigid elements
Input files
era2sxd1.inp RAX2: CENT, BR, BZ, P, HP.
era2sxdi.inp RAX2: P, HP.
Problem description
Model:
Square dimensions 7×7
Thickness 2.0
Centrifugal axis of rotation (0, 1, 0) through origin
Initial conditions:
Hydrostatic pressure datum 7.0
Hydrostatic pressure elevation 0.0
Input files
er33sxd1.inp R3D3: CENT, BX, BY, BZ, P, HP.
er33sxdi.inp R3D3: P, HP.
er34sxd1.inp R3D4: CENT, BX, BY, BZ, P, HP.
er34sxdi.inp R3D4: P, HP.
394
Mass and rotary inertia
elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Problem description
Model:
Isotropic mass
M 100.0
Anisotropic mass
100.0
Mx
200.0
My
300.0
Mz
Rotary inertia
100.0
I11
200.0
I22
300.0
I33
Centrifugal axis of rotation (0, 0, 1) through (0, 0, 0)
Gravity load vector (0, 1, 0)
Rotary acceleration axis (0, 0, 1) through (0, 0, 0)
General: The ROTARYI element and anisotropic MASS element are also tested with local coordinate systems
and with finite rotation.
Input files
395
Abaqus/Explicit element
loading verification
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Gravity load
Elements tested
MASS T2D2 T3D2 B21 B31 PIPE21 PIPE31 SAX1 S3R S4R M3D3 M3D4R
CPE3 CPE4R CPS3 CPS4R CAX3 CAX4R C3D4 C3D6 C3D8R
Features tested
Gravity load and nonstructural mass.
Problem description
In this verification test all the available element types are tested by loading them with a gravity load. All the
element nodes are fixed in position, and the reaction forces generated at the nodes are used to verify the element
load calculations.
The material model is isotropic linear elasticity. The material properties used are defined as follows: Young's
modulus = 193.1 × 109, Poisson's ratio = 0.3, and density = 7850.
A nonstructural mass contribution to the element mass is defined while the effective density is maintained at the
above specified value by reducing the material density to the extent of the added nonstructural mass. Because
the GRAV load is applied on both the structural mass and the nonstructural mass, the analytical solution used
to verify the numerical results remains the same.
In the first step a gravity load is applied in the vertical direction (y-direction). The amplitude function for this
gravity load is defined such that the load is ramped up to a value of 10 over the first half of the step and held
constant over the second half of the step. In the second step the gravity load in the vertical direction is replaced
with a gravity load in the horizontal direction (x-direction), which has an amplitude function that is similar to
the vertical load.
Input files
element_grav.inp Input data used for this test.
Elements tested
T2D2 T3D2 SAX1 S3R S4R M3D3 M3D4R
CPE3 CPE4R CPS3 CPS4R CAX3 CAX4R C3D4 C3D6 C3D8R
397
Abaqus/Explicit element loading verification
Features tested
Uniform body forces.
Problem description
In this verification test all the available element types are tested by loading them with a uniform body force. All
the element nodes are fixed in position, and the reaction forces generated at the nodes are used to verify the
element load calculations.
The material model is isotropic linear elasticity. The material properties used are defined as follows: Young's
modulus = 193.1 × 109, Poisson's ratio = 0.3, and density = 785.
In the first step a uniform body force of 1.0 × 105 is applied in the x-direction for all the elements except the
axisymmetric elements, where it is applied in the r-direction. The amplitude function for this body force is
defined such that the load is ramped on over the first half of the step and held constant for the rest of the analysis.
In the second step another uniform body force of 1.0 × 105 is applied in the y-direction for all the elements except
the axisymmetric elements, where it is applied in the z-direction. This load is applied using the same amplitude
function that was used in the first step. For C3D4, C3D6, C3D8R, S3R, S4R, M3D3, and M3D4R elements,
another uniform body force of 1.0 × 105 is applied in the z-direction in a third step. This load also has the same
amplitude function that was used in the first step.
Input files
element_body.inp Input data used for this test.
Elements tested
Distributed element-based loads
RAX2 R2D2 R3D3 R3D4 B21 B31 PIPE21 PIPE31 SAX1 S3R S4R M3D3 M3D4R
CPE3 CPE4R CPS3 CPS4R CAX3 CAX4R C3D4 C3D6 C3D8R C3D10 C3D10M
Distributed surface loads
RAX2 R2D2 R3D3 R3D4 SAX1 S3R S4R M3D3 M3D4R CPE3 CPE4R CPS3 CPS4R
CAX3 CAX4R C3D4 C3D6 C3D8R
Features tested
Uniform pressure load prescribed with distributed element-based and surface loads.
Problem description
In these verification tests all the available element types are tested by loading them with uniform pressure using
distributed element-based loads and distributed surface loads. All the element nodes are fixed in position, and
the reaction forces generated at the nodes are used to verify the load applications. Pipe elements (PIPE21 and
PIPE31) are tested only with distributed element-based loads. Multiple steps are used to apply different loads.
All the loads applied in previous steps are removed at the beginning of each step. Loads are linearly increased
over the first half of each step and held constant over the second half.
398
Abaqus/Explicit element loading verification
Isotropic linearly elastic material is used for all elements. The material properties used are defined as follows:
Young's modulus = 193.1 × 109, Poisson's ratio = 0.3, and density = 785.
For beam (B21, B31) and pipe (PIPE21, PIPE31) elements in the case of element-based loads, uniform distributed
force per unit length of 1.0 × 105 is applied in along the x- and y-direction in the first and second steps, respectively.
In the third step uniform distributed force per unit length of 1.0 × 105 along the z-direction is applied on
three-dimensional beam (B31) and pipe (PIPE31) elements.
For shell elements (S3R, S4R) and axisymmetric line elements (SAX1) uniform distributed normal force per
unit area of 1.0 × 105 is applied in the first step.
For three-edged planar elements (CPE3, CPE6M, CPS3, CPS6M) and axisymmetric elements (CAX3, CAX4R)
a uniform distributed normal force per unit length of 1.0 × 105 is applied on each element edge in the first three
steps.
For four-edged planar elements (CPE4R, CPS4R) and axisymmetric elements (CAX4R) a uniform distributed
normal force per unit length of 1.0 × 105 is applied on each element edge in the first four steps.
For tetrahedral three-dimensional continuum elements (C3D4, C3D10, and C3D10M) a uniform distributed
force per unit area of 1.0 × 105 is applied on each face in the first four steps.
For prismatic three-dimensional continuum elements (C3D6) a uniform distributed force per unit area of 1.0 ×
105 is applied on each face in the first five steps.
For hexahedral three-dimensional continuum elements (C3D8) a uniform distributed force per unit area of 1.0
× 105 is applied on each face in the first six steps.
In the case of surface-based loads, in the first step a uniform pressure of 1.0 × 105 is applied on one of the element
edge surfaces (for CPE3, CPE4R, CPS3, CPS4R, CAX3, CAX4R, SAX1, R2D2, and RAX2 elements) or element
faces (for C3D4, C3D6, C3D8R, S3R, S4R, M3D3, M3D4R, R3D3, and R3D4 elements). In the second step
the same uniform pressure is applied on other element edge surfaces or element faces.
Input files
element_pres.inp Input data for element-based pressure loads used for this test.
surface_pres.inp Input data for surface-based pressure loads used for this test.
Elements tested
Distributed element-based and surface loads
SAX1 S3R S4R M3D3 M3D4R CPE3 CPE4R CPS3 CPS4R CAX3 CAX4R C3D4 C3D6
C3D8R
Features tested
Viscous pressure load.
Problem description
In this verification test all the available element types are tested by loading them with a viscous pressure load.
The nodes belonging to the plane strain, plane stress, and axisymmetric elements (CPE3, CPE4R, CPS3, CPS4R,
CAX3, and CAX4R) are constrained in the x-direction; and an initial velocity of 100 is prescribed in the
399
Abaqus/Explicit element loading verification
y-direction. The nodes belonging to the three-dimensional elements (C3D4, C3D6, and C3D8R) are constrained
in the x- and z-directions, and an initial velocity of 100 is prescribed in the y-direction. The nodes belonging to
the shell and membrane elements (S3R, S4R, M3D3, and M3D4R) are constrained in the x- and y-directions,
and an initial velocity of 100 is prescribed in the z-direction. The nodes belonging to the axisymmetric shell
element (SAX1) are constrained in the z-direction, and an initial velocity of 100 is prescribed in the r-direction.
The material model is isotropic linear elasticity. The material properties used are defined as follows: Young's
modulus = 193.1 × 109, Poisson's ratio = 0.3, and density = 7850. The coefficient of viscosity is 1000.
The viscous pressure load generates reaction forces at the nodes, which are used to verify the element load
calculations. This test has only one step.
Input files
element_vpres.inp Input data for element-based loads used for this test.
surface_vpres.inp Input data for surface-based loads used for this test.
Elements tested
Distributed element-based and surface loads
SAX1 S3R S4R M3D3 M3D4R CPE3 CPE4R CPS3 CPS4R CAX3 CAX4R C3D4 C3D6
C3D8R
Features tested
Viscous body and stagnation loads.
Problem description
In this verification test all the available element types are tested by loading them with a viscous body or a
stagnation load. The nodes belonging to the plane strain, plane stress, and axisymmetric elements (CPE3, CPE4R,
CPS3, CPS4R, CAX3, and CAX4R) are constrained in the x-direction; and an initial velocity of 100 is prescribed
in the y-direction. The nodes belonging to the three-dimensional elements (C3D4, C3D6, and C3D8R) are
constrained in the x- and z-directions, and an initial velocity of 100 is prescribed in the y-direction. The nodes
belonging to the shell and membrane elements (S3R, S4R, M3D3, and M3D4R) are constrained in the x- and
y-directions, and an initial velocity of 100 is prescribed in the z-direction. The nodes belonging to the axisymmetric
shell element (SAX1) are constrained in the z-direction, and an initial velocity of 100 is prescribed in the
r-direction.
The material model is isotropic linear elasticity. The material properties used are defined as follows: Young's
modulus = 193.1 × 109, Poisson's ratio = 0.3, and density = 7850.
The viscous body and stagnation loads generate reaction forces at the nodes, which are used to verify the element
load calculations.
400
Abaqus/Explicit element loading verification
Input files
element_vbf.inp Input data for viscous body loads.
surface_sp.inp Input data for surface-based stagnation pressure loads.
element_sp.inp Input data for element-based stagnation pressure loads.
element_sbf.inp Input data for stagnation body loads.
401
Incident wave loading
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Features tested
• Incident wave
• Incident wave fluid properties
• Incident wave interaction
• Incident wave interaction property
• Incident wave loading formulation
• Incident wave properties
• Incident wave reflection
Elements tested
AC2D3 AC2D4 AC2D4R AC2D6 AC2D8
AC3D4 AC3D5 AC3D6 AC3D8 AC3D8R AC3D10 AC3D15 AC3D20
ACAX3 ACAX4 ACAX4R ACAX6 ACAX8
Features tested
Incident wave loading on acoustic elements in Abaqus/Standard and Abaqus/Explicit.
Problem description
One-dimensional incident wave loading is tested in this verification set. The model consists of a column of fluid
1 m long with a square cross-section of area equal to 10−4m2. The length direction is the x-axis, while the
cross-section is parallel to the y- and z-axes. In the axisymmetric case the column is oriented along the axial
direction. The first-order element models consist of 100 elements for the quadrilateral cases and 200 elements
for the triangular cases. The second-order element models consist of 50 and 100 elements for the quadrilateral
and triangular cases, respectively. For all cases one element is used along the breadth and width directions.
A nonreflective boundary condition is imposed on one end of the column via impedance boundary conditions.
The sound source is located at (−10, 0, 0) for the planar waves and at (−100000, 0, 0) for the spherical waves,
while the standoff point is located at (0, 0, 0). The material properties of the fluid are the same as those of the
surrounding medium. The material used is air with the following properties: density, ρf = 1.21 kg/m3; bulk
modulus, Kf = 1.424 × 105 Pa.
The sound source excitation is applied in two ways: through the pressure amplitude and through the corresponding
acceleration amplitude. The pressure is applied as a ramp function beginning at zero and reaching a magnitude
of 1.826 Pa at the end of 4.4 ms. The acceleration amplitude is applied through a step function with a magnitude
of 1 m/s2. Transient simulations are performed in both Abaqus/Standard and Abaqus/Explicit. The validity of
403
Incident wave loading
the solution is checked by comparing the POR value at the first node with the expected value of 1.826 Pa at the
end of the step.
The total wave formulation option is also tested. The acoustic solution under the specified incident wave loading
obtained using the total wave formulation option is compared to the acoustic solution obtained while using the
default scattered wave formulation option.
A similar model is also created to test the bubble loading, with water used as the material instead of air.
Input files
404
Incident wave loading
Bubble-loading amplitude:
iw_1d_ac2d3_dyl_b_pa.inp AC2D3 elements.
bubbledrag_iwi.inp S4 elements, *INCIDENT WAVE INTERACTION (preferred
interface).
bubbledrag_iw.inp S4 elements, *INCIDENT WAVE (alternative interface).
405
Incident wave loading
Bubble-loading amplitude:
iw_1d_ac2d3_xpl_b_pa.inp AC2D3 elements.
406
Incident wave loading
Elements tested
AC2D3 AC2D4 AC2D4R AC2D6 AC2D8
AC3D4 AC3D5 AC3D6 AC3D8 AC3D8R AC3D10 AC3D15 AC3D20
ACAX3 ACAX4 ACAX4R ACAX6 ACAX8
Features tested
Incident wave loading on acoustic elements using incident wave loads and the total wave formulation in
Abaqus/Standard and Abaqus/Explicit.
Problem description
These are multiple-element tests that model sound sources of planar waves and spherical waves exciting traveling
waves in ducts. Two cases are studied: a spherical wave source using an exponentially decaying time amplitude
and a plane wave source using a sinusoidal amplitude. In both cases the total wave formulation is used and the
standoff point of the incident wave loading is specified to be inside the finite element mesh. Consequently, at
the start of the analysis the incident waves have already travelled into the finite element domain. These tests
show that at the start of the first dynamic step in the analysis the acoustic field is properly initialized to the values
of the incident wave field.
Input files
407
Incident wave loading
Elements tested
B21 B21H B22 B22H B23 B23H B31 PIPE21 PIPE31
Features tested
Incident wave loading on two-dimensional beam elements in Abaqus/Standard and Abaqus/Explicit. Pipe elements
and three-dimensional beams are also tested in Abaqus/Explicit.
Problem description
In the case of two-dimensional modeling single-element tests are used to verify incident wave loading on
two-dimensional beam and pipe elements, where the wave source is located at (0.5, 10) for the planar waves and
at (0.5, 100000) for the spherical waves. The single element for each case is placed along the x-axis with end
points at (0, 0) and (1, 0). All nodes are completely fixed. The standoff point is at (0.5, 0). The beam element
has a square cross-section of area 1 × 10−4 m2, whereas the pipe has an outer diameter of 1.0 × 10−2 m and the
thickness of 1.0 × 10−3 m. The material properties for the beam are E = 1.0 × 106 Pa and ρ = 1000 kg/m3. The
properties of the surrounding medium are the same as those used in the previous section.
The loading is applied as a ramp function with a maximum value of 1000 Pa attained at the end of the step at
0.5 ms. The reaction forces at the element nodes are compared. The expected reaction force at each of the end
nodes is 500 N for the linear elements. For quadratic elements the expected reaction force is 166.7 N at each of
the end nodes and 666.7 N at the mid node.
The bubble loading is also tested but with water used as the material instead of air.
In the case of three-dimensional modeling for verification on three-dimensional beam and pipe elements in
Abaqus/Explicit, a beam comprised of 50 beam (B31) or pipe (PIPE31) elements, placed along the x-axis with
end points (−50, 0,0) and (50,0,0) is used. In both cases a cross-section of type pipe with an outer diameter of
2.5 m and a thickness of 0.1 m is used. The material properties for the beam are E = 2.0 × 1011 Pa and ρ = 10000
kg/m3.
The source of the spherical wave, due to an under water explosion, is located at (0,−30,0); and the stand-off
point is located at (0,−5,0). The wave load is applied over a cylindrical skin modeled with surface membrane
elements (SFM3D4R) that is tied to the outer surface of the beam. Boundary conditions on the beam disallow
any axial displacement and rotations along the y- and z-axis. The solution is computed for 0.1s.
Input files
408
Incident wave loading
Bubble-loading amplitude:
iw_1d_b21_xpl_b_pp.inp B21 element.
Elements tested
S3R S3RS S4R S4R5 S4RS S4RSW S8R S8R5 S9R5 STRI3 STRI65
SAX1 SAX2
409
Incident wave loading
Features tested
Incident wave loading on shell elements in Abaqus/Standard and Abaqus/Explicit.
Problem description
These are single-element tests that model a sound source at (0.5, 0.5, 10) for the planar shells and at (0, −10) for
the axisymmetric shells for the planar waves. For the spherical waves the source is moved to (0.5, 0.5, 100000)
for the planar shells and to (0, −100000) for the axisymmetric shells. The planar shell is modeled to be in the
X–Y plane with unit length on all sides. The standoff point is located at (0.5, 0.5, 0). In the axisymmetric case
the shell is oriented along the radial direction and the standoff point is at (0, 0). The shell thickness is 10−4m.
The shell material properties are the same as those of the beam in the previous section. The properties of the
surrounding medium are kept the same as those used in the previous cases. All nodes are fixed completely. The
loading is applied as a ramp function attaining a maximum of 1000 Pa at the end of the step at 0.5 ms. The
reaction forces are compared with the expected values, which when summed should produce a total force of
1000 N.
A similar model is also created to test the bubble loading, with water used as the material instead of air.
Input files
410
Incident wave loading
Bubble-loading amplitude:
iw_1d_s4_dyl_b_pp.inp S4 element.
Spherical wavefront:
iw_1d_s3r_xpl_s_pp.inp S3R element.
iw_1d_s3rs_xpl_s_pp.inp S3RS element.
411
Incident wave loading
Bubble-loading amplitude:
iw_1d_s4r_xpl_b_pp.inp S4R element.
Elements tested
CPE3 CPE4I CPE4R CPEG4I CPEG4R CPE6M CPEG6M CPE8 CPEG8
CPS3 CPS4I CPS4R CPS6 CPS6M CPS8R
C3D4 C3D5 C3D6 C3D8I C3D8R C3D10M C3D15V C3D20
CAX3 CAX4R CAX6 CAX6M CAX8R
Features tested
Incident wave loading on solid elements in Abaqus/Standard and Abaqus/Explicit.
Problem description
These tests use exactly the same geometry as that used in the acoustic element tests, except that the length is
reduced to 0.1 m. Consequently, 10 and 20 first-order elements are used in the quadrilateral and triangular cases,
respectively; and 5 and 10 second-order elements are used for the quadrilateral and triangular cases, respectively.
The sound source is at (−10, 0) for the planar waves and at (−100000, 0, 0) for the spherical waves. All nodes
are fixed in the y-direction, while the end nodes on the surface further away from the source are fixed additionally
in the x-direction. The stresses in the elements are compared with those obtained using the equivalent distributed
surface load.
A similar model is also created to test the bubble loading, with water used as the material instead of air.
Input files
412
Incident wave loading
413
Incident wave loading
414
Incident wave loading
Bubble-loading amplitude:
iw_1d_cpe4r_dyl_b_pp.inp CPE4R elements.
415
Incident wave loading
Spherical wavefront:
iw_1d_cpe3_xpl_s_pp.inp CPE3 elements.
iw_1d_cpe4r_xpl_s_pp.inp CPE4R elements.
iw_1d_cpe6m_xpl_s_pp.inp CPE6M elements.
iw_1d_cps3_xpl_s_pp.inp CPS3 elements.
iw_1d_cps4r_xpl_s_pp.inp CPS4R elements.
iw_1d_c3d4_xpl_s_pp.inp C3D4 elements.
iw_1d_c3d5_xpl_s_pp.inp C3D5 elements.
iw_1d_c3d6_xpl_s_pp.inp C3D6 elements.
iw_1d_c3d8r_xpl_s_pp.inp C3D8R elements.
iw_1d_c3d10m_xpl_s_pp.inp C3D10M elements.
iw_1d_cax3_xpl_s_pp.inp CAX3 elements.
iw_1d_cax4r_xpl_s_pp.inp CAX4R elements.
iwt_1d_cpe4r_xpl_s_pp.inp CPE4R elements.
iwt_1d_c3d8r_xpl_s_pp.inp C3D8R elements.
Bubble-loading amplitude:
iw_1d_cpe4r_xpl_b_pp.inp CPE4R elements.
Coupled tests
Elements tested
AC2D3 AC2D4 AC2D4R AC2D6 AC2D8 AC3D6 AC3D8 AC3D8R
ACAX3 ACAX4 ACAX6
B21 B21H B22 B22H B23
S3R S4R S4RS STRI3 SAX1 SAX2
C3D6 CAX3 CPE4R CPE6M CPEG4R CPS4R CPS8R
Features tested
Incident wave loading in Abaqus/Standard and Abaqus/Explicit with solid-fluid coupling using a surface-based
tie constraint.
Problem description
One-dimensional incident wave loading is tested for coupled analysis in this verification set. When solid and
beam elements are coupled with the acoustic elements, the sound source is located at (−10, 0, 0) for the planar
waves and at (−100000, 0, 0) for the spherical waves. For coupling with shell elements the sound source is
located at (0, 0, 10) for the planar waves and at (0, 0, 100000) for the spherical waves. For all the axisymmetric
cases the sound source is located at (0, −10) for the planar waves and at (0, −100000) for the spherical waves.
The standoff point is located at (0, 0, 0).
One acoustic element is used for the coupling analysis. The two-dimensional acoustic element has a length and
width of 1 m and a thickness of 10–4 m. The three-dimensional acoustic element has unit length on all sides. The
material properties for the acoustic elements are as follows: density, ρf = 1.21 kg/m3; bulk modulus, Kf = 1.424
× 105 Pa. The material properties of the surrounding medium are the same as those of the fluid. The planar shells
are modeled in the X–Y plane with a surface lying on one face of the acoustic element. The shell element thickness
is 10–4 m. The beam elements are modeled parallel to the y-direction and lying on one edge of the two-dimensional
acoustic element. The beam has a square cross-section area of 10−4 m2. Solid elements are modeled with the
length direction as the x-axis and the other two directions parallel to the y- and z-axes; they are placed adjacent
416
Incident wave loading
to the acoustic elements. In axisymmetric cases the elements are oriented in the axial direction. The material
properties of the solid and structural elements are the same as those used in the previous cases.
All nodes are kept fixed for the beam and shell elements. For the solid elements all nodes are fixed in the
y-direction, and the nodes that are further away from the tied surface are fixed additionally in the x-direction.
For the acoustic elements the loading is applied as a ramp function attaining a maximum of 2.0755 Pa at the end
of the step at 5 ms. Additionally, pressure is applied for the solid and structural elements as a ramp function with
a maximum of 5 Pa at the end of the step. The results are compared with the expected values of reaction forces
and POR.
Two similar models are also created to test the bubble loading, with water used as the material instead of air.
Input files
Bubble-loading amplitude:
417
Incident wave loading
Elements tested
S4R AC3D8 AC3D8R
Features tested
Incident wave reflection in Abaqus/Standard and Abaqus/Explicit with solid-fluid coupling.
Problem description
These are single-element tests that model a sound source at (0.0, 0.0, 10.0) for the spherical waves and a reflecting
surface 5 m directly above the sound source. The standoff point is located at (0.0, 0.0, 0.0). The planar shell is
modeled in the X–Y plane with unit length on all sides. The shell thickness is 10–4 m. All nodes are fixed for the
planar shells. The shell material properties are as follows: E=106 Pa and ρ=1000 kg/m3. The three-dimensional
acoustic element is modeled with one face of the element on the X–Y plane and has unit length on all sides. The
material properties are the same as those used in the previous case. The surrounding medium has the following
material properties: density, ρf=100 kg/m3; bulk modulus, Kf=108 Pa. The loading is a step function with pressure
magnitude of 1000 Pa for planar shells and 415.09517 Pa for acoustic elements. Four different properties of the
reflecting surface are considered for the tests. For planar shells the reaction forces are compared with the expected
values. For acoustic elements POR values are compared.
Input files
418
Incident wave loading
Elements tested
S4R AC3D8 AC3D8R
Features tested
Incident wave reflection in Abaqus/Standard and Abaqus/Explicit.
Problem description
These are single-element tests that model a sound source at (0.0, 10.0, 10.0) for the direct-path waves and a
reflecting surface 20 m directly below the sound source. The standoff point is located at (0.0, 0.0, 0.0). The
loading amplitude is a step function with pressure magnitude of 1000 Pa for the planar shells and 1.0 Pa for the
acoustic elements.
The planar shell is modeled in the X–Y plane with unit length on all sides. The shell thickness is 10–4 m. All
nodes are fixed for the planar shells. The shell material properties are as follows: E=106 Pa and ρ=1000 kg/m3.
The three-dimensional acoustic element is modeled with one face of the element on the X–Y plane and has unit
length on all sides. The acoustic medium has the following material properties: density, ρf=1.0 kg/m3; bulk
modulus, Kf=1.6 × 10 5 Pa, resulting in a speed of sound of 400 m/s.
For planar shells the reaction forces are compared with the expected values. For acoustic elements POR values
are compared.
419
Incident wave loading
Input files
Elements tested
S4R C3D8 AC3D8 AC3D8R
Features tested
Incident wave interaction in Abaqus/Standard.
Problem description
These are simple tests to verify the application of planar, spherical, and diffuse incident wave fields in steady-state
dynamics.
Input files
420
Incident wave loading
421
Distributed traction and
edge loads
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Features tested
This section provides basic verification tests for the traction load labels TRVEC and TRSHR and the edge load labels
EDLD, EDNOR, EDSHR, and EDTRA using the distributed element-based and surface loads.
Elements tested
CPS3 CPE3 CPS4 CPE4 CPS6 CPE6 CPS6M CPE6M CPS8 CPE8
CPEG3 CPEG4 CPEG6 CPEG6M CPEG8
CAX3 CAX4 CAX6 CAX6M CAX8
CGAX3 CGAX4 CGAX6 CGAX6M CGAX8
C3D4 C3D5 C3D8R C3D6 C3D10 C3D10M C3D15 C3D20 C3D27
CSS8
CCL9 CCL12 CCL18 CCL24
S3R STRI3 S4R S4R5 STRI65 S8R S8R5 S9R5
SC6R SC8R
SAX1 SAX2 RAX2
M3D3 M3D4 M3D6 M3D8 M3D9
MAX1 MAX2 MGAX1 MGAX2
MCL6 MCL9
SFMCL6 SFMCL9
SFM3D3 SFM3D4 SFM3D6 SFM3D8
SFMAX1 SFMAX2 SFMGAX1 SFMGAX2
R2D2 R3D3 R3D4 RAX2
Problem description
The analyses in this section test the traction load labels TRVEC and TRSHR using distributed element-based
and surface loads. One-element and two-element tests are performed to verify the loading options on all the faces
of supported elements. In both Abaqus/Standard and Abaqus/Explicit tests, the elements are held fixed by
kinematic coupling constraints as each face of each element is loaded with a combination of distributed general
tractions and shear tractions. The resultant forces at the kinematic reference nodes are output to verify that
distributed loads are properly applied to each element.
423
Distributed traction and edge loads
Input files
Elements tested
S3R STRI3 S4R S4R5 STRI65 S8R S8R5 S9R5
Problem description
The analyses in this section test the edge load labels EDLD, EDNOR, EDSHR, and EDTRA using distributed
element-based and surface loads. One-element and two-element tests are performed to verify the loading options
on all the edges of supported shell elements. In both Abaqus/Standard and Abaqus/Explicit tests, the elements
are held fixed by kinematic coupling constraints as each edge of each element is loaded with a combination of
424
Distributed traction and edge loads
distributed edge loads. The resultant forces at the kinematic reference nodes are output to verify that distributed
loads are properly applied to each element.
Input files
Elements tested
CPS3 CPE3 CPS4 CPE4 CPS6 CPE6 CPS6M CPE6M CPS8 CPE8
C3D4 C3D5 C3D8R C3D6 C3D10 C3D10M C3D15 C3D20
CCL9 CCL12 CCL18 CCL24
S3R STRI3 S4R S4R5 STRI65 S8R S8R5 S9R5
SC6R SC8R
SAX1 SAX2
Problem description
The analyses in this section test the traction load labels TRVEC and TRSHR using distributed element-based
and surface loads in geometrically nonlinear analyses. Tests include models under large rigid body rotations and
large deformations. In the tests where elements undergo large rigid body rotations, one facet is coupled to a
kinematic coupling reference node. A traction load is applied to another face. This load is kept constant as the
elements are rotated by the kinematic coupling reference node. The reaction forces at the kinematic reference
node are used to verify that the loads are properly applied and rotated with the element. Different combinations
of the follower and non-follower surface loads and constant resultants are also used. Some of the models in the
tests have cylindrical geometry. General traction or shear loadings are applied on the cylindrical surface by
defining a local cylindrical coordinate system.
Input files
425
Distributed traction and edge loads
Elements tested
S3R STRI3 S4R S4R5 STRI65 S8R S8R5 S9R5
Problem description
The analyses in this section test the edge load labels EDLD, EDNOR, EDSHR, and EDTRA using distributed
element-based and surface loads in geometrically nonlinear analyses. One facet is coupled to a kinematic coupling
reference node. A traction load is applied to another face. This load is kept constant as the elements are rotated
by the kinematic coupling reference node. The reaction forces at the kinematic reference node are used to verify
that the loads are properly applied and rotated with the element. Different combinations of the follower and
non-follower surface loads and constant resultants are also used.
Input files
Elements tested
M3D4
426
Distributed traction and edge loads
Problem description
This section provides basic verification of using constant resultants in a dead load analysis. The constant resultant
method has certain advantages when a traction is used to model a distributed load with a known constant resultant.
If you choose not to have a constant resultant, the traction vector is integrated over the surface in the current
configuration, a surface that in general deforms in a geometrically nonlinear analysis. The most common example
of a traction that should be integrated over the current configuration is a live pressure load defined as t = −p n,
where n is the normal in the current configuration. The total resultant due to a pressure load depends on the
surface area in the current configuration. A live uniform normal surface traction integrated over the current
surface is equivalent to applying a uniform pressure load. By default, the traction vector is integrated over the
surface in the current configuration.
If you choose to have a constant resultant, the traction vector is integrated over the surface in the reference
configuration, which is constant.
The analysis in this section consists of a unit planar membrane structure that is held fixed at the edges by a
kinematic coupling constraint. The normal of the flat structure is in the (1, 0, 1) direction. A uniform dead traction
load (of magnitude 4) is applied in the negative e3-direction. This could be considered a simple model of a sloped
roof with a snow load.
Let So = 1 and S denote the total surface area of the plate in the reference and current configurations, respectively.
With no constant resultant, the total integrated load on the plate, f, is
f = ∫S t d S = ∫S −4 e 2 d S = −4 e3 S .
In this case a uniform traction leads to a resultant load that increases as the surface area of the plate increases,
which is not consistent with a fixed snow load. With the constant resultant method, the total integrated load on
the plate is
f = ∫S t d So = ∫S −4 e3 d So = −4 e3 So = −4 e3 .
o o
In the first step the load is applied without a constant resultant. In the second step the structure is unloaded. In
the third step the load is applied with a constant resultant.
Input files
427
Patch tests
In this section:
429
Membrane patch test
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPE3 CPE3H CPE3T CPE4 CPE4H CPE4I CPE4IH CPE4R CPE4RH CPE4RHT CPE4RT
CPE6 CPE6H CPE6M CPE6MH CPE6MHT CPE6MT CPE8 CPE8H CPE8R CPE8RH
CPEG3 CPEG3H CPEG4 CPEG4H CPEG4I CPEG4IH CPEG4R CPEG4RH
CPEG6 CPEG6H CPEG6M CPEG6MH CPEG8 CPEG8H CPEG8R CPEG8RH
CPS3 CPS3T CPS4 CPS4I CPS4R CPS4RT CPS6 CPS6M CPS6MT CPS8 CPS8R
M3D3 M3D4 M3D4R M3D6 M3D8 M3D8R M3D9 M3D9R
S3 S3R S4 S4R S4R5 S8R S8R5 S9R5 STRI3 STRI65
CSS8
Problem description
0.12
x
0.24
Material: Linear elastic, Young's modulus = 1.0 × 106, Poisson's ratio = 0.25.
For the coupled temperature-displacement elements dummy thermal properties are prescribed to complete the
material definition.
Loading/boundary conditions for Step 1: ux = 10−3((x + y /2), uy = 10−3(y + x /2) at all exterior
nodes. For shell elements, uz = 0 at all nodes.
In the Abaqus/Explicit simulations this step is followed by an intermediate step in which the model is returned
to its unloaded state.
431
Membrane patch test
Loading/boundary conditions for Step 2: Rigid body motion is constrained. Uniform edge
pressure = 10000.
Loading/boundary conditions for Step 3: ux = 10−3(x + y /2), uy = 10−3(y + x /2) at all exterior
nodes, where x and y are the nodal coordinates of the undeformed geometry. For shell elements uz = 0 at all
nodes.
In the Abaqus/Standard simulations this step is defined as a perturbation step; in the Abaqus/Explicit simulations
a velocity boundary condition that gives rise to the perturbation is specified instead.
Reference solution
Step 1: PERTURBATION
• εx = εy = γxy = 10−3.
Step 2: NLGEOM
The hand-calculated solutions will differ because of the various assumptions made for each category of element.
The assumptions made correspond to those that are implemented in Abaqus. The two that cause significant
differences in the results of this step are the strain measure used and the elemental cross-sectional area used to
calculate the edge load and output stresses.
The strain measure used for shells, for example, is Green's strain. This strain measure is intended for large
displacements and rotations but small strains. The remainder of the elements, including finite-strain shells, use
logarithmic strain, which is intended for large-strain analyses.
The use of nonlinear geometric effects implies that the nodal coordinates will change for each element. This, in
turn, implies that the cross-sectional area of the elements will change. The change of length and width is taken
into account for all elements. This is not the case for the thickness, however. The thickness of the plane strain
elements, of course, is assumed to remain constant. The thickness is also assumed to remain constant for the
shell elements, excluding finite-strain shells. The remainder of the elements take into account a change in thickness
determined by assuming constant elemental volume. This change in thickness, combined with a change in length
432
Membrane patch test
and width, results in a cross-sectional area that differs from the initial area. This result affects the output stress
calculations, as well as the applied edge load.
Since the edge load is calculated as the pressure divided by the area, the edge load will vary because of the
variation in the cross-sectional area. Edge loads are presently not available for shells and membranes. Equivalent
concentrated nodal forces are applied to these elements in this step, and as a result the load remains constant.
In the Abaqus/Explicit simulations this is the third step. (The second step in the Abaqus/Explicit simulations
returns the model to its unloaded state.)
Step 3: PERTURBATION
• εx = εy = γxy = 9.92 × 10−3 for plane stress, shell, and membrane elements.
In the Abaqus/Explicit simulations this is the fourth step. The results from the third step in the Abaqus/Explicit
simulations must be subtracted from the results of the fourth step to obtain the perturbation about the loaded
state.
All elements yield exact solutions except for the three-dimensional shells (other than the finite-strain shells),
which differ from the analytical solution by about 2%. These elements are recommended only for analyses with
large displacements and/or large rotations and small strains. The finite-strain shells are recommended for analyses
that experience large strains.
To obtain the exact solution, the patch tests of the CPEG3, CPEG4, and CPEG4I elements require a convergence
tolerance that is tighter than the default. The necessary tolerance is set with the solution controls.
These tests also verify the specification of a nondefault thickness for plane stress elements and membrane
elements. The strain energy, which is dependent on the element thickness, was calculated from the previously
verified values of the stress and strain and successfully compared to the Abaqus variable ALLIE. This result
indicates that the nondefault thickness is being used correctly.
Section output requests to the results (.fil) file and to the data (.dat) file are used in some of the input files
with CPE3, CPE8H, and CPEG4RH elements to output accumulated quantities in different sections through the
model.
Input files
433
Membrane patch test
434
Membrane patch test
435
Patch test for
three-dimensional solid
elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D4 C3D4H C3D4T C3D5 C3D6 C3D6H C3D6T
C3D8 C3D8H C3D8I C3D8IH C3D8R C3D8RH C3D8RT C3D8T
C3D10 C3D10H C3D10HS C3D10M C3D10MH C3D10MHT C3D10MT
C3D15 C3D15H C3D15V C3D15VH
C3D20 C3D20H C3D20R C3D20RH C3D27 C3D27H C3D27R C3D27RH
Problem description
x
1
1
z
Material: Linear elastic, Young's modulus = 1.0 × 106, Poisson's ratio = 0.25.
For coupled temperature-displacement elements dummy thermal properties are prescribed to complete the material
definition.
Loading for Step 1: Displacement boundary conditions at all exterior nodes: ux = 10−3(2x + y + z)/2,
uy =10−3(x + 2y + z)/2, uz = 10−3(x + y + 2z)/2.
In the Abaqus/Explicit simulations this step is followed by an intermediate step in which the model is returned
to its unloaded state.
437
Patch test for three-dimensional solid elements
Loading for Step 2: Uniform pressure load: 10000. (Rigid body motion is constrained.)
Loading for Step 3: Displacement boundary conditions at all exterior nodes: ux = 10−3(2x + y + z)/2,
uy =10−3(x + 2y + z)/2, uz = 10−3(x + y + 2z)/2, where x, y, and z are the coordinates of the undeformed geometry.
In the Abaqus/Standard simulations this step is defined as a perturbation step; in the Abaqus/Explicit simulations
a velocity boundary condition that gives rise to the perturbation is specified instead.
Reference solution
Step 1: PERTURBATION
• σx = σy = σz = 2000.
• ϵ x = ϵ y = ϵz = 10−3.
Step 2: NLGEOM
• σx = σy = σz = 10000.
• ϵ x = ϵ y = ϵz = 5.0 × 10−3.
In the Abaqus/Explicit simulations this is the third step. (The second step in the Abaqus/Explicit simulations
returns the model to its unloaded state.)
Step 3: PERTURBATION
• σx = σy = σz = 1990.
• ϵ x = ϵ y = ϵz = 9.95 × 10−4.
In the Abaqus/Explicit simulations this is the fourth step. The results from the third step in the Abaqus/Explicit
simulations must be subtracted from the results of the fourth step to obtain the perturbation about the loaded
state.
All elements except C3D27R and C3D27RH yield exact solutions. These elements use a special 14-point
reduced-integration scheme since Gaussian 2 × 2 × 2 integration leaves too many kinematic nodes. The stiffness
matrix is not integrated exactly with the employed integration rule, leading to small discrepancies in the results.
438
Patch test for three-dimensional solid elements
The wedge elements and the quadratic reduced-integration brick elements pass only a restricted patch test; i.e.,
such elements with midside nodes on any edges will pass the patch test only if those edges are straight.
Section output requests to the results (.fil) file and to the data (.dat) file are used in the input files with
C3D8H, C3D10MH, and C3D27RH elements to output accumulated quantities in different sections through the
model.
Input files
439
Patch test for three-dimensional solid elements
440
Patch test for cylindrical
elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CCL12 CCL24 CCL24R
Problem description
0.12
z
r
1.0 0.24
Material: Linear elastic, Young's modulus = 1.0 × 106, Poisson's ratio = 0.25.
Loading: Displacement boundary conditions applied to all exterior nodes: ur = 10−3r,uz = 10−3(r + z ).
Nonuniform body force: To maintain a constant shear stress σrz = 400 and preserve equilibrium, an equilibrating
body force, BZNU, is defined in user subroutine DLOAD as BZNU= −σrz / r = −400/ r, where r is the radius of
the integration point.
Reference solution
Step : PERTURBATION
• σr = σz = σθ = 2000.
• σrz = 400.
• ϵr = ϵz = ϵθ = 10−3.
• γrz = 10−3.
441
Patch test for cylindrical elements
Input files
442
Patch test for axisymmetric
elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CAX3 CAX3H CAX3T CAX4 CAX4H CAX4I CAX4IH CAX4R CAX4RH CAX4RHT
CAX4RT
CAX6 CAX6H CAX6M CAX6MH CAX8 CAX8H CAX8R CAX8RH
Problem description
0.12
z
r
1.0 0.24
Material: Linear elastic, Young's modulus = 1.0 × 106, Poisson's ratio = 0.25.
For coupled temperature-displacement elements dummy thermal properties are prescribed to complete the material
definition.
Loading for Step 1: Displacement boundary conditions applied to all exterior nodes: ur = 10−3r, uz =
10−3(r + z ).
Nonuniform body force: To maintain a constant shear stress σrz = 400 and preserve equilibrium, an equilibrating
body force, BZNU, is defined in user subroutine DLOAD as BZNU= −σrz / r = −400/ r, where r is the radius of
the integration point.
In the Abaqus/Explicit simulations this step is followed by an intermediate step in which the model is returned
to its unloaded state.
Loading for Step 2: Displacement boundary conditions applied to all exterior nodes: ur = 10−2r, uz = 10−2z.
Loading for Step 3: Displacement boundary conditions applied to the deformed geometry of Step 2 at
all exterior nodes: ur = 10−3r, uz = 10−3(r + z ).
Nonuniform body force (as described for Step 1): BZNU= −σrz / r = −400/ r.
443
Patch test for axisymmetric elements
In the Abaqus/Standard simulations this step is defined as a perturbation step; in the Abaqus/Explicit simulations
a velocity boundary condition that gives rise to the perturbation is specified instead.
Reference solution
Step 1: PERTURBATION
• σr = σz = σθ = 2000.
• σrz = 400.
• ϵr = ϵz = ϵθ = 10−3.
• γrz = 10−3.
Step 2: NLGEOM
• σr = σz = σθ = 19900.
• σrz = 0
• ϵr = ϵz = ϵθ = 9.95 × 10−3.
• γrz = 0.
In the Abaqus/Explicit simulations this is the third step. (The second step in the Abaqus/Explicit simulations
returns the model to its unloaded state.)
Step 3: PERTURBATION
• σr = σz = σθ = 2000.
• σrz = 400.
• ϵr = ϵz = ϵθ = 1 × 10−3.
• γrz = 1 × 10−3.
In the Abaqus/Explicit simulations this is the fourth step. The results from the third step in the Abaqus/Explicit
simulations must be subtracted from the results of the fourth step to obtain the perturbation about the loaded
state.
Input files
444
Patch test for axisymmetric elements
445
Patch test for axisymmetric
elements with twist
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CGAX3 CGAX3H CGAX3HT CGAX3T CGAX4 CGAX4H CGAX4HT CGAX4R CGAX4RH
CGAX4T CGAX6 CGAX6H CGAX6M CGAX6MH CGAX8 CGAX8H CGAX8HT CGAX8R
CGAX8RH CGAX8RHT CGAX8RT CGAX8T
Problem description
axis of symmetry
C D
1.0
r A B
a = 1.0
Material: Linear elastic, Young's modulus = 1.0 × 106, Poisson's ratio = 0.25, conductivity = 4.85 × 10−4.
Loading for Step 1: A twist of 0.01 per unit length applied to face CD.
ϕ = 1.0 × 10−2.
Loading for Step 2: Displacement boundary conditions applied to all exterior nodes: ur = 10−3r, uz =
10−3(r + z ), ϕ = 0.
Nonuniform body force: To maintain a constant shear stress σrz = 400 and preserve equilibrium, an equilibrating
body force, BZNU, is defined in user subroutine DLOAD as BZNU = −σrz / r = −400/ r, where r is the radius of
the integration point.
447
Patch test for axisymmetric elements with twist
Loading for Step 3: Displacement boundary conditions applied to all exterior nodes: ur = 10−2r, uz = 10−2z,
ϕ = 0.
Loading for Step 4: Displacement boundary conditions applied to the deformed geometry of Step 2 at
all exterior nodes: ur =10−3r, uz = 10−3(r + z ), ϕ = 0.
Nonuniform body force (as described for Step 2): BZNU = −σrz / r = −400/ r.
Loading for Step 5: The displacement boundary conditions are the same as those applied in Step 3.
Temperatures are prescribed at every node along the boundary of the mesh. T = C1r + C2 z, where T is the
temperature, C1 and C2 are arbitrary constants, and r, z denote spatial location.
Nonuniform distributed flux: To maintain a uniform heat flux, q, a distributed heat flux, BFNU, is defined in
user subroutine DFLUX as BFNU = −C1k / r, where r is the radius of the integration point and k is the conductivity.
Reference solution
Step 1: perturbation
Shear stress, σ23 = Gϕr, where r is the radial distance from the axis of symmetry and G is the shear modulus.
Step 2: perturbation
• σr = σz = σθ = 2000.
• σrz = 400.
• ϵr = ϵz = ϵθ = 10−3.
• γrz = 10−3.
• σr = σz = σθ = 19900.
• σrz = 0.
• ϵr = ϵz = ϵθ = 9.95 × 10−3.
• γrz = 0.
Step 4: perturbation
• σr = σz = σθ = 2000.
• σrz = 400.
• ϵr = ϵz = ϵθ = 1 × 10−3.
• γrz = 1 × 10−3.
448
Patch test for axisymmetric elements with twist
The results agree well with the analytical solution for all elements.
Section output requests to the results (.fil) file and to the data (.dat) file are used in the input files with
CGAX8RH elements to output accumulated quantities in different sections through the model.
Input files
449
Patch test for axisymmetric elements with twist
450
Patch test for plate bending
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
S3 S3R S4 S4R S4R5 S8R S8R5 S9R5 STRI3 STRI65
Problem description
0.12
x
0.24
Material: Linear elastic, Young's modulus = 1.0 × 106, Poisson's ratio = 0.25.
Reference solution
All elements yield exact solutions except S8R. S8R will pass the patch test if the element shapes are rhombic,
but they fail the test for general quadrilaterals.
Input files
451
Patch test for plate bending
452
Patch test for beam
elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B21 B21H B22 B22H B23 B23H B31 B31H B31OS B31OSH
B32 B32H B32OS B32OSH B33 B33H
PIPE21 PIPE21H PIPE22 PIPE22H PIPE31 PIPE31H PIPE32 PIPE32H
Problem description
z
y
10
x
Material: Linear elastic, Young's modulus = 30.0 × 106, Poisson's ratio = 0.3.
Loading and boundary conditions for Step 2: The node at x = 0 is fixed; uy = 0 at x = 10;
concentrated load at the free end: Px = 3000.
453
Patch test for beam elements
Reference solution
Step 1: PERTURBATION
Section forces: axial force Nx = 3000; tip displacement: utip = 1.0 × 10−1.
Step 2: NLGEOM
Section forces: axial force Nx = 3000; tip displacement: utip = 1.005 × 10−1.
Step 3: PERTURBATION
Section forces: axial force Nx = 2970; tip displacement: utip = 9.90 × 10−2.
Section forces: axial force Nx = 3000; tip displacement: utip = 1.005 × 10−1.
All elements yield exact solutions except the cubic beams, which differ from the analytical solution by about
2% for the NLGEOM step and the subsequent perturbation step. The elements are recommended only for linear
analysis. The results for pipe elements in Abaqus/Explicit are the same as those in Abaqus/Standard.
Input files
454
Patch test for beam elements
455
Patch test for heat transfer
elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
DC1D2 DC1D3
DC2D3 DC2D4 DC2D6 DC2D8
DC3D4 DC3D6 DC3D8 DC3D10 DC3D15 DC3D20
DCAX3 DCAX4 DCAX6 DCAX8
DS3 DS4 DS6 DS8
C3D4T C3D6T C3D8RT C3D8T C3D10MHT C3D10MT SC8RT
CAX3T CAX4RHT CAX4RT CAX6MT CGAX4RHT CGAX4RT
CPE3T CPE4RHT CPE4RT CPE6MHT CPE6MT
CPEG4RHT CPEG4RT CPEG6MHT CPEG6MT
CPS3T CPS4RT CPS6MT
EC3D8RT
Problem description
The meshes used for the heat transfer tests are the same as those used for the corresponding stress elements,
except that the axisymmetric heat transfer elements use a larger radius.
For coupled temperature-displacement elements dummy mechanical properties are prescribed to complete the
material definition.
The total simulation time for the Abaqus/Explicit analysis is 20 units. This provides enough time for the transient
solution to reach steady-state conditions in this problem.
Boundary conditions: T = C0 + C1x + C2 y + C3z, where T is the temperature, C0 through C3 are arbitrary
constants, and x, y, z denote spatial location. Temperatures are prescribed at every node along the boundary of
the mesh. For shell elements z denotes the normal direction to the shell surface.
Reference solution
Fluxes: Since the temperature field is chosen to be linear, it has constant spatial gradients and, thus, has constant
fluxes at every integration point.
Input files
457
Patch test for heat transfer elements
458
Patch test for heat transfer elements
459
Patch test for
thermal-electrical elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
DCAX3E DCAX4E DCAX6E DCAX8E
DC2D3E DC2D4E DC2D6E DC2D8E
DC3D4E DC3D6E DC3D8E DC3D10E DC3D15E DC3D20E
Problem description
The meshes used for the thermal-electrical element tests are the same as those used for the corresponding heat
transfer elements.
Boundary conditions: T = C0 + C1x + C2 y + C3z, where T is the temperature, C0 through C3 are arbitrary
constants, and x, y, z denote spatial location. ϕ = D0 + D1x + D2 y + D3z, where ϕ is the electrical potential, D0 through
D3 are arbitrary constants, and x, y, z denote spatial location. Temperature and electrical potentials are prescribed
at every node along the boundary of the mesh.
Reference solution
Fluxes: Since the temperature and electrical potential fields are chosen to be linear, they have constant spatial
gradients and, thus, have constant fluxes at every integration point.
Input files
461
Patch test for thermal-electrical elements
462
Patch test for acoustic
elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
AC1D2 AC1D3
ACAX3 ACAX4 ACAX4R ACAX6 ACAX8
AC2D3 AC2D4 AC2D4R AC2D6 AC2D8
AC3D4 AC3D5 AC3D6 AC3D8 AC3D8R AC3D10 AC3D15 AC3D20
Problem description
The meshes used for the acoustic element patch tests are the same as those used for the corresponding heat
transfer elements.
Note:
The models are analyzed via steady-state dynamic procedures in which a small frequency, 0.01 Hz, is
requested. In Abaqus/Explicit the steady-state results are obtained by performing a long-term transient
simulation.
Boundary conditions: P = C0 + C1x + C2 y + C3z, where P is the acoustic pressure, C0 through C3 are arbitrary
constants, and x, y, z denote spatial location. Acoustic pressures (DOF 8) are prescribed at every node along the
boundary of the mesh.
Reference solution
It is currently not possible to report the pressure gradients for acoustic elements in Abaqus. However, it is possible
to compare the acoustic pressures at the interior nodes of the mesh to the values that are analytically calculated
from the above expression for P.
All elements yield exact values of P at the interior nodes of the models.
Input files
463
Patch test for acoustic elements
464
Contact tests
In this section:
465
Small-sliding contact
between
stress/displacement
elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D4 C3D5 C3D8 C3D8H C3D10 C3D10HS C3D10M C3D10MH
C3D20 C3D20H C3D27
CAX4 CAX4H CAX6M CAX6MH
CGAX3 CGAX4 CGAX6 CGAX6M CGAX6MH CGAX8
CPE4 CPE4H CPE6M CPE6MH CPE8 CPE8H CPS4 CPS6M CPS8 CPS8R
CPEG6M CPEG6MH
CCL9 CCL12 CCL18 CCL24
MCL6 MCL9
R2D2 RAX2
Features tested
Problem description
The models consist of elements with their contact surfaces initially overclosed. This initial overclosure is removed
in the first step, which is nonlinear. The second step is a linear perturbation step, wherein relative sliding is
performed between the two surfaces. The value of friction is changed in the third nonlinear step. The fourth step
is a linear perturbation step, wherein relative frictional sliding is performed between the two surfaces. The fifth
step is a direct-solution steady-state dynamic analysis of the two surfaces in contact. In the sixth step the natural
frequencies are extracted, which are then used in the seventh step to conduct a subspace-based steady-state
dynamic analysis.
A five-step test is carried out for generalized axisymmetric elements. Anisotropic friction is used throughout the
test. The first and second steps are the same as mentioned earlier. The third step is a linear perturbation step,
wherein relative twisting is performed between the two surfaces. Steps 4 and 5 are similar, except that Step 4 is
a linear perturbation step. In these steps both relative sliding and twisting are performed between the two surfaces.
Only a four-step test is carried out for cylindrical-type elements.
Model:
Gap clearance 0.01
Gap clearance for cylindrical-type elements 0.2
Truss length 5.0
Truss area 0.5
2D solid element dimensions 1.0 × 5.0 × 1.0
Inner radius of axisymmetric solids and cylindrical-type elements 1.0
467
Small-sliding contact between stress/displacement elements
Material:
Young's modulus 30 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Gap friction 0.0
Density 7700.0
The contact pressure and tractions agree with the analytical results.
Input files
468
Small-sliding contact between stress/displacement elements
469
Small-sliding contact between stress/displacement elements
470
Small-sliding contact between stress/displacement elements
471
Small-sliding contact between stress/displacement elements
472
Small-sliding contact
between coupled
temperature-displacement
surfaces
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D4T C3D6T C3D8HT C3D8RT C3D8RHT C3D8T C3D10MT C3D10MHT C3D20HT
C3D20T
CAX3T CAX4HT CAX4RT CAX4RHT CAX4T CAX6MT CAX6MHT CAX8HT CAX8T
CGAX4HT CGAX4RT CGAX4RHT CGAX4T CGAX6MT CGAX6MHT CGAX8HT CGAX8T
Features tested
Gap conductance
Gap heat generation
Gap radiation
Small-sliding contact pair
Problem description
The models consist of two bodies lying next to each other. Heat transfer across the gap between the two bodies
can take place via gap conductance, gap heat generation, or gap radiation. Only heat transfer via gap conductance
and gap radiation is tested for the shells.
For the continuum elements we initiate heat flow in the first step by applying different constant temperature
fields to each solid body. The steady-state temperature along both sides of the interface is used to verify the
numerical solutions. The gap closes due to thermal expansion of the two bodies. In the second step the top block
is displaced relative to the bottom block to generate heat due to frictional sliding. In addition, heat transfer occurs
due to gap conductance and gap radiation. The upper body is displaced back to its original position in the third
step. In Abaqus/Standard a fourth step is also included. This step is a linear perturbation step, wherein a load of
sufficient magnitude to open the gap is applied. In addition, in Abaqus/Standard the tied contact pair formulation
is verified by defining one of the deformable bodies with this feature. The section output requests to the results
(.fil) file and to the data (.dat) file are used to output the total force and the total heat flux across the contact
surfaces; the results match the output of similar output quantities obtained when writing contact variables for
surface contact pairs to the results file.
For the shells, heat flow is initiated by applying different constant temperatures to degree of freedom 15 of the
top body and to degree of freedom 11 of the bottom body. The steady-state temperature along both sides of the
interface is used to verify the numerical solutions.
473
Small-sliding contact between coupled temperature-displacement surfaces
Material:
Young's modulus 30 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Gap friction 0.01
Density 7700.
Thermal expansion coeff. 10 × 10−6
Conductivity 43.0
Specific heat 600.
Gap conductance 1.0
1 × 10−9
FA
1 × 10−9
FB
0.5
fg
Input files
474
Small-sliding contact between coupled temperature-displacement surfaces
475
Small-sliding contact between coupled temperature-displacement surfaces
476
Small-sliding contact between coupled temperature-displacement surfaces
477
Small-sliding contact between coupled temperature-displacement surfaces
478
Small-sliding contact
between coupled
thermal-electrical-structural
surfaces
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
Q3D4 Q3D6 Q3D8 Q3D8H Q3D8R Q3D8RH Q3D10M Q3D10MH Q3D20 Q3D20H Q3D20R
Q3D20RH
Features tested
Gap conductance
Gap electrical conductance
Gap heat generation
Gap radiation
Small-sliding contact pair
Problem description
The models consist of two bodies lying next to each other. Heat transfer and current flow across the gap between
the two bodies can take place via gap conductance, gap heat generation, gap radiation, or gap electrical
conductance.
We initiate heat and current flow in the first step by applying different constant temperature and electrical
potential fields to each solid body. The steady-state fields along both sides of the interface are used to verify the
numerical solutions. The gap closes due to thermal expansion of the two bodies. In the second step the top block
is displaced relative to the bottom block to generate heat due to frictional sliding. In addition, heat transfer occurs
due to gap conductance and gap radiation; and the current flow occurs due to gap electrical conductance. The
upper body is displaced back to its original position in the third step. The fourth step is a linear perturbation step,
wherein a load of sufficient magnitude to open the gap is applied. In addition, the tied contact pair forumlation
is verified by defining one of the deformable bodies with this feature. The section output requests to the results
(.fil) file and to the data (.dat) file are used to output the total force and the total heat and current fluxes
across the contact surfaces; the results match the output of similar output quantities obtained when writing contact
variables for surface contact pairs to the results file.
Material:
Young's modulus 30 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Gap friction 0.01
Density 7700.
Thermal expansion coefficient 10 × 10−6
Conductivity 43.0
479
Small-sliding contact between coupled thermal-electrical-structural surfaces
ϵA 0.034664
ϵB 0.034664
F 1.0
–273.16
θZ
η 0.5
0.5
f
Gap electrical conductance 1.0
Input files
480
Small-sliding contact between coupled thermal-electrical-structural surfaces
481
Small-sliding contact
between coupled pore
pressure-displacement
elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CAX8P CPE8P
Features tested
Problem description
17
14 13
18 CPE8P or CAX8P 16
11 15 12
Variable
Clearance ∗CONTACT PAIR
4 7 3
8 6 1
y 1 5 2
3
x
Material: The elastic properties of the soil are Young's modulus = 1 × 108 and Poisson's ratio = 0.0. The
permeability of the soil = 1 × 10−4. The initial void ratio = 1.0 for all tests.
Analysis tests
483
Small-sliding contact between coupled pore pressure-displacement elements
Consolidation test
The consolidation test verifies that the contact pair procedure works properly with the transient soils consolidation
procedure. The test is essentially a one-dimensional problem where two surfaces are brought together at a constant
rate, as shown in Figure 2.
Point A in the figure corresponds to nodes 1, 5, and 2; point B corresponds to nodes 4, 7, and 3; and so on. As
points C and B move toward each other, fluid rushes out through points A and D. This gives rise to a compressive
stress state in the soil segments AB and CD. A pore pressure field develops to balance out the effective stresses.
Steady-state test
The steady-state test verifies that the contact pair procedure works properly with soil consolidation procedure.
The problem is the same one that is modeled in the consolidation test. There is zero stress and zero pore pressure
at steady state; therefore, it is necessary to use solution controls to avoid convergence difficulties as a result of
the fact that both the time average force and the force residuals are practically zero.
Interference test
The interference test verifies that a combination of interface overclosure and pore pressure gradient is handled
correctly by the contact pair procedure. The test is essentially a one-dimensional problem where two surfaces
start with an interference fit and a pore pressure gradient exists across the two bodies. The steady-state equilibrium
is sought.
Most of the input files used for these tests employ an unsymmetric equation solver. Using the unsymmetric
solver improves convergence in steady-state analyses.
Consolidation test
From Darcy's law we find that during the first step of the analysis the effective stress profile is as shown in
Figure 4.
From equilibrium of tractions we find that the pore pressure distribution is as shown in Figure 5. After the
surfaces have stopped moving toward each other, the stresses and pore pressure quickly drop to zero. This is
modeled in the second step of the analysis.
Steady-state test
The steady-state result is zero stress and zero pore pressure.
Interference test
This problem can be analyzed as a linear superposition of two states, as shown in Figure 6.
Input files
484
Small-sliding contact between coupled pore pressure-displacement elements
Figures
D P=0
C V0
0.1 σ=0
B
A P=0
Figure 2: One-dimensional consolidation test.
485
Small-sliding contact between coupled pore pressure-displacement elements
0
D
B
0.01 C P
A 100
500 D
0 C
0 B
500 A
Figure 4: Effective stress profile for the first step of the consolidation test.
D 0
C 500
B 500
A 0
486
Small-sliding contact between coupled pore pressure-displacement elements
C C C
σ = 5 x 105 + P = 50 = P = 50
σ=0 σ = 5 x 105
B B B
P = 100 P = 100
A σ = 5 x 105 A σ = 50 A σ = 5.0005 x 105
Figure 6: Linear superposition of two states used to solve the interference test problem.
487
Finite-sliding contact
between
stress/displacement
elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D4 C3D5 C3D8 C3D8H C3D10M C3D20
CAX4 CAX8 CGAX3 CGAX4 CGAX6 CGAX6M CGAX8
CPE4 CPE6M CPE6MH CPE8 CPS6M
CCL12 CCL24
MCL6 MCL9
ITT21 ITT31
Features tested
Contact pair
Problem description
This section deals with the surface-based approach to contact between stress/displacement elements.
Most tests are run with and without friction. A coefficient of friction of 0.2 is used in all tests with isotropic
friction. In most tests Step 1 results in contact and Step 2 initiates sliding. Several tests conduct direct-integration
and subspace-based steady-state dynamic analyses.
The contact pressure and tractions agree with the analytical results.
Input files
Zero friction:
ei304fcz.inp C3D4 elements.
ei304fcz_surf.inp C3D4 elements using surface-to-surface contact.
ei305fcz.inp C3D5 elements.
ei305fcz_surf.inp C3D5 elements using surface-to-surface contact.
ei308fhz.inp C3D8/C3D8H elements.
ei308fhz_surf.inp C3D8/C3D8H elements using surface-to-surface contact.
eig08fcz.inp C3D8 elements, node-based surface.
ei310fmz.inp C3D10M elements.
ei310fmz_surf.inp C3D10M elements using surface-to-surface contact.
ei320fcz.inp C3D20 elements.
ei320fcz_surf.inp C3D20 elements using surface-to-surface contact.
eia04faz.inp CAX4 elements.
489
Finite-sliding contact between stress/displacement elements
Friction:
ei304fcf.inp C3D4 elements.
ei304fcf_surf.inp C3D4 elements using surface-to-surface contact.
ei305fcf.inp C3D5 elements.
ei305fcf_surf.inp C3D5 elements using surface-to-surface contact.
ei308fcf.inp C3D8 elements.
ei308fcf_surf.inp C3D8 elements using surface-to-surface contact.
ei308fhf.inp C3D8/C3D8H elements.
ei308fhf_surf.inp C3D8/C3D8H elements using surface-to-surface contact.
eig08fcf.inp C3D8 elements, node-based surface.
ei310fmf.inp C3D10M elements.
ei310fmf_surf.inp C3D10M elements using surface-to-surface contact.
ei320fcf.inp C3D20 elements.
ei320fcf_surf.inp C3D20 elements using surface-to-surface contact.
ei320fcf_auglagr.inp C3D20 elements.
ei320fcf_auglagr_surf.inp C3D20 elements using surface-to-surface contact.
eia04faf.inp CAX4 elements.
eia08faf.inp CAX8 elements.
eia08faf_auglagr.inp CAX8 elements.
eia03fgf.inp CGAX3 elements.
eia04fgf.inp CGAX4 elements.
eia06fgf.inp CGAX6 elements.
eia06fgf_surf.inp CGAX6 elements using surface-to-surface contact.
eia06fgmf.inp CGAX6M elements.
eia08fgf.inp CGAX8 elements.
ei204fef.inp CPE4 elements.
ei206fmf.inp CPE6M elements.
ei206fhf.inp CPE6MH elements.
ei208fef.inp CPE8 elements.
ei208fef_auglagr.inp CPE8 elements.
490
Finite-sliding contact between stress/displacement elements
491
Finite-sliding contact
between a deformable
body and a rigid surface
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B21 B22 B31 B32
PIPE21 PIPE31
C3D6 C3D8 C3D8P C3D8RP C3D10M C3D10MH C3D10MP C3D10MPH C3D27
CAX4 CAX4RP CAX6M CAX6MH CAX6MP CAX8
CGAX3 CGAX4 CGAX6 CGAX6M CGAX8
CPE4 CPE4P CPE6M CPE6MH CPE6MP CPE8 CPEG6M CPEG6MH
MCL6 MCL9
Features tested
Contact pair
An element-based surface or a node-based surface on a deformable body, and a rigid surface
Problem description
The Abaqus/Standard models consist of a solid or beam element that is resting on a rigid surface, or in the case
of three-dimensional solid elements, a distance of one unit away from the rigid surface. In the latter case a
displacement is applied in the first step to bring the body in contact with the rigid surface. Frictionless contact
is assumed. With contact established, a downward pressure is applied on the deformable elements, resulting in
contact pressures and stresses in the solid elements. Two pressure load steps are performed. The first step is a
geometrically linear analysis, whereas the second step invokes geometric nonlinearity, which takes the increased
contact area into account. The contact pressure (CPRESS) should balance the applied pressure load in both steps.
For axisymmetric elements with twist the test consists of five steps. Initially the solid element interferes with
the rigid surface. This overclosure is removed in the first step, which is a nonlinear step. The next three steps
are linear perturbation steps, wherein relative sliding and/or twisting is performed between the two contact
surfaces. The following nonlinear step combines relative sliding and twisting between the two surfaces.
In the last three steps three linear perturbation analyses are conducted: a direct-solution steady-state dynamic
analysis of the two bodies in contact subjected to a harmonic distributed loading, a natural frequency extraction
analysis, and a subspace-based steady-state dynamic analysis.
For cylindrical membrane elements the models consist of two concentric cylinders. The deformable cylinder,
which is meshed with cylindrical membrane elements, has a radius of one unit. The rigid cylinder, modeled using
an analytical rigid surface, has a radius of 1.2 units. The tests consist of three steps. Initially the cylindrical
membrane elements interfere with the rigid surface. This overclosure is removed in the first step, which is a
linear step. The value of friction is changed in the second nonlinear step. In the final step relative sliding is
performed between the two contact surfaces.
The Abaqus/Explicit model consists of a single beam element contacting an analytically rigid surface. The
analysis has two steps. In the first step the contact is established, with a frictionless contact pair definition, using
node-based surfaces on the deformable beam. In the next step the contact pair is redefined with friction, and the
493
Finite-sliding contact between a deformable body and a rigid surface
beam is made to slide over the analytically rigid surface. Consistent contact stresses are obtained for beam and
pipe elements.
Model:
Length of beams 1.0
2D solid element dimensions 5×5
3D solid element dimensions
Material:
Young's modulus 30 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
For tests with applied pressure, the contact pressure balances the applied downward pressure load on the
deformable elements exactly.
Input files
494
Finite-sliding contact between a deformable body and a rigid surface
495
Finite-sliding contact
between a deformable
body and a meshed rigid
surface
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Features tested
*CONTACT PAIRDSURF, RSURFDSURF is a surface on the deformable body, and RSURF is a rigid surface meshed
with either rigid elements or deformable elements declared as rigid.
Elements tested
B21 CPS4R R2D2 T2D2
Problem description
These tests verify that two-dimensional meshed rigid surfaces are properly generated and that the surface
orientation and normal smoothing are correct. The first problem involves forming an elastic beam around a
closed meshed rigid surface. This closed surface can be thought of as a pipe cross-section. The second problem
is similar to the first but with user-defined normals.
The surface, which is assumed to be rigid, is meshed with 2-node rigid elements. The beam, which is 6 inches
long and 0.05 inches wide, is modeled with 20 CPS4R solid elements. Its original position with respect to the
first rigid surface is shown in Figure 1. It is assumed to be elastic with a Young's modulus of 30.0 × 106 lb/in2
and a Poisson's ratio of 0.3. Surfaces defined on the deformable body and the rigid body are paired together to
enforce contact.
3 1
Figure 1: Original position of the beam with respect to the rigid surface.
The analysis is made up of two parts. The first part establishes contact between the beam and the rigid surface
by moving the two ends of the beam upward so that contact is firmly established while constraining the beam
ends horizontally. The second part involves releasing the beam end constraints and applying a pressure load to
the bottom surface of the beam to mold it firmly around the pipe section. A pressure of 1000 lb/in2 is applied in
the first problem, while a pressure of 2000 lb/in2 is applied in the second problem.
497
Finite-sliding contact between a deformable body and a meshed rigid surface
Input files
ei22ssr1.inp Two-dimensional rigid surface consisting of rigid elements with default
Abaqus-generated normals.
ei22ssr1_surf.inp Two-dimensional rigid surface consisting of rigid elements with default
Abaqus-generated normals using surface-to-surface contact.
ei22ssr2.inp Two-dimensional rigid surface consisting of rigid elements with user-specified
normals.
ei22srb2.inp Bèzier rigid surfaces used to model contact. (This capability is no longer supported.)
ei22srb2_surf.inp Bèzier rigid surfaces used to model contact with surface-to-surface approach. (This
capability is no longer supported.)
ed22ssr1.inp Two-dimensional rigid surface consisting of beam elements declared as rigid with
default Abaqus-generated normals.
ed22ssr2.inp Two-dimensional rigid surface consisting of beam elements declared as rigid with
user-specified normals.
Elements tested
R3D3 S3R S4 S4R
Problem description
This test verifies that three-dimensional meshed rigid surfaces are properly generated and that the search algorithm
used to determine the closest distance to such surfaces is robust. The problem consists of the forming of an elastic
sheet around a cylinder.
The cylinder is assumed to be rigid and has a radius of 5 inches. The original mesh with the meshed rigid surface
is shown in Figure 2.
3
2
The sheet has dimensions 10 inches by 5 inches and is modeled with fifty 4-node S4R or S4 shell elements.
ENCASTRE-type boundary conditions are applied to the sheet on one side. A pressure load of 700 lb/in2 is
applied on its surface to form it around the cylinder. The sheet is assumed to be elastic with Young's modulus
of 3 × 106 lb/in2 and Poisson's ratio of 0.3. The sheet is 0.25 inches thick.
Surfaces defined on the rigid cylinder and deformable sheet are paired together to enforce contact.
498
Finite-sliding contact between a deformable body and a meshed rigid surface
Input files
eig1ssr3.inp Three-dimensional rigid surface meshed with rigid elements. Contact with S4R
elements.
eig1ssr3_surf.inp Three-dimensional rigid surface meshed with rigid elements. Surface-to-surface
contact with S4R elements.
eig1ssr4.inp Three-dimensional rigid surface meshed with rigid elements. Contact with S4
elements.
eig1srb3.inp Bèzier rigid surfaces used to model contact. (This capability is no longer supported.)
edg1ssr3.inp Three-dimensional rigid surface meshed with shell elements declared as rigid.
Contact with S4R elements.
edg1ssr4.inp Three-dimensional rigid surface meshed with shell elements declared as rigid.
Contact with S4 elements.
499
Finite-sliding contact
between coupled
temperature-displacement
elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D4T C3D6T C3D8RHT C3D8RT C3D8T C3D10MT
CAX3T CAX4RHT CAX4RT CAX4T CAX6MHT CAX6MT CAX8T CGAX4RHT CGAX4RT
CGAX4T CGAX6MHT CGAX6MT CGAX8T
CPE3T CPE4RHT CPE4RT CPE4T CPE4PT CPE4RPT CPE4PHT CPE4RPHT CPE6MHT
CPE6MT CPE8HT CPE8T CPEG4RHT CPEG4RT CPEG4T CPEG6MHT CPEG6MT CPEG8T
Features tested
Contact pair
Gap conductance
Gap heat generation
Gap radiation
Problem description
The planar tests and three-dimensional tests consist of a small block pressed against a larger block that is fixed
on the bottom. The smaller block slides horizontally on the larger block according to the prescribed loading and
displacement history. The axisymmetric tests are essentially the same except that the sliding structures are rings;
the outer ring is shorter axially than the inner ring. Relative motion in the axisymmetric tests is in the axial
direction for the tests of axisymmetric elements or has axial and circumferential components for the tests of
axisymmetric elements with twist. A smoothing factor of 0.05 is used on the contact pairs. For the
three-dimensional tests a three-dimensional model with width 1.0 is used. The width of the bottom block is
chosen slightly larger to ensure that the upper block contacts the lower block.
The mesh in Figure 1, used for planar tests, is representative of all meshes used in these tests.
111 113 115
11 101 105 17
13 103 15
y
x
1 3 5 7
501
Finite-sliding contact between coupled temperature-displacement elements
Material:
Solid
Linear elastic, Young's modulus = 30.0 × 106, Poisson's ratio = 0.3, conductivity = 10.0, density = 1000.0,
specific heat = 0.001.
Interface
Friction coefficient (nonzero only for the frictional heat generation tests), μ=0.1.
Gap conductance varies with pressure for the interface conductance tests, k(p=200) = 5.0, k(p=100) =
20.0.
Gap conductance (for the frictional heat generation tests), 20.0.
Gap radiation constants (for the interface radiation tests only), FA=FB=1.0 × 10−6, with absolute zero at
θ Z=−273.16.
Step 1, transient:
A downward pressure of 100 is applied on top of the smaller block, and a flux of 100 is applied into the
smaller block through its surface. The center element of the large block has a film condition with a film
coefficient of 10.0 and sink temperature of 0.0 at the bottom face. This step is used to check the gap
conductivity. Results should be symmetric about an axis that is parallel to the line joining the centers of
the two blocks, and thermal equilibrium must be satisfied.
The heat conducted away from the larger block via the film condition should nearly equal the heat conducted
through the interface—they need not be exactly equal because transient effects are included in this step.
Input file eia2tssc.inp illustrates the procedure to specify a time-dependent variation of the film coefficient.
Step 2, transient:
The top block is made to slide horizontally, back and forth, over the bottom block to assure that the
formulation does not fail under large relative sliding. The results are consistent with thermal equilibrium.
In the tests of axisymmetric elements with twist, the top block slides with circumferential motion as well.
502
Finite-sliding contact between coupled temperature-displacement elements
Step 5, transient:
The applied flux is ramped down quickly, and the small block is made to slide off the larger block. This
is to test that the interface heat transfer is eliminated when a slave node slides off the end of the
corresponding master surface. The smaller block becomes insulated, and the temperature is constant
throughout the block.
The loading is the same for these tests as for the interface conductance tests. These problems are designed to
test radiation heat transfer in the interface. Since the radiative properties are not pressure dependent, the results
for Step 4 are identical to Step 3 in these runs.
In this analysis the top (outer) surface of the smaller block is constrained to remain straight and nonrotating via
constraint equations. In this analysis the Lagrange friction formulation is used. With this formulation all relative
motion is converted into heat. The default friction algorithm uses an automatic penalty method, allowing small
relative motions without dissipation. In these tests this would cause the generated heat to be underestimated by
about 0.7%.
Step 1:
A downward force of 200 is applied to the top surface to establish contact (an inward force of 275 is
applied for the axisymmetric tests). Virtually no heat generation occurs.
Step 2:
The top block is made to slide back and forth with friction. Assuming Coulomb friction, a total of 120
units of heat is generated. Of this generated heat 60 units are absorbed by the contacting bodies because
the fraction of frictional dissipation converted to heat is specified to be 0.5. Results are consistent with
thermal equilibrium. In the tests of axisymmetric elements with twist, the top block slides with both axial
and circumferential components of motion. The magnitude of the relative motion and the resulting heat
generation is the same as in the remaining tests.
STEP 3:
The assembly sits without thermal loading to reach steady state. Because the assembly is adiabatic, it
should attain a constant temperature. Based on the amount of heat generated and the heat capacity of the
material, the final temperature of the assembly should be 7.5 for the planar case and 0.68 for the
axisymmetric case.
A transient simulation is performed for each step. The simulation time for those steps where Abaqus/Standard
performs a steady-state analysis is chosen so that enough time is allowed for the Abaqus/Explicit solution to
reach steady-state conditions. Mass scaling is used to obtain an efficient solution. The rate at which the top block
is forced to slide over the bottom block is reduced to ensure a quasi-static response; the amount of relative sliding
between the two blocks (and, therefore, the amount of frictional heat generation, for example) is unaffected by
this change. Both kinematic and penalty mechanical contact are considered.
503
Finite-sliding contact between coupled temperature-displacement elements
Input files
504
Finite-sliding contact between coupled temperature-displacement elements
505
Finite-sliding contact between coupled temperature-displacement elements
506
Finite-sliding contact between coupled temperature-displacement elements
507
Finite-sliding contact between coupled temperature-displacement elements
508
Finite-sliding contact between coupled temperature-displacement elements
509
Finite-sliding contact
between coupled
thermal-electrical-structural
elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
Q3D4 Q3D6 Q3D8 Q3D8R
Features tested
Contact pair
Gap conductance
Gap electrical conductance
Gap heat generation
Gap radiation
Problem description
The tests consist of a small block pressed against a larger block that is fixed on the bottom. The smaller block
slides horizontally on the larger block according to the prescribed loading and displacement history. A smoothing
factor of 0.05 is used on the contact pairs. A three-dimensional model with width 1.0 is used. The width of the
bottom block is chosen to be slightly larger than that of the upper block to ensure that the upper block contacts
the lower block.
Material:
Solid
Linear elastic, Young's modulus = 30.0 × 106, Poisson's ratio = 0.3, conductivity = 10.0, electrical
conductivity = 0.1, joule heat fraction = 0.0, density = 1000.0, specific heat = 0.001.
Interface
Friction coefficient (nonzero only for the frictional heat generation tests), μ = 0.1.
Gap conductance varies with pressure for the interface conductance tests, k (p = 200) = 5.0, k (p = 100) =
20.0.
Gap electrical conductance varies with pressure for the interface conductance tests, k (p = 200) = 0.05,
k (p = 100) = 0.2.
511
Finite-sliding contact between coupled thermal-electrical-structural elements
Step 1, transient:
A downward pressure of 100 is applied on top of the smaller block. A flux of 100 and a current flux of
1.0 are applied into the smaller block through its surface. The center element of the large block has a film
condition with a film coefficient of 10.0 and sink temperature of 0.0 at the bottom face. This step is used
to check the gap conductivity and the gap electrical conductivity. Results should be symmetric about an
axis that is parallel to the line joining the centers of the two blocks, and thermal and electrical equilibrium
must be satisfied.
Step 2, transient:
The top block is made to slide horizontally, back and forth, over the bottom block to assure that the
formulation does not fail under large relative sliding. The results are consistent with thermal and electrical
equilibrium.
Step 5, transient:
The applied flux is ramped down quickly, and the small block is made to slide off the larger block. This
step tests that the interface heat transfer and current flow are eliminated when a slave node slides off the
end of the corresponding master surface. The smaller block becomes insulated, and the temperature and
the electrical potential are constant throughout the block.
The loading is the same for these tests as for the interface conductance tests, except for the value of the electrical
potential, which is now set to zero at all nodes. These problems are designed to test radiation heat transfer in the
interface. Since the radiative properties are not pressure dependent, the results for Step 4 are identical to those
in Step 3 in these runs.
The value of the electrical potential is set to zero at all nodes, and the top (outer) surface of the smaller block is
constrained to remain straight and nonrotating via constraint equations. The Lagrange friction formulation is
used. With this formulation all relative motion is converted into heat. The default friction algorithm uses an
automatic penalty method, allowing small relative motions without dissipation. Using the default friction algorithm
would cause the generated heat to be underestimated by about 0.7%.
512
Finite-sliding contact between coupled thermal-electrical-structural elements
Step 1:
A downward force of 200 is applied to the top surface to establish contact. Virtually no heat generation
occurs.
Step 2:
The top block is made to slide back and forth with friction. Assuming Coulomb friction, a total of 120
units of heat is generated. Of this generated heat 60 units are absorbed by the contacting bodies because
the fraction of frictional dissipation converted to heat is specified to be 0.5. Results are consistent with
thermal equilibrium.
STEP 3:
The assembly sits without thermal loading to reach steady state. Because the assembly is adiabatic, it
should attain a constant temperature. Based on the amount of heat generated and the heat capacity of the
material, the final temperature of the assembly should be 7.5 for the planar case and 0.68 for the
axisymmetric case.
Input files
513
Finite-sliding contact between coupled thermal-electrical-structural elements
514
Finite-sliding contact
between coupled pore
pressure-displacement
elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPE4P CPE4PT CPE4RPT CPE4PHT CPE4RPHT CPE6MP CPE8P
C3D8P C3D8RP C3D8PT C3D8RPT C3D20P
C3D4PH C3D10P C3D10PH C3D10MP C3D10PT C3D10PHT C3D10MPT
CAX4P CAX4RP CAX4PT CAX6MP
Features tested
Contact pair
Problem description
Two series of tests each consisting of five input files are documented. In the first series a small block is pressed
against a larger block that is fixed on the bottom. The smaller block slides horizontally on the larger block
according to the prescribed loading and displacement history to test the formulation in large relative sliding. The
axisymmetric tests are essentially the same except that the sliding structures are rings; the outer ring is shorter
axially than the inner ring, and the sliding is in the axial direction. The mesh shown in Figure 1, which is used
to test element CPE4P, is representative of all meshes used in these tests.
111 113 115
11 101 105 17
13 103 15
y
x
1 3 5 7
In the second series of tests two identical blocks are pressed against each other while no sliding occurs. Fixed
boundary conditions for the pore pressure degrees of freedom on the edges away from the contact interface
enable the exact calculation of the pore pressure on the contact interface. The mesh shown in Figure 2, which
is used to test element CPE4P, is representative of all meshes used in these tests.
515
Finite-sliding contact between coupled pore pressure-displacement elements
108 107
105 106
104 103
y
101 102 x
Material: Linear elastic, Young's modulus = 30.0 × 106, Poisson's ratio = 0.0, permeability = 1.0 × 10−4.
Step 1, transient:
A downward pressure of 100 is applied on top of the smaller block. For the two- and three-dimensional
tests a pore fluid volume flux of 3 × 10−4 is applied into the smaller block through its upper surface (area
is two units). To create a constant flux through the contact interface, a pore fluid volume flux of 1 × 10−4
is applied out of the larger block lower surface (area is six units). Results should be symmetric about an
axis that is parallel to the line joining the centers of the two blocks, and the total pore fluid volume flux
through the contact interface should be 6 × 10−4.
For the axisymmetric tests a pore fluid volume flux of 1 × 10−4 is applied into the smaller block through
its outer surface (area is 12π), and a pore fluid volume flux of 1 × 10−4 is applied out of the larger block
inner surface (area is 12π). The total pore fluid volume flux through the contact interface should be 3.76
× 10−3.
Step 2, transient:
The top block is made to slide horizontally (1.5 units) over the bottom block. The total pore fluid volume
flux through the contact interface should remain 6 × 10−4 in the two- and three-dimensional tests and 3.76
× 10−3 in the axisymmetric cases.
A downward pressure of 10.0 is applied on top of the upper block. The pore pressure is fixed and equal to 2.0
on the top surface of the upper block. The pore pressure on the bottom surface of the lower block is fixed and
equal to 1.0. A coupled pore pressure analysis is conducted, and the pressure on the contact interface should be
1.5 for the two- and three-dimensional tests and 1.375 for the axisymmetric case.
Input files
Sliding tests:
ei22pfss.inp CPE4P elements.
ei22pfss_surf.inp CPE4P elements using surface-to-surface contact.
516
Finite-sliding contact between coupled pore pressure-displacement elements
Nonsliding tests:
ei22pfsn.inp CPE4P elements.
ei22pfsn_cpe4pt.inp CPE4PT elements.
ei22pfsn_cpe4rpt.inp CPE4RPT elements.
ei22pfsn_cpe4pht.inp CPE4PHT elements.
ei22pfsn_cpe4rpht.inp CPE4RPHT elements.
ei23pfsn_cpe6mp.inp CPE6MP elements.
ei23pfsn.inp CPE8P elements.
517
Finite-sliding contact between coupled pore pressure-displacement elements
518
Rolling of steel plate
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPE4R R2D2 C3D8R R3D4
Features tested
Large deformation kinematics, user material, kinematic contact, penalty contact, friction, analytical rigid surfaces,
multiple steps, adiabatic heat generation, adding contact surfaces and boundary conditions after the first step.
Problem description
This verification problem is similar to the problem described in Rolling of thick plates. Here, a two-dimensional,
plane strain case of the rolling problem is considered with a much coarser mesh for the steel plate. The plate is
modeled using plane strain elements (CPE4R) and 8-node brick elements (C3D8R). In the three-dimensional
model all out-of-plane degrees of freedom are prescribed as zero to represent a state of plane strain.
The steel plate has a total thickness of 40 mm and a length of 100 mm. This analysis simulates the rolling of the
plate through two roller stands, each of which achieves a reduction in the thickness of the plate of 10 mm. The
radius of each roller is 50 mm. The model takes advantage of half-symmetry.
The material is modeled as an elastic, perfectly plastic material with Young's modulus 210 GPa, Poisson's ratio
0.30, yield stress 250 MPa, and density 7500 kg/m3. The two-dimensional case uses user-defined material
behavior, along with user subroutine VUMAT. This model can be selected by specifying the material name
ABQTEST1. The user subroutine has the option to include kinematic hardening. However, this example problem
tests the user material only for the case of perfect plasticity and verifies the results by comparison with the results
obtained with the standard plasticity model with no hardening (for the three-dimensional case). The rotating
cylinder problem of VUMAT: rotating cylinder verifies the hardening case for the user material. The
three-dimensional model uses the standard elastic, perfectly plastic material model specified with elastic and
plastic material properties. It also tests the adiabatic heat generation capability, specific heat, thermal expansion
material property, and inelastic heat fraction. The initial temperature for all nodes in the model is 294°C. The
specific heat for this material is 460.46 joule/kg/°C.
The rolling process is analyzed in two steps. In the first step only the first roller has a prescribed rotational
velocity. The second step begins just as the plate is about to reach the second roller. At this time a prescribed
velocity boundary condition is added that determines the rotational velocity of the second roller. The coefficient
of friction between the rollers and the plate is 0.3. The maximum traction due to friction is assumed to be σ0 / 3 ,
or 144.3 MPa.
The contact constraints can be enforced either kinematically or with a penalty method in Abaqus/Explicit.
Kinematic contact gives strict enforcement of the constraints, whereas penalty contact will allow some penetration.
However, the two constraint methods will usually give nearly the same results for problems that involve plastic
deformation (such as rolling problems), because the contact penetrations with penalty contact will tend to be
small. This is related to the fact that the default penalty stiffness is about 10% of the elastic stiffness in the
elements along the contact interface. When the material yields, the penalty stiffness will typically be much larger
519
Rolling of steel plate
than the effective stiffness of the material, so the penetrations will be rather insignificant. For problems in which
the material remains elastic (see The Hertz contact problem), the contact penetrations can be significant if the
penalty method is used. While kinematic contact is available only with the contact pair capability, penalty contact
is available with both the contact pair capability and the general contact capability in Abaqus/Explicit. For this
analysis all three approaches to enforcing the contact constraints are used: kinematic contact with contact pair,
penalty contact with contact pair, and general contact. In the first step of the analyses involving contact pairs,
when only the first roller has a prescribed rotational velocity, only one contact pair is defined. This contact pair
contains the surface of the first roller and the outer surface of the plate. At the start of the second step, when the
plate is just about to reach the second roller, a second contact pair is introduced that contains the surface of the
second roller and the outer surface of the plate. For the analysis using general contact, the default internally
generated all-inclusive contact surface is referenced using the general contact inclusions procedure; hence, the
contact definitions do not need to be modified from step to step.
The roller speed used for both rollers in this example is 600 rad/s. See Rolling of thick plates for a detailed
discussion of the choice of rolling speeds.
Figure 1 shows the original mesh for the two-dimensional model. Figure 2 shows contours of shear stress at the
end of the first step for the two-dimensional model. Note that the first roller has rotated during the first step,
whereas the second roller remains motionless. Figure 3 shows contours of shear stress at the end of the second
step for the two-dimensional model. Figure 4 shows contours of equivalent plastic strain (SDV5) at the end of
the second step for the two-dimensional model. Since the user subroutine stores the values of equivalent plastic
strain as the fifth state variable, contour plots are generated by the use of the variable SDV5.
Figure 5 contains a wire frame drawing of the original mesh for the three-dimensional model. Figure 6 shows
contours of shear stress at the end of the first step for the three-dimensional model. Figure 7 shows contours of
shear stress at the end of the second step for the three-dimensional model. Figure 8 shows contours of equivalent
plastic strain (PEEQ) at the end of the second step for the three-dimensional model. Figure 9 shows contours of
temperature at the end of the second step for the three-dimensional model. Note that the prescription of adiabatic
heat generation in this example does not have an effect on the overall solution because none of the material
properties are temperature dependent. It is simply used to calculate the temperature field obtained from the
dissipated plastic work.
Input files
520
Rolling of steel plate
Figures
Roller 1 Roller 2
Steel Plate
Symmetry Plane
S12 VALUE
-1.02E+08
-6.00E+07
-4.00E+07
-2.00E+07
-1.08E-07
+2.00E+07
+4.00E+07
+6.00E+07
+8.00E+07
+1.00E+08
+INFINITY
Figure 2: Contours of shear stress at the end of Step 1 for the two-dimensional model.
S12 VALUE
-1.33E+08
-6.00E+07
-4.00E+07
-2.00E+07
-1.08E-07
+2.00E+07
+4.00E+07
+6.00E+07
+8.00E+07
+1.00E+08
+1.07E+08
Figure 3: Contours of shear stress at the end of Step 2 for the two-dimensional model.
521
Rolling of steel plate
SDV5 VALUE
+0.00E+00
+8.00E-02
+1.64E-01
+2.47E-01
+3.31E-01
+4.15E-01
+4.99E-01
+5.82E-01
+6.66E-01
+7.50E-01
+8.48E-01
Figure 4: Contours of equivalent plastic strain at the end of Step 2 for the two-dimensional
model.
S12 VALUE
-1.18E+08
-6.00E+07
-4.00E+07
-2.00E+07
-1.08E-07
+2.00E+07
+4.00E+07
+6.00E+07
+8.00E+07
+1.00E+08
+1.16E+08
Figure 6: Contours of shear stress at the end of Step 1 for the three-dimensional model.
522
Rolling of steel plate
S12 VALUE
-1.22E+08
-6.00E+07
-4.00E+07
-2.00E+07
-1.08E-07
+2.00E+07
+4.00E+07
+6.00E+07
+8.00E+07
+1.00E+08
+1.13E+08
Figure 7: Contours of shear stress at the end of Step 2 for the three-dimensional model.
PEEQ VALUE
+0.00E+00
+8.00E-02
+1.64E-01
+2.47E-01
+3.31E-01
+4.15E-01
+4.99E-01
+5.82E-01
+6.66E-01
+7.50E-01
+8.61E-01
Figure 8: Contours of equivalent plastic strain at the end of Step 2 for the three-dimensional
model.
TEMP VALUE
+2.92E+02
+2.97E+02
+3.03E+02
+3.08E+02
+3.13E+02
+3.19E+02
+3.24E+02
+3.30E+02
+3.35E+02
+3.40E+02
+3.46E+02
Figure 9: Contours of temperature at the end of Step 2 for the three-dimensional model.
523
Beam impact on cylinder
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
S4R R3D4
Features tested
Distributed loads, kinematic contact, penalty contact, analytical rigid surfaces, rigid bodies.
Problem description
This problem involves the analysis of the dynamic response of a cantilever beam subjected to a sudden, impulsively
applied, pressure loading. Two cases are considered. First, the response of the cantilever beam is determined.
In this case the beam responds in the first bending mode. In the second case a rigid cylinder is introduced beneath
the beam and the beam strikes it.
The beam is 500 mm long and 100 mm wide and has a thickness of 2.5 mm. Half of the beam is modeled with
a 20 × 3 mesh of shell elements using symmetry boundary conditions along the centerline of the beam. The beam
is made of steel, with a Young's modulus of 200 GPa and a Poisson's ratio of 0.3. The density is 7800 kg/m3. A
von Mises elastic, perfectly plastic material model is used with a yield stress of 250 MPa.
The beam is subjected to a constant downward pressure of 0.1 MPa applied instantaneously at the beginning of
the step, as shown in Figure 1.
In the second case a fixed, rigid cylinder of radius 40 mm is introduced, as shown in Figure 2. Contact surfaces
are defined on the lower surface of the beam and the outer surface of the cylinder. Tests are conducted with both
kinematic enforcement and penalty enforcement of the contact constraints. Kinematic contact is the default, but
the penalty method can be specified as an alternative.
Two approaches for modeling the cylindrical surface are tested: using rigid elements and using analytical rigid
surfaces. Analytical rigid surfaces are typically the preferred means for representing simple rigid geometries
such as this in terms of both accuracy and computational performance. However, analytical surfaces always act
as a pure master surface, and penetrations of a master surface into regions between slave nodes can occur without
generating contact forces (see Contact constraint enforcement methods in Abaqus/Explicit). These penetrations
may be significant if the slave surface is coarsely discretized. In these cases it may be preferable to use an
element-based rigid surface and balanced master-slave penalty contact. Weighting of a rigid surface as a slave
surface is allowed only if it is element-based (not an analytical surface) and penalty contact is used.
Additional refinement of the rigid surface in the cylindrical direction has been used for the model in which the
rigid surface nodes act partially as slave nodes so that penetrations of the rigid surface into the deformable surface
are detected. This refinement adds some computational cost, but it does not affect the stable time increment.
Cylindrical refinement would not influence the contact compliance when the rigid surface acts as a pure master
surface, so this type of refinement is not used in these cases.
A further comment on rigid surface modeling is that complex three-dimensional surface geometries that often
occur in practice must be modeled with element-based rigid surfaces.
525
Beam impact on cylinder
Verification for this problem is provided by comparing the values of significant problem variables with the
values produced by an equivalent model in Abaqus/Standard. The Abaqus/Standard analyses use 5-point Simpson
integration only and a half-increment residual force tolerance value of 1.0 × 103. The Abaqus/Explicit analyses
are run with 5-point Simpson integration and 3-point Gauss integration. The rigid surface is modeled as analytical
and acts as a pure master surface in the Abaqus/Standard analysis. The contact constraints account for the shell
thickness in the Abaqus/Explicit analyses only. The Abaqus/Explicit results shown below are for an element-based
rigid surface with kinematic enforcement of contact constraints, except where noted otherwise.
Table 1 and Table 2 compare tip displacements, tip velocities, and whole model energies at several points along
the beam's symmetry axis. Tip displacements and velocities are averaged over the four nodes at the tip of the
beam. The results from the Abaqus/Explicit analyses using Simpson (5-point) and Gauss (3-point) integration
through the thickness of the shell demonstrate slight sensitivity of the response to the choice of the integration
rule. Corresponding components of displacement and velocity at the tip of the beam are within 0.1% and 0.5%,
respectively, for the Abaqus/Explicit (Simpson integration) and Abaqus/Standard analyses without the cylinder.
For the problem with the cylinder, the significant components of displacement and velocity are within 2% and
8%, respectively, between the Abaqus/Explicit and Abaqus/Standard results with Simpson integration.
Figure 3 shows contours of equivalent plastic strain on the bottom surface of the beam for the Abaqus/Explicit
analysis using Simpson integration without the rigid cylinder. Figure 4 shows the corresponding plot for the
Abaqus/Standard analysis. The contours are plotted on the deformed shapes of the beam. After 0.08 seconds a
plastic hinge has formed at the fixed end of the beam for both cases.
Figure 5 and Figure 6 show contours of equivalent plastic strain on the bottom surface of the beam impacting
the rigid cylinder for the Abaqus/Explicit analysis with Simpson integration and the Abaqus/Standard analysis,
respectively.
Figure 7 through Figure 10 show the final configuration near the rigid cylinder for four Abaqus/Explicit analyses.
Figure 7 corresponds to an analysis with an analytical rigid surface and kinematic contact. Figure 8 corresponds
to an analysis with an analytical rigid surface and penalty contact. In both of these cases the analytical surface
is the pure master surface of the contact pair. Contact is enforced at the slave nodes accounting for the shell
thickness, and there is some penetration of the rigid surface into the shell. The final position of the tip is slightly
different in Figure 7 and Figure 8, which is attributable to impacts being perfectly plastic with kinematic contact
and elastic with penalty contact (see Contact constraint enforcement methods in Abaqus/Explicit). Figure 9
corresponds to an analysis with an element-based rigid surface and kinematic contact. Figure 10 corresponds to
an analysis with an element-based rigid surface and penalty contact. Penetration of the rigid surface into the
shell surface is repelled only in Figure 10 because this is the only case in which the rigid surface nodes are
weighted at all as slave nodes.
Input files
526
Beam impact on cylinder
beamimpac2_rev_pnlty.inp Explicit dynamic analysis using an analytical rigid surface and penalty
contact.
beamimpac1_gauss.inp Gauss integration explicit dynamic analysis of the case without the rigid
cylinder.
beamimpac2_gauss.inp Gauss integration explicit dynamic analysis of the case with the rigid
cylinder.
beamstandard1.inp Implicit dynamic analysis of the case without the rigid cylinder.
beamstandard2.inp Implicit dynamic analysis of the case with the rigid cylinder using the
hard contact model.
beamstandard2_auglagr.inp Implicit dynamic analysis of the case with the rigid cylinder using the
augmented Lagrangian contact model.
beamimpac2_offset.inp Explicit dynamic analysis of the case with the rigid cylinder that
demonstrates the effects of shell offset and rigid thickness on contact
surfaces.
Tables
Table 1: Comparison of results for case without rigid cylinder (results obtained on an SGI R4600
using single precision).
Abaqus/Explicit Abaqus/Standard
Variable
(Gauss) (Simpson) (Simpson)
Table 2: Comparison of results for case with rigid cylinder (results obtained on an SGI R4600
using single precision).
Abaqus/Explicit Abaqus/Standard
Variable
(Gauss) (Simpson) (Simpson)
527
Beam impact on cylinder
Abaqus/Explicit Abaqus/Standard
Variable
(Gauss) (Simpson) (Simpson)
ETOTAL (joules) 0.528 0.380 −0.654
Figures
ρ = 7800 kg/m
3
E = 200 GPa
υ = 0.3
σyd = 250 MPa (perfectly plastic)
500 mm
z
y
50 mm
50 mm
CL
t = 2.5 mm
500 mm
70 mm
300 mm
50 mm
50 mm
r = 40mm 70 mm
z
CL
y Applied Pressure = 0.1 MPa
528
Beam impact on cylinder
T = 0.
SECTION POINT 1
T = .010
T = 0.
SECTION POINT 1
T = .010
SECTION POINT 1
PEEQ VALUE
-INFINITY
-5.00E-02
-3.57E-02 T = 0.
-2.14E-02
-7.14E-03
+7.14E-03 T = .004
+2.14E-02
+3.57E-02
+5.00E-02
+INFINITY
T = .006
T = .010
T = .008
529
Beam impact on cylinder
SECTION POINT 1
PEEQ VALUE
-INFINITY
-5.00E-02
-3.57E-02 T = 0.
-2.14E-02
-7.14E-03
+7.14E-03 T = .004
+2.14E-02
+3.57E-02
+5.00E-02
+INFINITY
T = .006
T = .010
T = .008
2 1
Figure 7: Deformed configuration near rigid cylinder for an analytical rigid surface and kinematic
contact.
2 1
Figure 8: Deformed configuration near rigid cylinder for an analytical rigid surface and penalty
contact.
530
Beam impact on cylinder
2 1
Figure 9: Deformed configuration near rigid cylinder for an element-based rigid surface and
kinematic contact.
2 1
Figure 10: Deformed configuration near rigid cylinder for an element-based rigid surface and
penalty contact.
531
Contact with
time-dependent prescribed
interference values
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPE4 C3D8
Features tested
Contact interference
Surface on a deformable body, surface on a deformable body or a rigid surface, and magnitude of allowable
interference
Problem description
The tests exercise the three ways in which contact interference can be used. Either a simple amount of allowable
interference is specified, an allowable interference along a prescribed direction is specified, or the automatic
shrink fit procedure is invoked. In this latter case Abaqus initializes the amount of allowable interference at each
contact point with the penetration it calculates at the beginning of the analysis.
Most of the models consist of two elements lying next to each other with their contact surfaces initially interfering
by a magnitude of 0.2 units. In the case of rigid surfaces there is only one element initially interfering with a
straight rigid surface. The solid elements are either 4-node quads or 8-node bricks, as a substrate for the appropriate
contact elements. A contact interference of magnitude 0.2 units is used to resolve the interference in (typically)
five increments.
Rigid Surface
4 3 4 3
11 12
1 2 1 2
In the case of tube within tube elements (ITT) the model consists of two beams at a variable transverse distance
from each other. One is totally fixed, and the other is fixed only axially. An initial tube clearance of 0.5 units
produces interferences of up to 0.5 units. This interference is resolved by using the contact interference definition
with a magnitude of 0.5 units.
533
Contact with time-dependent prescribed interference values
3 4
Tube Clearance
1 2
Material:
Solid
Young's modulus 1.0 × 105
Poisson's ratio 0.0
Conductivity 5.0
Density 0.5
Specific heat 0.3
Interface
Friction coefficient 0.0
Gap conductance 2.0 (coupled temperature-displacement elements)
Input files
Surface-based contact
Allowable interference:
ei34siis.inp C3D8 elements, small-sliding.
eig1siis.inp C3D8 elements, small-sliding, node-based surface.
ei34siisf.inp C3D8 elements, finite-sliding.
ei31siisf.inp C3D8 elements, finite-sliding, node-based surface.
ei22siis.inp CPE4 elements, small-sliding.
ei22ssis.inp CPE4 elements, finite-sliding.
eip1sris.inp CPE4 elements, analytical rigid surface.
534
Contact with time-dependent prescribed interference values
535
Contact between discrete
points
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
GAPUNI GAPCYL GAPSPHER
Problem description
Simple beam models are used to verify unidirectional, cylindrical, and spherical gap elements.
y
F
5
x
1 4
10
537
Contact between discrete points
11 16 21 x
121
z F
5
Loading: Step 1: Fy = 2.0 × 104 at node 16; Step 2: Fz = 3.0 × 104 at node 16.
Uy
22 12
y 5
x
11 21
10
y Fz
5
x
11 21 121
z
Fy
538
Contact between discrete points
Loading case 1: Fy = 2.0 × 104 and Fz = 3.0 × 104 at node 21; Loading case 2: Fy = 4.0 × 104 and Fz = 6.0 × 104
at node 21. The NLGEOM parameter is used.
Input files
eiu1sgcp.inp GAPUNI element with positive gap clearance, perturbation step with *LOAD
CASE.
eic1sgcp.inp GAPCYL element with positive gap clearance.
eic1sgcn.inp GAPCYL element with negative gap clearance.
eis1sgcp.inp GAPSPHER element with positive gap clearance, perturbation step with *LOAD
CASE.
539
Finite sliding between
concentric
cylinders—axisymmetric
and CAXA models
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
ISL21A
Features tested
Problem description
This example illustrates the use of Abaqus slide line elements and contact surface definitions in an axisymmetric
structure that may undergo nonlinear, nonaxisymmetric deformation. This contact problem involves the relative
motion of two outer cylinders with respect to one another and with respect to an inner, constrained cylinder. The
axisymmetric model is shown in Figure 1, where the three cylinders are identified: the inner cylinder defined
by the points ABH G, the middle cylinder defined by points C DLK, and the outer cylinder defined by points EF J I.
Two slide lines are used in this model: one along the outer edge of the inner cylinder, from node H through node
O, and a second along the outer edge of the middle cylinder, from node L through node D. Axisymmetric contact
elements for finite sliding (slide line elements) defined along edge K C of the middle cylinder are associated with
the first slide line. Axisymmetric slide line elements defined along edge I E of the outer cylinder are associated
with the second slide line.
The structure is subjected to localized pressurization to initiate contact between the surfaces in the three bodies,
and then the two outer cylinders are forced to slide down the cylinder. These loading conditions are defined in
two separate steps (pressurization followed by sliding). An additional perturbation step is created to test the load
case definition.
In the axisymmetric model the inner cylinder is restrained from motion in the z-direction along lines AB and GH.
In addition, node B is restrained from radial motion. In the first step a pressure of 207 MPa (30 × 103 lb/in2) is
applied to edge J F of the outer cylinder, while nodes L and J are restrained vertically. During the second step
the pressure is maintained, and node L is displaced in the negative z-direction by 127 mm (5.0 in), while node
J is displaced in the same direction by 114.3 mm (4.5 in).
In the CGAX4 model the same steps and boundary conditions that were applied in the CAX4 model are used.
An additional third step is added in which the outermost cylinder is twisted by 0.1 radians about the z-axis while
the innermost cylinder is prevented from twisting.
The nonaxisymmetric model is made up of CAXA elements and additional slide line elements at various locations
in the θ-direction. The area of integration for the slide line elements and the angular position (measured in
degrees) of the slide line elements are defined.
541
Finite sliding between concentric cylinders—axisymmetric and CAXA models
In the CAXA model the boundary conditions that were applied in the axisymmetric model are kept and are
extended in the θ-direction. The loading conditions are the same as the axisymmetric model. Any axisymmetric
or nonaxisymmetric loading can be applied to the CAXA model after the second step.
Material:
Solid:
Young's modulus 207 GPa (30 × 106 lb/in2)
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Coefficients of friction:
Inside edge of middle cylinder 0.2
Outer cylinder 0.6
Input files
eia2sssa.inp Axisymmetric model with CAX4 elements using the contact surface approach,
perturbation step with *LOAD CASE.
eia2sssg.inp Axisymmetric model with CGAX4 elements using the contact surface approach.
eia2ssca.inp Axisymmetric model with ISL21A and CAX4 elements, perturbation step with
*LOAD CASE.
eia2sscn.inp Nonaxisymmetric model with ISL21A and CAXA41 elements, perturbation step
with *LOAD CASE.
542
Finite sliding between concentric cylinders—axisymmetric and CAXA models
Figures
r4
r3
Geometry:
K L r1 = 0.03302 m (1.3 in)
r2 r2 = 0.04064 m (1.6 in)
l4 r3 = 0.04572 m (1.8 in)
r4 = 0.05334 m (2.1 in)
G H I J l2 l1 = 0.17780 m (7.0 in)
r1 l3 l2 = 0.05080 m (2.0 in)
l3 = 0.01524 m (0.6 in)
E F
l4 = 0.02540 m (1.0 in)
CD
Slide line # 1:
defined along H–O
Slide line #2:
defined along L–D
l1
r
A B
Figure 1: Cylinder sliding model (schematic).
543
Automatic element
conversion for surface
contact
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D15 C3D15V C3D20 C3D27 S8R5 S9R5
Features tested
Problem description
These tests verify the automatic element conversion feature of Abaqus. With this feature if a quadratic element
is specified as part of a slave surface definition and there is no midface node on the contacting face, Abaqus
automatically generates a midface node and modifies the element definition appropriately. Temperatures and
predefined field variables at the automatically generated nodes are determined by interpolation from the existing,
user-defined nodes. The conversion of C3D20, C3D15, and S8R5 elements into C3D27, C3D15V, and S9R5
elements is tested for the case of contact between a deformable body and a rigid surface, as well as contact
between two deformable bodies.
In the first test a uniform temperature change of 50° is first applied to all of the elements to verify the temperature
interpolation of the automatic conversion procedure. The elements then undergo uniform compression via contact
with a frictionless rigid surface. The solution is compared to an identical model composed of C3D27, C3D15V,
and S9R5 elements defined explicitly in the input file (no conversion is necessary). The second and third tests
verify contact between pairs of deformable bodies in which the elements of the slave surface undergo automatic
conversion.
In all three cases the material is assumed elastic with Young's modulus of 3 × 106 lb/in2, Poisson's ratio of 0.3,
and a thermal expansion coefficient of 1 × 10−6.
In the first test all elements experience a uniform thermal strain of 5 × 10−5. The results at the completion of
Step 3 for the model with converted elements agree with the results for the model in which no elements undergo
conversion.
Input files
545
Contact with initial
overclosure of curved
surfaces
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8 C3D8R CPS4 CPS4R
Features tested
Contact damping
Contact pair
Modified contact pressure-overclosure relationship
Problem description
The model consists of two concentric rings with a small initial overclosure. In Abaqus/Standard the initial
overclosure is resolved during a static step. In Abaqus/Explicit the initial overclosure is resolved during the first
step of a dynamic simulation.
The two-dimensional model consists of two 16-element rings, and the three-dimensional model consists of two
32-element rings. The elements of the inner and outer rings are perfectly aligned.
Material:
Young's modulus 206800
Poisson's ratio 0.32
Density 8.01 × 10−6
Interface friction coefficient 0.0
The interference is resolved for models using hard contact. In the case of softened contact the interference is
reduced until equilibrium is reached; any residual overclosure at the end of the step can be reduced by increasing
the stiffness of the pressure-overclosure relationship.
Input files
547
Contact with initial overclosure of curved surfaces
548
Small-sliding contact with
specified clearance or
overclosure values
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8 C3D8R CAX4R CPE4 CPE4R R2D2 R3D4 S4R
Features tested
Contact interference
Initial clearance
Small-sliding contact pair
Problem description
The Abaqus/Standard model consists of two bodies with their contact surfaces initially overclosed. This initial
overclosure is maintained throughout the analysis by specifying the initial clearance value as zero, except when
contact interference is used. In these cases the initial overclosure is resolved before the load is applied.
Model:
2D solid element dimensions 1.0 × 1.0 × 1.0
3D solid element dimensions 1.0 unit in each direction
3D shell element dimensions 20 units in diameter
Material:
Young's modulus 30 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.0
Friction coefficient 0.0
General: The Abaqus/Explicit model consists of three deformable bodies that are in contact with a rigid
surface. Two different methods are used to define initial clearance values: specifying the clearance value or
specifying slave nodes and their corresponding initial clearance values on data lines that either follow the keyword
line or are read from an input file. A two-dimensional model is considered with the deformable bodies modeled
using CPE4R elements and the rigid body modeled using rigid elements, R2D2.
549
Small-sliding contact with specified clearance or overclosure values
Input files
550
Small-sliding contact with specified clearance or overclosure values
551
Small-sliding contact with specified clearance or overclosure values
ei22siao_surf.inp CPE4 elements, analytical rigid surface, contact directions calculated by Abaqus,
surface-to-surface constraint enforcement method.
ei22sinm.inp CPE4 elements, node-based surface, contact directions redefined.
ei22sinm_surf.inp CPE4 elements, node-based surface, contact directions redefined,
surface-to-surface constraint enforcement method.
ei22sino.inp CPE4 elements, node-based surface, contact directions calculated by Abaqus.
ei22sino_surf.inp CPE4 elements, node-based surface, contact directions calculated by Abaqus,
surface-to-surface constraint enforcement method.
ei22sirc.inp CPE4, R2D2 elements, *CONTACT INTERFERENCE.
ei22sirc_surf.inp CPE4, R2D2 elements, *CONTACT INTERFERENCE, surface-to-surface
constraint enforcement method.
ei22sirm.inp CPE4, R2D2 elements, contact directions redefined.
ei22sirm_surf.inp CPE4, R2D2 elements, contact directions redefined, surface-to-surface constraint
enforcement method.
ei22siro.inp CPE4, R2D2 elements, contact directions calculated by Abaqus.
ei22siro_surf.inp CPE4, R2D2 elements, contact directions calculated by Abaqus,
surface-to-surface constraint enforcement method.
ei22sism.inp CPE4 elements, contact directions redefined.
ei22sism_surf.inp CPE4 elements, contact directions redefined, surface-to-surface constraint
enforcement method.
ei22siso.inp CPE4 elements, contact directions calculated by Abaqus.
ei22siso_surf.inp CPE4 elements, contact directions calculated by Abaqus, surface-to-surface
constraint enforcement method.
552
Small-sliding contact with specified clearance or overclosure values
Abaqus/Explicit model
contact2D_clear.inp Two-dimensional contact analysis with three contact pairs with specified
initial clearances.
contact2D_clear_data.inp File containing a list of slave nodes and their corresponding initial clearance
values.
553
Automatic surface definition
and surface trimming
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D4 C3D8 CPS3 CPS4
Problem description
The input files ele_trim2d.inp and ele_trim3d.inp verify the automatic surface generation capability and trimming
of surfaces. When a surface is defined without specifying the face identifiers of elements, the faces in the element
set that are on the exterior (free) surface of the model form the surface. This definition may result in the inclusion
of unwanted faces. Surface trimming provides the user with some basic control over the extent of open surfaces
created on solid element meshes.
The input file ele_trimdef.inp tests the default trimming option. Abaqus will, by default, trim all contact surfaces
except master surfaces involved in a finite-sliding contact pair.
Some of the examples from the tests are shown below. They illustrate the recursive elimination of the ends of
two-dimensional surfaces and the edges of three-dimensional surfaces. Trimming has no effect on closed surfaces
(ones with no ends or edges). In each example the shaded elements in the model are used as the element set in
the surface definition. The automatic surface generated and the surface generated by trimming are shown
separately.
Input files
555
Automatic surface definition and surface trimming
Figures
model
⇒ ⇒
model
⇒ ⇒
556
Automatic surface definition and surface trimming
model
⇒ ⇒
model
⇒ ⇒
model
⇒ ⇒
without trim with trim
557
Automatic surface definition and surface trimming
model
⇒ ⇒
model
⇒ ⇒
558
Automatic surface definition and surface trimming
model
⇒ ⇒
559
Self-contact of finite-sliding
deformable surfaces
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPE3T CPE4H CPE4RT CPE6MH CPE8H CPE8HT
C3D4H C3D8H C3D10H C3D10HS C3D10MH C3D20H
Features tested
Contact pair
Surface on a deformable body that may contact itself
Problem description
The tests exercise the self-contact capability that is available for finite-sliding surfaces by declaring a single
surface name in conjunction with a contact pair.
The models consist of a deformable ring with an inside radius of 2.0 and an outside radius of 3.0. The ring rests
on a flat rigid surface. A circular indenter, represented by another analytical rigid surface, is initially in contact
with the ring at a point. This indenter has a radius of 1.0 and is diametrically opposed to the flat surface. Contact
pairs define contact between the outside surface of the ring and the two rigid surfaces and between the inside
surface of the ring and itself. The ring is modeled with plane strain elements: 4-node quadrilaterals, 6-node
modified triangles, or 8-node quadrilaterals. In the Abaqus/Standard simulations the elements use a hybrid
formulation to accommodate an incompressible neo-Hookean hyperelastic material. Although the inside surface
of the ring is closed, open surfaces are tested by eliminating one element of the inside perimeter from the surface
definition, as shown in Figure 1.
The loading consists of two steps. In the first step the indenter moves down enough to produce self-contact of
the inside surface (Figure 2). In the second step the indenter is simultaneously translated (−10.0 in the horizontal
direction) and rotated (−8.0 around its center) in such a way that it makes the ring roll along the flat rigid surface
(Figure 3). This produces a continuously changing region of contact. Traction is provided by setting the coefficient
of friction to 0.5 for the rigid surface interfaces.
One case tests coupled thermal-mechanical interfaces. The ring is divided in two halves. The top half is given
an initial temperature of 100.0, and the bottom half is given an initial temperature of 0.0. Heat transfer is allowed
at the interface involving the inside surface. The two steps map into a time of 100.0 units each. This is the only
case that is also solved with Abaqus/Explicit.
In the Abaqus/Explicit simulations both CPE3T and CPE4RT elements are used to model the ring; four elements
are used through the thickness of the ring, and 72 elements are used around its circumference. A small amount
of compressibility is added to the material definition, and mass scaling is used to obtain an efficient solution.
Nondefault hourglass control is also used to control element hourglassing.
Material:
Solid: 1.0 × 103
C10
561
Self-contact of finite-sliding deformable surfaces
1.0 × 10−3
D1
(Abaqus/Explicit only)
Conductivity 5.0 × 10−4
Density 1.0
Specific heat 0.1
Self-contact interface: Friction coefficient 0.0
Gap conductance 5.0 × 10−4
(coupled temperature-displacement elements)
Rigid surface interfaces: Friction coefficient rough
Self-contact is established and evolves over large portions of the single surface. This class of problems would
be difficult to analyze with portions of the inside surface defining a conventional contact pair.
The temperature results for the coupled thermal-mechanical interface tests obtained with Abaqus/Explicit agree
with those obtained with Abaqus/Standard. The stresses predicted by the two analysis products differ slightly
in this case since a fully incompressible material is modeled in Abaqus/Standard while a slightly compressible
one is modeled in Abaqus/Explicit.
Input files
562
Self-contact of finite-sliding deformable surfaces
Figures
563
Contact surface extensions
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8 C3D10 C3D10HS C3D20 CPE3 CPE4 CPE6 CPE8 ISL21A ISL22A
Features tested
Contact surface and slide line extensions for small- and finite-sliding.
Problem description
In small-sliding contact extending the master surface allows the slave node to find an intersection with the master
surface when the slave node lies slightly outside the perimeter of the master surface at the start of the analysis.
The small-sliding models consist of a stacked block arrangement in which the nodes of the slave surface extend
beyond the perimeter of the master surface at the start of the analysis.
In finite-sliding contact extending the master surface can prevent nodes from “falling-off” or getting trapped
behind the master surface. The finite-sliding models are similar to the small-sliding models, except that the slave
surface lies within the perimeter of the master surface at the start of the analysis. A second step moves the slave
surface beyond the perimeter of the master surface but within the extension zone.
Material:
Young's modulus 3.0 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.2
The small-sliding tests verify that an intersection is found and that the proper contact clearance is calculated at
the start of an analysis.
The contact clearances, slip distances, and contact pressures are used to verify the finite-sliding results when a
slave node enters the extension region.
Input files
565
Contact surface extensions
566
Adjusting contact surface
normals at symmetry
planes
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8 C3D10M CPE3 CPE4 CPE8
Features tested
Contact surface normals are tested at symmetry planes for small- and finite-sliding contact.
Problem description
For small-sliding contact the tests verify that the surface normals are properly adjusted such that a slave node
finds an intersection with a curved master surface at the symmetry plane (see Figure 1). It also verifies that the
proper clearance is calculated at the symmetry plane.
For finite-sliding contact the tests verify that the surface normals are properly adjusted and that the end segments
of a two-dimensional contact surface are properly smoothed at the symmetry plane.
Some input files use a local nodal coordinate system to ensure that the surface normals are properly adjusted for
the local system.
The models consist of two concentric deformable cylinders. A quarter-symmetry model is used. The initial
clearance between both cylinders is 0.1. The loading consists of two steps. In the first step a pressure of 100 is
applied on the outer cylinder such that the surface comes into contact with the inner cylinder. In the second step
the pressure is released such that the elastic model returns to its original state.
Material:
Young's modulus 3.0 × 103
Poisson's ratio 0.2
The clearances and contact pressures were verified analytically. The clearances for the finite-sliding test cases
are slightly greater than the discretized clearance because of the smoothed master surface.
Input files
567
Adjusting contact surface normals at symmetry planes
Figures
slave surface
master surface
slave surface
master surface
symmetry plane
unadjusted normal N 1
adjusted normal N 1
1 100
symmetry plane
568
Contact controls
Contact controls
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Contact stabilization
Elements tested
C3D8 CPE4
Features tested
Contact stabilization
Problem description
Contact stabilization can be used to control rigid body motions that may exist in a model before contact is fully
developed. The option adds viscous damping in both the normal and tangential directions. By default, the damping
is calculated automatically, but it is possible to modify the damping coefficient, the variation of the damping
coefficient over the step, the range over which the damping works, and the ratio between normal and tangential
damping. The controls specified with this option remain in effect until they are either changed by another contact
controls procedure or reset to their default values. Contact stabilization can be defined for a specific contact pair
or for the entire model. Further description of the stabilization controls can be found in Adjusting contact controls
in Abaqus/Standard. In these tests various combinations of stabilization controls are tested in multistep analyses
with multiple contact pairs.
The first group of analyses consists of six pairs of blocks that are pushed together in Step 1, subjected to tangential
sliding in Step 2, and pulled apart in Step 3. The blocks are elastic, and the motion of the blocks is controlled
with boundary conditions. Contact stabilization parameters are specified for the whole model and are overridden
by different parameters for several individual contact pairs. The stabilization parameters vary from step to step.
A restart file is written, and some restarts are made to test the restart functionality.
The second group of analyses consists of three blocks that are pushed together in Step 1, subjected to tangential
sliding in Step 2, and pulled apart in Step 3. The blocks are elastic; and the top and bottom blocks are controlled
with boundary conditions, whereas the middle block is completely free and held in place by contact stabilization.
Different contact stabilization parameters are used for each contact pair. In addition, frictional properties are
prescribed for one contact pair. This group contains two-dimensional and three-dimensional static analyses as
well as a dynamic analysis.
Input files
controlsstab_3d.inp Static analysis with six pairs of blocks and different control parameters.
controlsstab_restart1.inp Restart from the results of the analysis with six pairs of blocks.
569
Contact controls
Elements tested
C3D20R C3D27R
Features tested
Modifying the tangential penalty stiffness for all contact pairs in a linear perturbation step.
Problem description
During linear perturbation steps, all points in contact (i.e., with a “closed” status) are assumed to be sticking if
friction is present. However, stick conditions are not enforced for contact nodes for which a velocity differential
is imposed by the motion of the reference frame or the transport velocity. Stick conditions are enforced with a
penalty method by default, and the perturbation tangent scale factor can be used to scale the penalty stiffness.
For example, setting this parameter to zero will result in zero penalty stiffness, such that the stick conditions are
not enforced during the perturbation step. Setting this parameter to a value greater than unity results in a
larger-than-default penalty stiffness and, thus, stricter enforcement of stick conditions during the perturbation
step.
The model consists of two blocks of different sizes in contact, with a nonzero friction coefficient in effect. In
the first and second general steps we establish contact and apply a tangential displacement boundary condition
such that the small block slips along the larger block. Natural frequencies are computed in subsequent perturbation
steps:
Step Name Perturbation Tangent Scale Factor
Material:
Young's modulus 2 × 107
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Friction coefficient 0.2
570
Contact controls
Input files
pertbcntctrl.inp Input file for this analysis.
Elements tested
CPS4 C3D8
Features tested
Pressure-dependent contact constraint enforcement
Problem description
By default, during linear perturbation steps contact constraints are usually fully enforced for surfaces where
contact is active independent of local normal pressure in the base state. This treatment of contact constraints
may excessively stiffen the structure because certain areas of the model where the contact pressure is close to
zero may actually come in and out of contact during vibrations. The nature of linear perturbation procedures
does not allow such contact chattering. However, you can use contact pressure-dependent constraint enforcement
to relax or even completely remove the constraints that have low pressure.
You can control the behavior through two user-specified contact pressure coefficients, p0 and p1; by default, p0
is equal to p1. For pressures greater than p1, the constraints are fully enforced, as in the default contact constraint
treatment. For pressures between p0 and p1 (if p0 is less than p1), the constraints are gradually weakened. For
pressures less than p0, the constraints are totally removed.
The model consists of a plane stress disk placed between two anvils. A sequence of linear perturbation frequency
steps and general steps is applied. During the general steps the disk is compressed between the anvils, and the
linear perturbation frequency steps compute eigenpairs with different parameter settings as shown in Table 1.
Step Name p0 p1
Frequency1 Not used Not used
Frequency3 0. 5 × 104
Frequency5 0. 5 × 104
Frequency6 0. 0.
Material:
Young's modulus 2 × 105
571
Contact controls
Input files
pressdepper_disk.inp Disk analysis.
pressdepper2d.inp Two-dimensional two-element problem.
pressdepper3d.inp Three-dimensional two-element problem.
572
Contact searching for
analytical rigid surfaces
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
MASS
Features tested
Problem description
A number of point masses are shot horizontally at various initial speeds and fall, due to the influence of gravity,
onto a complex analytical rigid surface. The surface consists of line, circular, and parabolic segment types and
includes several deep valleys to trap the point masses. The robustness of the global contact tracking algorithm
is tested as Abaqus/Explicit must correctly determine throughout the analysis which master segment interacts
with each slave node. The time increment size is 0.5 s, which results in very large relative displacements for
each point mass during each increment.
Figure 1 shows the configuration of the point masses at various times. The contact search successfully determines
the correct contact surface interactions throughout the analysis.
Input files
573
Contact searching for analytical rigid surfaces
Figures
574
Multiple surface contact
with penalty method
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
S4R R3D4
Features tested
Three-dimensional penalty contact, accounting for penalty stiffness in the stable time increment, three-dimensional
shell thickness in contact.
This problem tests the features listed but does not provide independent verification of the response.
Problem description
This example illustrates characteristics of penalty contact. The penalty method is a nondefault alternative to
kinematic enforcement of contact constraints, and it is invoked by specifying the penalty method to enforce the
contact constraints. In this example the penalty method is used to enforce contact between three bodies: a rigid
plate, a rigid sphere, and an originally flat shell. The initial configuration is shown in Figure 1. The rigid plate
is fully constrained. The rigid sphere is initially motionless. The initial velocity of the shell body causes the
sphere to be pinched between the other two bodies, and deformation of the shell eventually leads to contact
between the shell and the rigid plate.
An analytical rigid surface is used to model the rigid plate. An element-based rigid surface defined by R3D4
elements is used to model the rigid sphere. A deformable surface is defined over the shell body. Contact between
each combination of these surfaces is defined with three contact pairs.
It would be preferable to model the sphere as an analytical surface, since the element-based surface is a non-smooth
approximation to the shape. However, analytical surfaces can act as master surfaces only, and this example
requires the sphere to act as a slave surface; therefore, the sphere must be modeled with elements. Element-based
rigid surfaces can act as slave surfaces with the penalty method, unlike with the kinematic contact method. This
aspect of the penalty method allows contact modeling between rigid surfaces, such as between the rigid plate
and the rigid sphere in this example. Having a rigid surface act, at least partially, as a slave surface often will
improve contact enforcement for rigid-to-deformable contact because nodes of a pure master surface can penetrate
slave facets without generating contact forces. In this example balanced master-slave weighting is used for
contact between the rigid sphere and the shell. If kinematic contact were used to model contact between the
sphere and the shell, the sphere would have to be weighted as a pure master surface and the sphere nodes would
be allowed to penetrate the shell facets.
It is generally preferable to use an analytical rigid surface whenever possible, rather than an element-based rigid
surface, since an element-based approximation to a smooth surface can contribute to noise in a solution if slave
nodes from other surfaces slide across the element facets. However, this type of sliding is not significant in this
problem.
Two sphere masses are considered for this example: 10−2 and 10−4. The mass of the rigid sphere does not influence
the deformation of the shell significantly, but this mass is significant with respect to numerical stability
considerations. The maximum penalty stiffness allowed for numerical stability is directly proportional to the
575
Multiple surface contact with penalty method
contact mass and has a complex inverse dependence on the time increment. The contact mass corresponds
approximately to the mass of the lighter rigid body or node of a deformable body involved in a contact constraint.
Default penalty stiffnesses for contact involving one or two deformable surfaces are chosen to have a small effect
(about 4% at most) on the element-by-element stable time increment for parent elements along the surface. The
penalty stiffnesses that are chosen by default to enforce contact between rigid bodies do not influence the time
increment. Hence, the default penalty stiffness will tend to decrease as the contact mass decreases.
Penalty stiffnesses can be modified by scaling the default values, which can influence the stable time increment.
The stable time increment is affected by penalty contact only while the surfaces are in contact. A penalty scale
factor of 10 has been specified for contact pairs involving the rigid sphere in the analysis with the lighter sphere,
so we can expect that penalty contact will have a greater influence on the time incrementation in that analysis.
The deformed configuration for the first analysis is shown in Figure 2. Contour plots of the vertical displacement
of the shell for the two analyses are shown in Figure 3 and Figure 4. The final shell configuration is nearly the
same in the two models. These plots demonstrate that energy stored in penalty contact is recoverable, because
shell nodes have rebounded after hitting the rigid plate. By default, viscous contact damping is activated for
penalty contact, so a small amount of the energy stored in the penalty contact constraints is dissipated. This type
of rebound would not occur if kinematic contact were used, since kinematic contact assumes “perfect plastic”
impact.
History plots of the displacement of the rigid sphere for the two analyses are shown in Figure 5. The rigid sphere
bounces back and forth between the other surfaces. The frequency of this oscillation is much higher for the
analysis with the lighter sphere. Displacement of the rigid sphere exceeding 2.38 × 10−3 corresponds to penetration
of the element-based rigid sphere into the rigid plate. For a smooth sphere of radius 10−2, a displacement exceeding
2.0 × 10−3 would correspond to penetration. The penetration of the element-based sphere into the plate is plotted
in Figure 6. The penetration is on the same order of magnitude for the two analyses. If the default penalty
stiffnesses had been used for the analysis with the lighter sphere, the penetrations would have been an order of
magnitude larger. In most analyses the contact penetrations will not be significant with the default penalty
stiffnesses, but “pinching” of the sphere between the other two surfaces causes the penetration to be moderately
significant in this example. Penetrations in a given problem can be reduced by increasing the penalty scale factor
at a cost of decreasing the stable time increment.
The stable time increment is obtained based on an element-by-element estimate to demonstrate the effect of
penalty contact on the stable time increment of the elements. History plots of the time increment for the two
analyses are shown in Figure 7. For the analysis that uses the default penalty stiffnesses, the time increment dips
by about 4% for increments in which the shell surface contacts either or both rigid surfaces. For the analysis
with a specified penalty scale factor of 10, the time increment reductions associated with contact are more
significant, as expected. In this case the time increment is cut by nearly a third in many increments in which the
surfaces are in contact, and the number of increments for the analysis is nearly twice that of the analysis with
the heavier sphere. When the penalty scale factor applies to contact pairs involving rigid surfaces, the time
increment is reduced by roughly the square root of the penalty scale factor value during increments in which
contact occurs. The effect of the penalty scale factor on the time increment is somewhat less significant for
contact between deformable surfaces.
Input files
multpenaltycont1.inp Analysis with the sphere mass equal to 10−2 and the time increment based on
the element-by-element estimate.
multi1_gcont.inp General contact analysis with the sphere mass equal to 10−2 and the time
increment based on the element-by-element estimate.
multpenaltycont2.inp Analysis with the sphere mass equal to 10−4 and the time increment based on
the element-by-element estimate.
576
Multiple surface contact with penalty method
multi2_gcont.inp General contact analysis with the sphere mass equal to 10−4 and the time
increment based on the element-by-element estimate.
multpenaltycont3.inp Analysis with the sphere mass equal to 10−2 and the time increment based on
the global estimate.
multi3_gcont.inp General contact analysis with the sphere mass equal to 10−2 and the time
increment based on the global estimate.
multpenaltycont4.inp Analysis with the sphere mass equal to 10−4 and the time increment based on
the global estimate.
multi4_gcont.inp General contact analysis with the sphere mass equal to 10−4 and the time
increment based on the global estimate.
multpnltykincont.inp Analysis testing both penalty and kinematic contact pairs.
multi_kin_gcont.inp Analysis testing both general contact and kinematic contact pairs.
sphere_n.inp External file containing the node data for these analyses.
sphere_e.inp External file containing the element data for these analyses.
Figures
Rigid Plate
Rigid Sphere
Deformable Shell
3
1 2
1 2
577
Multiple surface contact with penalty method
U3 VALUE
+3.55E-03
+4.97E-03
+6.39E-03
+7.81E-03
+9.23E-03
+1.06E-02
+1.21E-02
+1.35E-02
+1.49E-02
+1.63E-02
+1.77E-02
+1.92E-02
+2.06E-02
+2.20E-02
1 2
Figure 3: Deformed configuration of shell for analysis with larger sphere mass.
U3 VALUE
+3.69E-03
+5.09E-03
+6.49E-03
+7.89E-03
+9.29E-03
+1.07E-02
+1.21E-02
+1.35E-02
+1.49E-02
+1.63E-02
+1.77E-02
+1.91E-02
+2.05E-02
+2.19E-02
1 2
Figure 4: Deformed configuration of shell for analysis with smaller sphere mass.
2.5
[ x10 -3 ]
U3_M1_599991
U3_M2_599991 2.0
DISPLACEMENT - U3
1.5
1.0
0.5
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 3.000E-04
YMIN 0.000E+00
YMAX 2.555E-03 0.0
0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30
TOTAL TIME [ x10 -3 ]
578
Multiple surface contact with penalty method
[ x10 -3 ]
0.15
PENET_M1_599991
PENET_M2_599991
PENETRATION
0.10
0.05
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 3.000E-04
YMIN -2.380E-03
YMAX 1.745E-04 0.00
0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30
TOTAL TIME [ x10 -3 ]
0.6
[ x10 -6 ]
DT_M1
DT_M2 0.5
0.4
- DT
0.3
0.2
0.1
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 3.000E-04
YMIN 2.002E-07
YMAX 6.321E-07 0.0
0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30
TOTAL TIME [ x10 -3 ]
579
Automated contact patch
algorithm for finite-sliding
deformable surfaces
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8 C3D10M SC8R CSS8
Features tested
Problem description
These tests exercise the automatic contact patch and element reordering algorithm used to minimize the wavefront
for three-dimensional deformable-to-deformable finite-sliding simulations.
Model: The model consists of a base block and two slider blocks resting on the base block. The dimension
of the base block is 10 × 6 × 1, and the dimension of each slider block is 1 × 1 × 1. The model is illustrated in
Figure 1.
Mesh: Two meshes are defined. The first mesh uses the 10-node modified tetrahedron, C3D10M, element;
and the second mesh uses the 8-node solid, C3D8, element to define the base block. The base block consists of
300 C3D10M elements for the first mesh and 60 C3D8 elements for the second mesh. The slider block consists
of four C3D8R elements. The master surface is defined on the top of the base block, and the slave surface is
defined on the bottom of each slider block. A total of 18 contact elements are generated by Abaqus.
Boundary conditions: The base block is fully restrained on the bottom. Contact is established in the
first step by placing the slider blocks onto the base block with a prescribed boundary condition. A uniform
pressure of 100 and 200 is applied to the slider blocks in the second step. The slider blocks are moved
independently by prescribing a velocity in the subsequent steps.
Contact stresses, element stresses in the slider blocks, and nodal displacements are verified. In addition, restart
and post analysis jobs exist to verify that the correct analysis databases are accessed.
Input files
581
Automated contact patch algorithm for finite-sliding deformable surfaces
Figures
3 1
582
Surface-to-surface
approach for finite-sliding
contact
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D4 C3D8 CPE4H CPE8H GK3D6 S4R5 CGAX3T STRI65
S4R B31 C3D8R
Features tested
Problem description
This section deals with finite-sliding surface-to-surface contact involving stress/displacement elements. The
tests utilize different surface behavior and surface interactions with the surface-to-surface approach for modeling
finite-sliding contact. The tests also illustrate examples in which different facet types are involved for master
and slave surfaces.
These results illustrate the accuracy and the robustness of the surface-to-surface formulation for finite-sliding
contact.
Input files
Slider example:
slider_cpe4h_surf.inp CPE4H elements modeling a slider with surface-to-surface contact.
slider_cpe8h_mpc_surf.inp CPE8H elements modeling a slider with surface-to-surface contact.
gasket_surf.inp GK3D6 elements contacting a slider using surface-to-surface contact.
slide-shells_surf.inp STRI65 elements modeling a slider with surface-to-surface contact.
edg1s4r5_surf.inp S4R5 elements modeling a slider with surface-to-surface contact.
Examples for facet type of the master surface different from the slave:
beam-shell_surf.inp Beam with B31 elements sliding on a shell surface with S4R elements
modeled using surface-to-surface contact.
slide-shell-on-solid_surf.inp S4R slider in contact with C3D8R element-based surface modeled using
surface-to-surface contact.
583
Surface-to-surface approach for finite-sliding contact
584
Surface smoothing for
surface-to-surface contact
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Features tested
Problem description
Examples are given to verify the behavior of the surface smoothing technique, which helps to improve contact
stress accuracy. The method applies to both finite-sliding and small-sliding surface-to-surface contact.
These results show significant accuracy improvement for models subject to relatively small deformation compared
to equivalent analyses without the surface smoothing technique.
Input files
585
General contact in
Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D4 C3D6 C3D8 C3D8R C3D10PT
CAX4R
CCL12
CPE4 CPE4H CPE8H
CPS4
DC1D2 DC1D2E DC2D4 DC2D4E DC2D8 DC2D8E
DC3D8 DC3D8R DC3D20E DCAX4 DCAX8 DCC1D2
DS3 DS4 DS6 DS8 DSAX1 DSAX2
GK3D6
MCL6
R3D4
S3 S4R
Features tested
Problem description
This section deals with the general contact capability in Abaqus/Standard. These examples utilize different type
of elements and test different features used in general contact.
These results illustrate the accuracy of the general contact formulation in Abaqus/Standard.
Input files
587
General contact in Abaqus/Standard
gcontact_shell_op_ssSPOS7.inp Shells with S4R and S3 elements with initial opening and single-sided
surfaces 1 and 6 (SPOS).
gcontact_shell_op_ssSPOS8.inp Shells with S4R and S3 elements with initial opening and single-sided
surfaces SPOS (all surfaces).
gcontact_shell_ov9.inp Shells with S4R and S3 elements with initial overclosure: default
behavior.
gcontact_shell_ov10.inp Shells with S4R and S3 elements with initial overclosure: retain
overclosure.
gcontact_shell_ov11.inp Shells with S4R and S3 elements with initial overclosure: resolve
overclosure.
gcontact_cross-shell_def12.inp Cross shells with S4R elements: default behavior.
gcontact_cross-shell_ss13.inp Cross shells with S4R elements: single-sided surface.
gcontact_solid_op14.inp C3D8R elements with initial opening: default behavior.
gcontact_solid_op15.inp C3D8R elements with initial opening: resolve opening.
gcontact_solid_op16.inp C3D8R elements with initial opening: remain open.
gcontact_solid_op17.inp C3D8R elements with initial opening and single-sided surface: resolve
opening.
gcontact_solid_op18.inp C3D8R elements with initial opening and single-sided surface: remain
open.
gcontact_solid_ov19.inp C3D8R elements with initial overclosure: default behavior.
gcontact_solid_ov20.inp C3D8R elements with initial overclosure: retain overclosure.
gcontact_solid_ov21.inp C3D8R elements with initial overclosure: resolve overclosure.
588
General contact in Abaqus/Standard
589
General contact in Abaqus/Standard
ei22siam_gcsmall.inp CPE4 elements and analytical rigid surface. User-specified clearance normals
and internally computed clearances.
ei34sisc_lcp_gcsmall.inp C3D8 elements with the LCP solution technique for frictionless
small-sliding contact.
rigid_gcsmall_lcp.inp C3D8 and R3D4 elements with the LCP solution technique for frictionless
small-sliding contact.
ei36sirc_ccl12_gcsmall.inp CCL12 cylindrical elements modeling an initial interference fit.
Miscellaneous:
block_c3d4_b_std_gcont.inp C3D4 elements using general contact and the unsymmetric solver to
handle additional compression.
block_c3d8_b_gcont.inp C3D8 elements using general contact and the unsymmetric solver to
handle additional compression.
block_Xcontact_Slide.inp General contact with an initial stationary XFEM crack surface.
boltpipeflange_3d_gk3d18_gcont.inp Three-dimensional analysis using general contact formulation
containing a gasket modeled with gasket elements.
cantilever_Xcontact_propcrack.inp General contact with a propagating XFEM crack surface.
gasket_surf_gcont.inp GK3D6 elements contacting a slider using general contact
rollcyl_test_gcont.inp Paper rolling model using general contact formulation.
590
General contact in Abaqus/Standard
591
Anisotropic friction for
Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8R S4R
Features tested
Problem description
The models consist of a solid element pressed against a shell element, converted to a rigid element for convenience,
and displaced along the shell surface in varying directions. At the beginning of the analysis both contact surfaces
have a directional preference oriented with the major axis of the scaling ellipse pointing in the Y-direction (see
the vector plot of CORIENT1 in Figure 1). The frictional directional preference factor, ϵ, for both surfaces is
equal to 0.5. The nominal or average friction coefficient, μiso , is 0.2.
593
Anisotropic friction for Abaqus/Explicit
Z Y
Model: Model-1:
Step-1 The block is pressed on the shell element with a force of 25 N.
Step-2 The block is displaced with a boundary condition in the X-direction.
Step-3 Release displacement in the X-direction.
Step-4 The block is displaced with a boundary condition in the Y-direction.
Step-5 Release displacement in Y-direction.
Step-6 The block is displaced with a boundary condition in the X–Y direction
(45°).
Model-2:
Step-1 The block is pressed on the shell element with a force of 25 N.
Step-2 The block is displaced with a boundary condition in the X-direction.
Step-3 Release displacement in X-direction and pressure.
Step-4 Rotate the shell element with a rotation of 90°.
594
Anisotropic friction for Abaqus/Explicit
After the shell is rotated, the two surfaces have orthogonal directional preferences and the equivalent scaling
ellipse becomes a circle.
Material:
Density
7.8 e −9
Young's modulus
7.0 e 4
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Anisotropic behavior:: The scaling ellipses can be mathematically treated as tensors. The form in the
principal coordinate system is
⎡1 + ϵ 0 ⎤
S=⎢ ⎥.
⎣ 0 1 − ϵ⎦
The two surface scaling tensors (ellipses) are averaged to determine the contact scaling tensor (ellipse):
Scont = ω1Ssurf 1 + ω2Ssurf 2.
Initially the major axis of the two ellipses are aligned, and using a balanced weighting method, the contact scaling
ellipse becomes
⎡1.5 0 ⎤ ⎡1.5 0 ⎤ ⎡1.5 0 ⎤
Scont = 0.5⎢ ⎥ + 0.5⎢ ⎥=⎢ ⎥.
⎣ 0 0.5⎦ ⎣ 0 0.5⎦ ⎣ 0 0.5⎦
The limit shear force in the principal direction is computed by multiplying S by the average friction coefficient
and the normal force,
⎡1.5 0 ⎤ ⎡ 7.5 0 ⎤
FLimit = FN Scont μiso = 25⎢ ⎥0.2 = ⎢ ⎥.
⎣ 0 0.5⎦ ⎣ 0 2.5⎦
595
Anisotropic friction for Abaqus/Explicit
The reaction forces are checked and compared with the analytical results.
• Model-1: since the equivalent scaling ellipse is oriented as the Y-direction and the two surfaces are not rotating
elatively, the expected reaction forces are equal to Fx = 2.5 N (Step-2) and Fy = 7.5 N (Step-4) during the
sliding in the X- and Y-directions.(see Figure 3). In Step-6 the block is sliding in a diagonal direction in the
X–Y plane (45°). By definition, the direction of the slip is orthogonal to the equivalent scaling ellipse (see
Figure 2).
FX = Akxyxel , Fy = Ak yyyel ,
where
1+ε 2 1.5 2
ky
kx
= ( ) =( )
1−ε 0.5
= 9.
The values of the forces Fx and Fy computed intersecting the scaling ellipse using the angle θ = 83.6° are
Input files
596
Anisotropic friction for Abaqus/Explicit
Figures
F y
Direction of slip is
normal to the
critical frictional
force ellipse
F
x
XYPlot−1
Reaction Force −X
7.0 Reaction Force −Y
6.0
Step−4 Step−6
5.0
4.0
Force
3.0
2.0
Step−2
1.0
0.0
597
Anisotropic friction for Abaqus/Explicit
XYPlot−1
5.0
Reaction Force −X
Reaction Force −Y
Step−6
4.0
3.0
Force
2.0
Step−2
1.0
0.0
0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45
Time
598
Interface tests
In this section:
599
Thermal surface interaction
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
DC1D2 DC2D4 DC2D8 DC3D8 DC3D20 DCAX4 DCAX8
DS3 DS4 DS6 DS8 DSAX1 DSAX2
CAX3T CAX4RT CPE3T CPE4RT CPS3T CPS4RT
C3D4T C3D6T C3D8RT SC8RT SC6RT
Features tested
Contact pair
Gap conductance
Gap radiation
Problem description
A solid material is placed near a heat source whose temperature stays constant. Heat transfer across the gap
between the solid surface and the heat source can take place via gap conductance or gap radiation (thus, there
are two tests for each element type). Using the default convergence tolerances in Abaqus/Standard, the reaction
fluxes for radiation problems show slight differences (0.1%) from the analytical results due to the severe
nonlinearity of the radiation problem. We initiate unidirectional heat flow by applying a constant temperature
that is higher than that of the heat source itself to the solid surface away from the heat source. The steady-state
temperature at the surface near the heat source is used to verify the numerical solutions.
In Abaqus/Explicit the steady-state result is obtained by performing a long-term transient simulation. The constant
temperature heat source is modeled three different ways: with either deformable elements, isothermal discrete
rigid elements, or an isothermal analytical rigid surface. Both kinematic and penalty mechanical contact are
considered.
Model:
Element size 1 unit in each direction
Inner radius of axisymmetric solids 10.0
Material:
Conductivity in solid 1.0
Gap conductance 10.0
Radiation constants of surfaces 5 × 10−10
Absolute zero −460.0
In Abaqus/Explicit dummy mechanical and capacitance properties are specified to complete the material definition.
601
Thermal surface interaction
The steady-state temperatures agree with the analytical, one-dimensional heat transfer results.
Input files
602
Thermal surface interaction
603
Thermal surface interaction
gapheattrans_c_x_dr_cps4rt.inp Solid modeled with CPS4RT elements; constant temperature heat source
modeled with R2D2 elements.
gapheattrans_c_x_dr_c3d4t.inp Solid modeled with C3D4T elements; constant temperature heat source
modeled with R3D3 elements.
gapheattrans_c_x_dr_c3d8rt.inp Solid modeled with C3D8RT elements; constant temperature heat source
modeled with R3D4 elements.
gapheattrans_c_x_dr_sc8rt.inp Solid modeled with SC8RT elements; constant temperature heat source
modeled with R3D4 elements.
604
Thermal surface interaction
605
Coupling of acoustic and
structural elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
ASI1 ASI2 ASI2A ASI3 ASI3A ASI4 ASI8
Problem description
The model consists of a column of fluid 100 units high with a cross-sectional area of 400. The fluid column is
modeled with five acoustic elements; five high and one in the cross-section. The top of the column has a zero
pressure boundary condition applied, thus representing a free surface. The base of the column is connected to
structural degrees of freedom via an acoustic-structural interface element.
A dynamic analysis is performed during which a sinusoidal acceleration is applied to the base of the fluid column
via the interface element. The pressure distribution throughout the fluid column is determined after one unit of
dynamic time has elapsed.
Material:
Bulk modulus 2 × 109
Density 1000.0
607
Coupling of acoustic and structural elements
Input files
608
Coupled thermal-electrical
surface interaction
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
DC2D4E DC2D8E DC3D8E DC3D20E DCAX4E DCAX8E
Features tested
Contact pair
Gap conductance
Gap electrical conductance
Gap heat generation
Gap radiation
Problem description
A solid material is placed near a heat source whose temperature and electrical potential remain constant. Heat
transfer across the gap between the solid body and the heat source can take place via gap conductance or gap
radiation (thus, there are two tests for each element type). Electrical current is conducted between the two closely
adjacent surfaces forming the gap. Half of the electrical energy resulting from this conductance is released as
heat and is distributed equally to the two adjacent surfaces. No Joule heating occurs in the model as a result of
electrical conduction; therefore, electrical energy does not act as an internal heat source within the continuum
elements. For simplicity we initiate a unidirectional heat flow and current in the solid by applying a higher
temperature and electrical potential to the face farthest from the heat source. The steady-state temperatures and
electrical potentials of the solid face closest to the heat source are verified with the analytical solution.
Model:
Element size 1 unit in each direction
Inner radius of axisymmetric solids 10.0
Material:
Thermal conductivity in solid 1.0
Electrical conductivity in solid 1.0
Gap thermal conductance 10.0
Gap electrical conductance 10.0
Gap heat generation 0.5
Radiation constants of surfaces 5 × 10−10
Joule heat fraction 0.0
609
Coupled thermal-electrical surface interaction
The steady-state temperatures and electrical potentials agree with the analytical, one-dimensional coupled
thermal-electrical results.
Input files
610
Friction models in
Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B21 B31
Features tested
Friction
Changes to friction properties
Problem description
The model consists of two rods perpendicular to a fixed rigid surface forced into contact with the rigid surface
by a concentrated load applied in the axial direction at the top of each rod. Subsequently, shear forces are applied,
such that τeq < τcrit, to verify the “stick” condition. Afterward, prescribed displacements are applied to the rods
to force them to slide around the surface.
The contact between the bottom end of the rod and the rigid surface is modeled by specifying a master-slave
contact pair. The bottom end of the rod constitutes the slave surface created with the node-based surface procedure
and has a contact area of unity; hence, the normal force applied on the rod is equal to the contact pressure. Each
rod has its separate surface interaction created with the contact property and friction definitions. Further, friction
properties are modified during the analysis.
Model:
Average length of all contact elements 0.5
Material:
Young's modulus 30 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
The first two steps of the analysis establish contact between each rod and the rigid surface and set up an equilibrium
solution in which each beam element is compressed by a force of 300. The temperature of the slave node is
specified as 20° and that of the rigid surface, as 0°; therefore, the average surface temperature is 10° when contact
is established. In Step 3 the normal force is increased to 400, and a shear force is applied to the first rod such
that τeq < τcrit and the rod remains sticking. The shear force is removed in Step 4. In Step 5 the friction model for
rod 1 is modified. The normal force is increased to 550, and a shear force is applied such that τeq < τcrit and the
rod still remains sticking. The shear forces are removed in Step 6. In Step 7 the original friction model is specified
611
Friction models in Abaqus/Standard
with the friction properties reset to their original values. The pressure on rod 1 is increased to 850, and a slip is
applied. In Step 8 a slip velocity–dependent friction model is introduced for rod 2. In Step 9 a slip is applied to
rod 2 in which the slip rate is varied by prescribing the displacement with an amplitude curve during the static
step.
Surface interaction for rod 1:
Step 1
μ1 = 0.005θ + 2.5 × 10−4(p − 100).
μ2 = 0.005θ + 3.3 × 10−4(p − 100). (Anisotropic model only for case with 2 local tangent directions.)
Step 5
μ = 0.002θ + 3.3 × 10−4p for 100 < p ≤ 500.
Step 7
Same as specified in Step 1.
Step 8
μ = 0.0 for the elastic slip formulation.
Step 1
μ = 0.0 for the elastic slip formulation.
Step 8
μ = μs for γ̇eq = 0;
The first two steps of the analysis establish contact between each rod and the rigid surface and set up an equilibrium
solution in which each beam element is compressed by a force of 300. The pressure is kept constant throughout
the analysis. In Step 3 a shear force is applied to rod 1 such that τeq < τcrit and the rod remains sticking. The shear
force is removed in Step 4. In Step 5 the friction model for rod 1 is modified by providing test data. A shear
612
Friction models in Abaqus/Standard
force is applied such that τeq < τcrit and the rod remains sticking. The shear forces are removed in Step 6. In Step
7 the original friction model is specified with the friction properties reset to their original values. A slip is applied
to rod 1. In Step 8 a new friction model is introduced for rod 2. In Step 9 a slip is applied to rod 2 in which the
slip rate is varied by prescribing the displacement with an amplitude curve during the static step.
Surface interaction for rod 1:
Step 1
μs = 0.3;
μk = 0.1;
dc = 4.
Step 5
Test data input:
μ3 = 0.2, γ̇3 = ∞.
Step 7
Same as specified in Step 1.
Step 8
μ = 0.0 for the elastic slip formulation.
Step 1
μ = 0.0 for the elastic slip formulation.
Step 8
Test data input:
(μ2 − μ∞ )
It is assumed that (μ1 − μ∞ )
= 0.05.
613
Friction models in Abaqus/Standard
Input files
614
Friction models in
Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPE3 MASS
Features tested
Problem description
The friction models provided in Abaqus/Explicit are tested on a simple problem, and the results are compared
to analytical solutions.
The first example uses the classical Coulomb friction model. The critical shear stress, τcrit, at which surfaces
begin to slide with respect to each other is given by
τcrit = μp,
where κ is the slope of the shear stress versus elastic slip curve and τ is the shear stress calculated from the friction
law. While under the condition of slipping friction, the behavior is identical to the classical Coulomb friction
model without softened tangential behavior.
The third example uses a rate-dependent friction model in which the static friction coefficient, μs, decays to the
kinetic friction coefficient, μk, according to the exponential form,
μ = μk + (μs − μk )e −dc γ˙eq,
where dc is a user-defined decay parameter and γ̇eq is the slip rate. This model is referred to as the exponential
decay friction model.
The fourth example uses the Coulomb friction model with dependencies to simulate slip-rate-dependent friction.
The coefficient of friction is defined as a function of the slip rate and the normal contact pressure. To facilitate
comparison of the analyses, the tabular data are synthesized to approximate the exponential decay model.
The fifth example uses a rough friction model with softened tangential behavior. With this model, all tangential
motion is in the form of elastic slip. This model differs from the second example in that the shear stress is no
longer limited by τcrit, so no frictional slip can occur.
The problem consists of a rectangular block of two CPE3 elements sliding on a rigid surface. The block is 5
inches long, 1 inch high, and 1 inch thick. The elastic modulus is 3 × 107 psi, and the density is 7.3 × 10−4 lbf
615
Friction models in Abaqus/Explicit
s2/in4. A uniform pressure of 2000 psi is applied on the top face of the block, and an initial velocity of 200 in/s
is prescribed at each node of the block. The same problem is used to test user subroutine VFRIC in VFRIC,
VFRIC_COEF, and VFRICTION.
For the classical Coulomb friction model μ = 0.15; for the exponential decay friction model μs = 0.15, μk = 0.05,
and dc = 0.01 s/in; for the models including softened tangential behavior κ = 104 psi/in.
Results for the classical Coulomb friction model with softened tangential behavior
As in the preceding example, the critical frictional stress between the block and rigid surface is 300 psi. Elastic
slip will be generated until the frictional stress exceeds the critical stress, and frictional slip will be initiated. The
block then slows to zero velocity due to the frictional dissipation and reverses direction as the stored elastic slip
is converted back into kinetic energy. The analytical solution for a rigid block with the given initial velocity
predicts that the block will reverse its direction of travel at a time of 5.638 × 10−4 s at a distance of 6.367 × 10−2
inches. The corresponding values for time and distance from the finite element model are 5.704 × 10−4 s and
6.338 × 10−2 inches, respectively.
Results for the rough friction model with softened tangential behavior
With rough frictional behavior and tangential softening (without viscous contact damping), this model essentially
behaves like an undamped oscillator. The analytical solution to a point mass oscillating on a linear spring without
damping gives the amplitude of the oscillation in slip to be 5.404 × 10—2 inches and the time at which the slip
616
Friction models in Abaqus/Explicit
direction first reverses to be 4.244 × 10−4 s. The corresponding values for amplitude and time from the finite
element model using penalty contact are 5.403 × 10−2 inches and 4.273 × 10−4 s, respectively. The corresponding
values for the amplitude and time from the finite element model using kinematic contact are 5.378 × 10−2 inches
and 4.234 × 10−4 s, respectively.
Input files
Tables
Table 1: Comparison of velocity values for the exponential decay friction model.
Table 2: Comparison of velocity values for the Coulomb friction model with dependencies.
617
Friction models in Abaqus/Explicit
618
Cohesive surface
interaction
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Features tested
This section provides verification for the following options:
• Cohesive behavior properties
• Material and contact properties to define damage initiation
• Material properties to define damage evolution
Problem description
The following usages of surface-based cohesive behavior are verified in these tests:
• Cohesive behavior properties
• Cohesive behavior restricted to initially contacting nodes
• Cohesive behavior allowing repeated contacts
• Coupled traction-separation behavior
Model: This test consists of four cases, each of which illustrate one of the usages of the cohesive behavior
properties listed above. Each case comprises two blocks of solid elements bonded together with cohesive surfaces
defined at the interface between the blocks. In all cases except Case 2 the initial configuration is fully compliant,
with the slave and master surfaces touching each other exactly without any overclosures or gaps. In Case 2 there
is an initial gap between some nodes of the slave surface and the master surface that is not resolved at the start
of the analysis.
Case 1 has cohesive behavior defined with default parameters; hence, cohesive behavior is defined for all nodes
of the slave surface that are initially in contact with the master surface and also the slave nodes that may come
in contact later, and postfailure cohesive behavior is not defined. There are no data line values prescribed, so the
default cohesive stiffness values calculated by Abaqus are used to enforce cohesive behavior. Progressive failure
of the cohesive bond is modeled using the maximum stress damage initiation criterion and damage evolution
with linear displacement–based softening behavior.
Case 2 has cohesive behavior defined with the initially contacting nodes. Since there is an initial gap between
some nodes of the slave surface and the master surface, these nodes are not in contact in the initial configuration
and, thus, cohesive behavior is not enforced at these nodes. Uncoupled nondefault cohesive stiffness values are
prescribed on the data line. No damage model is defined for this case, so the cohesive bond does not degrade
and fail.
Case 3 is similar to Case 1. In addition, postfailure cohesive behavior is enforced for recurrent contacts at nodes
on the slave surface.
619
Cohesive surface interaction
Case 4 has cohesive behavior with coupled traction-separation behavior. Coupled cohesive stiffness values are
prescribed on the data line. Progressive failure of the cohesive bond is modeled using the maximum stress damage
initiation criterion and damage evolution with linear displacement–based softening behavior.
Loading: The loading is the same in the first three cases: the blocks are first pulled apart in pure normal mode
by applying displacement boundary conditions, then they are brought into contact, and finally they are again
pulled apart. In the fourth case a mixed mode loading is applied.
Input files
Problem description
This test verifies damage modeling with cohesive surfaces using different damage initiation criteria and damage
evolution laws to simulate the failure of cohesive layers.
The maximum separation and quadratic stress damage initiation criteria are used. Damage evolution is defined
based on either effective displacement or energy dissipated. Linear, exponential, and tabular softening laws are
defined to specify the nature of the evolution of the damage variable. Each damage model is verified for damage
in pure normal and two pure shear modes (one shear mode for two-dimensional and axisymmetric elements).
The dependence of damage evolution on the mode mix measure specified in tabular, power law, or
Benzeggagh-Kenane form is also considered in this test.
Input files
620
Cohesive surface interaction
621
Cohesive surface interaction
Problem description
This test verifies modeling “breakable ties” using cohesive behavior and progressive damage. A box and its lid,
both modeled with solid elements, are tied together via cohesive behavior at the interface. Default cohesive
behavior options are used. The bottom of the box is fixed using prescribed boundary conditions, while the lid is
pulled apart via prescribed displacements applied through a kinematic coupling acting on the top surface of the
lid.
The maximum stress damage initiation criterion is used. Damage evolution is defined using effective displacement
with a linear softening law.
Input files
Problem description
This test verifies modeling “sticky contact” using cohesive behavior and progressive damage. A box, modeled
as a rigid body, contains three balls that are modeled using shell elements. The box is completely fixed; the balls,
initially suspended in the gap between the top and bottom walls of the rigid box, are given identical initial
velocities resulting in their simultaneous impact with the bottom wall of the box. The behavior of each of the
balls (Ball A, Ball B, and Ball C) is described below.
622
Cohesive surface interaction
Ball C, Cohesive with Bottom Ball B, Cohesive with Bottom, Repeated Contacts
Ball A has cohesive behavior without progressive damage defined between its surface and the top wall of the
box. No cohesive stiffness is specified, and the default values are used. When this ball impacts the bottom wall,
it does not experience any cohesive forces, since no cohesive behavior is prescribed for the interaction between
this ball and the bottom wall. The ball rebounds and strikes the top wall of the box, where cohesive forces act
to prevent it from rebounding again and ensure that it remains stuck to the top wall for the rest of the analysis.
Ball B has cohesive behavior with progressive damage defined between its surface and the bottom wall of the
box. No cohesive stiffness is specified, and the default values are used. The damage model uses the maximum
stress damage initiation criteria and has damage evolution defined based on effective displacement with a linear
softening law. In addition, postfailure cohesive behavior is enforced for recurrent contacts at nodes on the slave
surface. When this ball impacts the bottom wall and tries to rebound, the cohesive forces act to restrain it from
rebounding. However, since the elastic energy of the collision is high, eventually damage initiates, ultimate
failure occurs, and the ball breaks free. It then goes on to hit the top wall. There is no cohesive behavior defined
with the top wall, so Ball B does not experience any cohesive forces and bounces back and impacts the bottom
wall again. Since postfailure cohesive behavior is allowed, cohesive forces reactivate when the ball attempts to
rebound again. However, on second impact, the momentum and kinetic energy of the ball is considerably less
than during first impact, owing to the dissipation that occurred due to the damage work done during first impact.
The cohesive forces this time are sufficiently high to restrain it from rebounding again, and the ball remains
stuck to the bottom wall for the rest of the analysis.
Ball C has exactly the same cohesive behavior and progressive damage defined between its surface and the
bottom wall as Ball B. As with Ball B, when this ball impacts the bottom wall and tries to rebound, the cohesive
forces act to restrain it from rebounding. However, since the elastic energy of the collision is high, eventually
damage initiates, ultimate failure occurs, and the ball breaks free. It then goes on to hit the top wall. There is no
cohesive behavior defined with the top wall, so Ball C does not experience any cohesive forces and bounces
back and impacts the bottom wall again. Since no postfailure cohesive behavior is allowed, cohesive forces are
not activated when the ball attempts to rebound following the second impact with the bottom wall. The ball
rebounds again and keeps bouncing back and forth between the top and bottom walls throughout the rest of the
analysis.
623
Cohesive surface interaction
Input files
624
Rigid body verification
In this section:
625
Rigid body mass properties
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B21 B21H B22 B31 B31H B31OS B31OSH B32 B32H
CAX3 CAX3H CAX4 CAX4H CAX4I CAX4IH CAX4R CAX6 CAX6M CAX6MH CAX8
CAX8H
CPE3 CPE3H CPE4 CPE4H CPE4I CPE4IH CPE4R CPE4RH CPE6 CPE6M CPE8 CPS3
CPS4 CPS4I CPS4R CPS6 CPS6M CPS8
C3D6 C3D6H C3D8 C3D8H C3D8R C3D8RH C3D10 C3D10M C3D15 C3D15H C3D15V
C3D20 C3D20H C3D20R
FRAME2D FRAME3D
M3D3 M3D4 M3D4R M3D6 M3D8 MAX1 MAX2
PIPE21 PIPE31 PIPE31H
R2D2 R3D4 R3D3 RAX2
S3R S4 S4R S8R SAX1 SAX2
T2D2 T2D3 T2D3H T3D2 T3D3 T3D3H
Features tested
Computation of rigid body mass properties, repositioning of the rigid body reference node at the center of mass
of the rigid body.
Problem description
This suite of problems tests the mass property computations of rigid bodies consisting of continuum and structural
elements in Abaqus/Standard analyses and continuum, structural, and rigid elements in Abaqus/Explicit analyses.
Five different rigid body geometry cases are considered:
1. A two-dimensional planar rigid body consisting of beam, continuum, and truss elements (and rigid elements
in Abaqus/Explicit analyses).
2. A three-dimensional rigid body consisting of beam, continuum, and truss elements (and rigid elements in
Abaqus/Explicit analyses).
3. A three-dimensional rigid body consisting of beam, membrane, shell, and truss elements.
4. An axisymmetric rigid body consisting of continuum and shell elements (and rigid elements in Abaqus/Explicit
analyses).
5. A three-dimensional rigid body consisting of all of the elements included in geometry Cases 2 and 3, as well
as a point mass element located at the rigid body reference node.
The mass, center of mass, and rotary inertia of each rigid body are computed automatically by Abaqus to take
into account the section properties and densities of each of the constituent elements. The reference node for each
rigid body is located at the center of mass.
627
Rigid body mass properties
The computed mass properties of rigid bodies can be verified by checking the printed quantities in the data
(.dat) file. Further quantitative and qualitative verification is accomplished by performing two analyses. In
the first analysis each geometry case is subjected to a concentrated force of magnitude 1.0 × 106 in the x-direction
acting at the rigid body reference node. In the second analysis each geometry case is subjected to a concentrated
moment of magnitude 1.0 × 108 acting about the z-axis at the rigid body reference node.
For each geometry case the mass and inertia properties of the rigid body are found to match their analytical
values closely. In Cases 1 and 4 the application of a concentrated force at the rigid body reference node does
not cause any rotation of the rigid body about the out-of-plane axis, which verifies that the reference node has
been positioned at the center of mass of the rigid body. Similarly for Cases 2, 3, and 5, for the concentrated force
loading, there are no rotations observed about either the global x-, y-, or z-axes. The moment loading in each
case causes large rigid body rotations about the reference node. The final rotated configuration in each case is
found to be consistent with the geometry of the problem and the magnitude of the applied moment. The original
and final configurations of the rigid body in Case 1 for the moment load case are shown in Figure 1 and Figure
2.
Input files
Abaqus/Standard analyses
rigmass1_std.inp Case 1 for the force loading.
rigmass1a_std.inp Case 1 for the force loading.
rigmass1b_std.inp Case 1 for the force loading.
rigmass1c_std.inp Case 1 for the force loading.
rigmass11_std.inp Case 1 for the moment loading.
rigmass11a_std.inp Case 1 for the moment loading.
rigmass2_std.inp Case 2 for the force loading.
rigmass2a_std.inp Case 2 for the force loading.
rigmass2b_std.inp Case 2 for the force loading.
rigmass2c_std.inp Case 2 for the force loading.
rigmass2d_std.inp Case 2 for the force loading.
rigmass2e_std.inp Case 2 for the force loading.
rigmass2f_std.inp Case 2 for the force loading.
rigmass22_std.inp Case 2 for the moment loading.
rigmass22a_std.inp Case 2 for the moment loading.
rigmass3_std.inp Case 3 for the force loading.
rigmass3a_std.inp Case 3 for the force loading.
rigmass3b_std.inp Case 3 for the force loading.
rigmass33_std.inp Case 3 for the moment loading.
rigmass33a_std.inp Case 3 for the moment loading.
rigmass4_std.inp Case 4 for the force loading.
rigmass4a_std.inp Case 4 for the force loading.
rigmass4b_std.inp Case 4 for the force loading.
rigmass4c_std.inp Case 4 for the force loading.
rigmass4d_std.inp Case 4 for the force loading.
628
Rigid body mass properties
Abaqus/Explicit analyses
rigmass1.inp Case 1 for the force loading on linear elements.
rigmass1a.inp Case 1 for the force loading on quadratic elements.
rigmass1_pipe.inp Case 1 for the force loading on linear elements including pipe elements.
rigmass11.inp Case 1 for the moment loading on linear elements.
rigmass11a.inp Case 1 for the moment loading on quadratic elements.
rigmass11_pipe.inp Case 1 for the moment loading on linear elements including pipe elements.
rigmass2.inp Case 2 for the force loading on linear elements.
rigmass2a.inp Case 2 for the force loading on quadratic elements.
rigmass2_pipe.inp Case 2 for the force loading on linear elements including pipe elements.
rigmass2b.inp Case 2 for the force loading on elements without reduced integration.
rigmass22.inp Case 2 for the moment loading on linear elements.
rigmass22a.inp Case 2 for the moment loading on quadratic elements.
rigmass22_pipe.inp Case 2 for the moment loading on linear elements including pipe elements.
rigmass22b.inp Case 2 for the moment loading on elements without reduced integration.
rigmass3.inp Case 3 for the force loading on linear elements.
rigmass3a.inp Case 3 for the force loading on quadratic beam elements.
rigmass3b.inp Case 3 for the force loading on elements without reduced integration.
rigmass33.inp Case 3 for the moment loading on linear elements.
rigmass33a.inp Case 3 for the moment loading on quadratic beam elements.
rigmass33b.inp Case 3 for the moment loading on elements without reduced integration.
rigmass4.inp Case 4 for the force loading on linear elements.
rigmass4a.inp Case 4 for the force loading on elements without reduced integration.
rigmass44.inp Case 4 for the moment loading on linear elements.
rigmass44a.inp Case 4 for the moment loading on elements without reduced integration.
rigmass5.inp Case 5 for the force loading on linear elements.
rigmass5a.inp Case 5 for the force loading on quadratic elements.
rigmass5b.inp Case 5 for the force loading on elements without reduced integration.
rigmass55.inp Case 5 for the moment loading on linear elements.
rigmass55a.inp Case 5 for the moment loading on quadratic elements.
rigmass55b.inp Case 5 for the moment loading on elements without reduced integration.
629
Rigid body mass properties
Figures
3 1
3 1
Figure 2: Final configuration for Case 1 subjected to applied torque about reference node.
630
Tie and pin node sets
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
R3D4 S4R
Features tested
Use of TIE NSET and PIN NSET to define connections between rigid bodies and deformable elements.
Problem description
A square rigid sheet is connected by one node at each of two opposite edges to deformable rectangular plates
consisting of S4R elements. The connection to the first plate at node 6 of the rigid body is assumed to be a tie
connection where it is desired to transmit moment and rotation. The connection to the second plate at node 8 is
assumed to be a pin connection. A moment of magnitude 1000 is applied to the rigid body reference node about
the global z-axis. A ROTARYI element with Izz = 10 is attached to the rigid body reference node. Two
representations for the square rigid sheet are considered:
1. The rigid sheet is modeled with R3D4 elements. These elements have only translational degrees of freedom
and, therefore, generate pin nodes on the rigid body by default. To ensure that there is a tie connection at
node 6, the TIE NSET parameter is used with a node set containing node 6. For this model the PIN NSET
parameter is also used with a node set containing node 8. However, this PIN NSET specification is not
necessary (redundant) in this case since node 8 is by default a pin node because of the underlying R3D4
elements.
2. The rigid sheet is modeled with S4R elements. These elements have both translational and rotational degrees
of freedom and, therefore, generate tie nodes on the rigid body by default. To ensure that there is a pin
connection at node 8, the PIN NSET parameter is used with a node set containing node 8. For this model the
TIE NSET parameter is also used with a node set containing node 6. However, this TIE NSET specification
is not necessary in this case since node 6 is, by default, a tie node because of the underlying S4R elements.
The original and final configurations for Cases 1 and 2 are shown in Figure 1 and Figure 2. It is clear from the
results that at tie connections the plate rotates with the rigid body since there is transfer of moment from the
rigid sheet to the rectangular plate at the connecting node. At pin connections moments are not transferred at the
connecting node since the rigid body at the connecting node has only translational degrees of freedom. This
results in large relative motions between the rigid sheet and the deformable plate at the pin nodes. Figure 3 shows
the angular rotation about the z-axis at the connecting nodes for Case 1. The angular rotation at the pin node,
node 8, is negative in response to the applied positive moment, which is the physically intuitive result.
631
Tie and pin node sets
Input files
Abaqus/Standard analysis
rigcon1_std.inp Case 1.
rigcon2_std.inp Case 2.
ver_rigcon2_std_thermexp.inp Case 2 with temperature change.
Abaqus/Explicit analysis
rigcon1.inp Case 1.
rigcon2.inp Case 2.
Figures
3 1
8 100 6
Figure 1: Original and final configurations for Case 1. Deformation magnification factor = 3.0.
3 1
6
8 100 6
8
Figure 2: Original and final configurations for Case 2. Deformation magnification factor = 3.0.
632
Tie and pin node sets
TIE NSET_6
PIN NSET_8 0.0
ROTATION
-0.2
-0.4
XMIN 5.007E-02
XMAX 5.000E-01
YMIN -7.392E-02
YMAX 5.785E-02
0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50
TOTAL TIME
Figure 3: Rotation about the z-axis at the connecting nodes for Case 1.
633
Rigid body as an MPC
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
S4R
Features tested
Use of rigid body with TIE node set to define MPC between deformable elements.
Problem description
The model consists of two identical rectangular plates that lie parallel to the x–z plane and are initially separated
by a distance of 1 m in the y-direction (see Figure 1). Each plate is modeled with S4R elements. Three pairs of
nodes along the edges—node 1 of the bottom plate and node 10 of the top plate, node 9 of the bottom plate and
node 90 of the top plate, node 4 of the bottom plate and node 40 of the top plate—are combined to form three
distinct rigid bodies by including each pair in a TIE NSET. Concentrated loads of magnitude 1.0 × 105 N are
applied in the positive z- and positive x-directions at nodes 20, 70, and 30 of the top plate. The results are compared
to the solution of the corresponding MPC problem. In the MPC problem three BEAM-type MPCs are defined
between the corresponding nodes of the top and bottom plates.
The final configuration for the problem is shown in Figure 2. The bottom plate moves with the top plate so that
the final configuration is similar to the original configuration except for a unified rotation and translation. This
is because the rigid body TIE NSET constrains both the displacements and the rotations of the nodes that belong
to it.
The results obtained using rigid body node sets closely match those obtained from solving the corresponding
MPC problem. From Figure 3, Figure 4, and Figure 5 it is clear that the leading characteristics of the solution—the
ux-displacement, the uz-displacement, and the θx-rotation—are almost identical for the problem solved with rigid
bodies and the corresponding BEAMMPC problem. The differences observed in the θx-rotation between
Abaqus/Explicit and Abaqus/Standard are due to the different formulations used in the respective codes.
Input files
Abaqus/Standard analysis
rigmpc2_std.inp Input file with rigid body definitions that include TIE NSETs.
rigmpc21_std.inp Corresponding MPC problem.
Abaqus/Explicit analysis
rigmpc2.inp Input file with rigid body definitions that include TIE NSETs.
635
Rigid body as an MPC
Figures
40
90
80
10
50
30
60
2
70
1
3 4
20
8
1
3
6
10
90
40
60
50
80
2 20
70 30
1
3
1
9
4
6
5
8
2
7
3
XDSP_RIGMPC2
XDSP_RIGMPC21
XDSP_RIGMPC21_STD
XDSP_RIGMPC2_STD
636
Rigid body as an MPC
ZDSP_RIGMPC2
ZDSP_RIGMPC21
ZDSP_RIGMPC21_STD
ZDSP_RIGMPC2_STD
XROT_RIGMPC2
XROT_RIGMPC21
XROT_RIGMPC21_STD
XROT_RIGMPC2_STD
637
Rigid body constraint
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
S4R
Features tested
Use of rigid bodies with TIE and PIN node sets to define boundary conditions for a deformable body.
Problem description
Rigid body node sets are defined to contain all nodes along the edges of a rectangular plate modeled with shell
elements. The rigid body reference node is constrained against all rotations and ux- and uy-displacements. A
saw-tooth velocity pattern acting in the z-direction is applied at the reference node of the rigid body. Starting at
0 m/s, the velocity is ramped down to −10 m/s at time 2.0 × 10−3 s and is ramped back to 0 m/s at time 6.0 ×
10−3 s. Thereafter, the analysis is continued up to time 48.0 × 10−3 s. The following three cases are considered:
1. A rigid body TIE NSET is defined to contain all the edge nodes. The results are compared to the solution of
the same problem with the rigid body TIE NSET replaced with equivalent boundary conditions applied at
the edge nodes.
2. A rigid body PIN NSET is defined to contain all the edge nodes. The results are compared to the solution of
the same problem with the rigid body PIN NSET replaced with equivalent boundary conditions applied at
the edge nodes.
3. A rigid body TIE NSET is defined to contain all the nodes along two opposite edges of the plate. The remaining
edge nodes are included in a PIN NSET. The results are compared to the solution of the same problem with
the rigid body TIE and PIN node sets replaced with equivalent boundary conditions applied at the edge nodes.
The plate displaces in response to the applied velocities at the boundary nodes and continues vibrating after the
velocities at the boundary nodes have been ramped down to zero. The time variation of the uz-displacement at
node 205 at the center of the plate is plotted in Figure 1 for Case 1. Following an initial lag, the center node
vibrates in response to the boundary motion. The solution obtained using rigid body TIE NSET is found to match
closely with the results of the same problem solved with the rigid body TIE NSET replaced by equivalent
boundary conditions specified directly at the edge nodes. Similar conclusions can be drawn from Figure 2 for
Case 2 and Figure 3 for Case 3.
Input files
Abaqus/Standard analysis
rigboun1_std.inp Case 1.
639
Rigid body constraint
Abaqus/Explicit analysis
rigboun1.inp Case 1.
rigboun1bc.inp Comparison test of Case 1.
rigboun2.inp Case 2.
rigboun2bc.inp Comparison test of Case 2.
rigboun3.inp Case 3.
rigboun3bc.inp Comparison test of Case 3.
Figures
0.01
Z_DISPRB_205
Z_DISPBC_205 0.00
-0.01
DISPLACEMENT - U3
-0.02
-0.03
-0.04
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 4.800E-02
YMIN -4.886E-02
YMAX 9.013E-03 -0.05
0. 4. 8. 12. 16. 20. 24. 28. 32. 36. 40. 44. 48.
TOTAL TIME [ x10 -3 ]
Z_DISPRB_205
Z_DISPBC_205
0.00
DISPLACEMENT - U3
-0.02
-0.04
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 4.800E-02
YMIN -5.311E-02
YMAX 1.266E-02
0. 4. 8. 12. 16. 20. 24. 28. 32. 36. 40. 44. 48.
TOTAL TIME [ x10 -3 ]
640
Rigid body constraint
0.01
Z_DISPRB_205
Z_DISPBC_205 0.00
-0.01
DISPLACEMENT - U3
-0.02
-0.03
-0.04
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 4.800E-02
YMIN -5.025E-02
YMAX 8.843E-03 -0.05
0. 4. 8. 12. 16. 20. 24. 28. 32. 36. 40. 44. 48.
TOTAL TIME [ x10 -3 ]
641
Including deformable
element types in a rigid
body
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8R B31 S4R T3D2 F3D4
Features tested
Problem description
This example, which is similar to Tennis racket and ball, simulates the oblique impact of a tennis racket onto a
stationary ball. The frame of the tennis racket is assumed to be rigid and is modeled using solid and structural
elements of type C3D8R, B31, and S4R as part of a rigid body.
The strings on the tennis racket are modeled using T3D2 truss elements. The details of the material model used
for the strings can be found in Tennis racket and ball. Initial tension is specified for the strings. The tennis ball
is modeled as a sphere using S4R elements and is assumed to be made of rubber. The air in the tennis ball is
modeled using the surface-based fluid cavity capability. A coefficient of friction is specified between the ball
and the strings. In this example the ball is initially at rest, and the racket impacts the ball at 6.706 m/sec (264
in/sec) at an angle of 15°. The density of the elements representing the racket is chosen such that the mass of
the racket is nearly 10 times that of the ball.
The complete model is shown in Figure 1.
Figure 1 shows the position of the ball with respect to the strings in the undeformed configuration. The deformed
shapes at different stages of the analysis are shown in Figure 2 through Figure 4. The tennis racket frame can
be seen to be moving as a rigid body, rotating slightly due to the distance between the point of impact and the
racket center of mass. A deformation magnification factor of two has been used in plotting the figures.
Input files
643
Including deformable element types in a rigid body
Figures
Original Position
2
1
T = 5.0 msec
2
1
T = 10 msec
2
1
644
Including deformable element types in a rigid body
T = 15 msec
2
1
645
Connector element verification
In this section:
647
Damped free vibration with
initial conditions
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CONN2D2 CONN3D2
Problem description
Translational and rotational basic connector components as well as translational-rotational combination connections
are tested in damped, free vibration analyses. A series of simple, 2-node connector element models verify the
connections described in Table 1. Two-dimensional, three-dimensional, and axisymmetric cases are examined
where appropriate. In each case all available components of relative motion produce the same free, damped
sinusoidal response based on the initial displacements. In Abaqus/Standard linear geometry is used to avoid
nonlinear coupling for finite rotation connection types.
The verification analyses consist of two steps in Abaqus/Standard and one step in Abaqus/Explicit. The initial
displacements for the dynamic response are defined as follows. The first step in the Abaqus/Standard analysis
prescribes the connector motion with a static step to apply an initial displacement to the “free” end node of the
connector. The Abaqus/Explicit analysis defines reference lengths and angles for constitutive response that are
different from those calculated from the initial geometry. In the dynamic analysis the free node end of the
connector element undergoes damped, free vibration in response to the initial displacement.
AXIAL/EULER Combination 3D
CARTESIAN/CARDAN Combination 3D
649
Damped free vibration with initial conditions
JOIN/FLEXION-TORSION Combination 3D
LINK/UNIVERSAL Combination 3D
SLIDE-PLANE/REVOLUTE Combination 3D
Model:
Initial relative displacement 0.1
Initial relative rotation 0.1
Material:
Translational spring stiffness 48.0
Translational damping coefficient 5.0
Mass 12.0
Torsional spring stiffness 480.0
Torsional damping coefficient 50.0
Rotary inertia (isotropic) 120.0
Input files
650
Sinusoidal excitation of a
damped spring-mass
system
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CONN2D2 CONN3D2
Problem description
Translational and rotational basic connector components as well as translational-rotational combination connections
are tested for sinusoidal excitation of a damped spring-mass connector system. A series of simple, 2-node
connector elements simulating a damped spring-mass system verify the connections described in Table 1. The
kinetic behavior in the connector elements is modeled using the connector elasticity, connector damping, and
connector friction behaviors.
In Abaqus/Standard a direct-integration implicit dynamic step is used with a small- or large-displacement
formulation. In Abaqus/Explicit the usual explicit dynamic procedure is used with the default large-displacement
formulation. The spring-mass system in each case is driven by assigning a connector element load.
AXIAL/EULER Combination 3D
CARTESIAN/CARDAN Combination 3D
LINK/UNIVERSAL Combination 3D
651
Sinusoidal excitation of a damped spring-mass system
SLIDE-PLANE/REVOLUTE Combination 3D
SLOT/ALIGN Combination 3D
Model:
Connector load for relative translations 4.8
Connector load for relative rotations 48.0
Material:
Translational spring stiffness 48.0
Translational damping coefficient 5.0
Mass 12.0
Torsional spring stiffness 480.0
Torsional damping coefficient 50.0
Rotary inertia (isotropic) 120.0
Input files
652
Multiple instances of
connector elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CONN3D2
Problem description
This verification problem tests the option of specifying connector motion to prescribe the relative motions of an
articulated structure. A robotic-like crane assembly, modeled as rigid bodies connected together by means of
connector elements, is subjected to actuating motions that drive the kinematic connections by specified amplitude
curves. The actuating motions, including relative sliding and a two-axes rotation, cause the assembly to open
up in a smooth sequence to form a riser crane. After a drilling and downward motion of the outermost body, the
assembly closes down and reverts to its starting configuration. Tests are conducted both with no friction and
with frictional effects in the connections.
Model: The model consists of rigid bodies and connector elements as described in the table below. Each rigid
body pair in the table is connected by rotational and translational basic connector types with connector motion
definitions in each of the available relative components of motion.
The complete model in the fully open configuration with the rigid bodies labeled is shown in Figure 1.
653
Multiple instances of connector elements
crane
chuck
bit riser 2
riser 1
arm 2
cover
arm 1
base
Input files
conn_std_craneactuation.inp Abaqus/Standard input file.
conn_std_craneactuation_fric.inp Abaqus/Standard input file with friction.
conn_xpl_craneactuation.inp Abaqus/Explicit input file.
conn_xpl_craneactuation_fric.inp Abaqus/Explicit input file with friction.
Marbles in a jar
Problem description
This problem, which is analyzed using only Abaqus/Explicit, tests a connector stop for multiple intermittent
contacts. Eight rigid spheres (marbles) are dropped into a rigid container (jar). The marbles move down through
the jar and, after some jostling, come to rest in an equilibrium position at the bottom of the jar. The interaction
between the marbles is modeled by defining a connector element for each marble pair, while the interaction
between the marbles and the jar is modeled by defining a connector element between each marble and the jar.
Model: The jar and marbles are each modeled as rigid bodies. An analytical rigid surface of revolution is
defined for each marble to represent the spherical outer surface for visualization purposes only. Each marble is
dropped into the jar by defining an initial velocity in the direction of the axis of the jar and specifying a force
654
Multiple instances of connector elements
on each rigid body reference node to simulate gravity. AXIAL connector types are defined for each pair of
marbles, with the connector stop used to constrain the motion of each pair so that the marbles in the pair do not
overlap. RADIAL-THRUST connector types are defined between each marble and the jar. These connectors
constrain the motion of each marble so that the marble remains in the interior of the jar (i.e., it does not slip
through the side walls or fall through the bottom of the jar) by using the connector stop.
The marbles and jar in their initial and final configurations are shown in Figure 2 and Figure 3.
marbles
jar
1 2
1 2
655
Multiple instances of connector elements
Input files
conn_xpl_marblesinjar.inp Abaqus/Explicit input file.
Satellite deployment
Problem description
This problem, which is analyzed using both Abaqus/Explicit and Abaqus/Standard, tests the connector lock
procedure for an articulated deformable structure. The complex sequence of motions analyzed is similar to that
of a spinning satellite, with flexible boom arms, during its deployment. The satellite here consists of a core with
large mass and rotary inertia and three comparatively light articulated arms. The arms undergo a series of large
translations and rotations before reaching their final deployment position when they are locked into place. The
connections between the components of each arm and between the arms and the satellite core are modeled with
connector elements.
Model: The satellite core is modeled as a rigid body. The booms consist of three parts—the inner arm, the
middle arm, and the outer arm—and are modeled with elastic beam elements. The satellite core is connected to
each inner arm by means of a JOIN and a REVOLUTE connection. Each inner arm in turn is connected to its
corresponding middle arm using the same translational and rotational connection types. Each middle arm is
connected similarly to its corresponding outer arm. An initial rotating velocity about the global z-axis is specified
for the entire model. In each of the connections described above, the rotations about the local 1-axis are constrained
to lock into place once they reach their final deployment value of 180° using a connector lock. In addition,
torsional springs are defined in the connections between the inner arms and middle arms and between the middle
arms and outer arms using connector elasticity. The torsional springs act in addition to the centrifugal force to
help the arms reach their final deployed configuration. Tests are conducted both with no friction and with frictional
effects in the connections.
The complete model in the initial and final configurations is shown in Figure 4 and Figure 5.
middle arm
satellite core
2
3
1
656
Multiple instances of connector elements
3
1
Input files
conn_std_satellitedeploy.inp Abaqus/Standard input file.
conn_std_satellitedeploy_fric.inp Abaqus/Standard input file with friction.
conn_xpl_satellitedeploy.inp Abaqus/Explicit input file.
conn_xpl_satellitedeploy_fric.inp Abaqus/Explicit input file with friction.
Problem description
This problem, which is analyzed using only Abaqus/Explicit, tests the connector stop procedure for multiple
intermittent contacts and kinematic constraints. An abacus consisting of a frame and beads is modeled. As the
frame undergoes large motions, the beads slide up and down the sliders in the frame. Connector elements are
used to model the contact interactions between the beads, the contact interactions between the beads and the
frame, and the kinematic constraints between the beads and the frame.
Model: The abacus frame, consisting of sliders and a separator, is modeled as a single rigid body. Each of the
beads is modeled as a rigid body, and an analytical rigid surface of revolution is used to model the surface of
the bead for visualization purposes only. The frame is subjected to prescribed translations and rotations by means
of specified amplitude curves. AXIAL connector types are defined between adjacent beads on the same slider,
with the connector stop used to constrain the relative sliding motion between adjacent beads so that the beads
657
Multiple instances of connector elements
do not overlap. Each bead is also connected to the frame by defining connector elements using the SLOT and
ALIGN basic connection types. These elements ensure that each bead moves along its slider and rotates with
the frame. The connector stop is specified for the connector elements between the frame and the beads next to
the separator. The connector stop is also specified for the connector elements between the frame and the beads
at the extreme end of each slider. These connector stops ensure that the beads slide only along the length of their
respective sliders and prevent the beads from leaving the sliders.
The abacus in its initial, final, and two intermediate configurations is shown in Figure 6, Figure 7, Figure 8,
and Figure 9.
2
t = 0.0
3 1
t = 1.155
3 1
658
Multiple instances of connector elements
2
t = 2.695
3 1
t = 3.50
3 1
Input files
conn_xpl_abacusmotion.inp Abaqus/Explicit input file.
659
Individual connector option
tests
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CONN2D2 CONN3D2
Problem description
These verification cases test the performance of connector behavior options not routinely used in other verification
problems. This section focuses on spring or damper behaviors via the connector elasticity and connector damping
options. Both CARTESIAN and CARDAN connections are employed in these verification cases.
The behavior options are verified by applying a concentrated load with a connector element load and achieving
a resulting relative displacement (for connector elasticity) or velocity (for connector damping) that corresponds
to an analytical solution. Equivalent, non-connector elements are included for comparison.
For both the CARTESIAN and CARDAN connections the following connector elasticity cases are tested:
1. Connector elasticity with the connector's component of relative motion for which elastic behavior is specified
set to 1 (CARTESIAN) or 4 (CARDAN) and the number of field variable dependencies set to 2 with the
following dependency settings:
a. Temperature = −10, field variable 1 = 1.0, field variable 2 = 0.5
b. Temperature = 90, field variable 1 = 2.0, field variable 2 = 1.0
2. Connector elasticity with the connector's component of relative motion for which elastic behavior is specified
set to 1 (CARTESIAN) or 4 (CARDAN), the number of field variable dependencies set to 1, and nonlinear
behavior defined with the following dependency settings:
a. Temperature = −10, field variable 1 = 1.0
b. Temperature = 90, field variable 1 = 2.0
3. Connector elasticity with the connector's component of relative motion for which elastic behavior is specified
set to 1 (CARTESIAN) or 4 (CARDAN), dependencies on components of constitutive motion included in
the elasticity definition, and nonlinear behavior defined (no relevant temperature or field variable dependencies)
4. Connector elasticity with the connector's component of relative motion for which elastic behavior is specified
set to 1 (CARTESIAN) or 4 (CARDAN), dependencies on components of relative position included in the
elasticity definition, and nonlinear behavior and a periodic model defined (no relevant temperature or field
variable dependencies)
5. Connector elasticity with the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of connector
elasticity data set to 2 (coupled)
a. Field variable 1 = 1.0, field variable 2 = 0.5
b. Field variable 1 = 2.0, field variable 2 =1.0
661
Individual connector option tests
Similarly, for both the CARTESIAN and CARDAN connections the following connector damping cases are
tested:
1. Connector damping with the connector's component of relative motion for which damping behavior is specified
set to 1 (CARTESIAN) or 4 (CARDAN) and the number of field variable dependencies set to 2 with the
following dependency settings:
a. Temperature = −10, field variable 1 = 1.0, field variable 2 = 0.5
b. Temperature = 90, field variable 1 = 2.0, field variable 2 = 1.0
2. Connector damping with the connector's component of relative motion for which damping behavior is specified
set to 1 (CARTESIAN) or 4 (CARDAN), the number of field variable dependencies set to 1, and nonlinear
behavior defined with the following dependency settings:
a. Temperature = −10, field variable 1 = 1.0
b. Temperature = 90, field variable 1 = 2.0
3. Connector damping with the connector's component of relative motion for which damping behavior is specified
set to 1 (CARTESIAN), dependencies on components of relative position included in the damping definition,
and nonlinear behavior and a periodic model defined (no relevant temperature or field variable dependencies)
4. Connector damping with the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition at connector
damping data set to 1 (coupled) with the following dependency settings:
a. Field variable 1 = 1.0
b. Field variable 1 = 2.0
Model: The models consist of a series of independent, 2-node connector elements with relevant connector
behaviors.
Input files
662
Individual connector option tests
Elements tested
CONN3D2
Problem description
These verification cases test the connector rigid behavior. Both CARTESIAN and CARDAN connections are
used.
The behavior options are verified by applying a concentrated load via a nodal concentrated load option, such
that some force is created in the connector. Equivalent models with intrinsically constrained components of
relative motion are created, and the results are compared.
Input files
Elements tested
CONN2D2 CONN3D2
Problem description
These verification cases test the connector elastic-plastic and rigid-plastic behavior defined using the connector
plasticity and hardening behaviors in association with procedures specifying connector elasticity and user-defined
potentials in connector elements. An assembled connection using the basic connection types CARTESIAN and
CARDAN is used. For the two-dimensional analyses, a CARTESIAN connection is used.
The behavior options are verified by applying a concentrated load with a connector element load and achieving
a resulting relative motion or relative plastic motion that corresponds to an analytical solution.
663
Individual connector option tests
Input files
Elements tested
CONN2D2 CONN3D2
Problem description
These verification cases test the connector elastic (linear and nonlinear) and rigid-plastic behavior with damage
defined using connector damage initiation and evolution in association with the procedures specifying connector
elasticity, connector plasticity, and connector hardening behaviors. An assembled connection using the basic
connection types CARTESIAN and CARDAN is used for all cases except one case where the assembled
connection type BUSHING is used. For the two-dimensional analyses, a CARTESIAN connection is used.
Input files
664
Individual connector option tests
Elements tested
CONN2D2 CONN3D2
Problem description
These verification cases test the connector uniaxial behavior defined by prescribing the loading/unloading
response for the component of relative motion using uniaxial behavior loading and unloading data. An AXIAL
connection type is employed in these verification cases.
The behavior options are verified by applying a concentrated load and achieving a resulting relative motion that
corresponds to the prescribed loading/unloading response.
Input files
665
Individual connector option tests
Elements tested
CONN2D2 CONN3D2
Problem description
This section focuses on stopping and locking behaviors defined with connector stop and connector lock definitions.
Both CARTESIAN and CARDAN connections are used.
The behavior options are verified through a two-step load history. In Step 1 a concentrated load is applied with
the connector load, such that the resulting connector motion will exceed the prescribed motion limits for either
the connector stop or lock. In Step 2 the load direction is reversed to confirm the stopping or locking behavior.
Equivalent, nonconnector elements are included for comparison. In the Abaqus/Standard tests a linear perturbation
static step is performed in the third step.
For CARTESIAN connections the following connector lock cases are tested:
1. Connector lock with the component number on which the locking criterion is based set to 1 and all components
of relative motion locked when the locking criterion is satisfied.
2. Connector lock with the component number on which the locking criterion is based set to 3 and the component
number to lock, when the locking criterion is satisfied, set to 2.
For CARDAN connections, the following connector lock cases are tested:
1. Connector lock with the component number on which the locking criterion is based set to 4 and the component
number to lock, when the locking criterion is satisfied, set to 4 (with rotation criterion) or 6 (with moment
criterion)
2. Connector lock with the component number on which the locking criterion is based set to 4 and the component
number to lock, when the locking criterion is satisfied, set to 4 (with rotation criterion) or 6 (with moment
criterion)
For CARTESIAN and CARDAN connections, the following connector stop cases are tested:
1. Connector stop with the component number, for which the connector stop is defined, set to 1 (CARTESIAN)
or 4 (CARDAN)
2. Connector stop with the component number, for which the connector stop is defined, set to 2 (CARTESIAN)
or 6 (CARDAN)
Model: The models consist of a series of independent, 2-node connector elements with relevant connector
behaviors.
Input files
666
Individual connector option tests
Failure
Elements tested
CONN2D2 CONN3D2
Problem description
This section focuses on connector failure behavior. Both CARTESIAN and CARDAN connections are employed
in these verification cases.
The behavior option is verified by applying a concentrated load or displacement such that the connector failure
limits are exceeded.
For CARTESIAN connections, the following connector failure cases are tested:
1. Connector failure with the connector's component number for which a failure criterion is defined set to 1 and
all available components of relative motions released when the failure criterion is satisfied
2. Connector failure with the connector's component number for which a failure criterion is defined set to 3 and
the available component of relative motion number to release, when the failure criterion is satisfied, set to 2
For CARDAN connections, the following connector failure cases are tested:
1. Connector failure with the connector's component number for which a failure criterion is defined set to 4 and
all available components of relative motion released when the failure criterion is satisfied
2. Connector failure with the connector's component number for which a failure criterion is defined, set to 6,
and the available component of relative motion number to release, when the failure criterion is satisfied, set
to 4
Model: The models consist of a series of independent, 2-node connector elements with relevant connector
behaviors.
Input files
667
Individual connector option tests
Friction
Elements tested
CONN2D2 CONN3D2
Problem description
This section focuses on Coulomb-like friction behaviors using the connector friction, connector derived
components, and connector potentials. Most connection types for which friction can be defined are tested,
including: AXIAL, CARTESIAN, RADIAL-THRUST, SLIDE-PLANE, SLOT, CARDAN, EULER,
FLEXION-TORSION, ROTATION, REVOLUTE, UNIVERSAL, CYLINDRICAL, HINGE, PLANAR,
TRANSLATOR, and UJOINT.
The behavior options are verified by applying concentrated loads or displacements to create nonzero contact
forces and some relative motion in the connectors. The friction-related output quantities (friction forces, contact
forces, and relative slip) are monitored to assess the solution quality. In the Abaqus/Standard tests both static
and direct-integration implicit dynamic procedures are performed. In many of the Abaqus/Standard input files,
perturbation procedures (steady-state dynamics, frequency, and random response) are also perfomed with or
without the load case definition. Both the predefined and the user-customized friction behavior are tested. Various
friction models as defined by the friction coefficient specified by the contact surface interaction or by changes
to friction properties.
Model: The models consist of a series of independent, 2-node connector elements with relevant connector
behaviors.
Input files
668
Individual connector option tests
669
Individual connector option tests
Elements tested
CONN2D2 CONN3D2
Problem description
This section focuses on actuation behaviors using the available connector components of relative motion.
CARTESIAN and CARDAN connections are used in these verification cases.
The available connector components of relative motion, with the values of variables being prescribed fixed at
their values at the start of the step, are verified by inducing a relative displacement between the connector nodes
in the first step of the load history, then fixing the motion and applying a concentrated load to verify no motion
occurs.
The available connector components of relative motion, with a velocity or acceleration history specified, are
verified by applying a relative velocity or acceleration to the connector element and obtaining a resulting relative
displacement and connector load that correspond to the analytical solution for the prescribed conditions.
The available connector components of relative motion, with any nonzero magnitudes associated with prescribed
variables defined in user subroutine DISP, are verified by applying a relative displacement between the connector
nodes.
In the Abaqus/Standard tests a linear perturbation static procedure is performed in the last step.
Each of the cases listed above is tested.
Model: The models consist of a series of independent, 2-node connector elements with relevant connector
behaviors.
Input files
670
Individual connector option tests
Elements tested
CONN2D2 CONN3D2
Problem description
These verification cases test connector elements with options not routinely tested in other verification problems:
restart, element pair reactivation, and postprocessing analysis procedures.
Input files
misc_restart_std_conn3d.inp *RESTART with connector elements in Abaqus/Standard.
misc_dam_restart_std.inp *RESTART with connector damage in Abaqus/Standard.
misc_mdlch_std_conn3d.inp *MODEL CHANGE with connector elements in Abaqus/Standard.
misc_postout_std_conn3d.inp *POST OUTPUT with connector elements in Abaqus/Standard.
671
Connector elements in
perturbation analyses
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CONN2D2 CONN3D2
Problem description
These verification cases test the performance of connector elements in eigenvalue buckling procedures. AXIAL,
CARTESIAN, and CARDAN connections with elastic connector behavior are employed. Elastic connector
behavior is defined with the connector elasticity procedure. Perturbation loads are applied via connector actuation
using both the connector element load and available connector components of relative motion procedures. When
the load is applied with available connector components of relative motion, the connector motion for the application
of loads or the connector motion for the buckling modes can be defined. Results are verified by comparison with
either analytical solutions or numerical results from equivalent models without connector elements.
Model: The models consist of a series of 2-node connector elements that support and actuate a column. The
column is modeled with beam elements.
Input files
buckle_conn2d.inp Eigenvalue buckling analysis with CONN2D2 elements.
buckle_conn3d.inp Eigenvalue buckling analysis with CONN3D2 elements.
Elements tested
CONN2D2 CONN3D2
Problem description
These verification cases test the performance of connector elements in natural frequency extraction procedures.
AXIAL, CARTESIAN, and CARDAN connections with elastic connector behavior are employed. Elastic
connector behaviors are defined. Results are verified by comparison with either analytical solutions or numerical
results from equivalent models without connector elements.
Model: The models consist of a series of independent, 2-node connector elements that support and actuate a
column. The column is modeled with beam elements.
673
Connector elements in perturbation analyses
Input files
freq_conn2d.inp Frequency extraction analysis with CONN2D2 elements.
freq_conn3d.inp Frequency extraction analysis with CONN3D2 elements.
Elements tested
CONN2D2 CONN3D2
Problem description
These verification cases test the performance of connector elements in transient modal dynamic procedures.
AXIAL, CARTESIAN, and CARDAN connections with elastic connector behavior are employed. Elastic
connector behavior is defined. Results are verified by comparison with either analytical solutions or numerical
results from equivalent models without connector elements.
Model: The models consist of a series of 2-node connector elements supporting a column that is subjected to
a dynamic load. The column is modeled with beam elements.
Input files
modal_conn2d.inp Transient modal dynamic analysis with CONN2D2 elements.
modal_conn3d.inp Transient modal dynamic analysis with CONN3D2 elements.
Elements tested
CONN2D2 CONN3D2
Problem description
These verification cases test the performance of connector elements in steady-state dynamic analyses. Abaqus
offers the direct-solution steady-state procedure and the modal based steady-state dynamic and subspace-based
steady-state dynamic procedures. The connection types AXIAL, ROTATION, CARTESIAN, and CARDAN
are tested in these procedures. Elastic and damping connector behaviors are defined for all connections. Results
are verified by comparison with either analytical solutions or numerical results from equivalent models without
connector elements.
Model: The models consist of three connector elements with nodal masses. Two connector elements are
connected in series and actuated by the third connector. Actuation is achieved by specifying the connector element
loads of the relative motion of available components. Both the real and imaginary parts of the loading are
specified.
674
Connector elements in perturbation analyses
Input files
ssd_conn2d_axi.inp Steady-state dynamics, AXIAL connectors.
ssd_conn2d_rot.inp Steady-state dynamics, ROTATION connectors.
ssd_conn3d_cart.inp Steady-state dynamics, CARTESIAN connectors, perturbation step
with *LOAD CASE.
ssd_conn3d_cardan.inp Steady-state dynamics, CARDAN connectors.
Elements tested
CONN2D2 CONN3D2
Problem description
These verification cases test the performance of connector elements in response spectrum analysis. Both AXIAL
and CARTESIAN connections are employed. Elastic and damping connector behaviors are defined for the
connections. Results are verified by comparison with either analytical solutions or numerical results from
equivalent models without connector elements.
Model: The models consist of three connector elements with nodal masses. The system is subjected to both a
displacement and a velocity spectrum.
Input files
rs_conn2d_axi.inp Response spectrum analysis, AXIAL connectors.
rs_conn3d_cart.inp Response spectrum analysis, CARTESIAN connectors.
conn_quake_dis.inp Input data for the displacement spectrum.
conn_quake_vel.inp Input data for the velocity spectrum.
Elements tested
CONN2D2 CONN3D2
Problem description
These verification cases test the performance of connector elements in random response analysis. AXIAL,
ROTATION, CARTESIAN, and CARDAN connections are employed. Elastic and damping connector behaviors
are defined for the connections. The system is exposed to a nondeterministic loading applied via the connector
element load procedure. The cross-spectral density frequency function of the random loading is specified with
the power spectral density definition. The case considered here is uncorrelated white noise. Results are verified
675
Connector elements in perturbation analyses
by comparison with either analytical solutions or numerical results from equivalent models without connector
elements.
Model: The models consist of three connector elements with nodal masses. Two connector elements are
connected in series and actuated by the third connector with a nondeterministic load.
Input files
random_conn2d_axi.inp Random response analysis, AXIAL connectors.
random_conn2d_rot.inp Random response analysis, ROTATION connectors.
random_conn3d_cart.inp Random response analysis, CARTESIAN connectors.
random_conn3d_cardan.inp Random response analysis, CARDAN connectors.
Elements tested
CONN2D2 CONN3D2
Problem description
These verification cases test the performance of lock, stop, plasticity, damage, and friction connector behaviors
in perturbation analyses, defined with the connector lock, connector stop, connector plasticity, and connector
hardening, connector damage initiation and connector damage evolution, and connector friction behaviors,
respectively. These options are tested separately. Both AXIAL and CARDAN connections are employed.
Plastic relative motions do not change in linear perturbation procedures. Frictional slipping is not allowed during
linear perturbation procedures; thus, all available components of relative motion with connector friction behavior
should remain fixed and equal to the values from the base state. Similarly, the status of connector locks and stops
cannot change during a linear perturbation analysis. The performance of lock, stop, plasticity, and friction
connector behavior is tested in both the frequency and the direct-solution steady-state dynamic procedures. The
behavior options are verified through a multistep load history. The perturbation steps are preceded by general
static steps where a load is applied such that the corresponding prescribed limits for the locking, stopping,
plasticity, damage initiation, or friction behavior are exceeded. For the lock and stop cases the load direction is
reversed in a subsequent step to confirm the locking or stopping behavior.
Model: The models consist of three connector elements with nodal masses. One of the connectors has the
relevant lock, stop, plasticity, damage, or friction behaviors.
Input files
lock_conn2d_axi.inp Lock connector behavior, AXIAL connectors.
lock_conn3d_cardan.inp Lock connector behavior, CARDAN connectors.
stop_conn2d_axi.inp Stop connector behavior, AXIAL connectors.
676
Connector elements in perturbation analyses
677
Tests for special-purpose
connectors
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CONN3D2
Problem description
The SLIPRING connection type is verified via a frictionless pulley and inextensible belt system. Results are
compared against well-known analytical results.
A high elastic modulus is specified for the belt of the SLIPRING via the connector elasticity procedure to achieve
inextensible behavior. The analysis compares the results of two separate pulley-belt systems, each displacing
similar loads though the same distance. Each system models the belt passing over the pulley using two SLIPRING
connector elements sharing a common node. A load of 10 units is applied at the common node of the
SLIPRING-type connector elements. In each system one of the ends of the belt is fully fixed, and different sets
of boundary conditions are applied at the other free end to displace the applied load by similar distance, as
described below.
1. System 1:
a. Apply boundary conditions to constrain degrees of freedom 1, 2, 3, and 10 (the material flow degree of
freedom) at the left end of the belt system.
b. Apply boundary conditions at the right end to constrain degrees of freedom 1, 2, and 3.
c. Apply velocity-type boundary conditions on degree of freedom 10 at the free end (to pull out 2.25 units
of belt material).
2. System 2:
a. Apply boundary conditions to constrain degrees of freedom 1, 2, 3, and 10 at the left end of the belt
system.
b. Apply boundary conditions at the right end to constrain degrees of freedom 1, 3, and 10.
c. Apply velocity-type boundary conditions on degree of freedom 2 at the free end (to displace the node by
2.25 units).
679
Tests for special-purpose connectors
Input files
Elements tested
CONN3D2
Problem description
Frictional behavior in the SLIPRING connection types is verified by comparing computed results with the
analytical reference solution. Both linear elastic and nonlinear elastic connector behaviors have been verified in
separate tests. The test consists of a system of two pulleys and a belt passing over the pulleys, which is modeled
using three SLIPRING connections. The angle between adjacent SLIPRING connections is held constant at
90°. Concentrated nodal loads are applied at the two free ends. A time varying amplitude is specified for these
loads to cause the belt to slip in one direction first and then reverse and slip in the opposite direction. The
coefficient of friction µ is 0.1.
When the belt slips, the ratio of the belt tensions in the adjacent SLIPRING connections in given by t2 = t1e μα
when t2 > t1 and t2 = t1e −μα when t2 < t1. It is verified that for linear and nonlinear elastic behavior, the belt tension
ratio changes from e 0.1 * 0.5 * π = 1.17 to e −0.1 * 0.5 * π = 0.854 as the belt reverses in slip direction.
Input files
RETRACTOR connectors
Elements tested
CONN2D2 CONN3D2
680
Tests for special-purpose connectors
Problem description
These verification cases test the RETRACTOR (FLOW-CONVERTER) connection types. Two sets of
RETRACTOR connections are used. In the first case the material flow degree of freedom (10) at node b is driven
via boundary condition and the degree of freedom 6 is measured at node a (all other degrees of freedom at the
nodes are held fixed). In the second case degree of freedom 6 at node a is driven via boundary condition and
degree of freedom 10 is measured at node b (all other degrees of freedom at the nodes are held fixed).
Input files
ACCELEROMETER connectors
Elements tested
CONN3D2
Problem description
These verification cases test the ACCELEROMETER and ROTATION-ACCELEROMETER connection types.
In the first case an ACCELEROMETER connection is used in conjunction with a BEAM connector. Node 1 of
the BEAM connector is constrained in degrees of freedom 1, 2, and 3. Node 1 of the accelerometer is fully
constrained, and node 2 of the accelerometer is constrained to move radially by the BEAM connector. Node 2
of the accelerometer is moved via the connector motion procedure, with a velocity history of magnitude V in the
local 2 direction. The angular velocity at node 1 of the BEAM connector, about the axis of rotation, is V/R, where
R is the length of the BEAM connector.
The configuration of the second case is identical to that in case 1. However, in this case in addition to an
ACCELEROMETER, a ROTATION-ACCELEROMETER is also defined between the same two nodes. In this
case an angular velocity of ω is applied to node 1 of the BEAM connector. Node 2 of accelerometer moves along
the radial path with a velocity of constant magnitude V = R * ω. Node 2 of the accelerometer is constrained to
have the same angular velocity ω since it is also node 2 of the BEAM connector.
681
Tests for special-purpose connectors
Input files
682
Special-purpose stress/displacement elements
In this section:
683
Flexible joint element
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
JOINTC
Problem description
The behavior of the joint is defined in a local coordinate system that rotates with the motion of the first node of
the JOINTC element. The first three tests consist of linear springs that couple the corresponding components of
relative displacement and of relative rotation in the joint.
θ3 u3
θ2
u2
y
u1 θ1
The fourth test includes linear dashpots. A spring and dashpot system is modeled using SPRING1 and DASHPOT1
elements and also with a JOINTC element utilizing the dashpot coefficient.
685
Flexible joint element
100
1 101
Material properties used for the first three tests: Linear elastic; spring stiffnesses for relative
displacements are 100, 200, and 300 for degrees of freedom 1, 2, and 3, respectively; spring stiffnesses for
relative rotations are 400, 500, and 600 for degrees of freedom 4, 5, and 6, respectively.
Material properties used for the fourth test: Linear elastic, spring stiffnesses = 30.0 for degree
of freedom 1, dashpot coefficients = 0.12 for degree of freedom 1, mass = 0.02588 at node 1.
Loading for linear behavior: Step 1: Displacements at node 2 are prescribed to 1.0 × 10−3 for all
degrees of freedom.
Step 2: Applied forces and moments at node 2 are equal to 1.0 for all components.
Boundary conditions and loading for nonlinear behavior with a specified local
coordinate system: Step 1: Node 1 is clamped. Fx = 100 at node 2.
Step 2: A rotation of 90° is prescribed about the global 3-axis at node 1 (see (*) below).
Boundary conditions and loading for nonlinear behavior with applied rotations
and moments: Step 1: Node 1 is clamped. A moment of magnitude 80 is applied about the global 1-axis
at node 2.
Step 2: The moment is removed.
Step 3: A rotation of 90° is prescribed about the global 3-axis at node 1. All other degrees of freedom at node 1
are suppressed.
Step 4: In addition to the conditions at the end of the previous step, a moment of magnitude 80 is applied about
the global 2-axis at node 2.
Boundary conditions and loading for linear behavior with the dashpot coefficient:
Step 1 (static): Node 100 is clamped, node 101 has u1 = 1.0 and all other degrees of freedom suppressed, node 1
has u1 = 1.0.
Step 2 (dynamic): The applied displacements at nodes 1 and 101 are released.
686
Flexible joint element
The results for each test are tabulated and discussed below.
Linear behavior
Step u1 u2 u3 ϕ1 ϕ2 ϕ3
−3 −3 −3 −3 −3
1 1.0 × 10 1.0 × 10 1.0 × 10 1.0 × 10 1.0 × 10 1.0 × 10−3
2 1.0 × 10−2 5.0 × 10−3 3.33 × 10−3 2.5 × 10−3 2.0 × 10−3 1.67 × 10−3
2 1.0 × 10−2 5.0 × 10−3 3.33 × 10−3 2.5 × 10−3 2.0 × 10−3 1.67 × 10−3
ϕz (*) u1 u2 u3 ϕ1 ϕ2 ϕ3
0.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
687
Flexible joint element
(*) Prescribed rotation at node 1: ϕz = 0 at the end of Step 1; ϕz = 30 at Step 2, increment 3; ϕz = 90 at Step 2,
increment 9.
Step Inc.
ϕ1 ϕ2 ϕ3
1 1 0.1007 0.0 0.0
Input files
688
Flexible joint element
Input files exjoxlxa.inp, exjoxoxa.inp, exjoxrxa.inp, and exjoxdxa.inp are modified versions of files exjoxlx1.inp,
exjoxox1.inp, exjoxrx1.inp, and exjoxdx1.inp, respectively. They include temperature- and/or field
variable-dependent behavior for spring constants and dashpot coefficients where applicable. These modified
files are designed to provide exactly the same results as those files from which they are derived.
689
Line spring elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Problem description
My
z
notch depth = 0.05
My
shell thickness = 0.10
1
5 2 y
x x
691
Line spring elements
Input files
exls3bx2.inp Single-edge constant-depth notch strip under far-field bending.
Problem description
My
z
notch depth = variable
My
shell thickness = variable
1
5 2 y
x x
692
Line spring elements
Input files
exls3vx2.inp Single-edge variable-depth notch strip under far-field bending.
Problem description
My
z
My
x 1
5 2
11 y
15 12
My
Boundary conditions: Node 17 is fully constrained. ϕz = 0 for all nodes. Nodes 1, 2, and 5 are constrained
to move together. Nodes 11, 12, and 15 are constrained to move together.
693
Line spring elements
Input files
exls6bx2.inp Single-edge notch strip under far-field bending about an axis (along the crack-tip
line).
Problem description
Fz
z
Fz
Input files
exls3tx2.inp Single-edge notch strip under far-field tension.
694
Line spring elements
Problem description
Fz Fy
Fx
z Fx,y,z
x 1
5 2
11 y
15 12
Fx
Fy
Fz
Boundary conditions: Node 17 is fully constrained. ϕz = 0 for all nodes. Nodes 1, 2, and 5 are constrained
to move together. Nodes 11, 12, and 15 are constrained to move together.
Input files
exls6sx2.inp Single-edge notch strip under far-field tension (Mode I), in-plane shear (Mode II),
and uniform out-of-plane shear (Mode III).
695
Distributing coupling
elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
DCOUP2D DCOUP3D
Problem description
The initial starting geometry for each test is shown in Figure 1. In the linear tests each coupling node is connected
by a spring to ground (SPRING1) in each direction. In the geometrically nonlinear tests each coupling node is
connected by a dashpot to ground (DASHPOT1) in each direction, and an axial spring element (SPRINGA)
connects each pair of coupling nodes.
y
node 3
1 W=3 x
z
node 1
W=1
1
M=2 0.5
F=1
Distributing coupling elements connect a single reference node that has translational and rotational degrees of
freedom to a collection of coupling nodes that have only translational degrees of freedom. Thus, when the
coupling nodes are colinear, a situation can arise where the moments applied to the reference node are not
transmitted by the element. This condition is relevant only for the three-dimensional version of the element. The
third problem in this section tests the behavior of the element in this pathological situation.
697
Distributing coupling elements
component of M
about this axis is node 2
not transmitted W=2
M=2 node 1
W=1
x
z
node 3
W=3
Linear behavior
Properties:
The spring stiffnesses are 100, 200, and 300 for degrees of freedom 1, 2, and 3, respectively, for the springs
connected to all coupling nodes. The mass of the distributing coupling is 10. The weight factors are 1, 2,
and 3 for nodes 1, 2, and 3, respectively.
Loading:
Step 1: The force at node 10 is 1.0 in the x-direction. The moment at node 10 is 2.0 about the z-axis.
Step 2: (DCOUP3D only) The force at node 10 is 1.0 in the y-direction. The moment at node 10 is 2.0
about the x-axis.
Step 3: (DCOUP3D only) The force at node 10 is 1.0 in the z-direction. The moment at node 10 is 2.0
about the y-axis.
Step 4: Frequency extraction. (Step 2 for DCOUP2D)
Step 5: Transient modal dynamic step with a load, Fx = 1.0sin2π t, applied to node 10. (Step 3 for DCOUP2D)
Step 6: Mode-based steady-state dynamic step with a load, Fx = 1.0, applied to node 10. (Step 4 for
DCOUP2D)
Nonlinear behavior
Properties:
The dashpot damping coefficients are 100, 200, and 300 for degrees of freedom 1, 2, and 3, respectively,
for the dashpots connected to all coupling nodes. The axial springs connecting the coupling nodes each
have a spring constant of 1.0 × 108. The mass of the distributing coupling is 10.
698
Distributing coupling elements
Step 3: (DCOUP3D only) Total rotation of 2π about the x-axis. Translation y = sin2π t.
Step 4: Direct-integration dynamic step with a total rotation of 2π about the x-axis. Translation x = sin2π t.
(Step 2 for DCOUP2D)
Properties:
The spring stiffnesses are 100, 200, and 300 for degrees of freedom 1, 2, and 3, respectively, for the springs
connected to all coupling nodes. The total mass of the model is 10; and mass elements are defined at nodes
1, 2, and 3.
Loading:
Step 1: The moment at node 10 is 2.0 about the z-axis.
Step 2: The moment at node 10 is 2.0 about the x-axis.
Step 3: The moment at node 10 is 2.0 about the y-axis.
Step 4: The moment at node 10 has a magnitude of 2.0 and is parallel to the coupling node colinear axis.
Step 5: Frequency extraction.
Reference solution
In all tests the load distribution among coupling nodes adheres to the relation
Fn = w
n (F R + T−1(MR + r R × F R) × r n),
where Fn is the force distribution at the coupling nodes, F R and MR are the force and moment at the reference
node, w n are the normalized version of the weight factors specified with distributing coupling constraints, T is
the coupling node arrangement inertia tensor, and r R and r n are the positions of the reference and coupling nodes
relative to the coupling node arrangement centroid, respectively. See Distributing coupling constraints for a
more detailed description of this load distribution.
Linear behavior
Step u1 u2 u3
−3 −2
1 6.67 × 10 −1.67 × 10 0.0
−3 −2
2 −2.06 × 10 1.35 × 10 −2.67 × 10−2
699
Distributing coupling elements
Step
ϕ1 ϕ2 ϕ3
1 0.0 0.0 1.05 × 10−2
Step u1 u2 u3
−3 −3
1 1.19 × 10 1.44 × 10 0.0
−4 −5
2 2.97 × 10 −5.78 × 10 6.67 × 10−3
Mode Eigenvalue u1 u2 u3
1 20.0 0.327 0.624 0.0
Mode Eigenvalue
ϕ1 ϕ2 ϕ3
1 20.0 0.0 0.0 −0.416
Nonlinear behavior
Step u1 u2 u3
1 −3.06 0.561 0.0
−4
2 −3.41 −2.22 × 10 −0.706
−5
3 9.30410 × 10 −0.1451 0.353
700
Distributing coupling elements
Step u1 u2 u3
4 −3.06 0.561 5.51 × 10−5
Step u1 u2 u3
1 −2.35 2.27 0.0
−4
2 −3.41 −2.22 × 10 −0.706
−5
3 −9.31 × 10 1.56 −0.354
Step u1 u2 u3
1 1.59 × 10−3 −7.69 × 10−3 0.0
Step
ϕ1 ϕ2 ϕ3
1 0.0 0.0 3.76 × 10−3
701
Distributing coupling elements
Step u1 u2 u3
−4 −4
1 3.45 × 10 −1.72 × 10 0.0
Mode Eigenvalue u1 u2 u3
1 20.0 0.327 0.560 0.0
Mode Eigenvalue
ϕ1 ϕ2 ϕ3
1 20.0 0.0 0.0 −0.259
Input files
702
Drag chain elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B21 B33H DRAG2D DRAG3D
Problem description
Model: Each system tested contains a drag chain element attached to a beam element, which is fully restrained
at the other end. For the two-dimensional case a B21 element has a DRAG2D element attached at the second
node. A concentrated force is applied in the y-direction at the free end. To test the three-dimensional case, a
DRAG3D element is attached to a B33H beam element. In the three-dimensional case the seabed lying in the
global x–y plane is modeled as a rigid surface.
DRAG2D:
Friction limit 125.0
Horizontal length at slip 0.5
DRAG3D:
Total length of chain 131.0
Friction coefficient 0.3
Weight of chain per unit length 4.0
Length of chain lying on the seabed 104.0
Height of beam above the seabed 10.0
The calculated reaction forces are in agreement with the applied loads: the applied force is recovered from the
forces in the chain elements and reaction forces at the restrained node of the beam.
Input files
703
Miscellaneous tests
In this section:
• Rebar in Abaqus/Standard
• Rebar in Abaqus/Explicit
• Convection elements: transport of a temperature pulse
• Continuum shells: basic element modes
• Transverse shear for shear-flexible shells
• Linear dynamic analysis with fluid link
• Rigid bodies with temperature DOFs, heat capacitance, and nodal-based thermal loads
• Analysis of unbounded acoustic regions
• One-dimensional steady-state dynamic solutions for poroelastic acoustic elements
• Nonstructural mass verification
• Mass adjust verification
705
Rebar in Abaqus/Standard
Rebar in Abaqus/Standard
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Rebars in membranes
Elements tested
M3D4 M3D4R M3D8 M3D8R
Problem description
These tests verify the modeling of element reinforcements in membrane elements. The rebar option is tested in
the areas of kinematics, prestressing of the rebar, compatibility with material property definitions, and compatibility
with prescribed temperatures and field variables. All membranes that allow rebar are tested and compared to
continuum and shell elements. Each input file contains tests for membrane, continuum, and shell elements.
Kinematics are tested by applying a uniaxial displacement with various rebar orientations. In the first test rebar
are placed along the x-axis, and a displacement is prescribed in the x-direction. In the second test rebar are
oriented at ±30° from the x-axis. Again, a prescribed displacement is applied along the x-axis. In the third test
rebar are oriented along the y-axis, and a displacement is prescribed in the x-direction. The fourth test includes
large geometry changes. The rebar are initially defined at ±30° from the x-axis. A large displacement is prescribed
in the x-direction and causes the orientation of the rebar to change because of the large shearing strains. The fifth
and sixth tests define various rebar orientations. In the seventh test rebar angle output is measured with respect
to the second isoparametric direction.
The material test includes five combinations of material definitions for the base element and the rebar. For each
combination a single element is loaded with a prescribed uniaxial displacement. Elastic, elastic-plastic,
hyperelastic, and hypoelastic material properties are used. The combinations are as follows: elastic base and
elastic rebar, elastic base and elastic-plastic rebar, elastic-plastic base and elastic rebar, hyperelastic base and
elastic rebar, and elastic base and hypoelastic rebar.
Thermal expansion of the rebar is tested by constraining all the degrees of freedom of the elements and applying
a temperature load. The rebar is positioned along the x-axis. The base material is dependent on temperature and
the first field variable. The rebar properties are dependent on the second field variable. Step 1 uniformly increases
the temperature from 0° to 100°, with both field variables set to 1. Step 2 increases the first field variable from
0 to 1, and Step 3 increases the second field variable from 0 to 1.
Initial stresses are tested in two ways. The tests consist of a single underlying membrane element with
isoparametric rebar. In the first test an initial tensile stress is applied to the rebar, and no initial stresses are
applied to the underlying membrane element. Thus, the membrane element will compress, and the initial rebar
tensile stress will be reduced until equilibrium with the underlying solid is reached. The second test applies an
initial tensile stress to the rebar but forces this initial stress to remain constant by means of holding prestress in
rebar. The stress in the rebar remains unchanged, whereas the underlying membrane deforms to equilibrate the
rebar stress.
Input file em_postoutput.inp tests the postprocessing output procedure and ensures that rebar output quantities
are written properly to the restart file.
Input file em_nodalthick.inp tests variable thickness shells and membranes containing rebar. The nodal thickness
procedure specifies a linearly varying element thickness.
707
Rebar in Abaqus/Standard
Input files
em_kinematics1.inp Rebar, 0° orientation.
em_kinematics2.inp Rebar, 30° orientation.
em_kinematics3.inp Rebar, 90° orientation.
em_kinematics4.inp Rebar, 30° orientation, finite strains.
em_kinematics5.inp Rebar, defined using the ORIENTATION parameter on *REBAR LAYER.
em_kinematics6.inp Rebar, referencing user-defined *ORIENTATION.
em_kinematics6.f User subroutine ORIENT used in em_kinematics6.inp.
em_kinematics7.inp Rebar, test of rebar angle output measured with respect to the second
isoparametric direction.
em_material.inp Rebar, 0° orientation, test of material combinations, perturbation step
with *LOAD CASE.
em_thermal.inp Rebar, 0° orientation, test of temperature and field variable dependence.
em_prestress.inp Rebar, 0° orientation, test of initial stresses with and without
*PRESTRESS HOLD.
em_prestress.f User subroutine SIGINI used in em_prestress.inp.
em_postoutput.inp Rebar, postprocessing with the *POST OUTPUT option.
em_nodalthick.inp Rebar, variable thicknesses using the *NODAL THICKNESS option.
Elements tested
SFM3D3 SFM3D4 SFM3D4R SFM3D6 SFM3D8 SFM3D8R
Problem description
Input files
ex_kinematics1.inp Rebar, 0° orientation.
ex_kinematics2.inp Rebar, 30° orientation.
ex_kinematics3.inp Rebar, 30° orientation, finite strains.
ex_kinematics4.inp Rebar, defined using the ORIENTATION parameter on *REBAR
LAYER.
ex_kinematics5.inp Rebar, referencing user-defined *ORIENTATION.
708
Rebar in Abaqus/Standard
Elements tested
S4 S4R S8R S8R5 SC8R
Problem description
Model:
Planar dimensions 10 × 10
Thickness 2.0 (for tensile test), 10.0 (for bending test)
Material:
Young's modulus of bulk material 1.0 (for tensile test), 3 × 106 (for bending test)
Young's modulus of rebar 30 × 106
Poisson's ratio of both materials 0.0
Reinforcement for tensile test REBAR1, 1., 2.5, 0., RBMAT, 0, 1
REBAR2, 1., 2.5, 0., RBMAT, 90, 1
REBAR3, 1., 3.5355, 0., RBMAT, 45, 1
REBAR4, 1., 3.5355, 0., RBMAT, 135, 1
Reinforcement for bending test REBAR, .1, 2.5, −2.5, RBMAT, 0, 1
Input files
ese4sxr4.inp S4 elements; tension with rebar; 0° orientation, 45° orientation, 90° orientation,
and 135° orientation.
ese4sxr3.inp S4 elements; bending with rebar; 0° orientation.
esf4sxr4.inp S4R elements; tension with rebar; 0° orientation, 45° orientation, 90° orientation,
and 135° orientation.
esf4sxr3.inp S4R elements; bending with rebar; 0° orientation.
es68sxr4.inp S8R elements; tension with rebar; 0° orientation, 45° orientation, 90° orientation,
and 135° orientation.
es68sxr3.inp S8R elements; bending with rebar; 0° orientation.
es58sxrd.inp S8R5 elements; bending with rebar; 0° orientation; response spectrum.
709
Rebar in Abaqus/Standard
esc8sxr4.inp SC8R elements; tension with rebar; 0° orientation, 45° orientation, 90°
orientation, and 135° orientation.
esc8sxr3.inp SC8R elements; bending with rebar; 0° orientation.
Elements tested
MAX1 MAX2 MGAX1 MGAX2
Problem description
Model:
Length 5.0
Midsurface radius 2.0
Thickness 0.05
Material:
Young's modulus of bulk material 1.0 × 105
Young's modulus of rebar 1.0 × 108
Poisson's ratio of both materials 0.495
Reinforcement for tension and torsion tests REBAR, 0.005, 0.31416, 0, RBMAT, 50
Input files
ema2srri.inp MAX1 elements, tension.
ema3srri.inp MAX2 elements, tension.
emg2srri.inp MGAX1 elements, tension and torsion
emg3srri.inp MGAX2 elements, tension and torsion.
Elements tested
SFMAX1 SFMAX2 SFMGAX1 SFMGAX2
710
Rebar in Abaqus/Standard
Problem description
Input files
exa2srri.inp SFMAX1 elements, tension.
exa3srri.inp SFMAX2 elements, tension.
exg2srri.inp SFMGAX1 elements, tension and torsion
exg3srri.inp SFMGAX2 elements, tension and torsion.
711
Rebar in Abaqus/Standard
Figures
5.0
[ x10 -3 ]
MGAX1
MGAX2
CGAX4R
0.0
Twist angle
-5.0
-10.0
0. 15. 30. 45. 60. 75. 90.
Angular orientation of rebars
5.0
[ x10 -3 ]
ν = 0.050
ν = 0.495
ν = 0.300
0.0
Twist angle
-5.0
-10.0
0. 15. 30. 45. 60. 75. 90.
Angular orientation of rebars
Elements tested
SAX1 SAX2
Problem description
Model:
Length 10.0
Inside radius for hoop test 5.0 (Flat solid disk for radial test)
712
Rebar in Abaqus/Standard
Thickness 2.0
Material:
Young's modulus of bulk material 1.0
Young's modulus of rebar 30 × 106
Poisson's ratio of both materials 0.0
Reinforcement for hoop test REBAR1, 1, 2.5, −1, RBMAT, 90
REBAR2, 1, 2.5, 1, RBMAT, 90
Reinforcement for radial test REBAR, 1, 46.245, 0, RBMAT, 0
Input files
esa2sxrh.inp SAX1 elements, hoop rebar.
esa2sxrr.inp SAX1 elements, radial rebar using the GEOMETRY=ANGULAR parameter
on *REBAR LAYER.
esa3sxrh.inp SAX2 elements, hoop rebar.
esa3sxrr.inp SAX2 elements, radial rebar using the GEOMETRY=ANGULAR parameter
on *REBAR LAYER.
Elements tested
C3D8 C3D20 SFM3D4R SFM3D8R
Problem description
Model:
Cubic dimension 10.0 × 10.0 × 10.0
Material:
Young's modulus of bulk material 1.0
Young's modulus of rebar 30 × 106
Poisson's ratio of both materials 0.0
Reinforcement REBAR, 1., 2.5, 0., RBMAT, 0, 1
713
Rebar in Abaqus/Standard
Input files
ec38sfrg.inp C3D8 with SFM3D4R elements, rebar with 0° orientation.
ec3ksfrg.inp C3D20 with SFM3D8R elements, rebar with 0° orientation.
Elements tested
CAX4 CAX8 CGAX4 CGAX4R CGAX4T CGAX8 CGAX8T SFMAX1 SFMAX2 SFMGAX1
SFMGAX2
Problem description
Model:
Planar dimensions 10.0 × 10.0
Inside radius 0.0
Material:
Young's modulus of bulk material 1.0
Young's modulus of rebar 30 × 106
Poisson's ratio of both materials 0.0
Reinforcement for hoop test REBAR1, .04, .3333, 0., RBMAT, 90
Reinforcement for radial test REBAR2, .04, 46.245, 0., RBMAT, 0
Input files
eca4sfri.inp CAX4 elements with SFMAX1 elements, hoop rebar, and radial rebar using the
GEOMETRY=ANGULAR parameter on *REBAR LAYER.
eca4sfr2.inp CAX4 elements with SFMAX1 elements, radial rebar using the
GEOMETRY=ANGULAR parameter on *REBAR LAYER.
eca4sfrs.inp CAX4 elements with SFMAX1 elements, hoop rebar, and radial rebar using the
GEOMETRY=ANGULAR parameter on *REBAR LAYER.
eca8sfri.inp CAX8 elements with SFMAX2 elements, hoop rebar, and radial rebar using the
GEOMETRY=ANGULAR parameter on *REBAR LAYER.
eca8sfr2.inp CAX8 elements with SFMAX2 elements, radial rebar using the
GEOMETRY=ANGULAR parameter on *REBAR LAYER.
eca8sfrs.inp CAX8 elements with SFMAX2 elements, hoop rebar, and radial rebar using the
GEOMETRY=ANGULAR parameter on *REBAR LAYER.
eca4gfri.inp CGAX4 elements with SFMGAX1 elements, hoop rebar, and radial rebar using the
GEOMETRY parameter on *REBAR LAYER.
714
Rebar in Abaqus/Standard
eca4gfrs.inp CGAX4 elements with SFMGAX1 elements, hoop rebar, and radial rebar using the
GEOMETRY=ANGULAR parameter on *REBAR LAYER.
eca4gfr2.inp CGAX4 elements with SFMGAX1 elements, radial rebar using the GEOMETRY
parameter on *REBAR LAYER.
eca4hfri.inp CGAX4T elements with SFMGAX1 elements, hoop rebar, and radial rebar using the
GEOMETRY=ANGULAR parameter on *REBAR LAYER.
eca4hfrs.inp CGAX4T elements with SFMGAX1 elements, hoop rebar, and radial rebar using the
GEOMETRY parameter on *REBAR LAYER.
eca4hfr2.inp CGAX4T elements with SFMGAX1 elements, radial rebar using the GEOMETRY
parameter on *REBAR LAYER.
eca8gfri.inp CGAX8 elements with SFMGAX2 elements, hoop rebar, and radial rebar using the
GEOMETRY=ANGULAR parameter on *REBAR LAYER.
eca8gfrs.inp CGAX8 elements with SFMGAX2 elements, hoop rebar, and radial rebar using the
GEOMETRY=ANGULAR parameter on *REBAR LAYER.
eca8gfr2.inp CGAX8 elements with SFMGAX2 elements; radial rebar using the GEOMETRY
parameter on *REBAR LAYER.
eca8hfri.inp CGAX8T elements with SFMGAX2 elements, hoop rebar, and radial rebar using the
GEOMETRY=ANGULAR parameter on *REBAR LAYER.
eca8hfrs.inp CGAX8T elements with SFMGAX2 elements, hoop rebar, and radial rebar using the
GEOMETRY=ANGULAR parameter on *REBAR LAYER
eca8hfr2.inp CGAX8T elements with SFMGAX2 elements; radial rebar using the
GEOMETRY=ANGULAR parameter on *REBAR LAYER.
Elements tested
CPE4 CPE8 CPS4 CPS8
Problem description
Model:
Planar dimension 10.0 × 10.0
Thickness 1.0
Material:
Young's modulus of bulk material 1.0
Young's modulus of rebar 30 × 106
Reinforcement
Isoparametric: Skew:
PLANE, .04, .25, 0., .25, 2 PLANE, .04, .25, 0.
PLANE, .04, .25, 0., .50, 2 .5, .5
PLANE, .04, .25, 0., .75, 2 PLANE, .04, .25, 0.
PLANE, .04, .25, 0., .25, 1 0., 1., 0., 1.
PLANE, .04, .25, 0., .50, 1 PLANE, .04, .25, 0.
PLANE, .04, .25, 0., .75, 1 0., 0., .5, .5
715
Rebar in Abaqus/Standard
Input files
ece4sfrg.inp CPE4 elements, isoparametric and skew rebar.
ecs4sfrg.inp CPS4 elements, isoparametric and skew rebar.
ece8sfrg.inp CPE8 elements, isoparametric and skew rebar.
ecs8sfrg.inp CPS8 elements, isoparametric and skew rebar.
ecs4sfrd.inp CPS4 elements, isoparametric and skew rebar, linear dynamic (*FREQUENCY,
*STEADY STATE DYNAMICS).
Elements tested
C3D8 C3D8S C3D8HS C3D20
Problem description
Model:
Cubic dimension 10.0 × 10.0 × 10.0
Material:
Young's modulus of bulk material 1.0
Young's modulus of rebar 30 × 106
Poisson's ratio of both materials 0.0
Reinforcement for single rebar test BRICK, 1., .5, .5, 1
BRICK, 1., .5, .5, 2
BRICK, 1., .5, .5, 3
716
Rebar in Abaqus/Standard
Input files
ec38sfr1.inp C3D8 elements, single rebar.
c3d8s_rebar.inp C3D8S elements, single rebar.
c3d8hs_rebar.inp C3D8HS elements, single rebar.
ec3ksfr1.inp C3D20 elements, single rebar
Elements tested
CAX4 CAX8 CGAX4 CGAX4R CGAX4T CGAX8 CGAX8T
Problem description
Model:
Planar dimensions 10.0 × 10.0
Inside radius 0.0
Material:
Young's modulus of bulk material 1.0
Young's modulus of rebar 30 × 106
Poisson's ratio of both materials 0.0
Reinforcement for single hoop rebar test
AXSOL, .4, .25, .25
AXSOL, .4, .50, .25
AXSOL, .4, .75, .25
AXSOL, .4, .25, .50
AXSOL, .4, .50, .50
AXSOL, .4, .75, .50
AXSOL, .4, .25, .75
AXSOL, .4, .50, .75
AXSOL, .4, .75, .75
Input files
eca4sfr2.inp CAX4 elements, single hoop rebar.
eca8sfr2.inp CAX8 elements, single hoop rebar.
eca4gfrn.inp CGAX4 elements, single hoop rebar.
eca4gfr2.inp CGAX4 elements, single hoop rebar.
eca4hfrn.inp CGAX4T elements, single hoop rebar.
717
Rebar in Abaqus/Standard
Rebars in beams
Elements tested
B23
Problem description
Model:
Length 10.0 (300.0 in file eb2arxrd.inp)
Cross-section 10.0 × 10.0 rectangular
Material:
Young's modulus of bulk material 1.0 (for tensile test), 3 × 106 (for bending test)
Young's modulus of rebar 30 × 106
Reinforcement for tensile test BEAM, 1., −2.5, −2.5
BEAM, 1., 2.5, 2.5
Reinforcement for bending test BEAM, 1., −2.5, −2.5
BEAM, 1., 2.5, −2.5
Input files
eb2arxrt.inp B23 elements, tension.
eb2arxrb.inp B23 elements, bending.
eb2arxrd.inp B23 elements, bending, linear dynamic (*FREQUENCY, *MODAL
DYNAMIC).
Elements tested
SAX2 MAX2 SFMAX2 S4R M3D4R SFM3D4R
Problem description
These tests verify reinforcement with spacing that varies as a function of radial position and reinforcement
defined by the tire lift equation. Each input file contains two models; one model contains reinforcement with
angular spacing and the other model contains reinforcement defined with the lift equation. Aside from the
reinforcement geometry, the two models are identical, consisting of an axisymmetric disk with internal radius
of 2.0, external radius of 5.0 and thickness of 0.1. The interior edges of the disks are fully constrained and a
prescribed displacement of 1.0 × 10-4 is applied to the exterior edges.
718
Rebar in Abaqus/Standard
One layer of rebar is defined in the model containing rebar with angular spacing. The rebar is oriented along the
radial direction. The second model contains 8 layers of rebar, oriented at an angle of 45°, 135°, 225°, 315°, −45°,
−135°, −225°, −315° respectively in the uncured configuration.
Material:
Young's modulus of bulk material 1.0 × 103
Young's modulus of rebar 1.0 × 108
Poisson's ratio of both materials 0.3
Input files
exa2srrr.inp SFMAX2 elements.
ex34srrr.inp SFM3D4R elements. Model is generated by revolving the axisymmetric
cross-section defined in exa2srrr.inp
ex34srrl.inp SFM3D4R elements. Model is generated by reflecting the model defined in
ex34srrr.inp
ema2srrr.inp MAX2 elements.
em34srrr.inp M3D4R elements. Model is generated by revolving the axisymmetric
cross-section defined in ema2srrr.inp
em34srp0.inp M3D4R elements. Reference model for import.
em34srpx.inp M3D4R elements. Import from standard to explicit. Requires restart file
generated from em34srp0.inp
em34srps.inp M3D4R elements. Import from explicit to standard. Requires restart file
generated from em34srpx.inp
esa2srrr.inp SAX2 elements.
es34srrr.inp S4R elements. Model is generated by revolving the axisymmetric cross-section
defined in esa2srrr.inp
719
Rebar in Abaqus/Explicit
Rebar in Abaqus/Explicit
Products: Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPS4R CPE4R CAX4R C3D8 C3D8R M3D3 M3D4R SFM3D4R SAX1 S3R S3RS S4
S4R
SC8R S4RS S4RSW
Problem description
This example problem verifies the modeling of element reinforcements with the element-based rebar procedure.
The layers of reinforcement are defined as part of the element section definition. These options are tested in the
areas of kinematics, compatibility with material property definitions, and compatibility with prescribed
temperatures and field variables. All element types that support reinforcement are tested. The procedure to specify
layers of reinforcement defined as part of the element section definition is used for shell, surface, and membrane
elements. The element-based rebar procedure is used for continuum elements.
Continuum element kinematics are tested in two ways. In the first test rebar are placed at various locations and
orientations within an element and a uniaxial displacement is applied to the element. The rebar are located
one-third of the distance from the element edge and are given orientation angles of 0, 45, and 90°. For plane
strain and plane stress elements 89.9° is used instead of 90° since a rebar oriented at 90° for these elements
would provide no stiffness. Rebar are also placed directly along the element edges with orientation angles of 0°.
The second test checks that the rebar yield the correct strains for various deformation modes. Rebar are positioned
at one-third of the distance from the lower edge in a CPE4R element. Uniaxial stretching is performed in the
direction of the rebar and in the direction perpendicular to the rebar. Simple shear is tested with the rebar parallel
to the direction of motion and with the rebar perpendicular to the direction of motion.
Three tests exist for rebar in shells. The first two tests cover kinematics of rebar placed at the midsurface in
shells. The third test covers bending behavior of shells in which rebar are placed away from the midsurface.
The first kinematics test, rebar_elementtype.inp, places the rebar at various orientations within an element, and
a uniaxial displacement is applied to the element. The rebars are defined at orientation angles of 0, 30, and 90°.
This test is repeated for elements in which the nodal thicknesses are defined and for composite shells.
The second kinematics test, rebar_modes.inp, verifies that the rebar yield the correct strains for various deformation
modes. Uniaxial stretching is performed in the direction of the rebar and in the direction perpendicular to the
rebar. For general shell and membrane elements simple shear is tested with the rebar parallel to the direction of
motion and with the rebar perpendicular to the direction of motion. See Figure 1.
The third kinematics test, rebar_bending.inp, verifies the bending behavior of shell elements that have undergone
finite membrane strains. A finite uniaxial stretch is prescribed at the midsurface of the shell, followed by a
rotation at one end of the shell element. This test is repeated for shell elements in which the nodal thicknesses
721
Rebar in Abaqus/Explicit
are defined, with shell elements in which the midsurface position is defined by an offset, and with composite
shell elements.
Two tests exist for rebar in membrane and surface elements. The two tests cover kinematics of rebar placed at
the midsurface in membranes and in surface elements and are similar to the first two tests for the shell elements.
The material test includes five combinations of material definitions for the base element and for the rebar. For
each combination CPE4R, M3D4R, S4R, and S4RS elements are loaded with a prescribed uniaxial displacement.
Elastic, elastic-plastic, and hyperelastic material properties are used for both the base element and the rebar. The
combinations are as follows: elastic base and elastic rebar, elastic base and elastic-plastic rebar, elastic-plastic
base and elastic rebar, hyperelastic base and elastic rebar, and hyperelastic base and hyperelastic rebar.
Thermal expansion of the rebar is tested by constraining all degrees of freedom of the elements and applying a
temperature load. The rebar is positioned one-third of the distance from the element's lower edge. The temperature
on the lower edge is increased from 0 to 20°, while the temperature on the top edge is increased from 0 to 80°.
Thermal expansion of the rebar is tested by constraining all degrees of freedom of the elements and applying a
temperature load. The rebar is placed at the midsurface in membranes and at one-third of the thickness from the
bottom surface in shells.
The nodal temperatures of membrane elements are increased uniformly from 0 to 40°. The nodal temperatures
of shell elements are increased uniformly throughout the element but vary through the thickness of the shell.
The temperatures are applied in two ways: as a midsurface temperature that is increased from 0 to 50° along
with a temperature gradient through the shell thickness that is increased from 0 to 30°/ L, and directly at the
section points through the shell thickness.
The use of temperature- and field-variable-dependent inelastic material properties is tested by stretching the
rebar until yield occurs, while simultaneously applying a uniform temperature or field variable increase. The
underlying elements are modeled with an elastic material.
This test applies a body force and a gravity load to all elements that allow rebar. All degrees of freedom are
fixed, and the reaction forces are output. Gravity loads are based on the magnitude of the user-provided gravity
constant, the element density, and element volume; the body forces are based on the body force magnitude and
the element volume. Since the mass of the rebar is considered significant and is added to the total mass of the
element, the rebar will contribute to the gravity load. The volume of the rebar, however, is not added to the total
element volume since the rebars are considered to be embedded in the underlying element. Therefore, rebar will
not contribute to body forces.
722
Rebar in Abaqus/Explicit
This test consists of shell, membrane and continuum elements with isoparametric rebar. An initial tensile stress
is applied to the rebar, and no initial stresses are applied to the underlying elements. Thus, the underlying elements
will compress, and the initial rebar tensile stress will be reduced until equilibrium between the two is reached.
The results for all the test cases agree with the analytical values that have been included at the top of each input
file.
Input files
Input files that use the procedure to specify layers of reinforcement defined as part of the
element section definition
rebar_m3d4r.inp Kinematics test for the M3D4R element.
rebar_sfm3d4r.inp Kinematics test for the SFM3D4R element.
rebar_sax1.inp Kinematics test for the SAX1 element.
rebar_s4.inp Kinematics test for the S4 element.
rebar_s4r.inp Kinematics test for the S4R element.
rebar_sc8r.inp Kinematics test for the SC8R element.
rebar_s4rs.inp Kinematics test for the S4RS element.
rebar_s4rsw.inp Kinematics test for the S4RSW element.
rebar_orient.inp Rebar orientation test for shells and membranes.
rebar_bending.inp Shell rebar bending test.
Input files that use the procedures to specify layers of reinforcement defined as part of the
element section definition as well as element-based rebar
rebar_modes.inp Multiple deformation modes.
rebar_material.inp Rebar material test.
rebar_prestress.inp Test of initial rebar stresses.
rebar_tempdep.inp Temperature-dependent rebar material test.
rebar_fielddep.inp Field-variable-dependent rebar material test.
rebar_thermalexp.inp Rebar thermal expansion test.
rebar_bodyload.inp Body and gravity load test of rebar.
723
Rebar in Abaqus/Explicit
Figures
3 1
Figure 1: Deformation modes for rebar in a CPE4R, M3D4R, and S4R element.
724
Convection elements:
transport of a temperature
pulse
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
DCC1D2 DCC1D2D DCC2D4 DCC2D4D DCC3D8 DCC3D8D DCCAX2 DCCAX2D DCCAX4
DCCAX4D
Features tested
Problem description
The transport and diffusion of a temperature pulse in the family of convective/diffusive heat transfer elements
is tested in this verification set. The model consists of a column of fluid 2.0 units long with a cross-sectional
area of 1.0. All models consist of 16 elements along the length and one element in the cross-section. The material
property values used are: conductivity, k = 0.0015625; specific heat, cp = 1.0; and density, ρ = 1.0. Consistency
of all units is assumed.
An initial temperature pulse, of peak magnitude 1.0, in the form of a Gaussian wave is centered at 0.25 units
along the length. At time zero, all the nodes in the model are assigned a mass flow rate of 0.25 in the length
direction. The transient response of the temperature pulse as it convects down the length of the mesh is tracked
for a period of two seconds.
The results show that the convective elements are able to propagate a temperature pulse with relatively minor
diffusion.
Input files
725
Continuum shells: basic
element modes
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
SC8R
Features tested
The basic deformation modes of the continuum shell elements are verified.
Problem description
A continuum shell element is loaded with displacement control into its basic deformation modes. The results
are compared to equivalent modes obtained from S4R and C3D8R elements.
Model: The model consists of SC8R, S4R, and C3D8R elements, each of dimensions 2 × 2 × 0.1.
Mesh: Two types of meshes are provided. The mesh for the geometrically linear case consists of three elements:
one SC8R, one S4R, and one C3D8R element. Each element is loaded in one of the basic deformation modes.
There are 18 steps, each step representing a particular mode. For the geometrically nonlinear case we have 18
groups of SC8R, S4R, and C3D8R elements. Each group is loaded in a particular deformation mode in a single
step.
Boundary conditions: Each element type is loaded in displacement control to one of the following pure
deformation modes: membrane, bending, transverse shear, thickness, thickness gradient, and hourglass.
The strains, stresses, section strains, section forces, section thicknesses, and reaction forces for the continuum
shell are verified with results obtained for the S4R and C3D8R elements for equivalent modes where applicable.
Input files
727
Transverse shear for
shear-flexible shells
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
S4 S4R S8R S8RT
Features tested
Transverse shear stress output (TSHR13, TSHR23) and transverse shear section force and section strain output
(SF4, SF5, SE4, SE5) for shear-flexible shells.
Problem description
The model consists of a composite plate with a length of 10.0, width of 1.0, and thickness of 1.5. Plane strain
conditions are imposed in the y-direction (parallel to the unit width), the end at x = 0 is fixed, and various boundary
conditions are applied to the remaining degrees of freedom (refer to input files). A single shell element is used
to model the plate. The plate has three layers of equal thickness (0.5) defined using a composite shell section or
a composite general shell section. Three integration points are specified in each layer for a total of nine points
through the thickness.
0.5
0.5
0.5
10
x
Orthotropic elasticity in a plane stress is used to define an orthotropic material with E1 = 25 × 106, E2 = 1 × 106,
ν12 = 0.25, G13 = 0.5 × 106 and G23 = 0.2 × 106. The material orientation is specified such that the local 1-direction
for layers 1 and 3 is parallel to the x-axis, and the local 1-direction for layer 2 is parallel to the y-axis. A
user-defined material that has equivalent behavior to the linear elastic material is also tested.
A section orientation is used with the general shell section tests such that the 1-direction is parallel to the y-axis
and the 2-direction is parallel and opposite to the x-axis. This section orientation only changes local directions
for the section forces and section strains.
Gauss integration is used for the shell cross-section for elements S4, S4R, and S8R.
Two groups of tests are performed; all forces are applied at x = 10.
729
Transverse shear for shear-flexible shells
Static tests:
Step 1, uniaxial tension: total force of 20000 in the x-direction.
Step 2, transverse shear: total force of 20000 in the z-direction.
Step 3, pure bending: total moment of 20000 about the y-axis.
The verification of the transverse shear results is based on the formulation described in Transverse shear stiffness
in composite shells and offsets from the midsurface.
Local coordinate directions are requested in the input files esf4sct2.inp, esf4slt2.inp, and ese4slt2.inp.
Input files
730
Transverse shear for shear-flexible shells
esf4slt2.inp S4R elements, orthotropic elastic material, static, frequency, steady-state dynamics,
modal dynamic, and response spectrum steps, *SHELL GENERAL SECTION,
COMPOSITE.
es68sct1.inp S8R elements, orthotropic elastic material, static steps, *SHELL SECTION,
COMPOSITE.
es68sct1umat.inp S8R elements, user-defined material, static steps, *SHELL SECTION, COMPOSITE.
es68sct2.inp S8R elements, orthotropic elastic material, static, frequency, steady-state dynamics,
modal dynamic, and response spectrum steps, *SHELL SECTION, COMPOSITE.
es68sct2umat.inp S8R elements, user-defined material, static, frequency, steady-state dynamics, modal
dynamic, and response spectrum steps, *SHELL SECTION, COMPOSITE.
es68slt2.inp S8R elements, orthotropic elastic material, static, frequency, steady-state dynamics,
modal dynamic, and response spectrum steps, *SHELL GENERAL SECTION,
COMPOSITE.
es38tct1.inp S8RT elements, orthotropic elastic material, coupled temperature-displacement steps
with static loading, *SHELL SECTION, COMPOSITE.
es38tct1umat.inp S8RT elements, user-defined material, coupled temperature-displacement steps with
static loading, *SHELL SECTION, COMPOSITE.
umat_psortho_proptab.f User subroutine UMAT used in ese4sct1umat.inp, ese4sct2umat.inp, esf4sct1umat.inp,
esf4sct2umat.inp, es68sct1umat.inp, es68sct2umat.inp, es38tct1umat.inp.
731
Linear dynamic analysis
with fluid link
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
FLINK F2D2
Features tested
Problem description
A fluid link element is used to transfer fluid between two vessels filled with pneumatic fluid, as shown in Figure
1. The vessels are subjected to internal pressures by applying loads F1 and F2, respectively.
Each vessel is modeled using a two-dimensional fluid block that measures 1 × 1 with unit thickness as shown
in Figure 2. Nodes 1 and 11 are the cavity reference nodes for the two fluid cavities. The downward force on
the first fluid cavity is applied as a concentrated load to node 4 in the y-direction. Nodes 3 and 4 are constrained
to displace equally in the y-direction. Nodes 13 and 14 are also constrained to displace equally in the y-direction.
Finally, grounded springs of very small stiffness acting in the y-direction are attached to nodes 4 and 14 to prevent
solver problems in the solution.
Material:
Pneumatic fluid
Fluid link
CV=10.
Loading: The fluid temperature is kept constant at 200.0 in all of the steps. In the first step, the first cavity
is subjected to a concentrated harmonic load of F1 = −10.0 exp[2π(0.1)t] with F2 = 0. The second step is similar
733
Linear dynamic analysis with fluid link
to the first, except that the imaginary terms in the stiffness matrix for the fluid link are ignored, so that the
response is calculated only for the real components of the steady-state system. In the third step loads are applied
to induce an internal pressure of 10.0 units in both cavities. The fourth and fifth steps are similar to the first and
second steps except for the pressure preload of 10.0, which is applied to the fluid elements in the third step.
Results are reported at the end of each steady-state analysis step.
2 10.28
5 10.10
Input files
Figures
F1
F2
1.0 1.0
734
Linear dynamic analysis with fluid link
4 3 14 13
x
1 2 11 12
fluid link
Figure 2: Two-dimensional fluid block model.
735
Rigid bodies with
temperature DOFs, heat
capacitance, and
nodal-based thermal loads
Rigid bodies with temperature DOFs, heat capacitance, and nodal-based thermal loads
Products: Abaqus/Standard Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CAX3T CAX4HT CAX4RT CAX4T CAX6MT CAX8HT
CPE3T CPE4RT CPE4T CPE6MT CPE8T
CPS3T CPS4RT CPS4T CPS6MT CPS8T
C3D4T C3D6T C3D8HT C3D8RT C3D8T C3D10MT
SC8RT SC6RT
S3RT S4RT
Problem description
Most of the verification tests in this section are based on the recommendations of the National Agency for Finite
Element Methods and Standards (U.K.). Rigid body constraints and isothermal rigid body constraints are tested
in these problems.
The test problems are:
1. One-dimensional heat transfer with radiation.
2. One-dimensional transient heat transfer.
3. Two-dimensional heat transfer with convection.
4. Patch test for heat transfer elements.
5. Temperature-dependent film condition.
6. One-element lumped model.
The models presented here are the same as the models described in these sections, but the elements are now
assigned to rigid bodies.
The one-element lumped model tests the isothermal rigid body constraints. The simulation consists of two steps.
In the first step the rigid body is cooled by convection from an initial temperature of T0=100 to the ambient
temperature Ta=20. In the second step the body is heated by a prescribed flux, q. All the thermal properties are
equal to unity. In addition to its own thermal capacitance, a second capacitance is lumped into the model using
a HEATCAP element.
737
Rigid bodies with temperature DOFs, heat capacitance, and nodal-based thermal loads
Step 2:
qA2
T (t ) = Ta + (ρcV )total
(t − t0)
In the above equation h is the heat transfer coefficient, (ρcV )total is the heat capacitance, A1 is the area associated
with the convective flux, t0 is the time at the end of previous step, and A2 denotes the area on which the prescribed
flux is applied. The temperatures at the nodes are the same because the rigid body is isothermal; therefore, the
temperature varies only in time.
In Abaqus/Explicit the internal heat energy ALLIHE and the external heat energy through the external fluxes
ALLHF are available. The analytical solutions for the energies are
Step 1:
ALLI H E (t ) = (ρcV )total T (t ),
t ⎡ ⎛ −hA ⎞ ⎤
ALLH F (t ) = − ∫t hA1(T − Ta )d t = (ρcV )total (T0 − Ta )⎢exp⎜ (ρcV ) 1 (t − t0)⎟ − 1⎥
0 ⎣ ⎝ total ⎠ ⎦
Step 2:
ALLI H E (t ) = (ρcV )total T (t ),
t
ALLH F (t ) = ALLH F end − step 1 + ∫t qA2 d t = ALLH F end − step 1 + qA2 (t − t0)
0
The energies are in good agreement with the analytical solutions, and the heat energy balance is respected.
Input files
738
Rigid bodies with temperature DOFs, heat capacitance, and nodal-based thermal loads
739
Rigid bodies with temperature DOFs, heat capacitance, and nodal-based thermal loads
740
Rigid bodies with temperature DOFs, heat capacitance, and nodal-based thermal loads
Heat capacitance
Elements tested
DCAX4 DC2D4 DC2D8 DC3D6 DC3D8 DC3D8
CAX4T CPS4T CPS8RT C3D8T
DCAX4E DC2D4E DC2D8E DC3D8E
CAX4RT CAX6MT CPE4RT CPE6MT CPEG4T CPEG8T CPS6MT C3D8RT C3D8T
C3D10MT SC8RT
Problem description
The test is based on the one-element lumped model described in the previous section.
Input files
741
Rigid bodies with temperature DOFs, heat capacitance, and nodal-based thermal loads
Elements tested
DC1D2 DC1D3 DCAX3 DCAX4 DCAX6 DCAX8 DC2D3 DC2D4
DC2D6 DC2D8 DC3D8
CAX8HT CPE4T CPEG4T CPEG8T C3D8HT T2D2T
DCAX6E DC1D2E DC2D3E DC3D8E
CAX3T CAX4RT CPE4RT CPE6MT CPS4RT C3D6T C3D8RT
Problem description
The tests are based on the problem presented in T2: One-dimensional heat transfer with radiation. In the tests
presented here, element-based radiation conditions are replaced by node-based radiation conditions.
Input files
742
Rigid bodies with temperature DOFs, heat capacitance, and nodal-based thermal loads
Elements tested
DCAX4 DC2D4 DC2D8 DC3D6 DC3D8 CAX3T CPS4RT C3D6T
CAX4T CPS4T CPS8RT C3D8T
DCAX4E DC2D4E DC2D8E DC3D8E
CAX3T CAX6MT CPE6MT CPEG4T CPEG8T CPS4RT CPS6MT C3D6T C3D10MT SC6RT
Problem description
The tests are based on the one-element lumped model described earlier. The nodal thermal loads node-based
film conditions and concentrated heat fluxes are used for cooling and heating the body, respectively. As with
the node-based radiation conditions tests described earlier, in Abaqus/Standard the nodal loads are weighted
appropriately for the second-order elements; dummy mechanical and electrical properties are used for the coupled
temperature-displacement and coupled thermal-electrical analyses, respectively.
Input files
743
Rigid bodies with temperature DOFs, heat capacitance, and nodal-based thermal loads
Elements tested
CPE4T CPS4T
CPE4RT CPS4RT CPE6MT
Problem description
The tests are based on the problems presented in Thermal surface interaction and Coupled
temperature-displacement analysis: one-dimensional gap conductance and radiation. In the first set of tests
only the temperature variation in the rigid bodies involved in contact is considered, since the deformations are
not of interest. In Abaqus/Explicit two types of thermal contact are considered: thermal contact between a rigid
body and an analytical rigid surface and thermal contact between two rigid bodies.
The second test is done in Abaqus/Standard to test the friction dependency on field variables. The test is described
in Coupled temperature-displacement analysis: one-dimensional gap conductance and radiation; however, here
we release the constraints in the tangential direction of contact.
744
Rigid bodies with temperature DOFs, heat capacitance, and nodal-based thermal loads
Input files
745
Analysis of unbounded
acoustic regions
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
ACIN2D2 ACIN2D3 ACIN3D3 ACIN3D4 ACIN3D6 ACIN3D8 ACINAX2 ACINAX3
Features tested
Steady-state and transient dynamic analysis using acoustic infinite elements.
Problem description
The problem of propagation of plane waves in a duct is used to verify the behavior of acoustic infinite elements.
The duct is 10 units long and is excited at one end. The duct itself is modeled with acoustic finite elements of
appropriate dimension and interpolation order. At the opposite end acoustic infinite elements are used to simulate
the infinite continuation of the duct. In each input file another duct model using the exact plane-wave absorbing
impedance boundary condition is supplied for comparison. Although the infinite elements are not exact for the
duct case, they should give comparable results to the plane wave impedance case.
The axisymmetric elements are studied using an annular duct terminated with axisymmetric acoustic infinite
elements. The comparison duct is identical but oriented in the opposite direction and terminated with the plane
wave impedance condition.
Loading: In the Abaqus/Standard verification files, a two-step analysis is performed. In the first step a
steady-state dynamic analysis is performed at two frequencies: 1 and 10. In the second step the fluid in the duct
is initially quiescent and is forced at one end using a uniform sinusoidal excitation at a frequency of 5 / π. In
every case except the ACIN3D6 and ACIN3D8 verification files, the excitation is supplied as a concentrated
load; for ACIN3D6 and ACIN3D8 the excitation is supplied as a boundary condition. The reference solution is
found using an identical acoustic finite element mesh, with the plane wave impedance condition applied.
In the Abaqus/Explicit verification files, a single-step transient dynamic analysis is performed. The fluid in the
duct is initially quiescent and is forced at one end using a uniform sinusoidal excitation at a frequency of 5 / π.
In every case the excitation is supplied using the concentrated load procedure. The reference solution is found
using an identical acoustic finite element mesh, with the plane wave impedance condition applied.
747
Analysis of unbounded acoustic regions
Input files
Elements tested
ACIN2D2 ACIN2D3 ACIN3D3 ACIN3D4 ACIN3D6 ACIN3D8 ACINAX2 ACINAX3
Problem description
A simple transient problem is studied to verify the coupling of acoustic infinite elements directly to structural
elements. Acoustic infinite elements are coupled to solid elements using a surface-based tie constraint.
Accelerations are imposed on the solid elements using boundary conditions. To check these results, similar
748
Analysis of unbounded acoustic regions
acceleration profiles are imposed as concentrated loads on acoustic infinite elements of the same geometry. The
acceleration time histories are described using the amplitude procedure.
Input files
749
One-dimensional
steady-state dynamic
solutions for poroelastic
acoustic elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D4A C3D6A C3D8A
Problem description
A column of poroelastic material fixed in the lateral directions and attached to a wall is loaded at the tip by a
harmonic pressure in a direct steady-state dynamic analysis. The analytical solution for the two compressional
waves is available in Allard and Atalla (2009), sec. 6.5–6.6. Finite element solutions are obtained for three
models having 10, 100, and 1000 finite elements in this one-dimensional problem to verify convergence to the
analytical solution. To verify tie constraints to connect poroelastic-to-poroelastic elements, each model is
subdivided into two parts with the same material.
Tortuosity, 1.06
6
Young's modulus, 4.4 × 10
Poisson's ratio, 0
Density, 130
10
Structural material bulk modulus, 1.0 × 10
Density, 1.177
The MKS unit system is used. These parameters are used directly with the Biot-Johnson acoustic medium porous
model. For the Biot-Atalla model the equivalent fluid complex density and fluid complex bulk modulus are
provided instead.
751
One-dimensional steady-state dynamic solutions for poroelastic acoustic elements
Boundary conditions: The mesh is aligned along the Z-direction. Lateral X- and Y-displacements are
applied at all nodes, and all three displacements at the wall nodes are fixed. External pressure is specified as a
boundary condition for the pore pressure and as an external pressure load at the tip element face.
10 -5.94E-11
100 -5.92E-13
1000 -5.E-15
10 -6.07E-11
100 -6.09E-13
1000 -6.5E-15
Real pore pressure at the wall, 300 Hz, analytical solution = -7.765E-02
10 -2.14E-03
100 -2.14E-05
1000 -2.11E-07
Imaginary pore pressure at the wall, 300 Hz, analytical solution = -2.768E-01
10 -9.44E-04
100 -9.59E-06
1000 -1.1E-07
10 1.77E-09
100 1.51E-11
1000 1.53E-13
10 3.79E-10
752
One-dimensional steady-state dynamic solutions for poroelastic acoustic elements
1000 3.25E-14
Real pore pressure at the wall, 1300 Hz, analytical solution = -6.516E-02
10 5.13E-03
100 4.32E-05
1000 4.36E-07
Imaginary pore pressure at the wall, 1300 Hz, analytical solution = 6.955E-03
10 8.41E-03
100 7.84E-05
1000 7.92E-07
Input files
aa2009anal.inp C3D8A elements, 10 element mesh.
aa2009anal2.inp C3D8A elements, 100 element mesh.
aa2009anal3.inp C3D8A elements, 1000 element mesh.
aa2009analc3d6a.inp C3D6A elements, 20 element mesh (each cube of the 10 element mesh is
subdivided into two wedges).
aa2009analc3d6a2.inp C3D6A elements, 200 element mesh (each cube of the 100 element mesh
is subdivided into two wedges).
aa2009analc3d6a3.inp C3D6A elements, 2000 element mesh (each cube of the 1000 element mesh
is subdivided into two wedges).
aa2009analc3d4a.inp C3D4A elements, 60 element mesh (each cube of the 10 element mesh is
subdivided into six tetrahedra).
aa2009analc3d4a2.inp C3D4A elements, 600 element mesh (each cube of the 100 element mesh
is subdivided into six tetrahedra).
aa2009analc3d4a3.inp C3D4A elements, 6000 element mesh (each cube of the 1000 element mesh
is subdivided into six tetrahedra).
aa2009analconstr2.inp C3D8A elements, 10 element mesh (5 plus 5 matched) with tie constraints.
aa2009analconstr4.inp C3D8A elements, 15 element mesh (10 plus 5 unmatched) with tie
constraints.
References
• Allard, A. F., and N. Atalla, Propagation of Sound in Porous Media: Modelling Sound Absorbing Materials,
John Wiley & Sons, Ltd., Second Edition, 2009.
753
One-dimensional steady-state dynamic solutions for poroelastic acoustic elements
Problem description
The problem is similar to the problem above but does not need an analytical solution. It tests poroelastic-to-elastic
and poroelastic-to-acoustic compatibility boundary conditions. An acoustic problem is first solved with acoustic
AC3D8 elements, and pore pressure results should coincide with the results of a combined AC3D8 plus C3D8A
(with porosity close to 1) element model. An elastic problem is first solved with solid C3D8 elements, and
displacement and stress results should coincide with the results of a combined C3D8 plus C3D8A (with zero
porosity) element model.
Input files
ac3d8_c3d8aconstr4.inp AC3D8 elements, 10 element mesh, to be compared against the results of
ac3d8_c3d8aconstr5.inp.
ac3d8_c3d8aconstr5.inp AC3D8 plus C3D8A elements, 15 element mesh, to be compared against
the results of ac3d8_c3d8aconstr4.inp.
c3d8_c3d8aconstr3.inp C3D8 elements, 10 element mesh, to be compared against the results of
c3d8_c3d8aconstr5.inp.
c3d8_c3d8aconstr5.inp C3D8 plus C3D8A elements, 15 element mesh, to be compared against the
results of c3d8_c3d8aconstr3.inp.
754
Nonstructural mass
verification
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Various methods for including a nonstructural mass in a model are tested. Most of the analyses consist of a set of
reference elements that do not include a nonstructural mass and another set of test elements whose material density
and nonstructural mass contribution are adjusted to make the total mass equal those of the reference elements. The
response of the test elements should be identical to that of the reference elements.
Nonstructural mass specified in the form of a total mass over a region of uniform
material density
Elements tested
B21 B22 B31 B32 PIPE21 PIPE31
C3D4 C3D6 C3D8 C3D8R SC6R SC8R
CAX3 CAX4R
CPE3 CPE4R CPS3 CPS4R
M3D3 M3D4R
S3R S4 S4R SAX1
T2D2 T3D2
Problem description
The nonstructural mass contribution is specified in the form of a total mass to be applied over an element set.
Several element types are tested in each input file, with two elements in the model for each element type. Each
element pair is subjected to equivalent displacements (and rotations in the case of beams and shells) such that
their response is dynamic. Tests of membranes and shells are performed with and without the specification of
nodal thickness. The reaction forces for the constrained nodes of each pair of elements are output for comparison
purposes.
Input files
std_nsm_tot_continuum.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis of two-dimensional and three-dimensional
continuum elements.
std_nsm_tot_beamshell.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis of two-dimensional and three-dimensional
beams, pipes, and shells.
xpl_nsm_tot_continuum.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis of two-dimensional and three-dimensional
continuum elements.
xpl_nsm_tot_beamshell.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis of two-dimensional and three-dimensional
beams and shells.
755
Nonstructural mass verification
Nonstructural mass specified in the form of a total mass over a region of nonuniform
material density
Elements tested
B21 B22 B31 B32
C3D4 C3D6 C3D8 C3D8R SC6R SC8R
CAX3 CAX4R
CPE3 CPE4R CPS3 CPS4R
M3D3 M3D4R
S3R S4 S4R SAX1
T2D2 T3D2
Problem description
The nonstructural mass contribution is specified in the form of a total mass to be applied over the entire model.
Several element types are tested in each input file with two elements (test and reference) in the model for each
element type. The material density of a “reference” element is chosen to be eight times that of a “test” element.
A total mass equal to a third of all “reference” elements is distributed over the entire model. In the case of a mass
proportional distribution of the nonstructural mass, the effective element densities of a “reference” element and
a “test” element remain at the 8:1 ratio; with the volume proportional distribution, the ratio changes to 4:1. In
either distribution any “test” and “reference” element pair would have different mass; hence, the reaction forces
are not expected to match.
In Abaqus/Explicit each element pair is subjected to equivalent displacements (and rotations in the case of beams
and shells) such that their response is dynamic. In Abaqus/Standard a single- step static analysis is carried out
with gravity loads. Rebar defined using the procedure to specify layers of reinforcement as part of the element
section definition are included where applicable. Under mass proportional distribution of a total nonstructural
mass, the elements with rebar defined using the procedure to specify layers of reinforcement as part of the element
section definition attract a higher nonstructural mass compared to those elements without the rebar. However,
the same is not true when the rebar are defined using the element-based rebar procedure. Tests of membranes
and shells are performed with and without the specification of nodal thickness. The reaction forces for the
constrained nodes of each pair of elements are output. In Abaqus/Explicit the element stable time increment
values are also output for comparison. These values for a “reference” element and a “test” element are not
expected to be identical but should correspond to the modified spatial distribution of the mass in the model.
Input files
std_nsm_tot_continuum_m.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis of two-dimensional and three-dimensional continuum
elements with mass proportional distribution of the nonstructural mass.
std_nsm_tot_beamshell_m.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis of two-dimensional and three-dimensional beams
and shells with mass proportional distribution of the nonstructural mass.
std_nsm_tot_continuum_v.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis of two-dimensional and three-dimensional continuum
elements with volume proportional distribution of the nonstructural mass.
std_nsm_tot_beamshell_v.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis of two-dimensional and three-dimensional beams
and shells with volume proportional distribution of the nonstructural mass.
xpl_nsm_tot_continuum_m.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis of two-dimensional and three-dimensional continuum
elements with mass proportional distribution of the nonstructural mass.
756
Nonstructural mass verification
Elements tested
B21 B22 B31 B32
C3D4 C3D6 C3D8 C3D8R SC6R SC8R
CAX3 CAX4R
CPE3 CPE4R CPS3 CPS4R
M3D3 M3D4R
S3R S4 S4R SAX1
T2D2 T3D2
Problem description
The nonstructural mass contribution is specified in the form of a mass per unit volume to be applied over an
element set. Several element types are tested in each input file, with two elements in the model for each element
type. Each element pair is subjected to equivalent displacements (and rotations in the case of beams and shells)
such that their response is dynamic. Tests of membranes and shells are performed with and without the
specification of nodal thickness. The reaction forces for the constrained nodes of each pair of elements are output
for comparison purposes.
Input files
std_nsm_mpv_continuum.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis of two-dimensional and three-dimensional
continuum elements.
std_nsm_mpv_beamshell.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis of two-dimensional and three-dimensional
beams and shells.
xpl_nsm_mpv_continuum.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis of two-dimensional and three-dimensional
continuum elements.
xpl_nsm_mpv_beamshell.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis of two-dimensional and three-dimensional
beams and shells.
Elements tested
M3D3 M3D4R
S3R S4 S4R SAX1
Problem description
The nonstructural mass contribution is specified in the form of a mass per unit area to be applied over an element
set. Several element types are tested in each input file, with two elements in the model for each element type.
757
Nonstructural mass verification
Each element pair is subjected to equivalent displacements (and rotations in the case of beams and shells) such
that their response is dynamic. Tests of membranes and shells are performed with and without the specification
of nodal thickness. The reaction forces for the constrained nodes of each pair of elements are output for comparison
purposes.
Input files
std_nsm_mpa_continuum.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis of two-dimensional and three-dimensional
continuum elements.
std_nsm_mpa_beamshell.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis of two-dimensional and three-dimensional
beams and shells.
xpl_nsm_mpa_continuum.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis of two-dimensional and three-dimensional
continuum elements.
xpl_nsm_mpa_beamshell.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis of two-dimensional and three-dimensional
beams and shells.
Elements tested
B21 B22 B31 B32 PIPE21 PIPE31
T2D2 T3D2
Problem description
The nonstructural mass contribution is specified in the form of a mass per unit length to be applied over an
element set. Several element types are tested in each input file, with two elements in the model for each element
type. Each element pair is subjected to equivalent displacements (and rotations in the case of beams and shells)
such that their response is dynamic. The reaction forces for the constrained nodes of each pair of elements are
output for comparison purposes.
Input files
std_nsm_mpl_continuum.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis of two-dimensional and three-dimensional
continuum elements.
std_nsm_mpl_beamshell.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis of two-dimensional and three-dimensional
beams and shells.
xpl_nsm_mpl_continuum.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis of two-dimensional and three-dimensional
continuum elements.
xpl_nsm_mpl_beamshell.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis of two-dimensional and three-dimensional
beams, pipes, and shells.
758
Mass adjust verification
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B21 B22 B31 B32 PIPE21 PIPE31
C3D4 C3D6 C3D8 C3D8R SC6R SC8R
CAX3 CAX4R
CPE3 CPE4R CPS3 CPS4R
M3D3 M3D4R
S3R S4 S4R SAX1
T2D2 T3D2
Problem description
Using mass adjustment to define the total mass of an element set in a model is tested. The analyses consist of a
set of reference elements and another set of test elements whose material density is different from that of the
reference elements. Mass adjustment is applied to the test elements to make the total mass equal those of the
reference elements. The response of the test elements should be identical to that of the reference elements. Several
element types are tested in each input file, with two elements in the model for each element type. Each element
pair is subjected to equivalent displacements (and rotations in the case of beams and shells) such that their
response is dynamic. Tests of membranes and shells are performed with and without the specification of nodal
thickness. The reaction forces for the constrained nodes of each pair of elements are output for comparison
purposes.
Input files
massadjust_tot_continuum.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis of two-dimensional and three-dimensional
continuum elements.
massadjust_tot_beamshell.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis of two-dimensional and three-dimensional
beams and shells.
Use of mass adjust to redistribute element masses to satisfy the minimum element
stable time increment requirement
Elements tested
C3D8 C3D8R S3R S4R
759
Mass adjust verification
Problem description
Using mass adjustment to define the total mass of an element set is tested, with redistribution of the element
masses to satisfy the minimum stable element time increment requirement. A circular plate subject to blast
loading is considered for the test. Considering symmetry, a quarter of the plate is meshed with square elements
in an inner region and non-square elements in the outer region. The elements in the inner region are smaller in
size than those in the outer region and have a lower material density. In a reference analysis, fixed mass scaling
is specified and the mass addition in the inner region due to mass scaling is noted. There is no mass scaling in
the outer region. In the test, first the mass of the outer region is adjusted to include the additional mass of the
inner region noted in the reference analysis. Next, the mass of the whole model is adjusted to the total mass
(including mass scaling) of the whole model of the reference, with the same minimum element stable time
increment used for mass scaling. Thus, in the test analysis, the mass added to the outer region from the first mass
adjust data entry will be redistributed in its entirety to the inner region as a result of the second. The resulting
masses of the inner and outer regions in the test should be identical to those in the reference. The dynamic
response of the test should also be the same as the reference.
Input files
massadjust_dt_c3d8_plate.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis using C3D8 elements and mass adjustment to
impose minimum stable element time increment.
massadjust_dt_c3d8_plate_ref.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis using C3D8 elements and fixed mass scaling to
impose minimum stable element time increment.
massadjust_dt_c3d8r_plate.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis using C3D8R elements and mass adjustment to
impose minimum stable element time increment.
massadjust_dt_c3d8r_plate_ref.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis using C3D8R elements and fixed mass scaling
to impose minimum stable element time increment.
massadjust_dt_s3r_plate.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis using S3R elements and mass adjustment to
impose minimum stable element time increment.
massadjust_dt_s3r_plate_ref.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis using S3R elements and fixed mass scaling to
impose minimum stable element time increment.
massadjust_dt_s4r_plate.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis using S4R elements and mass adjustment to
impose minimum stable element time increment.
massadjust_dt_s4r_plate_ref.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis using S4R elements and fixed mass scaling to
impose minimum stable element time increment.
760
Material Verification
Material Verification
This section defines the basic tests that are used to provide evidence that the implementation of the material
options in Abaqus produces the expected results. Mechanical properties and thermal properties are tested. For
each mechanical material model listed, options and dependencies are exercised in stress/strain paths that are
relevant to the particular material model. The material verification tests are also performed in all the different
stress spaces available for each particular material model by choosing suitable finite elements.
In this section:
• Mechanical properties
• Thermal properties
761
Mechanical properties
In this section:
• Elastic materials
• Viscoelastic materials
• Mullins effect and permanent set
• Hysteretic materials
• Temperature-dependent elastic materials
• Field-variable-dependent elastic materials
• Large-strain viscoelasticity with hyperelasticity
• Nonlinear large-strain viscoelasticity with hyperelasticity
• Transient internal pressure loading of a viscoelastic cylinder
• Rate-independent plasticity
• Rate-dependent plasticity in Abaqus/Standard
• Rate-dependent plasticity in Abaqus/Explicit
• Annealing temperature
• Temperature-dependent inelastic materials
• Field-variable-dependent inelastic materials
• Barlat anisotropic plasticity
• Johnson-Cook plasticity
• Porous metal plasticity
• Drucker-Prager plasticity
• Drucker-Prager/Cap plasticity model
• Equation of state material
• Progressive damage and failure of ductile metals
• Progressive damage and failure in fiber-reinforced materials
• Creep
• Concrete smeared cracking
• Concrete damaged plasticity
• Two-layer viscoplasticity
• Brittle cracking constitutive model
• Cracking model: tension shear test
• Hydrostatic fluid
• Composite, mass proportional, and rotary inertia proportional damping in Abaqus/Standard
• Material damping in Abaqus/Explicit
• Mass proportional damping in Abaqus/Explicit
• Thermal expansion test
• Multiscale materials
763
Elastic materials
Elastic materials
Products: Abaqus/Standard Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8 CPE4 CPS4
Problem description
Material:
Engineering constants Stiffness coefficients
E2 1000. D1122 0.
ν12 0. D1133 0.
Input files
meloro3ltr.inp *ELASTIC, TYPE=ORTHOTROPIC; C3D8 elements.
meloro2ltr.inp *ELASTIC, TYPE=ORTHOTROPIC; CPS4 elements.
meleco3ltr.inp *ELASTIC, TYPE=ENGINEERING CONSTANTS; CPE4 elements.
Elements tested
C3D8
765
Elastic materials
Problem description
Material:
Stiffness coefficients
2.24e11
D1111
4.79e5
D1122
1.23e11
D2222
4.21e5
D1133
4.74e5
D2233
1.21e11
D3333
1.e6
D1112
2.e6
D2212
3.e6
D3312
7.69e10
D1212
4.e6
D1113
5.e6
D2213
6.e6
D3313
7.e6
D1213
7.69e10
D1313
8.e6
D1123
9.e6
D2223
10.e6
D3323
11.e6
D1223
12.e6
D1323
9.e9
D2323
Input files
melano3ltr.inp *ELASTIC, TYPE=ANISOTROPIC; C3D8 elements.
766
Elastic materials
Elements tested
CAX8R
Problem description
Material:
Logarithmic bulk modulus, κ = 1.0
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.3
Initial conditions:
Initial void ratio, e0 = 1.08
Input files
mpespo3ahc.inp Hydrostatic compression, CAX8R elements.
mpespo3vlp.inp Linear perturbation steps containing *LOAD CASE, hydrostatic compression,
CAX8R elements.
Elements tested
C3D8 , C3D8R
Problem description
Material:
Eref = 5000.0
pref = 3.0
p0 = 1.0
n = 0.5
ν∞ = 0.3
ν0 = 0.3
m = 1.0
767
Elastic materials
Input files
porelapowlawtests.inp Hydrostatic compression, C3D8 and C3D8R elements.
Hypoelasticity
Elements tested
CPS4R
Problem description
Input files
mhooto2hut.inp Nearly incompressible, uniaxial tension, CPS4R elements.
Elements tested
C3D8RH CAX8 CGAX8H CPS4R
Problem description
Material:
Polynomial coefficients (N=1): C10 = 80., C01 = 20.
768
Elastic materials
Input files
Coefficient input
mhecoo3hut.inp Incompressible, uniaxial tension, C3D8RH elements.
mhecoo3ibt.inp Incompressible, biaxial tension, C3D8RH elements.
mhecoo3gsh.inp Incompressible, planar tension, C3D8RH elements.
mhecoo3vlp.inp Incompressible, uniaxial tension with static linear perturbation steps
containing *LOAD CASE, C3D8RH elements.
mhecot3hut.inp Incompressible, temperature-dependent, uniaxial tension, C3D8RH elements.
Elements tested
C3D8RH CPS4R
Problem description
Material:
769
Elastic materials
Input files
Coefficient input
mhrcoo3hut.inp Incompressible, uniaxial tension, C3D8RH elements.
mhrcoo3ibt.inp Incompressible, biaxial tension, C3D8RH elements.
mhrcoo3gsh.inp Incompressible, planar tension, C3D8RH elements.
mhrcoo3vlp.inp Incompressible, uniaxial tension with static linear perturbation steps
containing *LOAD CASE, C3D8RH elements.
mhrcot3hut.inp Incompressible, temperature-dependent, uniaxial tension, C3D8RH elements.
Elements tested
C3D8RH CPS4R
770
Elastic materials
Problem description
Material:
Neo-Hookean coefficient: C10 = 100.
Input files
Coefficient input
mhncoo3hut.inp Incompressible, uniaxial tension, C3D8RH elements.
mhncoo3ibt.inp Incompressible, biaxial tension, C3D8RH elements.
mhncoo3gsh.inp Incompressible, planar tension, C3D8RH elements.
mhncoo3vlp.inp Incompressible, uniaxial tension with static linear perturbation steps
containing *LOAD CASE, C3D8RH elements.
mhncot3hut.inp Incompressible, temperature-dependent, uniaxial tension, C3D8RH elements.
Elements tested
C3D8RH CPS4R
771
Elastic materials
Problem description
Material:
Mooney-Rivlin coefficients: C10 = 80., C01 = 20.
Input files
Coefficient input
mhmcoo3hut.inp Incompressible, uniaxial tension, C3D8RH elements.
mhmcoo3ibt.inp Incompressible, biaxial tension, C3D8RH elements.
mhmcoo3gsh.inp Incompressible, planar tension, C3D8RH elements.
mhmcoo3vlp.inp Incompressible, uniaxial tension with static linear perturbation steps
containing *LOAD CASE, C3D8RH elements.
mhmcot3hut.inp Incompressible, temperature-dependent, uniaxial tension, C3D8RH elements.
Elements tested
C3D8RH CPS4R
772
Elastic materials
Problem description
Material:
Yeoh coefficients: C10 = 100., C20 = −1., C30 = 0.01.
Input files
Coefficient input
mhycoo3hut.inp Incompressible, uniaxial tension, C3D8RH elements.
mhycoo3ibt.inp Incompressible, biaxial tension, C3D8RH elements.
mhycoo3gsh.inp Incompressible, planar tension, C3D8RH elements.
mhycoo3vlp.inp Incompressible, uniaxial tension with static linear perturbation steps
containing *LOAD CASE, C3D8RH elements.
mhycot3hut.inp Incompressible, temperature-dependent, uniaxial tension, C3D8RH elements.
Elements tested
C3D8RH CAX8 CGAX8H CPS4R
773
Elastic materials
Problem description
Material:
Ogden coefficients (N=2): μ1 = 160., α1 = 2., μ2 = 40., α2 = −2.
Input files
Coefficient input
mhgcoo3hut.inp Incompressible, uniaxial tension, C3D8RH elements.
mhgcoo3ibt.inp Incompressible, biaxial tension, C3D8RH elements.
mhgcoo3gsh.inp Incompressible, planar tension, C3D8RH elements.
mhgcoo3vlp.inp Incompressible, uniaxial tension with static linear perturbation steps
containing *LOAD CASE, C3D8RH elements.
mhgcot3hut.inp Incompressible, temperature-dependent, uniaxial tension, C3D8RH elements.
774
Elastic materials
Elements tested
C3D8RH CPS4R
Problem description
Material:
Arruda-Boyce coefficients: μ = 200., λm = 5.
Input files
Coefficient input
mhacoo3hut.inp Incompressible, uniaxial tension, C3D8RH elements.
mhacoo3ibt.inp Incompressible, biaxial tension, C3D8RH elements.
mhacoo3gsh.inp Incompressible, planar tension, C3D8RH elements.
mhacoo3vlp.inp Incompressible, uniaxial tension with static linear perturbation steps
containing *LOAD CASE, C3D8RH elements.
mhacot3hut.inp Incompressible, temperature-dependent, uniaxial tension, C3D8RH elements.
775
Elastic materials
Elements tested
C3D8RH CPS4R
Problem description
Material:
Van der Waals coefficients: μ = 200., λm = 10., a = 0.1, β = 0.
Input files
Coefficient input
mhvcoo3hut.inp Incompressible, uniaxial tension, C3D8RH elements.
mhvcoo3ibt.inp Incompressible, biaxial tension, C3D8RH elements.
mhvcoo3gsh.inp Incompressible, planar tension, C3D8RH elements.
mhvcoo3vlp.inp Incompressible, uniaxial tension with static linear perturbation steps
containing *LOAD CASE, C3D8RH elements.
mhvcot3hut.inp Incompressible, temperature-dependent, uniaxial tension, C3D8RH elements.
776
Elastic materials
Elements tested
C3D8H C3D8R CPE4RH CPE4R CPS4R S4R SC8R M3D4R
T2D2 T3D2 B21 B22 B31 B32 B31OS B32OS
PIPE21 PIPE22 PIPE31 PIPE32
Problem description
The tests in this section verify that the results generated using the Marlow hyperelastic model with different
elements agree with the test data specified in the model.
Input files
777
Elastic materials
778
Elastic materials
779
Elastic materials
Hyperfoam
Elements tested
C3D8R CPS4R
Problem description
Material:
Hyperfoam coefficients (N=3, from fit of test data):
An effective Poisson's ratio of νi = 0 is used, except for νi = 0.10 for the biaxial test cases and varying νi in the
temperature-dependent case.
(The units are not important.)
780
Elastic materials
Input files
Coefficient input
mhfcdo2euc.inp νi = 0., uniaxial compression, CPS4R elements.
mhfcdo2fbc.inp νi = 0.1, biaxial compression, CPS4R elements.
mhfcdo2gsh.inp νi = 0., simple shear, CPS4R elements.
mhfcdo3vlp.inp νi = 0., uniaxial compression with linear perturbation steps containing
*LOAD CASE, C3D8R elements.
Low-density foam
Elements tested
C3D8R CPE4R T3D2
Problem description
The tests in this section verify that the results generated using the low-density foam model with different elements
agree with the test data specified in the model.
Input files
781
Elastic materials
Elements tested
C3D8 C3D8R CPE4R CPS4R S4R M3D4R
Problem description
Material:
Fung coefficients
c 26.95e3
0.9925
b1111
0.0749
b1122
0.4180
b2222
0.0295
b1133
0.0193
b2233
0.0089
b3333
5.0
b1212
5.0
b1313
5.0
b2323
Compressible case
D=1.5e-7 or D=1.0e-8
782
Elastic materials
Input files
Elements tested
C3D8R CPE4R CPS4R S4R M3D4R C3D10 C3D10HS
Problem description
Material:
Holzapfel coefficients:
783
Elastic materials
Input files
784
Elastic materials
No compression
Elements tested
CPE4
Problem description
This option is used to modify the elasticity definition so that no compressive stress is allowed.
Material:
Young's modulus, E = 3.0e6
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.3
Input files
melnco1euc.inp *NO COMPRESSION, CPE4 elements.
No tension
Elements tested
CPE4
Problem description
This option is used to modify the elasticity definition so that no tensile stress is allowed.
Material:
Young's modulus, E = 3.0e6
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.3
785
Elastic materials
Input files
melnto1hut.inp *NO TENSION, CPE4 elements.
Elements tested
COH2D4 COH3D8
Problem description
This option is used to modify the elasticity definition for uncoupled traction-separation elastic behavior such
that the stiffness in compression is a user-specified factor times the stiffness in tension. Two cohesive elements
are tested in each model. One element is subjected to a tensile strain (separation), while the other element is
subjected to a compressive strain (separation).
Material:
Stiffness in normal direction, Enn = 2.0e5
Compression factor = 2.0
Input files
786
Viscoelastic materials
Viscoelastic materials
Products: Abaqus/Standard Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B31 CAX4R CPE4 CPE4H CPE4HT CPE4RH CPS4 CPS4R C3D8RH C3D8RHT M3D4
Problem description
Material 1:
Polynomial coefficients (N=1): C10 = 8., C01 = 2.
P P
Prony series coefficients (N=1): g1 = 0., k1 = 0.5, τ1 = 3.
Material 2:
Polynomial coefficients (N=1): C10 = 8., C01 = 2.
P P
Prony series coefficients (N=1): g1 = 0.5, k1 = 0., τ1 = 3.
Heat transfer properties for coupled analysis: conductivity = 0.01, density = 1.,
specific heat = 1.
Material 3:
Polynomial coefficients (N=1): C10 = 1.5 × 106, C01 = 0.5 × 106.
P
g1P = 0.5, k1 = 0., τ1 = 0.2.
P
g2P = 0.49, k 2 = 0., τ2 = 0.5.
Material 4:
Polynomial coefficients (N=1): C10 = 27.02, C01 = 1.42.
787
Viscoelastic materials
P
g1P = 0.25, k1 = 0.25, τ1 = 5.
P
g2P = 0.25, k 2 = 0.25, τ2 = 10.
Creep compliance test data generated from Prony series above.
Stress relaxation test data generated from Prony series above.
Material 5:
Polynomial coefficients (N=1): C10 = 8., C01 = 2.
P
g1P = 0.5, k1 = 0., τ1 = 1.
P
g2P = 0.49, k 2 = 0., τ2 = 2.
Material 6:
Polynomial coefficients (N=1): C10 = 550.53, C01 = −275.265.
P
g1P = 0.1986, k1 = 0., τ1 = 0.281 × 10−7.
P
g2P = 0.1828, k 2 = 0., τ2 = 0.281 × 10−5.
P
g3P = 0.1388, k 3 = 0., τ3 = 0.281 × 10−3.
P
g4P = 0.2499, k 4 = 0., τ4 = 0.281 × 10−1.
P
g5P = 0.1703, k 5 = 0., τ5 = 0.281 × 101.
P
g6P = 0.0593, k 6 = 0., τ6 = 0.281 × 103.
Material 7:
Ogden coefficients (N=2): μ1 = 16., α1 = 2., μ2 = 4., α2 = −2.
P P
Prony series coefficients (N=1): g1 = 0.5, k1 = 0., τ1 = 3.
Material 8:
788
Viscoelastic materials
P P
Prony series coefficients (N=1): g1 = 0.5, k1 = 0., τ1 = 3.
Material 9:
Van der Waals coefficients: μ = 20., λm = 10., a = 0.1, β = 0.02.
P P
Prony series coefficients (N=1): g1 = 0.5, k1 = 0., τ1 = 3.
Material 10:
Neo-Hookean coefficient: c10 = 1, D = 0.1.
P P
Prony series coefficients (N=1): g1 = 0.5, k1 = 0, τ1 = 0.1.
Material 11:
Ogden coefficients (N=3): μ1 = 64.26, α1 = 1.8, μ2 = 25., α2 = −2., μ3 = 18.76, α3 = 7.
P P
Prony series coefficients (N=1): g1 = 0.72, k1 = 0., τ1 = 17.5.
Heat transfer properties for coupled analysis: conductivity = 1 × 10−6, density = 7800, specific heat = 10, inelastic heat fraction = 0.8.
Input files
Material 1:
mvhcdo2ahc.inp Compressible, volumetric compression, CPS4 elements.
mvhcdo2sr2.inp Compressible, volumetric compression, CPS4 elements; Prony series parameters
calibrated from frequency-dependent moduli.
mvhcdo2ssd.inp Compressible, volumetric compression, CPS4 elements; steady-state dynamic,
frequency-dependent moduli data derived from specified Prony series parameters.
mvhcdo2ss2.inp Compressible, volumetric compression, CPS4 elements; steady-state dynamic,
direct specification of frequency-dependent moduli data.
mvhcdo2zzz.inp Tabulated frequency-dependent moduli data included in mvhcdo2sr2.inp and
mvhcdo2ss2.inp.
mvhcdo3ahc.inp Compressible, volumetric compression, CPE4 elements.
789
Viscoelastic materials
Material 2:
mvccoo3hut.inp Incompressible, uniaxial tension, coupled analysis, CPE4HT elements.
mvhcoo2rre.inp Incompressible, relaxation in uniaxial tension, CPS4 elements.
mvhcoo3hut.inp Incompressible, uniaxial tension, CPE4H elements.
mvhcoo3ltr.inp Incompressible, triaxial, CPE4H elements.
Material 3:
mvhcdo3rre.inp Compressible, relaxation in uniaxial tension, CPE4 elements.
Material 4:
mvhcdo3srs.inp Compressible, uniaxial tension, static and relaxation, CPE4H elements.
mvhtdo3srs.inp Creep and relaxation test data, uniaxial tension, static and relaxation, 2 CPE4RH
elements.
mvhtdo3sr2.inp Compressible, uniaxial tension, static and relaxation, 2 CPE4RH elements; Prony
series parameters calibrated from frequency-dependent moduli.
mvhtdo3ssd.inp Creep and relaxation test data, compressible, uniaxial tension, steady-state dynamic,
2 CPE4RH elements.
mvhtdo3ss2.inp Compressible, uniaxial tension, steady-state dynamic, 2 CPE4RH elements; direct
specification of Prony series parameters calibrated in mvhtdo3ssd.inp.
mvhtdo3ss3.inp Compressible, uniaxial tension, steady-state dynamic, 2 CPE4RH elements;
frequency-dependent moduli data derived from Prony series parameters calibrated
from shear relaxation and creep test data as used in mvhtdo3ssd.inp.
mvhtdo3zzz.inp Tabulated frequency-dependent moduli data included in mvhtdo3ss3.inp.
mvhtdo3srs1.inp Combined test data, uniaxial tension, static and relaxation, 2 CPE4RH elements.
mvhcdo2srs.inp Compressible, uniaxial tension and rotation, static and relaxation, CPS4 elements.
mvhcdo2vlp.inp Compressible, uniaxial tension and rotation, static and relaxation with static linear
perturbation steps containing *LOAD CASE, CPS4R elements.
Material 5:
mvhcdo2rre.inp Compressible, relaxation in uniaxial tension, M3D4 elements.
Material 6:
mvhcdo3kct.inp Compressible, biaxial compression tension, CAX4R elements.
mvhcdo3kc2.inp Compressible, biaxial compression tension, CAX4R elements; Prony series
parameters calibrated from frequency-dependent moduli.
mvhcdo3ssd.inp Compressible, biaxial compression tension, CAX4R elements; steady-state dynamic,
frequency-dependent moduli data derived from specified Prony series parameters.
mvhcdo3ss2.inp Compressible, biaxial compression tension, CAX4R elements; steady-state dynamic,
direct specification of frequency-dependent moduli data.
mvhcdo3zzz.inp Tabulated frequency-dependent moduli data used in mvhcdo3kc2.inp and
mvhcdo3ss2.inp as an *INCLUDE file.
Material 7:
mvhcoo3rre.inp Incompressible, relaxation in uniaxial tension, Ogden model, CPE4H elements.
mvhcoo3vlp.inp Incompressible, uniaxial tension with static linear perturbation steps, Ogden
model, CPE4H elements.
Material 8:
790
Viscoelastic materials
Material 9:
mvvcoo3rre.inp Incompressible, relaxation in uniaxial tension, Van der Waals model, CPE4H
elements.
mvvcoo3vlp.inp Incompressible, uniaxial tension with static linear perturbation steps, Van der
Waals model, CPE4H elements.
Material 10:
neoh_ve_unicyclic_b31.inp Incompressible, uniaxial cyclic test with neo-Hookean model, B31 and
C3D8RH elements.
neoh_ve_creep_b31.inp Creep test with neo-Hookean model (compressible and incompressible),
B31 and C3D8RH elements.
neoh_ve_relax_b31.inp Relaxation test with neo-Hookean model (compressible and incompressible),
B31 and C3D8RH elements.
Material 11:
ogden_ve_ssh_cyclic.inp Coupled temperature-displacement analysis with viscous dissipation as a heat
source, incompressible, cyclic simple shear test, Ogden model, C3D8RHT
element.
Elements tested
CPE4
Problem description
Material 1:
Hyperfoam coefficients (N=3):
P P
Prony series coefficients (N=1): g1 = 0.5, k1 = 0., τ1 = 3.
Material 2:
Hyperfoam coefficients (N=3): Uniaxial test data, compression, Poisson's ratio = 0.
P P
Prony series coefficients (N=1): g1 = 0.5, k1 = 0.5, τ1 = 3.
791
Viscoelastic materials
Input files
Material 1 (Coefficient input):
mvfcdo3rre.inp Compressible, relaxation in uniaxial tension, CPE4 elements.
mvfcdo3vlp.inp Compressible, uniaxial tension with static linear perturbation steps containing
*LOAD CASE, CPE4 elements.
Elements tested
CPS4
Problem description
Material:
Young's modulus = 30.
Poisson's ratio = 0.4.
Prony series coefficients (N=2):
P
g1P = 0.25, k1 = 0.25, τ1 = 5.
P
g2P = 0.25, k 2 = 0.25, τ2 = 10.
Creep compliance test data generated from Prony series above.
Stress relaxation test data generated from Prony series above.
Input files
mvliso2srs.inp Time domain viscoelasticity, elastic, CPS4 elements.
Elements tested
C3D8R CPE4R CPS4R S4R M3D4R
Problem description
The verification tests in this section consist of one-element relaxation tests with viscoelastic materials. The
elements are loaded in tension or shear, followed by relaxation at constant strain.
792
Viscoelastic materials
Input files
visco_ortho_relax.inp Time-domain viscoelasticity with orthotropic elasticity.
visco_ortho_creep.inp Time-domain viscoelasticity with orthotropic elasticity.
visco_aniso_relax.inp Time-domain viscoelasticity with anisotropic elasticity.
visco_aniso_creep.inp Time-domain viscoelasticity with anisotropic elasticity.
Elements tested
COH2D4 COH3D8
Problem description
This section includes verification tests for time domain viscoelasticity in combination with cohesive elements
with traction-separation elasticity. One set of verification tests consists of relaxation tests in which the cohesive
elements are loaded in the normal or shear directions, followed by relaxation at constant separation. Another set
of verification tests is included for the combination of viscoelasticity with traction-separation elasticity and
progressive damage. In these tests the cohesive elements are loaded monotonically up to the point of failure.
Input files
visco_coh2d.inp Time domain viscoelasticity with traction-separation elasticity, COH2D4
elements.
visco_coh3d.inp Time domain viscoelasticity with traction-separation elasticity, COH3D8
elements.
visco_dmg_coh2d.inp Time domain viscoelasticity with traction-separation elasticity and damage,
COH2D4 elements.
visco_dmg_coh3d.inp Time domain viscoelasticity with traction-separation elasticity and damage,
COH3D8 elements.
Elements tested
C3D8 CPS4
Problem description
Material 1:
Young's modulus = 200 GPa.
Poisson's ratio = 0.3.
793
Viscoelastic materials
Material 2:
Young's modulus = 200 GPa.
Poisson's ratio = 0.3.
Density = 8000 kg/m3.
Fourier transform coefficients (formula):
Material 3:
Polynomial coefficients (N=1): C10 = 33.333333 × 109, C01 = 0, D1 = 12.0 × 10−12.
Fourier transform coefficients (tabular):
Material 4:
Polynomial coefficients (N=1): C10 = 33.333333 × 109, C01 = 0, D1 = 12.0 × 10−12.
Fourier transform coefficients (formula):
Material 5:
794
Viscoelastic materials
Material 6:
Arruda-Boyce coefficients: μ = 66.6666 × 109, λm = 5. , D = 12.0 × 10−12.
Fourier transform coefficients (tabular):
Material 7:
Arruda-Boyce coefficients: μ = 66.6666 × 109, λm = 5. , D = 12.0 × 10−12.
Fourier transform coefficients (formula):
Material 8:
Van der Waals coefficients: μ = 66.6666 × 109, λm = 10. , a = 0.1, β = 0., D = 12.0 × 10−12.
Fourier transform coefficients (tabular):
Material 9:
Van der Waals coefficients: μ = 66.6666 × 109, λm = 10. , a = 0.1, β = 0. , D = 12.0 × 10−12.
795
Viscoelastic materials
Input files
Material 1:
mveft02the.inp Tabular frequency domain viscoelasticity, elastic, CPS4 elements.
mveft03the.inp Tabular frequency domain viscoelasticity, elastic, C3D8 elements.
Material 2:
mveff02the.inp Formula frequency domain viscoelasticity, elastic, CPS4 elements.
mveff03the.inp Formula frequency domain viscoelasticity, elastic, C3D8 elements.
Material 3:
mvyft02the.inp Tabular frequency domain viscoelasticity, hyperelastic, CPS4 elements.
mvyft03the.inp Tabular frequency domain viscoelasticity, hyperelastic, C3D8 elements.
Material 4:
mvyff02the.inp Formula frequency domain viscoelasticity, hyperelastic, CPS4 elements.
mvyff03the.inp Formula frequency domain viscoelasticity, hyperelastic, C3D8 elements.
Material 5:
mvyfn02the.inp Formula frequency domain viscoelasticity, hyperelastic, CPS4 elements.
mvyfn03the.inp Formula frequency domain viscoelasticity, hyperelastic, C3D8 elements.
Material 6:
mvxft02the.inp Tabular frequency domain viscoelasticity, hyperelastic, CPS4 elements.
mvxft03the.inp Tabular frequency domain viscoelasticity, hyperelastic, C3D8 elements.
Material 7:
mvxfn02the.inp Formula frequency domain viscoelasticity, hyperelastic, CPS4 elements.
mvxfn03the.inp Formula frequency domain viscoelasticity, hyperelastic, C3D8 elements.
Material 8:
mvzft02the.inp Tabular frequency domain viscoelasticity, hyperelastic, CPS4 elements.
mvzft03the.inp Tabular frequency domain viscoelasticity, hyperelastic, C3D8 elements.
Material 9:
mvzfn02the.inp Formula frequency domain viscoelasticity, hyperelastic, CPS4 elements.
mvzfn03the.inp Formula frequency domain viscoelasticity, hyperelastic, C3D8 elements.
796
Viscoelastic materials
Frequency domain viscoelasticity defined directly in terms of storage and loss moduli
Elements tested
C3D8R C3D8RH
Problem description
In addition to the approach adopted in the verification problems of the earlier subsection, Abaqus allows definition
of viscoelastic behavior in the frequency domain directly in terms of storage and loss moduli (as opposed to
defining the viscoelastic behavior in terms of ratios that involve the long-term elastic shear and bulk moduli).
The viscoelastic behavior can be defined using storage and loss moduli data obtained directly from a uniaxial
tension test. Volumetric relaxation, if important, can also be defined in terms of bulk storage and loss moduli,
obtained directly from a volumetric test. In both cases the viscoelastic properties can be defined in tabular forms
as functions of frequency and level of preload. The problems described in this subsection use this approach.
The basic test setup consists of a reference element and a test element. For the reference element the viscoelastic
behavior is defined using the approach used in the previous subsection (i.e., in terms of ratios that involve the
long-term elastic modulus). For the test element the viscoelastic behavior is defined directly in terms of uniaxial
storage and loss moduli (and in some cases, bulk storage and loss moduli). However, in the latter case the values
of the uniaxial (and bulk) storage/loss moduli are hand-calculated based on the ratios specified for the reference
element and the (preload-dependent) long-term elastic modulus. In computing the storage and loss moduli for
the test case, it is assumed that the ratios specified for the reference case are independent of the level of preload.
Since the purpose of the problems in this section is simply to verify that the implementation is correct, the
aforementioned assumption should not be viewed as a limitation. Both the reference elements and the test elements
are subjected to displacement-based harmonic excitations about an unloaded state as well as several levels of
uniaxial and volumetric prestrain. The steady-state dynamic response is obtained in each case.
Input files
frq_visco_prldu_ab.inp Only uniaxial viscoelastic data specified, long-term elastic behavior defined
using the Arruda-Boyce hyperelasticity model.
frq_visco_prldu_marlow.inp Only uniaxial viscoelastic data specified, long-term elastic behavior defined
using the Marlow hyperelasticity model.
frq_visco_prldu_poly1.inp Only uniaxial viscoelastic data specified, long-term elastic behavior defined
using the Mooney-Rivlin hyperelasticity model.
frq_visco_prldu_ogden.inp Only uniaxial viscoelastic data specified, long-term elastic behavior defined
using the third-order Ogden hyperelasticity model.
frq_visco_prldu_poly3.inp Only uniaxial viscoelastic data specified, long-term elastic behavior defined
using the third-order polynomial hyperelasticity model.
frq_visco_prldu_vdw.inp Only uniaxial viscoelastic data specified, long-term elastic behavior defined
using the Van der Waals hyperelasticity model.
frq_visco_prldu_hfoam.inp Only uniaxial viscoelastic data specified, long-term elastic behavior defined
using the second-order hyperfoam model.
frq_visco_prlduv_poly1.inp Both uniaxial and volumetric viscoelastic data specified, long-term elastic
behavior defined using the Mooney-Rivlin hyperelasticity model.
frq_visco_prlduv_poly3.inp Both uniaxial and volumetric viscoelastic data specified, long-term elastic
behavior defined using the third-order polynomial hyperelasticity model.
797
Viscoelastic materials
frq_visco_prlduv_hfoam.inp Both uniaxial and volumetric viscoelastic data specified, long-term elastic
behavior defined using the second-order hyperfoam model.
frq_visco_interp.inp A basic test for interpolation of material properties.
798
Mullins effect and
permanent set
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
SAX1 CPS4R CPE4R CPE4RH C3D8R C3D8RH T2D2
Problem description
The problems in this set can be broadly classified under three categories. The first category of problems consists
of simple displacement- or load-controlled cyclic tests to verify the Mullins effect, with the primary response
defined by different strain energy potential functions. The tests consist of a single element that is cyclically
loaded to a maximum strain (stress) level, then unloaded to zero strain (stress). This is followed by further
reloading to levels of strain (stress) that are higher than those reached during the loading segment of the first
cycle, followed again by unloading to zero strain (stress). The tests in this section use parts and assemblies.
The second category of problems is intended for testing the calibration capabilities for determining the Mullins
effect coefficients. The problems use unloading test data that were generated by running a model with specified
values of the Mullins effect coefficients. The calibration capability is meant to recover the specified values of
the Mullins effect coefficients. These tests use different loading states, such as uniaxial tension, biaxial tension,
and planar tension.
The third category of problems tests the import capability with the Mullins effect. All tests in this section are
set up with a uniaxial stress state. The tests consist of first loading a single element in Abaqus/Standard and
unloading it. The results are then imported into Abaqus/Explicit, where the element is loaded to deformation
levels higher than the original loading and then unloaded. These results are again imported back into
Abaqus/Standard, where the element is loaded to deformation levels higher than the prior loading and then
unloaded. Finally, the last set of results are imported from Abaqus/Standard to Abaqus/Standard, and the element
is further deformed and unloaded. The above series of tests includes problems that import both the state and the
reference configuration, problems that import only the state, and problems that import neither the state nor the
reference configuration.
Material: The following material data are used for the first category of tests:
Strain energypotential form Primary hyperelastic coefficients Mullins effect parameters
Compressible Arruda-Boyce
μ = 200.0, λm = 5.0, D1 = 0.001 r = 1.1, m = 100.0, β = 0.1
Compressible Ogden
μ1 = 160.0, α1 = 2.0, μ2 = 40.0, α2 = –2.0, D1 = 0.001 r = 5.0, m = 220.0, β = 0.1
Compressible Yeoh
C10 = 1.326, C20 = –0.326, C30 = 0.1319, D1 = 0.000725 r = 1.1, m = 100.0, β = 0.1
799
Mullins effect and permanent set
For the second and third category of tests the primary material response is defined using the incompressible
Yeoh potential with the deviatoric coefficients as given above. For the second category of tests the unloading
test data are generated for uniaxial, biaxial, and planar stress states using the following values for the Mullins
effect parameters: r = 1.25, m = 0.01, and β = 0.9. These parameters are also used to define the Mullins effect
in the third category of tests.
Loading: The first category of problems includes both displacement- and force-controlled loading. The
second and third categories of problems are carried out under only displacement-controlled loading.
Input files
mmecdo2cut_arruda.inp Compressible Arruda-Boyce model, CPE4RH element, cyclic uniaxial tension.
mmecdo2cut_vdw.inp Compressible Van der Waals model, CPE4RH element, cyclic uniaxial tension.
mmecdo2cut_yeoh.inp Compressible Yeoh model, SAX1 element, cyclic uniaxial tension.
mmecdo2cut.inp Compressible Yeoh model, CPS4R element, cyclic uniaxial tension, tests
temperature- and field-variable-dependent Mullins effect material properties.
mmecdo2cut_po.inp Tests the *POST OUTPUT capability for the damage-related output variables.
This job needs the restart file from the job mmecdo2cut.inp.
mmecoo2cut_yeoh.inp Incompressible Yeoh model, SAX1 element, cyclic uniaxial tension.
mmecoo2cut_user.inp Incompressible Yeoh model, CPS4R element, cyclic uniaxial tension. The
Mullins effect is implemented with user subroutine UMULLINS; the use of
solution- dependent state variables in UMULLINS is also tested (the
solution-dependent state variables are used to provide a nonzero initial value
of Udmev).
mmecoo2cut_user.f User subroutine UMULLINS to define damage variable for the Mullins effect
material model.
mmecdo3cut_ogden.inp Compressible Ogden model, C3D8RH element, cyclic uniaxial tension.
mmecoo3cut_ogden.inp Incompressible Ogden model, C3D8RH element, cyclic uniaxial tension.
mmecdo3cut_user.inp Compressible user-defined hyperelastic material, C3D8RH element, cyclic
uniaxial tension, user subroutine UHYPER provided in the file
mmecdo3cut_user.f.
mmecdo3cut_user.f User subroutine UHYPER to define a compressible hyperelastic material model.
800
Mullins effect and permanent set
801
Mullins effect and permanent set
mmetdo3cpt.inp Calibration test with planar unloading test data, C3D8RH element, cyclic planar
tension.
mmetdo3cpt_mult.inp Calibration test with unloading test data from uniaxial, biaxial, and planar tests;
C3D8RH element; cyclic planar tension.
mmetdo3cpt_r.inp Calibration test with unloading test data from uniaxial, biaxial, and planar tests
and with the value of the parameter r fixed; C3D8RH element; cyclic planar
tension.
mmetdo3cpt_m.inp Calibration test with unloading test data from uniaxial, biaxial, and planar tests
and with the value of the parameter m fixed; C3D8RH element; cyclic planar
tension.
mmetdo3cpt_beta.inp Calibration test with unloading test data from uniaxial, biaxial, and planar tests
and with the value of the parameter β fixed; C3D8RH element; cyclic planar
tension.
sx_s_mullins.inp Base problem for carrying out import from Abaqus/Standard to Abaqus/Explicit,
C3D8RH element, cyclic uniaxial tension.
sx_x_mullins_y_y.inp Explicit dynamic continuation of sx_s_mullins.inp with both the reference
configuration and the state imported, C3D8RH element, cyclic uniaxial tension.
sx_x_mullins_n_y.inp Explicit dynamic continuation of sx_s_mullins.inp with only the state imported,
C3D8RH element, cyclic uniaxial tension.
sx_x_mullins_n_n.inp Explicit dynamic continuation of sx_s_mullins.inp without importing the state
or the reference configuration, C3D8RH element, cyclic uniaxial tension.
xs_s_mullins_y_y.inp Import into Abaqus/Standard from sx_x_mullins_y_y.inp with both the state
and the reference configuration imported, C3D8RH element, cyclic uniaxial
tension.
xs_s_mullins_n_y.inp Import into Abaqus/Standard from sx_x_mullins_n_y.inp with only the state
imported, C3D8RH element, cyclic uniaxial tension.
xs_s_mullins_n_n.inp Import into Abaqus/Standard from sx_x_mullins_n_n.inp without importing
the state or the reference configuration, C3D8RH element, cyclic uniaxial
tension.
ss_mullins_y_y.inp Abaqus/Standard to Abaqus/Standard import from xs_s_mullins_y_y.inp with
both the state and the reference configuration imported, C3D8RH element,
cyclic uniaxial tension.
ss_mullins_n_y.inp Abaqus/Standard to Abaqus/Standard import from xs_s_mullins_n_y.inp with
only the state imported, C3D8RH element, cyclic uniaxial tension.
ss_mullins_n_n.inp Abaqus/Standard to Abaqus/Standard import from xs_s_mullins_n_n.inp without
importing the state or the reference configuration, C3D8RH element, cyclic
uniaxial tension.
mmecdo1cut_marlow.inp Compressible Marlow model, T2D2 element, cyclic uniaxial tension, tests
temperature- and field-variable-dependent Mullins effect material properties.
mmecdo2cut_marlow.inp Compressible Marlow model, CPS4R element, cyclic uniaxial tension, tests
temperature- and field-variable-dependent Mullins effect material properties.
mmecdo3cut_marlow.inp Compressible Marlow model, C3D8RH element, cyclic uniaxial tension.
Elements tested
C3D8 C3D8H C3D8R C3D8RH CAX4R CGAX4RH CPS3 CPS4R CPS6M CPS8 S3R S4R
SC8R M3D4R
802
Mullins effect and permanent set
Problem description
All problems in this section verify hyperelastic behavior with Mullins effect and plasticity. Comparison of finite
element results can be made against the original test data (stress versus total strain) supplied with the input files.
Most problems use test data as input for hyperelastic behavior and Mullins effect in a stress-free configuration.
Similarly, plasticity is defined using a suitable hardening function.
The problems in this set can be broadly classified under two categories. The first category of problems consists
of displacement- or load-controlled cyclic tests in modes such as uniaxial tension, biaxial tension, and simple
shear with or without orientation. These problems verify simulation of permanent set with Mullins effect for
various hyperelastic models.
The second category of problems is intended for testing the import capability with permanent set. Various
combinations of elements and modes of deformation are verified for import from Abaqus/Standard to
Abaqus/Explicit, from Abaqus/Standard to Abaqus/Standard, and from Abaqus/Explicit to Abaqus/Standard.
Material: Refer to the input files for test data and material properties used.
Loading: Both displacement- and load-controlled loading are used to verify uniaxial and biaxial tension.
Only displacement-controlled loading is used to verify simple shear mode.
Input files
heplmu_matprops_calibrate.inp Original test data that include loading and unloading data, showing
permanent set in uniaxial and biaxial modes.
heplmu_matprops_bi.inp Original test data that include loading and unloading data, showing
permanent set in biaxial mode.
heplmu_matprops_uni.inp Original test data that include loading and unloading data, showing
permanent set in uniaxial mode.
heplmu_matprops.inp Uniaxial and biaxial test data for hyperelasticity and Mullins effect in
stress-free configuration, plasticity hardening data.
heplmu_matprops_bi.inp Biaxial test data for hyperelasticity and Mullins effect in stress-free
configuration, plasticity hardening data.
heplmu_matprops_uni.inp Uniaxial test data for hyperelasticity and Mullins effect in stress-free
configuration, plasticity hardening data.
heplmu_marlow_c3d8h_bi.inp Incompressible Marlow model with biaxial test data, C3D8H element,
load-controlled cyclic biaxial tension.
heplmu_marlow_c3d8rh_uniori.inp Incompressible Marlow model with uniaxial test data, C3D8RH element
with orientation, load-controlled cyclic uniaxial tension.
heplmu_ogden_biori.inp Incompressible Ogden model with uniaxial and biaxial test data, C3D8RH
element with orientation, strain-controlled cyclic biaxial tension.
heplmu_ogden_ssori.inp Incompressible Ogden model with uniaxial and biaxial test data, C3D8H
element with orientation, strain-controlled cyclic simple shear.
heplmu_ogden_uni.inp Incompressible Ogden model with uniaxial and biaxial test data, C3D8RH
element, strain-controlled cyclic uniaxial tension.
803
Mullins effect and permanent set
804
Mullins effect and permanent set
Elements tested
CPS4R C3D8R T3D2
Problem description
The problems in this set can be broadly classified under three categories. The first category of problems consists
of simple displacement- or load-controlled cyclic tests to verify the effect of energy dissipation in elastomeric
foams. The tests consist of a single element that is cyclically loaded to a maximum strain (stress) level, then
unloaded to zero strain (stress). This is followed by further reloading to levels of strain (stress) that are higher
than those reached during the loading segment of the first cycle, followed again by unloading to zero strain
(stress). The tests in this section use parts and assemblies.
The second category of problems is intended for testing the calibration capabilities for determining the Mullins
effect coefficients. The problems use unloading test data that were generated by running a model with specified
805
Mullins effect and permanent set
values of the Mullins effect coefficients. The calibration capability is meant to recover the specified values of
the Mullins effect coefficients. These tests use different loading states, such as uniaxial tension, biaxial tension,
and planar tension.
The third category of problems tests the import capability. All tests in this section are set up with a uniaxial
stress state. The tests consist of first loading a single element in Abaqus/Standard. The results are then imported
to Abaqus/Explicit, where the element is unloaded. These results are again imported back into Abaqus/Standard,
where the element is loaded to deformation levels higher than the prior loading. Finally, the last set of results
are imported from Abaqus/Standard to Abaqus/Standard, and then the element is unloaded. The above series of
tests includes problems that import both the state and the reference configuration, problems that import only the
state, and problems that import neither the state nor the reference configuration.
Material: The following material data are used for the first category of tests:
Coefficients for primary elastomericfoam behavior Mullins effect parameters
μ1 = –1048.43, α1 = 0.3025, μ2 = 532.20, α2 = 0.3958, μ3=517.027, α3=0.2135, β1 = 0.2, β2 = 0.2, β3 = r = 1.75, m = 0.3, β = 0.6
0.2
Loading: The first category of problems includes both displacement- and force-controlled loading. The
second and third categories of problems are carried out under only displacement-controlled loading.
Input files
mmecdo1cut_hfoam.inp T3D2 element, cyclic uniaxial tension.
mmecdo2cut_hfoam.inp CPS4R element, cyclic uniaxial tension.
mmecdo3cut_hfoam.inp C3D8R element, cyclic uniaxial tension.
mmecdo3cbt_hfoam.inp C3D8R element, cyclic biaxial tension.
mmecdo3cpt_hfoam.inp C3D8R element, cyclic planar loading.
mmetdo3cut_hfoam.inp Calibration test with uniaxial unloading test data, C3D8R element, cyclic
uniaxial tension.
mmetdo3cbt_hfoam.inp Calibration test with biaxial unloading test data, C3D8R element, cyclic
biaxial tension.
mmetdo3cpt_hfoam.inp Calibration test with planar unloading test data, C3D8R element, cyclic
planar tension.
mmetdo3cpt_m_hfoam.inp Calibration test with unloading test data from uniaxial, biaxial, and planar
tests and with the value of the parameter m fixed; C3D8R element; cyclic
planar tension.
806
Mullins effect and permanent set
807
Hysteretic materials
Hysteretic materials
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CAX4 CPE4
Problem description
The problems in this set are simulations of experiments presented in Bergström and Boyce (1998). The
Abaqus/Standard results are compared to the Bergström and Boyce results.
The tests consist of uniaxial compression of disk-like rubber specimens (height = 13 mm, diameter = 28 mm)
and plane strain compression of rectangular specimens (height = 13 mm, cross-sectional area = 140 mm2). The
materials used in the tests are Chloroprene rubber with varying carbon black filler concentrations and unfilled
Nitrile rubber. The specimens are subjected to constant strain rate, cyclic loading, and constant strain-rate load
cycles interspersed with relaxation segments of varying time intervals. The strain measure used here refers to
logarithmic strain.
Two problems that test the creep strain-rate regularizing parameter, E, have also been included.
Material:
Arruda-Boyce hyperelasticity
Chloroprene rubber (15 pph. carbon black)
Hysteresis
Chloroprene rubber (15 pph. carbon black)
S = 1.6, A = 0.9526 (MPa)−4 s−1, m = 4.0, C = −1.0
Chloroprene rubber (40 pph. carbon black)
S = 2.0, A = 0.9526 (MPa)−4 s−1, m = 4.0, C = −1.0
809
Hysteretic materials
Input files
mbbcdo3euc_un_1e_2_cl15.inp Uniaxial cyclic compression, linear perturbation with *LOAD CASE, CAX4
elements; repeated cycling; strain rate = −0.01/s; Chloroprene rubber (15
pph. carbon black).
mbbcdo3mcy_ps_1e_2_cl65.inp Plane strain cyclic compression, CPE4 elements; strain rate = −0.01/s;
Chloroprene rubber (65 pph. carbon black).
mbbcdo3mcy_un_1e_2_cl15.inp Uniaxial cyclic compression, CAX4 elements; strain rate = −0.01/s;
Chloroprene rubber (15 pph. carbon black).
mbbcdo3mcy_un_1e_2_cl40.inp Uniaxial cyclic compression, CAX4 elements; strain rate = −0.01/s;
Chloroprene rubber (40 pph. carbon black).
mbbcdo3mcy_un_1e_2_cl65.inp Uniaxial cyclic compression, CAX4 elements; strain rate = −0.01/s;
Chloroprene rubber (65 pph. carbon black).
mbbcdo3mcy_un_1e_2_ni.inp Uniaxial cyclic compression, CAX4 elements; strain rate = −0.01/s; Nitrile
rubber (unfilled).
mbbcdo3mcy_un_23e_5_ni.inp Uniaxial cyclic compression, CAX4 elements; strain rate = −0.00023/s;
Nitrile rubber (unfilled).
mbbcdo3rcy_un_1e_1_cl15.inp Uniaxial cyclic compression with 1 relaxation segment in both uploading
and unloading; relaxation strain = −0.6; strain rate = −0.1/s; relaxation time
= 1000s; Chloroprene rubber (15 pph. carbon black).
mbbcdo3ruc_un_1e_1_cl15.inp Uniaxial cyclic compression with two relaxation segments in both uploading
and unloading; relaxation strains = −0.26 and −0.54; strain rate = −0.1/s;
relaxation time = 30s; Chloroprene rubber (15 pph. carbon black).
mbbcdo3rcy_un_2e_3_cl15.inp Uniaxial cyclic compression with two relaxation segments in both uploading
and unloading; relaxation strains = −0.3 and −0.6; strain rate = −0.002/s;
relaxation time = 120s; Chloroprene rubber (15 pph. carbon black).
hysteresis_e001_uniaxial.inp Cyclic uniaxial straining; test for creep strain-rate regularizing parameter E:
CAX4 element.
hysteresis_e001_biaxial.inp Cyclic biaxial straining; test for creep strain-rate regularizing parameter E:
C3D8R element.
810
Hysteretic materials
Elements tested
C3D8 C3D8H C3D8R C3D8RH CPE4
Problem description
The problems in this set test and verify the performance of the hysteresis material model in conjunction with
some of the hyperelastic potentials available in Abaqus/Standard. The problems involve imposing
homogeneous/inhomogeneous deformations over very short periods of time in comparison with the characteristic
relaxation time of the hysteresis model. Since the stress-scaling factor is taken to be 1.0 for all the tests, the
stresses of this step should be very close to twice the values obtained from running the corresponding problems
without the hysteresis option but with the same hyperelastic material definition. In a second step the boundary
conditions are held fixed and the stresses are allowed to relax. The stresses at the end of this step from the
hysteresis calculations should be close to the values obtained in the run with the hyperelastic material.
For the test with hydrostatic compression loading, mbbcdo3ahc.inp, and the uniaxial loading test, mbbtdo3hut.inp,
the stresses obtained should be twice those obtained in the corresponding problems run solely with hyperelasticity.
This is a consequence of the fact that, in the test with hydrostatic compression loading, the induced stresses are
purely hydrostatic; such a stress state is incapable of inducing inelastic deformation in the material model. The
uniaxial loading test involves a creep constant of A = 0.0, which is equivalent to eliminating the creep response
of the model. The factor of 2 in the stress output is a result of the choice of the stress scaling factor, S = 1. These
two problems are run as single-step analyses.
In the problems that use reduced-integration elements, the hourglass stiffness is verified as being calculated on
the basis of the instantaneous moduli.
A single problem also verifies using a hyperelastic material with an instantaneous elastic moduli definition and
hysteresis effects. The elastic constants in the file mbbcot3hut_inst.inp are taken to be (1 + S ) times the constants
of the corresponding problem with the default long-term moduli specification, mbbcot3hut.inp. (The constant
corresponding to the volumetric part of the strain energy, Di, should be divided by the same factor; in this problem
it is of no consequence since the material is completely incompressible.) The results of these two problems are
verified to be identical.
The problem mbbcoo3vlp.inp tests linear perturbation results. A purely hyperelastic response is recovered in
this analysis by setting the creep scaling parameter to 0.0, which facilitates comparison with the identical problem
run with only hyperelastic behavior (mhecoo3vlp.inp).
Input files
mbbcdo3ahc.inp Compressible, polynomial (N=1), hydrostatic compression, C3D8 elements.
mbbcdo3gsh_ogden.inp Compressible, Ogden (N=1), nonuniform shear, C3D8R elements.
mbbcdo3gsh_redpol.inp Compressible, reduced polynomial (N=1), nonuniform shear, C3D8 elements.
mbbcdo3gsh_vwaals.inp Compressible, Van der Waals, nonuniform shear, C3D8 elements.
mbbcdo3gsh_yeoh.inp Compressible, Yeoh, nonuniform shear, C3D8 elements.
mbbcdo3ibt.inp Compressible, Arruda-Boyce, biaxial tension, linear perturbation with *LOAD
CASE, CPE4 elements.
mbbcoo3hut.inp Incompressible, polynomial (N=1), uniaxial tension, C3D8H elements.
mbbtdo3hut.inp Compressible, polynomial (N=1), test data, uniaxial tension, C3D8 elements.
811
Hysteretic materials
References
• Bergström, J. S., and M. C. Boyce, “Constitutive Modeling of the Large Strain Time-Dependent Behavior
of Elastomers,” Journal of the Mechanics and Physics of Solids, vol. 46, pp. 931–954, 1998.
812
Temperature-dependent
elastic materials
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
T2D2 T3D2 B21 B31 PIPE21 PIPE31 SAX1 S4R S4RS S4RSW C3D8R C3D10M CPE4R
CPE6M CPS4R CPS6M CAX4R CAX6M M3D4R
Features tested
Temperature-dependent material properties with predefined temperature fields are tested for the following elastic
material models: isotropic elasticity, orthotropic elasticity, anisotropic elasticity, and lamina.
Problem description
This verification test consists of a set of single element models that include combinations of all the available
element types with all the available material models. All the elements are loaded with a tensile load defined by
specifying the vertical velocity at the top nodes of each element with the bottom nodes fixed. The velocity is
ramped from zero to 0.2. The temperature at all nodes increases from an initial value of 0° to a final value of
100°. The material properties are defined as a linear function of temperature, as shown in Table 1. The density
for all the materials is 7850. For every material model, only those element types available for the model are used.
The undeformed meshes are shown in Figure 1.
Figure 2 shows the plot of vertical stress versus vertical strain for the isotropic elasticity model. The plots of
vertical stress versus vertical strain for orthotropic elasticity (ENGINEERING CONSTANTS), orthotropic
elasticity (ORTHOTROPIC), anisotropic elasticity, and lamina are shown in Figure 3, Figure 4, Figure 5, and
Figure 6, respectively. The vertical stress and vertical strain are σ11 and ϵ11 for the truss, beam, and axisymmetric
shell elements and σ22 and ϵ22 for the remaining elements. The results from pipe elements are consistent with the
beams.
Input files
813
Temperature-dependent elastic materials
Tables
ν 0.0 0.0
11
Orthotropic elasticity 2.0 × 10 1.0 × 1011
E1
(ENGINEERING CONSTANTS) 1.0 × 1011 5.0 × 1010
E2
1.0 × 1011 5.0 × 1010
E3
814
Temperature-dependent elastic materials
Figures
lamina
anisotropic
orthotropic(2)
orthotropic(1)
isotropic
815
Temperature-dependent elastic materials
100.
[ x10 6 ]
T2D2
T3D2
B21 80.
B31
C3D8R
20.
XMIN -5.113E-05
XMAX 1.006E-03
YMIN -5.072E+06
YMAX 9.695E+07 0.
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8
Vertical strain [ x10 -3 ]
CPE4R
CPE6M 35.
CAX4R
CAX6M
30.
CPS4R
CPS6M
25.
S4R
S4RS
S4RSW 20.
M3D4R
15.
10.
XMIN -2.289E-04 5.
XMAX 1.006E-03
YMIN -1.142E+07
YMAX 4.998E+07 0.
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8
Vertical strain [ x10 -3 ]
Figure 3: Vertical stress versus vertical strain for orthotropic elasticity (ENGINEERING
CONSTANTS).
816
Temperature-dependent elastic materials
50.
[ x10 6 ]
45.
SAX1
C3D8R
C3D10M 40.
CPE4R
CPE6M 35.
10.
XMIN -2.940E-04 5.
XMAX 1.006E-03
YMIN -1.471E+07
YMAX 4.998E+07 0.
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8
Vertical strain [ x10 -3 ]
Figure 4: Vertical stress versus vertical strain for orthotropic elasticity (ORTHOTROPIC).
50.
[ x10 6 ]
45.
C3D8R
C3D10M
CPE4R 40.
CPE6M
CPS4R 35.
Vertical Stress (anisotropic)
CPS6M
S4R
30.
S4RS
S4RSW
25.
M3D4R
20.
15.
10.
XMIN -2.941E-04 5.
XMAX 1.006E-03
YMIN -1.471E+07
YMAX 4.998E+07 0.
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8
Vertical strain [ x10 -3 ]
817
Temperature-dependent elastic materials
80.
[ x10 6 ]
SAX1
CPS4R
CPS6M
S4R 60.
S4RS
S4RSW
40.
20.
XMIN -5.960E-08
XMAX 1.006E-03
YMIN 0.000E+00
YMAX 6.997E+07 0.
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8
Vertical strain [ x10 -3 ]
818
Field-variable-dependent
elastic materials
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
T2D2 T3D2 B21 B31 PIPE21 PIPE31 SAX1 S4R S4RS S4RSW C3D8R C3D10M CPE4R
CPE6M CPS4R CPS6M CAX4R CAX6M M3D4R
Features tested
Field-variable-dependent material properties with predefined field variables are tested for the following elastic
material models: isotropic elasticity, orthotropic elasticity, anisotropic elasticity, and lamina.
Problem description
This verification test consists of a set of single element models that include combinations of all the available
element types with all the available material models. All elements are loaded with a tensile load defined by
specifying the vertical velocity at the top nodes of each element with the bottom nodes fixed. The velocity is
ramped from zero to 0.2. One field variable, which increases from an initial value of 0 to a final value of 100,
is defined at all the nodes. Material properties are defined as a linear function of the field variable, shown in
Table 1. The density for all the materials is 7850. For every material model only those element types available
for the model are used. The undeformed meshes are shown in Figure 1.
Figure 2 shows the plot of vertical stress versus vertical strain for the isotropic elasticity model. The plots of
vertical stress versus vertical strain for orthotropic elasticity (ENGINEERING CONSTANTS), orthotropic
elasticity (ORTHOTROPIC), anisotropic elasticity, and lamina are shown in Figure 3, Figure 4, Figure 5, and
Figure 6, respectively. The vertical stress and vertical strain are σ11 and ϵ11 for the truss, beam, and axisymmetric
shell elements and σ22 and ϵ22 for the remaining elements. The results from pipe elements are consistent with the
beams.
Input files
Tables
819
Field-variable-dependent elastic materials
820
Field-variable-dependent elastic materials
Figures
lamina
anisotropic
orthotropic(2)
orthotropic(1)
isotropic
821
Field-variable-dependent elastic materials
100.
[ x10 6 ]
T2D2
T3D2
B21 80.
B31
C3D8R
20.
XMIN -1.265E-05
XMAX 1.005E-03
YMIN -1.237E+06
YMAX 9.695E+07 0.
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8
Vertical strain [ x10 -3 ]
CPE4R
CPE6M 35.
CAX4R
CAX6M
30.
CPS4R
CPS6M
25.
S4R
S4RS
S4RSW 20.
M3D4R
15.
10.
XMIN -8.989E-05 5.
XMAX 1.005E-03
YMIN -4.429E+06
YMAX 4.998E+07 0.
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8
Vertical strain [ x10 -3 ]
Figure 3:Vertical stress vs. vertical strain for orthotropic elasticity (ENGINEERING CONSTANTS).
822
Field-variable-dependent elastic materials
50.
[ x10 6 ]
45.
SAX1
C3D8R
C3D10M 40.
CPE4R
CPE6M 35.
10.
XMIN -8.900E-05 5.
XMAX 1.005E-03
YMIN -4.580E+06
YMAX 4.998E+07 0.
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8
Vertical strain [ x10 -3 ]
Figure 4: Vertical stress vs. vertical strain for orthotropic elasticity (ORTHOTROPIC).
50.
[ x10 6 ]
45.
C3D8R
C3D10M
CPE4R 40.
CPE6M
CPS4R 35.
Vertical Stress (anisotropic)
CPS6M
S4R
30.
S4RS
S4RSW
25.
M3D4R
20.
15.
10.
XMIN -8.901E-05 5.
XMAX 1.005E-03
YMIN -4.582E+06
YMAX 4.998E+07 0.
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8
Vertical strain [ x10 -3 ]
823
Field-variable-dependent elastic materials
80.
[ x10 6 ]
SAX1
CPS4R
CPS6M
S4R 60.
S4RS
S4RSW
40.
20.
XMIN -5.960E-08
XMAX 1.005E-03
YMIN 0.000E+00
YMAX 6.997E+07 0.
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8
Vertical strain [ x10 -3 ]
824
Large-strain viscoelasticity
with hyperelasticity
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CAX4R CPE4R CPS4R M3D4R
Features tested
Problem description
This example is used to verify the viscoelastic material model in Abaqus/Explicit. In all of the problems, the
material is defined by the hyperelastic polynomial formulation with N = 1. The viscoelastic behavior is given by
Prony series parameters or by using the test data input option.
The first test is volumetric relaxation. A single element is compressed at a uniform rate over a period of time
during which the stresses are allowed to relax. This problem tests that the volumetric relaxation behavior is
captured correctly. Plane stress and plane strain elements are used in this test.
The second test is uniaxial relaxation. A single element is stretched at a uniform rate over a period of time during
which the stresses are allowed to relax. This problem verifies that the shear relaxation behavior is captured
correctly. Plane strain and membrane elements are used in this test.
The third test is circumferential relaxation. All nodes of a single axisymmetric element are moved radially
outward at a uniform rate over a period of time during which the stresses are allowed to relax. All the nodes are
fixed in the axial direction. This problem verifies that the shear and volumetric relaxation behavior is correct in
the circumferential direction.
The time histories of the stresses are shown in Figure 1 through Figure 3. Figure 1 shows the volumetric response
of the material with viscoelastic properties compared to the response without viscoelastic properties. Figure 2
shows the tensile response of the material with viscoelastic properties compared to the response without
viscoelastic properties. Figure 3 shows the circumferential response of the material with viscoelastic properties
compared to the response without viscoelastic properties.
This problem tests the features listed but does not provide independent verification of them.
Input files
825
Large-strain viscoelasticity with hyperelasticity
Figures
150.
viscoelastic_1
elastic_2
STRESS INVARIENT - PRESS
100.
50.
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 2.000E+01
YMIN 0.000E+00
YMAX 1.280E+02 0.
0. 5. 10. 15. 20.
TOTAL TIME
[ x10 3 ]
viscoelastic_1
elastic_2
0.3
STRESS - S11
0.2
0.1
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 1.000E+01
YMIN 0.000E+00
YMAX 3.026E+02 0.0
0. 2. 4. 6. 8. 10.
TOTAL TIME
826
Large-strain viscoelasticity with hyperelasticity
2.4
[ x10 3 ]
viscoelastic_1
elastic_2 2.0
1.6
STRESS - S33
1.2
0.8
0.4
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 1.000E+00
YMIN 0.000E+00
YMAX 2.060E+03 0.0
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
TOTAL TIME
Figure 3: Circumferential stress versus time for the circumferential expansion (CAX4R).
827
Nonlinear large-strain
viscoelasticity with
hyperelasticity
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8 C3D8H C3D8R C3D8RH
CAX4 CAX4H CAX4R CAX4RH
CPE4 CPE4H CPE4R CPE4RH
Features tested
Problem description
In each input file a single element is subjected to a uniaxial load. The input files consist of two steps. In the first
step the load is gradually increased until it reaches the prescribed value. In the second step the value of the load
is kept constant for a specified time. These tests verify the correctness of the creep behavior with different element
types.
Material: The nonlinear viscoelastic material consists of three or four networks, including a purely elastic
network. The strain-hardening power law, the hyperbolic-sine, and the Bergstrom-Boyce creep models are used
to model the viscoelastic behavior. Creep model coefficients are shown in Table 1, Table 2 and Table 3. Several
different hyperelastic materials are tested, as described in Table 4.
A=10−5
n=1.0
m=–0.5
A=2.5×10−5
B=0.15
n=2.0
829
Nonlinear large-strain viscoelasticity with hyperelasticity
Material se
n
tciiCfo
se
n
ftc
iiC
fo
e
f
rof rof
laim
retaalim
e
ra
t
12
Arruda-Boyce 0.μ02=.μ02=
0 λ.0m7λ.=m7=
0D.10D =. 0=
neo-Hookean
0 C0110
C110
==
1D
.101D=.10=
Input files
830
Nonlinear large-strain viscoelasticity with hyperelasticity
831
Nonlinear large-strain viscoelasticity with hyperelasticity
x_viscnet_c3d8r_ogden_n2.inp Explicit dynamic analysis, uniaxial creep test, C3D8R element and
Ogden material.
x_viscnet_c3d8r_vanwaals_n2.inp Explicit dynamic analysis, uniaxial creep test, C3D8R element and Van
der Waals material.
x_viscnet_c3d8r_nh_n1_bb.inp Explicit dynamic analysis, uniaxial creep test, C3D8R element,
neo-Hookean hyperelastic material, and one Bergstron-Boyce viscoelastic
network.
x_viscnet_cax4r_nh_n2.inp Explicit dynamic analysis, uniaxial creep test, CAX4R element and
neo-Hookean material.
x_viscnet_cax4r_ab_n2.inp Explicit dynamic analysis, uniaxial creep test, CAX4R element and
Arruda-Boyce material.
x_viscnet_cax4r_ogden_n2.inp Explicit dynamic analysis, uniaxial creep test, CAX4R element and
Ogden material.
x_viscnet_cax4r_vanwaals_n2.inp Explicit dynamic analysis, uniaxial creep test, CAX4R element and Van
der Waals material.
x_viscnet_cpe4r_nh_n2.inp Explicit dynamic analysis, uniaxial creep test, CPE4R element and
neo-Hookean material.
x_viscnet_cpe4r_ab_n2.inp Explicit dynamic analysis, uniaxial creep test, CPE4R element and
Arruda-Boyce material.
x_viscnet_cpe4r_ogden_n2.inp Explicit dynamic analysis, uniaxial creep test, CPE4R element and
Ogden material.
x_viscnet_cpe4r_vanwaals_n2.inp Explicit dynamic analysis, uniaxial creep test, CPE4R element and Van
der Waals material.
832
Transient internal pressure
loading of a viscoelastic
cylinder
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CAX4I CAX8R CPE4I CPE8R
Features tested
The automatic incrementation capability provided for integration of time-dependent material models and the use
of the viscoelastic material model for a larger number of Prony series terms are tested in this problem. It also
demonstrates the use of viscoelastic material models in dynamic analysis.
Problem description
The structure is a solid rocket motor, modeled as a long, hollow viscoelastic cylinder encased in a thin steel
shell. The rocket's ignition is simulated by a transient internal pressure load acting at the inner diameter of the
viscoelastic cylinder. The transient response of the structure is sought.
Model: The viscoelastic cylinder has an inner radius of 10 mm and an outer radius of 50 mm. The steel case
is 0.5 mm thick. We assume plane strain, with no gradient of the solution, in the axial direction. The problem
is, therefore, modeled with a single row of axisymmetric, second-order, reduced-integration elements (CAX8R).
The viscoelastic material is represented using 20 elements, while the case is modeled with a single element.
Mesh: The mesh is shown in Figure 1. The mesh is finer toward the inner diameter of the cylinder, where the
stresses are highest.
Material: The extensional relaxation function of the viscoelastic material is defined using a six-term Prony
series:
⎛ 6 ⎞
ER (t ) = E0 ⎜1 − ∑ giP (1 − e −t / τi )⎟.
⎝ i =1 ⎠
The instantaneous modulus, E0, is 1651.59 MPa; and the six pairs of relative moduli giP and time constants τi are
i giP τi , sec
833
Transient internal pressure loading of a viscoelastic cylinder
This model results in a very low long-term elastic modulus (0.4955 MPa), so the material almost behaves as a
viscoelastic fluid. Because the viscoelastic material is incompressible throughout the problem, the relative moduli
giP and time constants τi that constitute the extensional relaxation function can be used directly in the definition
of the shear relaxation function. Contrast this with Viscoelastic rod subjected to constant axial load, in which
the material is slightly compressible, so that the shear modulus and time constant were related to the extensional
values through the bulk modulus.
A solution to the present problem is also obtained by modeling the behavior of the viscoelastic cylinder with
large-strain linear viscoelastic theory. The relaxation behavior is defined in the same way, but the short-term
elastic properties are specified as part of the hyperelastic material definition. The polynomial formulation with
N =1 is used, and the constants are C10 = 275.247 MPa , C01 = 0 (neo-Hookean material) and D1 = 7. × 10−7 MPa−1.
These constants are such that the initial Young's modulus and initial Poisson's ratio are equal to E0 and ν0,
respectively. The steel case is assumed to be linear elastic, with a Young's modulus of 200 GPa and a Poisson's
ratio of 0.3.
A plot of this loading as a function of time is shown in Figure 2. To highlight inertia effects, the pressure loading
in the dynamic analysis is applied 10 times faster:
p = 10(1 − e −230.3t )MPa.
Analysis
The static analysis is done using the quasi-static procedure with a time period of 0.5 sec. A tolerance on the
accuracy of the transient creep solution is specified to enable automatic time incrementation. The accuracy
tolerance is set to 7.0 × 10−3, which is the same order of magnitude as the maximum elastic strain.
The dynamic analysis is done using the dynamic procedure with a time period of 0.05 sec. This analysis is done
based on nonlinear geometric behavior. A tolerance on the accuracy of the half-increment residual is specified
to enable automatic incrementation. The value chosen (1000 N) is one order of magnitude higher than the highest
equivalent nodal loads.
Figure 3 through Figure 5 depict, respectively, the time histories of the radial stress, hoop stress, and hoop strain
in the innermost element for a linear static analysis. The static analysis with the large-strain formulation gives
almost identical results.
Figure 6 through Figure 8 depict, respectively, the time histories of the radial stress, hoop stress, and hoop strain
in the innermost element for the nonlinear dynamic analysis.
Input files
834
Transient internal pressure loading of a viscoelastic cylinder
Figures
12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 101
3 1
0 1
0 1 2 3 4 5
Time (sec) (*10**-1)
835
Transient internal pressure loading of a viscoelastic cylinder
-2 1
-4
-6
-7
-8
-9
1
1
-10
0 1 2 3 4 5
Time (sec) (*10**-1)
1
5
1
Hoop Stress (MPa)
1
0 1 2 3 4 5
Time (sec) (*10**-1)
836
Transient internal pressure loading of a viscoelastic cylinder
4
(*10**-2)
LINE VARIABLE SCALE
FACTOR
1 Hoop Strain +1.00E+00
1
3
Hoop Strain
2
0
0 1 2 3 4 5
Time (sec) (*10**-1)
1
-2
Radial Stress (MPa)
-3
-4
1
-5
-6
-7
-8 1
-9 1
1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
-10
0 1 2 3 4 5
Time (sec) (*10**-2)
837
Transient internal pressure loading of a viscoelastic cylinder
0
1
-1 1
0 1 2 3 4 5
Time (sec) (*10**-2)
1
1
1
2 1 1
1
1
Hoop Strain
1
1
1
1
0 11
0 1 2 3 4 5
Time (sec) (*10**-2)
838
Rate-independent plasticity
Rate-independent plasticity
Products: Abaqus/Standard Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8 CPS4 T3D2
Problem description
Material:
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E = 200.0E3
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.3
Plasticity
Hardening:
Yield stress Plastic strain
200. 0.0000
220. 0.0009
220. 0.0029
Input files
mpliho3hut.inp Uniaxial tension, C3D8 elements.
mpliho2hut.inp Uniaxial tension, CPS4 elements.
mpliho1hut.inp Uniaxial tension, T3D2 elements.
mpliho3gsh.inp Shear, C3D8 elements.
mpliho2gsh.inp Shear, CPS4 elements.
mpliho1mcy.inp Cyclic loading, T3D2 elements.
mpliho3vlp.inp Linear perturbation steps containing *LOAD CASE, uniaxial tension,
C3D8 elements.
mplihi3hut.inp Uniaxial tension with nonzero initial condition for ε pl, C3D8 elements.
839
Rate-independent plasticity
Elements tested
T3D2
Problem description
Material:
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E = 200.0E3
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.3
Plasticity
Hardening:
Yield stress Plastic strain
200. 0.0000
220. 0.0009
The linear kinematic hardening model is defined by the slope of the stress-strain data given earlier. (The units
are not important.)
Input files
Elements tested
C3D8
840
Rate-independent plasticity
Problem description
Material:
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E = 200.0E3
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.3
Plasticity
Hardening:
dlceiiY ts
aP
l Temperature Field variable
ssenriats
rts
.02
000.0 0. 0.
.53
0020.0 0. 0.
.05
005. 1 0. 0.
.0.8
00 100. 0.
.52
0020.0 100. 0.
.84
000. 0 100. 0.
.0.4
00 0. 200.
.18
00. 0 0. 200.
.41
006. 0 0. 200.
.0.2
00 100. 200.
.55
00. 0 100. 200.
.0.7
51 100. 200.
Thermal properties
Coefficient of expansion, α = 1.E-4
Input files
Elements tested
B21 C3D8 C3D8R CPE4 CPS4 M3D4 SAX1 T3D2
841
Rate-independent plasticity
Problem description
Material 1:
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E = 200.0E3
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.3
Plasticity
Initial yield stress: σ0 = 200.0
Material 2:
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E = 200.0E3
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.3
Plasticity
Initial yield stress: σ0 = 200.0
Kinematic hardening parameter, C = 2.222 × 104
Kinematic hardening parameter, γ = 0.0
The parameters given above are used to generate data for some of the input files that use tabular data. (The units
are not important.)
Material 3:
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E = 200.0E3
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.3
Plasticity
Initial yield stress: σ0 = 200.0
842
Rate-independent plasticity
Material 4:
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E = 200.0E3
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.3
Plasticity
Initial yield stress: σ0 = 200.0
Material 5:
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E = 200.0E3
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.3
Plasticity
Initial yield stress: σ0 = 200.0
843
Rate-independent plasticity
Input files
Material 1:
mplchb2hut.inp Uniaxial tension with temperature and field variable dependence, displacement
control, SAX1 elements.
mplchb3hut.inp Uniaxial tension with temperature-dependent γ, displacement control, C3D8R
elements.
mplcho1hut.inp Uniaxial tension, tabulated data, load control, B21 elements.
mplcho1hutmb.inp Uniaxial tension, tabulated data, load control, B21 elements, number backstresses
= 3.
mplcho3nt1.inp Uniaxial tension, load control, C3D8 elements.
mplchi3nt1.inp Uniaxial tension, nonzero initial conditions for α11, ε pl, and σ11; displacement
control; M3D4 elements with rebar.
mplchi2hut.inp Uniaxial tension with orientation and nonzero initial conditions for α11 and ε pl,
displacement control, CPE4 elements.
Material 2:
mplcho1mcy.inp Cyclic loading, no isotropic hardening, displacement control, T3D2 elements.
mplcho1mcymb.inp Cyclic loading, no isotropic hardening, displacement control, T3D2 elements,
number backstresses = 3.
Material 3:
mplcho2gsh.inp Simple shear including perturbation step, CPS4 elements.
Material 4:
mplchb2hutmb.inp Uniaxial tension with temperature and field variable dependence, displacement
control, SAX1 elements, number backstresses = 3.
mplchi2hutmb.inp Uniaxial tension with orientation and nonzero initial conditions for α11 and ε pl,
displacement control, CPE4 elements, number backstresses = 3.
mplcho3nt1mb.inp Uniaxial tension, load control, C3D8 elements, number backstresses = 3.
Material 5:
mplcho2gshmb.inp Simple shear including perturbation step, CPS4 elements, number backstresses
= 3.
844
Rate-independent plasticity
Material 1:
mplchb2hut_xpl.inp Uniaxial tension with temperature and field variable dependence,
displacement control, SAX1 elements.
mplchb3hut_xpl.inp Uniaxial tension with temperature-dependent γ, displacement control, C3D8R
elements.
mplcho1hut_xpl.inp Uniaxial tension, tabulated data, load control, B21 elements.
mplcho1hutmb_xpl.inp Uniaxial tension, tabulated data, load control, B21 elements, number
backstresses = 3.
mplcho3nt1_xpl.inp Uniaxial tension, load control, C3D8R elements.
mplchi3nt1_xpl.inp Uniaxial tension, nonzero initial conditions for α11, ε pl, and σ11; displacement
control; M3D4R elements with rebar.
mplchi2hut_xpl.inp Uniaxial tension with orientation and nonzero initial conditions for α11 and
ε pl, displacement control, CPE4R elements.
Material 2:
mplcho1mcy_xpl.inp Cyclic loading, no isotropic hardening, displacement control, T3D2 elements.
mplcho1mcymb_xpl.inp Cyclic loading, no isotropic hardening, displacement control, T3D2 elements,
number backstresses = 3.
Material 3:
mplcho2gsh_xpl.inp Simple shear including perturbation step, CPS4R elements.
Material 4:
mplchb2hutmb_xpl.inp Uniaxial tension with temperature and field variable dependence, displacement
control, SAX1 elements, number backstresses = 3.
mplchi2hutmb_xpl.inp Uniaxial tension with orientation and nonzero initial conditions for α11 and ε pl,
displacement control, CPE4R elements, number backstresses = 3.
mplcho3nt1mb_xpl.inp Uniaxial tension, load control, C3D8R elements, number backstresses = 3.
Material 5:
mplcho2gshmb_xpl.inp Simple shear including perturbation step, CPS4R elements, number
backstresses = 3.
Elements tested
C3D8 CPS4 T3D2
Problem description
Material:
845
Rate-independent plasticity
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E = 30.0E6
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.3
Plasticity
Hardening:
Yield stress Plastic strain Temperature
30.0E3 0.000 0.0
50.0E3 0.200 0.0
50.0E3 2.000 0.0
3.0E3 0.000 100.0
5.0E3 0.200 100.0
5.0E3 2.000 100.0
Other properties
Density, μ = 1000.0
Specific heat, c = 0.4
Inelastic heat fraction = 0.5
(The units are not important.)
Input files
mhliho3hut.inp Uniaxial tension, C3D8 elements.
mhliho1hut.inp Uniaxial tension, T3D2 elements.
mhliho3gsh.inp Shear, C3D8 elements.
mhliho2gsh.inp Shear, CPS4 elements.
mhliho3ltr.inp Triaxial, C3D8 elements.
mhliht3hut.inp Uniaxial tension, C3D8 elements.
mhliht3xmx.inp Multiaxial, C3D8 elements.
Hill plasticity
Elements tested
C3D8
Problem description
Material:
846
Rate-independent plasticity
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E = 200.0E3
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.3
Plasticity
Hardening:
Yield stress Plastic strain
200. 0.0000
220. 0.0009
220. 0.0029
Input files
mppiho3nt1.inp Uniaxial tension in direction 1, C3D8 elements.
mppiho3ot2.inp Uniaxial tension in direction 2, C3D8 elements.
mppiho3pt3.inp Uniaxial tension in direction 3, C3D8 elements.
mppiho3vlp.inp Linear perturbation steps containing *LOAD CASE, uniaxial tension in
direction 1, C3D8 elements.
Deformation plasticity
Elements tested
C3D8 CPS4 T3D2
Problem description
Material:
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E = 200.0E3
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.3
Plasticity
847
Rate-independent plasticity
Input files
mdfooo3hut.inp Uniaxial tension, C3D8 elements.
mdfooo3huti.inp Uniaxial tension with initial stress, C3D8 elements.
mdfooo2hut.inp Uniaxial tension, CPS4 elements.
mdfooo2huti.inp Uniaxial tension with initial stress, CPS4 elements.
mdfooo1hut.inp Uniaxial tension, T3D2 elements.
mdfooo1huti.inp Uniaxial tension with initial stress, T3D2 elements.
Elements tested
C3D8 C3D8R CAX4 CPE4 CPS4
Problem description
Material:
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E = 300.0E3
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.3
Plasticity
Angle of friction, β = 40.0
Dilation angle, ψ = 40.0
Third invariant ratio, K = 0.78 (when included; otherwise, 1.0)
Hardening curve:
Yield stress Plastic strain
6.0E3 0.000000
9.0E3 0.020000
11.0E3 0.063333
12.0E3 0.110000
12.0E3 1.000000
848
Rate-independent plasticity
The hyperbolic and exponent forms of the yield criteria are verified by using parameters that reduce them into
equivalent linear forms. Reducing the hyperbolic yield function into a linear form requires that pt = d / tan β.
0
Reducing the exponent yield function into a linear form requires that b = 1.0 and that a = (tan β)−1.
Input files
849
Rate-independent plasticity
850
Rate-independent plasticity
851
Rate-independent plasticity
Elements tested
CAX4
Problem description
Material:
Elasticity
Logarithmic bulk modulus, κ = 1.49
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.1
Plasticity
Angle of friction, β = 10.0
Dilation angle, ψ = 10.0
Hardening curve:
Yield stress Plastic strain
100.0 0.0
500.0 0.5
Initial conditions
Initial void ratio, e0 = 4.1
The hyperbolic and exponent forms of the yield criteria are verified by using parameters that reduce them into
equivalent linear forms. Reducing the hyperbolic yield function into a linear form requires that pt = d / tan β.
0
Reducing the exponent yield function into a linear form requires that b = 1.0 and that a = (tan β)−1.
(The units are not important.)
852
Rate-independent plasticity
Input files
Cap plasticity
Elements tested
C3D8R CAX4 CPE4
Problem description
Material: In the tests described in this section, the following data for linear elasticity, cap plasticity I, cap
hardening I, and K = 1.0 are used unless otherwise specified. With this data, the elastic shear modulus is 5000.0
and the bulk modulus is 10000.0. First yield in pure shear occurs at S12 = 100.0, first yield in pure hydrostatic
compression occurs at PRESS = 270.0, first yield in pure hydrostatic tension occurs at PRESS = 300.0, and first
yield with PRESS = pa occurs at PRESS = 120.0 and S12 = 125.0. C3D8 elements are used unless otherwise
specified.
853
Rate-independent plasticity
pb pl
εvol
213.0 0.00
222.0 0.01
242.0 0.02
282.0 0.03
362.0 0.04
522.0 0.05
842.0 0.06
1482.0 0.07
2762.0 0.08
Cap plasticity II
d = 0.2286E6
β = 85.0
R = 0.0875
pl
εvol (0) = 1.22
α = 0.07877
K = 1.0
Cap hardening II
Position of the yield surface in pure hydrostatic compression, pb
pl
Volumetric compressive plastic strain, εvol
pb pl
εvol
0.03E6 0.0
0.20E6 1.22
854
Rate-independent plasticity
pb pl
εvol
2.00E6 2.44
2.00E7 3.66
Porous elasticity I
Logarithmic bulk modulus, κ = 20.0
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.28571429
Tensile strength limit, pt = 1.0E5
Porous elasticity II
κ = 0.09
ν = 0.0
pt = 0.02E6
Initial conditions
Initial void ratio, e0 = 1.0
Input files
mcaooo3mcy.inp Hydrostatic cyclic test, displacement control.
The following six steps are executed:
1. Load, yielding in hydrostatic compression
2. Unload, still in compression
3. Reload, yielding in compression
4. Unload in compression and load, yielding in tension
5. Unload in tension and load, yielding in compression
6. Unload
855
Rate-independent plasticity
mcakoo3gsh.inp Shear test; load control; two primary elements and two overlaid soft elements.
One set loaded with principal stresses ∝ (1, 1, −2), the other with ∝ (−1, −1, 2).
The ratio of yield stresses should be K = 0.8.
mcaoob3bus.inp Uniaxial compressive strain (odometer) test; CPE4 element; load control; with
temperature and field variable dependence of the *CAP PLASTICITY and *CAP
HARDENING data.
The temperatures and field variables are specified to give *CAP PLASTICITY and *CAP
HARDENING data exactly the same as cap plasticity I and cap hardening I data.
mcaooo3bus.inp Uniaxial compressive strain (odometer) test; load control; NLGEOM and porous elasticity
I.
The tangent bulk and shear moduli of porous elasticity I differ from that of the linear
elasticity by about 1% over the strain range of the test.
mcaooo3ctc.inp Triaxial test. Hydrostatic loading to p = pa , then increase S11 only.
mcaooo3vlp.inp Uniaxial compressive strain (odometer) test; load control; the nonlinear analysis is split
into two steps, each of which is preceded by a linear perturbation step.
The results of the nonlinear steps should correspond to those of mca0003bus.inp.
The results of the two linear perturbation steps (*STATIC) should be identical because
small displacements are assumed and the elasticity is linear.
mcakoo3ltr.inp A displacement pattern designed to produce different stress states at the 8 Gauss points
but dominated by shear.
The aim is to test the robustness of the Newton loops, so very large strain increments
are taken.
Displacement control. K = 0.8.
mcaooo3ltr.inp Another test of the robustness of the algorithm.
CAX4 element, porous elasticity II, cap plasticity II, and cap hardening II is used.
mcaooo3xmx.inp Tests adjustment of the initial position of the cap.
Two C3D8R elements with different initial stress states.
The initial stress in element 1 will cause an adjustment that will make the stress point
lie on the cap yield surface.
The initial stress in element 2 will cause an adjustment that will make the stress point
lie on the transition yield surface.
Elements tested
C3D8 CAX8R
Problem description
Material:
Porous elasticity
Logarithmic bulk modulus, κ = 0.026
856
Rate-independent plasticity
Plasticity
Logarithmic plastic bulk modulus, λ = 0.174
Critical state slope, M = 1.0
Initial yield surface size, a0 = 58.3
(except in tests mclxxxxahc.inp where we use a0 = 130.9 or e1 = 1.904)
Initial conditions
Initial void ratio, e0 = 1.08
(The units are not important.)
Input files
mclooo3ahc.inp Hydrostatic compression, C3D8 elements.
mcloio3ahc.inp Hydrostatic compression with intercept option, C3D8 elements.
mclooo3ctc.inp Triaxial compression, CAX8R elements.
mclott3ctc.inp Triaxial compression, temperature dependence, CAX8R elements.
mclobo3ctc.inp β = 0.5, triaxial compression, CAX8R elements.
mclooo3dte.inp Triaxial extension, CAX8R elements.
mclkoo3dte.inp K = 0.78, triaxial extension, CAX8R elements.
mclktd3dte.inp K = 0.78, triaxial extension, field variable dependence, CAX8R elements.
mclkbo3dte.inp β = 0.5, K = 0.78, triaxial extension, CAX8R elements.
mcloto3euc.inp Uniaxial compression, CAX8R elements.
mclooo3gsh.inp Shear, C3D8 elements.
mcloto3gsh.inp Shear, tabulated hardening, C3D8 elements.
mclooo3vlp.inp Linear perturbation hydrostatic compression, C3D8 elements.
Elements tested
C3D8 CPE4
Problem description
Material:
857
Rate-independent plasticity
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E = 3.0E6
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.2
Plasticity
Initial yield stress in hydrostatic compression, p0 = 2.0E5
Strength in hydrostatic tension, pt = 2.0E4
Initial yield stress in uniaxial compression, σ0 = 2.2E5
Initial conditions
pl
Initial volumetric compacting plastic strain, −εvol , is set to 0.02 for the cases in which specifying an initial
equivalent plastic strain is tested.
(The units are not important.)
858
Rate-independent plasticity
Input files
mfeoto3ahc.inp Hydrostatic compression, C3D8 elements.
mfeoto3euc.inp Uniaxial compression, C3D8 elements.
mfeoto3gsh.inp Shear, C3D8 elements.
mfeoto3hut.inp Uniaxial tension, C3D8 elements.
mfeoti3euc.inp Uniaxial compression, CPE4 elements.
mfeoto3ltr.inp Triaxial stress, CPE4 elements (inhomogeneous).
mfeoto3vlp.inp Linear perturbation with *LOAD CASE and hydrostatic compression,
C3D8 elements.
Elements tested
C3D8 C3D8R CAX4R CAX8R CPE4R
Problem description
Material 1:
Elasticity
The Young's modulus used in each test is given in the input file description. The modulus of each test is
based on the average elastic stiffness of the equivalent test with porous elasticity at increments 10 and 20.
A direct comparison with the results documented in Drucker-Prager plasticity with linear elasticity is,
therefore, possible.
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.3
Plasticity
Critical state slope, M = 1.0
pl
Initial volumetric plastic strain, εvol 0
= 0.4
Material 2:
859
Rate-independent plasticity
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E = 18820
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.3
Plasticity
Critical state slope, M = 1.0
pl
Initial volumetric plastic strain, εvol 0
= 0.0
Softening regularization
lc(m) = 0.8
nr = 2.0
fmax = 2.5
(The units are not important.)
Material 3:
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E = 18820
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.3
Plasticity
Critical state slope, M = 1.0
pl
Initial volumetric plastic strain, εvol 0
= 0.0
Softening regularization
lc(m) = 0.5
nr = 1.0
fmax = 2.5
860
Rate-independent plasticity
Elasticity
Engineering constants
E1 200000.0
E2 342000.0
E3 342000.0
ν12 0.32
ν13 0.32
ν23 0.32
G12 89900.0
G13 89900.0
G23 129545.5
Plasticity
Critical state slope, M = 1.0
pl
Initial volumetric plastic strain, εvol 0
= 0.0
Input files
861
Rate-independent plasticity
Material 2:
clayteninipssoft3d.inp Hydrostatic compression, C3D8 and C3D8R elements.
clayteninipssoftgpe.inp Hydrostatic compression, CAX4R elements.
Material 4:
clayorthelaspoten3d.inp Uniaxial compression and shear, C3D8R elements.
clayorthelaspotengpe.inp Shear, CPE4R elements.
Material 2:
clayteninipssoft3d_xpl.inp Hydrostatic compression, C3D8 and C3D8R elements.
Material 3:
clayteninipssoftgpe_xpl.inp Hydrostatic compression, CAX4R elements.
Material 4:
clayorthelaspoten3d_xpl.inp Uniaxial compression and shear, C3D8R elements.
clayorthelaspotengpe_xpl.inp Shear, CPE4R elements.
862
Rate-independent plasticity
References
Elements tested
C3D8 CAX4 CAX4T CPE4
Problem description
Material:
863
Rate-independent plasticity
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E = 300.0
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.3
Plasticity
Hardening curve:
Yield stress Plastic strain
1.0000000 0.00
1.7411011 0.05
2.7276924 0.50
2.9950454 0.80
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E = 200.0E9
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.3
Plasticity
Hardening curve:
Yield stress Plastic strain
7.0E8 0.00
3.7E9 10.0
864
Rate-independent plasticity
Thermal properties
Specific heat, cp = 586.0
Density, ρ = 7833.0
Conductivity, k = 52.0
Coefficient of expansion, α = 1.2E−5
Input files
mgrono2xmx.inp Inhomogeneous deformation, displacement control, CPE4 elements.
mgrono2xmx1.inp Same as mgrono2xmx.inp except that the initial relative density is specified
using the *INITIAL CONDITIONS, TYPE = RELATIVE DENSITY option.
mgrono3hut.inp Uniaxial tension, traction control, nucleation of voids, C3D8 elements.
mgrono3jht.inp Hydrostatic tension, displacement control, nucleation of voids, C3D8
elements.
mgrooo2bus.inp Uniaxial strain (confined compression), traction control, CAX4 elements.
mgrooo2euc.inp Uniaxial compression, traction control, CAX4 elements.
mgrooo2gsh.inp Shear, CPE4 elements.
mgrooo2hut.inp Uniaxial tension, displacement control, CAX4 elements.
mgrooo2jht.inp Hydrostatic tension, displacement control, CAX4 elements.
mgrooo3gsh.inp Shear, C3D8 elements.
mgrooo3jht.inp Hydrostatic tension, displacement control, C3D8 elements.
mgrqno2hut.inp Modified Gurson's model, uniaxial tension, displacement control, nucleation
of voids, CAX4 elements.
mgrqoo2ahc.inp Modified Gurson's model, hydrostatic compression, displacement control,
CAX4 elements.
mgtooo2hut.inp Uniaxial tension, coupled temperature-displacement, CAX4T elements.
mgroob2hut.inp Uniaxial tension, displacement control, CAX4 elements, temperature and
field variable dependencies.
mgrqnt2hut.inp Modified Gurson's model, uniaxial tension, nucleation of voids, temperature
dependencies.
Mohr-Coulomb plasticity
Elements tested
C3D8 C3D8R CAX4 CAX4R CPE4 CPE4R
865
Rate-independent plasticity
Problem description
Material 1:
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E = 300.E3
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.3
Plasticity
Angle of friction, ϕ = 40°
Dilation angle, ψ = 40°
Cohesion hardening curve:
Yield stress Plastic strain
6.0E3 0.000000
9.0E3 0.020000
11.0E3 0.063333
12.0E3 0.110000
12.0E3 1.000000
Tension cutoff
Perfectly plastic, yield stress = 600.0
(The units are not important.)
Material 2:
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E = 300.E3
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.3
Plasticity
Angle of friction, ϕ = 30°
Dilation angle, ψ = 20°
Cohesion hardening curve:
Yield stress Plastic strain
866.025 0.0
1732.05 1.0
866
Rate-independent plasticity
Tension cutoff
Softening response:
Yield stress Plastic strain
1000.0 0.0
100.0 1.0
Material 3:
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E = 2 .E7
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.3
Plasticity
Angle of friction, ϕ = 30°
Dilation angle, ψ = 20°
Perfectly plastic cohesion:
Yield stress Plastic strain
1000.0 0.0
1000.0 1.0
Tension cutoff
Perfectly plastic:
Yield stress Plastic strain
1000.0 0.0
1000.0 1.0
Input files
867
Rate-independent plasticity
Material 2:
mctc_ucut.inp Tension cutoff, uniaxial compression followed by uniaxial tension, C3D8R and
CAX4R elements.
mctc_psss.inp Tension cutoff, plane strain compression/tension and simple shear, CPE4R
elements.
Material 3:
mctc_btbc.inp Tension cutoff, biaxial tension followed by biaxial compression, C3D8R element.
mctc_ptpc.inp Tension cutoff, hydrostatic tension followed by hydrostatic compression, C3D8R
element.
Material 2:
mctc_ucut_xpl.inp Tension cutoff, uniaxial compression followed by uniaxial tension, C3D8R
and CAX4R elements.
mctc_psss_xpl.inp Tension cutoff, plane strain compression/tension and simple shear, CPE4R
elements.
868
Rate-independent plasticity
Material 3:
sx_s_mctc.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis, uniaxial tension followed by compression, C3D8R
element.
sx_x_mctc_n_y.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis, UPDATE=NO, STATE=YES.
Material 3:
xs_x_mctc.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis, uniaxial tension, C3D8R element.
xs_s_mctc_n_y.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis, UPDATE=NO, STATE=YES.
Elements tested
C3D8 CAX4 CAX4T CPE4 T3D2
Problem description
Material:
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E = 14.773E6
869
Rate-independent plasticity
Plasticity
Plastic “Poisson's ratio,” νpl = 0.039
Hardening curves: The hardening curves in tension and compression are illustrated in Figure 1.
Thermal properties
Specific heat, cp = 47.52
Density, ρ = 439.92
Conductivity, k = 9.4
Coefficient of expansion, α = 11.0E−6
80.
[ x10 3 ]
TENSION
COMPRESSION
60.
Stress
40.
20.
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 1.379E-02
YMIN 8.125E+03
YMAX 7.690E+04 0.
0. 3. 6. 9. 12. 15.
Plastic Strain [ x10 -3 ]
Figure 1: Stress versus plastic strain under uniaxial tension and uniaxial compression.
Input files
870
Rate-independent plasticity
Elements tested
C3D8R , CPE4R
Problem description
Material 1:
Eref = 75000.0
pref = 1.0
p0 = 1.0
n = 0.
ν∞ = 0.2
ν0 = 0.2
m = 1.0
Plasticity
β = 60.0
ψ = 50.0
n y = 1.6
871
Rate-independent plasticity
f0 = 0.001
f1 = 0.0007
α = 0.25
pl
εvol 0 = 0.05
Tabulated curves are used for defining the compressive and tensile hardening.
(The units are not important.)
Material 2:
Eref = 75000.0
pref = 1.0
p0 = 1.0
n = 0.
ν∞ = 0.2
ν0 = 0.2
m = 1.0
Plasticity
β = 45.0
ψ = 45.0
n y = 1.
f0 = 0.001
f1 = 0.0007
α = 0.0
pl
εvol 0 = 0.0
Tabulated curves are used for defining the compressive and tensile hardening.
(The units are not important.)
Input files
softrockporelatests.inp Hydrostatic compression, uniaxial compression, and shear using materials
1 and 2.
872
Rate-independent plasticity
Elements tested
C3D8R , CPE4R
Problem description
Material 1:
Linear elasticity
Young's modulus, E = 75.E3
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.2
Plasticity
β = 60.0
ψ = 50.0
n y = 1.6
f0 = 0.001
f1 = 0.0007
α = 0.25
pl
εvol 0 = 0.05
Tabulated curves are used for defining the compressive and tensile hardening.
(The units are not important.)
Material 2:
Linear elasticity
Young's modulus, E = 75.E3
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.2
Plasticity
β = 45.0
ψ = 45.0
n y = 1.
f0 = 0.001
f1 = 0.0007
α = 0.0
873
Rate-independent plasticity
pl
εvol 0 = 0.0
Tabulated curves are used for defining the compressive and tensile hardening.
(The units are not important.)
Input files
Elements tested
C3D8 , CPS4 , CPS4R
Problem description
Material:
Elasticity
EA = 40000.0
νA = 0.33
EM = 32000.0
νM = 0.33
ε L = 0.041
σtLS = 440.0
σtLE = 540.0
S
σtU = 250.0
σtUE = 140.0
S
σcL = 440.0
T0 = 22.0
874
Rate-independent plasticity
( )
δσ
δT L
= 6.7
( )
δσ
δT U
= 6.7
Plasticity
Tabulated curves are used for defining the yield stress as a function of total strain.
(The units are not important.)
Input files
875
Rate-dependent plasticity
in Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8
Problem description
Material:
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E=200.0E3
Poisson's ratio, ν=0.3
Plasticity
Hardening:
Yield stress Plastic strain
200. 0.0000
220. 0.0009
220. 0.0029
The power law is entered as a piecewise linear relationship for the cases in which rate-dependent test data are
specified directly.
(The units are not important.)
Input files
mprooo3hut.inp Uniaxial tension, power law, C3D8 elements.
877
Rate-dependent plasticity in Abaqus/Standard
Elements tested
C3D8 T3D2
Problem description
Material:
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E=30.0E6
Poisson's ratio, ν=0.3
Plasticity
Hardening:
Yield stress Plastic strain Temperature
30.0E3 0.000 0.0
50.0E3 0.200 0.0
50.0E3 2.000 0.0
Other properties
Density, μ=1000.0
Specific heat, c=0.4
Inelastic heat fraction = 0.5
Rate dependence parameter, D=40.0
Rate dependence parameter, p=5.0
The power law is entered as a piecewise linear relationship for the cases in which rate-dependent test data are
specified directly.
(The units are not important.)
878
Rate-dependent plasticity in Abaqus/Standard
Input files
mhriho3hut.inp Uniaxial tension, power law, C3D8 elements.
mhrpro3hut.inp Uniaxial tension, *PLASTIC, RATE=option, C3D8 elements.
mhriho1hut.inp Uniaxial tension, power law, T3D2 elements.
mhryso1hut.inp Uniaxial tension, yield ratios, T3D2 elements.
mhriho3xmx.inp Multiaxial, power law, C3D8 elements.
mhrpro3xmx.inp Multiaxial, *PLASTIC, RATE=option, C3D8 elements.
Elements tested
C3D8
Problem description
Material:
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E=200.0E3
Poisson's ratio, ν=0.3
Plasticity
Hardening:
Yield stress Plastic strain
200. 0.0000
220. 0.0009
220. 0.0029
Input files
mpxooo3nt1.inp Uniaxial tension in direction 1, power law, C3D8 elements.
mpxyso3nt1.inp Uniaxial tension in direction 1, yield ratios, linear perturbation with *LOAD
CASE, C3D8 elements.
879
Rate-dependent plasticity in Abaqus/Standard
Elements tested
C3D8 CPS4
Problem description
Material:
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E=300.0E3
Poisson's ratio, ν=0.3
Plasticity
The linear Drucker-Prager model is used in each case.
Hardening curve:
Yield stress Plastic strain
6.0E3 0.000000
9.0E3 0.020000
11.0E3 0.063333
12.0E3 0.110000
12.0E3 1.000000
The power law is entered as a piecewise linear relationship for the cases in which rate-dependent test data are
specified directly.
(The units are not important.)
880
Rate-dependent plasticity in Abaqus/Standard
Input files
mdrooo3euc.inp Uniaxial compression, power law, C3D8 elements.
mdryso3euc.inp Uniaxial compression, yield ratios, C3D8 elements.
mdroot3euc.inp Uniaxial compression, temperature-dependent power law, C3D8 elements.
mdryst3euc.inp Uniaxial compression, temperature-dependent yield ratios, C3D8 elements.
mdrooo2euc.inp Uniaxial compression, power law, CPS4 elements.
mdryro2euc.inp Uniaxial compression, linear perturbation with *LOAD CASE, *DRUCKER
PRAGER HARDENING, RATE=option, CPS4 elements.
mdrooo3vlp.inp Linear perturbation uniaxial compression, power law, C3D8 elements.
mdryso3vlp.inp Linear perturbation uniaxial compression, yield ratios, C3D8 elements.
Elements tested
C3D8
Problem description
Material:
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E=3.0E6
Poisson's ratio, ν=0.2
Plasticity
Initial yield stress in hydrostatic compression, p0=2.0E5
Strength in hydrostatic tension, pt=2.0E4
Initial yield stress in uniaxial compression, σ0=2.2E5
881
Rate-dependent plasticity in Abaqus/Standard
For the test that verifies the temperature dependencies, the rate dependence parameters are as follows:
D=9.0, p=0.9 at 10.0°
D=11.0, p=1.1 at 20.0°
The power law is entered as a piecewise linear relationship for the cases in which rate-dependent test data are
specified directly.
(The units are not important.)
Input files
mfrooo3euc.inp Uniaxial compression, power law, C3D8 elements.
mfryso3euc.inp Uniaxial compression, yield ratios, C3D8 elements.
mfroot3euc.inp Uniaxial compression, linear perturbation with *LOAD CASE,
temperature-dependent power law, C3D8 elements.
mfryst3euc.inp Uniaxial compression, temperature-dependent yield ratios, elements.
Elements tested
C3D8
Problem description
Material:
882
Rate-dependent plasticity in Abaqus/Standard
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E=200.0E3
Poisson's ratio, ν=0.3
Plasticity
Hardening curve:
Yield stress Plastic strain
200.0 0.0000
220.0 0.0009
220.0 0.0029
Input files
mgrooo3vlp.inp Uniaxial tension, power law, C3D8 elements.
mgrpro3vlp.inp Uniaxial tension; *PLASTIC, RATE=option; C3D8 elements; linear
perturbation with *LOAD CASE.
mgryso3hut.inp Hydrostatic tension, yield ratios, C3D8 elements.
883
Rate-dependent plasticity
in Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPE4R CPS4R C3D8R
Features tested
Mises plasticity, rate dependence.
Problem description
This problem is a one-element verification problem for Mises plasticity with rate dependence. Three different
element types are tested by stretching the element in the global y-direction. Figure 1 shows the eight elements
used in the analysis. The 8-node brick element (C3D8R) appears twice. The plane stress instance has no boundary
conditions applied to the out-of-plane direction, and the element should respond in a state of plane stress, except
for some dynamic oscillations. The plane strain instance has zero displacement boundary conditions applied to
all out-of-plane displacements, and the element should respond in a state of plane strain.
The bottom and top nodes of each element are given equal and opposite prescribed velocities (v, ramping up
from 0 to vmax) in the y-direction. The original length of each side of the elements is L0 = 1. The nominal strain
rate is, therefore, 2v, with its maximum value being 2vmax. The plasticity model in elements 1 through 4 in Figure
1 has no rate dependence. The plasticity model in elements 5 through 8 is rate dependent.
This analysis is run with maximum strain rates of 2, 20, and 200 sec−1.
885
Rate-dependent plasticity in Abaqus/Explicit
Input files
ratedep020.inp Strain rate of 20.
ratedep002.inp Strain rate of 2.
ratedep200.inp Strain rate of 200.
ratedep_tabular.inp Overstress power law is entered as a piecewise linear function.
ratedep_tabular_rtol.inp Demonstrates the use of the RTOL parameter on the *MATERIAL
option.
Figures
Rate Dependent
5 6 7 8
Rate Independent
1 2 3 4
886
Rate-dependent plasticity in Abaqus/Explicit
100.
MISES STRESS
PE_7
3D-PE_2
PE_3
3D-PE_6
PE_7 40.
20.
XMIN 1.111E-03
XMAX 1.000E+00
YMIN 1.638E+06
YMAX 1.001E+08 0.
0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5
NOMINAL STRAIN
Figure 3: Mises stress versus nominal strain for plane strain cases.
100.
6 Plane Stress Case
[ x10 ]
3D-PS_1 Strain Rate: 200
PS_4
3D-PS_5 80.
PS_8 20
3D-PS_1
2
PS_4
3D-PS_5 60. 0
MISES STRESS
PS_8
3D-PS_1
PS_4
3D-PS_5
PS_8 40.
20.
XMIN 1.111E-03
XMAX 1.000E+00
YMIN 1.686E+06
YMAX 9.590E+07 0.
0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5
NOMINAL STRAIN
Figure 4: Mises stress versus nominal strain for plane stress cases.
Elements tested
C3D8R
Features tested
Johnson-Cook rate dependence in combination with Mises plasticity and Drucker-Prager plasticity.
Problem description
This problem is a one-element verification problem for Mises plasticity and Drucker-Prager plasticity in
combination with Johnson-Cook strain-rate dependence. The element is subjected to uniaxial loading conditions.
887
Rate-dependent plasticity in Abaqus/Explicit
Input files
jcrateplasticuni.inp Johnson-Cook rate dependence and Mises plasticity.
jcratedpexpuni.inp Johnson-Cook rate dependence and Drucker-Prager plasticity, exponent
form.
jcratedphypuni.inp Johnson-Cook rate dependence and Drucker-Prager plasticity, hyperbolic
form.
jcratedplinuni.inp Johnson-Cook rate dependence and Drucker-Prager plasticity, linear form.
888
Annealing temperature
Annealing temperature
Products: Abaqus/Standard Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8 C3D8R CPS4 T3D2
Problem description
Material:
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E = 200.0E3
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.3
Plasticity
Hardening:
Yield stress Plastic strain Temperature
200. 0.0000 0.0000
220. 0.0009 0.0000
220. 0.0029 0.0000
2. 0.0000 100.00
Annealing temperature
100.00
(The units are not important.)
In all the tests a single element is loaded in the plastic range and then unloaded. The resulting equivalent plastic
strain (and shift tensor for the kinematic models) is then annealed by raising the temperature to the annealing
temperature. Subsequently, the temperature is decreased below the annealing temperature, and the element is
loaded again into the plastic range.
Input files
889
Annealing temperature
890
Temperature-dependent
inelastic materials
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
T2D2 T3D2 B21 B31 PIPE21 PIPE31 SAX1 S4R S4RS S4RSW C3D8R CPE4R CPS4R
CAX4R M3D4R
Features tested
Temperature-dependent material properties with predefined field variables are tested for the following inelastic
material models: Mises plasticity, Drucker plasticity, Hill's potential plasticity, crushable foam plasticity with
volumetric hardening, crushable foam plasticity with isotropic hardening, ductile failure plasticity, rate-dependent
Hill's potential plasticity, rate-dependent Mises plasticity, Drucker-Prager/Cap plasticity, and porous metal
plasticity.
Problem description
This verification test consists of a set of single-element models that include combinations of all of the available
element types with all of the available material models. All of the elements are loaded with a tensile load defined
by specifying the vertical velocity at the top nodes of each element with the bottom nodes fixed. The temperature
at all nodes of each element increases from an initial value of 0° to a final value of 100°. The material properties
are defined as a linear function of temperature. For every material model only those element types available for
the model are used. The undeformed meshes are shown in Figure 1, and the material properties are listed in
Table 1.
Figure 2 shows the history plot of Mises stress for the Mises plasticity model for all elements, except for pipe
elements, which are consistent with beams. We can see the material softening because the yield stress drops as
the temperature increases. Figure 3 through Figure 11 show the history plots of Mises stress for the other material
models.
This problem tests the features listed but does not provide independent verification of them.
Input files
891
Temperature-dependent inelastic materials
Tables
ν 0.3 0.3
σ0 206893 186893
H 206893 186893
ν 0.3 0.3
σ0 40000 36000
H 40000 39000
40 39
β
K 1.0 0.9
ψ 20.0 19.0
ν 0.3 0.31
6
σ0 1.0 × 10 9.0 × 105
Crushable foam with volumetric hardening (density=500) E 3.0 × 106 2.0 × 106
ν 0.0 0.0
k 1.1 0.9
0.1 0.1
kt
Crushable foam with isotropic hardening (density=500) E 3.0 × 106 2.0 × 106
ν 0.0 0.0
k 1.1 0.9
νp 0.2983 0.10
ν 0.3 0.3
5
σ0 2.0 × 10 1.8 × 105
H −8000 −8000
9
Mises plasticity (density=1500) E 2.0 × 10 1.8 × 109
892
Temperature-dependent inelastic materials
d 100 99
37.67 36.67
β
R 0.1 0.11
pl 0.0 0.0
ϵ vol
α 0.01 0.011
11
Porous metal plasticity E 2.0 × 10 1.8 × 1011
H 0.0 0.0
Figures
porous plasticity
cap plasticity
ratedep Mises
ratedep Hill
ductile failure
crushable foam
Hill’s plasticity
Drucker plasticity
Mises plasticity
893
Temperature-dependent inelastic materials
240.
[ x10 3 ]
T2D2
T3D2 200.
B21
B31
C3D8R
CPE4R 160.
CAX4R
Mises Stress
CPS4R
S4R
120.
S4RS
S4RSW
M3D4R
SAX1 80.
40.
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 1.000E-03
YMIN 0.000E+00
YMAX 2.052E+05 0.
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Time [ x10 -3 ]
M3D4R
SAX1
10.
5.
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 1.000E-03
YMIN 0.000E+00
YMAX 1.988E+04 0.
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Time [ x10 -3 ]
M3D4R
SAX1
0.5
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 1.000E-03
YMIN 0.000E+00
YMAX 1.396E+06 0.0
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Time [ x10 -3 ]
894
Temperature-dependent inelastic materials
5.0
[ x10 3 ]
4.5
C3D8R
CPE4R
CAX4R 4.0
3.5
3.0
Mises Stress
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 1.000E-03 0.5
YMIN 0.000E+00
YMAX 4.880E+03 0.0
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Time [ x10 -3 ]
Figure 5: Mises stress versus time for crushable foam plasticity with volumetric hardening.
5.0
[ x10 3 ]
4.5
C3D8R
CPE4R
CAX4R 4.0
3.5
3.0
Mises Stress
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 1.000E-03 0.5
YMIN 0.000E+00
YMAX 4.880E+03 0.0
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Time [ x10 -3 ]
Figure 6: Mises stress versus time for crushable foam plasticity with isotropic hardening.
200.
[ x10 3 ]
T2D2
T3D2
B21
B31 150.
C3D8R
CPE4R
CAX4R
Mises Stress
CPS4R
S4R
100.
S4RS
S4RSW
M3D4R
SAX1
50.
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 1.000E-03
YMIN 0.000E+00
YMAX 1.964E+05 0.
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Time [ x10 -3 ]
895
Temperature-dependent inelastic materials
2.0
[ x10 6 ]
C3D8R
CPE4R
CAX4R
CPS4R 1.5
S4R
S4RS
S4RSW
Mises Stress
M3D4R
SAX1
1.0
0.5
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 1.000E-03
YMIN 0.000E+00
YMAX 1.933E+06 0.0
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Time [ x10 -3 ]
CPS4R
S4R
120.
S4RS
S4RSW
M3D4R
SAX1 80.
40.
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 1.000E-03
YMIN 0.000E+00
YMAX 2.272E+05 0.
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Time [ x10 -3 ]
C3D8R
CPE4R
CAX4R
60.
Mises Stress
40.
20.
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 1.000E-03
YMIN 0.000E+00
YMAX 7.679E+01 0.
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Time [ x10 -3 ]
896
Temperature-dependent inelastic materials
0.8
[ x10 9 ]
SAX1
C3D8R
CPE4R
CAX4R 0.6
CPS4R
S4R
S4RS
Mises Stress
S4RSW
M3D4R
0.4
0.2
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 1.000E-03
YMIN 0.000E+00
YMAX 7.279E+08 0.0
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Time [ x10 -3 ]
Figure 11: Mises stress versus time for porous metal plasticity.
897
Field-variable-dependent
inelastic materials
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
T2D2 T3D2 B21 B31 PIPE21 PIPE31 SAX1 S4R S4RS S4RSW C3D8R CPE4R CPS4R
CAX4R M3D4R
Features tested
Field-variable-dependent material properties with predefined temperature fields are tested for the following
inelastic material models: Mises plasticity, Drucker plasticity, Hill's potential plasticity, crushable foam plasticity
with volumetric hardening, crushable foam plasticity with isotropic hardening, ductile failure plasticity,
rate-dependent Hill's potential plasticity, rate-dependent Mises plasticity, Drucker-Prager/Cap plasticity, and
porous metal plasticity.
Problem description
This verification test consists of a set of single element models that include combinations of all of the available
element types with all of the available material models. All of the elements are loaded with a tensile load defined
by specifying the vertical velocity at the top nodes of each element with the bottom nodes fixed. One field
variable, which increases from an initial value of 0 to a final value of 100, is defined at all of the nodes. Material
properties are defined as a linear function of the field variable. For every material model only those element
types available for the model are used. The undeformed meshes are shown in Figure 1, and the material properties
are listed in Table 1.
Figure 2 shows the history plot of Mises stress for the Mises plasticity model for all elements, except for pipe
elements, which are consistent with beams. We can see the material softening because the yield stress drops as
the field variable increases. Figure 3 through Figure 11 show the history plots of Mises stress for the other
material models.
Input files
899
Field-variable-dependent inelastic materials
Tables
ν 0.3 0.3
σ0 206893 186893
H 206893 186893
ν 0.3 0.3
σ0 40000 36000
H 40000 39000
40 39
β
K 1.0 0.9
ψ 20.0 19.0
ν 0.3 0.31
6
σ0 1.0 × 10 9.0 × 195
Crushable foam with volumetric hardening (density=500) E 5.0 × 106 3.0 × 106
ν 0.3 0.0
k 0.9 1.3
0.1 0.1
kt
Crushable foam with isotropic hardening (density=500) E 5.0 × 106 3.0 × 106
ν 0.3 0.0
k 0.9 1.3
νp 0.0 0.0
ν 0.3 0.3
5
σ0 2.0 × 10 1.8 × 105
H −8000 −8000
9
Mises plasticity (density=1500) E 2.0 × 10 1.8 × 109
900
Field-variable-dependent inelastic materials
d 100 99
37.67 36.67
β
R 0.1 0.11
pl 0.0 0.0
ϵ vol
α 0.01 0.011
11
Porous metal plasticity E 2.0 × 10 1.8 × 1011
H 0.0 0.0
Figures
porous plasticity
cap plasticity
ratedep Mises
ratedep Hill
ductile failure
crushable foam
Hill’s plasticity
Drucker plasticity
Mises plasticity
901
Field-variable-dependent inelastic materials
240.
[ x10 3 ]
T2D2
T3D2 200.
B21
B31
SAX1
C3D8R 160.
CPE4R
Mises Stress
CPS4R
CAX4R
120.
S4R
S4RS
S4RSW
M3D4R 80.
40.
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 1.000E-03
YMIN 0.000E+00
YMAX 2.052E+05 0.
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Time [ x10 -3 ]
S4RSW
M3D4R
10.
5.
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 1.000E-03
YMIN 0.000E+00
YMAX 1.988E+04 0.
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Time [ x10 -3 ]
S4RSW
M3D4R
0.5
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 1.000E-03
YMIN 0.000E+00
YMAX 1.396E+06 0.0
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Time [ x10 -3 ]
902
Field-variable-dependent inelastic materials
5.0
[ x10 3 ]
4.5
C3D8R
CPE4R
CAX4R 4.0
3.5
3.0
Mises Stress
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 1.000E-03 0.5
YMIN 0.000E+00
YMAX 4.880E+03 0.0
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Time [ x10 -3 ]
Figure 5: Mises stress versus time for crushable foam plasticity with volumetric hardening.
5.0
[ x10 3 ]
4.5
C3D8R
CPE4R
CAX4R 4.0
3.5
3.0
Mises Stress
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 1.000E-03 0.5
YMIN 0.000E+00
YMAX 4.880E+03 0.0
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Time [ x10 -3 ]
Figure 6: Mises stress versus time for crushable foam plasticity with isotropic hardening.
200.
[ x10 3 ]
T2D2
T3D2
B21
B31 150.
SAX1
C3D8R
CPE4R
Mises Stress
CPS4R
CAX4R
100.
S4R
S4RS
S4RSW
M3D4R
50.
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 1.000E-03
YMIN 0.000E+00
YMAX 1.964E+05 0.
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Time [ x10 -3 ]
903
Field-variable-dependent inelastic materials
2.0
[ x10 6 ]
SAX1
C3D8R
CPE4R
CPS4R 1.5
CAX4R
S4R
S4RS
Mises Stress
S4RSW
M3D4R
1.0
0.5
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 1.000E-03
YMIN 0.000E+00
YMAX 1.933E+06 0.0
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Time [ x10 -3 ]
CPS4R
CAX4R
120.
S4R
S4RS
S4RSW
M3D4R 80.
40.
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 1.000E-03
YMIN 0.000E+00
YMAX 2.272E+05 0.
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Time [ x10 -3 ]
C3D8R
CPE4R
CAX4R
60.
Mises Stress
40.
20.
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 1.000E-03
YMIN 0.000E+00
YMAX 7.679E+01 0.
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Time [ x10 -3 ]
904
Field-variable-dependent inelastic materials
0.8
[ x10 9 ]
SAX1
C3D8R
CPE4R
CPS4R 0.6
CAX4R
S4R
S4RS
Mises Stress
S4RSW
M3D4R
0.4
0.2
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 1.000E-03
YMIN 0.000E+00
YMAX 7.279E+08 0.0
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Time [ x10 -3 ]
Figure 11: Mises stress versus time for porous metal plasticity.
905
Barlat anisotropic plasticity
References:
• Classical metal plasticity
• Nonquadratic yield
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8R
Features tested
Problem description
This verification test contains a set of single-element models subject to uniaxial tension for various off-axis
angles between the material directions and the loading direction. The test is designed to verify the yield stress
ratios and strain ratios (Lankford's r-values) obtained in the simulations against the analytical solutions.
Model Figure 1 shows the elements used in the analysis. All elements are subject to uniaxial tensile loading
in the global x-direction. Each element has a unique material orientation. The material orientation
is assigned such that for the three rows of elements (from bottom to top), the loading direction lies
in the material 1-2 plane, 2-3 plane, 3-1 plane, respectively; and for the seven columns of elements
(from left to right), the off-axis angle of loading is 0°, 15°, 30°, 45°, 60°, 75°, 90°, respectively.
Material
Elastic
Young's modulus, E = 70.0×103
Poisson's ratio, υ = 0.33
Plastic
Hardening:
Yield stress Plastic strain
150. 0.000
265. 0.247
907
Barlat anisotropic plasticity
where σx is the stress in the loading direction that can be obtained as output variable S11 in the global frame and
σ 0 is the reference yield stress that can be obtained as output variable YIELDPOT.
where εy and εz are the plastic strains in the width and thickness directions, respectively, corresponding to output
variables PE22 and PE33 in the global frame.
The results of the yield stress and strain ratios agree well with the analytical solutions for the four materials.
Comparisons of the simulation results and analytical solutions for the material 2090-T3 with loading applied on
three material planes are shown in Figure 5, Figure 6, and Figure 7.
The yield stress ratio and strain ratio of the Mises plasticity are always one. The models with equivalent definitions
of the Mises yield surface also match the analytical solutions.
Input files
barlat_c3d8r_2090t3.inp Analysis using the Barlat Yld2004-18p yield surface for the material
2090-T3.
barlat_c3d8r_6111t4.inp Analysis using the Barlat Yld2004-18p yield surface for the material
6111-T4.
barlat_c3d8r_mises.inp Analysis using the Barlat Yld2004-18p yield surface with an equivalent
definition of the Mises yield surface.
barlat91_c3d8r_2024t3.inp Analysis using the Barlat Yld91 yield surface for the material 2024-T3.
barlat91_c3d8r_2008t4.inp Analysis using the Barlat Yld91 yield surface for the material 2008-T4.
barlat91_c3d8r_mises.inp Analysis using the Barlat Yld91 yield surface with an equivalent
definition of the Mises yield surface.
References
• Barlat, F., H. Aretz, J. W. Yoon, M. E. Karabin, J. C. Brem, and R. E. Dick, “Linear Transformation-based
Anisotropic Yield Functions,” International Journal of Plasticity, vol. 21, pp. 1009–1039, 2005.
• Barlat, F., D. J. Lege, and J. C. Brem, “A Six-Component Yield Function for Anisotropic Materials,”
International Journal of Plasticity, vol. 7, pp. 693–712, 1991.
908
Barlat anisotropic plasticity
Tables
Table 1: Anisotropic coefficients of the Barlat Yld2004-18p yield surface for material 6111-T4
and 2090-T3 (Barlat et al., 2005).
α a 8.0 8.0
′ ′ -0.069888 1.078271
c1122 c12
′ ′ 0.936408 1.078271
c1133 c13
′ ′ 0.079143 1.216463
c2211 c21
′ ′ 1.003060 1.223867
c2233 c23
′ ′ 0.524741 1.093105
c3311 c31
′ ′ 1.363180 0.889161
c3322 c32
′ 1 ′
0.477161 0.674547
c1212 c
2 66
′ 0.534530 0.278587
c1313 1 ′
c
2 55
′ 1 ′
0.511885 0.250955
c2323 c
2 44
" 1 "
0.702310 0.294894
c1212 c
2 66
" 1 "
0.525830 0.557917
c2323 c
2 44
Table 2: Anisotropic coefficients of the Barlat Yld91 yield surface for material 2008-T4 and
2024-T3 (Barlat et al., 1991).
α 8.0 11.0
a 1.378 1.222
909
Barlat anisotropic plasticity
b 1.044 1.013
c 0.955 0.985
1.0 1.0
f
g 1.0 1.0
h 1.210 1.0
Figures
1−axis
2−axis
3−axis
Z X
910
Barlat anisotropic plasticity
1.5
1.0
σ12 /σY =0.00
σ12 /σY =0.05
0.5
σ12 /σY =0.10
σ22 /σY
1.5
1.0
-1.5
-1.5 -1.0 -0.5 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5
σ22 /σY
Figure 3: Yield surface of material 2090-T3 with an assumption of plane stress in the material
2–3 plane.
911
Barlat anisotropic plasticity
1.5
1.0
σ21 /σY =0.00
σ21 /σY =0.05
0.5
σ21 /σY =0.10
σ11 /σY
Figure 5:Yield stress ratios and strain ratios (r-values) of off-axis uniaxial loading in the material
1–2 plane for material 2090-T3.
1.05 1.8
Stress ratio (analytical)
Stress ratio (simulation)
1.6 r-value (analytical)
1 r-value (simulation)
1.4
0.95 1.2
Yield stress ratio
r value
1
0.9
0.8
0.85 0.6
0.4
0.8
0.2
0.75 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Tensile direction
912
Barlat anisotropic plasticity
1.05 1.5
Stress ratio (analytical)
Stress ratio (simulation)
1.4
r-value (analytical)
1 1.3 r-value (simulation)
1.2
Yield stress ratio
0.95 1.1
r value
1
0.9 0.9
0.8
0.85 0.7
0.6
0.8 0.5
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Tensile direction
Figure 6:Yield stress ratios and strain ratios (r-values) of off-axis uniaxial loading in the material
2–3 plane for material 2090-T3.
913
Barlat anisotropic plasticity
1.04 4.5
Stress ratio (analytical)
Stress ratio (simulation)
1.02 r-value (analytical)
4
r-value (simulation)
1
3.5
0.98
Yield stress ratio
r value
0.96
0.94 2.5
0.92
2
0.9
1.5
0.88
0.86 1
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Tensile direction
Figure 7:Yield stress ratios and strain ratios (r-values) of off-axis uniaxial loading in the material
3–1 plane for material 2090-T3.
914
Johnson-Cook plasticity
Johnson-Cook plasticity
Products: Abaqus/Standard Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
T2D2 T3D2 B21 B31 SAX1 C3D8R CPE4R CPS4R CAX4R S4R S4RS S4RSW M3D4R
Features tested
Problem description
This verification problem tests single-element models that are run under simple loading conditions (uniaxial
tension, uniaxial compression, and simple shear). The purpose of this example is to test the Johnson-Cook
plasticity model by comparing it to the Mises plasticity model with equivalent plastic hardening. Figure 1 shows
the 26 elements used in the analysis in their original shapes. The elements in the top row are modeled using the
Johnson-Cook material model; the elements in the bottom row are modeled using the Mises plasticity model
with an equivalent hardening curve. The elastic material properties are Young's modulus = 124 GPa and Poisson's
ratio = 0.34. The plastic hardening is chosen to be
0.31
σ = 90 + 292(ε pl ) ,
where σ is the yield stress (unit in MPa) and ε pl is the equivalent plastic strain. The material properties are those
of OFHC copper as reported by Johnson and Cook (1985). A plot of σ versus ε pl is shown in Figure 2.
Results obtained by using the Johnson-Cook material model are smoother than corresponding results obtained
by using the Mises plasticity model. The Johnson-Cook model has an analytical expression for the nonlinear
hardening curve; whereas the hardening curve for Mises plasticity model is linear between input data points, as
shown in Figure 2. Figure 3 shows the comparison of the stress-strain responses obtained with the Johnson-Cook
and the Mises plasticity models using the C3D8R element under uniaxial tension; Figure 4 shows the comparison
of the stress-strain responses obtained with the Johnson-Cook and the Mises plasticity models using the CPE4R
element under uniaxial compression; Figure 5 shows the comparison of the stress-strain responses obtained with
the Johnson-Cook and the Mises plasticity models using the CPE4R element under simple shear.
Input files
915
Johnson-Cook plasticity
References
• Johnson, G. R., and W. H. Cook, “Fracture Characteristics of Three Metals Subjected to Various Strains,
Strain rates, Temperatures and Pressures,” Engineering Fracture Mechanics, vol. 21, no. 1, pp. 31–48, 1985.
Figures
Johnson-Cook
Mises plasticity
3 1
[x1.E9]
0.25
0.20
Yield Stress
0.15
0.10
0.05
Mises
Johnson−Cook
0.00
0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20
Equivalent Plastic Strain
916
Johnson-Cook plasticity
[x1.E9]
0.25
0.20
Stress (MISES)
0.15
0.10
0.05 Mises
Johnson−Cook
0.00
0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10
Strain (LE22)
[x1.E9]
0.25
0.20
Stress (MISES)
0.15
0.10
0.05 Mises
Johnson−Cook
0.00
0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10
Strain (−LE22)
917
Johnson-Cook plasticity
[x1.E9]
0.25
0.20
Stress (MISES)
0.15
0.10
0.05 Mises
Johnson−Cook
0.00
0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10
Strain (LE12)
918
Porous metal plasticity
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8R CPE4R CPS4R
Features tested
Problem description
This problem contains 16 one-element verification problems that are all run in one input file. The purpose of
this example is to test the porous plasticity model. Three different element types are tested (C3D8R, CPE4R,
CPS4R). Figure 1 shows the 16 elements used in the analysis in their original and deformed shapes. The dashed
lines represent the original mesh. The 8-node brick element (C3D8R) appears twice in each row: in one case
boundary conditions are applied to constrain the out-of-plane displacement so that the C3D8R element simulates
plane strain conditions, and in the second case no out-of-plane displacement boundary conditions are specified
so that the C3D8R element simulates plane stress conditions. The original length of each side of the elements
is 1.
This example problem is designed to test the following features:
• plane strain, plane stress, and three-dimensional cases
• tension, compression, and simple shear deformations
• void nucleation and void growth
919
Porous metal plasticity
The results obtained from the plane strain and plane stress elements in all the tests are identical to the corresponding
results obtained from the three-dimensional elements where plane strain and plane stress boundary conditions
are applied. The names of the individual curves that appear in the graph legend are a concatenation of the output
variable names, an underscore (_), and a number. The number refers to the element number. For example,
PEEQ–Q_1 refers to the Mises stress versus equivalent plastic strain curve for element 1.
Figure 2 shows the variation of the volume fraction of voids as a function of time. The figure indicates that the
void volume fraction remains constant during pure shear (line 1). In the compression test the void volume fraction
reduces as the pressure increases (lines 2 and 3). Once the voids are fully closed, the material becomes almost
incompressible. In the multiaxial and uniaxial tension tests the voids grow (lines 4 through 7) and new voids
may nucleate (lines 6 and 7) for the material where void nucleation is specified.
Figure 3 and Figure 4 show the variation of Mises stress with pressure stress and the variation of Mises stress
with equivalent plastic strain. The evolution of the stress path of a material point is depicted through these figures.
The influence of void closure and void growth on the pressure stress is shown in Figure 5. The figure contains
the results obtained from the plane strain biaxial compression (line 1) and tension (line 2) tests. In the compression
test the response is elastic, followed by plastic hardening until voids are closed, which is finally followed by
incompressible behavior. In tension elastic behavior is followed by softening as voids grow.
The results that are obtained with Abaqus/Explicit are the same as those obtained in Abaqus/Standard.
Input files
Figures
C3D8R(PE) C3D8R(PS) CPE4R CPS4R
13 14 15 16
9 10 11 12
5 6 7 8
2
1 2 3 4
3 1
(d) Shear
920
Porous metal plasticity
1 1
VVF_1
2 2
VVF_5
3 3
VVF_6 4
4 4
VVF_9 0.10
5 5
VVF_10
6 6
VVF_13
7 7
VVF_14
Volume Fraction
4
5
4
5 5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7 1
6
7
3 1
7
6 1
7
6
0.05 2 3
3
XMIN 5.000E-02
XMAX 1.000E+00
YMIN 0.000E+00
2
YMAX 1.338E-01 0.00
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Time
1.0 76
76 1
1
6 3
5 7
5
1 1
P-Q_1 1
2 2
P-Q_5
3 3
P-Q_6 0.8
4 4
P-Q_9
5 5
P-Q_10
6 6
P-Q_13
7 7
P-Q_14
Mises Stress
0.6
2
4
0.4 2
2
44
0.2
XMIN -1.889E+00
XMAX 1.282E+01
57
63
YMIN 2.498E-02 412
YMAX 1.024E+00 0.0
0. 4. 8. 12.
Pressure Stress
1.0 7
6
1 71
6
63
7 5 53 3
5
1 1
PEEQ-Q_1 1
2 2
PEEQ-Q_5
3 3
PEEQ-Q_6 0.8
4 4
PEEQ-Q_9
5 5
PEEQ-Q_10
6 6
PEEQ-Q_13
7 7
PEEQ-Q_14
Mises Stress
0.6
2
4
0.4 2
2
4 4
0.2
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 1.683E-01
3
5
7
6
YMIN 2.498E-02 2
4
1
YMAX 1.024E+00 0.0
0.00 0.04 0.08 0.12 0.16
Equivalent Plastic Strain
921
Porous metal plasticity
12.
1 1
EVOL-P_5
2 2
EVOL-P_9
8.
Pressure Stress
4. 1
1
1
12
XMIN -1.026E-01 0.
XMAX 9.758E-02
YMIN -1.889E+00 2
2
YMAX 1.282E+01 2
-0.10 -0.05 0.00 0.05 0.10
Volumetric Strain
922
Drucker-Prager plasticity
Drucker-Prager plasticity
Products: Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8R CPE4R CPS4R
Features tested
Problem description
This problem contains 16 one-element verification problems that are all run in one input file. The problem
exercises the extended Drucker-Prager plasticity material model using associated and nonassociated flow rules.
Three different element types are tested (C3D8R, CPE4R, CPS4R). Figure 1 shows the 16 elements used in the
analysis in their original and deformed shapes. The dashed lines illustrate the original mesh. The 8-node brick
element (C3D8R) appears twice in each row: in one case boundary conditions are applied to constrain the
out-of-plane displacement so that the C3D8R element generates plane strain results, in the second case no
out-of-plane displacement boundary conditions are specified so that the C3D8R element generates plane stress
results. The original length of each side of the elements is L0 = 1.
This example problem is designed to test the following features:
• plane strain, plane stress, and three-dimensional cases
• compression and simple shear deformations
• associated and nonassociated flow
• third invariant dependence (the value of K)
923
Drucker-Prager plasticity
The plastic stress-strain relationship is defined using the extended Drucker-Prager plasticity model with hardening.
Perfect plasticity is assumed, with the yield stress in uniaxial compression σ0 = 40 × 103. The elastic properties
are E = 20 × 106, ν = 0.3. Material densities are 1000.
Figure 2 shows the plot of Mises stresses versus pressure in the plane strain cases (elements C3D8 and CPE4R)
with an associated flow rule. This demonstrates the pressure-dependent nature of the material. In the case of K =
1.0, the slope of the curve corresponds to the tangent of 40°.
Figure 3 shows the plot of Mises stresses against pressure in the plane stress cases (elements C3D8 and CPS4R)
with an associated flow rule.
Figure 4 shows the plot of Mises stresses versus pressure in the plane strain cases (elements C3D8 and CPE4R)
with a nonassociated flow rule. In the case of K = 1.0, the slope of the curve corresponds to the tangent of 40°.
Figure 5 shows the plot of Mises stresses against pressure in the plane stress cases (elements C3D8 and CPS4R)
with a nonassociated flow rule.
When K is less than 1.0, the slope of the Mises stress versus pressure curve will be less than or equal to the
frictional angle. This depends on the plastic strain path in the noncircular deviatoric space.
Figure 6 contains eight curves of the time history response of equivalent plastic strain for the eight elements
that have a value of K = 0.8. Figure 7 contains eight history curves of equivalent plastic strain for the eight
elements that have a value of K = 1.0. Only four curves are visible in Figure 6 and Figure 7 because the
three-dimensional results for the C3D8R elements reproduce the plane strain and plane stress results. As discussed
above, boundary conditions were applied to the C3D8R elements to achieve this correspondence. This serves
as a check that both the two- and three-dimensional material models achieve the same results.
The results that are obtained with Abaqus/Explicit are the same as those obtained with Abaqus/Standard.
Input files
924
Drucker-Prager plasticity
Figures
(a) Associated flow with beta = 40, psi = 40 and K = 0.8
3 1
[ x10 3 ]
3d plane strain
beta = 40, psi=40
plane strain 70.
3d plane strain
plane strain
60. K =1.0
mises stress
50.
40.
K =0.8
Figure 2: Yield surface in the meridional plane: associated flow, plane strain cases.
925
Drucker-Prager plasticity
50.
[ x10 3 ]
3d plane stress
beta = 40, psi=40
plane stress
3d plane stress
plane stress 45.
K=1.0
mises stress
K=0.8
40.
35.
XMIN 6.622E+03
XMAX 2.126E+04
plane stress
YMIN 3.172E+04
YMAX 4.665E+04 30.
5. 10. 15. 20. 25.
pressure 3
[ x10 ]
Figure 3: Yield surface in the meridional plane: associated flow, plane stress cases.
0.6
6
[ x10 ]
3d plane strain
beta = 40, psi=20
plane strain 0.5
3d plane strain
plane strain
0.4
K=1.0
K=0.8
mises stress
0.3
0.2
0.1
XMIN 2.249E+04
XMAX 6.972E+05
plane strain
YMIN 4.690E+04
YMAX 5.593E+05 0.0
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8
pressure [ x10 6 ]
Figure 4: Yield surface in the meridional plane: nonassociated flow, plane strain cases.
926
Drucker-Prager plasticity
36.
[ x10 3 ]
3d plane stress
beta = 40, psi=20
plane stress 35.
3d plane stress
plane stress
34.
mises stress
33. K=0.8
32.
K=1.0
plane stress
31.
XMIN 3.326E+03
XMAX 1.118E+04
YMIN 3.160E+04
YMAX 3.519E+04 30.
2. 4. 6. 8. 10. 12.
pressure 3
[ x10 ]
Figure 5: Yield surface in the meridional plane: nonassociated flow, plane stress cases.
0.15
peeq1
peeq2
Equivalent plastic strain
peeq3
peeq4
peeq5
peeq6 0.10 K=0.8
peeq7
plastic strain
peeq8
0.05
XMIN 2.500E-02
XMAX 5.000E-01
YMIN 1.367E-03
YMAX 1.306E-01 0.00
0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5
time
927
Drucker-Prager plasticity
0.15
peeq1
peeq2
Equivalent plastic strain
peeq3
peeq4
peeq5
peeq6 0.10 K=1.0
peeq7
plastic strain
peeq8
0.05
XMIN 2.500E-02
XMAX 5.000E-01
YMIN 6.598E-04
YMAX 1.386E-01 0.00
0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5
time
928
Drucker-Prager/Cap
plasticity model
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8R CPE4R
Features tested
Problem description
This problem contains 12 one-element verification problems that are all run in one input file. The problem
exercises the Drucker-Prager/Cap plasticity material model. Two different element types are tested (C3D8R,
CPE4R). Figure 1 shows the 12 elements used in the analysis in their original and deformed shapes. The dashed
lines represent the original mesh. The 8-node brick element (C3D8R) appears twice in each row: in the second
column boundary conditions are applied to constrain the out-of-plane displacement so that the C3D8R element
generates plane strain results. No out-of-plane boundary conditions are used for element 1 and element 10 in the
first column. For elements 4 and 7 in column one the out-of-plane boundary conditions correspond to hydrostatic
tension and compression, respectively. The original length of each side of the elements is L0 = 1.
This example problem is designed to test the following features:
• plane strain and three-dimensional cases
• tension, compression, and simple shear deformations
929
Drucker-Prager/Cap plasticity model
The results obtained from the plane strain elements in all the tests are identical to the corresponding results
obtained from the three-dimensional elements where plane strain boundary conditions are applied. The names
of the individual curves that appear in the graph legend are a concatenation of the output variable names, an
underscore (_), and a number. The number refers to the element number. For example, P-Q_3 refers to the Mises
stress versus equivalent pressure stress curve for element 3.
Figure 2 through Figure 5 show the response of the Drucker-Prager/Cap model. The figures show the two main
purposes of the cap surface. Firstly, it bounds the yield surface in hydrostatic compression, thus providing an
inelastic hardening mechanism to represent plastic compaction. This behavior is shown in Figure 3 and Figure
5 for element 7. The figures show that the pressure stress increases with volume strain according to the cap
hardening curve. Once the pressure exceeds the maximum pressure specified on the hardening curve, the response
is incompressible. Secondly, the cap surface helps control volume dilatancy by providing softening as a function
of the inelastic volume increase created as the material yields on the Drucker-Prager shear failure and transition
yield surfaces. This behavior is shown in Figure 2 and Figure 5 for element 3. The figures show that during
elastic behavior the Mises stress, q, increases at zero pressure stress, p, until first yield. Once the yield surface
is reached, inelastic shear deformation occurs, which is accompanied by dilatancy. Since the element is confined
(vertical deformation is constrained and plane strain conditions are assumed in the out-of-plane direction), the
dilatancy gives rise to an increase in pressure stress. Continuing shearing causes the stress point (p, q) to remain
on the yield surface, but to move away from the origin (Figure 2). This dilatant behavior also causes the cap
surface to move towards the origin (Figure 5). Once the stress point meets the cap or transition yield surface,
inelastic volume dilatancy ceases and further shearing causes no further increases in Mises or pressure stress.
In hydrostatic tension (element 4) the material loses strength at a pressure stress of p = d / tan β = 26.0 (Figure
4). In uniaxial compression (element 10) the stress state, (p, q), satisfies the relation q = 3p. Since the material is
unconstrained, inelastic volume dilatancy does not give rise to an increase in pressure stress (Figure 2), but it
causes the cap surface to move towards the origin (Figure 5).
This problem tests the Drucker-Prager/Cap plasticity model, but does not provide independent verification of
it.
Input files
930
Drucker-Prager/Cap plasticity model
Figures
C3D8R(PS) C3D8R(PE) CPE4R
10 11 12
7 8 9
4 5 6
1 2 3
3 1
(d) Shear
P-Q_3
24.
P-Q_10
20.
Mises Stress
16.
12.
8.
4.
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 3.123E+01
YMIN 7.501E-01
YMAX 2.796E+01 0.
0. 10. 20. 30. 40.
Pressure Stress
931
Drucker-Prager/Cap plasticity model
0.8
[ x10 3 ]
EVOL-P_7
0.6
Pressure Stress
0.4
0.2
XMIN 5.000E-04
XMAX 2.949E-03
YMIN 1.875E+00
YMAX 6.927E+02 0.0
0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0
Volume Strain -3
[ x10 ]
P_4
-4.
-8.
Pressure Stress
-12.
-16.
-20.
-24.
XMIN 5.000E-02
XMAX 1.000E+00
YMIN -2.598E+01
YMAX -1.875E+00 -28.
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Time
932
Drucker-Prager/Cap plasticity model
0.8
[ x10 3 ]
PEEQ_3
PEEQ_4
PEEQ_7
PEEQ_10 0.6
Cap Position
0.4
0.2
XMIN 5.000E-02
XMAX 1.000E+00
YMIN 2.150E+00
YMAX 6.932E+02 0.0
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Time
933
Equation of state material
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8R CPE4R
Features tested
Problem description
This verification test consists of a list of single-element models that use either C3D8R or CPE4R elements and
are run under simple loading conditions (uniaxial tension, uniaxial compression, and simple shear). The purpose
of this example is to test the equation of state material model and its combination with the Mises and Johnson-Cook
plasticity models. Two parallel sets of models are studied. The first set uses the linear elastic, linear elastic with
Mises plastic, and linear elastic with Johnson-Cook plastic materials. The second set uses the linear Us − Up type
of EOS, linear Us − Up type of EOS with Mises plastic, and linear Us − Up type of EOS with Johnson-Cook plastic
materials.
For linear elasticity the volumetric response is defined by
p = K εvol ,
where K is the bulk modulus of the material. The linear Us − Up Hugoniot form is
p=
ρ0 c02 η
(1 − sη)
2 (1 − ) + Γ ρ E ,
Γ0η
2 0 0 m
where η = 1 − ρ0 / ρ is the same as the nominal volumetric strain measure, εvol. Thus, setting the parameters s =
0.0 and Γ0 = 0.0 gives the simple hydrostatic bulk response, which is identical to the elastic volumetric response.
The elastic deviatoric response of the material is defined by the shear modulus.
The elastic material properties are Young's modulus = 207 GPa and Poisson's ratio = 0.29. The initial material
density, ρ0, is 7890 kg/m3. The equivalent properties for the linear Us − Up type of equation of state material model
are c0 = 4563.115 m/s and shear modulus = 80.233 GPa. For models in which plasticity (including both Mises
and Johnson-Cook plasticity models) is used, the plastic hardening is chosen to be
0.32
σ = 175 + 380(ε pl ) ,
where σ is the yield stress (in units of MPa) and ε pl is the equivalent plastic strain.
935
Equation of state material
Input files
eosshrela.inp Uniaxial tension test.
eosshrela_pre.inp Uniaxial compression test.
eosshrela_shr.inp Simple shear test.
eosshrelainit_shr.inp Simple shear test with nonzero initial conditions for ε pl.
Figures
0.000
[ x10 6 ]
ela+jcp
eos+jcp
-30.000
PRESS
-60.000
-90.000
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 1.000E+00
YMIN -1.177E+08
YMAX 0.000E+00 -120.000
0.000 0.050 0.100 0.150 0.200
TOTAL TIME (C3D8R element)
Figure 1: Pressure stress in uniaxial tension: elastic response versus linear Us − Up type of
equation of state response.
936
Equation of state material
350.000
[ x10 6 ]
ela+jcp
eos+jcp
280.000
210.000
MISES
140.000
70.000
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 1.000E+00
YMIN 0.000E+00
YMAX 3.531E+08 0.000
0.000 0.050 0.100 0.150 0.200
TOTAL TIME (C3D8R element)
Figure 2: Mises stress in uniaxial tension: elastic response versus linear Us − Up type of equation
of state response.
120.000
[ x10 6 ]
ela+jcp
eos+jcp
90.000
PRESS
60.000
30.000
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 1.000E+00
YMIN 0.000E+00
YMAX 1.197E+08 0.000
0.000 0.050 0.100 0.150 0.200
TOTAL TIME (C3D8R element)
Figure 3: Pressure stress in uniaxial compression: elastic response versus linear Us − Up type
of equation of state response.
937
Equation of state material
350.000
[ x10 6 ]
ela+jcp
eos+jcp
280.000
210.000
MISES
140.000
70.000
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 1.000E+00
YMIN 0.000E+00
YMAX 3.590E+08 0.000
0.000 0.050 0.100 0.150 0.200
TOTAL TIME (C3D8R element)
Figure 4: Mises stress in uniaxial compression: elastic response versus linear Us − Up type of
equation of state response.
Elements tested
C3D8R CPE4R
Features tested
Tabulated equation of state (EOS) material model with plasticity.
Problem description
This verification test consists of single-element models that use either C3D8R or CPE4R elements and are run
under simple loading conditions (uniaxial tension, uniaxial compression, and simple shear). The purpose of this
example is to test the tabulated EOS material model and its combination with the Mises and Johnson-Cook
plasticity models. Two parallel sets of models are studied. The first set uses the linear elasticity, linear elasticity
with Mises plasticity, and linear elasticity with Johnson-Cook plasticity materials. The second set uses the
tabulated EOS, tabulated EOS with Mises plasticity, and tabulated EOS with Johnson-Cook plasticity materials.
For linear elasticity the volumetric response is defined by
p = −K εvol ,
where K is the bulk modulus of the material. The tabulated EOS is linear in energy and assumes the form
p = f1 (εvol ) + ρ0 f2 (εvol )Em,
where f1 (εvol ) and f2 (εvol ) are functions of the logarithmic volumetric strain εvol only, with εvol = ln(ρ0 / ρ), and ρ0 is
the reference density. Thus, setting the functions f1 (εvol ) = −K εvol and f2 (εvol ) = 0.0 gives the simple hydrostatic
bulk response, which is identical to the elastic volumetric response. The elastic deviatoric response of the material
is defined by the shear modulus.
The elastic material properties are Young's modulus = 207 GPa and Poisson's ratio = 0.29. The initial material
density, ρ0, is 7890 kg/m3. The properties for the tabular EOS material model are computed using K = 164.286
GPa and shear modulus = 80.233 GPa. For models in which plasticity (including both Mises and Johnson-Cook
plasticity models) is used, the plastic hardening is chosen to be
938
Equation of state material
0.32
σ = 175 + 380(ε pl ) ,
where σ is the yield stress (in units of MPa) and ε pl is the equivalent plastic strain.
Input files
eostabshrela.inp Uniaxial tension test.
eostabshrela_pre.inp Uniaxial compression test.
eostabshrela_shr.inp Simple shear test.
eostabshrelainit_shr.inp Simple shear test with nonzero initial conditions for ε pl.
P– equation of state
Elements tested
C3D8R CPE4R
Features tested
Problem description
This verification test consists of single-element models that use either C3D8R or CPE4R elements and are run
under simple loading conditions (uniaxial, hydrostatic, and simple shear). The purpose of this example is to test
the P − α equation of state material model and its combination with different models for the deviatoric behavior:
linear elastic, Newtonian viscous shear, and Mises and Johnson-Cook plasticity; as well as itscombination with
different models for the hydrodynamic response of the solid phase: Mie-Grüneisen and tabulated equations of
state.
The material properties used for the tests are representative of partially saturated sand. They are summarized
below:
Material:
Solid phase
The solid phase is described by a Mie-Grüneisen equation of state:
1480 m/sec
Cs
s 1.93
0.880
Γ0
For models using the tabulated equation of state, the functions f1 (εvol ) and f2 (εvol ) are defined such as to
provide similar hydrodynamic behavior as the above Mie-Grüneisen equation of estate.
939
Equation of state material
Compaction properties
600 m/sec
Ce
n 0 (α 0 ) 0.049758 (1.052364)
pe 0.0 MPa
pS 6.5 MPa
Plasticity
For models with plastic shear behavior (either Mises or Johnson-Cook plasticity), the plastic hardening
is chosen to be
0.32
σ = 1.97 + 4.28(ε pl ) ,
where σ is the yield stress (in units of MPa) and ε pl is the equivalent plastic strain. The plasticity models
are used in combination with linear elastic shear behavior.
Input files
eospalpha_uni.inp Uniaxial test.
eospalpha_vol.inp Cyclic hydrostatic test.
eospalpha_shr.inp Simple shear test.
eospalphainit_shr.inp Simple shear test with nonzero initial conditions for ε pl.
940
Equation of state material
Figures
1.05
1.04
1.03
ALPHA
1.02
1.01
1.00
0.00 2.00 4.00 6.00 [ x106 ]
PRESSURE (Pa)
Figure 5: P − α elastic and plastic curves during the cyclic volumetric test.
Elements tested
C3D8R CPE4R
Features tested
Viscosity models for equation of state materials with viscous shear behavior.
Problem description
This verification test consists of single-element models that use either C3D8R or CPE4R elements and are run
under simple shear loading conditions. The purpose of this example is to test the different viscosity models for
both Newtonian and non-Newtonian fluids. The hydrodynamic response of the material is described by the
Mie-Grüneisen equation of state in all cases. Some tests include thermorheologically simple temperature-dependent
viscosity using the Arrhenius form.
The material properties used for the tests are summarized below:
Material:
Hydrodynamic properties
The hydrodynamic response described by a Mie-Grüneisen equation of state:
1480 m/sec
Cs
s 1.93
0.880
Γ0
941
Equation of state material
Viscous properties
The properties for each of the tested viscosity models are given below:
Mat1:
Newtonian viscosity:
η 1 MPa sec
Mat2:
Power Law viscosity:
n 0.392
Mat3:
Carreau-Yasuda viscosity:
η0 1 MPa sec
λ 0.11 sec
n 0.392
a 0.644
Mat4:
Cross viscosity:
η0 1 MPa sec
λ 0.11 sec
n 0.392
Mat5:
Herschel-Bulkley viscosity:
η0 1 MPa sec
τ0 3.59 MPa
942
Equation of state material
n 0.392
Mat6:
Ellis-Meter viscosity:
η0 1 MPa sec
n 0.392
Mat7:
Powell-Eyring viscosity:
η0 1 MPa sec
λ 0.11 sec
Mat8:
Tabular viscosity:
943
Equation of state material
Mat9:
User-defined Cross viscosity. The viscosity is expressed as
η0
η= 1− n ,
1 + (λγ˙)
η0 1 MPa sec
λ 0.11 sec
n 0.392
TRS properties
Arrhenius form:
109100 joule/mole
E0
308 kelvin
θ0
0 kelvin
θZ
R 8.31434 joule/(mole kelvin)
Input files
eosshrvisc.inp Simple shear test.
eosshrvisctrs.inp Material with Arrhenius TRS properties. Simple shear test.
eosshrvisc.f User subroutine VUVISCOSITY for the user-defined Cross viscosity model
used in eosshrvisc.inp and eosshrvisctrs.inp.
Elements tested
C3D8R CPE4R CAX4R
Features tested
Equation of state (EOS) material model with pressure-dependent (Drucker-Prager) shear plasticity.
Problem description
This verification test consists of single-element models that use either C3D8R, CPE4R, or CAX4R elements
and are run under simple loading conditions (uniaxial tension, uniaxial compression, and simple shear). The
purpose of this example is to test the combination of EOS models for the volumetric response of the material
with the extended Drucker-Prager pressure-dependent plasticity models for the shear response. Some of the
models also include Johnson-Cook strain-rate dependence in the plasticity definition.
944
Equation of state material
Input files
eosjcratedpexpuni3d.inp Uniaxial tension test, Johnson-Cook strain-rate dependence, Drucker-Prager
plasticity with exponent form shear criterion, C3D8R element.
eosjcratedpexpunicpe.inp Uniaxial tension test, Johnson-Cook strain-rate dependence, Drucker-Prager
plasticity with exponent form shear criterion, CPE4R element.
eosjcratedpexpuniaxi.inp Uniaxial tension test, Johnson-Cook strain-rate dependence, Drucker-Prager
plasticity with exponent form shear criterion, CAX4R element.
eosjcratedphypuni3d.inp Uniaxial tension test, Johnson-Cook strain-rate dependence, Drucker-Prager
plasticity with hyperbolic shear criterion, C3D8R element.
eosjcratedphypunicpe.inp Uniaxial tension test, Johnson-Cook strain-rate dependence, Drucker-Prager
plasticity with hyperbolic shear criterion, CPE4R element.
eosjcratedphypuniaxi.inp Uniaxial tension test, Johnson-Cook strain-rate dependence, Drucker-Prager
plasticity with hyperbolic shear criterion, CAX4R element.
eosdruckerprager.inp Uniaxial tension test, C3D8R and CPE4R elements.
eosdruckerprager_pre.inp Uniaxial compression test, C3D8R and CPE4R elements.
eosdruckerprager_shr.inp Simple shear test, C3D8R and CPE4R elements.
Elements tested
C3D8R CPE4R
Features tested
User-defined equation of state (EOS) material model with plasticity.
Problem description
This verification test consists of single-element models that use either C3D8R or CPE4R elements and are run
under simple loading conditions (uniaxial tension, uniaxial compression, and simple shear). The purpose of this
example is to test the user-defined EOS material model (user subroutine VUEOS) and its combination with the
Mises and Johnson-Cook plasticity models. Two parallel sets of models are studied. The first set uses the linear
elasticity, linear elasticity with Mises plasticity, and linear elasticity with Johnson-Cook plasticity materials.
The second set uses the user-defined EOS, user-defined EOS with Mises plasticity, and user-defined EOS with
Johnson-Cook plasticity materials.
For linear elasticity the volumetric response is defined by
p = −K εvol ,
where K is the bulk modulus of the material. To obtain the same elastic volumetric response with the user-defined
EOS, the pressure update inside user subroutine VUEOS is
p = −K εvol = −K ln(ρ0 / ρ),
where ρ0 is the reference density. The user subroutine needs to return the derivative of pressure with respect to
density, ∂ p / ∂ ρ, which is needed for the the evaluation of the effective moduli of the material that enters the
stable time calculation. User subroutine VUEOS also returns the derivative of pressure with respect to the energy,
945
Equation of state material
∂p / ∂Em, which is usually needed to solve the nonlinear pressure-energy dependency using the Newton method.
In the case considered here, these quantities are
∂p / ∂ρ = K / ρ, ∂p / ∂Em = 0.
The elastic deviatoric response of an equation of state material can be defined by using the *ELASTIC,
TYPE=SHEAR option.
The elastic material properties are Young's modulus = 207 GPa and Poisson's ratio = 0.29. The initial material
density, ρ0, is 7890 kg/m3. The properties for the tabular EOS material model are computed using K = 164.286
GPa and shear modulus = 80.233 GPa. For models in which plasticity is used (including both Mises and
Johnson-Cook plasticity models), the plastic hardening is chosen to be
0.32
σ = 175 + 380(ε pl ) ,
where σ is the yield stress (in units of MPa) and ε pl is the equivalent plastic strain.
Input files
eosusershrela.inp Uniaxial tension test.
eosusershrela_pre.inp Uniaxial compression test.
eosusershrela_shr.inp Simple shear test.
eosusershrelainit_shr.inp Simple shear test with nonzero initial conditions for ε pl.
vueos_tab.f User subroutine VUEOS used in the input files listed above.
946
Progressive damage and
failure of ductile metals
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
T2D2 T3D2 B21 B31 SAX1 C3D8 C3D8R SC8R S4 S4R S4RS CPS4R CPE4R CAX4R
M3D4R M3D4
Features tested
Ductile, shear, and Hosford-Coulomb damage initiation criteria are tested for the following material models:
Mises plasticity; Hill plasticity; Drucker-Prager plasticity; and, in Abaqus/Explicit, equation of state with
Johnson-Cook plasticity. The Johnson-Cook criterion, a special case of the ductile criterion, is also tested with
the following material models: Mises plasticity, Hill plasticity, Johnson-Cook plasticity, Drucker-Prager plasticity,
and equation of state with Mises plasticity. For the ductile and the shear damage initiation criteria, the capability
to specify initial conditions on the damage initiation measures is tested.
Problem description
This verification test consists of a set of single-element models subjected to biaxial tension; an exception is the
truss and beam elements, which are loaded by uniaxial tension. For each material model only those element
types supported for that model are used. The ductile criterion is specified in terms of the plastic strain at the
onset of damage as a tabular function of the stress triaxiality and the equivalent plastic strain rate. In
Abaqus/Explicit the ductile criterion can also be defined as a tabular function of Lode angle. The Johnson-Cook
criterion (available only in Abaqus/Explicit) is specified in terms of failure parameters d1–d5, the reference strain
rate ε̇0, the melting temperature, and the transition temperature. The shear criterion is specified in terms of the
plastic strain at the onset of damage as a tabular function of the shear stress ratio and the equivalent plastic strain
rate. The Hosford-Coulomb criterion (available only in Abaqus/Standard) is specified in terms of failure parameters
a, b, c, and n. The damage evolution law (available only in Abaqus/Explicit) is specified in terms of the equivalent
plastic displacement or in terms of the fracture energy dissipation. A maximum degradation of 0.75 is set. The
default failure choice (i.e., element deletion) is used in all tests in this subsection.
The tests for initial conditions on the damage initiation measures do not subject the elements to any deformation.
Instead, these tests verify only that the specified initial conditions are output without any modifications.
947
Progressive damage and failure of ductile metals
Input files
Ductile criterion
damage_ductile_mises.inp Ductile criterion, Mises plasticity.
damage_ductile_mises_ic.inp Ductile criterion, test initial conditions.
damage_ductile_lode_mises.inp Ductile criterion with Lode angle dependency, Mises plasticity.
damage_ductile_hill.inp Ductile criterion, Hill plasticity.
damage_ductile_dp.inp Ductile criterion, Drucker-Prager plasticity.
damage_ductile_eos.inp Ductile criterion, equation of state with Johnson-Cook plasticity.
damage_ductile_mises_std.inp Ductile criterion, Mises plasticity in Abaqus/Standard.
damage_ductile_mises_ic_std.inp Ductile criterion in Abaqus/Standard, test initial conditions.
johnsoncook_dmg_s.inp Ductile criterion, Johnson-Cook plasticity in Abaqus/Standard.
damage_ductile_hill_std.inp Ductile criterion, Hill plasticity in Abaqus/Standard.
damage_ductile_dp_std.inp Ductile criterion, Drucker-Prager plasticity in Abaqus/Standard.
Johnson-Cook criterion
damage_jc_mises.inp Johnson-Cook criterion, Mises plasticity.
damage_jc_hill.inp Johnson-Cook criterion, Hill plasticity.
damage_jc_jc.inp Johnson-Cook criterion, Johnson-Cook plasticity.
damage_jc_dp.inp Johnson-Cook criterion, Drucker-Prager plasticity.
damage_jc_eos.inp Johnson-Cook criterion, equation of state with Mises plasticity.
Hosford-Coulomb criterion
damage_ductile_mises_hc_std.inp Hosford-Coulomb criterion, Mises plasticity in Abaqus/Standard.
damage_ductile_mises_ic_hc_std.inp Hosford-Coulomb criterion in Abaqus/Standard, test initial
conditions.
johnsoncook_dmg_hc_s.inp Hosford-Coulomb criterion, Johnson-Cook plasticity in
Abaqus/Standard.
damage_ductile_hill_hc_std.inp Hosford-Coulomb criterion, Hill plasticity in Abaqus/Standard.
damage_ductile_dp_hc_std.inp Hosford-Coulomb criterion, Drucker-Prager plasticity in
Abaqus/Standard.
Shear criterion
damage_shear_mises.inp Shear criterion, Mises plasticity.
damage_shear_mises_ic.inp Shear criterion, test initial conditions.
damage_shear_hill.inp Shear criterion, Hill plasticity.
damage_shear_dp.inp Shear criterion, Drucker-Prager plasticity.
damage_shear_eos.inp Shear criterion, equation of state with Johnson-Cook plasticity.
damage_shear_mises_std.inp Shear criterion, Mises plasticity in Abaqus/Standard.
damage_shear_mises_ic_std.inp Shear criterion in Abaqus/Standard, test initial conditions.
damage_shear_hill_std.inp Shear criterion, Hill plasticity in Abaqus/Standard.
damage_shear_dp_std.inp Shear criterion, Drucker-Prager plasticity in Abaqus/Standard.
948
Progressive damage and failure of ductile metals
Forming limit diagram (FLD) criterion and forming limit stress diagram (FLSD) criterion
Elements tested
SC8R S4 S4R S4RS CPS4R M3D4 M3D4R
Features tested
The FLD and FLSD damage initiation criteria are tested on elements with a plane stress formulation for the
following material models: Mises plasticity; Hill plasticity; Drucker-Prager plasticity; and, in Abaqus/Explicit,
for Johnson-Cook plasticity.
Problem description
This verification test consists of a set of single-element models subjected to equibiaxial tension. The FLD criterion
is specified in terms of the maximum in-plane principal strain at damage initiation as a tabular function of the
minimum in-plane principal strain. The FLSD criterion is specified in terms of the maximum in-plane principal
limit stress as a tabular function of the minimum in-plane principal stress. In Abaqus/Explicit input files the
damage evolution law is specified in terms of the equivalent plastic displacement or in terms of the fracture
energy dissipation. A maximum degradation of 0.75 is used. The default failure choice (i.e., element deletion)
is used in all tests in this subsection.
Input files
FLD criterion
damage_fld_mises.inp FLD criterion, Mises plasticity.
damage_fld_hill.inp FLD criterion, Hill plasticity.
damage_fld_dp.inp FLD criterion, Drucker-Prager plasticity.
damage_fld_jc.inp FLD criterion, Johnson-Cook plasticity.
damage_fld_mises_std.inp FLD criterion, Mises plasticity in Abaqus/Standard.
damage_fld_hill_std.inp FLD criterion, Hill plasticity in Abaqus/Standard.
damage_fld_dp_std.inp FLD criterion, Drucker-Prager plasticity in Abaqus/Standard.
FLSD criterion
damage_flsd_mises.inp FLSD criterion, Mises plasticity.
damage_flsd_hill.inp FLSD criterion, Hill plasticity.
damage_flsd_dp.inp FLSD criterion, Drucker-Prager plasticity.
damage_flsd_jc.inp FLSD criterion, Johnson-Cook plasticity.
damage_flsd_mises_std.inp FLSD criterion, Mises plasticity in Abaqus/Standard.
damage_flsd_hill_std.inp FLSD criterion, Hill plasticity in Abaqus/Standard.
damage_flsd_dp_std.inp FLSD criterion, Drucker-Prager plasticityin Abaqus/Standard.
949
Progressive damage and failure of ductile metals
Elements tested
SC8R S4 S4R S4RS CPS4R M3D4R M3D4
Features tested
The M-K damage initiation criterion is tested for Mises plasticity in Abaqus/Explicit.
Problem description
First, a set of single elements with plane stress formulation is loaded under equibiaxial tension to test the M-K
damage initiation criterion for different element types. The material properties for this test correspond to a steel
alloy modeled with rate-dependent Mises plasticity. The initial imperfection size is defined as a tabular function
of the angular direction. The M-K criterion is specified in terms of the limit ratio of the deformation in the groove
(thickness imperfection) relative to the nominal deformation outside the groove.
In addition, to demonstrate the capability of the M-K analysis in predicting forming limit diagrams for an
aluminum alloy, a set of parametric studies are performed to evaluate the effect of strain paths on the FLDs using
S4R elements. In these studies an aluminum alloy (AA 5754–O) is modeled using isotropic Mises plasticity with
n
Nadai hardening: σy = C (ε pl + ε0) , with C = 446.3MPa, n = 0.292, and ε0 = 0.0039. The initial imperfection size is
assumed to be 0.9999 in these studies. The number of virtual imperfections is set to 100. A set of analyses are
performed with the ratio between the major and minor principal strain parameterized and kept constant throughout
each individual analysis, which generates the FLD curve without prestrain. To evaluate the effect of the loading
paths on the FLDs, two more sets of studies are performed in which the material is initially prestrained (either
with plane strain or equibiaxial loading) and subsequently subjected to the same type of proportional loading as
in the case without prestrain.
950
Progressive damage and failure of ductile metals
FLD--biaxial prestrain
FLD--uniaxial prestrain
FLD--zero prestrain
Hill (1952)
loading path--biaxial prestrain
loading path--uniaxial prestrain
loading path--zero prestrain
Input files
damage_mk_mises.inp M-K criterion; steel alloy; rate-dependent Mises plasticity; SC8R, S4, S4R,
S4RS, CPS4R, M3D4R, and M3D4 elements.
Elements tested
SC8R S4R S4RS CPS4R M3D4R M3D4
Features tested
The MSFLD damage initiation criterion is tested for Mises plasticity. The capability to specify initial conditions
on the damage initiation measure is also tested.
951
Progressive damage and failure of ductile metals
Problem description
A set of single elements with a plane stress formulation is loaded under equibiaxial tension to test the MSFLD
damage initiation criterion for different element types. The MSFLD criterion is specified in terms of the maximum
in-plane principal strain at damage initiation as a tabular function of the minimum in-plane principal strain (FLD
definition) or in terms of the equivalent plastic strain at damage initiation as a tabular function of the ratio of
principal strain rates (MSFLD definition).
To demonstrate the capability of the MSFLD criterion in predicting failure for nonlinear strain paths, a number
of numerical simulations of two-step forming processes have been carried out in Abaqus/Explicit using the
MSFLD criterion as well as the M-K criterion. Each of the two forming steps follows a linear path with constant
principal strain rate ratio α, but there can be a jump in the value of α from the first step to second step; therefore,
the overall deformation path is not linear. Based on the value of α throughout the first step and the value of
equivalent plastic strain at the end of the first step, these simulations are grouped into five sets: within each set,
individual simulations differ only in the value of α during the second step. The same material model described
in the last section (AA 5754–O) has also been used here.
The test for initial conditions on the damage initiation measure does not subject the elements to any deformation.
Instead, this test verifies only that the specified initial conditions are output without any modifications.
Input files
damage_msfld_msfld_mises.inp MSFLD criterion with MSFLD definition, Mises plasticity.
damage_msfld_msfld_mises_ic.inp MSFLD criterion, test initial conditions.
damage_msfld_fld_mises.inp MSFLD criterion with FLD definition, Mises plasticity.
damage_msfld_msfld_mises_std.inp MSFLD criterion with MSFLD definition, Mises plasticity in
Abaqus/Standard.
952
Progressive damage and failure of ductile metals
Comparison of failure predictions from MSFLD criterion versus those from M-K analysis
damage_msfld_p0p3_lower.inp Template file for parametric study using MSFLD criterion with starting
point of α = 0.3 and lower equivalent plastic strain.
damage_msfld_p0p3_lower.psf Script file for parametric study using MSFLD criterion with starting point
of α = 0.3 and lower equivalent plastic strain.
damage_msfld_p0p3_higher.inp Template file for parametric study using MSFLD criterion with starting
point of α = 0.3 and higher equivalent plastic strain.
damage_msfld_p0p3_higher.psf Script file for parametric study using MSFLD criterion with starting point
of α = 0.3 and higher equivalent plastic strain.
damage_msfld_m0p6_lower.inp Template file for parametric study using MSFLD criterion with starting
point of α = –0.6 and lower equivalent plastic strain.
damage_msfld_m0p6_lower.psf Script file for parametric study using MSFLD criterion with starting point
of α = –0.6 and lower equivalent plastic strain.
damage_msfld_m0p6_higher.inp Template file for parametric study using MSFLD criterion with starting
point of α = –0.6 and higher equivalent plastic strain.
damage_msfld_m0p6_higher.psf Script file for parametric study using MSFLD criterion with starting point
of α = –0.6 and higher equivalent plastic strain.
damage_msfld_m0p4.inp Template file for parametric study using MSFLD criterion with starting
point of α = –0.4.
damage_msfld_m0p4.psf Script file for parametric study using MSFLD criterion with starting point
of α = –0.4.
damage_mk_p0p3_lower.inp Template file for parametric study using M-K analysis with starting point
of α = 0.3 and lower equivalent plastic strain.
damage_mk_p0p3_lower.psf Script file for parametric study using M-K analysis with starting point of
α = 0.3 and lower equivalent plastic strain.
damage_mk_p0p3_higher.inp Template file for parametric study using M-K analysis with starting point
of α = 0.3 and higher equivalent plastic strain.
damage_mk_p0p3_higher.psf Script file for parametric study using M-K analysis with starting point of
α = 0.3 and higher equivalent plastic strain.
damage_mk_m0p6_lower.inp Template file for parametric study using M-K analysis with starting point
of α = –0.6 and lower equivalent plastic strain.
damage_mk_m0p6_lower.psf Script file for parametric study using M-K analysis with starting point of
α = –0.6 and lower equivalent plastic strain.
damage_mk_m0p6_higher.inp Template file for parametric study using M-K analysis with starting point
of α = –0.6 and higher equivalent plastic strain.
damage_mk_m0p6_higher.psf Script file for parametric study using M-K analysis with starting point of
α = –0.6 and higher equivalent plastic strain.
damage_mk_m0p4.inp Template file for parametric study using M-K analysis with starting point
of α = –0.4.
damage_mk_m0p4.psf Script file for parametric study using M-K analysis with starting point of
α = –0.4.
953
Progressive damage and failure of ductile metals
Figures
biaxial prestrain
uniaxial prestrain
zero prestrain
1.50
Equivalent plastic strain
1.00
0.50
0.00
-1.00 -0.50 0.00 0.50
alpha
Figure 2: Forming limit diagrams predicted with M-K analyses and plotted in the space of
equivalent plastic strain versus ratio of principal strain rates (MSFLD representation).
1.00
0.80
0.60
Major strain
0.40
0.20
0.00
-0.80 -0.60 -0.40 -0.20 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80
Minor strain
Figure 3: Forming limits predicted using M-K analyses for two-step forming processes with
starting point of α = –0.4.
954
Progressive damage and failure of ductile metals
1.00
0.80
0.60
Major strain
0.40
0.20
0.00
-0.80 -0.60 -0.40 -0.20 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80
Minor strain
Figure 4: Forming limits predicted using M-K analyses for two-step forming processes with
starting point of α = –0.6 and lower equivalent plastic strain.
1.00
0.80
0.60
Major strain
0.40
0.20
0.00
-0.80 -0.60 -0.40 -0.20 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80
Minor strain
Figure 5: Forming limits predicted using M-K analyses for two-step forming processes with
starting point of α = –0.6 and higher equivalent plastic strain.
955
Progressive damage and failure of ductile metals
1.00
0.80
0.60
Major strain
0.40
0.20
0.00
-0.80 -0.60 -0.40 -0.20 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80
Minor strain
Figure 6: Forming limits predicted using M-K analyses for two-step forming processes with
starting point of α = 0.3 and lower equivalent plastic strain.
1.00
0.80
0.60
Major strain
0.40
0.20
0.00
-0.80 -0.60 -0.40 -0.20 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80
Minor strain
Figure 7: Forming limits predicted using M-K analyses for two-step forming processes with
starting point of α = 0.3 and higher equivalent plastic strain.
biaxial prestrain
m0p4
uniaxial prestrain
m0p6_higher
zero prestrain
m0p6_lower
mk_m0p4
mk_m0p6_higher
mk_m0p6_lower 1.50
mk_p0p3_higher
mk_p0p3_lower 1.50
msfld_m0p4
msfld_m0p6_higher
msfld_m0p6_lower
Equivalent plastic strain
msfld_p0p3_higher 1.00
Equivalent plastic strain
msfld_p0p3_lower
1.00
p0p3_higher
p0p3_lower
zero prestrain
0.50 0.50
0.00
1.00 0.50
0.00 0.00 0.50
alpha
Figure 8: Comparison of forming limit diagrams predicted using MSFLD criterion and those
using M-K analyses. (Solid symbols: state at end of first step for various type of loading. Hollow
956
Progressive damage and failure of ductile metals
symbols: state corresponding to initiation of necking during the second step predicted using
the M-K analyses. Dashed lines: necking points obtained using the MSFLD criterion. Refer to
the input file descriptions for an explanation of the labels.)
Element deletion
Elements tested
T2D2 T3D2 C3D8 C3D8R CPE4R CAX4R
Features tested
The nondefault degradation behavior is tested in Abaqus/Explicit by specifying that fully damaged elements
should remain in the computations.
Problem description
The ductile initiation criterion is used on a set of single-element models, subjected to plane strain compression
followed by plane strain tension for the elements with two-dimensional and three-dimensional stress states. The
truss elements are loaded in uniaxial compression followed by uniaxial tension.
Input files
damage_section_no.inp Nondefault element degradation behavior.
Damage evolution
Elements tested
S4R
Features tested
The maximum and multiplicative rules for computing the overall damage variable from each individual damage
variable contribution are tested in Abaqus/Explicit. The field and temperature dependence of the damage initiation
criteria and the damage evolution rules are also tested.
Problem description
This verification test consists of six elements, each associated with a different material. For each of the first five
materials, only one initiation criterion with its corresponding evolution rule is specified; for the material assigned
to the sixth element, all five initiation criteria with their corresponding evolution rules are specified. In this way
the individual contribution to the overall damage variable (in the sixth element) can be obtained explicitly from
the damage variables of the first five elements.
957
Progressive damage and failure of ductile metals
Input files
damage_combine_deg.inp Maximum or multiplicative combination rules.
References
• Hill, R., “On Discontinuous Plastic States, with Special Reference to Localized Necking in Thin Sheets,”
Journal of the Mechanics and Physics of Solids, vol. 1, pp. 19–30, 1952.
958
Progressive damage and
failure in fiber-reinforced
materials
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPS3 CPS4 CPS4I CPS4R CPS6 CPS6M CPS8 CPS8R M3D3 M3D4 M3D4R M3D6 M3D8
M3D8R M3D9 M3D9R S3 S3R S3RS S4 S4R S4R5 S4RS S4RSW S8R S8R5 S9R5 SC6R
SC8R STRI3 STRI65
Features tested
The Hashin damage initiation criteria and energy-based damage evolution law are tested with a linearly elastic
material.
Problem description
This verification test consists of a set of one- and two-element models subjected to uniaxial tension or compression
for various angles (off-axis angles) between the fiber direction and the direction in which the load is applied.
The default maximum degradation (equal to 1.0) is used for first-order elements, and the value of the maximum
degradation of 0.95 was specified for the second-order elements.
959
Progressive damage and failure in fiber-reinforced materials
analytical
experimental
numerical
9
[x10 ]
1.00
0.80
0.60
uniaxial stress
0.40
0.20
0.00
0.00 20.00 40.00 60.00 80.00
analytical
experimental
numerical
9
[x10 ]
1.00
0.80
0.60
uniaxial stress
0.40
0.20
Input files
960
Progressive damage and failure in fiber-reinforced materials
961
Progressive damage and failure in fiber-reinforced materials
962
Progressive damage and failure in fiber-reinforced materials
References
• Jones, R. M., “Mechanics of Composite Materials,” Taylor & Francis, Inc., pp. 102–112, 1999.
LaRC05 criterion
Elements tested
C3D4 C3D6 C3D8 C3D8R C3D10 CPS4 CPS4R M3D4 M3D4R S3 S3R S4 S8R S8R5
STRI65
Features tested
The LaRC05 damage initiation criterion is tested with a linearly elastic material.
Problem description
This verification model is a long plate with a circle in the center subjected to uniaxial tension, as shown in Figure
3. The LaRC05 damage criterion is tested for this model with a number of different element types. The criterion
is also used in conjunction with damage evolution for a similar model to simulate crack nucleation and subsequent
propagation in an extended finite element method (XFEM) analysis.
963
Progressive damage and failure in fiber-reinforced materials
Y
Z X
Y
Z X
Y
Z X
Input files
larc05_dmgcrt_c3d10.inp C3D10 elements are subjected to uniaxial tension.
larc05_dmgcrt_c3d4.inp C3D4 elements are subjected to uniaxial tension.
larc05_dmgcrt_c3d6.inp C3D6 elements are subjected to uniaxial tension.
larc05_dmgcrt_cps4.inp CPS4 elements are subjected to uniaxial tension.
larc05_dmgcrt_cps4r.inp CPS4R elements are subjected to uniaxial tension.
larc05_dmgcrt_m3d4.inp M3D4 elements are subjected to uniaxial tension.
larc05_dmgcrt_m3d4r.inp M3D4R elements are subjected to uniaxial tension.
larc05_dmgcrt_s3.inp S3 elements are subjected to uniaxial tension.
larc05_dmgcrt_s3r.inp S3R elements are subjected to uniaxial tension.
larc05_dmgcrt_s4.inp S4 elements are subjected to uniaxial tension.
larc05_dmgcrt_s4r.inp S4R elements are subjected to uniaxial tension.
964
Progressive damage and failure in fiber-reinforced materials
Elements tested
CPS3 CPS4R M3D3 M3D4 M3D4R S3R S4 S4R SC6R SC8R
Problem description
This category of problems tests the import capability from Abaqus/Standard to Abaqus/Explicit with the Hashin
damage model. All tests subject the elements to uniaxial tension and compression loading in Abaqus/Standard.
The model is then imported into Abaqus/Explicit and is subjected to further uniaxial tension and compression
loading. Two fiber orientations, 0° and 45°, are considered. All the tests include problems that import neither
the reference configuration nor the state, problems that import only the state, problems that import only the
reference configuration, and problems that import both the reference configuration and the state.
Input files
sx_s_dmg_hsntencomp_cps_0.inp Base problem for carrying out import from Abaqus/Standard to
Abaqus/Explicit; CPS3 and CPS4R elements; fiber orientation 0°.
sx_s_dmg_hsntencomp_cps_45.inp Base problem for carrying out import from Abaqus/Standard to
Abaqus/Explicit; CPS3 and CPS4R elements; fiber orientation 45°.
sx_s_dmg_hsntencomp_mem_0.inp Base problem for carrying out import from Abaqus/Standard to
Abaqus/Explicit; M3D3, M3D4R, and M3D4 elements; fiber
orientation 0°.
sx_s_dmg_hsntencomp_mem_45.inp Base problem for carrying out import from Abaqus/Standard to
Abaqus/Explicit; M3D3, M3D4R, and M3D4 elements; fiber
orientation 45°.
sx_s_dmg_hsntencomp_shell_0.inp Base problem for carrying out import from Abaqus/Standard to
Abaqus/Explicit; S3R, S4R, and S4 elements; fiber orientation 0°.
sx_s_dmg_hsntencomp_shell_45.inp Base problem for carrying out import from Abaqus/Standard to
Abaqus/Explicit; S3R, S4R, and S4 elements; fiber orientation 45°.
sx_s_dmg_hsntencomp_cshell_0.inp Base problem for carrying out import from Abaqus/Standard to
Abaqus/Explicit; SC6R and SC8R elements; fiber orientation 0°.
sx_s_dmg_hsntencomp_cshell_45.inp Base problem for carrying out import from Abaqus/Standard to
Abaqus/Explicit; SC6R and SC8R elements; fiber orientation 45°.
965
Progressive damage and failure in fiber-reinforced materials
966
Progressive damage and failure in fiber-reinforced materials
967
Progressive damage and failure in fiber-reinforced materials
configuration and the state imported; SC6R and SC8R elements; fiber
orientation 45°.
Elements tested
CPS3 CPS4R M3D3 M3D4 M3D4R S3R S4 S4R SC6R SC8R
Problem description
This category of problems tests the import capability from Abaqus/Explicit to Abaqus/Standard with the Hashin
damage model. All tests subject the elements to uniaxial tension and compression loading in Abaqus/Explicit.
The model is then imported into Abaqus/Standard and is subjected to further uniaxial tension and compression
loading. Two fiber orientations, 0° and 45°, are considered. All the tests include problems that import neither
the reference configuration nor the state, problems that import only the state, problems that import only the
reference configuration, and problems that import both the reference configuration and the state.
Input files
xs_x_dmg_hsntencomp_cps_0.inp Base problem for carrying out import from Abaqus/Explicit to
Abaqus/Standard; CPS3 and CPS4R elements; fiber orientation 0°.
xs_x_dmg_hsntencomp_cps_45.inp Base problem for carrying out import from Abaqus/Explicit to
Abaqus/Standard; CPS3 and CPS4R elements; fiber orientation 45°.
xs_x_dmg_hsntencomp_mem_0.inp Base problem for carrying out import from Abaqus/Explicit to
Abaqus/Standard; M3D3, M3D4R, and M3D4 elements; fiber
orientation 0°.
xs_x_dmg_hsntencomp_mem_45.inp Base problem for carrying out import from Abaqus/Explicit to
Abaqus/Standard; M3D3, M3D4R, and M3D4 elements; fiber
orientation 45°.
xs_x_dmg_hsntencomp_shell_0.inp Base problem for carrying out import from Abaqus/Explicit to
Abaqus/Standard; S3R, S4R, and S4 elements; fiber orientation 0°.
xs_x_dmg_hsntencomp_shell_45.inp Base problem for carrying out import from Abaqus/Explicit to
Abaqus/Standard; S3R, S4R, and S4 elements; fiber orientation 45°.
xs_x_dmg_hsntencomp_cshell_0.inp Base problem for carrying out import from Abaqus/Explicit to
Abaqus/Standard; SC6R and SC8R elements; fiber orientation 0°.
xs_x_dmg_hsntencomp_cshell_45.inp Base problem for carrying out import from Abaqus/Explicit to
Abaqus/Standard; SC6R and SC8R elements; fiber orientation 45°.
xs_s_dmg_hsntencomp_cps_0_n_n.inp Static continuation of xs_x_dmg_hsntencomp_cps_0.inp without
importing the reference configuration or the state; CPS3 and CPS4R
elements; fiber orientation 0°.
xs_s_dmg_hsntencomp_cps_0_n_y.inp Static continuation of xs_x_dmg_hsntencomp_cps_0.inp with only
the state imported; CPS3 and CPS4R elements; fiber orientation 0°.
xs_s_dmg_hsntencomp_cps_0_y_n.inp Static continuation of xs_x_dmg_hsntencomp_cps_0.inp with only
the reference configuration imported; CPS3 and CPS4R elements;
fiber orientation 0°.
968
Progressive damage and failure in fiber-reinforced materials
969
Progressive damage and failure in fiber-reinforced materials
Element deletion
Elements tested
CPS4 CPS4R M3D4 S4 S4R
Features tested
The default and nondefault degradation behaviors are tested. By default, in Abaqus/Standard elements are deleted
if the damage variable for each failure mode and at each material point reaches the default maximum degradation
value, dmax = 1.0. By contrast, the default behavior in Abaqus/Explicit is to delete an element when the damage
variables associated with either of the fiber failure modes (tensile or compressive) reaches dmax at all the section
points at any one integration location of an element. As an exception, a shell element (for example, S4 or S4R)
is deleted in Abaqus/Explicit when all of the active section points (that is, section points where the fiber failure
has not been met) at any one integration location share the same through-the-thickness (z-) location. For more
details of element deletion driven by material failure, see Material failure and element deletion. You can control
970
Progressive damage and failure in fiber-reinforced materials
whether or not element deletion is activated, and you can specify the value of the damage variable at or above
which a material point is assumed to be completely damaged.
Problem description
Each model consists of nine elements. A linear elastic material is assigned to all the elements except one, for
which a fiber reinforced damage model is used. The specimen is subjected to biaxial extension, which is followed
by biaxial compression. For each of the elements three different cases are tested:
• default behavior (dmax = 1.0, and elements are deleted if the deletion criteria are satisfied);
• default value of maximum degradation (dmax = 1.0), and the elements remain active even if the deletion criteria
are satisfied; and
• the maximum degradation dmax is specified (0.99 for Abaqus/Standard tests; 0.975 for Abaqus/Explicit tests),
and the elements remain active even if the deletion criteria are satisfied.
Input files
971
Progressive damage and failure in fiber-reinforced materials
Procedures
Elements tested
CPS4 CPS4R
Features tested
The Hashin damage initiation criteria with energy-based evolution law are tested with different types of procedures
in Abaqus/Standard.
Problem description
This verification test consists of small models (up to nine elements) that are used with various procedure types
in Abaqus/Standard. Element removal and reactivation using model change are tested by removing the element,
reactivating it in the subsequent step, and verifying that all the state variables are reset correctly. The dynamic
and Riks analyses are tested by comparing the numerical results with the analytical results. Finally, the linear
perturbation procedures are tested by performing a general step in which the material properties are degraded
before the perturbation step and then comparing the results with those obtained using a material without damage
with appropriately modified parameters.
972
Progressive damage and failure in fiber-reinforced materials
Input files
damage_riks.inp Riks analysis.
damage_modelchange.inp Model change.
damage_freq.inp Frequency extraction analysis.
damage_freq_undamaged.inp Frequency extraction analysis (model without damage).
damage_dyn.inp Dynamic analysis.
damage_ssd.inp Steady-state dynamics.
damage_ssd_undamaged.inp Steady-state dynamics (model without damage).
973
Creep
Creep
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Mises creep
Elements tested
C3D8 CPS4 T3D2
Problem description
Material:
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E = 20.0E6
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.3
Creep
Time-hardening/strain-hardening power law
• A = 2.5E−27
• n = 5.0
• m = −0.2
Hyperbolic-sine law
• A = 2.5E−27
• B = 4.4E−4
• n = 5.0
• ΔH = 0.0
• R = 8.314
Anand law
• a = 1 .6
• A = 2.5E-14
• A0 = 1.0E4
• A1 = -600.0
• A2 = 0.0
• A3 = 0.0
975
Creep
• A4 = 0.0
• S1 = 10000.0
• S2 = -500.0
• S3 = 0.0
• s = 1.0E-4
• Q / R = 5.0
• m = 0.5
• n = 1.0
• ξ = 1.0
• θ Z = 0.0
Darveaux law
• B = 1.0E6
• Css = 2.25E-12
• n = 2.0
• Q / R = 5.0
• ϵT = 1.0E-5
• α = 2.0E-4
• θ Z = 0.0
• A1 = 1.5E-10
• A2 = 2.5E-11
• B1 = 1.0
• B2 = 4.0
• C1 = 2.0
• C2 = 5.0
• σ0 = 10000.0
• θ Z = 0.0
976
Creep
Input files
mcrtmo3qcr.inp Time-hardening power law, uniaxial tension creep, C3D8 elements.
mcrsto3qcr.inp Strain-hardening power law, uniaxial tension creep, C3D8 elements.
mcrhyo3qcr.inp Hyperbolic-sine law, uniaxial tension creep, C3D8 elements.
mcrtmo3rre.inp Time-hardening power law, uniaxial tension relaxation, C3D8 elements.
mcrsto3rre.inp Strain-hardening power law, uniaxial tension relaxation, C3D8 elements.
mcrado3rre.inp Anand law, uniaxial tension relaxation, C3D8 elements.
mcrdpo3rre.inp Double power law, uniaxial tension relaxation, C3D8 elements.
mcrdxo3rre.inp Darveaux law, uniaxial tension relaxation, C3D8 elements.
mcrtmo2qcr.inp Time-hardening power law, uniaxial tension creep, linear perturbation with
*LOAD CASE, CPS4 elements.
mcrsto2qcr.inp Strain-hardening power law, uniaxial tension creep, CPS4 elements.
mcrtmo2rre.inp Time-hardening power law, uniaxial tension relaxation, CPS4 elements.
mcrsto2rre.inp Strain-hardening power law, uniaxial tension relaxation, CPS4 elements.
mcrtmo1qcr.inp Time-hardening power law, uniaxial tension creep, T3D2 elements.
mcrsto1qcr.inp Strain-hardening power law, uniaxial tension creep, T3D2 elements.
mcrtmo1rre.inp Time-hardening power law, uniaxial tension relaxation, T3D2 elements.
mcrsto1rre.inp Strain-hardening power law, uniaxial tension relaxation, T3D2 elements.
mcrtmo3vlp.inp Time-hardening power law, uniaxial tension creep, linear perturbation with
*LOAD CASE, C3D8 elements.
Hill creep
Elements tested
C3D8
Problem description
Material:
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E = 20.0E6
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.3
Creep
A = 2.5E−27
n = 5.0
m = −0.2
Anisotropic creep ratios: 1.5, 1.2, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0
(The units are not important.)
977
Creep
Input files
mcptmo3nt1.inp Time-hardening power law, uniaxial tension creep in direction 1, C3D8 elements.
mcptmo3ot2.inp Time-hardening power law, uniaxial tension creep in direction 2, C3D8 elements.
mcptmo3pt3.inp Time-hardening power law, uniaxial tension creep in direction 3, C3D8 elements.
mcpsto3nt1.inp Strain-hardening power law, uniaxial tension creep in direction 1, C3D8
elements.
mcpsto3ot2.inp Strain-hardening power law, uniaxial tension creep in direction 2, C3D8
elements.
mcpsto3pt3.inp Strain-hardening power law, uniaxial tension creep in direction 3, C3D8
elements.
mcptmo3vlp.inp Time-hardening power law, uniaxial tension creep in direction 1, linear
perturbation with *LOAD CASE, C3D8 elements.
Elements tested
B32 C3D8 C3D8R CPS4 S4 S4R T3D2
Problem description
Material:
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E = 20.0E6
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.3
Plasticity
Hardening curve:
Yield stress Plastic strain
10.0E3 0.00
50.0E3 0.02
Creep
A = 1.0E−24
n = 5.0
m = −0.2
978
Creep
Swelling
Volumetric swelling rate = 2.0E−6
(The units are not important.)
Input files
mmctmo1hut.inp Time-hardening power law, uniaxial tension creep, T3D2 elements.
mmctmo2hut.inp Time-hardening power law, uniaxial tension creep, CPS4 elements.
mmctmo2euc.inp Time-hardening power law, uniaxial compression creep, linear perturbation
with *LOAD CASE, S4R elements.
mmctmo2euce.inp Time-hardening power law, uniaxial compression creep, S4 elements.
mmctmo3hut.inp Time-hardening power law, uniaxial tension creep, C3D8R elements.
mmcsto3hut.inp Strain-hardening power law, uniaxial tension creep, C3D8R elements.
mkcsto3hut.inp Strain-hardening power law, uniaxial tension creep, Hardening=Kinematic,
C3D8R elements.
mmcsto2gsh.inp Strain-hardening power law, shear creep, CPS4 elements.
mmcsto3gsh.inp Strain-hardening power law, shear creep, C3D8 elements.
mswooo1ahc.inp Volumetric swelling, T3D2 elements.
mswooo2ahc.inp Volumetric swelling, CPS4 elements.
mswooo3ahc.inp Volumetric swelling, C3D8 elements.
mmcsto1xmx.inp Time-hardening power law, creep law, combined torsion and bending, B32
elements.
Elements tested
C3D8 C3D8R
Problem description
Material:
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E = 300.0E3
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.3
979
Creep
Plasticity
Angle of friction, β = 40.0
Dilation angle, ψ = 40.0
Third invariant ratio, K = 1.0
Hardening curve:
Yield stress Plastic strain
6.0E3 0.00
9.0E3 0.02
11.0E3 0.063333
12.0E3 0.11
12.0E3 1.0
Creep
For the time and strain creep laws:
• A = 0.5E−7
• n = 1.1
• m = −0.2
Input files
mdcsmo3euc.inp Singh-Mitchell type law, uniaxial compression, C3D8 elements.
mdcsmo3hut.inp Singh-Mitchell type law, uniaxial tension, C3D8 elements.
mdcsmo3gsh.inp Singh-Mitchell type law, shear, C3D8R elements.
mdcsmo3jht.inp Singh-Mitchell type law, hydrostatic tension, C3D8R elements.
mdcsmt3euc.inp Singh-Mitchell type law, uniaxial compression with temperature dependence,
C3D8 elements.
980
Creep
Elements tested
C3D8 C3D8R
Problem description
Material:
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E = 300.0E4
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.3
Cap plasticity
Material cohesion, d = 2.0E4
981
Creep
• A = 7.0E−26
• n=5
• m = 0.0
Input files
mccsmo3ahc.inp Singh-Mitchell type law, hydrostatic compression, C3D8R elements.
mccsmo3euc.inp Singh-Mitchell type law, uniaxial compression, C3D8 elements.
mccsto3hut.inp Strain-hardening power law, uniaxial tension, C3D8 elements.
mccsto3gsh.inp Strain-hardening power law, shear, C3D8R elements.
mcctmo3aht.inp Time-hardening power law, hydrostatic tension, C3D8R elements.
mcctmo3ctc.inp Time-hardening power law, triaxial compression, C3D8R elements.
mccuco3ctc.inp User-specified creep law, triaxial compression, C3D8R elements.
mccuco3ctc.f User subroutine CREEP used in mccuco3ctc.inp.
Additional verification problems for the coupled creep and plasticity capability
Elements tested
CAX8R CINPE5R CPE4 CPE8R
Problem description
Additional verification problems were obtained by adding creep to the plasticity model of Limit load calculations
with granular materials and Finite deformation of an elastic-plastic granular material. For these cases a small
creep strain rate was selected to verify the plasticity component of the coupled creep and plasticity models. Thus,
the results should be comparable to the equivalent problem without creep, although they are separate Abaqus
material models. These verification problems test both the Drucker-Prager creep and the Drucker-Prager/Cap
creep models.
982
Creep
Further verification problems for Mises creep and plasticity were obtained by adding plasticity to the problems
described in Creep of a thick cylinder under internal pressure and Ct-integral evaluation. For the example
described in Creep of a thick cylinder under internal pressure, the initial application of the pressure plastifies
the cylinder during the first step of the analysis; and the creep response is then developed in the second step. For
the example described in Ct-integral evaluation, the plastic deformation is very small and localized. Plastification
occurs only during the preloading static step. As a result, the Ct-integrals calculated by Abaqus in the early stages
of the quasi-static step are expected to differ somewhat from the ones calculated in the creep-only case and are
not path independent. Later on, when larger scale creep dominates the stress fields, the Ct-integrals calculated
should converge toward the same values as obtained in the creep-only case and become path independent.
Input files
granmatlimitload1.inp Verification input file for the problem described in Limit load calculations
with granular materials.
granmatlimitload2.inp Verification input file for the problem described in Limit load calculations
with granular materials.
granmatfinitedef1.inp Verification input file for the problem described in Finite deformation of an
elastic-plastic granular material.
thickcylcreep1.inp Verification input file for the problem described in Creep of a thick cylinder
under internal pressure.
ctintegral1.inp Verification input file for the problem described in Ct-integral evaluation.
983
Concrete smeared cracking
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8 C3D8H C3D8R CPS4 CPS4R T3D2
Problem description
Material:
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E = 4.65E6
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.18
Plasticity
Biaxial/uniaxial compression stress ratio = 1.18
Uniaxial tension/compression stress ratio = 0.1
Biaxial/uniaxial compression plastic strain ratio = 1.25
Tensile cracking stress/compression stress ratio = 0.2
Hardening curve:
Yield stress Plastic strain
1300.0 0.000000
2200.0 0.000027
3000.0 0.000100
3600.0 0.000225
4450.0 0.000550
4650.0 0.001000
4200.0 0.002000
2000.0 0.003500
985
Concrete smeared cracking
Input files
986
Concrete damaged
plasticity
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8R CPE4R CPS4R T3D2
Problem description
Material:
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E = 2.648E+10
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.167
Plasticity
Dilation angle ϕ = 15.0
Flow potential eccentricity ϵ = 0.1
987
Concrete damaged plasticity
Other properties
Density = 2400.0
(The units are not important.)
Input files
988
Concrete damaged plasticity
989
Concrete damaged plasticity
990
Two-layer viscoplasticity
Two-layer viscoplasticity
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8R CPS4R SAX1
Problem description
Material:
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E=20.0E6
Poisson's ratio, ν=0.3
Plasticity 1
Mises perfect plasticity with yield stress = 200.0
Plasticity 2
Mises plasticity with linear kinematic hardening
Hardening:
Yield stress Plastic strain
200. 0.0000
220. 0.0009
Plasticity 3
Hill perfect plasticity with reference yield stress = 200.0
Anisotropic yield ratios: 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0
Because of the choice of the anisotropic yield ratios, the material represented by plasticity 3 is identical
to the material represented by plasticity 1.
Viscous 1
LAW=TIME
• A=1.0E−6
• n=1.0
991
Two-layer viscoplasticity
• m=0.0
• f=0.25
Viscous 2
LAW=STRAIN
• A=1.0E−6
• n=1.0
• m=0.0
• f=0.25
Viscous 3
LAW=TIME
• A=1.0E−6
• n=1.0
• m=0.0
• f=0.25
Input files
992
Brittle cracking constitutive
model
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CAX4R C3D8R CPS4R CPE4R B21
Features tested
Brittle cracking model response under loading/unloading/reloading conditions. Different combinations of active
cracks are tested.
Problem description
This problem contains 21 single-element verification problems that are all run in one input file. The problem
exercises the brittle cracking material model under loading/unloading/reloading conditions; all possible crack
states are exercised for single and multiple crack cases.
Figure 1 shows the 21 elements used in the analysis in their original and deformed shapes. The dashed lines
illustrate the original shapes. The bottom row contains CAX4R and C3D8R elements only since they are the
only elements for which it is not possible to create three simultaneous cracks. The next row up contains all but
B21 elements since they are the only elements for which it is not possible to create two simultaneous cracks.
The top three rows contain all five element types since they refer to loading cases resulting in a single crack.
The three rows are used to test the three different ways available for input of the tension softening data.
The original length of each side of the elements is L0 = 1. The elements are loaded using an amplitude function
that subjects them to tension, followed by unloading and loading into compression, followed by reloading in
tension. This loading program is applied in one direction (rows (c), (d), and (e) in Figure 1), two directions (row
(b)) or three directions (row (a)). This creates one, two, or three simultaneous cracks, respectively.
The material properties used are those of a typical medium strength concrete: the elastic properties are E = 30 ×
109 Pa, ν = 0.2; the cracking failure stress is 3 × 106 Pa; and the mass density is 2400 kg/m3.
Figure 2 shows stress-strain in all three cracking directions for elements CAX4R and C3D8R (row (a) in Figure
1). For CAX4R the radial and axial loading is applied equally. For C3D8R directions 1 and 3 are loaded at the
same rate, whereas direction 2 is loaded at three-quarters of that rate. The results for the two kinds of elements
are identical.
Figure 3 shows stress-strain in two cracking directions for elements CAX4R, C3D8R, CPS4R, and CPE4R (row
(b) in Figure 1). For all but the axisymmetric case, direction 2 is loaded at three-quarters of the loading rate in
direction 1. In the axisymmetric case the radial and axial directions are loaded at the same rate. The results for
all elements are in agreement.
Figure 4 shows stress-strain in the only cracking direction (direction 2) for elements CAX4R, C3D8R, CPS4R,
CPE4R, and B21 (row (c) in Figure 1). The tension softening data are defined by specifying the postfailure
stress-strain relationship. The results for all elements are identical.
993
Brittle cracking constitutive model
Figure 5 shows stress-strain in the only cracking direction (direction 2) for elements CAX4R, C3D8R, CPS4R,
CPE4R, and B21 (row (d) in Figure 1). The tension softening data are defined by specifying the postfailure
stress/displacement relationship. The results for all but the axisymmetric element are identical. The axisymmetric
result is slightly different because the characteristic length computed by Abaqus/Explicit is different in the
axisymmetric case.
Figure 6 shows stress-strain in the only cracking direction (direction 2) for elements CAX4R, C3D8R, CPS4R,
CPE4R, and B21 (row (e) in Figure 1). The tension softening data are defined by specifying the failure stress,
σtuI, and the Mode 1 fracture energy, GfI. The results for all but the axisymmetric element are identical. The
axisymmetric result is slightly different because the characteristic length computed by Abaqus/Explicit is different
in the axisymmetric case.
Input files
Figures
CAX4R C3D8R CPS4R CPE4R B21
I
(e) one crack, failure stress, σtuI , and the Mode 1 fracture energy, G f
3 1
994
Brittle cracking constitutive model
[ x10 6 ]
1 1
S11-AXI_1
2.
S22-AXI_1 1
S33-AXI_1
S11-3D_11
1
S22-3D_11
1 1
S33-3D_11
1
1 1 1
0.
Stress (Pa)
-2.
-4.
[ x10 6 ] 8
S11-AXI_101
2.
S33-AXI_101 87
S11-3D_111 8
S22-3D_111
6 8
S11-PS_121 8 8
76
6 6 8
S22-PS_121 6 7 7
7 7
S11-PE_131 8 8
7
8 8 6
7
8 86 8 7 7
S22-PE_131 0.
Stress (Pa)
-2.
-4.
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5
Strain [ x10 -3 ]
Figure 3: Stress-strain in two cracking directions: CAX4R, C3D8R, CPS4R, and CPE4R elements.
995
Brittle cracking constitutive model
3.
[ x10 6 ]
1 1
S22-AXI_201
S22-3D_211 2.
S22-PS_221
S22-PE_231 1
S11-BM_241 1
1.
Stress (Pa)
1
1 1
1 1
0.
-1.
-2.
-3.
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5
Strain [ x10 -3 ]
1 1
Stress (Pa)
1
1 1
0.
-1.
-2.
-3.
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5
Strain [ x10 -3 ]
996
Brittle cracking constitutive model
3.
[ x10 6 ]
1 1
S22-AXI_401
1
S22-3D_411 2. 1
S22-PS_421
S22-PE_431
S11-BM_441
1.
1
1
Stress (Pa)
1
1 1
0.
-1.
-2.
-3.
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5
Strain [ x10 -3 ]
Figure 6: Stress-strain in single cracking direction (failure stress and fracture energy specified):
CAX4R, C3D8R, CPS4R, CPE4R, and B21 elements.
997
Cracking model: tension
shear test
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8R CPS4R CPE4R
Features tested
Brittle cracking model response under simultaneous tension and shear loading: this verifies the shear retention
formulation used in the model.
Problem description
This test illustrates the behavior of the brittle cracking model when subjected to simultaneous tension and shear
loading. This behavior has been the subject of much discussion in the context of comparing different kinds of
cracking models (fixed cracks versus rotating cracks, orthogonal cracks versus non-orthogonal cracks); see, for
example, Rots and Blaauwendraad (1989). It has been argued that fixed orthogonal crack models, such as the
one implemented in Abaqus/Explicit, produce shear behavior that is too stiff. In this verification example we
show that this is not the case because of the manner in which the shear retention behavior is formulated in
Abaqus/Explicit (as described in A cracking model for concrete and other brittle materials).
The test carried out here was originally suggested by Willam et al. (1987). It consists of loading a specimen in
the horizontal direction (direction 1) until a vertical crack initiates (Figure 1(a)); then the specimen is loaded
simultaneously in biaxial tension and shear, as shown in Figure 1(b).The latter part of the loading causes the
principal stress directions to rotate, and the issue is whether the cracking model provides an adequate shear
response (the shear stress must vanish as deformation takes place).
This test is carried out on six single elements that are all run in one input file. The original length of each side
of the elements is L0 = 1. Figure 2 shows the six elements used in the analysis in their original and deformed
shapes. The dashed lines illustrate the original shapes. The bottom row contains C3D8R, CPS4R, and CPE4R
elements with shear retention properties defined using a power law analytical form, while the top row contains
the same elements but with shear retention properties defined using a tabular form that mimics the analytical
form. The purpose of testing the two groups of elements is to verify the two different options available in
Abaqus/Explicit for defining shear retention.
The material properties used are those of a typical medium strength concrete: the elastic properties are E = 30 ×
109 Pa, ν = 0.2; the cracking failure stress is 3 × 106 Pa; the shear retention is defined by the power law provided
ck
in Abaqus/Explicit with p = 2 and emax = .001; and the mass density is 2400 kg/m3.
Figure 3 shows horizontal stress-strain for the three different element types using the power law shear retention
input definition. The results are identical for the three element types. Figure 4 shows horizontal stress-strain for
the three different element types using the tabular shear retention input definition. The results are again identical
for the three element types. In addition, comparing the results for the two different shear retention input definitions,
999
Cracking model: tension shear test
we observe that they are identical. Figure 5 and Figure 6 show similar results for vertical stress-strain behavior.
This horizontal and vertical stress-strain behavior obtained with the cracking model is a reflection of the input
tension softening data, since the specimen cracks both in the horizontal and vertical directions.
Figure 7 shows shear stress-strain for the three different element types using the power law shear retention input
definition. The results are identical for the three element types. Figure 8 shows shear stress-strain for the three
different element types using the tabular shear retention input definition. The results are again identical for the
three element types. In addition, comparing the results for the two different shear retention input definitions, we
observe that they are identical. We also observe that the model provides shear stress that increases to a maximum
value (which depends on the shear retention properties) and then decreases to zero. This damage-like shear
behavior is an important characteristic, and it has been claimed that rotating crack models provide it, while fixed
crack models cannot. This test shows that the cracking model implemented in Abaqus/Explicit does produce
this desired shear behavior.
Input files
References
• Rots, J. G., and J. Blaauwendraad, “Crack Models for Concrete: Discrete or Smeared? Fixed, Multi-Directional
or Rotating?,” HERON, vol. 34, no. 1, Delft University of Technology, The Netherlands, 1989.
• Willam, K., E. Pramono, and S. Sture, “Fundamental Issues of Smeared Crack Models,” Proc. SEM–RILEM
International Conference on Fracture of Concrete and Rock, S.P. Shah and S.E. Swartz (Eds.), SEM, Bethel,
pp. 192–207, 1987.
Figures
. .
. . ε22 = 0.75 γ12
ε22 = − υε11
.
γ12
. .
ε11 ε11
. . .
ε11 ε11 = 0.5 γ12
.
γ12
. .
ε22 ε22
1000
Cracking model: tension shear test
3 1
2.5
3D power sr
PS power sr
PE power sr
2.0
STRESS 11 (Pa)
1.5
1.0
0.5
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 1.110E-03
YMIN -1.562E-02
YMAX 2.995E+06 0.0
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
LOGARITHMIC STRAIN - LE11 [ x10 -3 ]
1001
Cracking model: tension shear test
3.0
[ x10 6 ]
2.5
3D tabular sr
PS tabular sr
PE tabular sr
2.0
STRESS 11 (Pa)
1.5
1.0
0.5
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 1.110E-03
YMIN -1.367E-02
YMAX 2.995E+06 0.0
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
LOGARITHMIC STRAIN - LE11 [ x10 -3 ]
1.5
1.0
0.5
XMIN -3.152E-05
XMAX 1.475E-03 0.0
YMIN -2.449E+05
YMAX 2.993E+06
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5
LOGARITHMIC STRAIN - LE22 [ x10 -3 ]
1002
Cracking model: tension shear test
3.0
[ x10 6 ]
2.5
3D tabular sr
PS tabular sr
PE tabular sr 2.0
STRESS 22 (Pa)
1.5
1.0
0.5
XMIN -3.152E-05
XMAX 1.475E-03 0.0
YMIN -2.449E+05
YMAX 2.993E+06
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5
LOGARITHMIC STRAIN - LE22 [ x10 -3 ]
2.0
[ x10 6 ]
3D power sr
PS power sr 1.6
PE power sr
STRESS 12 (Pa)
1.2
0.8
0.4
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 1.998E-03
YMIN -4.607E+02
YMAX 2.101E+06 0.0
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0
LOGARITHMIC STRAIN - LE12 [ x10 -3 ]
1003
Cracking model: tension shear test
2.0
[ x10 6 ]
3D tabular sr
PS tabular sr 1.6
PE tabular sr
STRESS 12 (Pa)
1.2
0.8
0.4
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 1.998E-03
YMIN -4.598E+02
YMAX 2.112E+06 0.0
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0
LOGARITHMIC STRAIN - LE12 [ x10 -3 ]
1004
Hydrostatic fluid
Hydrostatic fluid
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Features tested
This section provides basic verification tests for the fluid behavior associated with fluid elements that are generated
in Abaqus/Standard when the fluid cavity capability is used.
Elements tested
F2D2 F3D4
Problem description
Material:
Incompressible fluid
Reference density, ρR = 10.0
1005
Hydrostatic fluid
Pneumatic fluid
Ambient pressure, pA = 14.7
The tests in this section are set up as cases of homogeneous deformation of a “block” of hydrostatic fluid. The
fluid pressure, temperature, and cavity volume at the cavity reference node are the results of interest. The pressure
reported for the pneumatic fluid is the gauge pressure, not the absolute pressure.
The following five steps are executed:
1. Load
2. Increase fluid temperature
3. Add prescribed amount of fluid
4. Remove prescribed amount of fluid
5. Decrease fluid temperature
Input files
1006
Composite, mass
proportional, and rotary
inertia proportional
damping in
Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Composite damping
Elements tested
B31 MASS ROTARYI SPRING2
Problem description
An eigenvalue analysis is performed on the system consisting of spring, mass, and rotary inertia elements. The
spring element builds the stiffness for the translational degrees of freedom, while the mass is assigned to all six
degrees of freedom (due to the mass and rotary inertia elements). To avoid solver singularities, a B31 element
with negligible mass is included in the model. Composite damping values are also specified for both the mass
and rotary inertia elements.
Input files
mdacmo1yfr.inp Input file for composite damping, also tests *LOAD CASE.
mdacmo1yfr_anis_mass.inp Input file for composite damping with anisotropic mass; in addition, tests
*LOAD CASE.
Elements tested
MASS SPRING1
Problem description
The linear behavior of a simple spring/mass system with mass proportional damping is tested (see system A in
Linear behavior of spring and dashpot elements). The MASS element (m = 0.02588) is attached to a SPRING1
element; therefore, the system is grounded. The value of the mass proportional damping parameter (α = 4.6367852)
was taken such that the damping in the system (c = αm) is the same as in Problem I in Linear behavior of spring
and dashpot elements when a dashpot element (c = 0.12) is used to provide damping.
1007
Composite, mass proportional, and rotary inertia proportional damping in Abaqus/Standard
Reference solution
Force balance on the system yields a second-order linear differential equation for a single degree of freedom
damped oscillator whose solution is identical to the one presented in Problem I in Linear behavior of spring and
dashpot elements.
Input files
mdampo1ydy.inp Input file for mass proportional damping.
mdampo1ydy_anis_mass.inp Input file for mass proportional damping with anisotropic mass.
Elements tested
MASS R2D2 ROTARYI SPRING2
Problem description
The behavior of a simple spring/rigid body system with rotary inertia proportional damping is tested. A rigid
body (one R2D2 element), with rotary inertia at its reference node and rotary inertia proportional damping, is
allowed only rotation about the z-axis. The rotation of the rigid element is constrained by the two springs acting
normal to it. In the first step the rigid body is rotated by 10° in a static procedure, thus developing forces in the
springs. In the next dynamic step the above single degree of freedom system is allowed to oscillate freely. An
additional perturbation step is included to test the load case definition.
Reference solution
Moment balance on the system yields a second-order linear differential equation for a single degree of freedom
damped oscillator. The analytical exponentially decaying sinusoidal solution is obtained for the rotation of the
rigid body.
Input files
rotary_inertia_damping.inp Input file for rotary inertia proportional damping, perturbation step with
*LOAD CASE.
1008
Material damping in
Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPS4R CPE4R C3D8R CAX4R B21 B22 B31 B32 S4R SAX1 M3D4R
Features tested
Problem description
This example problem is used to verify stiffness proportional material damping. A one-dimensional wave is
propagated through a single row of elements and allowed to attenuate over time. Both continuum and structural
elements are used. The C3D8R element model is shown in Figure 1. The row of elements is restrained on one
side in the y-direction for the two-dimensional element models and restrained in the y- and z-directions for the
three-dimensional element models. All the models are free at both ends in the x-direction. For the structural
elements the loading is in-plane and all the rotational degrees of freedom are fixed. The damping will cause the
amplitude and the frequency of the initial pulse to decrease until the internal energy of the system becomes zero
and the bar has a constant longitudinal velocity.
Linear elastic, equation of state, and hyperelastic materials are tested. The elastic material has Young's modulus
of 4.4122 × 108 N/m2 (6.4 × 104 lb/in2), Poisson's ratio of 0.33, and density of 1.069 × 1010 kg/m3 (1.0 × 103 lb
sec2 in−4). The behavior of the equation of state material is equivalent to that of the linear elastic material. The
elastic shear modulus is 1.6589 × 108 N/m2 (2.4060 × 104 lb/in2). For the tabular equation of state material
model, the functions are defined as f1 (εvol ) = −Kεvol and f2 (εvol ) = 0.0, where K = 4.3261 × 108 N/m2 (6.2745 × 104
lb/in2). The linear Us − Up type of equation of state material has c0 = 2.0120 × 10-1 m/sec (7.9212 in/sec). The
hyperelastic material is a Mooney-Rivlin material, with the constants (for the polynomial strain energy function)
C10 = 551.6 kPa (80.0 lb/in2), C01 = 137.9 kPa (20 lb/in2), and D1 = 4.5322 × 10−3 kPa−1 (0.03125 psi−1). Its density
is 1.069 × 107 kg/m3 (1.0 lb sec2 in−4). In both cases the densities have been increased to slow the wave speed
down so that the wavelength of the stress pulse is just shorter than the length of the bar.
The stiffness proportional damping coefficient for both materials is 0.01. A variable stiffness proportional
damping can also be defined by specifying the damping coefficient as a tabular function of temperature and/or
field variables in Abaqus/Explicit. A large damping coefficient is chosen to illustrate clearly the effects of material
damping. In general, this material property is meant to model low level damping of the system, in which case
the value of the damping coefficient will be much smaller. In all cases the linear and quadratic bulk viscosities
are set equal to zero. This isolates the effects of the stiffness proportional damping.
The time history of the energies for the C3D8R element model is shown in Figure 2. The value of ALLVD
represents the amount of energy lost due to damping. When the stress pulse is between the ends of the bar, the
kinetic and strain energies are equal. When a stress wave hits a free surface, the wave is reflected and its sign is
1009
Material damping in Abaqus/Explicit
reversed. Therefore, when the first half of the wave has hit the free end, the wave that it reflects exactly cancels
the tail end of the original wave. At this point all the strain energy in the system has been converted to kinetic
energy. Once the wave completely reflects off the end, half of the kinetic energy is transferred back to strain
energy. As expected, the wave amplitude decreases. All other element types tested produce similar results.
This problem tests stiffness proportional material damping for all the available material models, but it does not
provide independent verification.
Input files
Figures
3 1
1010
Material damping in Abaqus/Explicit
2.0
1 1
[ x10 -3 ]
ALLKE
ALLIE
ALLWK
ALLVD 1.5
ETOTAL
0.5 1
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 4.000E+02
YMIN -9.313E-09
YMAX 2.004E-03 0.0 1
0. 50. 100. 150. 200. 250. 300. 350. 400.
Time
1011
Mass proportional damping
in Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
T3D2
Features tested
Problem description
This example is intended to verify mass proportional damping by comparing the Abaqus/Explicit results with
an exact solution for a simple problem.
Mass proportional damping is defined by including damping in the material definition for those elements in
which mass proportional damping is desired.
The example is the simplest dynamic system: a massless truss connecting a point mass to ground. The mass is
obtained by giving the material in the truss a density so that the lumped mass of the truss gives the correct point
mass at the free end of the truss. The truss is stretched initially and then relaxed so that it undergoes vibrations
of small amplitude. The solution is compared with the exact solution obtained by solving the equation of motion
analytically.
Figure 1 shows the geometry. The model consists of a single truss element, type T3D2, constrained at one node
and free to move only in the x-direction at its other node. The truss's mass matrix is lumped; therefore, the system
is equivalent to a spring and a lumped mass. The cross-sectional area of the truss is 645 mm2 (1 in2), and its
length is 254 mm (10 in). It is made of linear elastic material, with a Young's modulus of 69 GPa (107 lb/in2).
The density of the truss provides a lumped mass at the unrestrained end of 2.777 × 105 kg (1585 lb-s2/in).
The mass is displaced by 25.4 mm (1 in) in the first step by stretching the free end and then released in the second
step. The time histories are plotted and compared with the theoretical value.
where m is the mass, c (= αm) is the damping, α is the mass damping factor, k is the stiffness, and u is the
displacement.
1013
Mass proportional damping in Abaqus/Explicit
where ωu = k / m is the undamped frequency of vibration. Critical damping occurs when the value of c causes
the discriminant of this equation to be zero so that
cc = 2mωu = 2 k m .
The relationships in this equation are often used as a basis for choosing α and β.
The equation defining λ can be rewritten
λ = ωu (−ξ ± ξ 2 − 1 ).
We choose the damping in this case to be less than critical, ξ = 0.02 < 1, and the system can vibrate. The initial
conditions are u(0) = 1 and u̇(0) = 0; therefore, the dynamic part of the motion is
⎛ ξ ⎞
u (t ) = exp(−ξ ωu t )⎜ sinωd t + cosωd t ⎟,
⎝ 1−ξ 2
⎠
To generate damping with ξ = 0.2, a mass proportional damping factor of α = 1.00472 sec−1 is used. A variable
mass proportional damping can also be defined by specifying the damping coefficient as a tabular function of
temperature and/or field variables in Abaqus/Explicit. The parameters used in the theoretical results can be
calculated as ωu = 25.11802 rad/sec, ωd = 25.11300 rad/sec, and
u (t ) = exp(−0.5023603t )(0.020004001 sin25.113t + cos25.113t ).
The displacement value at the end of Step 2 (t=2.5 sec) is 0.2841910 in; Abaqus/Explicit gives 0.2717 in with
a 4% relative error. For this one-element simple truss model, direct user control of the incrementation through
the dynamic step is used to achieve smooth and accurate results. The displacement history is compared with the
analytical result in Figure 2.
Input files
Figures
u(t)
L
m
A, E
1014
Mass proportional damping in Abaqus/Explicit
1.0
Explicit
Analytical
0.5
0.0
-0.5
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 3.000E+00
YMIN -9.391E-01
YMAX 1.000E+00 -1.0
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0
1015
Thermal expansion test
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B21 B22 B31 B32 PIPE21 PIPE31 C3D8R C3D10M CPE4R CPE6M CPS4R CPS6M CAX4R
CAX6M M3D4R S4R S4RS S4RSW SAX1 T2D2 T3D2
Features tested
Thermal expansion defined by a predefined temperature field is tested for the following material models: isotropic
elasticity, orthotropic elasticity, anisotropic elasticity, lamina, hyperelasticity with polynomial and Ogden forms,
hyperelasticity with Arruda-Boyce and Van der Waals forms, hyperfoam, Mises plasticity, Drucker-Prager
plasticity, Hill's potential plasticity, crushable foam plasticity with volumetric hardening, crushable foam plasticity
with isotropic hardening, ductile failure plasticity, rate-dependent Hill's potential plasticity, rate-dependent Mises
plasticity, Drucker-Prager/Cap plasticity, porous metal plasticity, visco-hyperelasticity with polynomial and
Ogden forms, visco-hyperelasticity with Arruda-Boyce and Van der Waals forms, and visco-hyperfoam.
Problem description
The verification tests consist of a set of single element tests that include a combination of all the available
elements with all the available materials. All elements are loaded by ramping up the temperature from an initial
value of 0° to a final value of 100°. The undeformed meshes are shown in Figure 1 for the elasticity models,
Figure 2 for the inelasticity models, and Figure 3 for the viscoelasticity models. Material properties are listed
in Table 1 for the elastic materials and in Table 2 for the inelastic materials. The thermal expansion coefficient
for all materials is 0.00005.
The degrees of freedom in the vertical direction are constrained for all the nodes, and deformation is allowed
only in the horizontal direction. Nodes associated with elements C3D8R and C3D10M are constrained in the
out-of-plane direction, which causes a plane strain condition to apply for these elements.
The time history plots for isotropic elasticity, Mises plasticity, and viscoelasticity for all of the elements are
shown in Figure 4, Figure 5, and Figure 6, respectively, except for pipe elements, whose results are consistent
with beam elements.
Input files
1017
Thermal expansion test
Tables
ν 0.3
ν12 0.3
ν13 0.23
ν23 0.34
7.69 × 1010
G12
7.69 × 1010
G13
9.0 × 109
G23
Orthotropic elasticity (density=7850) (ORTHOTROPIC) 2.24 × 1011
D1111
1.23 × 1011
D1122
4.79 × 1011
D2222
4.21 × 1010
D1133
4.74 × 1010
D2233
1.21 × 1011
D3333
7.69 × 1010
D1212
7.69 × 1010
D1313
9.00 × 109
D2323
Lamina (density=7800) 2.0 × 1011
E1
1.5 × 1011
E2
ν12 0.35
2.00 × 1010
G12
9.00 × 109
G13
8.50 × 109
G23
Foam hyperelasticity (density=0.001) N 2
ν 0.01
1018
Thermal expansion test
... ...
(−0.02896, −0.80)
... ...
... ...
1019
Thermal expansion test
... ...
... ...
... ...
... ...
... ...
... ...
... ...
... ...
... ...
... ...
... ...
ν 0.3
0.901001
gi
0.0
ki
1020
Thermal expansion test
τi 0.99
70
θ0
4.92
C1
215
C2
Visco-polynomial hyperelasticity (density=1000) N 2
... ...
... ...
... ...
0.901001
gi
0.0
ki
τi 0.99
70
θ0
4.92
C1
215
C2
Visco-Ogden hyperelasticity (density=1000) N 3
... ...
... ...
... ...
0.901001
gi
0.0
ki
τi 0.99
70
θ0
1021
Thermal expansion test
4.92
C1
215
C2
Visco-foam hyperelasticity (density=0.001) N 2
ν 0.0
... ...
(−0.02896, −0.80)
... ...
0.901001
gi
0.0
ki
τi 0.99
70
θ0
4.92
C1
215
C2
Visco-Arruda-Boyce hyperelasticity (density=1000) uniaxial test (155060, 0.1338)
... ...
... ...
... ...
0.901001
gi
0.0
ki
τi 0.99
70
θ0
4.92
C1
215
C2
Visco-Van der Waals hyperelasticity (density=1000) uniaxial test (155060, 0.1338)
... ...
1022
Thermal expansion test
... ...
... ...
0.901001
gi
0.0
ki
τi 0.99
70
θ0
4.92
C1
215
C2
ν 0.3
σ0 206893
H 206893
ν 0.3
σ0 40000
H 40000
40
β
K 1.0
ψ 20.0
ν 0.3
σ0 1.0 × 106
H 4.0 × 105
1.5
R11
1.0
R22
1.0
R33
1.0
R12
1023
Thermal expansion test
1.0
R13
1.0
R23
Crushable foam with volumetric hardening (density=500) E 3.0 × 106
ν 0.0
k 1.1
0.1
kt
hardening (2.2× 105, 0.0)
... ...
ν 0.0
k 1.1
νp 0.2983
... ...
ν 0.3
σ0 2.0 × 105
H 4.0 × 105
pl
0.5
ϵf
Mises plasticity (density=8032)(rate dependent) E 193.1 × 109
ν 0.3
σ0 206893
H 206893
D 1000
p 2.0
ν 0.3
σ0 1.0 × 106
H 4.0 × 105
1.5
R11
1.0
R22
1.0
R33
1.0
R12
1024
Thermal expansion test
1.0
R13
1.0
R23
D 4000
p 6.0
ν 0.3
d 100
37.67
β
R 0.1
pl 0.0
ϵ vol
α 0.01
hardening (20.96, 0)
... ...
(655.6, 0.00249)
7
Porous metal plasticity(density=7.7 × 10 ) E 2.0 × 1011
ν 0.33
σ0 7.5 × 108
H 0.0
q1 1.0
q2 1.25
q3 1.0
ϵN 0.1
sN 0.06
0.04
fN
0.8
fF
0.5
fc
1025
Thermal expansion test
Figures
hyper van der waals
hyper arruda-boyce
hyperfoam
hyperogden
hyperpoly
lamina
anisotropic
orthotropic(2)
orthotropic(1)
isotropic
porous plasticity
cap plasticity
ratedep Mises
ratedep Hill
ductile failure
crushable foam
Hill’s plasticity
Drucker-Prager
Mises plasticity
C3D8R
C3D10M
CPE4R
CPE6M
CPS4R
CPS6M 0.5
S4R
S4RS
0.0
0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10
Time
1026
Thermal expansion test
240.
[ x10 3 ]
T2D2
T3D2 200.
B21
B31
SAX1
CAX4R 160.
CAX6M
Mises Stress
C3D8R
C3D10M
120.
CPE4R
CPE6M
CPS4R
CPS6M 80.
S4R
S4RS
40.
0.
0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10
Time
C3D8R
C3D10M
CPE4R
CPE6M
CPS4R
CPS6M 0.5
S4R
S4RS
0.0
0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10
Time
1027
Multiscale materials
Multiscale materials
Products: Abaqus/Standard
References:
• Mean-field homogenization
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8R
Features tested
Linear elastic multiscale materials modeled with mean-field homogenization methods.
Problem description
The verification tests consist of a set of single element tests that use C3D8R elements under mechanical and
thermal loading conditions. All constituents of the composite material are linear elastic. Material properties
including Young's modulus, E, and Poisson ratio, ν, are listed below. Microstructure properties including volume
fraction, vf , and aspect ratio, ar , are also listed.
Material:
Composite 1
Matrix properties:
E 250 GPa
ν 0.3
vf 80%
E 750 GPa
ν 0.3
vf 10%
ar infinite
E 1000 GPa
ν 0.3
1029
Multiscale materials
vf 10%
ar infinite
Composite 2
Matrix properties:
E 3.16 GPa
ν 0.35
Inclusion properties:
E 73.1 GPa
ν 0.18
ar 1.0
Composite 3
Matrix properties:
E 70 GPa
ν 0.33
Inclusion properties:
E 300 GPa
ν 0.2
vf 10%
ar 20.0
Composite 4
Matrix properties:
E 4.5 GPa
ν 0.38
Inclusion properties:
E 172 GPa
ν 0.2
ar 0.04
1030
Multiscale materials
Composite 5
The material properties are the same as those for Composite 4, but the inclusion directions are specified
with a different second-order orientation tensor,
⎡ 0.515 −0.038 −0.059 ⎤
⎢ ⎥
a = ⎢ −0.038 0.375 −0.063⎥.
⎢⎣ −0.059 −0.063 0.11 ⎥⎦
Composite 6
Matrix properties:
E 3 GPa
ν 0.35
CTE −1
70e-6 K
Inclusion properties:
E 172 GPa
ν 0.2
CTE −1
1e-6 K
The volume fraction and aspect ratio of the inclusion are variable.
where ui is the nodal displacement, pjα is the αth vector defining the periodicity of the unit cell, and ui, k is the
far-field displacement gradient, which is assumed to be equal to the nominal strain given that the far-field rotation
is constrained to be zero. The stress response of the FE-RVE is given by
Σ σijk Vk
1
≃
k =1, n
σij = ∫ σ dV
V Ω ij Σ Vk
.
k =1, n
This stress response can then be used to validate the prediction given by the mean-field homogenization. The
FE-RVE can also be used to obtain the stiffness matrix by performing a linear perturbation step with six load
cases, with each load case yielding one column of the 6 × 6 matrix. The CTEs can be computed by applying a
uniform temperature change across the FE-RVE and measuring the change in the volume-averaged strain.
A two-step mean-field homogenization method is used to obtain the transverse response of Composite 1. Both
Mori-Tanaka and the balanced homogenization model are used in Step 1, and Voigt homogenization is used in
Step 2. Results are compared with the FE-RVE prediction in Table 1. The mean-field predictions show good
agreement with the FE-RVE results.
The influence of the volume fraction on the normalized macroscale modulus of Composite 2 is plotted in Figure
2 using various homogenization methods. Two different FE-RVEs are used for comparison: body-centered and
square packed. The body-centered FE-RVE is shown in Figure 1. The square-packed FE-RVE is also a cubic
1031
Multiscale materials
cell with only a single sphere in the middle of the cell. The Mori-Tanaka prediction matches the body-centered
FE-RVE prediction very well, while the balanced prediction matches the square-packed FE-RVE results very
well up to a volume fraction of 50%. Interaction between inclusions is stronger in the squared-packed FE-RVE
compared to the body-centered FE-RVE, which can be better captured with the balanced method.
Composites with various off-axis angles are tested with Composite 3. The influence of the off-axis angle on the
normalized macroscale modulus in the traction direction is plotted in Figure 3. Mori-Tanaka and the balanced
homogenization methods are used, and the predicted macroscale properties compare well with the FE-RVE
results. The body-centered FE-RVE model is used to obtain the stiffness modulus of the composite through a
linear perturbation step as described above. The engineering constants predicted by the FE-RVE model are listed
in Table 2, with the 1-direction being the inclusion direction. The axial macroscale elastic modulus is then
computed at all off-axis angles through transformation.
The influence of the volume fraction on the macroscale elastic modulus of Composite 4 in the traction direction
is plotted in Figure 4. 6 × 6 angle subdivisions and 12 × 12 angle subdivisions are used for the numerical
integration over orientations. Two-step homogenization is used; Mori-Tanaka homogenization is used in Step
1, and Voigt homogenization is used in Step 2. For comparison, the macroscale elastic modulus is also computed
directly using the orientation average,
( ) (
Cijkl = C1aijkl + C2 aijδkl + aklδij + C3 aik δjl + ailδjk + ajlδik + ajk δil )
+ C4δijδkl + C (δ δ
5 ik jl + δ δ ),
il jk
where Ci′s are the five constants of a transversely orthotropic material and Cijkl
UD
are the components of the elastic
modulus of the transversely orthotropic material with symmetry around axis-1:
UD UD UD UD UD
C1 = C1111 − 2C1133 +C3322 − 4C1313 + 2C2323
UD UD
C2 = C1133 − C3322
UD UD
C3 = C1313 − C2323
UD
C4 = C3322
UD
C5 = C2323.
aij is the second-order orientation tensor, which is
⎡ 1 0 0⎤
⎢ ⎥
a = ⎢ 0 1 0⎥
⎢⎣ 0 0 1 ⎥⎦
for 3D randomly distributed orientations. The fourth-order orientation tensor is computed using
aijkl = ∬ pi pj pk pl Ψ(θ , φ)sin θdθdφ, where p = [sin θ cos φ, sin θ sin φ, cos θ ] is the fiber direction and Ψ is the orientation
distribution function.
The same studies are made with Composite 5, and the results are plotted in Figure 5. The predicted macroscale
modulus matches well with the orientation average.
Thermal-elastic composites under thermal loading are also tested with Composite 6. The influence of aspect
ratio on the predicted macroscale coefficient of thermal expansion (CTE) is plotted in Figure 6.
Input files
multscale-twostep-mt.inp One-element test using Composite 1 with two-step mean-field homogenization.
Mori-Tanaka homogenization is used in the first step, and Voigt
homogenization is used in the second step.
multscale-twostep-balanced.inp One-element uniaxial tension test using Composite 1. Traction is applied in
the transverse direction. Two-step mean-field homogenization is used.
Balanced homogenization is used in the first step, and Voigt homogenization
is used in the second step.
1032
Multiscale materials
References
1033
Multiscale materials
• Onat, E. T., and F. A. Leckie, “Representation of Mechanical Behavior in the Presence of Changing Internal
Structure,” Journal of Applied Mechanics, vol. 55(1), pp. 1–10, 1988.
Tables
Figures
Figure 1: Body-center packed composite with spherical inclusions (matrix is not shown).
1034
Multiscale materials
25
Voigt
Inversed MT
20 Balanced
Mori−Tanaka
0
Reuss
Macro elastic modulus/E
FE−RVE (body−center)
15 FE−RVE (square)
10
0
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1
Volume fraction
1.3
Mori−Tanaka
Balanced
0
Axial macro elastic modulus/E
FE−RVE
1.25
1.2
1.15
1.1
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6
Off−axis angle
Figure 3: Comparison between predicted axial macroscale elastic modulus at different off-axis
angles with mean-field homogenization methods (Mori-Tanaka and balanced) and FE-RVE
results.
1035
Multiscale materials
14
13
exact
12
MT−6
Macro elastic modulus (GPa)
11 MT−12
10
4
0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25
Volume fraction
Figure 4: Prediction of the macroscale elastic modulus of a composite with random oriented
penny-shaped inclusions at different volume fractions; 6 × 6 grains and 12 × 12 angle divisions
are used for the numerical integration using the orientation distribution function, and the results
are compared with the orientation average.
10
orientation average
9
MT−6
MT−12
Macro elastic modulus (GPa)
4
0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25
Volume fraction
1036
Multiscale materials
120
100 vf=2%
vf=5%
vf=10%
80
CTE (1e−6)
60
40
20
0
−4 −2 0 2 4
10 10 10 10 10
Aspect ratio
Figure 6: Effect of aspect ratio on macroscale thermal expansion coefficient predicted by the
Mori-Tanaka homogenization method. Comparison is made between composites with different
volume fractions.
Nonlinear composites
Elements tested
C3D8R
Features tested
Nonlinear multiscale materials modeled with mean-field homogenization methods.
Problem description
The verification tests consist of a set of single element tests that use C3D8R elements under uniaxial tension or
simple shear loading conditions. For constituents with plasticity, power law hardening is used,
n
σ = σY + k (ϵ pl ) ,
where σ is the yield stress and ϵ pl is the equivalent plastic strain. For plasticity models with rate dependency, the
rate-dependent yield behavior is defined by the Cowper-Symonds overstress power law, which has the form
( ),
m
σ
ϵ̇ pl = D −1
σ0
Material:
Composite 1
Matrix properties:
1037
Multiscale materials
E 75 GPa
ν 0.3
σY 75 MPa
k 416 MPa
n 0.3895
Inclusion properties:
E 400 GPa
ν 0.2
vf 0.1
ar 1.0
Composite 2
Matrix properties:
E 72.5 GPa
ν 0.34
σY 250 MPa
k 173 MPa
n 0.46
Inclusion properties:
E 455 GPa
ν 0.15
vf 0.2
ar 10.0
The inclusion shape is prolate, and the orientations are randomly distributed in 3D.
Composite 3
Matrix properties:
E 100 GPa
ν 0.3
σY 100 MPa
k 5 GPa
n 1.0
D 0.3 × 10−3s −1
m 1.0
1038
Multiscale materials
Inclusion properties:
E 500 GPa
ν 0.3
σY 500 MPa
k 10 GPa
n 0.8
D 0.6 × 10−3s −1
m 2.5
vf 0.1
ar 1.0
Input files
multscale-sphere-vf10-eiso.inp One-element uniaxial tension test using Composite 1. Mori-Tanaka
homogenization is used. The general method is used for isotropization,
and the isotropized matrix modulus is applied only to the Eshelby tensor
calculation.
multscale-sphere-vf10-piso.inp One-element uniaxial tension test using Composite 1. Mori-Tanaka
homogenization is used. The spectral method is used for isotropization,
and the isotropized matrix modulus is applied to the calculation of Hill's
tensor.
multscale-sphere-vf10-shear-eiso.inp One-element simple shear test using Composite 1. Mori-Tanaka
homogenization is used. The general method is used for isotropization,
and the isotropized matrix modulus is applied only to the Eshelby tensor
calculation.
multscale-sphere-vf10-shear-piso.inp One-element simple shear test using Composite 1. Mori-Tanaka
homogenization is used. The spectral method is used for isotropization,
and the isotropized matrix modulus is applied to the calculation of Hill's
tensor.
rve-sphere-vf10-elasplas.inp FE-RVE model of Composite 1 under uniaxial tension loading.
rve-sphere-vf10-elasplas-shear.inp FE-RVE model of Composite 1 under uniaxial tension loading.
multscale-prolate-random3d.inp One-element uniaxial tension test using Composite 2.
1039
Multiscale materials
References
• Doghri, I., and A. Ouaar, “Homogenization of Two-Phase Elasto-Plastic Composite Materials and Structures:
Study of Tangent Operators, Cyclic Plasticity and Numerical Algorithms,” International Journal of Solids
and Structures, vol. 40, pp. 1681–1712, 2003.
• Doghri, I., and L. Tinel, “Micromechanics of Inelastic Composites with Misaligned Inclusions: Numerical
Treatment of Orientation,” Computational Methods in Applied Mechanics and Engineering, vol. 195,
pp. 1387–1406, 2006.
• Pierard, O., and I. Doghri, “An Enhanced Affine Formulation and the Corresponding Numerical Algorithms
for the Mean-Field Homogenization of Elasto-Viscoplastic Composites,” International Journal of Plasticity,
vol. 22, pp. 131–157, 2006.
Figures
250
200
Macro stress (MPa)
150
MT E−Iso
MT P−Iso
100
FE−RVE
50
0
0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025 0.03 0.035 0.04
Macro strain
Figure 7: Prediction of the macroscale stress in a uniaxial test of a composite with elastic-plastic
matrix reinforced with elastic spherical inclusions.
1040
Multiscale materials
120
100
80
Macro stress (MPa)
60 MT E−Iso
MT P−Iso
FE−RVE
40
20
0
0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025 0.03 0.035 0.04
Macro strain
Figure 8: Prediction of the macroscale stress in a simple shear test of a composite with
elastic-plastic matrix reinforced with elastic spherical inclusions.
400
350
300
Macro stress (MPa)
250
Doghi 2006
200 MT−10
150
100
50
0
0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025 0.03
Macro strain
1041
Multiscale materials
Mori−Tanaka
FE−RVE
2
0
0 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.01
Macro strain
Figure 10: Normalized macroscale stress in a uniaxial tension test with a strain rate of 10−3s −1.
1042
Thermal properties
In this section:
• Field-variable-dependent conductivity
• Conductivity and specific heat
• Gap conductance
1043
Field-variable-dependent
conductivity
Field-variable-dependent conductivity
Products: Abaqus/Standard Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8HT C3D8RHT C3D8RT C3D8T C3D10MHT C3D10MT C3D20HT C3D20RHT C3D20RT
C3D20T CAX4HT CAX4RHT CAX4RT CAX4T CAX6MHT CAX6MT CGAX4HT CGAX4RHT
CGAX4RT CGAX4T CGAX6MHT CGAX6MT CPE4HT CPE4RHT CPE4RT CPE4T CPE6MHT
CPE6MT CPE8HT CPE8RHT CPE8RT CPE8T CPEG3T CPEG4HT CPEG4RHT CPEG4RT
CPEG4T CPEG6MHT CPEG6MT CPEG8HT CPEG8RHT CPEG8T CPS4RT CPS4T CPS6MT
DC3D8 DC3D10 DC3D20 DC2D3 DC2D4 DC2D6 DC2D8 DC1D2
Problem description
The temperatures on each end of the rod (nodes 2 and 3) are reported below. These temperatures match the exact
results.
Input files
1045
Field-variable-dependent conductivity
1046
Field-variable-dependent conductivity
1047
Conductivity and specific
heat
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPE4T CPE4RT CPEG4T DC1D3
Problem description
A simple transient heat transfer analysis of a heat link constructed with DC1D3 elements is considered in
Abaqus/Standard. In Abaqus/ExplicitCPE4RT elements are used to model the heat link. The temperature at one
end of the link is fixed, while a flux is applied to the other end. The conductivity and the specific heat of the
material comprising the heat link vary with prescribed values of a field variable (FV). The value of this field
variable is altered with time.
In both Abaqus/Standard and Abaqus/Explicit a transient analysis is conducted. The total simulation time is 6.
The nodal temperatures of the link confirm that the thermal properties of the material do, indeed, depend on the
field variable. The actual values of the material parameters as a function of the field variable are, therefore,
correct, since the temperatures were calculated from these parameters by Abaqus.
Input files
1049
Gap conductance
Gap conductance
Products: Abaqus/Standard Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPEG4T C3D8RT C3D8T DC3D8 DC3D10 DCC3D8 SC8RT S4RT
Problem description
The tests in this section are set up as cases of uniform one-dimensional heat flux using generalized plane strain
(Abaqus/Standard only), and three-dimensional elements. In all Abaqus/Standard cases a steady-state heat transfer
analysis is performed. In Abaqus/Explicit a transient analysis is performed for each case, with a simulation time
chosen to ensure that steady-state conditions are reached in this problem. Particular values (gap clearance,
predefined field variables, etc.) vary during the solution, which in turn influence the conductivity across the
interface and, thus, the solution.
Input files
1051
Gap conductance
1052
Analysis Procedures and
Techniques
In this section:
• Dynamic analysis
• Crack propagation
• Substructuring
• Additive Manufacturing Process Simulation
• Electromagnetic analysis
• Piezoelectric analysis
• Submodeling
• Acoustic and shock analyses
• Model change
• Symmetric model generation and analysis of cyclic symmetry models
• Abaqus/Aqua analysis
• Design sensitivity analysis
• Transferring results between Abaqus/Standard and Abaqus/Explicit
• Meshed beam cross-sections
• Co-simulation
• Adaptive remeshing
• Discrete particle methods
• Miscellaneous procedures and techniques
1053
Dynamic analysis
In this section:
1055
Modal dynamic analysis
with baseline correction
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B23 CAX4H
Features tested
Problem description
The first example (pmodbase.inp, pmodbas2.inp, and pmodbas2a.inp) is a modal dynamic, time history analysis
that is performed on a one-element cantilever structure using a B23 element. As the base motion record, a simple
sine-shaped accelerogram is assumed for the time of one sine period. The record is corrected for the total time
of the record duration. The choice of the base motion record as a sine function allows the analytical calculation
of the parabolic correction to the record using the formulæ from Baseline correction of accelerograms. The
values of the three constants for the parabolic correction are c1 = −0.8308, c2 = 0.4207, and c3 = 2.1717; and the
corrected accelerogram is
t t
ac (t ) = sin(t ) − 0.8308 + 0.4207 2π + 2.1717 2π ,
where 0 < t < 2π. Integrating twice gives the corresponding displacement record:
t2 t3 t4
uc (t ) = t − sin(t ) − 0.8308 2 + 0.4207 12π + 2.1717 .
48π 2
The second example (pmodbas3.inp and pmodbas4.inp) illustrates the application of multiple base motions in
a time history modal dynamic analysis in which part of the structure is fixed while another part of it is subjected
to excitation. The structure analyzed is a quarter-symmetry axisymmetric model of a cylinder made of rubberlike
material. An 8 × 8 mesh with CAX4H elements is employed for the analysis. The structure is first preloaded in
compression statically in the axial direction by a rigid platen, which is modeled as a rigid surface in pmodbas3.inp
and as a rigid body in pmodbas4.inp; perfect bonding between the platen and the top surface of the cylinder is
assumed. The response to applied axial (acceleration) excitation at the rigid surface reference node is sought.
The acceleration records are the same as those used in the first problem. Since both fixed boundary conditions
and applied acceleration boundary conditions occur in the same global (axial) direction in different parts of the
structure, we treat the fixed boundary conditions as a primary base motion and the applied accelerations as a
secondary base motion.
The results for the first example are confirmed by running the input files pmodbase.inp, pmodbas2.inp, and
pmodbas2a.inp and postprocessing the results file output. Although the three models differ in their “base”
organizations—namely, the base in the first input file is handled as a primary base and that in the second and
third input files is handled as a secondary base—the results they generate are identical. The plot of the total
1057
Modal dynamic analysis with baseline correction
displacement of the cantilever tip will show the considerable difference between the uncorrected and corrected
records.
The results obtained for the second example by the two different input files, pmodbas3.inp and pmodbas4.inp,
are the same.
Input files
1058
Steady-state dynamic
analysis for
two-dimensional elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPE3 CPE3H CPE4 CPE4H CPE4I CPE4IH CPE4R CPE4RH CPE6 CPE6H CPE6M CPE6MH
CPE8 CPE8H CPE8R CPE8RH CPS3 CPS4 CPS4I CPS4R CPS6 CPS6M CPS8 CPS8R
Features tested
Direct-solution and subspace-based steady-state dynamic analysis of two-dimensional elements with damping.
Problem description
D C
A B
The model consists of a square structure that is fixed at edge AD and has a forced harmonic pressure applied at
edge BC. Material damping is provided in the form of mass and stiffness proportional damping.
1059
Steady-state dynamic analysis for two-dimensional elements
ω = 2π f Hz
f = 10 to 15 Hz
Reference solution
The results are confirmed by comparing them to a mode-based steady-state dynamic analysis using CPS4
elements.
Input files
1060
Steady-state dynamic analysis for two-dimensional elements
1061
Steady-state dynamic
analysis for infinite
elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CIN3D8 CIN3D12R CIN3D18R CINAX4 CINAX5R CINPE4 CINPE5R CINPS4 CINPS5R
Features tested
Problem description
C D
continuum element
A B
infinite element
The model consists of a single infinite element connected to one regular continuum finite element. The model
is subjected to a plane wave and a shear wave. The results from this analysis are compared with a reference
solution obtained from a model in which the infinite element is replaced by dashpots attached to the regular
continuum element at points A and B. The damping coefficient corresponding to a plane wave, dp, is computed
λ +2G
as dp = ρ cp, where cp = ρ
is the plane wave speed. Similarly, the damping coefficient corresponding
G
to a shear wave, ds, is computed as ds = ρ cs, where cs = ρ
is the shear wave speed.
Boundary conditions: Plane wave: uy = 1.0 × 10−4 along edge CD, ux = 0 throughout the model.
Shear wave: ux = 1.0 × 10−4 along edge CD, uy = 0 throughout the model.
1063
Steady-state dynamic analysis for infinite elements
The results are confirmed by comparing them to a direct-solution steady-state dynamic analysis of the model in
which the infinite elements are replaced by dashpots. The displacements and phase angles match the reference
solution in all cases.
Input files
1064
Random response analysis
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
The tests in this section verify the random response capability for structures subjected to correlated and uncorrelated
excitations. The tests include excitation from base motion and from concentrated and distributed loads.
Elements tested
B21
Features tested
Correlated and uncorrelated random base motions.
Problem description
A two-element cantilever beam aligned along the y-axis is excited by prescribed ground accelerations in global
degrees of freedom 1 and 6. B21 elements of unit length are used. A white noise power spectral density is used
to describe the applied ground accelerations.
Since random response analysis is a modal-based procedure, a frequency step is required to obtain the mode
shapes and natural frequencies of the system. Steps 2 and 3 test correlated and uncorrelated excitation between
global degrees of freedom 1 and 6, respectively. Steps 4 and 5 test arbitrary load case numbering. Only the first
two mode shapes have been used in the random response analysis steps, with a damping ratio of 0.01 for each
mode.
Input files
prrbase.inp Cantilever beam excited by base motion.
Elements tested
B21
Features tested
Correlated and uncorrelated random concentrated loads.
1065
Random response analysis
Problem description
A two-element cantilever beam aligned along the x-axis is excited by transverse distributed and concentrated
loads. The concentrated loads are applied at the free end (magnitude of −1.0) and at the midnode (magnitude of
−2.0). The distributed load acts on the element closest to the cantilevered end (magnitude of 4.0). B21 elements
of unit length are used. Both the distributed load and the concentrated loads are described by white noise power
spectral densities.
Since random response analysis is a modal-based procedure, a frequency step is required to obtain the mode
shapes and natural frequencies of the system. Steps 2 and 3 test correlated and uncorrelated concentrated loads,
respectively. Steps 4 and 5 test arbitrary load case numbering. Only the first two mode shapes have been used
in the random response steps, with a damping ratio of 0.01 for each mode.
Input files
prrforc.inp Cantilever beam excited by random concentrated and distributed loads.
1066
Single degree of freedom
spring-mass systems
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPE4R SPRINGA MASS DASHPOTA
Features tested
Time integration procedure, nonlinear springs and dashpot, distributed loads, point loads, gravity loading.
Problem description
There are six individual single degree of freedom spring-mass systems defined in this problem. In each case two
springs are attached to a single CPE4R element that is constrained to have only vertical motion. The meshes are
shown in Figure 1. The following cases are considered:
1. This single degree of freedom oscillator is loaded with a distributed load of 106 on the top of the element.
The springs are linear, each with a stiffness of 2.0 × 106. The static displacement under this load is 0.25. The
mass of the element is 1000. The analytical solution gives a period of 0.0993.
2. This single degree of freedom oscillator should be identical to Case 1. The springs are defined as nonlinear
springs, but the tabular definition gives the same linear stiffness as the springs in Case 1. In this case the
element is loaded with concentrated loads equal to the distributed load of Case 1.
3. The solution to this problem should be identical to that defined for Case 1. In this case the load is applied as
a gravity load instead of as a distributed load. The springs are linear.
4. The definition of this problem is the same as that for Case 1 except that two point masses (mass of 500 each)
are added to the problem. The addition of the point masses increases the period of this case to 0.1405.
5. In this single degree of freedom system the springs are nonlinear. Each spring has the same stiffness as the
linear springs in Case 1 up to the static deflection of 0.5. Above a deflection of 0.5 the stiffness is 20 percent
of the linear stiffness. The solution should be identical to Case 1 up to a displacement of 0.25. Because the
nonlinear spring is not as stiff as the linear springs above a displacement of 0.25, the period of the oscillation
in this case is greater than that of Case 1.
6. This single degree of freedom oscillator should be identical to Case 1 except for the added dashpot. The
springs are defined as nonlinear springs, but the tabular definition gives the same linear stiffness as the springs
in Case 1. In this case the element is loaded with concentrated loads equal to the distributed load of Case 1.
A linear dashpot is attached parallel to the left spring.
Figure 2 shows the displacement of each single degree of freedom system as a function of time. Cases 1, 2, and
3 have identical solutions and match the analytical solution for the single degree of freedom system. Case 6
shows smaller amplitudes of oscillation due to the damping effect of the dashpot. Case 4 matches the analytical
solution for the added mass. Case 5 has no analytical solution; however, the results are qualitatively correct.
1067
Single degree of freedom spring-mass systems
Input files
Figures
4 5 6
1 2 3
displ_el1
displ_el2 0.0
displ_el3
displ_el4
displ_el5
displ_el6 -0.2
DISPLACEMENT - U2
-0.4
-0.6
-0.8
XMIN 4.683E-03
XMAX 1.405E-01
YMIN -8.097E-01
YMAX 1.846E-04 -1.0
0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15
TOTAL TIME
1068
Linear kinematics element
tests
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B21 B22 B31 B32 C3D8 C3D8I C3D8R CPE4R CPS4R CAX4R M3D4R PIPE21 PIPE31 S4
S4R S4RS S4RSW SAX1 T2D2 T3D2
Features tested
Problem description
This verification test consists of a set of single-element models for each element type in analyses that use the
small-displacement theory. All degrees of freedom are prescribed so that the results do not include any dynamic
effects. Each element is subjected to all applicable fundamental modes of deformation. The total strains are large
to show that the results are linear and remain unaffected by changes to the element's current configuration.
The material is linear elastic with a Young's modulus of 1.0 × 105, Poisson's ratio of .33, and density of 1000.
All element types tested yield the appropriate results for their applicable fundamental modes of deformation.
Results for the two-dimensional truss element are illustrated here.
There are two global modes of deformation for a two-dimensional truss: longitudinal and lateral. The longitudinal
mode is driven by fixing one end of the truss and prescribing a longitudinal displacement at the other. The axial
stresses in the truss element as a result of longitudinal deformation for both small-displacement theory (geometric
nonlinearities are neglected) and large-displacement theory (geometric nonlinearities are considered in the step)
are shown in Figure 1. As the strains become large, the results diverge because the large-displacement theory
accounts for the thinning of the truss as it stretches. The global lateral mode is invoked by prescribing a lateral
displacement at one end of the truss element while holding all other degrees of freedom fixed. Results for the
lateral case are shown in Figure 2. The nonlinear geometric effect is accounted for only in the large-displacement
analysis. The small-displacement analysis ignores the extension of the truss due to its rotation and, therefore,
sees no extensional strain due to the prescribed lateral displacements.
Input files
1069
Linear kinematics element tests
1070
Linear kinematics element tests
Figures
100.
[ x10 3 ]
SMALL_EX_1
LARGE_EX_1
80.
60.
STRESS - S11
40.
20.
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 1.000E+00
YMIN 0.000E+00
YMAX 1.000E+05 0.
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
TOTAL TIME
25.
STRESS - S11
20.
15.
10.
5.
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 1.000E+00
YMIN 0.000E+00
YMAX 3.464E+04 0.
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
TOTAL TIME
1071
Mass scaling
Mass scaling
Products: Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Various features of the fixed and variable mass scaling capabilities are tested. Most of the analyses consist of a set of
reference elements that are unscaled and another set of test elements whose masses are scaled to equal those of the
reference elements. The response of the test elements should be identical to that of the reference elements.
Elements tested
B21 B22 B31 B32
C3D4 C3D6 C3D8R
CAX3 CAX4R
CPE3 CPE4R CPS3 CPS4R
M3D3 M3D4R MASS
R2D2 R3D3 R3D4 RAX2 ROTARYI
S3R S4R SAX1
T2D2 T3D2
Problem description
These problems verify that the element mass matrices are generated properly for every element type that can be
scaled. Several element types are tested in each input file. For each element type an element pair consisting of
a reference element and test element with identical geometries is defined. The material properties of each element
pair are identical with the exception of the densities. The densities of the test elements are scaled with the
FACTOR parameter so that in the analysis their element mass matrices are identical to those of the reference
elements. Each element pair is subject to equivalent displacements (and rotations in the case of beams and shells)
such that their response is dynamic. Rebars are included for every element type that permits the inclusion of
rebar. Tests of membranes and shells are performed with and without nodal values specified with nodal thickness.
Reaction forces for constrained nodes of each pair of elements are output for comparison purposes.
Input files
mscale_continuum.inp Two-dimensional and three-dimensional continuum elements.
mscale_beamshell.inp Two-dimensional and three-dimensional beams and shells.
mscale_special.inp Elements with mass but no stable time increment.
1073
Mass scaling
Elements tested
M3D3 M3D4R S3R S4R SC6R SC8R SAX1
C3D4 CAX4R CPE3 CPE4R CPS3 CPS4R
Problem description
The various techniques are tested for fixed and variable mass scaling. In addition, the use of multiple mass scaling
definitions is also tested. These problems consist of a set of reference elements and a set of test elements with
identical geometries. The material properties of each set of reference and test elements are identical with the
exception of the densities. The densities of the reference elements are scalar multiples of those of the test elements.
The element stable time increment is assigned a value so that the masses of the test elements are scaled to exactly
equal those of the reference elements. Displacement boundary conditions are used to deform each pair of elements;
however, the deformation is minimal, so the element stable time increments are not affected significantly.
Input files
mscale_belowmin_fms.inp *FIXED MASS SCALING, TYPE=BELOW MIN.
mscale_belowmin_vms.inp *VARIABLE MASS SCALING, TYPE=BELOW MIN.
mscale_belowminfac.inp *FIXED MASS SCALING, TYPE=BELOW MIN with a mass scaling
factor.
mscale_uniform_fms.inp *FIXED MASS SCALING, TYPE=UNIFORM.
mscale_uniform_vms.inp *VARIABLE MASS SCALING, TYPE=UNIFORM.
mscale_uniformfac.inp *FIXED MASS SCALING, TYPE=UNIFORM with a mass scaling
factor.
mscale_setequaldt_fms.inp *FIXED MASS SCALING, TYPE=SET EQUAL DT.
mscale_setequaldt_vms.inp *VARIABLE MASS SCALING, TYPE=SET EQUAL DT.
mscale_setequaldtfac.inp *FIXED MASS SCALING, TYPE=SET EQUAL DT with a mass
scaling factor.
mscale_multiuniform_fms.inp Multiple uniform mass scaling definitions with *FIXED MASS
SCALING.
mscale_multiuniform_vms.inp Multiple uniform mass scaling definitions with *VARIABLE MASS
SCALING.
Elements tested
CPE4R
1074
Mass scaling
Problem description
The variable mass scaling is used throughout a step. In this problem a group of elements is stretched such that
they experience severe distortions. The variable mass scaling is used to prevent the stable time increment from
decreasing below a specified value. Two tests are performed in which the mass scaling is performed at specified
increments and at specified time intervals during the step. The stable time increment and percent change in total
mass are output to monitor the mass scaling of the model.
Input files
mscale_frequency.inp Scaling is performed at specified increments.
mscale_interval.inp Scaling is performed at specified time intervals.
Elements tested
M3D4R
Problem description
Mass scaling definitions can be removed or propagated from step to step. Furthermore, the mass matrix of an
element that has been scaled in a previous step can be propagated to a subsequent step or reinitialized to its
original state. In this problem a combination of fixed and variable mass scaling definitions are defined over
several steps to verify these mass scaling features for a multistep analysis. Reaction forces and the percent change
in total mass of the model are output.
Input files
mscale_multistep.inp Input data for this analysis.
Elements tested
CPE4R
Problem description
Mass scaling can be defined globally or locally on an element set basis. A local mass scaling definition will
override a global mass scaling definition for an element, as verified in this problem.
1075
Mass scaling
Input files
mscale_locglobal_fms.inp Local and global *FIXED MASS SCALING definitions.
mscale_locglobal_vms.inp Local and global *VARIABLE MASS SCALING definitions.
Elements tested
CPE4R C3D8R R2D2 R3D4 ROTARYI S4R
Problem description
Mass scaling of rigid elements or deformable elements defined as a rigid body can be performed. Techniques
for scaling rigid bodies are limited because these elements do not have an associated stable time increment (Mass
scaling).
The following tests verify the use of the fixed and variable mass scaling with rigid bodies. These problems
consist of a set of reference elements and two sets of test elements with identical geometries, as shown in Figure
1. Each element set consists of two independent bodies that come into contact: a fixed rigid surface and a body
consisting of a combination of rigid and deformable elements. The material properties of the reference and test
elements are identical with the exception of the densities. The densities of both sets of test elements are identical,
but they are scaled for one set to equal those of the reference elements.
Initial velocities are applied in the vertical direction so that impact with the fixed rigid surfaces (elements 101,
111, and 121) occurs. Reaction forces at the reference nodes of the fixed rigid surfaces are output for comparison
purposes.
Input files
mscale_rbod2d_fms1.inp Two-dimensional continuum elements defined as a rigid body and attached to
two-dimensional continuum elements with the *FIXED MASS SCALING option
applied only to the deformable elements.
mscale_rbod2d_fms2.inp Two-dimensional continuum elements defined as a rigid body and attached to
two-dimensional continuum elements with the *FIXED MASS SCALING option
applied to both deformable and rigid portions of the mesh.
mscale_rbod2d_fms3.inp Two-dimensional continuum elements defined as a rigid body and attached to
two-dimensional continuum elements with the *FIXED MASS SCALING,
TYPE=UNIFORM option applied to both the deformable and rigid portions of
the mesh.
mscale_relem2d_fms1.inp Rgid elements attached to two-dimensional continuum elements with the *FIXED
MASS SCALING option applied only to the deformable elements.
1076
Mass scaling
Figures
3 13 23
2 12 22
1 11 21
3 1
1077
Mass scaling
24.
REFERENC_1000 6
SCALED_2000 [ x10 ]
UNSCALED_3000
20.
12.
8.
4.
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 3.000E-05
YMIN 0.000E+00
YMAX 2.645E+07 0.
0. 5. 10. 15. 20. 25. 30.
TOTAL TIME [ x10 -6 ]
Elements tested
CPE4R C3D8R
Problem description
The contact forces resulting between two deformable bodies with kinematically enforced contact are functions
of the masses at the nodes in contact, the magnitude of the time increment, and the penetration in the predicted
configuration. These problems verify that the kinematic contact forces are calculated correctly when the densities
for the contacting elements are scaled. Each problem consists of a set of reference elements and a set of test
elements with identical geometries. Each set in turn consists of two independent bodies that come into contact.
The material properties of the reference and test elements are identical with the exception of the densities. The
densities of the test elements are scaled to equal those of the reference elements. Reaction force histories for
nodes on the contacting bodies that are constrained are output for comparison purposes.
Input files
mscale_contact2d_fms.inp CPE4R elements and *FIXED MASS SCALING.
mscale_contact2d_vms.inp CPE4R elements and *VARIABLE MASS SCALING.
mscale_contact3d_fms.inp C3D8R elements and *FIXED MASS SCALING.
mscale_contact3d_vms.inp C3D8R elements and *VARIABLE MASS SCALING.
Elements tested
CPE4R C3D8R
1078
Mass scaling
Problem description
Nodal masses affect the penalty contact algorithm less directly than they affect the kinematic contact algorithm.
Penalty contact forces depend on the penalty stiffness and the penetration in the current configuration. The
penalty stiffnesses for contact between deformable surfaces are assigned automatically to a fraction of the elastic
stiffness of the most compliant parent elements of the surfaces. Therefore, mass scaling does not influence the
penalty contact forces between deformable surfaces for a given amount of penetration. However, nodal masses
are factored into the effect of the penalty stiffness on the stable time increment. The problems from the previous
subsection are repeated here with penalty enforcement of the contact constraints to verify that mass scaling is
accounted for properly in the effect of the penalty stiffness on the stable time increment.
Input files
mscale_contactpnlty2d_fms.inp CPE4R elements and *FIXED MASS SCALING.
mscale_contactpnlty2d_vms.inp CPE4R elements and *VARIABLE MASS SCALING.
mscale_contactpnlty3d_fms.inp C3D8R elements and *FIXED MASS SCALING.
mscale_contact3d_fms_gcont.inp C3D8R elements and *FIXED MASS SCALING using the general
contact capability.
mscale_contactpnlty3d_vms.inp C3D8R elements and *VARIABLE MASS SCALING.
mscale_contact3d_vms_gcont.inp C3D8R elements and *VARIABLE MASS SCALING using the
general contact capability.
1079
Crack propagation
In this section:
1081
Crack propagation analysis
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
The tests in this section verify crack propagation between two surfaces that are initially partially bonded. They test the
crack propagation capability from a single crack tip as well as multiple crack tips. All three fracture criteria (the critical
stress criterion, the crack length versus time criterion, and the COD criterion) are verified.
Elements tested
CPE4 CPE8
Problem description
uy uy
2001 2021
rigid surface
41 61 81 101
symmetry line 121
crack tip
y
In the symmetry model the top half of a single-edge notch plate is modeled with a mesh of 2 × 6 CPE4 elements.
The lower surface of the bottom row of elements defines the slave surface of the partially bonded contact pair,
and the master surface is defined by an analytical rigid surface. The master surface also lies along the symmetry
plane. Nonzero displacement boundary conditions are applied at two nodes remote from the symmetry plane.
The time for bond failure and the position of the node at which the bond failure occurs (obtained from
pdebnods.inp) are used to give the crack length versus time data in pdebcrgr.inp. The crack opening displacement
at a distance behind the crack tip (obtained from pdebnods.inp) is used to specify the data for the COD criterion
in pdebcods.inp. The stresses at a distance ahead of the crack tip (obtained from pdebnods.inp) are used to specify
the data in pdebnodsd.inp. The time from pdebnods.inp is also used to set the time period for each step in
pdebchck.inp.
The complete mesh is analyzed in pdebnods2.inp, pdebcrgr2.inp, and pdebcods2.inp.
1083
Crack propagation analysis
Input files pdebnodnlg.inp, pdebcrgnlg.inp, and pdebcodnlg.inp consider finite deformation and finite sliding.
The crack length versus time data for pdebcrgnlg.inp and the COD data for pdebcodnlg.inp are obtained from
pdebnodnlg.inp.
Input files
The following problems test the crack propagation capability for an edge crack notch plate with symmetry
conditions taken into account:
pdebnods.inp Tests crack propagation using a critical stress criterion. The distance ahead of the
crack tip at which the critical stress is evaluated is set to zero.
pdebcrgr.inp Tests crack propagation capability by using the crack length versus time criterion.
pdebcods.inp Tests crack propagation capability by using the COD criterion.
pdebchck.inp Checks this procedure without using any contact surface definitions by simulating
the debonding by *BOUNDARY, OP=NEW with multiple steps.
pdebnodsd.inp Tests crack propagation capability by considering the critical stress at a distance
ahead of the crack tip. The distance ahead of the crack tip at which the critical stress
is evaluated is varied from step to step.
The following verification tests involve finite deformation and finite sliding:
pdebnodnlg.inp Tests crack propagation capability by using a critical stress criterion. The distance
ahead of the crack tip at which the critical stress is evaluated is set to zero.
pdebcrgnlg.inp Tests crack propagation capability by using the crack length versus time criterion.
pdebcodnlg.inp Tests crack propagation capability by using the COD criterion.
The following files simulate crack propagation in the symmetry model using 8-node elements:
pdebnods8.inp Tests crack propagation capability by using a critical stress criterion. The distance
ahead of the crack tip at which the critical stress is evaluated is set to zero.
pdebcrgr8.inp Tests crack propagation capability by using the crack length versus time criterion.
pdebcods8.inp Tests crack propagation capability by using the COD criterion.
1084
Crack propagation analysis
Elements tested
CPE4
Problem description
uy
symmetry
line
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25
y
crack tip
x
The top half of a center cracked plate is modeled with a mesh of 2 × 12 CPE4 elements. The lower surface of
the bottom row of elements is used to define the slave surface of the partially bonded contact pair, and the master
surface is defined by an analytical rigid surface. The master surface also lies on the symmetry plane. Nonzero
displacement boundary conditions are applied on the top row of nodes.
The time for bond failure and the position of the node at which the bond failure occurs (obtained from
pdebnodcc1.inp) are used to give the crack length versus time data in pdebcrgcc1.inp. The reference point for
the crack length versus time criterion is defined such that the crack propagation occurs simultaneously from both
the crack tips.
The crack opening displacement at a distance behind the crack tip (obtained from pdebcodcc1.inp) is used to
specify the data for the COD criterion in pdebcodcc1.inp.
The complete mesh is analyzed in pdebnodcc2.inp, pdebcodcc2.inp, and pdebcrgcc2.inp.
Input files
pdebnodcc1.inp Tests crack propagation using a critical stress criterion. The distance ahead of
the crack tip at which the critical stress is evaluated is set to zero.
pdebcrgcc1.inp Tests crack propagation capability by using the crack length versus time criterion.
pdebcodcc1.inp Tests crack propagation capability by using the COD criterion.
1085
Crack propagation analysis
pdebcrgcc2.inp Tests crack propagation capability by using the crack length versus time criterion.
pdebcodcc2.inp Tests crack propagation capability by using the COD criterion.
Crack coalescence
Elements tested
CPE4
Problem description
uy
201 203
symmetry
line
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25
y
crack tip
x
The top half of a plate that consists of an edge crack and a center crack is modeled with a mesh consisting of 2
× 12 CPE4 elements. The bottom surface of the lower row of elements is used to define the slave surface of the
initially partially bonded contact pair. The master surface of the contact pair is defined by an analytical rigid
surface and also lies along the symmetry plane. Nonzero displacement boundary conditions are applied at two
nodes remote from the bonded plane, as shown in the figure.
The complete mesh is analyzed in pdebcrgco2.inp and pdebcodco2.inp.
Input files
The following series of tests is used to demonstrate crack propagation and coalescence of two cracks:
pdebcrgco1.inp Tests crack coalescence by using the crack length versus time criterion.
pdebcodco1.inp Tests crack coalescence by using the COD criterion.
1086
Crack propagation analysis
Elements tested
CAX4
Problem description
σ
CL
symmetry line
crack tip
y
The problem of a round bar with an external notch (crack) subjected to tensile loading is analyzed as an
axisymmetric case. Only the top half is modeled in pdebnodax1.inp, pdebcrgax1.inp, and pdebcodax1.inp. The
mesh consists of 2 × 6 CAX4 elements. The lower surface of the bottom row of elements is used to define the
slave surface, while the master surface is defined by an analytical rigid surface. A far-field load σ is applied.
Input file pdebnodax1.inp uses the critical stress criterion for crack propagation analysis. The crack length versus
time data for pdebcrgax1.inp and the crack opening displacement versus cumulative incremental crack length
for pdebcodax1.inp are obtained from pdebnodax1.inp.
The complete mesh is analyzed in pdebnodax2.inp, pdebcrgax2.inp, and pdebcodax2.inp.
Input files
The following tests are used to verify the crack propagation capability for axisymmetric elements:
pdebnodax1.inp Tests crack propagation using a critical stress criterion. The distance ahead of
the crack tip at which the critical stress is evaluated is set to zero.
pdebcrgax1.inp Tests crack propagation by using the crack length versus time criterion.
pdebcodax1.inp Tests crack propagation by using the COD criterion.
1087
Crack propagation analysis
Miscellaneous test
Elements tested
CPE4
Problem description
This input file tests for the output of the debond variables.
Input files
pdebnodsps.inp Tests the *POST OUTPUT option. The restart file from pdebnods.inp is needed
to run this input file.
1088
Propagation of hydraulically
driven fracture
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
The tests in this section verify the hydraulically driven crack propagation in a permeable porous medium.
Elements tested
COH2D4P COH3D8P
Problem description
The plane strain model consists of a half-circle plate with one layer of pore pressure cohesive elements inserted
in the middle. A two-step transient soil consolidation analysis is performed, and crack propagation is developed
along the layer of cohesive elements. In the first step a linearly increased flow rate is initially applied at the crack
mouth located at the left side of cohesive element layer, after which the flow rate will be kept constant for the
rest of time. In the second step the injection of the fluid is terminated and the built-up pore pressure in fracture
is allowed to bleed off into the medium. The same plane strain problem is also modeled using one layer of
three-dimensional elements.
In the first step steady crack propagation can be observed, with pressure built up gradually inside the developed
crack. In the second step the crack was eventually closed, since the built-up pressure bled off into the medium.
The same behaviors can be observed in the two-dimensional models and the three-dimensional model.
Input files
1089
Hydraulically driven
branching fracture
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
The test in this section verifies the hydraulically driven branching fracture propagation using the pore pressure cohesive
elements with the fluid transition from Darcy flow to Poiseuille flow.
Elements tested
COD2D4P
Problem description
The test verifies the crack branching functionality by using the pore pressure cohesive elements with the fluid
transition from Darcy flow to Poiseuille flow. The model simulates the hydraulic fracture growth with existing
cracks. There are three branches of cohesive zones: a vertical branch and two horizontal branches. The two
horizontal branches represent preexisting cracks, and the vertical branch simulates progressive fracture by
hydraulic injection. The material strength is weakened for the horizontal branches to simulate the preexisting
cracks. Confining pressure is prescribed around the whole domain. Contact with friction is prescribed to the
cohesive zone top and bottom surfaces to study the role of friction on the crack propagation into preexisting
fracture.
The results match the results presented in Zhang and Jeffrey (2006). When the fracture propagates into the
horizontal branches, the crack changes mode from tension into shearing, the injection pressure increases, and
the crack width decreases. The friction coefficient value between the top and bottom surfaces of the cohesive
zones plays an important role in how the fluid gets into the preexisting fractures and how the horizontal fracture
propagates.
Input files
References
• Zhang, X., and R. G. Jeffrey, “The Role of Friction and Secondary Flaws on Deflection and Re-initiation
of Hydraulic Fractures at Orthogonal Pre-existing Fractures,” Geophysical Journal International, no. 166, pp.
1454–1465, 2006.
1091
Substructuring
In this section:
1093
Substructure rotation,
mirroring, transformation,
and constraints
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Features tested
Rotation of a substructure and the recovery of nodal and element variables, material directions, and integration
point coordinates. The equation constraints, multi-point constraints, and nodal transformation are verified.
Problem description
A rectangular substructure of length 10.0 and thickness and width 1.0 is formed and subjected to a pressure load
of −200.0 on one end. The substructure is rotated 30° and fixed at the end opposite to the pressure load. A 2 ×
5 mesh is used for solid and shell elements, and a 10-element mesh is used for beam elements.
A second mesh is defined in the rotated position and is loaded in the same manner as the first mesh, but without
using substructures. The displacements, strains, and stresses, as well as the integration point coordinates and the
material directions, should be identical for the elements within the substructure and the elements defined without
using a substructure. The substructure stresses and strains are reported in the global system for continuum
elements. In all other cases the substructure stresses and strains are reported in the rotated system.
The use of equation constraints, multi-purpose constraints, and nodal transformation is tested on the substructure
comprised of CPE4 elements. The nodal transformation is tested both in the usage and in the creation level.
Three levels of substructures are created for this particular analysis. The lowest level is a 2 × 1 mesh of CPE4
elements. The next level comprises two of the first-level substructures, and the third level is the actual structure.
The use of unsorted retained degrees of freedom is tested during the creation levels.
Input files
psupsol1.inp CPE4 elements without *ORIENTATION.
psupsol1_gen.inp Substructure generation file referenced in psupsol1.inp.
psupsol1or.inp CPE4 elements with *ORIENTATION.
psupsol1or_gen.inp Substructure generation file referenced in psupsol1or.inp.
psupsol1mi.inp CPE4 elements with *TRANSFORM, *MPC, *EQUATION, and unsorted
retained DOFs.
psupsol1mi_gen1.inp Substructure generation file referenced in psupsol1mi.inp.
psupsol1mi_gen2.inp Substructure generation file referenced in psupsol1mi.inp.
psupsol1mi_gen3.inp Substructure generation file referenced in psupsol1mi.inp.
psupcontshl.inp SC8R elements with *SHELL SECTION and without *ORIENTATION.
1095
Substructure rotation, mirroring, transformation, and constraints
Features tested
Translation, rotation, and mirroring of multilevel substructures and the recovery of nodal and element variables.
These features are tested on two different models, a hemispherical shell and a simple hoist model. The
hemispherical shell model is the same as that described in LE3: Hemispherical shell with point loads.
Problem description
Two models are discussed below.
1096
Substructure rotation, mirroring, transformation, and constraints
F D
A C
x B y
One of the three parts is defined (A - B - G - F), and a substructure is created. One-eighth of the sphere is then
obtained by mirroring the substructure over lines F - G and G - B, respectively. The results from LE3:
Hemispherical shell with point loads are reproduced.
In the second example one-quarter of the sphere is modeled by using this substructure twice, the second time
rotating it 90° around the z-axis.
In the third example one-half of the sphere is modeled by using the new substructure twice, the second time
mirroring it in the x–z plane.
P
Figure 2: Overhead hoist model.
The horizontal member connected to the fixed end is used to form the first-level substructure. The second-level
substructure representing the triangular section of the hoist is then formed by rotating and translating the first-level
substructure. The third-level substructure representing the actual structure is created by mirroring or translating
the lower-level substructures.
1097
Substructure rotation, mirroring, transformation, and constraints
An independent model of the structure using regular T2D2 elements is also created to verify the results obtained.
psuplev3 3000 < 1 < 101 < 1001 1 −377. −2148. 2581.
psuplev3 3000 < 1 < 102 < 1001 1 377. 2147. −2581.
psuplev3 3000 < 1 < 101 < 1002 1 −377. −2148. 2581.
psuplev3 3000 < 2 < 101 < 1002 1 378. 2149. −2580.
psuplev3 3000 < 1 < 102 < 1002 1 377. 2147. −2581.
psuplev3 3000 < 2 < 102 < 1002 1 −378. −2149. 2580.
psuplev3 3000 < 3 < 102 < 1002 1 −2. −1. −700.
Input files
psuplev1.inp This is an analysis of one-eighth of a sphere.
psuplev1_gen.inp Forms the first-level substructures; referenced in analysis psuplev1.inp.
1098
Substructure rotation, mirroring, transformation, and constraints
psuplev2.inp This performs the analysis of one-fourth of a sphere by using two of the
substructures, the second one rotated 90°.
psuplev2_gen.inp Forms the second-level substructures by using three of the first-level substructures:
one in the original geometric location and two by mirroring the element;
referenced in analysis psuplev2.inp.
psuplev3.inp This performs the global analysis by using two copies of the substructure: one
in the original position and one by mirroring.
psuplev3_gen.inp Forms the third-level substructures by using two of the second-level substructures:
one in the original geometric location and the other by rotating the substructure
90°; referenced in analysis psuplev3.inp.
psuphoi1.inp Analysis of a simple overhead hoist model using substructures.
psuphoi1_gen1.inp Substructure generation file referenced in psuphoi1.inp.
psuphoi1_gen2.inp Substructure generation file referenced in psuphoi1.inp.
psuphoi2.inp Analysis of overhead hoist model without substructures.
Features tested
Substructure rotation that activates degrees of freedom that were not retained during substructure generation.
Problem description
A substructure is defined along the global x-axis by retaining the x-displacement degree of freedom at both nodes
of a T2D2 element. The substructure property definition is used to rotate the substructure 45° in the x–y plane.
One end of the substructure is fixed, whereas displacement boundary conditions corresponding to axial tension
are applied at the free end.
Input files
psuptr1.inp Uses one T2D2 element.
psuptr1_gen.inp Substructure generation file referenced in psuptr1.inp.
Features tested
Inclusion of deformable elements that are declared as rigid during substructure generation and subsequent usage
is verified.
Problem description
The use of deformable elements that are declared as rigid is tested at the substructure generation level and at the
usage level. The substructure mesh consists of 10 beam elements with one of the elements declared as rigid. A
pressure load of −200.0 is applied on one end. The substructure is rotated 30° and fixed at the end opposite to
1099
Substructure rotation, mirroring, transformation, and constraints
the pressure load. A second mesh is defined in the rotated position and loaded in the same manner as the
substructure mesh. This mesh consists of beam elements with one of the elements declared as rigid. Substructures
are not included in this mesh. The displacements, strains, and stresses should be identical for the elements within
the substructure and the elements defined without using a substructure.
Input files
psupbm11.inp A deformable element is declared as rigid at the substructure generation level
and at the usage level.
psupbm11_gen.inp Substructure generation file referenced in psupbm11.inp.
1100
Substructure recovery with
The nodal Transformation
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPE4 CPEG4
Features tested
The nodal transformation is used at the substructure usage level for a retained node of a substructure. The recovery
of variables inside the substructure should not be affected by the transformation.
Problem description
In all the analyses a local coordinate system is defined at two adjacent nodes of a 1.0 × 1.0 planar substructure.
Displacement boundary conditions are prescribed at these nodes such that the net effect is pure extension in the
global x-direction. In the first and third analyses a local Cartesian coordinate system is defined at an angle of
45° with the global Cartesian system; in the second analysis a local cylindrical coordinate system is defined such
that the axis of the cylindrical system is parallel to the global z-axis; and in the fourth analysis a local spherical
coordinate system is defined such that the polar axis is parallel to the global z-axis. The center of the spherical
system is defined such that the radial direction at all the nodes coincides with the global x-direction.
Results on the substructure level for all four analyses are identical to analytical results in which a stress of
σ11=424264. develops in the direction of extension.
Input files
psuptrn1.inp Uses CPE4 elements with a rectangular Cartesian nodal coordinate system.
psuptrn1_gen.inp Substructure generation file referenced in the analysis psuptrn1.inp.
psuptrn2.inp Uses CPE4 elements with a cylindrical local coordinate system.
psuptrn2_gen.inp Substructure generation file referenced in the analysis psuptrn2.inp.
psuptrn3.inp Uses CPEG4 elements with a rectangular Cartesian nodal coordinate system.
psuptrn3_gen.inp Substructure generation file referenced in the analysis psuptrn3.inp.
psuptrn4.inp Uses CPEG4 elements with a spherical local coordinate system.
psuptrn4_gen.inp Substructure generation file referenced in the analysis psuptrn4.inp.
1101
Degenerated elements
within a substructure
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPS8
Features tested
Problem description
A planar substructure is formed from standard CPS8 elements and CPS8 elements degenerated into 6-node
triangles. Both displacement degrees of freedom are retained at selected nodes on the substructure that is
constrained as depicted below, and a displacement of 0.2 in the x-direction is prescribed for the three nodes along
x=1.0.
1 x
The results are identical to the analytical results where a stress of 6 × 106 develops in the direction of extension.
1103
Degenerated elements within a substructure
Input files
1104
Substructure load case with
centrifugal loads
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPE8R
Features tested
The ability to define a substructure load case with centrifugal loads and apply it on the usage level is tested.
Problem description
A substructure is defined from a CPE8R element, and a load vector representing centrifugal loading is defined
via a substructure load case using distributed centrifugal loads (load types CENT and CENTRIF). Four such
substructures are then used to model one-quarter of a rotating annular disk in the x–y plane.
The results are identical to those from an analysis without substructures. The displacement of the inner and outer
radius at all points on the quarter annulus is 0.1833 and 0.2388, respectively. Both displacements are within 2%
of the analytical results.
Input files
1105
Thermal-stress analysis
with substructures
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B21 CPS4R
Features tested
Problem description
In the first analysis a cantilevered bimetallic beam is discretized using CPS4R elements. Both displacement
degrees of freedom are retained for all nodes at the fixed end and for the tip of the beam. A substructure load
case is used to define a temperature load over all nodes comprising the substructure, and a uniform increase in
temperature is subsequently prescribed on the usage level.
1
4
2
x
20 4
In the second analysis a substructure is generated from a single B21 element and is used to test thermal preloading
of substructures. All degrees of freedom are constrained at one end of the beam, whereas the other end is allowed
to expand axially. In the preload step the beam is raised to a temperature of 100°. During the analysis the
substructure load case is used to apply a temperature of 100° over the entire beam.
In the third analysis a cantilevered bimetallic beam is discretized using CPS4R elements. Both displacement
degrees of freedom are retained for all nodes at the fixed end and for the tip of the beam. The substructure load
case is used to define a temperature load over all nodes comprising the substructure, and a uniform increase in
temperature is prescribed subsequently on the usage level. During substructure generation, controls are set to
specify that output of element or nodal information will not be required within the substructure, which reduces
the size of the substructure library file.
1107
Thermal-stress analysis with substructures
The results for the first and third analyses are identical for the analyses performed with and without substructures.
The tip deflection of the beam (Node 511) is 2.060 in the vertical direction. In the third analysis the size of the
substructure library file is reduced.
The displacements reported on the global level for node 2 in the second analysis are identical to those reported
on the substructure level.
Input files
1108
Substructure preload
history
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
T2D2
Features tested
Preloading of a substructure followed by perturbation and general steps and the recovery of nodal and element
variables.
Problem description
A substructure is formed from a one-element truss model constructed of an elastic-plastic material. The substructure
will be subjected to a preload (axial force) that causes inelastic strains. The substructure stiffness matrix is then
formed about this base state. Additional loads are applied during global usage through a perturbation step and
a general step.
The results from the global analysis are consistent with the assumptions of substructures. Namely, the elastic
stiffness is used during substructure generation, and initial stress stiffening effects are considered. The stresses
and strains from both steps are in addition to the values from the preload step.
Input files
psuppre1.inp Input file for this analysis.
psuppre1_gen1.inp Substructure generation referenced in the analysis psuppre1.inp.
Elements tested
T2D2
Features tested
Effects of material and geometric nonlinearities on the resulting stiffness matrix of a substructure.
1109
Substructure preload history
Problem description
Two substructures are created from single-element truss models, one made of a pure elastic material and the
other made of an elastic-plastic material. Young's modulus is 3.0E5 in both models, and both structures are
subject to a preload (prescribed displacement). The effects of the nonlinearities are incorporated into the static
analysis by using the NLGEOM parameter. The magnitude of the applied load is high enough to ensure plastic
deformation in the elastic-plastic material. The tangent stiffness value, k11, obtained for each case is compared
to the corresponding value obtained by the analysis of an analogous global model without substructures.
Substructure No substructure
For the substructure models analyzed without the NLGEOM parameter, the substructure stiffness is the elastic
stiffness itself, and material nonlinearities such as plasticity are not accounted for during the creation of the
substructure. However, when NLGEOM is used in the preload history definition, the effects of stress stiffening
and material nonlinearity are accounted for.
Input files
psuppre2lg_elastic.inp Substructure without NLGEOM and elastic material properties.
psuppre2lg_elastic_plastic.inp Substructure without NLGEOM and elastic plastic material properties.
psuppre2nl_elastic.inp Substructure with NLGEOM and elastic material properties.
psuppre2nl_elastic_plastic.inp Substructure with NLGEOM and elastic plastic material properties.
psupreg2lg.inp Regular element without NLGEOM.
psupreg2nl.inp Regular element with NLGEOM.
Elements tested
CPE4
Features tested
Effects of contact constraints on the resulting stiffness matrix of a substructure.
Problem description
A substructure is formed from a one-element model constructed of an elastic material. A rigid surface consisting
of R2D2 elements is moved down to compress the element in the first step. In the second step the element is
moved across the rigid surface to generate frictional forces at the contact interface. The substructure stiffness
matrix is then formed about this base state. Additional loads are applied during global usage through a perturbation
step.
1110
Substructure preload history
Input files
psupcontact.inp Input file for this analysis.
psupcontact_gen.inp Substructure generation referenced in the analysis psupcontact.inp.
1111
Substructure removal
Substructure removal
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPE8R
Features tested
Problem description
A model is constructed of three substructures to represent an excavation process. First, a gravity load is applied
to the elements, causing them to deform under their own weight. The top substructure is then removed, which
causes the bottom layers to expand because of the relief in load. The middle layer is then removed, causing
further expansion of the bottom layer.
The results from the substructure analysis exactly match the results that are obtained when substructures are not
used.
Input files
1113
Substructure damping
Substructure damping
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
T3D2
Features tested
Damping of substructures.
Problem description
The model consists of two substructures, each generated from truss elements of type T3D2. The model is oriented
along the x-axis and is constrained at one end in all degrees of freedom. It is free to move only in the x-direction
at its other end. In each case the truss is displaced by 25.4 mm (1 in) at its free end in an initial static step. It is
then released in the direct-integration implicit dynamic (or modal dynamic) step, and the displacement response
history is saved on a file for postprocessing.
The results from the substructure analysis exactly match the results that are obtained when substructures are not
used.
Input files
1115
Substructures with rebar
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CAX4 MAX1 MAX2 MGAX1 MGAX2 SAX1 SAX2 SFMAX1 SFMAX2
SFMGAX1 SFMGAX2
Features tested
Rebar in substructures.
Problem description
The results from the substructure analysis exactly match the results that are obtained when substructures are not
used.
Input files
1117
Substructures with rebar
1118
Frequency extraction for
substructures
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B21
Features tested
Problem description
The substructures defined in each generation file are identical, each consisting of 10 B21 beam elements. In each
case one of the substructure's ends is fixed. In addition, in the file psupfre2_gen1.inp a local coordinate system
is defined for all nodes, and in the file psupfre3_gen1.inp the substructure is rotated by 90° using the substructure
property definition.
The results from the substructure analysis match the results that are obtained when the substructures are not
used.
Input files
1119
Substructures with large
rotations
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Features tested
Substructure's ability to move as a rigid body. The substructures undergo large rotation motions in analyses that
generate negligible strain/stress in the substructure. Both static and direct-integration implicit dynamic analyses
are verified.
Problem description
A rectangular substructure is formed. The substructure is subjected to boundary conditions and concentrated
loads specified at the retained degrees of freedom that create negligible strain in the substructure but generate
large rotations of the model. In the static analyses the substructure is constrained using springs to prevent
numerical singularities.
A second identical mesh is defined without substructures. The displacements, rotations, and reaction forces
should be nearly identical between the two equivalent analyses.
Input files
substr_rbm_solid2d_sta.inp Large rotations, static, two-dimensional analysis using substructures.
substr_rbm_solid2d_dyn.inp Large rotations, direct-integration implicit dynamic, two-dimensional
analysis using substructures.
substr_rbm_solid2d_gen.inp Substructure generation file referenced in the two files above.
nosubstr_rbm_solid2d_sta.inp Large rotations, static, two-dimensional analysis without substructures.
nosubstr_rbm_solid2d_dyn.inp Large rotations, direct-integration implicit dynamic, two-dimensional
analysis without substructures.
1121
Substructures with large rotations
Features tested
Substructures that are subject to elastic small-deformations but undergo large rotations. Both static and
direct-integration implicit dynamic analyses are verified.
Problem description
The modes to be used are specified, and a rectangular mesh is formed. The loading and boundary contions
specified at the retained degrees of freedom are such that elastic small-strain-inducing defomations occur on top
of large rotations of the substructure. In the static analyses additional springs are used to prevent numerical
singularities. Results are then compared to results obtained from equivalent analyses that do not use substructures.
Input files
substr_smdef_solid2d_sta.inp Elastic, small-strain, large rotations, static, two-dimensional analysis
using substructures.
substr_smdef_solid2d_dyn.inp Elastic, small-strain, large rotations, direct-integration implicit dynamic,
two-dimensional analysis using substructures.
substr_smdef_solid2d_gen.inp Substructure generation file referenced in the two files above.
nosubstr_smdef_solid2d_sta.inp Elastic, small-strain, large rotations, static, two-dimensional analysis
without substructures.
nosubstr_smdef_solid2d_dyn.inp Elastic, small-strain, large rotations, direct-integration implicit dynamic,
two-dimensional analysis without substructures.
substr_smdef_solid3d_sta.inp Elastic, small-strain, large rotations, static, three-dimensional analysis
using substructures.
substr_smdef_solid3d_dyn.inp Elastic, small-strain, large rotations, direct-integration implicit dynamic,
three-dimensional analysis using substructures.
substr_smdef_solid3d_gen.inp Substructure generation file referenced in the two files above.
nosubstr_smdef_solid3d_sta.inp Elastic, small-strain, large rotations, static, three-dimensional analysis
without substructures.
1122
Substructures with large rotations
Features tested
User-rotated or mirrored substructures that also exhibit elastic small-strain deformation in addition to large
rotations.
Problem description
A rectangular mesh is formed. At the usage level the substructure is either translated and rotated or mirrored.
A second identical mesh is defined without using substructures but accounting for the user-specified
rotation/mirroring. The displacements, rotations, and stresses should be nearly identical between the two equivalent
analyses.
Input files
substr_urot_shell3d_sta.inp User-rotated substructure with large rotation motions, static,
three-dimensional analysis.
nosubstr_urot_shell3d_sta.inp Equivalent regular mesh static three-dimensional analysis.
substr_umir_shell3d_sta.inp User-mirrored substructure with large rotation motions, static,
three-dimensional analysis.
nosubstr_umir_shell3d_sta.inp Equivalent regular mesh static three-dimensional analysis.
substr_user_shell3d_gen.inp Substructure generation file referenced in files
substr_urot_shell3d_sta.inp and substr_umir_shell3d_sta.inp.
1123
Substructures with large rotations
Features tested
Multi-level substructures that undergo large rotations.
Problem description
Three levels of substructures are created for this particular analysis. The lowest level is a 2 × 2 mesh of CPE4
elements. The next level comprises two of the first-level substructures, and the third level is the actual structure.
The use of unsorted retained degrees of freedom is tested during the creation levels. The loading and boundary
conditions specified at the retained degrees of freedom are such that elastic small-strain-inducing defomations
occur in addition to the large rotations of the substructure. A second identical mesh is defined without substructures
and the results are compared.
Input files
substr_multi_solid2d_gen1.inp Lowest level substructure generation file.
substr_multi_solid2d_gen2.inp Second level substructure generation file.
substr_multi_solid2d_gen3.inp Third level substructure generation file.
substr_multi_solid2d_sta.inp Large rotations, static, two-dimensional analysis.
nosubstr_multi_solid2d_sta.inp Large rotations, static, two-dimensional analysis without
substructures.
Features tested
Substructures subjected to fixed direction gravity loads.
Problem description
A rectangular substructure is formed. A gravity load is then applied by accounting for the substructure's gravity
load vectors during generation and by specifying a distributed load type GRAV at the substructure usage level.
The loading is such that the substructure undergoes large rotations. An equivalent regular mesh is also created,
and the results are compared.
Input files
substr_grav_solid2d_sta.inp Large rotations, gravity-loaded, static, two-dimensional analysis using
substructures.
substr_grav_solid2d_dyn.inp Large rotations, gravity-loaded, direct-integration implicit dynamic,
two-dimensional analysis using substructures.
substr_grav_solid2d_gen.inp Substructure generation file referenced in the two files above.
1124
Substructures with large rotations
Features tested
Multiple substructures connected with connector elements and coupling constraints in large motions. Substructures
included in a rigid body constraint in large rotations. How to switch quickly from a rigid body model of a part
to a small-strain large-motion representation of the same part.
Problem description
The common 4-bar mechanism is analyzed (see Overconstraint Checks). The two-dimensional rigid bodies are
meshed using CPE4 elements. The coupling constraints are used to attach connection nodes to the ends of each
bar, and connector elements are used to enforce the appropriate kinematic constraints between the bars. The bars
are gravity loaded, and the mechanism is driven by prescribing the available components of relative motion in
connector elements. Since the four bars are identical in shape, only one substructure is generated. The substructure
is then translated, mirrored, and rotated at the usage level to create four copies of the substructure in the appropriate
locations. Results from both static and direct-integration implicit dynamic analyses are verified against equivalent
analyses that do not use substructures.
In addition, at the usage level one of the substructures is turned into a rigid part. The attached input files illustrate
how one can very efficiently switch from a rigid (faster to run) model (substr_4barrb_solid2d_sta.inp and
nosubstr_4barrb_solid2d_sta.inp) to a small-deformation large-rotations efficient subtructure representation of
the same model (substr_4bar_solid2d_sta.inp). The substructure analysis is typically significantly faster to run
than the regular mesh models (nosubstr_4bar_solid2d_sta.inp).
Input files
substr_4bar_solid2d_gen.inp Substructure generation file for one bar in the mechanism.
substr_4bar_solid2d_sta.inp Static analysis of the gravity-loaded 4-bar mechanism using
substructures.
substr_4barrb_solid2d_sta.inp Direct-integration implicit dynamic analysis of the 4-bar multibody with
one substructure included in a rigid body definition.
nosubstr_4bar_solid2d_sta.inp Static analysis of the gravity-loaded 4-bar mechanism without
substructures.
1125
Substructures with large rotations
Features tested
Large rotation substructures and contact.
Problem description
A rectangular substructure is formed. The applied loads and boundary conditions are such that the substructure
exhibits large rotations. After a 45° rotation, impact with a rigid surface occurs. Results are compared with results
from an equivalent model without substructures.
Input files
substr_contact_solid3d_dyn.inp Large rotations, direct-integration implicit dynamic, three-dimensional
analysis using substructures and contact.
substr_contact_solid3d_gen.inp Substructure generation reference in the file above.
nosubstr_contact_solid3d_dyn.inp Large rotations, direct-integration implicit dynamic, three-dimensional
analysis without substructures and contact.
Miscellaneous tests
Features tested
Substructures with large rotations with multi-point constraints, model change, prescribed initial conditions, and
restart analysis.
Problem description
Several input files are created to test various features with large rotation substructures. Results are compared
with equivalent models that do not use substructures.
Input files
substr_misc_solid2d_gen.inp Substructure generation referenced in the files below.
substr_misc_solid2d_dyn.inp Direct-integration implicit dynamic, two-dimensional analysis using
substructures, multi-point constraints, and initial conditions.
1126
Substructures with large rotations
1127
Coupled structural-acoustic
analysis with substructures
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Features tested
Generation and usage of coupled structural-acoustic substructures.
Features tested
The ability to generate a substructure from a simple coupled structural-acoustic model. The substructure is then
used in various analysis types.
Problem description
A very simple three-element mesh is used. Two solid (CPE4) elements are tied to a single acoustic (AC2D4)
element. The substructure is generated using all eigenmodes that can be extracted, and a substructure load case
is generated for a concentrated load. The substructure is then used in a frequency extraction analysis followed
by several dynamic procedures (steady-state dynamic response, modal dynamic analysis, and direct-integration
implicit dynamic analysis).
A second identical mesh is defined without substructures. The results recovered from the substructure analysis
are then compared with the results from the analysis without substructures.
Input files
substr_small_ac2d4_gen.inp Coupled structural-acoustic substructure generation input file.
substr_small_ac2d4_use.inp Coupled structural-acoustic substructures in several dynamic
procedures.
nosubstr_small_ac2d4.inp Input file for the equivalent analysis without substructures.
Features tested
Coupled structural-acoustic substructure generation and usage of a more complex model.
1129
Coupled structural-acoustic analysis with substructures
Problem description
The mesh is the same as the box model described in Adaptive meshing applied to coupled structural-acoustic
problems. The box is preloaded by a surface-distributed load applied to the interior of the box in a static step.
The substructure is generated using a large number of eigenmodes and then used in a frequency extraction
analysis followed by several dynamic procedures (steady-state dynamic response, modal dynamic analysis, and
direct-integration implicit dynamics).
A second identical mesh is defined without substructures. The results recovered from the substructure analysis
are compared with the results from the analysis without substructures.
Input files
substr_box_ac2d4_gen.inp Two-dimensional coupled structural-acoustic substructure generation
input file.
substr_box_ac2d4_use.inp Two-dimensional coupled structural-acoustic substructure used in
several steady-state dynamic analysis steps.
nosubstr_box_ac2d4.inp Input file for the equivalent analysis without substructures.
substr_box_ac2d4_moddyn_gen.inp Two-dimensional coupled structural-acoustic substructure generation
input file.
substr_box_ac2d4_moddyn_use.inp Two-dimensional coupled structural-acoustic substructure used in
direct-integration implicit dynamic and modal dynamic analysis steps.
nosubstr_box_ac2d4_moddyn.inp Input file for the equivalent analysis without substructures.
Features tested
Coupled structural-acoustic substructure generation and usage.
Problem description
The mesh is the same as the axisymmetric tire model described in Adaptive meshing applied to coupled
structural-acoustic problems. The substructure is generated using a large number of retained eigenmodes, and
a substructure load case is generated for a concentrated load. The substructure is then used in a frequency
1130
Coupled structural-acoustic analysis with substructures
extraction analysis followed by several dynamic procedures (steady-state dynamic response, modal dynamic
analysis, and direct-integration implicit dynamic analysis).
A second identical mesh is defined without substructures. The results recovered from the substructure analysis
are then compared with the results from the analysis without substructures.
Input files
substr_smalltire_acax4_gen.inp Axisymmetric coupled structural-acoustic substructure generation
input file.
substr_smalltire_acax4_use.inp Axisymmetric coupled structural-acoustic substructures used in
several dynamic procedures.
nosubstr_smalltire_acax4.inp Input file for the equivalent analysis without substructures.
1131
Additive Manufacturing Process Simulation
In this section:
1133
Heat energy balance
References:
• Thermomechanical simulation of additive manufacturing processes
• Special-purpose techniques for additive manufacturing
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
DC3D4 DC3D8
Features tested
This section provides basic verification tests of energy balance in heat transfer analyses of powder bed-type
additive manufacturing processes where:
• the material deposition is simulated by progressive element activation; and
• the heating induced by a moving heat source is simulated by a moving heat flux.
Problem description
Each model simulates powder bed-type additive manufacturing processes of three disconnected cubes with
dimensions 1.0 × 1.0 × 1.0. The analyses use the special-purpose techniques for powder bed-type additive
manufacturing processes in Abaqus/Standard (see Thermomechanical analysis of powder bed–type additive
manufacturing processes using the trajectory-based method and Thermomechanical analysis of powder bed–type
additive manufacturing processes using the pattern-based method).
Model
Different types of progressive element activation are applied to the cubes to simulate the layer-upon-layer
material deposition:
Cube 1 Progressively activated by partial element activation
Cube 2 Progressively activated by full element activation (that is, elements can be only inactive or fully activated)
Cube 3 (reference) No element activation (that is, elements are always active)
The material deposition motion of a cube is shown in Figure 1. The line in the figure represents the path
traveled by the recoater (or roller blade) as new layers of powder material are deposited. The material
layer thickness is 0.05. A total of 20 layers is required to build one cube. An event series that represents
the path of the recoater is used in the trajectory-based method. For the pattern-based method, the layer
thickness is defined in a parameter table.
1135
Heat energy balance
Z
Y
X
Mesh
Each cube is modeled by a mesh of 29 DC3D4 elements or a mesh of 3 × 3 × 3 DC3D8
elements.
Material
All cubes have the same constant thermal properties.
Conductivity k = 5000
Density ρ = 8000
Specific heat cp = 500
Loading
A moving heat flux is applied to each cube to simulate the progressive heating by a moving heat source
(such as a laser). As shown in Figure 2, the scanning path of the heat source for each layer consists
of a 74° hatching pattern with 0.075 spacing followed by a contour. There is no rotation between each
layer.
The scanning is performed with a laser power P = 1 × 109, with the energy absorption efficiency as
η = 100%. The laser beam spot size is assumed to have a radius of 0.025 at the intersection with the
part surface. The penetration depth is assumed to be 0.025. Three types of energy distribution of the
laser are tested: concentrated point source, uniform distribution in a finite box, and Goldak double
ellipsoid distribution. An event series that represents the path of the heat source is used in the
trajectory-based method. For the pattern-based method, the path of the heat source is not used explicitly.
Abaqus estimates the amount of energy deposited into the structure based on the scan pattern definition.
The difference between the total heat input into a layer estimated from the scan pattern definition and
that estimated from the trajectory is not expected to be significant. The energy distribution is assumed
to be a concentrated point source when the pattern-based method is used.
1136
Heat energy balance
Z X
Based on the heat energy balance, energy input by the laser should be equal to the increase of the internal heat
energy of the cube. Therefore, the final steady-state temperature of a cube can be computed analytically,
ηP Δt
θf = θi + ρcpV
= 39.115,
where Δt = 0.15646 is the total time of the laser scanning and V = 1.0 is the volume of the cube.
The simulation results of the final steady-state temperature were found to be within 1% of the analytical solution,
as shown in Table 1 and Table 2.
For the trajectory-based method, output variable ALLHUMDFLUX, which is the total heat energy input into
the whole model (consisting of three cubes), also agrees with the analytical solution Q = 3ηP Δt = 4.6938×108.
Abaqus estimates the amount of energy deposited into the structure based on the scan pattern definition when
the pattern-based method is used. The output variable ALLHUMDFLUX for one cube indicates the total heat
energy input E = 1.71×108, which is 9.3 % higher than the heat energy input in analyses performed using the
trajectory-based method. Therefore, the final steady-state temperature of a cube can be computed analytically,
E
θf = θi + ρcpV
= 42.75.
Table 1: The final steady-state temperature of analyses using DC3D4 elements and the
trajectory-based method.
1137
Heat energy balance
Table 2: The final steady-state temperature of analyses using DC3D8 elements and the
trajectory-based method.
Table 3: The final steady-state temperature of analyses using DC3D4 elements and the
pattern-based method.
Table 4: The final steady-state temperature of analyses using DC3D8 elements and the
pattern-based method.
Input files
1138
Heat energy balance
Input files containing definitions or data to be included in the input files listed above
ABQ_am_special_purpose_types.inp Types of property tables, parameter tables, and event series used by the
special-purpose techniques for the simulation of common additive
manufacturing processes in Abaqus.
es_heatbalance_laser.inp Event series data of the laser scanning path used in the trajectory-based
method.
es_heatbalance_roller.inp Event series data of the roller blade motion used in the trajectory-based
method.
1139
Pattern-based eigenstrain
analysis
References:
• Eigenstrain-based simulation of additive manufacturing processes
• Special-purpose techniques for additive manufacturing
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8 S4
Features tested
This section provides basic verification tests of the pattern-based eigenstrain method used in additive manufacturing
processes where:
• the material deposition is simulated by progressively activating elements layer by layer; and
• the elastic deformation of a printing part is driven by eigenstrain loadings.
Problem description
The problem simulates the process of additive manufacturing of a cube of dimensions 20.0 × 20.0 × 20.0. The
analyses use the special-purpose technique for pattern-based eigenstrain modeling of additive manufacturing
processes in Abaqus/Standard (see Specifying element activation and eigenstrain using the pattern-based method).
Models using solid elements (C3D8) and shell elements (S4) are tested.
Model
Full element activation is applied to the cube to simulate the layer-upon-layer material
deposition. The material layer thickness (slice height) is 1.0. A total of 20 layers is needed to
build one cube.
Mesh
The cube is modeled with a mesh of 20 × 20 × 20 C3D8 elements or a mesh of 16800 S4
elements.
Material
A linear isotropic elastic material is used, with:
Young's modulus, E=10000
Poisson's ratio, υ=0.33
Loading
Different scan-pattern strategies are applied to build the lower half and the upper half of the
cube, as shown in Figure 1 and Figure 2, respectively. Each scan pattern consists of four
patches. The in-plane dimensions of all patches are 5.0 × 5.0. For the lower half of the cube
the layer-to-layer (slice-to-slice) rotation of the scan pattern is defined as 0° about the K-axis
1141
Pattern-based eigenstrain analysis
of the build system I-J-K; namely, the first 10 layers have an identical eigenstrain pattern. The
layer-to-layer rotation angle of the scan pattern of the upper half of the cube is 90°, which
means that the eigenstrain pattern repeats every four layers.
The orientation of the build system I-J-K is defined to align with the global orientation X-Y-Z.
The origin of the build system is at the bottom center of the cube.
Boundary
All degrees of freedom of the nodes on the bottom surface of the cube are fixed.
conditions
Both tests using C3D8 and S4 elements have the expected results, as defined in the problem description. The
results of eigenstrain component EEIG11 are shown in Figure 3 and Figure 4.
Input files
Input files containing definitions or data to be included in the input files listed above
ABQ_am_special_purpose_types.inpTypes of property tables, parameter tables, and event series used by the
special-purpose techniques for the simulation of common additive
manufacturing processes in Abaqus.
1142
Pattern-based eigenstrain analysis
Figures
ͳ ʹ
ʹ ͳ
3 2
ʹ ͳ
ͳ ʹ
1 4
ܬ
ܫ
Figure 1: Eigenstrain pattern for building the lower half of the cube.
1143
Pattern-based eigenstrain analysis
7 6 6 8
5 8 7 5
ܬ ܬ
ܫ Layer 4n+1 ܫ Layer 4n+2
8 5 5 7
6 7 8 6
ܬ ܬ
ܫ Layer 4n+3 ܫ Layer 4n+4
Figure 2: Eigenstrain pattern for building the upper half of the cube.
1144
Pattern-based eigenstrain analysis
EEIG, EEIG11
−1.000e−03
−1.875e−03
−2.750e−03
−3.625e−03
−4.500e−03
−5.375e−03
−6.250e−03
−7.125e−03
−8.000e−03
Z
Y
1145
Pattern-based eigenstrain analysis
EEIG, EEIG11
SNEG, (fraction = −1.0)
−1.000e−03
−1.875e−03
−2.750e−03
−3.625e−03
−4.500e−03
−5.375e−03
−6.250e−03
−7.125e−03
−8.000e−03
Z
Y
1146
Metallurgical phase
transformations
References:
• Modeling metallurgical phase transformations
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
DC3D8
Features tested
Problem description
This verification test contains single-element heat transfer analyses with nodal temperature degree of freedom
driven by predefined amplitude curves. The test is designed to qualitatively verify metallurgical phase
transformations under predefined thermal histories.
Material
Two materials, titanium alloy Ti-6AL-4V and steel 5140, are tested.
Titanium alloy Ti-6AL-4V consists primary of three solid phases: a hexagonal close-packed (hcp)
-phase, a body-centred cubic (bcc) -phase, and a martensitic ’-phase. The material is considered as
fully -phase on solidification. Three transformations can occur between those three solid phases.
They can be categorized as one martensitic transformation and two diffusional transformations, as
shown in Table 1. The solidus and liqudus temperatures of Ti-6AL-4V are 1604°C and 1650°C,
respectively.
A simplified metallurgical model of steel 5140 is used. The material consists of five solid phases:
austenite(A), bainite (B), ferrite (F), pearlite (P), and martensite (M). The material is considered as
fully austenite on solidification. Eight transformations can occur between those five solid phases.
They can be categorized as one martensitic and seven diffusional transformations, as shown in Table
2. The solidus and liqudus temperatures of steel 5140 are 1750°C and 1800°C, respectively.
Boundary
The nodal temperature degree of freedom is driven by predefined amplitude curves.
conditions
Two different thermal histories are applied to test metallurgical phase transformations in
titanium alloy Ti-6Al-4V. One thermal history contains thermal cycles ranging between 26°C
and 1826°C with constant heating or cooling rates. The other thermal history is a typical
thermal cycle experienced during an additive manufacturing process followed by a slow heat
treatment process.
One thermal history is applied to test metallurgical phase transformations in steel 5140. The
thermal history contains thermal cycles ranging between 20°C and 1826°C.
1147
Metallurgical phase transformations
The results of metallurgical phase transformations in titanium alloy Ti-6Al-4V with the two thermal cycles are
shown in Figure 1 and Figure 2, respectively. Graphs show the temperature, RLS state, and phase content. The
RLS indicator describes the material state as Raw (-1), Liquid (0), or Solid (1). It can be seen that the
microstructure is fully -phase on solidification. The -phase quickly transforms to ’-phase during the rapid
cooling that is typical during printing processes. The two diffusional transformations occur slowly during heating
and slow cooling conditions. The results agree with the specified material definition.
The results of the metallurgical phase transformations in steel 5140 for a thermal cycle with differenced segments
of constant rate are shown in Figure 3. At the slow cooling rate (1°C/s), the alloy transforms to mainly ferrite
and pearlite. At the medium cooling rate (10°C/s), a small amount of bainite phase is formed. At the high cooling
rate (100°C/s), the martensitic phase transformation occurs and only negligible diffusional transformations occur.
The results agree with the specified material definition.
Input files
Input files containing definitions or data to be included in the input files listed above
ABQ_phase_trans_types.inp Types of property tables and parameter tables used by the metallurgical
phase transformation framework in Abaqus.
amp_temp_amprint.inp Amplitude curves representing typical thermal cycles during printing
and heat treatment processes.
mat_phase_trans_ti64.inp Material definitions of titanium alloy Ti-6Al-4V.
mat_phase_trans_s5140.inp Material definitions of steel 5140.
References
• Xie, J., V. Oancea, and J. Hurtado, “Phase Transformations in Metals During Additive Manufacturing
Processes,” NAFEMS World Congress, 2017.
• Zhang, Q., J. Xie, Z. Gao, T. London, D. Griffiths, and V. Oancea, “A Metallurgical Phase Transformation
Framework Applied to SLM Additive Manufacturing Processes,” Materials & Design, vol. 166 107618,
2019.
Tables
1
β → α′ Martensitic θ˙< –410°C/s θ< 650°C
1148
Metallurgical phase transformations
2
α′ → α+β Diffusional θ˙> 0°C/s None
3
β↔α Diffusional θ˙> –410°C/s None
Figures
1826
1000 Temp. [°C]
0
1
0 RLS
-1
1
0.5 α
0
1
0.5 β
0
1
0.5 α'
0
0 5 10 15
Time [s]
Figure 1:Ti-6Al-4V metallurgical phase transformations under temperature cycles with constant
heating and cooling rates.
1149
Metallurgical phase transformations
2741.55
2000 Temp. [°C]
1000
0
1
0 RLS
-1
1
0.5 α
0
1
0.5 β
0
1
0.5 α'
0
0 0.5 1 1.5 2
Time [s]
1150
Metallurgical phase transformations
2741.55
2000 Temp. [°C]
1000
0
1
0 RLS
-1
1
0.5 α
0
1
0.5 β
0
1
0.5 α'
0
0 2 4 6
Time [s] × 104
1151
Metallurgical phase transformations
1826
Temp. [°C]
1000
0
1
RLS
0
-1
1
Austenite
0.5
0
1
Bainite
0.5
0
1
0.5
Ferrite
0
1
Martensite
0.5
0
1
Pearlite
0.5
0
0 50 100 150 200
Time [s]
1152
Metallurgical phase transformations
1826
Temp. [°C]
1000
0
1
RLS
0
-1
1
0.5
Austenite
0
1
Bainite
0.5
0
1
Ferrite
0.5
0
1
Martensite
0.5
0
1
Pearlite
0.5
0
260 280 300 320 340 360
Time [s]
1153
Metallurgical phase transformations
1826
Temp. [°C]
1000
0
1
RLS
0
-1
1
Austenite
0.5
0
1
Bainite
0.5
0
1
0.5
Ferrite
0
1
Martensite
0.5
0
1
Pearlite
0.5
0
370 380 390 400
Time [s]
Figure 3: Steel 5140 metallurgical phase transformations under temperature cycles with constant
heating and cooling rates.
1154
Electromagnetic analysis
In this section:
1155
Eddy current analysis
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
EMC2D3 EMC2D4 EMC3D4 EMC3D8
Features tested
Time-harmonic and transient responses of eddy current boundary value problems with excitations due to volume
or body current density J or surface current density K.
Problem description
Two types of problems are solved corresponding to two types of excitations. Both problems result in a constant
magnetic flux density B in the domain. The input files with body current excitation J are categorized as CCBL
(constant curl body load) problems, and the input files with surface current excitation K are categorized as CCSC
(constant curl surface current) problems.
CCBL problems: Only time-harmonic eddy current problems have been tested within this category. The
domain in the two-dimensional problems is a square lying in the first quadrant of the plane; in the
three-dimensional problems the domain is a cuboid lying in the first octant in space. For the differential equation
∇ × (μ −1∇ × A) + iωσ E A = J, the solution sought is A = AR + i AI , where AR = AI = −y e1 + x e 2. For this solution the
first term in the differential equation vanishes. Therefore, a nonuniform body load (CJNU) of J = iωσ E A is
applied everywhere in the domain. Nonzero boundary conditions (distributed surface magnetic vector potential)
on the outer boundary and symmetry boundary conditions on the symmetry planes are also specified.
CCSC problems: Both time-harmonic and transient eddy current problems have been tested within this
category. The domain for some of the two-dimensional problems is a quarter of a circle lying in the first quadrant
of the plane; in the three-dimensional problems the domain is a quarter of a cylinder lying in the first octant in
space, with the axis of the cylinder aligned along the global Z-direction. Surface current loads K = (2 / μ) eθ are
specified on the outer boundary as a Neumann-type boundary condition. Symmetry boundary conditions are
specified on the symmetry planes. The analytical solution in this case is AR = AI = r eθ for the time-harmonic
problem, which is the same as that of the CCBL problems. The solution (real only) for the transient problem is
identical.
The problems testing the transient eddy current procedure have similar domains (except for the two-dimensional
problems with input file names beginning with ccsc_2d_, which consist of stand-alone electromagnetic elements
subjected to boundary conditions/loading). In some of the problems the magnetic properties are defined to be
different in different regions of the model; in particular, linear properties are used in one region while nonlinear
properties are used in another region. The surface current loading results in a constant magnetic field within the
domain, but the magnetic flux density varies based on the material behavior. Both isotropic and orthotropic
magnetic behavior have been tested.
1157
Eddy current analysis
A few problems also test motional effects on the solution. In all cases a uniform translational velocity is applied.
The magnetic field remains the same as the problem without motion, but the electric fields are modified due to
the motional effects.
Material properties: Magnetic permeability of μ = 1.25663706144 × 10−6 H/m or N/A2 for free space is
used throughout for all the time-harmonic problems and in the regions with linear magnetic behavior for the
transient problems. For regions with nonlinear magnetic behavior, the response is defined in terms of a B–H
curve describing the strength of the magnetic flux density as a function of the strength of the magnetic field.
Table 1 provides the B–H curve used in these tests.
B H
0 0
A small electrical conductivity (compared to that of a metal) of σ E = 1.0 or 0.58 S/m is used.
Loading for transient problems: Transient problems are loaded with a surface current magnitude
that varies with time. Some of the problems use a sinusoidal time variation.
For the time-harmonic problems, the results B = 2(1 + i ) e3 and E = −iωA are verified for all the problems
everywhere in the domain. For the transient problems, the solutions (after a number of cycles) are typically
verified against corresponding time-harmonic solutions; the solutions are often verified by hand calculations.
Input files
Time-harmonic problems
ccbl_8emc2d3_rnd.inp 8 EMC2D3 elements with nonuniform J.
ccbl_8emc2d3_rnd.f User subroutine UDECURRENT used in ccbl_8emc2d3_rnd.inp.
ccbl_4emc2d4_rnd.inp 4 EMC2D4 elements with nonuniform J in a cylindrical system and
temperature-dependent material properties.
ccbl_4emc2d4_rnd.f User subroutine UDECURRENT used in ccbl_4emc2d4_rnd.inp.
ccbl_24emc3d4_rnd.inp 24 EMC3D4 elements with nonuniform J.
ccbl_24emc3d4_rnd.f User subroutine UDECURRENT used in ccbl_24emc3d4_rnd.inp.
ccbl_4emc3d8_rnd.inp 4 EMC3D8 elements with nonuniform J.
ccbl_4emc3d8_rnd.f User subroutine UDECURRENT used in ccbl_4emc3d8_rnd.inp.
ccbl_8emc3d6_rnd.f User subroutine UDECURRENT used in ccbl_8emc3d6_rnd.inp.
ccbl_200emc2d3_rnd.inp 200 EMC2D3 elements with nonuniform J.
1158
Eddy current analysis
Transient problems
ccsc_solenoid_hex8_tdsine.inp EMC3D8 elements with circumferentially uniform K on the outer boundary.
ccsc_solenoid_tet4_tdsine.inp EMC3D4 elements with circumferentially uniform K on the outer boundary.
ccsc_solenoid_tet4_td_stb.inp EMC3D4 elements with circumferentially uniform K on the outer boundary;
also uses stabilization.
ccsc_2d_nlbh_td.inp EMC2D3 and EMC2D4 elements with uniform K on the outer boundary.
ccsc_2d_nlbh_tdsine.inp EMC2D3 and EMC2D4 elements with uniform K on the outer boundary.
ccsc_2d_nlbh_td_temp_dep.inp EMC2D3 and EMC2D4 elements with uniform K on the outer boundary;
temperature-dependent material properties.
ccbl_4emc2d4_rnd_tr_mot.inp Same general setting as ccbl_4emc2d4_rnd.inp, but a transient analysis with
translational velocity specified. The analysis assumes the same general form
of the magnetic vector potential as ccbl_4emc2d4_rnd.inp, but one that is
exponentially decreasing with time. User subroutines UDECURRENT and
UDEMPOTENTIAL are utilized.
1159
Magnetostatic analysis
Magnetostatic analysis
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
EMC2D3 EMC2D4 EMC3D4 EMC3D8
Features tested
Problem description
The problems involve rectangular or cylindrical domains that are subjected to an impressed surface current
density at the boundary such that the resulting magnetic field is uniform. In one of the models the magnetic
properties are nonuniform (different magnetic behavior in different regions of the model); as a result, the magnetic
flux density is correspondingly nonuniform. Both linear and nonlinear material properties are used for the
nonuniform case.
Material properties: Magnetic permeability of μ = 1.25663706144 × 10−6 H/m or N/A2 for free space is
used in the regions with linear magnetic behavior. For regions with nonlinear magnetic behavior, the response
is defined in terms of a B–H curve describing the strength of the magnetic flux density as a function of the
strength of the magnetic field. Table 1 provides the B–H curve used in these tests.
B H
0 0
The magnetic field is uniform in the domain. The magnetic flux density is appropriately nonuniform for the
problem with nonuniform magnetic material behavior.
Input files
1161
Magnetostatic analysis
1162
Piezoelectric analysis
In this section:
1163
Static analysis for
piezoelectric materials
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CAX4E
Features tested
The static analysis capability for materials that include piezoelectric coupling is discussed and illustrated. Both
mechanical loads and electrical surface charges are applied. In Mercer, Reddy, and Eve (1987) a problem subjected
to a sinusoidal load is analyzed. The model definition from that problem is used to illustrate the static response
due to a constantly applied load. In the following sections the applicable linear dynamics capabilities are discussed.
Problem description
A cylinder of piezoelectric ceramic is subjected to both a pressure load and a distributed charge load. The cylinder
is 20 mm thick with an inner radius of 5 mm and an outer radius of 25 mm. The cylinder is subjected in the first
step to a pressure load on the top surface. The second step applies a distributed electrical charge on the top
surface. Both the top and bottom surfaces have electrodes. The potentials on the bottom surface are prescribed
to zero. The electrodes are generated by using equations that set all the potentials to the same value.
The cylinder is modeled as an axisymmetric problem using only one CAX4E element. The material properties
for the PZT4 material are given as
Elasticity matrix:
⎡139.0 74.28 77.84 0 0 0 ⎤
⎢ ⎥
⎢ 74.28 115.4 74.28 0 0 0 ⎥
⎢ 77.84 74.28 139.0 0 0 0 ⎥
⎢ 0 GPa
0 0 25.64 0 0 ⎥
⎢ ⎥
⎢ 0 0 0 0 25.64 0 ⎥
⎢⎣ 0 0 0 0 0 25.64 ⎥⎦
1165
Static analysis for piezoelectric materials
Dielectric matrix:
⎡ 6.752 0 0 ⎤
⎢ ⎥
⎢ 0 5.872 0 ⎥ 10−9 farad/meter
⎢⎣ 0 0 6.752 ⎥⎦
In the first step the σ22 value should be equal and opposite to the applied vertical pressure. It is correctly computed
as −1.0 × 106. The stresses in the other directions are negligible. The stress is computed as
φ
σij = Dijk l εk l − emk l Em.
or
σ22 = (7.428 × 1010)ε11 + (11.54 × 1010)ε22 + (7.428 × 1010)ε33 − (15.08)E2.
This relationship can be verified from the results. The electrical flux density is negligible in both directions for
the pressure loading. This is correct, considering the flux conservation equation. The potential gradient is constant
in the vertical direction. The maximum vertical displacement, −1.65 × 10−7, occurs at the top surface.
In the second step instead of the pressure load, a distributed electrical charge is applied to the top surface of the
model. The q2 value should be equal and opposite to the charge density applied to the top surface. It is correctly
computed as −1.0 × 10−3. The flux density in the other direction is negligible. The flux densities are computed
as
φ
qi = eijk εjk + Dijφ Ej.
or
q2 = (−5.207)ε11 + (15.08)ε22 + (−5.207)ε33 + (5.872 × 10−9)E2.
This relationship can be verified from the results. This problem, from equilibrium considerations, should produce
a stress-free state. The strain field is such that the equation given above for the stress gives a negligible value.
Input files
References
• Mercer, C. D., B. D. Reddy, and R. A. Eve, “Finite Element Method for Piezoelectric Media,” UCT/CSIR
Applied Mechanics Research Unit Technical Report, no. 92, April 1987.
1166
Frequency extraction
analysis for piezoelectric
materials
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CAX4E CAX8E CPE4E
Features tested
The frequency extraction analysis capability for materials that include piezoelectric coupling is illustrated.
Problem description
The model is the cylinder described in Static analysis for piezoelectric materials. Three analyses are performed
using two different models. One model uses sixteen CAX4E elements, and the other uses four CAX8E elements.
In addition, a single test that extracts the eigenvalues of an unconstrained CPE4E element using temperature-
and field-variable-dependent piezoelectric and dielectric properties is included.
The first 10 modes are extracted. The lowest frequency for the CAX4E element model is 41.8 kHz. The lowest
frequency for the CAX8E element model is 44.6 kHz. These mode shapes will be used in the following sections
for the linear dynamics options. The restart capability will be used for this purpose. For the CAX8E element
model, the total force is output on the edge lying on the x-axis.
For the unconstrained eigenvalue extraction test, the results match the corresponding results for an equivalent
model where the piezoelectric and dielectric properties are independent of temperature and field variables.
Input files
1167
General analysis
procedures for piezoelectric
materials
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
In this section the general analysis procedures for elements that include piezoelectric coupling are discussed.
Elements tested
C3D8E
Features tested
The transient dynamic analysis capability for elements that include piezoelectric coupling is illustrated. Both
concentrated nodal electrical charges and potentials are applied in separate analyses.
Problem description
A piezoelectric bar [1 × 1 × 10] is subjected to an electrical potential. The potentials on the longitudinal top
surface are prescribed to 1, and the potentials on the longitudinal bottom surface are prescribed to 0. The electrodes
are simulated by using equations that set all the potentials on a face to the same prescribed value. The material
is polarized in the local 3-direction.
The block is modeled using five C3D8E elements along the length. The material properties for the PZT-5H
material that is used in the tests are as follows:
Elasticity properties:
Engineering constants
E1 60.61 GPa
E2 60.61 GPa
E3 48.31 GPa
ν12 0.289
ν13 0.512
ν23 0.512
1169
General analysis procedures for piezoelectric materials
The piezoelectric coefficient matrix gφ and the dielectric matrix Dφ(σ ) for an unconstrained material, which are
commonly used electrical properties in the piezoelectric literature, can be expressed in terms of the piezoelectrical
properties mentioned above. These relationships are given in Piezoelectric analysis. These properties are
commonly provided by the manufacturer. For the PZT-5H material the properties are as follows:
The tests involve a transient dynamic step in which the potential on the top surface is ramped up to 1 volt in
0.014 seconds and then held constant for the remainder of the step. The results at the end of the step correspond
to the static solution.
and
ε33
g3φ33 = q3
,
where E3 is the potential gradient and q3 is the charge density in the local 3-direction. So the charge density q3 is
equal to d3φ33 / g3φ33= 3.01 × 10−8. The area to which the voltage is applied is 10; therefore, the static reaction
charge should be about 3.01 × 10−7. The results of ppzodyn1.inp confirm this reaction charge. In the input file
ppzodyn2.inp a concentrated nodal electrical charge of 3.01 × 10−7 is applied instead of a potential value of 1 at
the top surface. This results in a potential of 1 volt on the top surface.
Input files
ppzodyn1.inp Dynamic analysis with prescribed potentials.
1170
General analysis procedures for piezoelectric materials
Elements tested
C3D20E
Features tested
The geometrically nonlinear static analysis capability for a piezoelectric material is illustrated. A beam clamped
at both ends is subjected to a potential that results in a loading that reaches the critical buckling load.
Problem description
A beam of piezoelectric material is clamped at both sides and is subjected to an electrical potential. The beam
is 0.4 m long with a width of 0.006 m and a thickness of 0.005 m. The potentials at one end of the beam are
prescribed to 500 kvolts, and the potentials at the other end are prescribed to 0 kvolt. The electrodes are simulated
by using equations that set the potential of all the nodes at each end of the beam to the same prescribed value.
In the first step a small load is applied to the center to induce a small geometric imperfection.
The block is modeled using 20 C3D20E elements. The material properties for PZT-5H, which is used for the
simulation, are given in the previous section.
where E is the Young's modulus in the longitudinal direction and I is the appropriate moment of inertia for the
beam section. The analysis shows a critical compressive force of 773 N. The compressive force converges to
the analytical buckling load with mesh refinement.
Input files
ppzobuckle.inp Geometrically nonlinear static analysis.
Elements tested
C3D4E C3D6E C3D8E C3D10E C3D20RE
Features tested
Large rotations for different piezoelectric element types.
Problem description
Five blocks modeled with different piezoelectric element types are subjected to an electrical potential. The
potentials at one side are prescribed to 1 volt, and the potentials at the opposite side are prescribed to 0 volt. The
blocks are tied to three orthogonal surfaces to prevent unconstrained rigid body motions but are free to move
tangentially with respect to the surfaces. The surfaces are also used to prescribe the rigid body rotations.
1171
General analysis procedures for piezoelectric materials
Input files
ppzolarrot.inp Large rotations with piezoelectric elements.
Elements tested
C3D8E
Features tested
Validation of piezoelectric material properties using a general static analysis.
Problem description
A block of PZT-5H is subjected to different loadings from which the piezoelectric material properties can be
validated.
and
ε33
g3φ33 = q3
.
The piezoelectric constants d3φ11, d3φ22, d3φ33, g3φ11, g3φ22, and g3φ33 are verified by using the numerically obtained
values of the strains ε11, ε22, and ε33. The dielectric constant D33φ(σ )in the local 3-direction for an unconstrained
material is given by
φ (σ ) q3
D33 = E3
.
The numerical results for q3 and E3 confirm the above relationships. In Steps 2–4 the model is charged in different
ways verifying the same piezoelectrical material parameters as in Step 1. In Step 2 the potentials of the bottom
and the top surface are switched. In Step 3 a nodal concentrated electrical charge is applied, and in Step 4 a
distributed electrical charge is applied instead of prescribing the potentials. In Step 5 a potential gradient is
applied in the local 1-direction to verify the piezoelectric properties d1φ13, g1φ13, and D11φ(σ ).
In Steps 6–7 an open circuit condition is applied (the potential gradient is not prescribed by voltage boundary
conditions), which results in reaction charges that are equal to zero. The piezoelectric constitutive equations can
be written in different forms. In particular, the strain can be expressed in terms of either the potential gradient
E or the charge density q. If the constitutive relation is expressed in terms of the potential gradient, the compliance
data (typically denoted as SE in the piezoelectric literature) define the mechanical behavior at zero potential
gradient. In Abaqus the stiffness data at zero potential gradient are used to specify the mechanical behavior. If
1172
General analysis procedures for piezoelectric materials
the constitutive relation is expressed using the charge density, the compliance matrix (typically denoted as SD
in the piezoelectric literature) defines the mechanical behavior at zero charge density. The compliance SD can
be obtained from the compliance SE and the electrical properties. For the PZT-5H material, S11D = 14.05 × 10−12,
S12D = −7.27 × 10−12, S13D = −3.05 × 10−12, S31D = −3.05 × 10−12, and S33D = 8.99 × 10−12. By loading the model at
zero charge (in open circuit condition), these elastic compliances are verified.
Input files
ppzovallin.inp Geometrically linear static analysis used to validate piezoelectric material
properties.
ppzovalnlg.inp Geometrically nonlinear static analysis used to validate piezoelectric material
properties.
ppzovalnlg_tfv.inp Geometrically nonlinear static analysis used to validate temperature- and
field-variable-dependent piezoelectric material properties.
1173
Submodeling
Submodeling is the technique whereby a portion of a structure is analyzed with a different (usually finer) mesh
by “driving” the nodes on the boundary of that mesh from the interpolated solution on the original “global”
mesh.
To perform a submodel analysis, nodal quantities such as displacements, temperatures, pressures, displacement
phases, etc. must be saved on the file output in the global analysis (usually done with a coarse mesh). The global
model file output is attached to the submodel run (via the globalmodel parameter on the Abaqus execution
procedure) to drive the boundary nodes on the submodel (usually done with a finer mesh). The same reference
frame must be used in both models. The global and submodel meshes can have different element types within
the same group of elements: planar solid to planar solid, axisymmetric solid to axisymmetric solid,
three-dimensional solid to three-dimensional solid, general shell to general shell, etc. For shell-to-solid
submodeling the global model consists of shell elements and the submodel consists of three-dimensional continuum
elements. The procedure types can be different between the global analysis and the submodel analysis. For
example, a linear static analysis in the global model can drive an elastic-plastic static solution in the submodel
(as long as plasticity will not influence the driven boundary nodes), or a dynamic analysis in the global model
can drive a static solution in a submodel (this assumes that inertia forces can be neglected at the submodel level).
In addition, the global procedure can be performed in Abaqus/Standard to drive a submodeling procedure in
Abaqus/Explicit and vice versa. For example, an Abaqus/Standard static analysis in the global model can drive
a quasi-static Abaqus/Explicit analysis in the submodel.
The verification tests are divided into sections according to the element types supported in the submodel capability.
Within each section a combination of elements and procedures is tested on small models with a limited number
of elements. The values (or amplitudes) at the driven nodes, interpolated from the global analysis, are verified.
In most cases the stress and strain fields in the submodel analysis match the results of the global analysis.
However, in certain problems the meshes are too coarse to produce good agreement in stress and strain.
Each test consists of two input files: the global analysis and the submodel analysis. The same global file can
drive several submodel analysis runs, each using a different mesh with elements that may or may not be the same
as in the global analysis.
An example of running a sequentially coupled thermal-stress analysis is also given.
In this section:
1175
• Miscellaneous submodeling tests
1176
Two-dimensional
continuum
stress/displacement
submodeling
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPEG3 CPEG4 CPEG6 CPEG6M CPEG8
CPE3 CPE4 CPE4H CPE4R CPE6 CPE6M CPE8 CPE8H CPE8R
CPS3 CPS4 CPS4R CPS6 CPS6M CPS8
Features tested
Problem description
Model: All global models have dimensions 8.0 × 1.5 in the x–y plane, with an out-of-plane dimension of 1.0
(plane stress analysis).
Material:
Young's modulus 3 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Density 10.0
0.4
Rayleigh damping (βR)
Loading and boundary conditions: All global models involving static procedures and Abaqus/Explicit
quasi-static procedures are subject to the loading and boundary conditions depicted in Figure 1. In Abaqus/Standard
the time history of the loading, the time at which the corresponding submodeled analysis is performed, and the
requested file output from the global model are unique to each individual analysis. In Abaqus/Explicit the same
step time and smooth step loading are used in both the global and submodel analyses.
1177
Two-dimensional continuum stress/displacement submodeling
Global Analysis
1 x 10 6
1.5
8.0
All global models involving dynamic procedures in Abaqus/Standard are subject to the loading and boundary
conditions depicted in Figure 2. For the transient simulations using the direct-integration implicit dynamic
procedure, different excitation frequencies of the load can be tested by changing the parameters defined in the
input files. As in the static analyses the time history of the loading, the time at which the corresponding submodeled
analysis is performed, and the requested file output from the global model are unique to each individual analysis.
y
Global Analysis
1.5
8.0 x
5
y 1 x 10
Typical Submodeled
Analysis
Driven Boundary
The amplitudes of all driven variables in the submodeled analysis are correctly identified on the global analysis
file output and applied at the driven nodes in the submodel analysis.
1178
Two-dimensional continuum stress/displacement submodeling
Input files
The following input files test various combinations of dynamic analyses using the direct solution steady-state
dynamic and direct-integration implicit procedures:
pgce8shd.inp CPE8H elements; global analysis.
psce8sh1.inp CPS8 elements; submodel analysis of pgce8shd.inp.
pgce8srd.inp CPE8R elements; global analysis.
psce8sr1.inp CPE8 elements; submodel analysis of pgce8srd.inp.
psce8sr1_sb.inp CPE8 elements; stress-based submodel analysis of pgce8srd.inp.
pgcs8sfd.inp CPS6, CPS8 elements; global analysis.
1179
Two-dimensional continuum stress/displacement submodeling
1180
Three-dimensional
continuum
stress/displacement
submodeling
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D4 C3D5 C3D6 C3D8 C3D8R C3D10 C3D10HS C3D10M C3D15 C3D20 C3D27 SC6R
SC8R
Features tested
The submodeling capability is applied to the three-dimensional continuum stress/displacement elements and the
continuum shell elements. In Abaqus/Standard general static, dynamic, and linear perturbation procedures are
used in various combinations for both the global and submodel analyses. In Abaqus/Explicit both the global
model and submodel are quasi-static analyses, except for the test that uses the GLOBAL ELSET parameter,
which is a dynamic process. In the quasi-static tests each submodel can be driven from any of the global models.
The submodeling capability is also tested for a directly input matrix representing an element stiffness in static
procedures (general and linear perturbation) in Abaqus/Standard. The scaling parameter in the submodel boundary
condition is tested in an Abaqus/Explicit submodel analysis.
Problem description
Material:
Young's modulus 3 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Density 10.0
0.4
Rayleigh damping (βR)
Loading and boundary conditions: All global models involving static procedures in Abaqus/Standard
and all the analyses in Abaqus/Explicit are subject to the same loading and boundary conditions as depicted in
Two-dimensional continuum stress/displacement submodeling. The time history of the loading, the time at which
the corresponding submodeled analysis is performed, and the requested file output from the global model are
unique to each individual analysis. Smooth-step amplitudes are used to load the quasi-static models in
Abaqus/Explicit.
All global models involving dynamic procedures in Abaqus/Standard are subject to the same loading and boundary
conditions as depicted in Two-dimensional continuum stress/displacement submodeling. For the transient
simulations using the direct-integration implicit dynamic procedure, different excitation frequencies of the load
can be tested by changing the parameters defined in the input files. As in the static analyses the time history of
1181
Three-dimensional continuum stress/displacement submodeling
the loading, the time at which the corresponding submodeled analysis is performed, and the requested file output
from the global model are unique to each individual analysis.
The amplitudes of all driven variables in the submodeled analysis are correctly identified in the global analysis
file output and applied at the driven nodes in the submodel analysis.
Input files
1182
Three-dimensional continuum stress/displacement submodeling
The following input files test the submodeling capability using the dynamic procedures:
pgc3fsfd.inp C3D15 elements; global *MODAL DYNAMIC analysis.
psc3fsf1.inp C3D15 elements; submodel *MODAL DYNAMIC analysis.
psc3fsf1_sb.inp C3D15 elements; stress-based submodel analysis.
submodel3delem_c3d15_gd_std.inp C3D15 elements; global *DYNAMIC analysis.
submodel3delem_c3d8_sd_std.inp C3D8 elements; submodel *DYNAMIC analysis.
1183
Cylindrical continuum
stress/displacement
submodeling
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CCL9 CCL12 CCL18 CCL24
Features tested
The submodeling capability is applied to cylindrical elements. The general static procedure is used in various
combinations for both the global and submodel analyses.
Problem description
Model: All global models consist of an 180° cylindrical segment with an outer radius of 2 and an inner radius
of 1. The submodel input files model the right half of the global model. The submodel driven nodes lie along
the symmetrical plane of the global model.
Material:
Young's modulus 6 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0
Loading and boundary conditions: All the nodes at both ends are fixed in the circumferential
direction, and all the nodes at the inner surface are constrained in all degrees of freedom. Distributed loads or
prescribed displacements are applied at the outer surface of the cylindrical elements.
The amplitudes of all driven variables in the submodeled analysis are correctly identified on the global analysis
file output and applied at the driven nodes in the submodel analysis.
Input files
1185
Cylindrical continuum stress/displacement submodeling
1186
Axisymmetric continuum
stress/displacement
submodeling
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CAX3 CAX4I CAX4R CAX6 CAX6M CAX8H CAX8R
Features tested
The submodeling capability is applied to axisymmetric stress/displacement elements. The submodels cut the
global model along lines that are diagonal to the global model's regular geometry. Static and steady-state dynamic
procedures are tested in Abaqus/Standard. In Abaqus/Explicit the analyses are quasi-static; each submodel can
be driven from any of the global models.
Problem description
Model: The global model dimensions are 8.0 × 1.5 in the r–z plane.
Material:
Young's modulus 30 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Density 10.0
Boundary conditions: Along the left face of the model ur=0. One node is further constrained so that
uz=0.
Loading: In all models a pressure of −1.0 × 106 is applied to the right-hand face. (A figure with the same
geometry and loading is shown in Two-dimensional continuum stress/displacement submodeling, except that
the figure has rectangular axes x and y instead of the axisymmetric axes r and z.)
In all cases the nodal displacements for the driven nodes in the submodels are correctly interpolated from the
global model results. In the cases presented, element and nodal responses in the submodels match the responses
in the global models.
Input files
1187
Axisymmetric continuum stress/displacement submodeling
1188
Axisymmetric
stress/displacement
submodeling with twist
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CGAX4R CGAX4 CGAX6M CGAX6MH CGAX8H
Features tested
The submodeling capability is applied to axisymmetric stress/displacement elements with twist. The submodels
cut the global model along lines that are diagonal to the global model's regular geometry. The static analysis
procedure is used.
Problem description
Model: The global model dimensions are 8.0 × 1.5 in the r–z plane.
Material:
Young's modulus 30 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Density 1.0
Step I boundary conditions: Along the left face of the model ur=0. One node is further constrained
so that uz=0.
Step I loading: In all models a pressure of −1.0 × 106 is applied to the right-hand face. (A figure with the
same geometry and loading is shown in Two-dimensional continuum stress/displacement submodeling, except
with rectangular Cartesian coordinate axes x and y instead of the cylindrical coordinate axes r and z.)
Step II boundary conditions: The bottom face is constrained in all degrees of freedom.
Step II loading: In all models a twist of 0.01 radians is applied to the top face.
In all cases the nodal displacements for the driven nodes in the submodels are correctly interpolated from the
global model results. In the cases presented, element and nodal responses in the submodels match the responses
in the global models.
Input files
1189
Axisymmetric stress/displacement submodeling with twist
1190
Membrane submodeling
Membrane submodeling
Products: Abaqus/Standard Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
M3D3 M3D4 M3D4R M3D6 M3D8R
Features tested
The submodeling capability is applied to membrane models. The global input files use the models from the
membrane patch tests described in Membrane patch test. The submodel input files model the right half of the
global model; in Abaqus/Standard the submodel has 16 M3D8 elements, and in Abaqus/Explicit the submodel
uses 16 M3D4R or 32 M3D3 elements. The submodel driven nodes lie along the line parallel to the y-axis of
the model. In Abaqus/Standard static perturbation and static general procedures are tested. In Abaqus/Explicit
the analysis is performed as a quasi-static procedure; a velocity boundary condition that gives rise to the
perturbation is specified instead of the perturbation step.
Problem description
The global models' dimensions and material properties are the same as in the patch tests used in Membrane patch
test. The nodal file requests have been changed to enable the interpolation for the driven variables' values or
driven nodes' history amplitudes. The submodel material properties are the same as the global model properties.
All driven variables are correctly interpolated from the global analysis. Since the prescribed displacement and/or
concentrated force patterns are brought to their physical positions on the submodel, the stress fields do not match
in both models.
Input files
1191
Membrane submodeling
1192
Shell submodeling
Shell submodeling
Products: Abaqus/Standard Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Bending tests
Elements tested
S3 S3R S3RS S4 S4R S4RS S4RSW S8R STRI3
Features tested
The submodeling capability is applied to various shell elements, with 6 degrees of freedom per node, subject to
a bending load. Various combinations for both the global and submodel analyses are tested: in Abaqus/Standard
general static and static perturbation procedures are used, and in Abaqus/Explicit the analyses are dynamic and
quasi-static.
Problem description
Model: All global models have dimensions 10.0 × 3.0 in the x–y plane and use five section points through
the thickness of 0.001.
Material:
Young's modulus 1 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Density 10
Loading and boundary conditions: Except for the problem defined in files pgsf4srsgm.inp and
pssf4sr1gm.inp, the global model is constrained such that all displacement and rotation degrees of freedom for
nodes along the y-axis are suppressed. All elements in the model are then subject to a uniform pressure load of
1 × 10−7 in the positive z-direction. In Abaqus/Explicit the elements are subject to a uniform pressure load of 1
× 10−2 in the positive z-direction. The global models using triangular shells in Abaqus/Explicit have three steps;
however, the submodel analyses have one step that is driven from the third global step. This is valid because the
inertial forces are not significant during the first two steps (the process is quasi-static).
The model considered in Abaqus/Standard files pgsf4srsgm.inp and pssf4sr1gm.inp and in Abaqus/Explicit input
files using quadrilateral shells has two shell elements through the thickness in part of the region. One end of the
model is fixed, while displacements in the z-direction are applied to the other end: in the positive z-direction for
one layer of shells and in the opposite direction for the other layer. This is a special situation, which, in general,
necessitates the use of multiple submodels to ensure that driven nodes are assigned to the correct global elements.
General: Gauss integration is used for the shell cross-section in input files pgsf3srm.inp and pssf3sr1.inp.
1193
Shell submodeling
Input files
1194
Shell submodeling
Membrane tests
Elements tested
S4R5
Features tested
The submodeling capability is applied to two patches of shell elements, with 5 degrees of freedom per node,
subject to membrane-type loading. General static and static perturbation procedures are used in various
combinations for both the global and submodel analyses.
Problem description
Model: The global models have dimensions 0.24 × 0.12 in the x–y plane and use five section points through
the thickness of 0.001.
Material:
Young's modulus 1 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.25
Loading and boundary conditions: ux=10−3(x + y / 2), uy=10−3(y + x / 2), at all exterior nodes. uz=0
at all nodes.
Input files
pgs54srs.inp S4R5 elements; global analysis.
pss54sr1.inp S4R5 elements; submodel analysis.
pgs54srsg.inp S4R5 elements; *SUBMODEL, GLOBAL ELSET; global analysis.
pss54sr1g.inp S4R5 elements; *SUBMODEL, GLOBAL ELSET; submodel analysis.
Elements tested
DS3 DS6 DS8
Features tested
The submodeling capability is applied to a mesh of shell elements in a heat transfer analysis.
1195
Shell submodeling
Problem description
Model: The global model has dimensions 10.0 × 3.0 in the x–y plane and uses three section points through
the thickness of 0.001.
Material:
Thermal conductivity 1.0
Loading and boundary conditions: T=0.0 along x=y=0; and T=100.0 along x=10.0, y=3.0.
Results and discussion
The amplitudes of temperature in the submodel analysis are correctly identified in the global analysis file output
and applied at the driven nodes in the submodel analysis.
Input files
pgs33dfh.inp DS3 elements; global analysis.
pss33df1.inp DS3 elements; submodel analysis.
pgs36dfh.inp DS6 elements; global analysis.
pss36df1.inp DS6 elements; submodel analysis.
pgs38dfh.inp DS8 elements; global analysis.
pss38df1.inp DS8 elements; submodel analysis.
Thermal-stress analysis
Elements tested
DS4 S4 S4R
Features tested
A sequentially coupled thermal-stress analysis using the submodeling technique is tested.
Problem description
Model: The global model has dimensions 3.0 × 2.0 in the x–z plane and uses three section points through the
thickness of 0.001.
Material:
Young's modulus 1.0 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Thermal conductivity 4.85 × 10−4
Coefficient of thermal expansion (α) 1.0 × 10−6
Loading and boundary conditions: In the global heat transfer analysis a linear through-thickness
temperature gradient is developed in the model by specifying T=0 at all nodes on the top face of the plate and
1196
Shell submodeling
T=100 at all nodes on the bottom face. The global model for the thermal-stress analysis is constrained such that
ux=0 for x=0, uy=0 for x=0 and x=3, and uz=0 for x=y=z=0.
Method 1
1. Run the heat transfer analysis on the global model, and output the nodal temperatures.
2. Run the thermal-stress analysis on the global model, reading (and possibly interpolating) temperatures
as field variables from the previous global heat transfer analysis. Output the nodal temperatures and
displacements.
3. Run the submodel analysis reading (and possibly interpolating) temperatures as field variables and
displacements from the global thermal-stress analysis.
Method 2
1. Run the heat transfer analysis on the global model, and output the nodal temperatures.
2. Run the thermal-stress analysis on the global model, reading (and possibly interpolating) temperatures
as field variables from the previous global heat transfer analysis. Output the nodal temperatures and
displacements.
3. Run the thermal-stress submodel analysis, reading (and possibly interpolating) temperatures as field
variables from the global heat transfer analysis and displacements from the global thermal-stress
analysis.
Method 3
1. Run the heat transfer analysis on the global model, and output the nodal temperatures.
2. Run a heat transfer submodel analysis, reading temperatures as driven from the global model. Output
the nodal temperatures.
3. Run the thermal-stress submodel analysis, reading (and possibly interpolating) temperatures as field
variables from the previous heat transfer submodel analysis.
The first two methods make use of the dissimilar mesh interpolation technique.
The amplitudes of all driven variables in the submodel analysis are correctly identified in the global analysis
and applied at the driven nodes in the submodel analysis.
Input files
pgs34dfq.inp DS4 elements; global heat transfer analysis.
pss34df1.inp DS4 elements; submodel heat transfer analysis.
pgse4sfsc.inp S4 elements; global static thermal-stress analysis.
psse4sf5.inp S4 elements; submodel static thermal-stress analysis.
1197
Shell submodeling
Elements tested
S4R
Features tested
The submodeling capability is applied to a shell element, with 6 degrees of freedom per node, subjected to
rotation boundary conditions in a large-displacement analysis. In Abaqus/Standard general static procedures are
used for both the global and submodel analyses. In Abaqus/Explicit dynamic procedures are used for both
analyses.
Problem description
Model: Both the global model and the submodel use a single element with dimensions 10.0 × 3.0 in the x–y
plane, with a thickness of 0.001.
Material:
Young's modulus 1 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Density 10
Boundary conditions: The global model is constrained such that all displacement and rotation degrees
of freedom for nodes along the y-axis are suppressed. The rotation degrees of freedom at the remaining nodes
are given finite rotation boundary conditions in all three rotation components using different amplitude functions.
Input files
1198
Shell submodeling
Elements tested
C3D8I SC6R SC8R S4 CSS8
Features tested
The submodeling capability is tested for continuum shell elements. The general static procedure is used for the
global model as well as the submodel.
Problem description
In all the problems the global model is a cantilever beam loaded by concentrated loads at one end and fixed at
the other end. The submodel consists of a partial cantilever beam that includes the fixed end.
Input files
global_sc8r_c3d8i.inp SC8R elements; global analysis.
sub_sc8r_c3d8i.inp C3D8I elements; submodel analysis.
global_sc6r_c3d8i.inp SC6R elements; global analysis.
sub_sc6r_c3d8i.inp C3D8I elements; submodel analysis.
global_shell_sc8r.inp S4 elements; global analysis.
sub_shell_sc8r.inp SC8R elements; submodel analysis.
global_sc8r_css8.inp CSS8 elements; global analysis.
sub_sc8r_css8.inp CSS8 elements; submodel analysis.
1199
Surface element
submodeling
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
SFM3D3 SFM3D4 SFM3D6 SFM3D8R
Features tested
The submodeling capability is applied to models with surface elements. The global input files use the models
from the membrane patch tests described in Membrane patch test. The submodel input files model the right half
of the global model with 16 SFM3D8 elements. The submodel driven nodes lie along the line parallel to the
y-axis of the model. Static perturbation and static general procedures are tested.
Problem description
The global models' dimensions are the same as in the patch tests used in Membrane patch test. The nodal file
requests have been changed to enable the interpolation for the driven variables' values or driven nodes' history
amplitudes. There are three layers of rebar, which are oriented at 0°, 45°, and 90° from the x-axis, The material
properties and dimensions of the rebar are as follows:
Young's modulus 1 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.25
Rebar area 0.3
Rebar spacing 0.5
The submodel material properties are the same as the global model properties.
All driven variables are interpolated correctly from the global analysis. Since the prescribed displacement and/or
concentrated force patterns are brought to their physical positions on the submodel, the stress fields do not match
in both models.
Input files
1201
Surface element submodeling
1202
Heat transfer submodeling
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Features tested
The submodeling capability is applied to heat transfer elements in Abaqus/Standard and to coupled
temperature-displacement elements in Abaqus/Explicit. The thermal expansion coefficient is set to zero and dummy
mechanical properties are used in Abaqus/Explicit analyses since only the thermal response is of interest. Three of the
global model meshes are taken from element patch tests, while the fourth is a regular mesh. In Abaqus/Standard both
steady-state and transient procedures are tested, while in Abaqus/Explicit the dynamic temperature-displacement
procedure is used for all simulations.
Problem description
Material:
Conductivity 4.85 × 10–4
Density 0.283
Specific heat 0.116
Loading: A uniform film with a reference sink temperature of 75 and a film coefficient of 0.103 is applied
along the left edge of the global model. Nodal temperatures of 48 and 60 are applied to the lower right and upper
right nodes of the global model, respectively.
Input files
1203
Heat transfer submodeling
Problem description
Model: The global model dimensions are 4 × 3 in the x–y plane with a thickness of 1.0. The submodel occupies
the upper right-hand corner of the global model.
Material:
Conductivity 4.85 × 10−4
Density 0.283
Specific heat 0.116
Loading: A body flux of 0.3 is applied on the entire global model and submodel. Nodal temperatures of 200
and 400 are prescribed along the left edge and the bottom edge of the global model, respectively.
Figure 1: Temperature contours in global model and submodel with DC2D6 elements.
1204
Heat transfer submodeling
Input files
Problem description
Material:
Conductivity 4.85 × 10−4
Density 0.283
Specific heat 0.116
Loading: Nodal temperatures of 0 and 1000 are prescribed on the planes y=0 and y=1, respectively.
Results and discussion
In Abaqus/Standard steady-state heat transfer analysis is performed. In Abaqus/Explicit a transient analysis is
performed over a period of time in which the steady-state regime is reached. The nodal temperatures for the
driven nodes in the submodel are correctly interpolated from the global model results.
Input files
1205
Heat transfer submodeling
Problem description
Material:
Conductivity 4.85 × 10−4
Density 0.283
Specific heat 0.116
Loading: A body force flux is applied on the entire model. A radiation load with a reference sink temperature
of 1000 and a radiation constant of 10. × 10−13 is applied along the right edge. A nodal temperature of 900 is
prescribed at nodes on the left edge and the middle nodes on the top and bottom edges.
Input files
1206
Coupled
temperature-displacement
submodeling
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
SC8RT
C3D8HT C3D8RHT C3D8RT C3D4T C3D6T C3D8T C3D20HT C3D20RHT C3D20RT
C3D20T
CAX4HT CAX4RHT CAX3T CAX4T CAX4T CAX6MHT CAX6MT CAX8HT CAX8RHT
CAX4RT CAX8RT CAX8T
CGAX3HT CGAX3T CGAX4HT CGAX4RHT CGAX4RT CGAX4T CGAX6MHT CGAX6MT
CGAX8HT CGAX8RHT CGAX8RT CGAX8T
CPE4HT CPE4RHT CPE4T CPE6MHT CPE6MT CPE8HT CPE8RHT CPE8RT CPE3T
CPE4RT CPE8T
CPEG3T CPEG4RHT CPEG4RT CPEG4T CPEG6MHT CPEG6MT CPEG8T
CPS4RT CPS3T CPS4T CPS6MT CPS8RT CPS8T
Features tested
Problem description
Model: All global models have dimensions 7.0 × 7.0 in the x–y or r–z plane. Each submodel has dimensions
5.0 × 5.0 in the x–y or r–z plane and occupies the lower right-hand corner of the corresponding global model.
In all but the axisymmetric models, the out-of-plane dimension is 1.0. In axisymmetric models the structure
analyzed is a hollow cylinder with an outer radius of 8.0.
Material: In Abaqus/Standard:
Young's modulus 30 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Coeff. of thermal expansion 1 × 10−5
Thermal conductivity 3.77 × 10−5
Specific heat 0.39
Density 82.9
In Abaqus/Explicit:
Young's modulus 110 × 109
Poisson's ratio 0.3
1207
Coupled temperature-displacement submodeling
Loading: In all Abaqus/Standard models a distributed flux of magnitude 0.3 is applied to the right face; in
Abaqus/Explicit the flux magnitude is 0.5× 104.
Boundary and initial conditions: In the global model fixed boundary conditions u1=0 and u2=0 are
prescribed on the left and bottom faces, respectively. In three-dimensional models the additional constraints
u3=0 are applied to the nodes on the front and back faces. The initial temperature is zero everywhere, and fixed
temperature boundary conditions are applied on the left face. In the submodel u2=0 is prescribed everywhere on
the bottom face, while degrees of freedom 1, 2, and 11 for the nodes on the top and left faces are being driven
by the global solution. The mass scaling technique is used in the Abaqus/Explicit models to speed-up the analysis.
In the global analyses the temperature field predicted by Abaqus varies linearly in the x-direction in
nonaxisymmetric models and logarithmically in the r-direction in axisymmetric models. The predicted
displacement field is nonuniform in all models. The Abaqus/Standard results depicted for the temperature and
x- or r-displacement contour plots are shown below. For comparison purposes the temperature and displacement
solutions predicted by the submodels are also presented in the same contour plots, and excellent agreement
between the global and submodel results is obtained. Hence, the amplitudes of all driven variables in the submodel
analysis are identified correctly in the global analysis file output and applied at the driven nodes in the submodel
analysis.
Global and submodel analyses results for 4-node plane stress elements in Abaqus/Standard are shown in Figure
1 and Figure 2.
Global and submodel Abaqus/Standard analyses results for 8-node plane strain elements are shown in Figure 3
and Figure 4.
Global and submodel Abaqus/Standard analyses results for 8-node axisymmetric elements are shown in Figure
5 and Figure 6.
Global and submodel Abaqus/Standard analyses results for 20-node brick elements (front face) are shown in
Figure 7 and Figure 8.
In Abaqus/Explicit the driven temperatures and displacements in the submodel are correctly interpolated from
the global analysis file output. Each of the two-dimensional, three-dimensional, or axisymmetric submodels can
be driven from any global model that has the same dimensionality. The results between the global model and
submodel agree extremely well.
Input files
1208
Coupled temperature-displacement submodeling
1209
Coupled temperature-displacement submodeling
1210
Coupled temperature-displacement submodeling
1211
Coupled temperature-displacement submodeling
Figures
Global
NT11 VALUE
1 +4.284E+03 1 2 4 5 8 9 11 12
3 6 7 10
2 +8.569E+03
3 +1.285E+04
4 +1.713E+04
5 +2.142E+04 1 2 4 5 8 9 11 12
3 6 7 10
6 +2.570E+04
7 +2.999E+04
8 +3.427E+04
9 +3.856E+04 1 2 4 5 8 9 11 12
10 +4.284E+04
3 6 7 10
11 +4.713E+04
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
12 +5.141E+04
1 2 4 5 8 9 11 12
3 1 2 6
3 7
4 5 6 10
7 8 9
Submodel 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
2 5 8 11 9
1 3 4 6 7 9 10 12
NT11 VALUE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 +1.710E+04 1 2 4 5 8 9 11 12
3 1 6 7 10
2 +2.138E+04 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
3 +2.567E+04
4 +2.996E+04 1 2 1
4 5
2 3 4 8
5 6
9 7 11
8 9
12
3 6 7 10
5 +3.425E+04
6 +3.853E+04 1 2
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
7 +4.282E+04 2 5 8 11
1 3 4 6 7 9 10 12
8 +4.711E+04
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
9 +5.140E+04
3 1
1 2 4 5 8 9 11 12
3 1 2 6
3 7
4 5 6 10
7 8 9
2 3 24 3
5 4
6
7
5 86 9 10 11
8 9
1 5 8 7 10
Submodel 1 3 4 5 8 9
2 22 6 7 6 7
9 11 10
3 4
4 5 8 10 12
U1 VALUE 1 3 4 6 7 8 10
2 5 9
1 +2.764E-01 2 6 9
13 5 7 8 10 11 12
2 +4.714E-01 24 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
3 +6.665E-01
4 +8.616E-01 10
2 1 2 6 5 6 7 8 11
9 12
5 +1.056E+00 3 4 3
5 4 8 9 10
7
6 +1.251E+00
7 +1.446E+00
2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
8 +1.641E+00 2 3 4 5 6 8
9 10 11 12
9 +1.836E+00 7
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
10 +2.032E+00
3 1
2 5 6 8
6 10 12
3
1 2
4 3 4 5
7 7
9 8 911 10
1212
Coupled temperature-displacement submodeling
Global
NT11 VALUE
1 +4.284E+03
2 +8.569E+03
3 +1.285E+04
4 +1.713E+04
5 +2.142E+04
6 +2.570E+04
7 +2.999E+04 2 6 7 11
8 +3.427E+04
1 3 10 12
9 +3.856E+04
4 5 8 9
10 +4.284E+04
11 +4.713E+04
12 +5.141E+04
2 5 6 8 9
Submodel 3
1 4 7
NT11 VALUE 2 11
3 6 7 10
1 5 8 12
1 +1.710E+04 4 9
2 +2.138E+04
3 +2.567E+04 2 5 6 8 9
3
4 +2.996E+04 1 4 7
5 +3.425E+04
6 +3.853E+04
2
7 +4.282E+04
8 +4.711E+04
9 +5.140E+04
3 1 2 6 7 11
1 3 2 5 10 8 9
12
5 3 8 6
4
1 4 9 7
2 3 5 6 10
Submodel 1 7 9
4 8
6
U1 VALUE 3 12
6 7
8 11
1 +3.445E-01 4 5 10
2 +5.971E-01 2 3 9
3 +8.497E-01 3 6
4 +1.102E+00
1 7 10
2 4 5 8 9
5 +1.354E+00
6 +1.607E+00
3
7 +1.860E+00
2
8 +2.112E+00
9 +2.365E+00
10 +2.618E+00 3 7
3 1 3 8 12
1 4 6 6 7
4 9 11 10
2 2 5 5 810 9
NT11 VALUE
1 +9.731E+03
2 +1.946E+04
3 +2.919E+04
4 +3.892E+04
3 8 12
5 +4.865E+04 2 4 7 10
6 +5.839E+04 1 5 9 11
7 +6.812E+04
6
8 +7.785E+04
9 +8.758E+04
10 +9.731E+04
11 +1.070E+05
12 +1.167E+05
3 2 4 5
2 4 1 8 3 10 12
6
5 7 11
1 9
Submodel 6
2 4 5
1 3 6
NT11 VALUE
3 8
1 +6.812E+04 2 4 7 10 12
1 5 9 11
2 +7.783E+04 6
3 +8.755E+04 2 5
1 4
4 +9.726E+04 3 6
2
5 +1.069E+05
6 +1.167E+05
3 1 3 8
2 4 7 10 12
1 5 2 4 5
11
1 93 6
6
1213
Coupled temperature-displacement submodeling
Global
1 7
U1 VALUE 4
1 +5.030E-01
2 +1.116E+00
3 +1.729E+00
4 +2.343E+00 8
5 +2.956E+00 2 4 5 11
6 7 8 9
6 +3.569E+00
1 2 3 10 12
7 +4.182E+00
8 +4.796E+00 5
9 +5.409E+00 5
10 +6.022E+00
11 +6.636E+00
12 +7.249E+00
1 3 5 8 10
2 2 5 6 7
9 9 12
3 4
6 8
4 10 11
Submodel 1 7
U1 VALUE 8
1 3 5 6 8 9 10
1 +1.729E+00 2 4 7
9
2 +2.342E+00
1
3 +2.955E+00 2 5 6
3 8 9 10 12
4 +3.569E+00 4 7 11
5 +4.182E+00
1 3 5 8
6 +4.795E+00 6 9 10
2 4 7
7 +5.409E+00
2
8 +6.022E+00
9 +6.635E+00
10 +7.249E+00
3 1 2 9
5
3 6 8
3
1 5 8
6 10 12
2
4 4 7 7 9 10
1 11
NT11 VALUE
1 +4.284E+03
2 +8.569E+03
3 +1.285E+04
4 +1.713E+04
5 +2.142E+04
6 +2.570E+04
7 +2.999E+04 2 6 7 11
8 +3.427E+04
1 3 10 12
9 +3.856E+04
4 5 8 9
10 +4.284E+04
11 +4.713E+04
12 +5.141E+04
2 5 8 9
3 6
Submodel 1 4 7
NT11 VALUE 2 11
3 6 7 10
1 5 8 12
1 +1.713E+04 4 9
2 +2.141E+04
3 +2.570E+04 2 5 8 9
3 6
4 +2.998E+04 1 4 7
5 +3.427E+04
6 +3.855E+04
2
7 +4.284E+04
8 +4.712E+04
9 +5.141E+04
3 1 2 6 7 11
1 3 2 5 10 8 12
9
5 3 8 6
4
1 4 9 7
2 3 5 6 9
Submodel 1 7 10
4 8
6
U1 VALUE 3 12
6 7
8 11
1 +3.435E-01 4 5 10
2 +5.991E-01 2 3 9
3 +8.547E-01 3 6
4 +1.110E+00
1 7 10
2 4 5 8 9
5 +1.365E+00
6 +1.621E+00 3
7 +1.877E+00
2
8 +2.132E+00
9 +2.388E+00
10 +2.644E+00 3 7
3 1 3 8 12
1 4 6 6 7
4 9 11 10
2 2 5 5 8
10 9
1214
Pore pressure submodeling
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8PH C3D8PT C3D10MP C3D20P C3D20RP
CAX4RP CAX6MP CAX8P CAX8RP
CPE4P CPE6MP CPE8P CPE8RP
Features tested
Problem description
Model: All global models have dimensions 3.0 × 5.0 in the x–y or r–z plane. Each submodel has dimensions
2.05 × 3.45 in the x–y or r–z plane and occupies the lower right-hand corner of the corresponding global model.
In all but the axisymmetric models, the out-of-plane dimension is 1.0. In axisymmetric models the structure
analyzed is a hollow cylinder with outer radius 5.0.
Material:
Young's modulus 100 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.0
Permeability 1 × 10−5
Density 1.4142
Loading: In all models, a distributed flow of magnitude 0.002 is applied to the right face, where the sink pore
pressure is 14.7.
Boundary and initial conditions: In the global model, fixed boundary conditions u1 = 0 and u2 = 0
are prescribed on the left and bottom faces, respectively. In three-dimensional models the additional constraints
u3 = 0 are applied to the nodes on the front and back faces. The initial void ratio is unity everywhere and fixed
pore pressure boundary conditions are applied on the left face. In the submodel, u2 = 0 is prescribed everywhere
on the bottom face, while degrees of freedom 1, 2 and 8 for the nodes on the top and left faces are being driven
by the global solution.
In the global analyses, the pore pressure field predicted by Abaqus varies linearly in the x-direction in
nonaxisymmetric models and logarithmically in the r-direction in axisymmetric models. The predicted
1215
Pore pressure submodeling
displacement field is nonuniform in all models. These results are depicted in the pore pressure and x- or
r-displacement contour plots shown below. For comparison purposes, the pore pressure and displacement solutions
predicted by the submodels are also presented in the same contour plots and excellent agreement between global
and submodel results is obtained. Hence, the amplitudes of all driven variables in the submodeled analysis are
correctly identified in the global analysis file output and applied at the driven nodes in the submodel analysis.
Global and submodel analyses results for 8-node plane strain elements are shown in Figure 1 and Figure 2.
Global and submodel analyses results for 8-node axisymmetric elements are shown in Figure 3 and Figure 4.
Global and submodel analyses results for 20-node brick elements (front face) are shown in Figure 5 and Figure
6.
Input files
The following input files test the transient soils consolidation procedure. Each test performs a single increment
transient consolidation calculation for a time period of one.
pgc38phd.inp C3D8PH elements; global analysis.
psc38phd.inp C3D8PH elements; submodel analysis.
pgc3apkd.inp C3D10MP elements; global analysis.
psc3apkd.inp C3D10MP elements; submodel analysis.
pgc3kpfd.inp C3D20P elements; global analysis.
psc3kpfd.inp C3D20P elements; submodel analysis.
pgc3kprd.inp C3D20RP elements; global analysis.
psc3kprd.inp C3D20RP elements; submodel analysis.
pgca4prd.inp CAX4RP elements; global analysis.
psca4prd.inp CAX4RP elements; submodel analysis.
pgca6pkd.inp CAX6MP elements; global analysis.
psca6pkd.inp CAX6MP elements; submodel analysis.
pgca8pfd.inp CAX8P elements; global analysis.
psca8pfd.inp CAX8P elements; submodel analysis.
pgca8prd.inp CAX8RP elements; global analysis.
psca8prd.inp CAX8RP elements; submodel analysis.
pgce4pfd.inp CPE4P elements; global analysis.
psce4pfd.inp CPE4P elements; submodel analysis.
pgce6pkd.inp CPE6MP elements; global analysis.
psce6pkd.inp CPE6MP elements; submodel analysis.
pgce8pfd.inp CPE8P elements; global analysis.
psce8pfd.inp CPE8P elements; submodel analysis.
pgce8prd.inp CPE8RP elements; global analysis.
psce8prd.inp CPE8RP elements; submodel analysis.
ctp_gbmodel.inp C3D8PT elements; global analysis.
ctp_sbmodel.inp C3D8PT elements; submodel analysis.
1216
Pore pressure submodeling
Figures
Global
POR VALUE
1 +1.128E+00
2 +2.257E+00
3 +3.386E+00
4 +4.515E+00
5 +5.644E+00
6 +6.773E+00
7 +7.902E+00 2 6 7 11
8 +9.031E+00
1 3 10 12
9 +1.015E+01
4 5 8 9
10 +1.128E+01
11 +1.241E+01
12 +1.354E+01
Submodel 2 3 5 6 8 9
4 7
POR VALUE 2 11
3 6 7 10
1 5 8 12
1 +4.514E+00 4 9
2 +5.642E+00
3 +6.770E+00
2 3 5 6 8 9
4 +7.898E+00
4 7
5 +9.027E+00
6 +1.015E+01
2
7 +1.128E+01
8 +1.241E+01
9 +1.354E+01
3 1 2 6 7 11
1 3 3 6 10 8 912
2
5 5
8
4 4 9 7
Figure 1: Pore pressure contours in global and submodels: 8-node plane strain.
Global
1 5
2 3
U1 VALUE 1 4
1 -2.054E-08
2 +9.322E-10
3 +2.241E-08
4 +4.389E-08
5 +6.537E-08 6
6 +8.685E-08 3
7 +1.083E-07 2 11
8 +1.298E-07 6 7
3 4 8 10 12
9 +1.513E-07 5 9
10 +1.727E-07
11 +1.942E-07 7
12 +2.157E-07
3 6
Submodel 1 2 5 7 9
4 8
U1 VALUE 2 7 8
4 12
3 6 9 11
1 +4.389E-08
5 10
2 +6.536E-08
3 +8.684E-08
3 6
4 +1.083E-07 1 2 5 7 8 9
4
5 +1.297E-07
6 +1.512E-07
2
7 +1.727E-07
8 +1.942E-07
9 +2.157E-07 2 7
3 1 4 8 6 12
3 2 6
3 5 9 119
1 7
108
5 4
1217
Pore pressure submodeling
Global
POR VALUE
1 +1.049E+00
2 +2.098E+00
3 +3.147E+00
4 +4.196E+00
5 +5.245E+00
234 7 8 13
6 +6.294E+00 10 11
1 5 6 12
7 +7.343E+00 9
8 +8.392E+00
9 +9.441E+00
10 +1.049E+01
11 +1.153E+01
12 +1.258E+01
13 +1.363E+01
234 2
7 8 4 13
1 10 11 6 7
1 5 6 3 5 12
Submodel 9
POR VALUE
2 4 6 7
1 5
3
1 +7.343E+00
3
2 4 7 8 13
2 +8.390E+00 10 11
1 5 6 12
3 +9.438E+00
9
2 4 6 7
4 +1.048E+01 1
2 +1.153E+01 3 5
5
6 +1.258E+01
7 3 +1.363E+01
1 13
234 7 8
2 4 11 6
10
1 5 6 1 7
9
3 5 12
1 +2.871E-08
2 +5.743E-08 8
3 +8.615E-08 5
4 +1.148E-07
2 8
5 +1.435E-07
3 5 6 9 12
6 +1.723E-07
1 4 7 10 11
7 +2.010E-07
8 +2.297E-07 9
9 +2.584E-07
10 +2.871E-07
11 +3.158E-07
12 +3.446E-07
3 6
3 5 9 7
1 8 9
1
2
4
2
5 4 8 6 10
7 12
Submodel 11
U1 VALUE 5
1 3 5 7 8
1 +1.148E-07 2 4 6 9
2 +1.435E-07
3 6 9
3 +1.722E-07 2 5 10 12
1 4 7 8
4 +2.009E-07 11
5 +2.297E-07
3 5 7 8
1 2 4 9
6 +2.584E-07
2 6
7 +2.871E-07
8 +3.158E-07 11
9 +3.446E-07
3 1 3 6 9
2 5 5
3 7 8 10
7 8 12
1 1
4 2 4 9
6
POR VALUE
1 +1.128E+00
2 +2.257E+00
3 +3.386E+00
4 +4.515E+00
5 +5.644E+00
6 +6.773E+00
7 +7.902E+00 2 6 7 11
8 +9.031E+00
1 3 10 12
9 +1.015E+01
4 5 8 9
10 +1.128E+01
11 +1.241E+01
12 +1.354E+01
Submodel 2 3 5 6 8 9
4 7
POR VALUE 2 11
3 6 7 10
1 5 8 12
1 +4.515E+00 4 9
2 +5.643E+00
3 +6.771E+00
2 3 5 6 8 9
4 +7.899E+00
4 7
5 +9.027E+00
6 +1.015E+01
2
7 +1.128E+01
8 +1.241E+01
9 +1.354E+01
3 1 2 6 7 11
1 3 3 6 10 8 912
2
5 5
8
4 4 9 7
1218
Pore pressure submodeling
Global
1 5
2 3
U1 VALUE 1 4
1 -2.054E-08
2 +9.322E-10
3 +2.241E-08
4 +4.389E-08
5 +6.537E-08 6
6 +8.685E-08 3
7 +1.083E-07 2 11
8 +1.298E-07 6 7
3 4 8 10 12
9 +1.513E-07 5 9
10 +1.727E-07
11 +1.942E-07 7
12 +2.157E-07
3 6
Submodel 1 2 5 7 9
4 8
U1 VALUE 2 7 8
4 12
3 6 9 11
1 +4.389E-08
5 10
2 +6.536E-08
3 +8.684E-08
3 6
4 +1.083E-07 1 2 5 7 8 9
4
5 +1.297E-07
6 +1.512E-07
2
7 +1.727E-07
8 +1.942E-07
9 +2.157E-07 2 7
3 1 4 8 6 12
3 2 6
3 5 9 119
1 7
108
5 4
1219
Piezoelectric submodeling
Piezoelectric submodeling
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
C3D8E elements
Elements tested
C3D8E CPE8E CPS8E
Features tested
The submodeling capability is applied to plane stress, plane strain, and three-dimensional solid piezoelectric
elements. The global models consist of one element; the submodels model half of the global model and consist
of two elements. Static and steady-state procedures are used.
Problem description
Model: The global model dimensions are 7 × 7 × 7. The submodel models the right-hand half of the global
model.
Material:
Young's modulus 3 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Density 10
Coeff. of thermal expansion 0.0001
Dielectric anisotropic (see input file)
Boundary conditions: The electric charge and the displacements u1 and u3 are zero on the x = 0 plane.
The electric charge and the u2 displacement are zero on the y = 0 plane.
Loading: The initial temperature is −10 at all nodes. In the first step a distributed charge of 3000 is applied
on the x = 7 plane and the y = 7 plane. In the second step a temperature of 40 is applied to all nodes.
Input files
pgc38efm.inp Global analysis.
psc38ef1.inp Submodel analysis.
1221
Piezoelectric submodeling
CPE8E elements
Problem description
Model: The global model dimensions are 7 × 7 with a thickness of 1.0. The submodel models the right-hand
half of the global model.
Material:
Young's modulus 3 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Density 5 × 10−5
Dielectric 5.872 × 10−9
Boundary conditions: The electric charge and the u1 displacement are zero along the left-hand edge.
Along the bottom edge the electric charge and the u2 displacement are zero.
Loading: A distributed charge of 100 is applied on the right-hand edge. A concentrated charge of −150 is
applied on the upper right-hand corner.
Input files
pgce8efs.inp Global analysis.
psce8ef1.inp Submodel analysis.
CPS8E elements
Problem description
Model: The global model dimensions are 7 × 7 with a thickness of 1.0. The submodel models the right half
of the global model.
Material:
Young's modulus 3 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Density 5 × 10−5
Coeff. of thermal expansion 0.0001
Dielectric 5.872 × 10−9
Boundary conditions: The electric charge and the u1 displacement are zero along the left edge. Along
the bottom edge the electric charge and the u2 displacement are zero.
1222
Piezoelectric submodeling
Loading: In the static step distributed charges of 2000 and 3000 are applied on the right-hand edge and top
edge respectively. A concentrated charge of −150 is applied at the upper right-hand corner. In the steady-state
step, distributed pressures of 200 and 300 are applied on the right-hand edge and top edge, respectively.
Input files
pgcs8erm.inp Global analysis.
pscs8er1.inp Submodel analysis.
pgcs8ermgm.inp Global analysis; multiple *SUBMODEL options.
pscs8er1gm.inp Submodel analysis; multiple *SUBMODEL options.
1223
Acoustic submodeling
Acoustic submodeling
Products: Abaqus/Standard Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
AC2D3 AC2D4 AC2D4R AC2D6 AC2D8
AC3D4 AC3D5 AC3D6 AC3D8 AC3D8R AC3D10 AC3D15 AC3D20
ACAX3 ACAX4 ACAX4R ACAX6 ACAX8
Features tested
The submodeling capability is applied to an acoustic model of a duct. The global model is represented by either
20 linear elements or 10 quadratic elements along the lengthwise direction of the duct. An absorbing boundary
condition is applied at one end of the duct; loads are applied to the other end. The submodel models the part of
the duct close to the absorbing end and has a finer mesh than the global model. The driven nodes of the submodel
lie along the global model element boundaries. Two-dimensional, three-dimensional, and axisymmetric models
are tested for the driven nodes' acoustic pressure; the direct solution steady-state dynamic and direct-integration
implicit dynamic procedures are used in Abaqus/Standard, and the explicit dynamic procedure is used in
Abaqus/Explicit. The transient simulations are performed for period of time long enough to allow the wave to
propagate past the end of the duct. Each element type used in the global model can be tested against each other
element type of similar dimensionality in the submodel.
Problem description
Model: The two-dimensional and axisymmetric global models have dimensions of 1.0 × 10.0, and the
three-dimensional global models have dimensions of 1.0 × 10.0 × 1.0. In the two- and three-dimensional cases
the submodel covers the end of the duct from 8.5 to 10; the axisymmetric submodel is from 8.0 to 10.0.
Material:
Bulk modulus of acoustic medium 1.42176 × 105
Density 1.293
Boundary conditions: In the global linear models the bottom surface is subjected to acoustic pressures
of 1.0 at the corner nodes; in the Abaqus/Standard global quadratic models consistent loads corresponding to a
uniform acoustic pressure load are applied. In the submodel analyses the boundary conditions are driven by the
results from the global models.
Loading: The top of the acoustic medium has an impedance boundary condition with the proportionality
factors between pressure and displacement equal to 2.3323 × 10−3.
1225
Acoustic submodeling
The amplitudes of acoustic pressures and their phases are correctly identified in the global analysis file output
and applied at the driven nodes in the submodel analysis.
Input files
Submodel analyses:
psca3af1.inp ACAX3 elements.
psca4af1.inp ACAX4 elements.
psca6af1.inp ACAX6 elements.
psca8af1.inp ACAX8 elements.
psc23af1.inp AC2D3 elements.
psc24af1.inp AC2D4 elements.
psc26af1.inp AC2D6 elements.
psc28af1.inp AC2D8 elements.
psc34af1.inp AC3D4 elements.
psc35af1.inp AC3D5 elements.
psc36af1.inp AC3D6 elements.
psc38af1.inp AC3D8 elements.
psc3aaf1.inp AC3D10 elements.
psc3faf1.inp AC3D15 elements.
1226
Acoustic submodeling
Submodel analyses:
submodelacoust_s_acax3_xpl.inp ACAX3 elements.
submodelacoust_s_acax4r_xpl.inp ACAX4R elements.
submodelacoust_s_ac2d3_xpl.inp AC2D3 elements.
submodelacoust_s_ac2d4r_xpl.inp AC2D4R elements.
submodelacoust_s_ac3d4_xpl.inp AC3D4 elements.
submodelacoust_s_ac3d6_xpl.inp AC3D6 elements.
submodelacoust_s_ac3d8r_xpl.inp AC3D8R elements.
1227
Shell-to-solid submodeling
Shell-to-solid submodeling
Products: Abaqus/Standard Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
In-plane loading
Elements tested
C3D8I C3D8R C3D20R S3R S3RS S4 S4R S4RS S4RSW S8R STRI3
Features tested
The submodeling capability is tested on patches of shell elements, with 6 degrees of freedom per node, subject
to in-plane loading. In Abaqus/Standard general static, static perturbation, dynamic, and steady-state dynamic
procedures are used in various combinations for both the global and submodel analyses. A general, nonlinear
static procedure (using NLGEOM) is also included in a separate global and submodel analysis. In Abaqus/Explicit
an explicit dynamic procedure (with NLGEOM=NO) is used for both the global and the submodel analyses. The
dynamic and explicit dynamic procedures are also tested using NLGEOM=YES in both the global and submodel
analyses.
Problem description
Model: All global models have dimensions 0.24 × 0.12 in the x–y plane and use five section points through
the thickness of 0.0125.
Material:
Young's modulus 1 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.25
Density 1.0
Loading and boundary conditions: ux = A(x + y / 2), uy = A(y + x / 2) at all exterior nodes, and uz = 0
at all nodes. A = 10−3 in the first step and changes from step to step. In the solid submodel this boundary condition
is applied to all faces except the face parallel to the y–z plane at x = 0.12. The latter is driven by the global model.
Input files
1229
Shell-to-solid submodeling
1230
Shell-to-solid submodeling
NLGEOM=YES
substs_g_s3r_p_nl_xpl.inp S3R element; global analysis.
substs_g_s3rs_p_nl_xpl.inp S3RS element; global analysis.
substs_g_s4r_p_nl_xpl.inp S4R element; global analysis.
substs_g_s4rs_p_nl_xpl.inp S4RS element; global analysis.
substs_g_s4rsw_p_nl_xpl.inp S4RSW element; global analysis.
substs_s_shel_c3d8r_p_nl_xpl.inp C3D8R elements; submodel analysis.
Elements tested
C3D8I C3D8R C3D20R S3R S3RS S4 S4R S4RS S4RSW S8R STRI3
Features tested
The submodeling capability is tested on a flat plate with uniform geometry made up of various shell elements,
with 6 degrees of freedom per node, at the global level and three-dimensional continuum elements at the submodel
level, subject to a bending load. In Abaqus/Standard general static, static perturbation, dynamic, and steady-state
dynamic procedures are used in various combinations for both the global and submodel analyses. A general,
nonlinear static procedure (using NLGEOM) is also included in a separate global and submodel analysis. In
Abaqus/Explicit an explicit dynamic procedure (with NLGEOM= NO) is used for both the global and the
submodel analyses. The dynamic and explicit dynamic procedures are also tested using NLGEOM=YES in both
the global and submodel analyses.
Problem description
Model: All global models have dimensions 10.0 × 3.0 in the x–z plane and use five section points through the
thickness of 0.1.
Material:
Young's modulus 1 × 106
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Density 1.0
Loading and boundary conditions: The global model is constrained such that all displacement and
rotation degrees of freedom for nodes along the y-axis are suppressed. All elements in the global model are then
1231
Shell-to-solid submodeling
subject to a uniform pressure load in the positive z-direction. The magnitude of the pressure varies from step to
step. In the solid submodel the pressure is applied to a surface that corresponds to the midsurface of the shell
elements.
Input files
1232
Shell-to-solid submodeling
NLGEOM=YES
substs_g_s3r_b_nl_xpl.inp S3R element; global analysis.
substs_g_s3rs_b_nl_xpl.inp S3RS element; global analysis.
substs_g_s4r_b_nl_xpl.inp S4R element; global analysis.
substs_g_s4rs_b_nl_xpl.inp S4RS element; global analysis.
substs_g_s4rsw_b_nl_xpl.inp S4RSW element; global analysis.
substs_s_shel_c3d8r_b_nl_xpl.inp C3D8R elements; submodel analysis.
Elements tested
C3D8I C3D8R C3D20R S3R S3RS S4 S4R S4RS S4RSW S8R STRI3
Features tested
The submodeling capability is tested on a half-cylinder consisting of various shell elements, with 6 degrees of
freedom per node, at the global level and three-dimensional continuum elements at the submodel level, subject
to a bending load. In Abaqus/Standard general static, static perturbation, dynamic, and steady-state dynamic
procedures are used in various combinations for both the global and submodel analyses. A general, nonlinear
static procedure (using NLGEOM) is also included in a separate global and submodel analysis. In Abaqus/Explicit
an explicit dynamic procedure (with NLGEOM=NO) is used for both the global and the submodel analyses. The
dynamic and explicit dynamic procedures are also tested using NLGEOM=YES in both the global and submodel
analyses.
Problem description
Model: The global models have a radius of 10 and a length of 20 and use five section points through a thickness
of 0.2.
1233
Shell-to-solid submodeling
Material:
Young's modulus 1 × 107
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Density 0.001
Loading and boundary conditions: In the global model one end is completely constrained and a
uniform upward pressure is applied to all the elements. The magnitude of the pressure is varied from step to
step. In the solid submodel the pressure is applied on the lower face.
Input files
1234
Shell-to-solid submodeling
NLGEOM=YES
substs_g_s3r_c_nl_xpl.inp S3R element; global analysis.
substs_g_s3rs_c_nl_xpl.inp S3RS element; global analysis.
substs_g_s4r_c_nl_xpl.inp S4R element; global analysis.
substs_g_s4rs_c_nl_xpl.inp S4RS element; global analysis.
substs_g_s4rsw_c_nl_xpl.inp S4RSW element; global analysis.
substs_s_shel_c3d8r_c_nl_xpl.inp C3D8R elements; submodel analysis.
1235
Gasket submodeling
Gasket submodeling
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
GK3D6 GK3D6T GK3D8 GK3D8T GKAX4 GKPE4 GKPS4
Features tested
The submodeling capability is applied to gasket elements. The general static procedure is used for both the global
and submodel analyses.
Problem description
Model: All global models consist of a rectangular gasket, with a length of 3 and a thickness of 0.125. The
three-dimensional models have a width of 1. The submodel input files model the right half of the global model.
All nodes on the submodel are driven.
Material:
Membrane elastic modulus 68.7 × 103
Transverse shear stiffness 1.06 × 104
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Thickness behavior Pressure of 2.75 × 104 at a closure of 1
Loading and boundary conditions: The gasket is loaded through contact with two rigid surfaces.
The lower rigid surface is held fixed. The upper rigid surface is moved down and rotated to impart a spatially
varying stress response in the gasket. Additional boundary conditions are applied to the gasket to suppress rigid
body motion.
The submodel stress distribution is confirmed to agree with the global model.
Input files
1237
Gasket submodeling
1238
Miscellaneous submodeling
tests
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Using different procedures between the global model and the submodel
Elements tested
CAX4R CPS3 CPS4R C3D8R C3D8RT
Features tested
The submodeling capability is applied to different procedures between the global model and the submodel. The
global procedure can be performed in Abaqus/Explicit and the submodel procedure in Abaqus/Standard or vice
versa. When appropriate, a submodel boundary condition is used to adjust the time variable of the driven nodes
to match the submodel analysis step time.
Problem description
The first set of problems is based on the models that are described in Two-dimensional continuum
stress/displacement submodeling. In the examples used here, however, each analysis has a second compression
step. The global analysis is performed in Abaqus/Explicit, and the submodel analysis is performed in
Abaqus/Standard. The step times of the analyses are different. Since the Abaqus/Explicit job is quasi-static and
the Abaqus/Standard job is static, the step time from the global model is scaled to match the step time period of
the submodel analysis.
The second set of tests is based on the models that are described in Coupled temperature-displacement
submodeling. The global model uses C3D8R elements, and the problem is a stress/displacement analysis. The
submodel uses C3D8RT elements, and it is a coupled temperature-displacement analysis. The validity of this
submodeling analysis is based on the fact that the temperature effects are relatively small at the submodel level.
The last set of problems tests the direct-integration implicit dynamic procedure with submodeling. The global
analysis is performed in Abaqus/Standard, and the corresponding submodeling analysis is performed in
Abaqus/Explicit, or vice-versa.
Input files
submproc_g_quasi2static_xpl.inp Global, TIMESCALE parameter; Abaqus/Explicit quasi-static
analysis.
1239
Miscellaneous submodeling tests
Figures
Global_node202
Subm_timesc_node4
Figure 1: The effect of the TIMESCALE parameter on the displacement at a global node located
very close to a submodel node.
Acoustic-to-structure submodeling
Elements tested
AC2D4R AC3D20 AC3D8 AC3D8R ACAX4R
CAX4R CPS4R C3D8R C3D8 C3D20
S4R S8R SAX1
1240
Miscellaneous submodeling tests
Features tested
The submodeling capability is applied to the coupled acoustic-structural models. The global procedure is performed
as a fully coupled acoustic-structural analysis in which the two media are coupled through the use of a tie
constraint. Submodeling is performed on the structural component of the global model by using the acoustic
pressure from a global acoustic structural model.
Problem description
In the global analysis acoustic pressure acts on either one or both sides of a flat panel. The flat panel is modeled
using shell or solid elements. When the pressure acts on both sides of the panel, the correct side from which the
acoustic pressures are to be interpolated is specified (see Node-based submodeling). The fluid and the structure
in the global model have the material properties of water and steel, respectively. The submodel has the material
properties of steel. For Abaqus/Standard the direct-integration implicit dynamic and the steady-state dynamic
(direct and mode-based) procedures are used in separate tests.
Input files
ac2solid_s_c3d8r_ac3d8r_xpl.inp Submodel analysis; submodel driven on one side by acoustic pressure and
on the second side by displacements; C3D8R elements.
1241
Miscellaneous submodeling tests
ac2solid_g_s4r_ac3d8r_xpl.inp Global analysis; fluid on two sides; S4R and AC3D8R elements.
ac2solid_g_cax4r_acax4r_xpl.inp Global analysis; fluid on one side; CAX4R and ACAX4R elements.
ac2solid_s_cax4r_acax4r_xpl.inp Submodel analysis; submodel driven on one side by acoustic pressure and
on the second side by displacements; CAX4R elements.
ac2solid_g_sax1_acax4r_xpl.inp Global analysis; fluid on two sides; SAX1 and ACAX4R elements.
ac2solid_g_cps4r_ac2d4r_xpl.inp Global analysis; fluid on one side; CPS4R and AC2D4R elements.
ac2solid_s_cps4r_ac2d4r_xpl.inp Submodel analysis; submodel driven on one side by acoustic pressure and
on the second side by displacements; CPS4R elements.
Intersection-only submodeling
Elements tested
C3D8 C3D8P C3D8R
Features tested
The submodeling capability is applied using the intersection-only feature, where nodes not found in the global
model are ignored rather than labeled as errors.
Problem description
A simple model of a rectangular prism is used. The global model and submodel geometries are identical, but the
submodel is shifted in space so that the intersection of the models represents a subset of the submodel geometry.
All nodes in the submodel are identified as driven nodes.
Input files
1242
Miscellaneous submodeling tests
Elements tested
B21
C3D6 C3D8 C3D8PH C3D8R
S4 S4R
Features tested
These problems test submodeling for displacement, rotation, pressure, and temperature degrees of freedom.
Problem description
A subset of submodel verification problems in this section are changed to use the field import interface.
Input files
global_fieldimport.inp Global model using C3D8 elements in a static procedure.
submodel_fieldimport.inp Submodel using C3D8 elements in a static procedure.
fldimport_gbshell.inp Global model using S4R elements in a static nonlinear procedure.
fldimport_sbshell.inp Submodel using S4R elements in a static nonlinear procedure.
gbeam_fieldimport.inp Global model using CPS4 elements in an implicit dynamic procedure.
sbeam_fieldimport.inp Submodel using CPS4 elements in a static procedure.
global_c3d6_fieldimport.inp Global model using C3D6 elements in an implicit dynamic procedure
submodel_c3d6_fieldimport.inp Submodel using C3D6 elements in an implicit dynamic procedure.
xpl_global_fieldimport.inp Global model using C3D8R elements in an explicit dynamic
procedure.
xpl_submodel_fieldimport.inp Submodel using C3D8R elements in an explicit dynamic procedure.
xpl_s4_global_fieldimport.inp Global model using S4 elements in an explicit dynamic procedure.
xpl_s4_submodel_fieldimport.inp Submodel using S4 elements in an explicit dynamic procedure.
1243
Acoustic and shock analyses
In this section:
• Volumetric drag
• Impedance boundary conditions
• Perfectly matched layers
• Transient acoustic wave propagation
• Adaptive meshing applied to coupled structural-acoustic problems
• CONWEP blast loading pressures
• Blast loading of a circular plate using the CONWEP model
1245
Volumetric drag
Volumetric drag
Products: Abaqus/Standard Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
AC1D2 AC1D3
AC2D3 AC2D4 AC2D4R AC2D6 AC2D8
AC3D4 AC3D5 AC3D6 AC3D8 AC3D8R AC3D10 AC3D15 AC3D20
ACAX3 ACAX4 ACAX4R ACAX6 ACAX8
Features tested
Acoustic analysis in steady-state (direct and subspace-based) and transient analyses with high discontinuity in
volumetric drag.
Problem description
The model consists of a tube of fluid 4 m long with a constant cross-sectional area. The tube lies horizontally
(along the x-axis) and has a sound source at x = 0 m, which is given in the form of an inward volume acceleration.
From x = 0 m to x = 3 m, the acoustic material in the tube is air with a bulk modulus of 1.424 × 105 N/m2 and a
density of 1.21 kg/m3. The region from x = 3 m to x = 4 m is filled with a dissipative material with the same
bulk modulus and density of air but with a volumetric drag of 10,000 Ns/m4. The condition at x = 4 m is a closed
end. The tube is modeled using 400 first-order or 200 second-order acoustic elements.
The speed of sound for these air constants is c = 343 m/s. At the highest frequency of 1100 Hz the wavelength
is 0.312 m. The internodal interval (distance between nodes) for the meshes is always .01 m; therefore, at this
frequency there are 30 first-order elements per wavelength or 15 second-order elements.
Both direct-solution and subspace-based steady-state dynamic analyses are performed in Abaqus/Standard over
3 frequencies ranging from 100 to 1100 Hz. The transient simulations are performed in Abaqus/Explicit using
an excitation frequency of 100 Hz. Different excitation frequencies can be tested by changing the parameters
defined in the input files. The transient analysis is also performed in Abaqus/Standard using the AC2D4 element
for the purpose of providing a reference solution for Abaqus/Explicit.
For Abaqus/Standard at the highest frequency the results with the second-order meshes lie within 0.1% of the
analytical solution for the pressure and the phase in the air region. With the first-order meshes the results lie
within 7%. As is to be expected, the second-order elements perform considerably better than first-order elements
for the same number of degrees of freedom. Results for both types of mesh improve at lower frequencies (where
there are more elements per wavelength).
The results from the transient analyses in Abaqus/Explicit agree very well with those obtained from
Abaqus/Standard.
1247
Volumetric drag
Input files
1248
Impedance boundary
conditions
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
AC1D2 AC1D3
AC2D3 AC2D4 AC2D4R AC2D6 AC2D8
AC3D4 AC3D5 AC3D6 AC3D8 AC3D8R AC3D10 AC3D15 AC3D20
ACAX3 ACAX4 ACAX4R ACAX6 ACAX8
Features tested
Acoustic surface impedances on acoustic elements.
Problem description
The impedance boundary conditions are tested in this verification set. The model consists of a column of fluid
10 meters high with a cross-sectional area of 1 m. The first-order element models consist of 20 acoustic elements:
20 high and one in the cross-section. The second-order element models consist of 10 elements along the height
direction.
One end of the column has a surface impedance imposed on it that is set equal to the characteristic impedance
of the fluid column, Z = ρf c, where ρf is the density of the fluid and c = Kf / ρf is the speed of sound in the fluid.
To simulate a nonreflecting boundary condition, 1 / c1 = 1 / Z and 1 / k1 = 0 are set with an impedance boundary
condition. The material used in these tests is air with the following properties: density, ρf = 1.293 kg/m3; bulk
modulus, Kf = 1.42176 × 105 N/m2; and 1 / c1 = 1 / Z = 2.3323 × 10−3 m2s/kg.
The other end of the column is excited by a harmonic pressure impulse of magnitude 1.0 N/m2. A steady-state
dynamic analysis is performed in Abaqus/Standard over a range of frequencies from 0 to 100 Hz. Transient
simulations are also performed in Abaqus/Explicit using an excitation frequency of 100 Hz. Different excitation
frequencies can be tested by changing the parameters defined in the input files. The solution should represent a
steady-state unattenuated wave moving in the positive y-direction. No resonating frequencies should result; the
maximum pressure throughout the column should consistently remain at a magnitude of 1.0 N/m2, and the phase
should drop by 2π radians over the distance of a wavelength, λ = c / f, where f is the excitation frequency in cycles
per time.
1249
Impedance boundary conditions
Input files
Nonreflective boundaries
Elements tested
AC1D2 AC1D3
AC2D3 AC2D4 AC2D6 AC2D8
AC3D4 AC3D5 AC3D6 AC3D8 AC3D10 AC3D15 AC3D20
Features tested
Nonreflective boundaries on each of the acoustic elements, using nonreflective impedance default conditions
for steady-state dynamic analyses in Abaqus/Standard. All elements are tested using the direct-solution steady-state
dynamic prodecure; the AC2D4, AC2D8, and AC3D8 elements are also tested using the subspace-based
steady-state dynamic procedure.
1250
Impedance boundary conditions
Problem description
These tests model a sound source at x = 0 m in a tube with significant volumetric drag (air properties with γ =
1400 Ns/m4) and a nonreflective end condition at x = 0.5 m at a frequency of 100 Hz. The complex density of
the acoustic medium is specified in a second part in these analyses. In each model the inward acceleration of the
sound source is specified as the complex value a = ωi, giving an inward velocity of 1 m/s. (The inward acceleration
on a face is distributed to the nodes of the face as concentrated loads representing inward volume accelerations
in the same way as pressure on a face would be distributed to the nodes of the face as concentrated loads
representing nodal forces.) Because of the large drag, for good results at this frequency the constants 1 / c1 and
1 / k1 must both be nonzero and must be based on the complex impedance of the medium.
Input files
ec12afaw.inp AC1D2 elements.
ec13afaw.inp AC1D3 elements.
ec23afaw.inp AC2D3 elements.
ec24afaw.inp AC2D4 elements.
ec26afaw.inp AC2D6 elements.
ec28afaw.inp AC2D8 elements.
ec34afaw.inp AC3D4 elements.
ec35afaw.inp AC3D5 elements.
ec36afaw.inp AC3D6 elements.
ec38afaw.inp AC3D8 elements.
ec3aafaw.inp AC3D10 elements.
ec3fafaw.inp AC3D15 elements.
ec3kafaw.inp AC3D20 elements.
ec34afaw_ams.inp AC3D4 elements, Abaqus/AMS.
ec36afaw_ams.inp AC3D6 elements, Abaqus/AMS.
ec38afaw_ams.inp AC3D8 elements, Abaqus/AMS.
ec3aafaw_ams.inp AC3D10 elements, Abaqus/AMS.
ec3fafaw_ams.inp AC3D15 elements, Abaqus/AMS.
ec3kafaw_ams.inp AC3D20 elements, Abaqus/AMS.
ec34afaw_sim.inp AC3D4 elements.
ec3aafaw_sim.inp AC3D10 elements.
Elements tested
AC3D8 AC3D4 AC3D5 AC3D6
AC2D4 AC2D3
AC3D8R AC2D4R
1251
Impedance boundary conditions
Features tested
Nonreflective boundaries on each of the acoustic elements, using the nonreflective impedance condition for
transient dynamic analyses in Abaqus/Standard and Abaqus/Explicit. All elements are tested using either the
direct-integration implicit dynamic procedure in Abaqus/Standard or the explicit dynamic procedure in
Abaqus/Explicit.
Problem description
These tests model one-dimensional propagation of sound in situations where the acoustic waves exit the acoustic
domain through oblique boundaries. Various elementary geometric shapes are tested. In all models sinusoidal
acoustic pressure boundary conditions are applied on one face of the acoustic domain, resulting in one-dimensional
acoustic wave propagation in the model. The models are created so as to force the acoustic waves to exit from
the model via surfaces that possess either continuously varying normals or normals that are not oriented in the
same direction as the propagation of the waves. On the exit surface an impedance condition is used. The objective
in all the models tested is to ensure that the problem remains one-dimensional and that there is no reflection of
the acoustic waves back into the domain from the oblique boundary.
Direction of propagation
Figure 1: Acoustic pressure contours illustrating the effect of using an impedance condition
to simulate a nonreflective boundary condition on an oblique surface.
Input files
1252
Impedance boundary conditions
Elements tested
ASI1 ASI2 ASI3
ASI2A ASI3A
ASI4 ASI8
AC1D2 AC1D3
AC2D4 AC2D8
ACAX4 ACAX8
AC3D8 AC3D20
Features tested
Acoustic interface elements in Abaqus/Standard.
Problem description
For the ASI element tests the physical problem is similar to the nonreflective boundary test. Here, however,
there is no volumetric drag, and a portion of the length of the body of air in the tube is modeled with truss
elements. These are given Young's modulus and density to match the bulk modulus, Kf = 1.424 × 105 N/m2, and
density, ρf = 1.21 kg/m3, of air. The rest of the tube is modeled with acoustic elements that have the properties
of air. Acoustic-structural coupling is set up between the structural region and the acoustic region using ASI
elements, and a nonreflective end condition is applied.
This problem is analyzed for the one-dimensional case using ASI1 elements, for the two-dimensional case using
ASI2 and ASI3 elements, for the axisymmetric case using ASI2A and ASI3A elements, and for the
three-dimensional case using ASI4 and ASI8 elements. All the nodes in these models are constrained such that
they have only the horizontal translation degree of freedom to simulate one-dimensional wave propagation.
1253
Impedance boundary conditions
Input files
ec12afai.inp ASI1/AC1D2 elements.
ec13afai.inp ASI1/AC1D3 elements.
ec22afai.inp ASI2/AC2D4 elements.
ec23afai.inp ASI3/AC2D8 elements.
eca2afai.inp ASI2A/ACAX4 elements.
eca3afai.inp ASI3A/ACAX8 elements.
ec34afai.inp ASI4/AC3D8 elements.
ec38afai.inp ASI8/AC3D20 elements.
Elements tested
ACIN2D2 ACIN2D3
ACIN3D3 ACIN3D4 ACIN3D6 ACIN3D8
ACINAX2 ACINAX3
Features tested
Tabular impedance properties on each of the acoustic infinite elements for transient and steady-state dynamic
analyses in Abaqus/Standard.
Problem description
These tests compare the behavior of acoustic infinite elements with and without impedance conditions defined
on the semi-infinite sides. In all models the acoustic infinite elements are coupled directly to structural elements
using steel material properties. The acoustic infinite elements use air properties and an impedance condition on
one semi-infinite side with a tabular value corresponding to one-half the material impedance. In the steady-state
dynamic analyses the frequency is varied from 1 to 200 Hz. In the transient dynamic analyses the elements are
excited using a sinusoidal amplitude with an angular frequency of 5.
Input files
1254
Impedance boundary conditions
1255
Perfectly matched layers
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
AC1D2 AC1D3 AC2D4 AC3D8 AC3D20
Features tested
This section provides basic verification tests for the perfectly matched layer elements that are used in
Abaqus/Standard to truncate the acoustic infinite domain in a direct-solution steady-state dynamic analysis.
Problem description
The simple one-dimensional steady-state acoustic problem on the domain −1 to ∞ is solved using different
acoustic elements. A source is applied at x = −1 of the form u (−1) = eik , where k is the wave number. The perfectly
matched layer region is defined from 0 to 0.2 to truncate the domain. The perfectly matched layer coefficient
that is used is 250. The wave number is k = 12, which gives the frequency of interest as 19.0986. The density
of the acoustic medium is defined as 1, and the bulk modulus of the medium is 100. The source can be interpreted
as an acoustic pressure boundary condition of 0.843853958 on the real part and −0.536572918 on the imaginary
part. The end of the perfectly matched layer domain has a zero pressure boundary condition on both the real and
imaginary parts.
The analytical solution for this problem is given by ue −ik x. The analytical solution and the solution computed by
Abaqus/Standard are in good agreement.
Input files
1257
Transient acoustic wave
propagation
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
AC1D2 AC1D3
AC2D3 AC2D4 AC2D4R AC2D6 AC2D8
AC3D4 AC3D5 AC3D6 AC3D8 AC3D8R AC3D10 AC3D15 AC3D20
ACAX3 ACAX4 ACAX4R ACAX6 ACAX8
ASI1 ASI2D2 ASI2D3
ASI3D3 ASI3D4 ASI3D6 ASI3D8
ASIAX2 ASIAX3
Features tested
Problem description
The model consists of a column of fluid 1 m long with a constant cross-sectional area. The tube lies horizontally
(along the x-axis), and the acoustic medium has a prescribed constant inward particle acceleration of a0 = 1 m/s2
at x = 0 m. A nonreflective boundary is specified at x = 1 m using nonreflective impedance conditions.
The acoustic material in the column is air with a bulk modulus Kf = 1.424 × 105 N/m2 and a density ρf = 1.21
Kf
kg/m3. The speed of sound is calculated as c = ρf
= 343.05 m/s. The analytical result for the pressure is
Kf a 0
p (x , t ) = (ct − x ) , x < ct ,
c2
p (x , t ) = 0 , x ≥ ct.
The column is modeled using either 100 first-order or 50 second-order acoustic elements. For each acoustic
element tested, the acceleration is specified in each of two ways:
1. There is no ASI element or tie constraint, and an inward volume acceleration is specified on degree of freedom
8 as a concentrated load (“afav” files).
2. In Abaqus/Standard an ASI element is placed at x = 0 with its normal pointing into the fluid (this activates
the displacement degree of freedom on the node at x = 0), and in Abaqus/Explicit a structural element with
a tie constraint is used to define the interaction between the fluid and structure. An acceleration is prescribed
directly with a boundary condition (“afas” files). In these cases the first time interval in the analysis is
performed using boundary impedances; the analysis continues in time using surface impedances
A transient dynamic analysis is performed for a period long enough to allow the wave to propagate past the
nonreflective boundary.
1259
Transient acoustic wave propagation
Numerical results for the pressure distribution along the length of the acoustic medium are compared with the
analytical results at time t = 0.0044 s.
In Abaqus/Standard for cases where the volume acceleration is specified (“afav” input files), the maximum errors
are below 0.7%, except for linear tetrahedra, which are within 3% of the analytical results. For cases where a
boundary acceleration is specified on the nodes of the ASI elements (“afas” input files), the maximum errors
are below 4.2%, except for linear tetrahedra, which are within 5.9% of the analytical results.
In Abaqus/Explicit the results for pressure are within 0.2% of the analytical results for all tests, except for linear
tetrahedra, which are within 3.2% of the analytical results.
Input files
1260
Transient acoustic wave propagation
1261
Adaptive meshing applied
to coupled
structural-acoustic
problems
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
ACAX4 ACAX8
AC3D8 AC3D20
Features tested
Adaptive meshing, user-specified normal definition at a node, symmetric model generation, and symmetric
boundary conditions.
Problem description
Model: A simple tire filled with air is analyzed, as shown in Figure 1. We model half of the cross-section. A
negative pressure is applied to the inside of the structure, causing a significant decrease in the volume of the
acoustic domain. We apply adaptive mesh smoothing after each converged structural load increment to compute
a new acoustic mesh. We extract the eigenvalues of the coupled system after the preloading is applied. These
eigenvalues are compared with the eigenvalues obtained in an independent analysis in which no adaptive mesh
smoothing is performed. In this reference analysis both the acoustic mesh and structural mesh are defined in the
displaced configuration. We apply an initial stress state that is in equilibrium with the pressure load so that no
deformation takes place. The displaced configuration for the acoustic mesh is extracted from the results file. The
displaced configuration for the structural mesh as well as the associated solution state that serves as the initial
condition are obtained when the reference configuration is updated.
We also perform the same analysis using a three-dimensional model. We generate the model using symmetric
model generation.
This example tests a number of adaptive mesh smoothing features. The adaptive mesh domain contains different
node types, including interior nodes, corner nodes, surface nodes, nodes tied to the structure, as well as acoustic
nodes that are connected using a tie constraint. The different updating rules associated with each of these node
types are tested. In addition, application of the pressure load causes the volume of the acoustic elements to
become negative. This, in turn, causes geometric feature changes (a corner develops) along the vertical surface.
To avoid the development of corners, we transfer the structural displacement over a series of sub-increments to
the acoustic domain. Adaptive meshing is applied after each sub-increment. The development of the corner can
also be avoided by applying adaptive mesh controls. Both features are tested. Finally, the normal direction on
the surface between the acoustic domain and structural domain is not computed correctly by Abaqus on a
symmetry plane. The correct normal can be defined by using an alternative normal definition of contact surfaces
or by applying symmetry boundary conditions. This example verifies that both these features are applied correctly
during adaptive mesh smoothing.
1263
Adaptive meshing applied to coupled structural-acoustic problems
is obtained using mode-based, direct-solution, and subspace-based steady-state dynamic analysis. The results
agree well between the three analysis types.
Input files
am_tireair_acax4.inp Axisymmetric tire-air model with ACAX4 elements and symmetric boundary
conditions.
am_tireair_acax4_tie.inp Axisymmetric model with two acoustic regions connected using *TIE.
am_tire_acax4.inp Axisymmetric tire problem used as base state for the reference solution.
am_tire_ac3d8.inp Three-dimensional tire problem used as base state for obtaining the reference
solution.
am_tire_acax8.inp Axisymmetric tire problem used as base state for reference solution.
Figures
Structure
Air cavity
3 1
1264
Adaptive meshing applied to coupled structural-acoustic problems
3 1
Elements tested
ACAX3 ACAX6
ACAX4 ACAX8
AC3D8
Features tested
Adaptive mesh controls, adaptive mesh constraints, rigid body motion, and nodal transformations.
Problem description
This example consists of a circular structure filled with fluid. The structure is contained in a tank filled with
fluid, as shown in Figure 3. A rigid body motion is applied to the structure, resulting in deformation of the fluid
in the tank; while the fluid contained in the structure undergoes rigid body motion with the structure.
This example verifies a number of adaptive mesh smoothing features. To accommodate the large geometry
changes of the fluid in the tank, nodes must slide along the vertical exterior surfaces of the tank. However, when
the default adaptive mesh smoothing algorithm is applied to the exterior boundary region, no update takes place
along the surface. This restricts the overall deformation of the acoustic domain. The reason for this is that the
forcing function that drives adaptive smoothing is the displacement of the structure. Since the exterior of the
acoustic surface is not connected to the structure, and since the update of a surface node is based entirely on the
configuration of neighboring surface nodes, the exterior nodes decouple from the remaining nodes in the adaptive
mesh smoothing equations. As a consequence, the exterior surface nodes are not updated. To overcome this
problem, we define adaptive mesh constraints to specify a vertical displacement on two midsurface nodes as
shown in Figure 3. We also use adaptive mesh controls to ensure that no geometric features develop on this
sliding boundary.
This example further tests the different types of adaptive mesh smoothing rules applied to different element
types, as well as the nodal transformations applied to different node types.
1265
Adaptive meshing applied to coupled structural-acoustic problems
Input files
am_tank_acax4.inp ACAX4 elements with *TRANSFORM applied on the interior
nodes.
am_tank_acax8.inp ACAX8 elements with *TRANSFORM applied on the surface
nodes.
am_tank_acax3.inp ACAX3 elements.
am_tank_acax6.inp ACAX6 elements.
am_tank_ac3d8.inp AC3D8 elements.
Figures
Fluid
Structure
Cavity
Adaptive Mesh
Constraint
1266
Adaptive meshing applied to coupled structural-acoustic problems
Elements tested
AC2D4 AC2D8
AC3D4
Features tested
Eigenfrequency extraction and rigid body motion.
Problem description
This example consists of a box filled with fluid, as shown in Figure 5. A large rigid body rotation is applied to
the structure.
The example verifies that the geometric quantities associated with the fluid are updated correctly during adaptive
mesh smoothing. We extract eigenvalues of the coupled system before and after the rigid body motion is applied.
Since the rigid body motion is applied so that no strain develops in the structure, the eigenvalues before and
after the loading must be identical.
Input files
am_box_ac2d4.inp AC2D4 elements.
1267
Adaptive meshing applied to coupled structural-acoustic problems
Figures
Box
Air
1268
CONWEP blast loading
pressures
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D4 C3D6 C3D8 C3D10M
S3R S4RS
Features tested
Problem description
Pressure output from the CONWEP blast loading model is verified in this set of tests. In each test all degrees of
freedom of the loading surface are constrained, and the pressure is obtained by summing the reaction forces at
all the nodes on the surface and dividing the sum by the surface area.
The pressure calculated from the reaction forces corresponds to the total pressure, which is a function of the
incident pressure, the reflected pressure, and the incident angle. The total pressure corresponds to the incident
pressure and the reflected pressure when the loading surface is given at incident angles of 180° and 0°, respectively.
The variation of the incident and reflected pressures with range is verified in the range tests, in which loading
surfaces at incident angles of 180° and 0° are placed at various distances from the source. The variation of the
total pressure with the incident angle is verified in the angle test, in which multiple loading surfaces located at
the same distance from the source are given at different incident angles.
Unit conversion is verified in the unit conversion tests, in which non-SI mass units (for the charge) and analysis
units are used. Units of ton-mm-sec-MPa and lb-ft-sec-psf are considered in the tests.
For shell elements CONWEP blast loading pressure can be applied to both the SPOS and SNEG faces of the
elements. Double-sided loading is verified in the test in which doubled-sided loading surfaces are orientated at
incident angles of 0°, 90°, 180°, and 270°.
The history of the incident and reflected pressures at various distances from the source can be computed from
the following quantities: maximum incident and reflected pressures, arrival time, positive phase duration, and
decay coefficients. For the purpose of verification these quantities are calculated independently for each of the
range tests using empirical formulas of the CONWEP model given in Appendix A of Randers-Pehrson and
Bannister (1997). The results from the range tests match the results from independent calculations exactly in all
cases.
For the angle test the results of the maximum total pressure at various incident angles satisfy the equations for
the total pressure given as a function of the incident pressure, the reflected pressure, and the incident angle in
Acoustic and shock loads.
For the unit conversion tests the results of the incident and reflected pressures, when converted to SI units, are
identical to the results from a similar test that uses SI units.
1269
CONWEP blast loading pressures
For the double-sided loading test zero total pressure is obtained for the surfaces with incident angles 90° and
270°. This result is correct since, in both orientations, the pressure on the SPOS and SNEG faces is equal to the
incident pressure but the pressure loads act in the opposite directions. The total pressure for the surfaces with
incident angles of 0° and 180° is equal in magnitude but opposite in sign. This result is correct since, in both
orientations, the pressure is equal to the difference between the reflected pressure and the incident pressure and
the pressure loads act in the opposite directions.
Input files
Element tests
airblast_c3d4_pressures.inp Air blast, C3D4 elements, range R, angles 0° and 180°.
airblast_c3d6_pressures.inp Air blast, C3D6 elements, range R, angles 0° and 180°.
airblast_c3d8_pressures.inp Air blast, C3D8 elements, range R, angles 0° and 180°.
airblast_c3d10m_pressures.inp Air blast, C3D10M elements, range R, angles 0° and 180°.
Range tests
airblast_s3r_pressures.inp Air blast, S3R elements, range R, angles 0° and 180°.
airblast_s4rs_pressures.inp Air blast, S4RS elements, range R, angles 0° and 180°.
airblast_s4rs_2R.inp Air blast, S4RS elements, range 2R, angles 0° and 180°.
airblast_s4rs_4R.inp Air blast, S4RS elements, range 4R, angles 0° and 180°.
airblast_s4rs_8R.inp Air blast, S4RS elements, range 8R, angles 0° and 180°.
airblast_s4rs_16R.inp Air blast, S4RS elements, range 16R, angles 0° and 180°.
surfaceblast_s4rs_R.inp Surface blast, S4RS elements, range R, angles 0° and 180°.
surfaceblast_s4rs_2R.inp Surface blast, S4RS elements, range 2R, angles 0° and 180°.
surfaceblast_s4rs_4R.inp Surface blast, S4RS elements, range 4R, angles 0° and 180°.
surfaceblast_s4rs_8R.inp Surface blast, S4RS elements, range 8R, angles 0° and 180°.
surfaceblast_s4rs_16R.inp Surface blast, S4RS elements, range 16R, angles 0° and 180°.
Angle test
airblast_s4rs_angle.inp Air blast, S4RS elements, range R, angles 0° to 330° in increments of
30°.
1270
CONWEP blast loading pressures
References
• Randers-Pehrson, G., and K. Bannister, “Airblast Loading Model for DYNA2D and DYNA3D,” Army
Research Laboratory, ARL-TR-1310, March 1997.
1271
Blast loading of a circular
plate using the CONWEP
model
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
S3R S4R
Features tested
Problem description
A circular plate is subject to blast loading as a result of detonation of 50 kg of TNT 0.5 m directly above the
center of the plate. The plate has a radius of 1 m and a thickness of 0.05 m. One-quarter of the plate is modeled
using shell elements, with fully built-in boundary conditions applied along the circular edge and symmetry
boundary conditions at the symmetry planes. Air blast CONWEP loading is applied on the top surface of the
plate. The density of the plate material is 7850 kg/m 3, and the elastic material properties are Young's modulus
of 210 GPa and Poisson's ratio of 0.28. The plastic behavior is modeled with a strain-rate insensitive isotropic
hardening bilinear model, with yield stress of 1000 MPa and hardening modulus of 2 GPa. A dynamic analysis
is performed for a period of .004 seconds.
The history of the deflection at the center of the plate modeled using either S3R or S4R elements follows closely
the result reported in Neuberger et al. (2007). In addition, the history of the Mises stress at the SNEG location
of the shell element at the plate center is consistent with the history of the effective stress given in the above
reference.
Input files
References
• Neuberger, A., S. Peles, and D. Rittel, “Scaling the Response of Circular Plates Subjected to Large and
Close-Range Spherical Explosions. Part I: Air-Blast Loading,” International Journal of Impact Engineering,
vol. 34, pp. 859–873, 2007.
1273
Model change
This section tests the removal and introduction of elements or contact pairs during the course of an analysis. The
problems in this section can be divided into two groups of tests. The first group focuses on a simple uniaxial
deformation mode and reintroduction of elements, without strain, in an annealed state. These tests are divided
into sections according to the elements that can use the annealed element pair removal capability and by the
analysis procedure used in the test. The second group is more general and focuses on the reintroduction of
elements both with and without strain and with initial conditions. These tests are divided primarily into sections
according to element type but include a number of miscellaneous tests.
The group of more general tests is described in Stress/displacement model change: general tests.
In this section:
1275
Stress/displacement model
change: static
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8 C3D8I C3D8R
CAX4H CGAX3HT CGAX4HT CGAX4RH
CGAX6M CGAX6MH CGAX8HT CGAX8RHT
CPE4 CPE4I CPE4R CPE4RT CPE4RHT CPE8 CPS4 CPS4R CPS4RT
CPEG4RT CPEG4RHT CPEG6M CPEG6MH
DCOUP2D S4 SC8R SC6R T2D2 CSS8
Features tested
Continuum stress/displacement elements are removed and added during a static analysis. General nonlinear and
linear perturbation steps are tested with elastic, hyperelastic, and plastic material properties. Various modeling
features, such as multi-point constraints and transformed nodal and element variables, are tested in conjunction
with element removal/reactivation.
Problem description
Model: All models have dimensions 5.0 × 2.0 in the x–y plane, with an out-of-plane dimension of 1.0 (plane
stress/strain analysis). The axisymmetric models are 5.0 units in the z-direction and have an inner radius of 1.0
units.
Material: The material is assumed to be a compressible rubber, except in the elastic-plastic test. The material
constants are not given in any specific set of units. The rubber is modeled both as a hyperelastic material and as
a linear elastic material that matches the hyperelastic material at small strain.
Elastic material:
Young's modulus = 4.064385 × 106
Poisson's ratio = 0.451566
Hyperelastic material:
C10 = 56.00 × 104
D1 = 1.43 × 10−7
Elastic-plastic material:
Young's modulus = 3.0 × 106
1277
Stress/displacement model change: static
General tests:
The loading in Step 1 is to compress the right-hand side of the model 0.1 units in the x-direction, while
the left-hand side is fixed in the x-direction. In Step 2 the middle portion of the model, consisting of
elements 2–4 and 7–9, is removed (see Figure 1). This releases the load in the remaining elements. In Step
3 the nodes of the removed elements are repositioned to their original positions in the y- and, if applicable,
z-directions. In Step 4 the elements are added back into the model and the right-hand side nodes are
displaced to the position x = 5.1, corresponding to a displacement of 0.1 units. The loading for the
axisymmetric models is in the z-direction.
6 7 8 9 10
1 2 3 4 5
3 1
Specific tests:
The loading for the specific tests is identical to that used in the general tests with the following exceptions:
pmce_cpe8_se1.inp and pmce_cpe8_sh1.inp, which have body loads active during all steps of the analysis;
pmce_c3d8_se1.inp, which has a predefined temperature load but no displacement boundary condition
(except to constrain rigid body motion); pmce_cpe4i_se1.inp, in which prescribed displacements are 10−2
times those of the other tests; and pmce_cpe4_sp.inp and pmce_cpe4_sp1.inp, where the displacement in
the fourth step is such that only the newly introduced elements yield.
pmce_c3d8_se1.inp
The initial temperature is θ = 20. The middle portion of the model is removed in Step 1. In Step 2
the temperature at the nodes of the removed elements is reset to θ = 100. In Step 3 the nodal
temperatures of the removed elements are set to θ = 180, and the temperatures at the other nodes in
the model are reset to θ = 60. The coefficient of thermal expansion for the middle elements is one
half that of the other elements.
1278
Stress/displacement model change: static
pmce_cpe4_sp.inp
In Step 4 the right-hand-side nodes are given an x-displacement of ux = −0.005 so that only the
reactivated elements yield in this step (having been annealed, they have not hardened as the other
elements have).
pmce_cpe4_sp1.inp
This problem is identical to pmce_cpe4_sp.inp, except that a DCOUP2D element is removed in
Step 1 and added in Step 4 to apply the x-displacement of ux = −0.005.
pmce_cpe4i_se1.inp
The elements have a stiffness 100 times that of the elements in the other tests. Each of the elements
has a single line of rebar that runs through the middle of the element parallel to the x-axis. The rebar
has 1% of the cross-sectional area of the element at the face it cuts. It is given a stiffness in plane
stress that is 100 times the plane strain modulus of the element. This ensures that the rebar exactly
doubles the stiffness of the element. This model is verified with small displacements to avoid the
effect of thinning of the rebar cross-section as it stretches.
Reference solution
General tests:
Step 1
Uniform axial strain should exist in this step for all tests. The value should be ln (l / Lo ), where l =
4.9 and Lo = 5.0. These values give ϵ xx = −2.0203 × 10−2.
Step 2
The stress and strain in the elements that are not removed should become zero. The nodes on elements
1 and 6 should have ux = 0.0, and the nodes on elements 5 and 10 should have ux = −0.1.
Step 3
The displacement of the nodes in this step should have no effect on the results that were obtained
in Step 2.
1279
Stress/displacement model change: static
Step 4
For the plane strain, axisymmetric, and three-dimensional models there will be a state of uniform
axial strain in this step. The magnitude will be ϵ xx = 4.0005 × 10−2 (ln (l / Lo ), where l = 5.1 and Lo
= 4.9).
For the plane stress and truss elements there is a change in thickness of the elements in Step 1. The
thickness is not changed when elements are removed. Therefore, the elements added back into the
model in this step will not have the same axial stiffness (and, hence, axial strain) as the elements
that were not removed. The variation in ϵ xx is as follows: elements 1, 5, 6, and 10 have ϵ xx = 4.07 ×
10−2; elements 2, 4, 7, and 9 have ϵ xx = 3.92 × 10−2; elements 3 and 8 have ϵ xx = 3.99 × 10−2.
The axisymmetric models are loaded in the z-direction.
Specific tests:
The models that have the same loading as the general tests have the same analytical solution.
pmce_cps4_se1.inp
Because this is a test without NLGEOM, the strain is always based on the change in displacement
divided by the original length. This produces ϵ xx = −2 × 10−2 in Step 1 and 4 × 10−2 in Step 4.
pmce_c3d8_se1.inp
There should be zero response in the model in Step 1 and Step 2. In Step 3 there should be thermal
strains in the model equal to α (θ − θ I ) = 80α for the middle elements and 40α for the other elements.
(These thermal strains are the same value since the α value for the middle elements is one-half of
that for the other elements.) There should be no elastic strain in the model and no stress.
pmce_cpe4i_se1.inp
The strains in Steps 1 and 4 are ϵ xx = −2 × 10−4 and 4 × 10−4, respectively. This applies to both the
rebar and the elements.
All models produce results that match the expected theoretical values.
1280
Stress/displacement model change: static
Input files
General tests
pmce_c3d8i_se.inp C3D8I elements, elastic material.
pmce_c3d8i_sh.inp C3D8I elements, hyperelastic material.
pmce_c3d8r_se.inp C3D8R elements, elastic material.
pmce_cax4h_se.inp CAX4H elements, elastic material.
pmce_cax4h_sh.inp CAX4H elements, hyperelastic material.
pmce_cgax3ht_sh.inp CGAX3HT elements, hyperelastic material.
pmce_cgax4ht_sh.inp CGAX4HT elements, hyperelastic material.
pmce_cgax4rh_sh.inp CGAX4RH elements, hyperelastic material.
pmce_cgax6m_sh.inp CGAX6M elements, hyperelastic material.
pmce_cgax6mh_sh.inp CGAX6MH elements, hyperelastic material.
pmce_cgax8ht_sh.inp CGAX8HT elements, hyperelastic material.
pmce_cgax8rht_sh.inp CGAX8RHT elements, hyperelastic material.
pmce_cpe4r_sh.inp CPE4R elements, hyperelastic material.
pmce_cpe4rt_se.inp CPE4RT elements, elastic material.
pmce_cpe4rt_sh.inp CPE4RT elements, hyperelastic material.
pmce_cpe4rht_se.inp CPE4RHT elements, elastic material.
pmce_cpe4rht_sh.inp CPE4RHT elements, hyperelastic material.
pmce_cpeg4rt_se.inp CPEG4RT elements, elastic material.
pmce_cpeg4rt_sh.inp CPEG4RT elements, hyperelastic material.
pmce_cpeg4rht_se.inp CPEG4RHT elements, elastic material.
pmce_cpeg4rht_sh.inp CPEG4RHT elements, hyperelastic material.
pmce_cpe8_se.inp CPE8 elements, elastic material.
pmce_cpe8_sh.inp CPE8 elements, hyperelastic material.
pmce_cps4_se.inp CPS4 elements, elastic material.
pmce_cps4_sh.inp CPS4 elements, hyperelastic material.
pmce_cps4rt_se.inp CPS4RT elements, elastic material.
pmce_cps4rt_sh.inp CPS4RT elements, hyperelastic material.
pmce_cpeg6m_sh.inp CPEG6M elements, hyperelastic material.
pmce_cpeg6mh_sh.inp CPEG6MH elements, hyperelastic material.
pmce_s4_se.inp S4 elements, elastic material.
pmce_sc8r_se.inp SC8R elements, elastic material.
pmce_sc6r_se.inp SC6R elements, elastic material.
pmce_t2d2_se.inp T2D2 elements, elastic material.
pmce_css8_se.inp CSS8 elements, elastic material.
pmce_css8_sh.inp CSS8 elements, hyperelastic material.
Specific tests
pmce_c3d8_se1.inp C3D8 elements with *TEMPERATURE.
pmce_c3d8i_sh1.inp C3D8I elements with *TRANSFORM on all nodes.
1281
Stress/displacement model change: static
1282
Stress/displacement model
change: dynamic
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPS4
Features tested
We examine how the natural frequencies of two different systems change when their mass and geometry change
with element removal. The removed elements are also added back so that the response of the original system is
recovered. The dominant mode is computed with a frequency extraction run, as well as by using direct-integration
dynamics.
Problem description
Frequency analysis
A natural frequency extraction is carried out on a cantilevered beam. Elements are removed to shorten the length
of the beam, thereby changing the frequency content.
Material properties:
Hyperelastic material, polynomial, N=1
Dimensions:
10.0 × 1.0 in the x–y plane, 1.0 out-of-plane.
1283
Stress/displacement model change: dynamic
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
3 1
Dynamic analysis
A block of eight elements attached to a grounded spring is given an initial displacement out of static equilibrium
and is allowed to vibrate. The response is compared to that of the same system vibrating with one-quarter of the
original mass.
Material properties:
Elastic modulus = 207.0 × 1012
Poisson's ratio = 0.3
Density = 7800.0
Spring stiffness = 9.8538 × 106
Dimensions:
The models have dimensions 8.0 × 4.0 in the x–y plane, 1.0 out-of-plane.
11 12 13 14
101
1 2 3 4
3 1
1284
Stress/displacement model change: dynamic
Reference solution
in rad s−1. For the first mode c = 1.875 / L, where L is the beam length.
The natural frequency for the spring-mass system is given by k / m , where k is the spring stiffness and m is the
total mass of the block.
The first natural frequency of the cantilever beam was found to be within 2% of the analytical solution. The
period for the spring-mass system in transient dynamics matches the expected analytical solution shown above
for all of the dynamic steps (Steps 2, 4, and 6). The total force on the vertical left edge is output.
Input files
1285
Stress/displacement model
change: general tests
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
Structural elements
B21 B22 B23 B21H B22H B23H B31 B32 B33 B31H B31OS B31OSH B32H B32OS
B32OSH PIPE21 PIPE21H PIPE22 PIPE22H PIPE31 PIPE31H PIPE32 PIPE32H ELBOW31
ELBOW31B ELBOW31C ELBOW32 MAX1 MAX2 MGAX1 MGAX2 M3D3 M3D4 M3D4R
M3D8 M3D8R M3D9R SAX1 SAX2 SAXA11 SAXA21 STRI3 S3 S3R S4R STRI65
S4 S4R5 S8R S8R5 S9R5
Two-dimensional continuum elements
CAX4 CAX4H CAX4I CAX4R CAX8 CAX8H CAX8R CGAX3HT CGAX3T CGAX4
CGAX4H CGAX4HT CGAX4R CGAX4RHT CGAX4RT CGAX4T CGAX8 CGAX8H
CGAX8HT CGAX8R CGAX8RHT CGAX8RT CGAX8T CPEG4T CPEG8 CPEG8H CPEG8R
CINAX4 CINPS4 CPE4 CPE4H CPE4I CPE4R CPE4RP CPE4RT CPE4T CPE8 CPE8H
CPE8P CPE8PH CPE8R CPE8RP CPS3 CPS4 CPS4I CPS4R CPS4RT CPS4T CPS6
CPS6M CPS8 CPS8R
Three-dimensional continuum elements
C3D4 C3D4H C3D6 C3D6H C3D8 C3D8H C3D8I C3D8IH C3D8R C3D8RH C3D8RT
C3D10 C3D10H C3D10MH C3D10MT C3D15 C3D15V C3D15VH C3D20 C3D20H C3D20R
C3D20H C3D20RH C3D27 C3D27H C3D27R C3D27H C3D27RH CIN3D8
Miscellaneous elements
DASHPOT1 DASHPOT2 JOINTC LS3S LS6 MASS SPRING1 SPRING2
Features tested
This section includes a very general set of tests for the reactivation with strain of stress/displacement elements.
Each test contains a pair of bodies, each modeled with either one or two elements, so the tests are one-element
or two-element tests. In many cases more than one pair of bodies is in a single input file.
One of these bodies, the reference body, is loaded in various ways without ever being removed from the analysis.
The other body, the test body, has the same material and thickness properties; however, the test body has a
significantly different initial configuration than the reference body, in such a way that it has different stiffness,
volume, and mass. During the first step of the analysis, the test body is deformed into the same shape as the
reference body. It is then removed and reactivated strain free while in this configuration so that the initial
configurations of the two bodies are now identical.
The bodies are then given identical loadings, and the behavior of the two bodies should be identical. To test
reactivation with strain, a further removal and a reactivation, this time with strain, occurs for the test body. This
kind of reactivation does not reset the initial configuration of the test body, so the behavior of the two bodies
should still be identical.
1287
Stress/displacement model change: general tests
Problem description
Outline of steps (Steps 8–13 are applied for all but the few element types for which dynamic steps are not
supported):
1. Deform the test body into the identical shape as the undeformed reference body. For structural elements this
requires applying rotations as well as displacements at the nodes of the test elements so that the normals, as
well as the nodal coordinates, coincide.
2. Remove the test body.
3. Reactivate the test body without strain. The reactivation should reactivate the test body in the identical
configuration as the reference body. Element properties such as cross-sectional area or thickness will be reset
to their values at the beginning of the analysis.
4. Apply element loading to both bodies. Both bodies will deform in the same manner. The load applied during
this step will remain active throughout the remainder of the analysis.
5. Remove the test body. Since the applied loads are element loads, they will be removed from the test body
automatically.
6. Reactivate the test body with strain. Previously applied loads will be reactivated automatically as well. No
additional loads are applied during this step. The final configuration of the test body will be identical to that
at the end of Step 4 for both bodies. From this step through the remainder of the analysis, the test and reference
bodies will provide identical results.
7. Apply a thermal load to both bodies.
8. Perform a frequency extraction. Eigenvalues occur in pairs because of the pairs of identical bodies in the
input file. Sufficient eigenvectors must be extracted to represent each body of each pair of bodies equally.
9. Perform a transient modal dynamic analysis using the extracted eigenmodes. A concentrated load is applied
at one node. The duration of the analysis is approximately one-tenth of the first fundamental time period.
10. Perform a mode-based steady-state dynamic analysis. The frequency sweep is performed approximately up
to the first 10 natural frequencies.
11. Perform a direct-solution steady-state dynamic analysis. The frequency sweep is performed approximately
up to the first 10 natural frequencies.
12. Perform a subspace-based steady-state dynamic analysis. The frequency sweep is performed approximately
up to the first 10 natural frequencies.
13. Perform a nonlinear transient dynamic analysis using the direct-integration dynamic implict procedure. The
loads and time step size used are those used in Step 9.
A second set of verification problems is added to test the element loads. These are the input file names with _dl
added to the end of the file name. The first four steps are identical to the test described above. The remainder of
the steps test most of the available distributed load options for each element type.
A final category of tests includes material and initial conditions tests. This group of verification also consists of
two-body test cases. These analyses apply initial conditions to various material properties such as void ratio,
kinematic shift tensor, and others.
The test body is removed during the first step of the analyses. Because removal occurs in the first step, the initial
conditions will remain in place when the test body is reintroduced strain free in the second step. Displacement
boundary conditions are then applied to both bodies, which must show identical behavior.
1288
Stress/displacement model change: general tests
It is not necessary to check the results to an analytical solution for these tests. However, it is necessary to determine
if the test body is being reintroduced back into the analysis properly. Proper reintroduction requires that the test
and reference bodies behave identically after the second step. All test elements produce results that match the
reference elements.
Input files
1289
Stress/displacement model change: general tests
1290
Stress/displacement model change: general tests
These tests include elements CAX4, CAXA41, CPE4, CPS4, CGAX4, S4R, and M3D4R. Rebars are included
with the CAX4, M3D4R, and S4R elements.
1291
Heat transfer model
change: steady state
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
DC2D4 DS3
Features tested
Continuum and shell heat transfer elements are removed and added during a steady-state heat transfer analysis.
Problem description
Model: The models have dimensions 5.0 × 2.0 in the x–y plane, with an out-of-plane dimension of 1.0.
Material:
Conductivity 7.872 × 10−4
Density 0.2829
Loading and boundary conditions: The left side of the model is held at θ 0 = 0.0. There is a film
condition on the right side of the model for the simulation with DC2D4 elements and a temperature boundary
condition for the simulation with DS3 shell elements. The sink temperature is θ 0 = 100.0, and the film coefficient,
h, is 1.0. For the shell problem the temperature boundary condition is 100.0 on the right-hand edge. A steady-state
solution is obtained. Then two-thirds of the model is removed. When the elements are removed, the temperatures
along the new external boundary are held fixed. The removed elements are added back into the model in the last
step, and a new film condition is applied on the right-hand side for the continuum model and a temperature
boundary condition for the shell model. The new sink temperature is θ 0 = 200.0, and the same film coefficient
is used. The temperature boundary condition is 200.0.
Reference solution
This equation can be integrated to give θ (x ). Using the boundary conditions that θ = 0.0 at x = 0 and that
q = h (θ − θ 0) at x = L, the solution for the continuum model is
x
θ (x ) = L+k/h
θ 0.
This expression can be used to calculate the temperature distribution in the model for the first and third steps.
For the shell model the boundary conditions and the integration yield a linear temperature profile along the length
of the model.
1293
Heat transfer model change: steady state
The model gives the theoretical results in both the first and third steps.
Input files
1294
Coupled
temperature-displacement
model change: steady state
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8HT C3D8RT C3D8RHT C3D8T C3D10MT C3D10MHT CAX4RHT CAX4RT CAX6MHT
CAX6MT CGAX3HT CGAX3T CGAX4HT CGAX4RT CGAX4RHT CGAX4T CGAX6MHT
CGAX6MT CGAX8HT CGAX8RT CGAX8RHT CGAX8T CPE4RT CPE4RHT CPE4T CPE6MHT
CPE6MT CPEG3HT CPEG3T CPEG4HT CPEG4RT CPEG4RHT CPEG4T CPEG6MHT CPEG6MT
CPEG8HT CPEG8RHT CPEG8T CPS4RT CPS4T CPS6MT CPS8RT CPS8T
Features tested
Continuum coupled temperature-displacement elements are removed and added during a steady-state analysis.
Problem description
Model: The models have dimensions 5.0 × 2.0 in the x–y plane with an out-of-plane dimension of 1.0. In the
axisymmetric case the models have dimensions 2.0 × 5.0 in the r–z plane, and the inner radius, Ri, equals 105.
The inner radius is large to ensure that the strains in the circumferential direction are approximately uniform,
which allows a comparison of the results obtained in this analysis with those obtained analytically.
Material:
Conductivity 7.872 × 10−4
Density 0.2829
Thermal expansion 1.0 × 10−6
Elastic modulus 100 × 104
Poisson's ratio 0.25
Loading and boundary conditions: The left side of the model is held at θ=0.0. There is a film
condition on the right side of the model. The sink temperature is θ 0=100.0, and the film coefficient, h, is 1.0.
After a steady-state solution is obtained, some of the elements in the model are removed. The temperatures along
the new external boundary are held fixed. The removed elements are added back into the model in the last step,
and a new film condition is applied on the right side. The new sink temperature is θ 0=200.0, and the same h is
used.
During all three steps the following mechanical boundary conditions are maintained: uy=0.0 at all points along
y=0; ux=0.0 at the point (0,0).
1295
Coupled temperature-displacement model change: steady state
Reference solution
The solution for the one-dimensional steady-state heat transfer problem is given in Heat transfer model change:
steady state. The solution for the mechanical response of the model is
∂u x
ϵx = ∂x
= ϵ the
x = αθ (x ) = α L+k/h
θ 0.
where the boundary condition that v=0 at y=0 is used to eliminate the terms that are only functions of x. The
condition that
∂u ∂v
γxy = ∂y
+ ∂x
=0
These expressions are used to calculate the displacements in the model. The temperature distribution can be
calculated with the expression from Heat transfer model change: steady state. The results for the axisymmetric
case are obtained by replacing x with z and y with (r − Ri ) in the relations for temperature and displacements. In
addition, the displacements are multiplied by a factor of (1 + ν), where ν is the Poisson's ratio. This takes into
account the contribution from the approximately constant strain in the circumferential direction.
The model produces the theoretical results in both the first and third steps for the element temperatures and for
the quadratic element displacements. The displacements obtained using the model with linear elements do not
match the theoretical results but are still reasonable.
Input files
1296
Coupled temperature-displacement model change: steady state
1297
Contact model change
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
ISL21A
Features tested
Contact pairs and special-purpose contact elements are removed and added during a static analysis.
Problem description
The analyses in this section simulate a block sliding over another block. The models are taken through the
following steps:
• In Step 1 the contact surfaces are brought together, resulting in the development of contact pressure at the
interface.
• In Step 2 the slave surface slides over the master surface to generate friction forces. The sliding motion is
applied with boundary conditions at the top nodes.
• In Step 3 the contact pair is removed. The contact constraint ends immediately, and throughout this step the
slave surface penetrates into the master surface as the contact forces are ramped down to zero. At the end of
this step there is no stress in the model.
• The contact pair is reactivated again in Step 4 by specifying contact interference with an allowed overclosure
value. This value has been specified to be equal to the actual overclosure. As this allowed overclosure value
ramps down to zero, the contact surfaces come gradually into compliance throughout the step.
Input files
1299
Acoustic model change:
steady state
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
AC1D2 AC1D3
AC2D3 AC2D4 AC2D6 AC2D8
AC3D4 AC3D5 AC3D6 AC3D8 AC3D10 AC3D15 AC3D20
ACAX3 ACAX4 ACAX6 ACAX8
ACINAX2 ACINAX3 ACIN2D2 ACIN2D3 ACIN3D3 ACIN3D4 ACIN3D6 ACIN3D6
Features tested
Problem description
Model: The models have dimensions 10.0 × 1.0 in the x–y plane, with an out-of-plane dimension of 1.0.
Material:
1.42176 × 105
Bulk modulus, Kf
1.293
Density, ρf
Loading and boundary conditions: The pressure at the left side of the model is constrained to equal
one; there is a plane-wave radiation condition on the right side of the model. A steady-state solution at unit
frequency is obtained. Then, one-half of the model is removed. When the elements are removed, the radiation
condition is applied along the new external boundary.
Reference solution
where k = Kf / ρf is the acoustic wave number. Using the boundary conditions that p = 1.0 at x = 0 and that
d p / d x = −ik p at x = L, the solution for the continuum model is
p (x ) = 1,
while the phase is consistent with a sine wave at the specified frequency, 1 Hertz.
1301
Acoustic model change: steady state
The model gives the theoretical results in both the first and second steps.
Input files
1302
Pore-thermal model
change
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8PT C3D8RPT
Features tested
Problem description
Model: The models have dimensions 40.0 × 40 in the x–y plane, with an out-of-plane dimension of 5.0.
Material:
Modulus 88.7 × 109
Density 1922
Conductivity 3
Permeability 0.001
Loading and boundary conditions: Pore pressure of 10 units and surface pressure of 2 units is
applied on the top surface. The temperature at the top surface is set to 100 units. Normal displacement is
constrained on three faces. Elements at the center of the block are removed and added in various steps.
Input files
1303
Pore-thermal model change
1304
Symmetric model generation and analysis of cyclic symmetry models
In this section:
1305
Symmetric model
generation and results
transfer
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
Continuum elements
CAX3 CAX3H CAX4 CAX4H CAX4I CAX4IH CAX4R CAX4RH CAX6 CAX6H CAX8
CAX8H CAX8R CGAX3 CGAX3H CGAX4 CGAX4H CGAX4R CGAX4RH CGAX6
CGAX6H CGAX8 CGAX8H CGAX8RH CAX4T CAX4RT CAX4HT CAX8T CAX8RT
CAX8HT CAX8RHT CGAX4T CGAX8T DCAX4
Shell and membrane elements
SAX1 SAX2 MAX1 MAX2 MGAX1 MGAX2 DSAX1 DSAX2
Surface elements embedded in continuum elements
SFMAX1 SFMAX2 SFMGAX1 SFMGAX2
Features tested
Symmetric model generation by revolving the cross-section of an axisymmetric mesh about the symmetry axis
and symmetric results transfer.
Problem description
Material:
Young's modulus 1 × 104
Poisson's ratio 0.3
C10 (hyperelastic, hybrids only) 1.9 × 103
D11 (hyperelastic, hybrids only) 2.4 × 10−4
Young's modulus (rebars) 1 × 106
Poisson's ratio (rebars) 0.3
Loading and boundary conditions: The loading and boundary conditions on the axisymmetric
continuum element model are depicted in Figure 1. The loading and boundary conditions on the axisymmetric
shell and membrane element model are depicted in Figure 2.
1307
Symmetric model generation and results transfer
axis of symmetry
reference node
rigid surface
"single" rebar
"isoparametric"
rebar
1 "skew" rebar
Figure 1: Axisymmetric model with rebars and prescribed loading and boundary conditions
for continuum elements.
axis of symmetry
distribute d lo a d
memb r a n e /s h e ll
elemen t with r e b a r
1
conti n u u m e le m e n ts
Figure 2: Axisymmetric model with rebars and prescribed loading and boundary conditions
for shell and membrane elements.
A displacement of 0.1 is prescribed to the rigid body reference node of the continuum elements along the negative
axial direction. A 360° model is generated with symmetric model generation. The axisymmetric results are read
in as initial conditions using symmetric results transfer. Isoparametric, skew, and single rebars are verified with
most elements. Rebar in embedded surface elements are also tested. Triangular and wedge elements are verified
without rebars.
Input files
pca3sfrev1.inp CAX3 elements; two-dimensional model.
pc36sfrev1.inp CAX3 elements; three-dimensional model.
1308
Symmetric model generation and results transfer
1309
Symmetric model generation and results transfer
1310
Symmetric model generation and results transfer
Elements tested
C3D6 C3D8I C3D8R C3D15 C3D20 C3D20R S4R DC3D8 C3D8RT
Features tested
Symmetric model generation by reflecting a partial three-dimensional model through a symmetry line and
symmetric results transfer.
Problem description
Material:
Young's modulus 5 × 103
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Young's modulus (rebars) 2.5 × 105
Poisson's ratio (rebars) 0.0
Loading and boundary conditions: The loading and boundary conditions on the symmetric
three-dimensional model are depicted in Figure 3. Internal pressure of 10 units is applied to the cylindrical
model, while the top and bottom edges of the cylinder are clamped. The complete three-dimensional model is
generated by reflecting the symmetric three-dimensional model about the axis shown. The symmetric results are
read into the complete three-dimensional model as initial conditions. Wedge elements are verified without rebars.
"XASYMM" boundary
condition on top face
b
continuum elements
with rebar
internal
pressure
a 3
3
1 2
1 2
1311
Symmetric model generation and results transfer
Input files
pca3sflin0.inp C3D6 elements; two-dimensional model.
pc36sflin1.inp C3D6 elements; symmetric three-dimensional model, perturbation step with
*LOAD CASE.
pc36sflin2.inp C3D6 elements; reflected three-dimensional model, perturbation step with
*LOAD CASE.
Elements tested
Continuum elements
1312
Symmetric model generation and results transfer
Features tested
Symmetric model generation by reflecting a partial three-dimensional model through a symmetry plane and
symmetric results transfer.
Problem description
Loading and boundary conditions for continuum element model: The loading and
boundary conditions on the symmetric three-dimensional model are depicted in Figure 4.
reference c
node
rebars
symmetry B.C.
b
internal
pressure
a
3
2
bottom
1
symmetry B.C.
fixed 3
2
o o
180 model 1 360 model
Figure 4: Symmetric and reflected 3D continuum element model with prescribed boundary
conditions.
The rigid surface reference node is displaced by 0.05 units along the negative axial direction. The complete
three-dimensional model is generated by reflecting the symmetric three-dimensional model about the x–z plane.
1313
Symmetric model generation and results transfer
The symmetric results are read into the complete three-dimensional model as initial conditions. Wedge elements
are verified without rebars.
Loading and boundary conditions for shell and membrane element models: The
loading and boundary conditions on the symmetric model are depicted in Figure 5. The complete three-dimensional
model is generated by reflecting the symmetric three-dimensional model about the y–z plane. The symmetric
results are read into the complete three-dimensional model as initial conditions. Elements S3/S3R, S4R5, S8R5,
STRI3, and STRI65 are verified. Rebars are not defined in triangular elements.
c
rebar
a
3
3
1 2
b 1 2
Figure 5: Symmetric shell and membrane model with rebars and prescribed boundary conditions.
Input files
pca3shpln0.inp C3D6H elements; two-dimensional model.
pca3shpln0_surf.inp C3D6H elements; two-dimensional model using surface-to-surface contact.
pc36shpln1.inp C3D6H elements; symmetric three-dimensional model.
pc36shpln2.inp C3D6H elements; reflected three-dimensional model.
pca4shpln0.inp C3D8H with SFMAX1 elements; two-dimensional model.
pc38shpln1.inp C3D8H with SFM3D4R elements; symmetric three-dimensional model.
pc38shpln2.inp C3D8H with SFM3D4R elements; reflected three-dimensional model.
1314
Symmetric model generation and results transfer
1315
Symmetric model generation and results transfer
Elements tested
Continuum elements
C3D8 C3D20 C3D8T DC3D8
Shell and membrane elements
S4 M3D4R DS4
Features tested
Symmetric model generation by revolving a single three-dimensional sector of the model about the symmetry
axis and symmetric results transfer.
Problem description
These tests verify the symmetric model generation and results transfer capability for a periodic structure. A
three-dimensional periodic model is generated by revolving a three-dimensional repetitive sector about a symmetry
axis. The bottom surface of the periodic model is fixed, while the top surface of the periodic model is in contact
with a pad that is subjected to distributed loadings. If the symmetric surfaces in the original sector have precisely
matched meshes, duplicated nodes will be eliminated automatically to ensure that the mesh is connected properly
between the neighboring sectors when the original sector is revolved about the symmetry axis to create a periodic
model. In all other cases constraints between the automatically generated neighboring pairs of corresponding
surfaces are then applied with the automatically generated tie constraint when the original sector is revolved
about the symmetry axis to create a periodic model. Both open (the structure has end edges) and closed loop
periodic structures are considered. The results from the original sector are transferred to the periodic model.
Material properties:
Young's modulus 7 × 104
Poisson's ratio 0.33
Input files
smg_wedge.inp C3D8 elements; a single three-dimensional sector with completely matched
meshes.
smg_wedge_surf.inp C3D8 elements; a single three-dimensional sector with completely matched
meshes and surface-to-surface contact.
1316
Symmetric model generation and results transfer
smg_period_open.inp C3D8 elements; periodic three-dimensional model with open end edges;
requires smg_wedge.inp.
smg_period_close.inp C3D8 elements; periodic three-dimensional model with closed loop; requires
smg_wedge.inp.
smg_noperiod_open.inp C3D8 elements; variable sector angle in periodic three-dimensional model
with open end edges; requires smg_wedge.inp.
smg_noperiod_close.inp C3D8 elements; variable sector angle in periodic three-dimensional model
with closed loop; requires smg_wedge.inp.
smg_wedge_surf.inp C3D8 elements; a single three-dimensional sector with completely matched
meshes using surface-to-surface–based contact.
smg_period_open_surf.inp C3D8 elements; periodic three-dimensional model with open end edges using
surface-to-surface–based contact; requires smg_wedge_surf.inp.
smg_period_close_surf.inp C3D8 elements; periodic three-dimensional model with closed loop using
surface-to-surface–based contact; requires smg_wedge_surf.inp.
smg_wedge2.inp C3D8 with S4 elements; a single three-dimensional sector with completely
matched meshes.
smg_period_open2.inp C3D8 with S4 elements; periodic three-dimensional model with open end
edges; requires smg_wedge2.inp.
smg_period_close2.inp C3D8 with S4 elements; periodic three-dimensional model with closed loop;
requires smg_wedge2.inp.
smg_wedge3.inp C3D8 with M3D4R elements; a single three-dimensional sector with
completely matched meshes.
smg_period_open3.inp C3D8 with M3D4R elements; periodic three-dimensional model with open
end edges; requires smg_wedge3.inp.
smg_period_close3.inp C3D8 with M3D4R elements; periodic three-dimensional model with closed
loop; requires smg_wedge3.inp.
smg_wedge4.inp C3D20 elements; a single three-dimensional sector with completely matched
meshes.
smg_period_open4.inp C3D20 elements; periodic three-dimensional model with open end edges;
requires smg_wedge4.inp.
smg_period_close4.inp C3D20 elements; periodic three-dimensional model with closed loop; requires
smg_wedge4.inp.
smg_noperiod_open4.inp C3D20 elements; variable sector angle in periodic three-dimensional model
with open end edges; requires smg_wedge4.inp.
smg_noperiod_close4.inp C3D20 elements; variable sector angle in periodic three-dimensional model
with closed loop; requires smg_wedge4.inp.
smg_wedge4_surf.inp C3D20 elements; a single three-dimensional sector with completely matched
meshes using surface-to-surface–based contact.
smg_period_open4_surf.inp C3D20 elements; periodic three-dimensional model with open end edges using
surface-to-surface–based contact; requires smg_wedge4_surf.inp.
smg_period_close4_surf.inp C3D20 elements; periodic three-dimensional model with closed loop using
surface-to-surface–based contact; requires smg_wedge4_surf.inp.
1317
Symmetric model generation and results transfer
1318
Symmetric model generation and results transfer
Elements tested
Continuum elements
CGAX4 CGAX4H CGAX4RH
Membrane and surface elements
MGAX1 SFMGAX1
Features tested
Symmetric model generation and results transfer for models involving large deformation, frictional contact with
a curved surface, rebars, embedded elements, and surface elements with rebar layers.
Problem description
These tests verify the symmetric model generation and results transfer capability for a hyperelastic rubberlike
material reinforced by stiff strands. The strands are modeled either as rebars directly in continuum elements, as
rebar layers in membrane elements embedded in continuum elements, or as rebar layers in surface elements
embedded in continuum elements. The model consists of a Mooney-Rivlin material, and the reinforcing strands
are linear elastic. The strands have a cross-sectional area of 0.5 square mm each, are laid in a single layer with
a spacing of 5 mm, and are inclined at 50° to the r–z plane in the axisymmetric model. The reinforced body is
then compressed along the z-direction by rigid curved surfaces resulting in large deformations in the material.
The strands do not lie in the r–z plane; therefore, this compression results in twisting of the material about the
axis of symmetry.
A three-dimensional revolved model is generated from the axisymmetric model, and the results from the
axisymmetric analysis are transferred to the revolved model. The three-dimensional revolved model is then
reflected through a line, and the results are transferred to this reflected model.
Material:
C10 2.0 × 106 Pa
C01 1.5 × 106 Pa
D1 (incompressible) 0.0
D1 (compressible) 1.452 × 10−8 Pa−1
Coefficient of friction 0.1
Young's modulus(rebars) 2.0 × 1011 Pa
1319
Symmetric model generation and results transfer
Input files
pca4gfreb0.inp CGAX4 elements; axisymmetric model with rebars.
pc38sfreb1.inp C3D8 elements; three-dimensional revolved model.
pc38sfreb2.inp C3D8 elements; three-dimensional reflected model.
1320
Symmetric model generation and results transfer
1321
Analysis of cyclic
symmetric models
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B21 B22 B32
C3D8R C3D20 CPE4H CPE4R CPE8R CPS4R CPS8R
DC2D4 DC2D8 DC3D8
S4R S8R SC8R CSS8
Features tested
Natural frequency extraction for two-dimensional and three-dimensional models that exhibit cyclic symmetry.
Element-based and node-based cyclic symmetric surface definitions on matched and mismatched meshes.
Nodal transformation with the cyclic symmetry analysis capability and use of multi-point constraints.
Application of preload prior to natural frequency extraction.
Modal-based steady-state dynamic analysis for models that exhibit cyclic symmetry.
Heat transfer analysis for models that exhibit cyclic symmetry.
Problem description
The models consist of 1 × 2 and 2 × 2 element meshes. There are no boundary conditions and loads, except for
preload tests. Preloading of the model is done with both concentrated and distributed loads and for heat transfer
analysis with temperature assigned to the chosen set of nodes.
The results for the natural frequency extraction of the cyclic symmetric models are the same as those obtained
for a corresponding 360° model.
Input files
Beam elements
cyclicsym_b21_nn.inp Two-element mesh with node-type slave surface and node-type master
surface.
cyclicsym_b21_360.inp Full model corresponding to two-element mesh of B21 elements.
cyclicsym_b22_nn.inp Single-element mesh with node-type slave surface and node-type master
surface.
cyclicsym_b22_360.inp Full model corresponding to single-element mesh of B22 elements.
cyclicsym_b31_nn.inp Single-element mesh with node-type slave surface and node-type master
surface.
1323
Analysis of cyclic symmetric models
Continuum elements
cyclicsym_c3d8r_ee.inp 1 × 2 mesh with element-type slave surface and element-type master
surface.
cyclicsym_c3d8r_en.inp 1 × 2 mesh with element-type slave surface and node-type master
surface.
cyclicsym_c3d8r_ne.inp 1 × 2 mesh with node-type slave surface and element-type master
surface.
cyclicsym_c3d8r_nn.inp 1 × 2 mesh with node-type slave surface and node-type master surface.
cyclicsym_c3d8r_360.inp Full model corresponding to 1 × 2 mesh of C3D8R elements.
cyclicsym_c3d8r_nn_ref.inp 2 × 2 mesh with node-type slave surface and node-type master surface.
cyclicsym_c3d8r_360_ref.inp Full model corresponding to 2 × 2 mesh of C3D8R elements.
cyclicsym_c3d8r_mis_map_ee.inp 2 × 2 mismatched mesh with element-type slave surface and
element-type master surface.
cyclicsym_c3d8r_mis_map_ne.inp 2 × 2 mismatched mesh with node-type slave surface and element-type
master surface.
cyclicsym_c3d8r_mis_map_360.inp Full model corresponding to 2 × 2 mismatched mesh of C3D8R
elements.
cyclicsym_c3d20_ne.inp 1 × 2 mesh with node-type slave surface and element-type master
surface.
cyclicsym_c3d20_nn.inp 1 × 2 mesh with node-type slave surface and node-type master surface.
cyclicsym_c3d20_360.inp Full model corresponding to 1 × 2 mesh of C3D20 elements.
cyclicsym_c3d20_nn_ref.inp 2 × 2 mesh with node-type slave surface and node-type master surface.
cyclicsym_c3d20_360_ref.inp Full model corresponding to 2 × 2 mesh of C3D20 elements.
cyclicsym_cpe4h_nn.inp 1 × 2 mesh with node-type slave surface and node-type master surface.
cyclicsym_cpe4h_360.inp Full model corresponding to 1 × 2 mesh of CPE4H elements.
cyclicsym_cpe4r_ee.inp 1 × 2 mesh with element-type slave surface and element-type master
surface.
cyclicsym_cpe4r_en.inp 1 × 2 mesh with element-type slave surface and node-type master
surface.
cyclicsym_cpe4r_ne.inp 1 × 2 mesh with node-type slave surface and element-type master
surface type.
cyclicsym_cpe4r_nn.inp 1 × 2 mesh with node-type slave surface and node-type master surface.
cyclicsym_cpe4r_360.inp Full model corresponding to 1 × 2 mesh of CPE4R elements.
cyclicsym_cpe4r_nn_ref.inp 2 × 2 mesh with node-type slave surface and node-type master surface.
cyclicsym_cpe4r_360_ref.inp Full model corresponding to 2 × 2 mesh of CPE4R elements.
cyclicsym_cpe4r_mis_map_ee.inp 2 × 2 mismatched mesh with element-type slave surface and
element-type master surface.
cyclicsym_cpe4r_mis_map_ne.inp 2 × 2 mismatched mesh with node-type slave surface and element-type
master surface type.
cyclicsym_cpe4r_mis_map_360.inp Full model corresponding to 2 × 2 mismatched mesh of CPE4R
elements.
1324
Analysis of cyclic symmetric models
Shell elements
cyclicsym_s4r_nn.inp 1 × 2 mesh with node-type slave surface and node-type master surface.
1325
Analysis of cyclic symmetric models
1326
Analysis of cyclic symmetric models
cyclicsym_cpe4r_360_basis.inp Full model with a static nonlinear step that forms the basis for the
analysis in cyclicsym_cpe4r_360_rezone.inp.
cyclicsym_cpe4r_360_rezone.inp Full model with a frequency extraction step following the mapping of
the solution from the analysis in cyclicsym_cpe4r_360_basis.inp.
cyclicsym_cpe4r_nn_multi_step.inp Cyclic symmetric model with multiple frequency extraction steps.
cyclicsym_cpe4r_nn_restart.inp Cyclic symmetric model with multiple frequency extraction steps
performed as a restart analysis after the first step in the analysis in
cyclicsym_cpe4r_nn_multi_step.inp.
cyclicsym_cps4r_nn_sub.inp Cyclic symmetric model with the *SUBMODEL option.
cyclicsym_cps4r_nn_sub_sb.inp Cyclic symmetric model with the *SUBMODEL, TYPE=SURFACE
option.
cyclicsym_cps4r_nn_full.inp Full cyclic symmetric model used in the analysis in
cyclicsym_cps4r_nn_sub.inp and cyclicsym_cps4r_nn_sub_sb.inp.
cyclicsym_s4r_nn_mdl_change.inp Cyclic symmetric model with the *MODEL CHANGE option.
cyclicsym_s4r_360_mdl_change.inp Full model with the *MODEL CHANGE option.
cyclicsym_cpe4r_ss.inp Cyclic symmetric model with a nonlinear preloading static step,
frequency extraction, and modal-based steady-state dynamic analysis
(one nodal diameter) using the *DLOAD and *DSLOAD options.
cyclicsym_cpe4r_360_ss.inp Full model with a nonlinear preloading static step, frequency extraction,
and modal-based steady-state dynamic analysis (one nodal diameter)
using the *DLOAD and *DSLOAD options.
cyclicsym_cpe4r_ss2.inp Cyclic symmetric model with frequency extraction and modal-based
steady-state dynamic analysis (two nodal diameters) using the
*DLOAD and *DSLOAD options.
cyclicsym_cpe4r_360_ss2.inp Full model with frequency extraction and modal-based steady-state
dynamic analysis (two nodal diameters) using the *DLOAD and
*DSLOAD options.
cyclicsym_cpe4r_cl_ss.inp Cyclic symmetric model with a nonlinear preloading static step,
frequency extraction, and two modal-based steady-state dynamic
analyses (one and two nodal diameters) using the *CLOAD, *DLOAD,
and *TRANSFORM options.
cyclicsym_cpe4r_360_cl_ss.inp Full model with a nonlinear preloading static step, frequency extraction,
and two modal-based steady-state dynamic analyses (one and two
nodal diameters) using the *CLOAD, *DLOAD, and *TRANSFORM
options.
cyclicsym_dc2d4_mis_heat.inp Cyclic symmetric model with a transient heat transfer analysis.
cyclicsym_dc2d4_mis_heat_360.inp Full model with a transient heat transfer analysis.
cyclicsym_dc2d8_nn_heat.inp Cyclic symmetric model with a steady-state heat transfer analysis.
cyclicsym_dc2d8_heat_360.inp Full model with a steady-state heat transfer analysis.
cyclicsym_dc3d8_nn_heat.inp Cyclic symmetric model with a steady-state heat transfer analysis.
cyclicsym_dc3d8_heat_360.inp Full model with a steady-state heat transfer analysis.
cyclicsym_dcc2d4_nn_loads.inp Cyclic symmetric model with all thermal loads (*FILM, *CFILM,
*SFILM, *CFLUX, *DFLUX, *DSFLUX, *RADIATE, *CRADIATE,
and *SRADIATE).
cyclicsym_dcc2d4_360_loads.inp Full model with all thermal loads (*FILM, *CFILM, *SFILM,
*CFLUX, *DFLUX, *DSFLUX, *RADIATE, *CRADIATE, and
*SRADIATE).
cyclicsym_dc2d4_heat_nonlin.inp Cyclic symmetry model with a nonlinear heat transfer analysis.
1327
Analysis of cyclic symmetric models
1328
Abaqus/Aqua analysis
In this section:
1329
Aqua load cases
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B21 B21H B22 B22H B23 B23H B31 B31H B32 B32H B33 B33H
ELBOW31 ELBOW31B ELBOW31C ELBOW32
PIPE21 PIPE21H PIPE22 PIPE22H PIPE31 PIPE31H PIPE32 PIPE32H
RB2D2 RB3D2 R3D3 R3D4
T2D2 T2D2H T2D3 T2D3H T3D2 T3D2H T3D3 T3D3H
Problem description
The structural member (beam, pipe, elbow, or truss) is kept straight and constrained, and it is moved to different
positions and orientations in different steps; where appropriate, it is given a uniform velocity and acceleration.
The structural member is subjected to various drag and buoyancy loads in the different steps. The problems are
described in detail in the input files. The concentrated and distributed load procedures are tested in these problems.
The effective axial force (output variable ESF1) for beam, pipe, and truss elements is also tested.
The features and load types tested in each problem in the various steps are:
1. Buoyancy, PB.
2. Normal drag, static, FDD.
3. Tangential drag, static, FDT.
4. Normal drag, dynamic, FDD.
5. Tangential drag, dynamic, FDT.
6. Inertial drag, FI.
7. Normal drag, dynamic, partial immersion, FDD.
8. End-drag, dynamic, FD1, FD2.
9. End-drag, dynamic, TFD (concentrated load).
10. Inertial end-drag, FI1, FI2.
11. Inertial end-drag, TSI (concentrated load).
12. Transition-section buoyancy, TSB.
13. End-drag, dynamic, (additional test), FD1, FD2.
14. End-drag, dynamic, (additional test), TFD (concentrated load).
15. Wind-drag, dynamic, WDD.
16. Wind end-drag, dynamic, WD1, WD2.
17. Wind end-drag, dynamic, TWD (concentrated load).
The individual steps are named alphabetically as listed above. These names appear in the step headings.
1331
Aqua load cases
Model:
Length 10 2
Orientation 45° with horizontal axis
Pipe section data r = 1.0, t = 0.05
Material:
Young's modulus 30 × 109
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Aqua – environment:
Seabed elevation 0.0
Mean water elevation 40.0
Max. water elevation 40.0
Min. water elevation 40.0
Gravitational constant 32.2
Fluid mass density 1.987
Steady velocity specification: two-dimensional
(vy = 0.0)
Input files
eb22pxdb.inp B21 elements.
eb2hpxdb.inp B21H elements.
eb23pxdb.inp B22 elements.
eb2ipxdb.inp B22H elements.
eb2apxdb.inp B23 elements.
eb2jpxdb.inp B23H elements.
1332
Aqua load cases
Elements tested
B21 B21H B22 B22H B23 B23H B31 B31H B32 B32H B33 B33H
ELBOW31C RB2D2 RB3D2
T2D2 T2D2H T2D3 T2D3H T3D2 T3D2H T3D3 T3D3H
Problem description
The structural member is positioned vertically in both the two- and three-dimensional cases, such that one-half
of the structure is below the seabed and only the top half is subject to fluid loads.
Nodes of each element are constrained to a single node whose reaction force is monitored.
The features and load types tested in each problem in the various steps are:
1333
Aqua load cases
Model:
Height of the structure 2
Section data r = 1.0 for beams, A = 1.0 for trusses
Material:
Young's modulus 1 × 106
Aqua – environment:
Seabed elevation 0.0
Mean water elevation 2.0
Gravitational constant 32.2
Fluid mass density 1.99
Steady velocity specification: 2D/3D
Input files
eb22cxd1.inp B21 elements.
ebxxcxd1.inp All beam elements.
exelcxd1.inp ELBOW31C elements.
etxxcxd1.inp All truss elements.
Elements tested
R3D3 R3D4
1334
Aqua load cases
Problem description
A box composed of three-dimensional rigid elements is immersed in water subject to a buoyancy load (PB). The
buoyancy forces and moments produced are measured by the reaction force at the rigid body reference node in
four distinct configurations: in the initial configuration, as well as in the configurations produced when the body
is given 60° of heel and then followed by 10° and 20° of trim.
Input files
er33sxdb.inp R3D3 elements.
er34sxdb.inp R3D4 elements.
Elements tested
B21 T3D2
Problem description
Frequencies of natural vibration are computed for slender structures with different boundary conditions, with
and without the effect of added mass.
Model:
Length 1000
Beam section data (circular) r=3
Material:
Young's modulus 4.32 × 109
Density ρ = 14.91
Aqua – environment:
Seabed elevation −100
Mean water elevation 100
Gravitational constant 32.2
Fluid mass density 2
1335
Aqua load cases
Input files
eb22cxd1.inp Transverse vibration of simply supported beam.
eb22cxd2.inp Transverse vibration of clamped-free cantilever beam.
eb22cxd3.inp Longitudinal vibration of clamped-free cantilever beam.
et32pxdb.inp Longitudinal vibration of clamped-free truss.
Elements tested
PIPE21 PIPE31
Problem description
Vertical structural members, fully submerged and constrained, are subjected to a steady current velocity that is
uniform with respect to elevation but varies with position (x-coordinate for two-dimensional cases, and x- and
y-coordinate for three-dimensional cases). The drag forces on the individual members can be determined
analytically and compared to the nodal reaction forces.
Model:
Height of the structure 10
Pipe section data r = 1.0, t = 0.05
Material:
Young's modulus 30 × 106
Aqua – environment:
Seabed elevation 0.0
Mean water elevation 40.0
Gravitational constant 32.2
Fluid mass density 1.987
1336
Aqua load cases
(vx, vy, vz, x-coord., y-coord.) (2vf , 0.0, 0.0, 100.0, 200.0)
(vx, vy, vz, x-coord., y-coord.) (6vf , 0.0, 0.0, 300.0, 200.0)
(vx, vy, vz, x-coord., y-coord.) (6vf , 0.0, 0.0, 600.0, 200.0)
(vx, vy, vz, x-coord., y-coord.) (0vf , 0.0, 0.0, 900.0, 200.0)
(vx, vy, vz, x-coord., y-coord.) (1vf , 0.0, 0.0, 100.0, 800.0)
(vx, vy, vz, x-coord., y-coord.) (3vf , 0.0, 0.0, 300.0, 800.0)
(vx, vy, vz, x-coord., y-coord.) (3vf , 0.0, 0.0, 600.0, 800.0)
(vx, vy, vz, x-coord., y-coord.) (0vf , 0.0, 0.0, 900.0, 800.0)
Input files
ep22pxd5.inp PIPE21 elements.
ep32pxd5.inp PIPE31 elements.
ep22pxd5_xpl.inp PIPE21 elements in Abaqus/Explicit.
ep32pxd5_xpl.inp PIPE31 elements in Abaqus/Explicit.
Elements tested
PIPE21 PIPE22 PIPE31
Problem description
This problem tests the dynamic pressure implementation and closed-end buoyancy loading for the three
Abaqus/Aqua wave options. A vertical pile is fully constrained and subjected to buoyancy loading. The Airy,
Stokes, and gridded wave options are used to calculate the total reaction force on the structure during a
direct-integration implicit dynamic analysis procedure. Distributed load type PB is used with a 50-element model,
and concentrated load type TSB is used with a one-element model.
Model:
Height of the structure 175.0 (100.0 below and 75.0 above mean water elevation)
Pipe section data r = 1.0, t = 0.25
Material:
Young's modulus 1 × 106
Aqua – environment:
1337
Aqua load cases
Input files
ep32pxx1.inp Airy waves, PIPE31 elements.
ep23pxx2.inp Stokes waves, PIPE22 elements.
ep32pxx3.inp Gridded wave data with linear interpolation, PIPE31 elements.
ep23pxx3.inp Gridded wave data with quadratic interpolation, PIPE22 elements.
pb_airy_p31_xpl.inp Airy waves, PIPE31 elements in Abaqus/Explicit.
pb_airy_p21_xpl.inp Airy waves, PIPE21 elements in Abaqus/Explicit.
Problem description
This problem illustrates the creation of the gridded wave file. The unformatted binary gridded wave files used
in Dynamic pressure, closed-end buoyancy loads (ep32pxx3.inp and ep23pxx3.inp) are created from ASCII
format files containing the gridded wave data using a Fortran program.
Input files
gridwave_2d.inp ASCII format file containing two-dimensional gridded wave data.
gridwave_3d.inp ASCII format file containing three-dimensional gridded wave data.
gridfile_2d.f Fortran program to convert the two-dimensional ASCII data file to a binary
gridded wave file.
gridfile_3d.f Fortran program to convert the three-dimensional ASCII data file to a binary
gridded wave file.
Elements tested
B21 PIPE21
Problem description
This problem tests the implementation of the effective axial force output quantity ESF1. Coincident, one-element,
vertical piles are partially submerged in a Stokes wave field such that the element integration points change
1338
Aqua load cases
between unsubmerged and submerged conditions during the analysis. The piles are fully constrained and subjected
to distributed load type PB including internal fluid pressure. One pile is completely filled with internal fluid
(Case A), and one is partially filled with internal fluid such that the element integration point is above the internal
fluid free surface elevation (Case B). An amplitude variation is added to the distributed load definition in Cases
A and B to produce, respectively, Cases C and D. Cases A and C use PIPE21 elements, and Cases B and D use
B21 elements with general beam section to define the element properties. With the results from this analysis,
the effective axial force output is tested using the postprocessing analysis procedure option.
Input files
xesf1gen.inp Input file for this analysis.
xesf1gep.inp Input file that tests the postprocessing analysis procedure option.
Elements tested
PIPE21
Problem description
This problem tests loading types PB and TSB when the fluid properties are prescribed as part of the loading. A
general beam section procedure is used to describe the section properties.
Input files
pipepbtsb.inp Input file for this analysis.
1339
Jack-up foundation
analysis
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
JOINT2D JOINT3D
Problem description
The initial embedment calculation as a function of the preload is verified for sand and clay models. A two-step
single-element elastic analysis is performed with a given jack-up foundation preload for the different models.
JOINT3D elements are used. In the first step the base node is fixed, and the tip node is subjected to concentrated
forces and moments. The second step is a static perturbation analysis about the previous step. The analysis is
done for the six models described below. It is verified that the embedment value is correct and that the elastic
modulus has the correct dependence on embedment.
Force units are kN, and length units are meters.
1. Sand model, cylindrical spud can:
Spud can diameter 10.9
Spud can cone angle 180°
Foundation preload 50600
Foundation tensile capacity 0.0
Soil submerged unit weight 10.0
Soil friction angle 33°
Soil Poisson's ratio 0.2
5.14 × 104
Foundation elastic shear moduli, Gνν
3.87 × 103
Ghh
2.04 × 104
Grr
1.0
Constant coefficient, Λ1
0.5
Constant coefficient, Λ2
1341
Jack-up foundation analysis
General: Six additional elements test initial field variable dependence of the material properties. At the
specified values of the field variables these elements have the properties of models a, b, c, d, e, and f.
1342
Jack-up foundation analysis
Input files
paqajembed.inp Initial embedment analysis.
Problem description
The structure tested is a four-leg square platform with a footing at each leg corner. The model can be reduced
to two dimensions because of symmetry. The model is projected onto a vertical plane that cuts diagonally across
the platform. The legs are modeled with B21 beam elements, and the foundation is modeled with JOINT2D
elements. The platform is modeled as a two-dimensional portal frame, with one windward leg, one leeward leg,
and two legs in the middle. The platform is considered rigid and is modeled with RB2D2 elements. Four push-over
analyses with different foundation bearing capacities are performed.
Force units are kN, and length units are meters.
Leg length 59
Leg EI 1.0 × 1015
Leg AE 3.0 × 1015
Leg GA 2.0 × 1015
Horizontal distance from platform c.g. to leeward leg 29.33
Horizontal distance from platform c.g. to windward leg 29.33
Horizontal distance from platform c.g. to middle legs 0
Spud can diameter 14.0
Spud can cone angle 180°
Foundation preload, four cases 387500, 530000, 650000, 775000
Foundation tensile capacity 40000
Spud can initial vertical load 52250
Vertical distance from c.g. to load application point 0
Soil submerged unit weight 10.0
Soil friction angle 35°
Soil Poisson's ratio 0.2
1.63 × 105
Foundation elastic shear moduli, Gνν
2.92 × 104
Ghh
2.10 × 104
Grr
0.3
Constant coefficient, Λ1
0.3
Constant coefficient, Λ2
The ultimate bearing capacity is determined by applying a load larger than the bearing capacity in a static step
with a time period of 1. This load ramps up over the step, and the analysis fails to converge when the bearing
capacity is reached. The capacity is determined by multiplying the reference load (in these cases 200000 kN)
by the fraction of the time step completed.
1343
Jack-up foundation analysis
For accurate results in a push-over analysis, experience shows that small time increments should be used to
integrate the plasticity equations accurately. These analyses were each run with three different fixed time
increments.
530 × 103 137 × 103 140 × 103 136 × 103 136 × 103
650 × 103 145 × 103 146 × 103 143 × 103 143 × 103
775 × 103 150 × 103 152 × 103 153 × 103 150 × 103
The input file paqajsandp.inp models the 775000 kN preload case, with an applied force of 95% of the ultimate
capacity of 150000 kN over a step of 100 increments.
Input files
paqajsandp.inp Push-over analysis for sand model.
Problem description
The test problem is a monotonic horizontal loading analysis of a triangular three-leg jack-up rig on clay. The rig
is modeled as a frame composed of rigid elements, with two windward legs and one leeward leg. For the
two-dimensional analysis the model is projected on a vertical plane of symmetry. Loading for both the two- and
three-dimensional analyses is in this plane, so both analyses produce the same results. The loading consists of
an applied horizontal load at a point below the rigid frame. The legs are modeled with B21 elements, and the
joints are modeled with JOINT2D elements.
The properties of the soil and the spud can are as described in Case d of the initial embedment analysis.
Leg length 110.6
Leg EI 2.48 × 109
Leg AE 1.54 ×1015
Leg GA 3.61 × 1015
Horizontal distance from platform c.g. to leeward leg 37.0
Horizontal distance from platform c.g. to windward leg 18.0
Spud can initial vertical load 6.6 × 104
Vertical distance from c.g. to load application point −55.0
1344
Jack-up foundation analysis
Input files
paqajclaym.inp Monotonic loading analysis for clay model.
paqajclaym3d.inp Monotonic loading analysis for clay model, three-dimensional.
Problem description
The test structure is the same as that of Monotonic loading analysis: clay model. The soil plastic properties are
different, and the spud can is conical. A conical spud can produces rather different results in this case, even in
the elastic region, and the model verifies that the elastic properties depend correctly on the plastic properties
through the embedment. The analysis consists of horizontal loading of the rig up to the value of 18000 kN.
The soil and spud can properties are as given in Case e of the initial embedment analysis. The rig dimensions
are the same as that of the monotonic loading analysis.
Input files
paqajclaymc.inp Monotonic loading analysis for clay model with conical spud can.
Problem description
The test structure is a half-model of a four-leg square rig, projected on the vertical, nondiagonal plane of symmetry.
The horizontal and vertical loads are applied at the center of gravity of the platform. The shear stiffness of the
legs is not included in the model; B23 elements are used. The spud cans are modeled as elastic-perfectly plastic
in this case, using the “member”-type plasticity model. The vertical load is ramped up from 20 to 100 in the first
step and then held constant until the end of the step. In the next step the horizontal load is ramped to 14.
The dimensions of the rig in the plane, the beam properties, and the elastic properties of the spud can are as given
in the clay push-over analysis. The plastic properties of the member are given below:
Parabolic yield function parameters:
100
Vc
100
Vt
2400
Mu
1015
Hu
1345
Jack-up foundation analysis
Input files
paqajmembm.inp Monotonic loading for perfectly plastic “member” model.
1346
Elastic-plastic joint
elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
JOINT2D JOINT3D
Problem description
A four-step single-element test is performed for two-dimensional and three-dimensional joint elements. The
tests include conical and cylindrical cross-sections, with both diagonal and fully populated elastic stiffness
material cases. The behavior of the joint elements is defined in a local coordinate system with the results output
in the same coordinate system.
Seven different spud can models are used:
1. Two-dimensional cylindrical spud can, D = 1.6, with general moduli, k1111 = 2000, k1122 = −1000, k 2222 = 3000,
k1112 = −2000, k 2212 = 0.0, k1212 = 6000.
2. Two-dimensional cylindrical spud can, D = 1.25, with spud can moduli Gνν = 840.0, Ghh = 1643.0, Grr =
2150.4, Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.3.
3. Two-dimensional conical spud can, D = 1.25, θ = 60° with spud can moduli and Poisson's ratio as in Case
b, an initial embedment of 0.5 m (less than critical embedment).
4. Two-dimensional conical spud can, D = 1.25, θ = 60° with spud can moduli and Poisson's ratio as in Case
b, an initial embedment of 2.5 m (greater than critical embedment).
5. Three-dimensional cylindrical spud can, D = 1.1, with general moduli, k1111 = 1000, k1122 = 0.0, k 2222 = 2000,
k1133 = 0.0, k 2233 = −1200, k 3333 = 3000, k1112 = 0.0, k 2212 = 0.0, k 3312 = 0.0, k1212 = 5000, k1113 = 0.0, k 2213 = 0.0,
k 3313 = 1000, k1213 = 0.0, k1313 = 6000, k1123 = 0.0, k 2223 = 1000, k 3323 = 0.0, k1223 = 0.0, k1323 = 0.0, k 2323 = 2000.
6. Three-dimensional cylindrical spud can, D = 1.5, with spud can moduli, Gνν = 700, Ghh = 1095.2, Grr = 4666.3,
torsional elastic spring stiffness k t = 5000, Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.3.
7. Three-dimensional conical spud can, D = 1.5, θ = 60°, with spud can moduli Gνν = 202.1, Ghh = 474.3, Grr =
176.83, torsional elastic spring stiffness k t = 4500, Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.3, D = 1.5, initial embedment = 0.321
(less than critical).
Four additional elements test field variable dependence of the material properties. At the specified values of the
field variables, these elements have the properties of models a, b, e, and f.
Boundary conditions and loading: In the first step both the base node and the tip node are subjected
to prescribed displacements and rotations. In the second step the previous boundary conditions are removed, and
the base node is displaced by prescribing displacements and rotations. The tip node is free to move and should
follow the base node for this case. In the third step the base node is fixed, and the tip node is subjected to
concentrated forces and moments. The fourth step is a perturbation step about the previous step, with loads
perturbed by 50% of those in the previous general step.
1347
Elastic-plastic joint elements
Input files
1348
Design sensitivity analysis
In this section:
1349
Design sensitivity analysis
for continuum elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPE3 CPE3H CPE4 CPE4H CPE4H CPE4I CPE4IH CPE4R CPE4RH CPE6 CPE6H
CPE6M CPE6MH CPE8 CPE8H CPE8R CPE8RH
CPS3 CPS4 CPS4I CPS4R CPS6 CPS6M CPS8 CPS8R
CPEG3 CPEG3H CPEG4 CPEG4H CPEG4I CPEG4IH CPEG4R CPEG4RH CPEG6 CPEG8
CPEG8H CPEG8R CPEG8RH
C3D4 C3D4H C3D6 C3D6H C3D8 C3D8H C3D8I C3D8IH C3D8R C3D8RH C3D10
C3D10H C3D10M C3D10MH C3D15 C3D15H C3D20 C3D20H C3D20R C3D15V C3D15VH
C3D27 C3D27H C3D27R C3D27RH
CAX3 CAX3H CAX4 CAX4H CAX4I CAX4IH CAX4R CAX4RH CAX6 CAX6H CAX6M
CAX6MH CAX8 CAX8H CAX8R CAX8RH
CGAX3 CGAX3H CGAX4 CGAX4H CGAX4R CGAX4RH CGAX6 CGAX6H CGAX8
CGAX8H CGAX8R CGAX8RH
Features tested
This section includes a general set of simple tests to verify the design sensitivity analysis (DSA) technique for
stress/displacement continuum elements for static steps. Geometrically linear and nonlinear tests are done for
both total and incremental DSA formulations. In addition, selected problems also test static perturbation steps
and frequency steps. A full range of design parameters is used, including those related to sizing (e.g., material
properties, thickness) and shape (i.e., nodal coordinates). The results verified are primarily displacement
sensitivities for static steps and eigenvalue sensitivities for frequency steps.
Problem description
All problems are one- or two-element models with elastic or hyperelastic material properties. The models are
fixed at one end and loaded using displacements, point loads, or distributed loads at the opposite end. At least
one material property and one nodal coordinate are used as design parameters for each test; a sizing parameter,
such as thickness, is also used as a design parameter if appropriate for the particular model.
All sensitivity results are verified by comparison to hand calculations or to overall finite difference results.
Input files
1351
Design sensitivity analysis for continuum elements
1352
Design sensitivity analysis
for structural elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B21 B21H B22 B22H B23 B23H B31 B31H B31OS B31OSH
B32 B32H B32OS B32OSH B33 B33H
M3D3 M3D4 M3D4R M3D6 M3D8 M3D8R M3D9 M3D9R
MAX1 MAX2 MGAX1 MGAX2
S4R S4R5 S4 S3R STRI3 S8R S8R5 S9R5 STRI65
SAX1 SAX2 SAXA14 SAXA24
T2D2 T2D2H T2D3 T2D3H T3D2 T3D2H T3D3 T3D3H
Features tested
This section includes a general set of simple tests to verify the design sensitivity analysis (DSA) technique for
membrane and shell elements. Geometrically linear and nonlinear tests are done for both total and incremental
DSA formulations. A full range of design parameters is used, including those related to sizing (e.g., material
properties, thickness) and shape (i.e., nodal coordinates). All problems test static steps, and some selected
problems also test frequency steps.
Problem description
All problems are two-element models with elastic or composite material properties. The models are fixed at one
end and loaded using displacements, point loads, or distributed loads at the opposite end. At least one material
property and one nodal coordinate are used as design parameters for each test; a sizing parameter, such as
thickness, is also used as a design parameter if appropriate for the particular model.
All sensitivity results are verified by comparison to hand calculations or to overall finite difference results.
Input files
1353
Design sensitivity analysis for structural elements
1354
Design sensitivity analysis
for special-purpose
elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
GK2D2 GK2D2N GKPS4 GKPS4N GKPS6 GKPS6N GKAX2 GKAX2N GKAX4
GKAX4N GKAX6 GKAX6N GKPE4 GKPE6
GK3D2 GK3D2N GK3D4L GK3D4LN GK3D8 GK3D8N GK3D6 GK3D6N
GK3D18 GK3D12M GK3D18N GK3D12MN
Features tested
This section includes a general set of simple tests to verify the design sensitivity analysis (DSA) technique for
gasket elements. Geometrically nonlinear tests are done for both total and incremental DSA formulations.
Problem description
All problems are static problems with gaskets sandwiched between continuum elements. The design parameters
chosen govern the gasket section properties.
The results are verified by comparing them with the results from the overall finite difference method.
Input files
1355
Design sensitivity analysis
for elastic materials
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPE4I CAX4 C3D8 S4R
Features tested
This section includes simple tests to verify DSA for the isotropic elasticity, hyperelasticity (Ogden and polynomial
models), and hyperfoam material options. The elastic material models are tested as geometrically linear cases
that include temperature dependence. The hyperelastic models are tested as geometrically nonlinear cases with
the material properties input as coefficients (no test data input). The material coefficients are chosen as the design
parameters. For all problems sensitivities of element and node responses are verified for static steps, and for
selected problems sensitivities of eigenvalues and eigenfrequencies are verified for frequency steps.
Problem description
The tests are performed on a square or a cylindrical block discretized with four to eight elements. The block is
held fixed at one end and loaded using prescribed displacements or point loads at the other end. Key material
coefficients used in defining the material models are the primary design parameters, while some shape parameters
are made design parameters as appropriate.
All response sensitivities are verified by comparison to overall finite difference results.
Input files
1357
Design sensitivity analysis
for contact
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8 C3D10M CPE4 CPE6M S4R
Features tested
This section includes a set of simple tests to verify DSA for contact between solid displacement elements and
rigid surfaces with small-sliding and finite-sliding surface interaction. Both analytical and discrete rigid surfaces
are used. The interaction between the rigid and deformable surfaces is assumed to be frictionless for all
small-sliding surface interactions. Isotropic Coulomb friction with a friction coefficient of 0.2 is assumed for
the finite-sliding tests. Two-dimensional and three-dimensional first-order solids with hyperelastic material
models are tested. Shape parameters that affect the slave surface and friction coefficient are chosen as the design
parameters, and the sensitivities of the contact responses CPRESS and CDISP are verified.
Problem description
The tests are performed on a square block discretized with four to eight elements. The structure is held fixed at
one end, and a rigid die is pushed onto the other end using prescribed displacements. The incremental DSA
formulation is used in all tests. Shape parameters that change the shape of the slave surface are chosen as the
primary design parameters.
The response sensitivities are verified by comparison to overall finite difference results.
Input files
1359
Design sensitivity analysis for contact
1360
Design sensitivity analysis
controls
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Features tested
This section includes various tests used to verify the behavior of the DSA controls. Output variables, unsupported
elements, and restart are also verified.
Problem description
Elements are subjected to concentrated or distributed loads. Static analyses are performed.
The response sensitivities are verified by comparison to overall finite difference results.
Input files
1361
Transferring results between Abaqus/Standard and Abaqus/Explicit
In this section:
1363
Transferring results
between Abaqus/Explicit
and Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B21 B22 B31 B32 C3D4 C3D6 C3D8R C3D8 CAX3 CAX4R
CPE3 CPE4R CPS3 CPS4R M3D3 M3D4 M3D4R
S3R S4R S4 SAX1 T2D2 T3D2
C3D10M CPE6M CPS6M CAX6M SC6R SC8R
COH2D4 COHAX4 COH3D8 COH3D6
Problem description
The verification tests in this section consist of one-element models that are subjected to tensile, pure shear, or
bending loads in Abaqus/Explicit. The analyses in Abaqus/Explicit are followed by analyses in Abaqus/Standard
in which the results are imported from the Abaqus/Explicit analysis and the loading is removed. Nearly all the
tests involve purely elastic materials. The tests are performed for all combinations of parameters to check whether
the reference configuration is reset to be the imported configuration, and the material state is to be imported
upon importing information from a previous Abaqus analysis. To verify that the results from the Abaqus/Explicit
analyses are imported correctly into Abaqus/Standard, the results of the Abaqus/Standard analyses should show
that the elements return to their original configuration before the loading in the Abaqus/Explicit analysis, except
when the material state is not imported, in which case the elements remain in the deformed configuration.
The sequence of loading in Abaqus/Explicit and unloading in Abaqus/Standard is illustrated in Figure 1
1365
Transferring results between Abaqus/Explicit and Abaqus/Standard
ABAQUS/Explicit analysis:
ABAQUS/Standard analysis:
for an S4R element loaded in tension when the reference configuration is updated to be the imported configuration,
and the current material state is imported.
The loading is applied in the Abaqus/Explicit analyses by prescribing the appropriate displacements. In the
Abaqus/Standard analyses all the boundary conditions must be redefined, and in all cases only the fixed boundary
conditions are defined. The shell and membrane elements are loaded so that the maximum displacements are 2.
The remaining elements are loaded so that the maximum displacements are 0.2.
Analyses with reduced-integration elements require hourglass control to remove singular (hourglass) modes.
However, differences in the hourglass forces computed in Abaqus/Explicit and Abaqus/Standard affect the force
equilibrium for imported problems. Using enhanced hourglass control for both the Abaqus/Explicit and
Abaqus/Standard analyses minimizes the differences in the hourglass forces upon import. Verification tests with
enhanced hourglass control for both the Abaqus/Explicit and Abaqus/Standard analyses are included to test the
performance of import problems.
The material model used for nearly all the tests is isotropic linear elasticity. One test consists of a plastic material
modeled with Mises plasticity. The material properties used are as follows:
Young's modulus = 200 × 109
Poisson's ratio = 0.3
Density = 1000.
Yield stress = 500 × 106
Hardening = 500 × 106
For the tests using cohesive elements, some use elasticity with uncoupled traction behavior, some use
hyperelasticity, some include damage, and the tests with pure shear loading also use additional transverse shear
stiffness.
1366
Transferring results between Abaqus/Explicit and Abaqus/Standard
Input files
The input file names describe the analysis procedure, element type, the load type, and the options specified upon
import.
The first two characters indicate that the results are always transferred from Abaqus/Explicit to Abaqus/Standard.
The Abaqus/Explicit analysis files follow the format xs_x_element_load.inp; the Abaqus/Standard analysis files
follow the format xs_s_element_load_update_state.inp, where element indicates the element type used in the
analysis; load indicates a key for the type of loading in the analysis, t for tension or s for pure shear (the SAX1,
T2D2, and T3D2 elements are tested only in tension); and update and state indicate the value of these parameters,
y for yes and n for no.
In addition to the tension and pure shear tests, the S4R, B21, and B31 elements are loaded in bending (indicated
by a b in the load position of the input file name), and the B31 element is also loaded in twist (indicated by a w
in the load position of the input file name). The use of the plasticity material model (indicated by appending pl
to the input file name) is tested for the S4R element loaded in tension and in bending. The use of the OFFSET
parameter on the *SHELL SECTION option (indicated by appending offset to the input file name) is tested for
the S4R element loaded in tension only.
Elements tested
AC2D3 AC2D4R AC3D4 AC3D6 AC3D8R
ACAX3 ACAX4R ACIN2D2 ACIN3D3 ACIN3D4 ACINAX2
Problem description
Compatible solid elements and acoustic elements are tied together. The solid elements are constrained on the
face that is opposite to the face tied to the acoustic elements. The acoustic elements are subjected to a pressure
loading with a sinusoidal amplitude. After import, the analysis is continued as a dynamic analysis in
Abaqus/Standard. Since acoustic elements have no material state and have only pressure degrees of freedom,
the pressure values will be imported if the reference configuration is updated to be the imported configuration.
If not, they will be set to zero.
1367
Transferring results between Abaqus/Explicit and Abaqus/Standard
Input files
xs_x_ac3d8_y_n.inp Pressure load, STATE=YES, UPDATE=NO.
xs_s_ac3d8_y_n.inp Pressure load, STATE=YES, UPDATE=NO.
xs_x_ac3d4_y_n.inp Pressure load, STATE=YES, UPDATE=NO.
xs_s_ac3d4_y_n.inp Pressure load, STATE=YES, UPDATE=NO.
xs_x_ac3d6_y_y.inp Pressure load, STATE=YES, UPDATE=YES.
xs_s_ac3d6_y_y.inp Pressure load, STATE=YES, UPDATE=YES.
xs_x_acin3d3_y_n.inp Pressure load, STATE=YES, UPDATE=NO.
xs_s_acin3d3_y_n.inp Pressure load, STATE=YES, UPDATE=NO.
xs_x_acin3d4_y_n.inp Pressure load, STATE=YES, UPDATE=NO.
xs_s_acin3d4_y_n.inp Pressure load, STATE=YES, UPDATE=NO.
xs_x_ac2d4_y_n.inp Pressure load, STATE=YES, UPDATE=NO.
xs_s_ac2d4_y_n.inp Pressure load, STATE=YES, UPDATE=NO.
xs_x_acax4_y_n.inp Pressure load, STATE=YES, UPDATE=NO.
xs_s_acax4_y_n.inp Pressure load, STATE=YES, UPDATE=NO.
xs_x_ac2d4_freq.inp Pressure load, STATE=YES, UPDATE=NO.
xs_s_ac2d4_freq_y_n.inp Frequency analysis, STATE=YES, UPDATE=NO.
Elements tested
B21 B22 B31 B32 C3D4 C3D6 C3D8 C3D8R CAX3 CAX4R
CPE3 CPE4R CPS3 CPS4R M3D3 M3D4 M3D4R
PIPE21 PIPE31 S3R S4 S4R SAX1 T2D2 T3D2
C3D10M CPE6M CPS6M CAX6M
Problem description
The verification tests in this section are similar to the ones performed in the first section. One-element models
are subjected to tensile, pure shear, or bending loads in Abaqus/Standard. The results of these analyses are then
imported into Abaqus/Explicit, and the loading is removed. Nearly all the tests involve purely elastic materials.
The tests are performed for all combinations of the import capability. To verify that the results from the
Abaqus/Standard analyses are imported correctly into Abaqus/Explicit, the results of the Abaqus/Explicit analysis
should show that the model oscillates about a mean position when importing the material state. This mean position
is the original configuration before the loading in the Abaqus/Standard analysis.
The loading is applied in the Abaqus/Standard analyses by prescribing the appropriate displacements. In the
Abaqus/Explicit analyses all the boundary conditions must be redefined, and in all cases only the fixed boundary
conditions are defined. All elements are loaded so that the maximum displacements are 0.2.
Verification tests with enhanced hourglass control for both the Abaqus/Explicit and Abaqus/Standard analyses
are included to test the performance of import problems.
The material model used is the same as the one used in the previous section.
1368
Transferring results between Abaqus/Explicit and Abaqus/Standard
is not updated. At the beginning of the Abaqus/Explicit analysis the displacements and strains start from zero
when the reference configuration is updated, whereas the stresses are set to zero if the material state is not
imported.
Input files
The input file names describe the analysis procedure, the element type, the load type, and the values of the
UPDATE and STATE parameters on the *IMPORT option.
The first two characters indicate that the results are always transferred from Abaqus/Standard to Abaqus/Explicit.
The Abaqus/Standard analysis files follow the format sx_s_element_load.inp; the Abaqus/Explicit analysis files
follow the format sx_x_element_load_update_state.inp, where element indicates the element type used in the
analysis; load indicates a key for the type of loading in the analysis, t for tension or s for pure shear (the SAX1,
T2D2, and T3D2 elements are tested only in tension); and update and state indicate the value of these parameters,
y for yes and n for no.
In addition to the tension and pure shear tests, B21, B31, and S4R elements are loaded in bending (indicated by
a b in the load position of the input file name); and B31 elements are also loaded in twist (indicated by a w in
the load position of the input file name).
Elements tested
AC2D3 AC2D4 AC3D4 AC3D6 AC3D8
ACAX3 ACAX4 ACIN2D2 ACIN3D3 ACIN3D4 ACINAX2
Problem description
Compatible solid elements and acoustic elements are tied together. The solid elements are constrained on the
face that is opposite to the face tied to the acoustic elements. The acoustic elements are subjected to a pressure
loading with a sinusoidal amplitude. After import, the analysis is continued as a dynamic analysis in
Abaqus/Standard. Since acoustic elements have no material state and have only pressure degrees of freedom,
importing the material state will have no effect, while updating the reference configuration to be the imported
configuration will import the pressure values. If the reference configuration is not updated, the pressure values
will be set to zero.
Input files
sx_s_ac3d8_y_n.inp Pressure load, STATE=YES, UPDATE=NO.
sx_x_ac3d8_y_n.inp Pressure load, STATE=YES, UPDATE=NO.
sx_s_ac3d4_y_n.inp Pressure load, STATE=YES, UPDATE=NO.
sx_x_ac3d4_y_n.inp Pressure load, STATE=YES, UPDATE=NO.
sx_s_ac3d6_y_y.inp Pressure load, STATE=YES, UPDATE=YES.
sx_x_ac3d6_y_y.inp Pressure load, STATE=YES, UPDATE=YES.
sx_s_acin3d3_y_n.inp Pressure load, STATE=YES, UPDATE=NO.
sx_x_acin3d3_y_n.inp Pressure load, STATE=YES, UPDATE=NO.
sx_s_acin3d4_y_n.inp Pressure load, STATE=YES, UPDATE=NO.
1369
Transferring results between Abaqus/Explicit and Abaqus/Standard
1370
Transferring results from
one Abaqus/Standard
analysis to another
Abaqus/Standard analysis
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D4 C3D4H C3D5 C3D5H C3D6 C3D6H C3D8 C3D8H C3D8I C3D8IH C3D10 C3D10H
C3D10HS
C3D10M C3D10MH C3D15 C3D15H C3D20 C3D20H C3D27 C3D27H
CAX3 CAX3H CAX4 CAX4H CAX4I CAX4IH CAX6 CAX6H CAX6M CAX6MH CAX8
CAX8H
CPE3 CPE3H CPE4 CPE4H CPE4I CPE4IH CPE6 CPE6H CPE6M CPE6MH CPE8 CPE8H
Problem description
The verification tests outlined in this section are carried out for each element type listed. The finite element
model consists of two elements subjected to increasing tensile loads. The first analysis consists of two static
steps. During the first step one element is subjected to half the load that is applied to the other element. During
the second step both elements are subjected to the same final loads. The results from the end of the first step of
this analysis are transferred to a second analysis where the same loads as in the second step of the first analysis
are applied to the two elements. The tests are performed for all combinations of resetting the reference
configuration to be the imported configuration option and importing the material state option of the import
feature. The results at the end of the second analysis should be identical to the results at the end of the first
analysis when the material state is imported and the reference configuration is not updated to be the imported
configuration.
Verification tests using first-order reduced-integration elements with enhanced hourglass control for both
Abaqus/Standard analyses are included to test the import of hourglass forces.
For all the tests other than the ones using cohesive elements with traction separation, the material model uses
isotropic linear elasticity, together with Mises plasticity. The material properties used are as follows:
Young's modulus = 200 × 109
Poisson's ratio = 0.3
Density = 7800.
Yield stress = 300 × 106
For the tests using cohesive elements with traction separation, the material model uses linear elasticity with
uncoupled traction, together with a damage model.
1371
Transferring results from one Abaqus/Standard analysis to another Abaqus/Standard analysis
Input files
The input file names describe the analysis procedure, the element type, and the values of the options specified
upon import.
The first two characters indicate that the results are always transferred from one Abaqus/Standard analysis to
another Abaqus/Standard analysis. The third character, which is a number, indicates the analysis stage: 1 for the
original analysis and 2 for the first import analysis.
The first Abaqus/Standard analysis files follow the format ss1_element.inp; the second Abaqus/Standard analysis
files follow the format ss2_element_update_state.inp, where element indicates the element type used in the
analysis; and update and state indicate the value of these parameters, y for yes and n for no.
Elements tested
C3D4 C3D5 C3D6 C3D8 C3D10 C3D10HS CAX3 CAX4 CAX6 CPE3 CPE4 CPE6
CPS3 CPS4 CPS6
M3D3 M3D4R S3R S4R SAX1 T2D2 T3D2 SC8R
COH2D4 COHAX4 COH3D6 COH3D8
Problem description
The verification tests outlined in this section are carried out for each element type listed. The finite element
model consists of a single element subjected to increasing loads. During the first analysis the element is subjected
to loads over two direct-integration implicit dynamic steps. The results from the end of the first step of this
analysis are transferred to a second analysis in which the element is subjected to the same load prescribed in the
second step of the first analysis. The tests are performed for all combinations of resetting the reference
configuration to be the imported configuration option and importing the material state option of the import
feature. The results at the end of the second analysis should be identical to the results at the end of the first
analysis when the material state is imported and the reference configuration is not updated.
The material model used for all the tests is isotropic linear elasticity, together with Mises plasticity. The material
properties used are as follows:
Young's modulus = 200 × 109
Poisson's ratio = 0.3
Density = 7800.
Yield stress = 300 × 106
1372
Transferring results from one Abaqus/Standard analysis to another Abaqus/Standard analysis
Input files
The input file names describe the analysis procedure, the element type, the load type, and the values of the options
specified upon import.
The first two characters indicate that the results are always transferred from one Abaqus/Standard analysis to
another Abaqus/Standard analysis.
The first Abaqus/Standard analysis files follow the format ss1_element_dd_load.inp; the second Abaqus/Standard
analysis files follow the format ss2_element_dd_load_update_state.inp, where element indicates the element
type used in the analysis; load indicates a key for the type of loading in the analysis if it is other than tension (s
for pure shear, w for twist; the load key is omitted for tension loading); and update and state indicate the value
of these parameters, y for yes and n for no.
Elements tested
C3D4 C3D5 C3D6 C3D8 C3D10 C3D10HS CAX3 CAX4 CAX6 CPE3 CPE4 CPE6
CPS3 CPS4 CPS6
M3D3 M3D4R S3R S4R SAX1 T2D2 T3D2
Problem description
The verification tests outlined in this section are carried out for each element type listed. The finite element
model consists of a single element subjected to increasing loads. During the first analysis the element is subjected
to loads over three steps. The first step is a direct-integration implicit dynamic procedure, the second is a static
springback step, and the final is a static loading step. The results from the end of the first step of this analysis
are transferred to a second analysis in which the element undergoes springback and the final static loading step.
The tests are performed using the current material state import option with and without the reference configuration
update option of import feature. The results at the end of the import analysis should be identical to the results at
the end of the first analysis when the reference configuration is not updated to be the import configuration and
the current material state is imported.
The material model used for all the tests is isotropic linear elasticity, together with Mises plasticity. The material
properties used are as follows:
Young's modulus = 200 × 109
Poisson's ratio = 0.3
Density = 7800.
Yield stress = 300 × 106
1373
Transferring results from one Abaqus/Standard analysis to another Abaqus/Standard analysis
Input files
The input file names describe the analysis procedure, the element type, the load type, and the values of the options
specified upon import.
The first two characters indicate that the results are always transferred from one Abaqus/Standard analysis to
another Abaqus/Standard analysis.
The first Abaqus/Standard analysis files follow the format ss1_element_ds_load.inp; the second Abaqus/Standard
analysis files follow the format ss2_element _ds_load_update_state.inp, where element indicates the element
type used in the analysis; load indicates a key for the type of loading in the analysis if it is other than tension (s
for pure shear, w for twist; the load key is omitted for tension loading); and update and state indicate the value
of these parameters, y for yes and n for no.
Elements tested
C3D4T C3D6T C3D8HT C3D8RT C3D8T CAX3T CAX4HT CAX4RHT CAX4RT CAX4T
CAX6MHT CAX6MT CAX8HT CAX8RHT CAX8RT CAX8T CPE3T CPE4HT CPE4RHT
CPE4RT CPE4T CPE6MHT CPE6MT CPE8HT CPE8RHT CPE8RT CPE8T CPS3T CPS4RT
CPS4T CPS6MT CPS8RT CPS8T S3RT S4RT S4T SC6RT SC8RT
Problem description
The verification tests outlined in this section are carried out for each element type listed. The finite element
model consists of a single element subjected to thermal loads. The first analysis has prescribed initial conditions
for the temperature of the element. The element is subjected to a combination of concentrated loads and
temperatures during a fully coupled thermal stress step. The results from the end of this analysis are transferred
to a second analysis that consists of two fully coupled thermal stress steps. In this analysis a new element is
defined with the same material properties and initial conditions that the imported element had at the beginning
of the first analysis. In the first step of the import analysis all the degrees of freedom of the imported element
are held fixed and the new element is subjected to the same loads as in the first analysis. During the second step
of the import analysis both elements are subjected to identical loads. The tests are performed with the material
state imported and the reference configuration both updated and not updated.
The material model used for all the tests is isotropic linear elasticity, together with Mises plasticity. The thermal
properties of the material are also taken to be isotropic.
1374
Transferring results from one Abaqus/Standard analysis to another Abaqus/Standard analysis
Input files
The input file names describe the analysis procedure, the element type, the load type, and the values of the options
specified upon import.
The first two characters indicate that the results are always transferred from one Abaqus/Standard analysis to
another Abaqus/Standard analysis.
The first Abaqus/Standard analysis files follow the format ss1_element_ctd.inp; the second Abaqus/Standard
analysis files follow the format ss2_element_ctd_update_state.inp, where element indicates the element type
used in the analysis and update and state indicate the value of these parameters, y for yes and n for no.
Elements tested
C3D8 C3D8R C3D10 C3D10HS CAX4 CPE4 CPE4R CPS4 CPS4R M3D4R S4R
Problem description
The verification tests outlined in this section are carried out for each element type listed. During the first analysis
a single element has prescribed initial conditions for temperature and a field variable. The material associated
with the element has temperature- and field-variable-dependent properties. The element develops stresses when
the temperature and the field variable values are changed over the analysis step. The results from the end of this
analysis are transferred to a second analysis. In the second analysis a new element is defined with the same
material properties and initial conditions that the imported element had at the beginning of the first analysis.
During the import analysis both elements are subjected to the same final values for the temperature and field
variable. The tests are performed with the material state imported and the reference configuration both updated
and not updated.
The material model used for all the tests is isotropic linear elasticity, together with Mises plasticity. Both properties
depend on the prescribed temperature and a field variable.
Input files
The input file names describe the analysis procedure, the element type, and the import settings.
The first two characters indicate that the results are always transferred from one Abaqus/Standard analysis to
another Abaqus/Standard analysis.
The first Abaqus/Standard analysis files follow the format ss1_element_tfv.inp; the second Abaqus/Standard
analysis files follow the format ss2_element_tfv_update_state.inp, where element indicates the element type
used in the analysis and update and state indicate the value of these parameters, y for yes and n for no.
Elements tested
C3D8R C3D10 C3D10HS CAX4R CPE4R CPS4R S4R
1375
Transferring results from one Abaqus/Standard analysis to another Abaqus/Standard analysis
Problem description
The verification tests in this section consist of two analyses for each element type listed. The first analysis consists
of two blocks of elements initially separated by a small distance. During the first step of the analysis the two
blocks are brought together to establish contact. During the second step the blocks are made to slide relative to
each other. The material associated with the element is elastic-plastic; the interface between the two blocks has
a coefficient of friction of 0.1. The results from the end of the first step of this analysis are transferred to a second
analysis in which the two blocks are made to slide relative to each other in a manner identical to that in the
second step of the first analysis. The tests are performed with the material state imported and the reference
configuration both updated and not updated.
The material model used for all the tests is isotropic linear elasticity, together with Mises plasticity.
Input files
The input file names describe the element type and the import settings.
The first two characters indicate that the results are always transferred from one Abaqus/Standard analysis to
another Abaqus/Standard analysis.
The first Abaqus/Standard analysis files follow the format ss1_element_contact.inp or
ss1_element_contact_auglagr.inp; the second Abaqus/Standard analysis files follow the format
ss2_element_contact_update_state.inp or ss2_element_contact_auglagr_update_state.inp, where element indicates
the element type used in the analysis and update and state indicate the value of these parameters, y for yes and
n for no.
Elements tested
C3D8 CAX4 CCL12
SAX1 S3R S4R
M3D3 M3D4R
SFMAX1 SFM3D3 SFM3D4R SFMCL6
Problem description
The tests outlined in this section verify the accuracy of the transfer of rebar layers and embedded elements from
one Abaqus/Standard analysis to another Abaqus/Standard analysis. The tests are performed for each of the
elements listed above.
The tests involve elements with rebar layers or embedded elements subjected to loading over two static steps in
the first analysis. The results from the end of the first step are then transferred to another Abaqus/Standard static
import analysis. In addition to the imported elements, new elements with rebar layers or embedded elements are
defined in the import analysis. These new elements are identical to the initial element definitions of the imported
elements in the original analysis. During the import analysis, the imported and the newly defined elements are
subjected to loads such that the final loads are identical to those applied at the end of the second step in the
original analysis. The import analysis is performed with the material state imported and the reference configuration
both updated and not updated, except for cylindrical elements for which the reference configuration is not updated.
1376
Transferring results from one Abaqus/Standard analysis to another Abaqus/Standard analysis
Input files
ss1_rebar_memb.inp First Abaqus/Standard analysis.
ss2_rebar_memb_n_y.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=NO and
STATE=YES.
ss2_rebar_memb_y_y.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=YES and
STATE=YES.
ss1_rebar_memb_embed.inp First Abaqus/Standard analysis.
ss2_rebar_memb_embed_n_y.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=NO and
STATE=YES.
ss2_rebar_memb_embed_y_y.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=YES and
STATE=YES.
1377
Transferring results from one Abaqus/Standard analysis to another Abaqus/Standard analysis
1378
Transferring results from
one Abaqus/Explicit
analysis to another
Abaqus/Explicit analysis
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B21 B22 B31 B32 C3D4 C3D4H C3D5 C3D6 C3D8 C3D8I C3D8R C3D10M
CAX3 CAX4R CAX6M CPE3 CPE4R CPE6M CPS3 CPS4R CPS6M
M3D3 M3D4R M3D4 S3R S3RS S4 S4R S4RS S4RSW
SAX1 SC6R SC8R T2D2 T3D2
Problem description
The verification tests outlined in this section are carried out for all element types listed. The finite element model
consists of elements subjected to increasing tensile loads. The first analysis consists of a single explicit dynamic
step. The results from the end of this step of the analysis are transferred to a second analysis, where further tensile
loading is applied. The tests are performed for all combinations of the import capability. The results at the end
of the second analysis should be identical to the results at the end of the first analysis when the material state is
imported and the reference configuration is not updated. Elements are modeled with a variety of different
constitutive models, including isotropic elasticity; anisotropic elasticity; lamina elasticity; orthotropic elasticity;
orthotropic elasticity with engineering constants; hyperelasticity with Marlow, Arruda-Boyce, and polynomial
potentials; hyperfoams; and equation of state. Hyperelastic models are used in combination with viscoelasticity
and Mullins effect considerations. Modeling of inelastic effects includes plasticity and damage with several
different initial and evolution criteria.
Input files
The input file names describe the analysis procedure, the material type modeled, and the values of the options
specified upon import.
The first two characters indicate that the results are always transferred from one Abaqus/Explicit analysis to
another Abaqus/Explicit analysis. The third character, which is a number, indicates the analysis stage: 1 for the
original analysis, and 2 for the first import analysis.
1379
Transferring results from one Abaqus/Explicit analysis to another Abaqus/Explicit analysis
The first Abaqus/Explicit analysis files follow the format xx1_material.inp; the second Abaqus/Explicit analysis
files follow the format xx2_material_update_state.inp, where material indicates the material type used in the
analysis and update and state indicate the value of these parameters: y for yes and n for no.
Elements tested
B21 B22 B31 B32 C3D4 C3D4H C3D5 C3D6 C3D8 C3D8I C3D8R C3D10M
CAX3 CAX4R CAX6M CPE3 CPE4R CPE6M CPS3 CPS4R CPS6M
M3D3 M3D4R M3D4 S3R S3RS S4 S4R S4RS S4RSW
SAX1 SC6R SC8R T2D2 T3D2
Problem description
The verification tests outlined in this section are carried out for all element types listed. The finite element model
consists of elements subjected to increasing tensile loads. The first analysis consists of a single explicit dynamic
step. The results from the end of this step of the analysis are transferred to a second analysis, where further tensile
loading is applied. The tests are performed for both material state settings of the import capability. The results
at the end of the second analysis should be identical to the results at the end of the first analysis when the material
state is imported. Elements are modeled with a variety of different constitutive models, including isotropic
elasticity, anisotropic elasticity, lamina elasticity, orthotropic elasticity, and orthotropic elasticity with engineering
constants.
1380
Transferring results from one Abaqus/Explicit analysis to another Abaqus/Explicit analysis
Input files
Elements tested
C3D4T C3D6T C3D8RT C3D8T C3D10MT
CAX3T CAX4RT CAX6MT CPE3T CPE4RT CPE6MT CPS3T CPS4RT CPS6MT
SC6RT SC8RT
Problem description
The verification tests outlined in this section are carried out for all element types listed. The finite element model
consists of elements subjected to tensile and thermal loads. The first analysis consists of a single fully coupled
thermal-stress step. The results from the end of this step of the analysis are transferred to a second analysis,
where further tensile loading is applied. The tests are performed with the material state imported and the reference
configuration updated and not updated. The results at the end of the second analysis should be identical to the
results at the end of the first analysis when the material state is imported and the referenced configuration is not
updated. Elements are modeled with a variety of different constitutive models, including isotropic elasticity,
anisotropic elasticity, lamina elasticity, orthotropic elasticity, and orthotropic elasticity with engineering constants.
The thermal properties of the material are taken to be isotropic.
Input files
1381
Transferring results from one Abaqus/Explicit analysis to another Abaqus/Explicit analysis
Elements tested
AC2D3 AC2D4R AC3D4 AC3D6 AC3D8R
ACAX3 ACAX4R
Problem description
The acoustic elements are subjected to a linearly increasing pressure loading. Since acoustic elements have no
material state, importing the material state has no effect. Acoustic elements have pressure degrees of freedom
only; thus, if the reference configuration is updated, the pressure values will be imported. If not, they will be set
to zero.
Input files
Elements tested
C3D8R C3D10M S4R
Problem description
The verification tests in this section consist of analyses involving contact with analytical rigid surfaces, surface
contact, and edge contact. The results from the end of the first step of the analyses are transferred to a second
1382
Transferring results from one Abaqus/Explicit analysis to another Abaqus/Explicit analysis
analysis. The tests are performed with the material state imported and the reference configuration updated and
not updated.
The material model used for all the tests is isotropic linear elasticity, together with Mises plasticity.
Input files
Elements tested
C3D8 CAX4
S3R S4R SAX1
M3D3 M3D4R
SFM3D3 SFM3D4R
1383
Transferring results from one Abaqus/Explicit analysis to another Abaqus/Explicit analysis
Problem description
The tests outlined in this section verify the accuracy of the transfer of rebar layers and embedded elements from
one Abaqus/Explicit analysis to another Abaqus/Explicit analysis. The tests are performed for all element types
listed.
The tests involve elements with rebar layers or embedded elements subjected to loading over two explicit dynamic
steps in the first analysis. The results from the end of the first step are then transferred to another Abaqus/Explicit
dynamic import analysis. In addition to the imported elements, new elements with rebar layers or embedded
elements are defined in the import analysis. These new elements are identical to the initial element definitions
of the imported elements in the original analysis. During the import analysis, the imported elements and the
newly defined elements are subjected to loads such that the final loads are identical to those applied at the end
of the second step in the original analysis. The import analysis is performed with the material state imported and
the reference configuration updated and not updated.
Input files
xx1_rebar_memb.inp First Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xx2_rebar_memb_n_y.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=NO, STATE=YES.
xx2_rebar_memb_y_y.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=YES, STATE=YES.
1384
Transferring results with
general beam sections
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B21 B31
Problem description
The use of a general beam section to specify section properties for beam elements is verified in the following
tests. A B21 and a B31 element are subjected to combined monotonically increasing loads. The analysis consists
of a sequential transfer from Abaqus/Standard to Abaqus/Explicit and back to Abaqus/Standard. Nonlinear
inelastic section behavior is defined by setting the nonlinear generalized cross section property and omitting the
linear and elastic parameters from the options defining axial, bending, and torsional behavior of a general beam
section.
The nonlinear inelastic axial, bending, and torsional behavior is defined by the following data lines:
0., 0.
2.E7, 0.001
2.5E7, 0.002
3.0E7, 0.003
The results of this analysis demonstrate that section properties specified with a general beam section definition
are transferred correctly between Abaqus/Explicit and Abaqus/Standard.
Input files
1385
Transferring results with
general shell sections
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
S4R
Problem description
Specifying section properties for shell elements using the general shell section definition is verified in the
following tests. An S4R element is subjected to simple shear with monotonically increasing loads. The analysis
consists of a sequential transfer between Abaqus/Explicit and Abaqus/Standard and back to Abaqus/Explicit.
The material parameter is used to define linear isotropic elastic behavior for a general shell section. The composite
parameter is used to define orthotropic elastic properties for a shell composed of different linear elastic layers.
The following linear elastic properties are used (the units are not important):
E1 = 200 × 109
ν = 0.3
Density = 7850.
E1 = 200 × 109
E2 = 100 × 109
E3 = 100 × 109
ν12 = 0.3
ν13 = 0.23
ν23 = 0.34
Verification tests of the enhanced hourglass control method are also included.
1387
Transferring results with general shell sections
Input files
The material properties are specified:
xs_x_s4r_sgm1.inp First Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xs_x_s4r_sgm1_enhg.inp First Abaqus/Explicit analysis with enhanced hourglass control.
xs_s_s4r_sgm.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis.
xs_s_s4r_sgm_enhg.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis with enhanced hourglass control.
sx_x_s4r_sgm2.inp Second Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
sx_x_s4r_sgm2_enhg.inp Second Abaqus/Explicit analysis with enhanced hourglass control.
The equivalent section properties are input directly and the section stiffness matrix is based on the linear elastic
properties given above:
xs_x_s4r_sgd1.inp First Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xs_x_s4r_sgd1_enhg.inp First Abaqus/Explicit analysis with enhanced hourglass control.
xs_s_s4r_sgd.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis.
xs_s_s4r_sgd_enhg.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis with enhanced hourglass control.
sx_x_s4r_sgd2.inp Second Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
sx_x_s4r_sgd2_enhg.inp Second Abaqus/Explicit analysis with enhanced hourglass control.
Elements tested
S4R
Problem description
Specifying section properties for shell elements using the general shell section definition is verified in the
following tests, which involve a sequential transfer from one Abaqus/Standard analysis to another. During the
first analysis the element is subjected to simple shear by monotonically increasing loads during a static procedure.
The results from the end of the first analysis are transferred to a second analysis. During the second analysis a
new element is defined and both elements are subjected to the same final loads in a static step. The material state
is imported, and the reference configuration is not updated. The material parameter is used to define linear
isotropic elastic behavior for a general shell section. The composite parameter is used to define orthotropic elastic
properties for a shell composed of different linear elastic layers.
The following linear elastic properties are used (the units are not important):
E1 = 200 × 109
ν = 0.3
1388
Transferring results with general shell sections
Density = 7850.
E1 = 200 × 109
E2 = 100 × 109
E3 = 100 × 109
ν12 = 0.3
ν13 = 0.23
ν23 = 0.34
Verification tests of the enhanced hourglass control method are also included.
Input files
The material properties are specified:
ss1_s4r_sgm.inp First Abaqus/Standard analysis.
ss1_s4r_sgm_enhg.inp First Abaqus/Standard analysis with enhanced hourglass control.
ss2_s4r_sgm.inp Second Abaqus/Standard analysis.
ss2_s4r_sgm_enhg.inp Second Abaqus/Standard analysis with enhanced hourglass control.
The equivalent section properties are input directly and the section stiffness matrix is based on the linear elastic
properties given above:
ss1_s4r_sgd.inp First Abaqus/Standard analysis.
ss1_s4r_sgd_enhg.inp First Abaqus/Standard analysis with enhanced hourglass control.
ss2_s4r_sgd.inp Second Abaqus/Standard analysis.
ss2_s4r_sgd_enhg.inp Second Abaqus/Standard analysis with enhanced hourglass control.
1389
Adding and removing
elements during results
transfer
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8R CPE4R S4R
Problem description
The verification problems outlined in this section test the addition and the removal of elements in a sequential
import analysis. The problems also test the application of initial stresses and velocities on imported elements
that can be applied only under certain conditions (see Transferring results between Abaqus/Explicit and
Abaqus/Standard).
The finite element model in these verification problems consists of two elements that are not connected to each
other, as shown in Figure 1. The elastic, elastic-plastic, hyperelastic, and hyperelastic foam material models are
used.
114 113 214 213
14 13 114 113
211
11 111 111
201
1 1 201
Figure 1: Sequence of loading when adding and removing elements in an import analysis.
Each analysis, for a given combination of an element type and material model, consists of four steps, with the
first step being an Abaqus/Explicit analysis. In this step the two elements, 1 and 11, are loaded in tension for all
material models except for the hyperelastic foam model, where the elements are loaded in compression.
The second step is an import analysis, with the results being imported into Abaqus/Standard. In this case the
results of element 1 only are imported with the reference configuration updated and the material state not imported.
Since the material state is not imported, initial stresses can be prescribed for the imported element. In addition,
a new element, 111, is defined in the import analysis and subjected to loading in tension (compression when the
hyperelastic foam material model is used).
1391
Adding and removing elements during results transfer
The third step is another import analysis, with the results now being imported into Abaqus/Explicit from the
previous Abaqus/Standard analysis. The material state is imported, and the reference configuration is updated.
The results for element 111 are imported into the Abaqus/Explicit analysis, while the results for element 1 are
not imported. Initial velocities are prescribed at the nodes of the imported element. A new element, 201, is
defined in this import analysis and subjected to a tensile load (compressive load when the hyperelastic foam
material model is used).
The results of element 201 at the end of the third step are then imported into Abaqus/Standard, with the reference
configuration updated and the material state not imported. A new element, 211, is defined in this step. When the
reference configuration is updated and the material state is not imported, the nodal definitions and the element
connectivities of the imported nodes and elements can be redefined. This feature is tested in the fourth step by
modifying the connectivity of element 201 and redefining nodes 203 and 204.
Input files
C3D8R element tests with an elastic material:
xs_x_c3d8r_ar_el.inp First Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xs_s_c3d8r_ar_el.inp First Abaqus/Standard analysis.
sx_x_c3d8r_ar_el.inp Second Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
sx_s_c3d8r_ar_el.inp Second Abaqus/Standard analysis.
1392
Adding and removing elements during results transfer
1393
Adding and removing elements during results transfer
Elements tested
C3D8 CPE4 S4R
Problem description
The verification problems outlined in this section test the addition and the removal of elements in a sequential
import analysis. The problems also test the application of initial stresses and velocities on imported elements
that can be applied only under certain conditions (see Transferring results between Abaqus/Explicit and
Abaqus/Standard).
The finite element model in these verification problems consists of two elements that are not connected to each
other, as shown in Figure 1. Hyperelastic and hyperelastic foam material models are used in the verification
problems.
Each analysis, for a given combination of an element type and material model, consists of four steps. In the first
step the two elements, 1 and 11, are loaded in tension for the hyperelastic model, while for the hyperelastic foam
model the elements are loaded in compression.
The second step is an import analysis, with the results being imported into another Abaqus/Standard static
analysis. In this case the results for element 1 only are imported with the updated reference configuration, but
the material state is not imported. Since the material state is not imported, initial stresses can be prescribed for
the imported element. In addition, a new element, 111, is defined in the import analysis and subjected to loading
in tension (compression when the hyperelastic foam material model is used).
The third step is another import analysis, with the results now being imported from the second analysis into an
Abaqus/Standard direct-integration implicit dynamic analysis. The material state is imported, and the reference
configuration is updated. The results for element 111 are imported into the current analysis, while the results for
element 1 are not imported. Initial velocities are prescribed at the nodes of the imported element. A new element,
201, is defined in this import analysis and subjected to a tensile load (a compressive load when the hyperelastic
foam material model is used) using the direct-integration implicit dynamic procedure.
The results for element 201 at the end of the third step are then imported into Abaqus/Standard, with the reference
configuration updated and the material state not imported. A new element, 211, is defined in this step. When the
reference configuration is updated and the material state is not imported, the nodal definitions and the element
connectivities for the imported nodes and elements can be redefined. This feature is tested in the fourth step by
modifying the connectivity of element 201 and redefining nodes 203 and 204.
The addition and removal of S4R elements with enhanced hourglass control is also tested.
Input files
C3D8 element tests with a hyperelastic material:
ss1_c3d8_ar_he.inp First Abaqus/Standard analysis.
ss2_c3d8_ar_he.inp Second Abaqus/Standard analysis.
ss3_c3d8_ar_he.inp Third Abaqus/Standard analysis.
ss4_c3d8_ar_he.inp Fourth Abaqus/Standard analysis.
1394
Adding and removing elements during results transfer
1395
Transferring rigid elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
R2D2 R3D3 R3D4
Problem description
The verification problems outlined in this section test the transfer of rigid elements between Abaqus/Explicit
and Abaqus/Standard. Contact definitions specified in the original analysis are not imported; they have to be
specified again in the import analysis.
These verification problems consist of a deformable block and a rigid surface, as shown in Figure 1. The analysis
consists of four steps. The first step is performed in Abaqus/Explicit. In this step the block is moved until contact
is established between the block and the rigid surface.
3 1 2
Undeformed configuration. Deformed plot after Step 1 in
3 1
ABAQUS/Explicit.
3 1
2
Deformed plot after Step 3 in Deformed plot after Step 4 in
ABAQUS/Standard. ABAQUS/Explicit.
3 1
The results at the end of the Abaqus/Explicit analysis are then imported into Abaqus/Standard with the material
state imported and the reference configuration not updated. The contact conditions are redefined since they are
not imported. In the second step contact between the block and the rigid surface is resolved. In the third step the
block is made to slide on the rigid surface. A coefficient of friction of 0.1 is defined at the contact interface.
1397
Transferring rigid elements
The results at the end of the third step of the analysis are then imported into Abaqus/Explicit with the material
state imported and the reference configuration not updated. In this step another rigid surface is defined along
the top surface of the block. In the course of the Abaqus/Explicit import analysis, the block is compressed between
the two rigid surfaces. The sequence of loading is shown in Figure 1.
Input files
R2D2 element tests:
xs_x_r2d2.inp First Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xs_s_r2d2.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis.
sx_x_r2d2.inp Second Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
R3D3 element tests:
xs_x_r3d3.inp First Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xs_x_r3d3_gcont.inp First Abaqus/Explicit analysis using the general contact capability.
xs_s_r3d3.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis.
sx_x_r3d3.inp Second Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
sx_x_r3d3_gcont.inp Second Abaqus/Explicit analysis using the general contact capability.
Elements tested
R2D2 R3D3 R3D4
Problem description
The verification problems outlined in this section test the transfer of rigid elements and contact definitions from
one Abaqus/Standard analysis to another. The contact definitions and the contact state from the first analysis are
transferred to the import analysis. Therefore, the contact definitions do not need to be redefined in the import
analysis.
The finite element model consists of a block of deformable material initially located a small distance above a
rigid surface. The rigid surface is defined using one of the rigid element types listed. The first step of the first
analysis is a static step, in which the deformable block is moved down toward the rigid surface so that contact
is established. During the second step of this analysis the block is moved parallel to the rigid surface. The
coefficient of friction between the contacting surfaces is 0.1.
1398
Transferring rigid elements
The results from the end of the first step of this analysis are then imported into another Abaqus/Standard static
analysis with the material state imported and the reference configuration not updated. During this import analysis
the block is moved parallel to the rigid surface in exactly the same manner as in the second step of the first
analysis. The results at the end of this import analysis should be identical to the results at the end of the first
analysis.
The results for only the deformable block are then transferred from the end of the second analysis into a third
Abaqus/Standard analysis by specifying only the element set that contains the deformable block on the data line
of the import option. The material state is imported, and the reference configuration is updated. A new rigid
surface is then defined along the top surface of the deformable block; new contact definitions for the interaction
between the rigid surface and the top surface of the block are also specified. The bottom of the block is held
fixed and the block is compressed by moving the newly defined rigid surface downward.
Input files
R2D2 element tests:
ss1_r2d2.inp First Abaqus/Standard analysis.
ss2_r2d2.inp Second Abaqus/Standard analysis.
ss3_r2d2.inp Third Abaqus/Standard analysis.
1399
Transferring mass and
rotary inertia elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
MASS ROTARYI
Problem description
The verification problems outlined in this section test the transfer of mass and rotary inertia elements between
Abaqus/Standard and Abaqus/Explicit.
The models consist of two elastic trusses or beams that have identical properties except for material density. In
the truss model mass elements are applied to the nodes of the truss with smaller density to make the total nodal
mass the same as that of the truss with larger density. Similarly, in the beam model both mass and rotary inertia
elements are applied to the nodes of the beam with smaller density to make the total nodal mass and rotary inertia
about the beam axis the same for both beams.
The analysis consists of two steps. In the first step gravity loading is applied in a static Abaqus/Standard analysis
or in an Abaqus/Explicit analysis. The results at the end of the first step are imported to either a dynamic
Abaqus/Standard analysis or an Abaqus/Explicit analysis in which a pull or twist is applied at one end of the
trusses or beams. The import analyses are performed with the states reinstated at the original configuration and
with no states reinstated. Mass and rotary inertia elements do not have an associated elemental state, so only the
states of the trusses or beams are imported in the original configuration.
Input files
MASS element tests:
s_t2d2_mass.inp First Abaqus/Standard analysis.
sx_x_t2d2_mass_n_y.inp Second Abaqus/Explicit analysis, UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
sx_x_t2d2_mass_y_n.inp Second Abaqus/Explicit analysis, UPDATE=YES and STATE=NO.
s_b31_mass_rotaryi.inp First Abaqus/Standard analysis.
sx_x_b31_mass_n_y.inp Second Abaqus/Explicit analysis, UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
sx_x_b31_mass_y_n.inp Second Abaqus/Explicit analysis, UPDATE=YES and STATE=NO.
x_t2d2_mass.inp First Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xs_s_t2d2_mass_n_y.inp Second Abaqus/Standard analysis, UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
xs_s_t2d2_mass_y_n.inp Second Abaqus/Standard analysis, UPDATE=YES and STATE=NO.
1401
Transferring mass and rotary inertia elements
Elements tested
MASS
Problem description
The models consist of two elastic trusses that have identical properties except for material density. Mass elements
are applied to the nodes of the truss with smaller density to make the total nodal mass the same as that of the
truss with larger density.
The analysis consists of two steps. In the first step gravity loading is applied in a static analysis. The results at
the end of the first static analysis are imported to a second dynamic analysis in which a pull is applied at one
end of the trusses. The import analyses are performed with the states reinstated at the original configuration and
with no states reinstated. Mass elements do not have an associated element state, so only the states of the trusses
are imported in the original configuration.
Input files
MASS element tests:
s_t2d2_mass.inp First Abaqus/Standard analysis.
ss_2_t2d2_mass_n_y.inp Second Abaqus/Standard analysis, UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
ss_2_t2d2_mass_y_n.inp Second Abaqus/Standard analysis, UPDATE=YES and STATE=NO.
Elements tested
MASS ROTARYI
Problem description
The models consist of two elastic trusses or beams that have identical properties except for material density. In
the truss model mass elements are applied to the nodes of the truss with smaller density to make the total nodal
mass the same as that of the truss with larger density. Similarly, in the beam model both mass and rotary inertia
elements are applied to the nodes of the beam with smaller density to make the total nodal mass and rotary inertia
about the beam axis the same for both beams.
The analysis consists of two steps. In the first step gravity loading is applied. The results at the end of the first
analysis are imported to a second analysis in which a pull or twist is applied at one end of the trusses or beams.
The import analyses are performed with the states reinstated at the original configuration and with no states
1402
Transferring mass and rotary inertia elements
reinstated. Mass and rotary inertia elements do not have an associated elemental state, so only the states of the
trusses or beams are imported in the original configuration.
Input files
MASS element tests:
x_t2d2_mass.inp First Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xx_2_t2d2_mass_n_y.inp Second Abaqus/Explicit analysis, UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
xx_2_t2d2_mass_y_n.inp Second Abaqus/Explicit analysis, UPDATE=YES and STATE=NO.
x_b31_mass_rotaryi.inp First Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xx_2_b31_mass_n_y.inp Second Abaqus/Explicit analysis, UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
xx_2_b31_mass_y_n.inp Second Abaqus/Explicit analysis, UPDATE=YES and STATE=NO.
1403
Transferring connector
elements into
Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
The verification of the import functionality of the connector elements is based on the analyses covered in Connector
element verification. Typically, the Abaqus/Standard analyses covered in that section are imported and continued using
Abaqus/Explicit. The results from Abaqus/Explicit at the point of import are compared with those from Abaqus/Standard.
The analyses are continued by importing from the Abaqus/Explicit analyses to new Abaqus/Explicit analyses, and the
results at the point of import are compared.
The connector elements can be imported from Abaqus/Standard or Abaqus/Explicit to Abaqus/Explicit. The import
of connector elements to Abaqus/Standard is not available.
Elements tested
CONN2D2 CONN3D2
Problem description
See Damped free vibration with initial conditions for the problem description. The connector elements are
imported, and any mass and rotary inertia elements in the model are redefined. Various types of connector
sections are tested. The connector behavior includes elasticity and damping.
Input files
1405
Transferring connector elements into Abaqus/Explicit
Elements tested
CONN2D2 CONN3D2
Problem description
See Sinusoidal excitation of a damped spring-mass system for the problem description. The connector elements
are imported, and any mass and rotary inertia elements in the model are redefined. Various types of connector
sections are tested. The connector behavior includes elasticity, damping, and friction.
Input files
Abaqus/Explicit input files importing from the above Abaqus/Explicit analyses with UPDATE=NO
and STATE=YES settings
xx2_conn_force_2d_n_y.inp Connection in two dimensions.
xx2p_conn_force_2d_n_y.inp Connection in two dimensions defined as assembly of part
instances.
xx2_conn_force_2d_fric_n_y.inp Connection in two dimensions with friction.
xx2_conn_force_3d_n_y.inp Connection in three dimensions.
1406
Transferring connector elements into Abaqus/Explicit
Elements tested
CONN3D2
Problem description
See Tests for special-purpose connectors for the problem descriptions covering the SLIPRING-type connectors
with and without friction and the RETRACTOR-type connectors. The connector elements are imported, and any
mass and rotary inertia elements in the model are redefined. The connector behavior includes elasticity, plasticity,
and friction.
Input files
1407
Transferring hourglass
forces
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8R CPE4R CPS4R C3D10M CPE6M CPS6M
Problem description
The problem outlined in this section consists of a cantilever beam, as shown in Figure 1. This problem performs
two tests. It tests the use of the direct-integration implicit dynamic procedure in the first step of Abaqus/Standard
and the transfer of hourglass forces between Abaqus/Standard and Abaqus/Explicit. The following material
definition is used for this model:
Young's modulus = 200 × 109
Poisson's ratio = 0.3
Density = 1000.
31 32 33 34
21 22 23 24
11 12 13 14
1 2 3 4
1409
Transferring hourglass forces
Verification tests of the enhanced hourglass control method are also included.
Step 2 of the analysis is also performed in Abaqus/Standard by continuing the analysis from the end of the first
step. This allows for the comparison of the results between Abaqus/Explicit and Abaqus/Standard.
Figure 2 shows the time history of the stress component, σ11, at the integration point of element 1 (CPE4R
elements are used in this test). It can be seen that the stress state in Step 2 obtained from the Abaqus/Explicit
analysis is nearly the same as that obtained from the Abaqus/Standard analysis. In all cases results similar to the
ones shown in Figure 2 are obtained.
0.
[ x10 9 ]
-2.
STRESS - S11
-4.
-6.
ABAQUS/Standard
-8. ABAQUS/Explicit
ABAQUS/Standard
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5
TOTAL TIME -3
[ x10 ]
Figure 2: Time history of the stress component, σ11.
Input files
1410
Transferring hourglass forces
1411
Changing the material
definition during import
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPE4R
Problem description
The problem considered here demonstrates the ability to change the material definition and continue the analysis
after import. An elastic-plastic material with Mises yield criterion is used in the Abaqus/Standard analysis. The
analysis is continued in Abaqus/Explicit by introducing a ductile failure model using the shear failure model.
The square cross-section of a prismatic bar under transverse biaxial tensile loading is modeled using CPE4R
elements. Due to symmetry of the geometry and the loading, only one-quarter of the domain is modeled, as
shown in Figure 1.
σ0
σ0
In the Abaqus/Standard analysis the object is loaded so that part of the domain begins to yield. The loading is
continued in the Abaqus/Explicit analysis so that the plastic strains reach into the failure regime. The results of
the Abaqus/Explicit analysis are imported back into Abaqus/Standard to verify that the failed elements are not
imported. The material properties used in Abaqus/Standard are as follows:
Young's modulus = 207.8 × 109
Poisson's ratio = 0.3
Density = 7800.
Yield stress = 1220. × 106
pl
Flow stress = 1440. × 106 when ϵ = 1.0
1413
Changing the material definition during import
In Abaqus/Explicit ductile failure is specified so that the failure starts when the equivalent plastic strain reaches
0.8 and the complete failure is reached when the equivalent plastic strain reaches a value of unity. The load is
specified in Abaqus/Standard so that the maximum traction, σ0, is 2.5 times the initial yield stress; and in
Abaqus/Explicit it is increased to a value of 4 times the initial yield stress. The material state is imported, and
the reference configuration is not updated.
This problem demonstrates the flexibility in changing the material definition judiciously and continuing the
analysis after import. The stresses, strains, and energy quantities such as recoverable elastic strain energy are
found to be continuous across the Abaqus/Standard and Abaqus/Explicit analyses. Failed elements are not
imported from Abaqus/Explicit to Abaqus/Standard.
Input files
1414
Transferring results with
plasticity
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B21 B22 B31 B32 C3D4 C3D6 C3D8R CAX3 CAX4R
CPE3 CPE4R CPS3 CPS4R M3D3 M3D4R SAX1 S3R S4R S4 T2D2 T3D2
C3D10M CAX6M CPE6M CPS6M
Problem description
The verification tests in this section consist of one-element models that are subjected to monotonically increasing
tensile loads in a sequential import analysis. The sequence of tests involves transferring results from
Abaqus/Explicit to Abaqus/Standard and then back to Abaqus/Explicit. An elastic-plastic material with Mises
yield criterion is used in the analyses. Two sets of problems are tested: one with isotropic hardening and the
other with combined isotropic/kinematic hardening.
The following material properties are used (the units are not important):
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E = 200.0 × 103
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.3
1415
Transferring results with plasticity
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E = 30.0 × 106
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.3
Other properties
Density, μ = 1000.0
Specific heat, c = 0.4
Inelastic heat fraction, 0.5
Verification tests are also included for some first-order reduced-integration elements with enhanced hourglass
control.
1416
Transferring results with plasticity
The results demonstrate that the plasticity material model is transferred successfully between Abaqus/Explicit
and Abaqus/Standard.
Input files
Combined hardening not available for B31 elements in Abaqus/Standard.B32 element tests:Isotropic hardening:
xs_x_b32_t_pl.inp First Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xs_s_b32_t_pl.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis.
sx_x_b32_t_pl.inp Second Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
Combined hardening not available for B32 elements in Abaqus/Standard.C3D4 element tests:Isotropic
hardening:Combined hardening:Combined hardening (multiple backstresses):
xs_x_c3d4_pl.inp First Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xs_s_c3d4_pl.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis.
sx_x_c3d4_pl.inp Second Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xs_x_c3d4_plch.inp First Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xs_s_c3d4_plch.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis.
1417
Transferring results with plasticity
1418
Transferring results with plasticity
1419
Transferring results with plasticity
1420
Transferring results with plasticity
1421
Transferring results with plasticity
1422
Transferring results with plasticity
1423
Transferring results with
damage
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8R CPS4R S4R
Problem description
The verification tests in this section consist of one-element models that are subjected to monotonically increasing
tensile loads in sequential import analyses. Two sequences of tests are performed. The first sequence involves
transferring results from Abaqus/Explicit to Abaqus/Standard and then again to Abaqus/Standard; the second
involves transferring results from Abaqus/Standard to Abaqus/Explicit only. In the analyses an elastic-plastic
material with Mises yield criterion is used in conjunction with ductile, shear, FLD, FLSD, and MSFLD damage
initiation criteria and displacement or energy-based damage evolution laws.
The following material properties are used (the units are not important):
Material 1:
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E = 2.0 × 1011
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.33
Density
ρ = 2000.0
1425
Transferring results with damage
Material 2:
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E = 2.0 × 1011
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.33
Density
ρ = 2000.0
Material 3:
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E = 2.0 × 1011
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.33
Density
ρ = 2000.0
1426
Transferring results with damage
Material 4:
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E = 2.0 × 1011
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.33
Density
ρ = 2000.0
Material 5:
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E = 2.0 × 1011
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.33
Density
ρ = 2000.0
1427
Transferring results with damage
Material 6:
Damage evolution properties for the evolution law based on equivalent plastic
displacement with linear softening
Effective plasticdisplacement at failure
1.0
All other material parameters are identical to those specified for Material 1.
Material 7:
Damage evolution properties for the evolution law based on equivalent plastic
displacement with tabular softening
Damage variable Effective plasticdisplacement at failure
0.0 0.0
1.0 1.0
All other material parameters are identical to those specified for Material 1.
Material 8:
Damage evolution properties for the evolution law based on equivalent plastic
displacement with exponential softening
Effective plasticdisplacement at failure Exponential lawparameter
0.25 1.0
All other material parameters are identical to those specified for Material 1.
Material 9:
1428
Transferring results with damage
Damage evolution properties for the evolution law based on energy dissipation
with linear softening
Fracture energy
4.0 × 108
All other material parameters are identical to those specified for Material 1.
Material 10:
Damage evolution properties for the evolution law based on energy dissipation
with exponential softening
Fracture energy
1.0 × 108
All other material parameters are identical to those specified for Material 1.
The results demonstrate that the plasticity material model with a damage initiation criterion and a damage
evolution law is transferred successfully between Abaqus/Explicit and Abaqus/Standard.
Input files
1429
Transferring results with damage
Damage evolution based on equivalent plastic displacement with linear softening (Material 6):
xs_x_ductile_displin.inp First Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xs_s_ductile_displin.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis.
Damage evolution based on equivalent plastic displacement with tabular softening (Material 7):
xs_x_ductile_disptab.inp First Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xs_s_ductile_disptab.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis.
Damage evolution based on equivalent plastic displacement with exponential softening (Material 8):
sx_s_ductile_dispexp.inp First Abaqus/Standard analysis.
sx_x_ductile_dispexp.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xs_s_ductile_dispexp.inp Second Abaqus/Standard analysis.
Damage evolution based on energy dissipated during the damage process with linear softening (Material 9):
sx_s_ductile_enerlin.inp First Abaqus/Standard analysis.
sx_x_ductile_enerlin.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xs_s_ductile_enerlin.inp Second Abaqus/Standard analysis.
Damage evolution based on energy dissipated during the damage process with exponential softening (Material
10):
xs_x_ductile_enerexp.inp First Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xs_s_ductile_enerexp.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis.
1430
Transferring results with
hyperelasticity
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPS4R CPS3 CPE4R CPE3 CAX4R CAX3 C3D8R C3D4 C3D6
CPS6M CPE6M CAX6M C3D10M
M3D4R M3D3 S3R S4R SAX1
Problem description
The verification tests in this section consist of one-element models that are subjected to monotonically increasing
tensile loads in a sequential import analysis. A slightly compressible hyperelastic material is used in the analyses.
The sequence of tests involves transferring results from Abaqus/Standard to Abaqus/Explicit and then back into
Abaqus/Standard.
Verification tests are also included for some first-order reduced-integration elements with enhanced hourglass
control.
Four types of hyperelastic strain energy potentials are considered: the polynomial, Ogden, Arruda-Boyce, and
van der Waals forms. For the tests using the polynomial strain energy potential, N = 1 and the material properties
are
C10 = 80
C01 = 20
D1 = 0.001
μ1 = 160
α1 = 2
μ2 = 40
α2 = −2
D1 = 0.001
D2 = 0.00025
For the Arruda-Boyce strain energy potential, the material properties are
μ = 200
λm = 5
D = 0.001
For the van der Waals strain energy potential, the material properties are
1431
Transferring results with hyperelasticity
μ = 200
λm = 10
a = 0.1
β = 0.0
D = 0.001
The results demonstrate that the hyperelasticity material model is transferred successfully between Abaqus/Explicit
and Abaqus/Standard.
Input files
1432
Transferring results with hyperelasticity
1433
Transferring results with hyperelasticity
1434
Transferring results with
viscoelasticity
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8R CPE4R CPS4R CAX4R S4R M3D4R SAX1 B31 T3D2
Problem description
The verification tests in this section consist of one-element relaxation tests with viscoelastic materials and involve
transferring results between Abaqus/Standard and Abaqus/Explicit, from one Abaqus/Standard analysis to another
Abaqus/Standard analysis, or from one Abaqus/Explicit analysis to another Abaqus/Explicit analysis. Both small-
and finite-strain time domain viscoelasticity with all possible stress states are tested. For finite-strain viscoelasticity
the polynomial, Ogden, Marlow, Van der Waals, and Arruda-Boyce forms of strain energy potentials as well as
hyperfoams are considered. The elements are loaded in tension or shear followed by relaxation at constant strain.
The tests are performed for different combinations of the import capability. The results are transferred at the end
of the first step of the original analysis, and relaxation is allowed to continue in the import analysis.
The results demonstrate that the viscoelastic material model is transferred successfully between Abaqus analyses.
The relaxation behavior of the material after import is consistent with the original analysis, where relaxation is
allowed to continue in a second step for the same amount of time as the import analysis.
Input files
1435
Transferring results with viscoelasticity
1436
Transferring results with viscoelasticity
1437
Transferring results for a
hyperelastic sheet with a
circular hole
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPS4R
Problem description
This test considers the uniform large stretching of a thin, initially square sheet containing a centrally located
circular hole. The sheet is subjected to monotonically increasing loads as the analysis is carried out, first with
Abaqus/Standard, then with Abaqus/Explicit, and finally with Abaqus/Standard again. The test is an additional
demonstration of the use of the import capability when hyperelastic materials are used in the analysis.
The undeformed sheet is 2 mm (0.079 in) thick and 165 mm (6.5 in) on each side. It has a centrally located
internal hole of radius 6.35 mm (0.25 in). CPS4R elements are used in the finite element model of the sheet.
Plane stress conditions are assumed. The sheet is stretched in the x-direction while it is constrained from stretching
in the y-direction. Symmetry conditions allow only a quarter of the sheet to be modeled.
A polynomial hyperelasticity model is used to describe the material behavior. The model is assumed to be slightly
compressible since Abaqus/Explicit does not allow incompressible material behavior. Thus, the constants Di are
set to small values. The material parameters used in the analysis are:
C10 = 27.02
C01 = 1.42
C20 = −0.27
C11 = 0.0
C02 = 0.0
C30 = 0.00654
C21 = 0.0
C12 = 0.0
C03 = 0.0
D1 = 0.001
D2 = 0.001
D3 = 0.001
The testing of the results transfer capability consists of three separate analyses. A static analysis is conducted in
Abaqus/Standard, wherein the sheet is stretched to a width of 520.7 mm (20.5 in). Subsequent quasi-static
stretching of the sheet by an additional amount of 55.6 mm (46.5 in) is analyzed in Abaqus/Explicit. The final
1439
Transferring results for a hyperelastic sheet with a circular hole
phase of stretching to a total value of 1181 mm (46.5 in) is analyzed in an another static procedure in
Abaqus/Standard.
The final results of the analysis using the results transfer capability agree well with the results of an analysis
conducted entirely within Abaqus/Standard.
Input files
1440
Transferring results with
hyperfoam
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPS4R CPS3 CPE4R CPE3 CAX4R CAX3 C3D8R C3D4 C3D6
M3D4R M3D3 S3R S4R SAX1
C3D10M CPE6M CPS6M CAX6M
Problem description
The verification tests in this section consist of one-element models that are subjected to monotonically increasing
compressive loads in a sequential import analysis. The sequence of tests involves transferring results from
Abaqus/Standard to Abaqus/Explicit and then back into Abaqus/Standard.
Verification tests are also included for some first-order reduced-integration elements with enhanced hourglass
control.
The material properties are the same as those used in Fitting of elastomeric foam test data.
The results demonstrate that the hyperfoam material model is transferred successfully between Abaqus/Explicit
and Abaqus/Standard.
Input files
1441
Transferring results with hyperfoam
1442
Transferring results with hyperfoam
1443
Transferring results with
orientation
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8R CPE4R CPS4R C3D10M CPE6M CPS6M M3D4R S4R S4
Problem description
The verification tests in this section consist of testing the transfer of the orientation definitions between
Abaqus/Standard and Abaqus/Explicit and vice versa. The tests involve single elements in simple shear subjected
to monotonically increasing loads.
Verification tests are also included for some first-order reduced-integration elements with enhanced hourglass
control.
The material model used for all the tests is orthotropic elasticity defined by specifying the generalized Young's
moduli, the Poisson's ratios, and the shear moduli in the principal directions. The following material properties
are used (the units are not important):
E1 = 200 × 109
E2 = 100 × 109
E3 = 100 × 109
ν12 = 0.3
ν13 = 0.23
ν23 = 0.34
Since nonisotropic material behavior is defined, a local coordinate system is necessary for the anisotropic behavior
to be associated with the material directions. Nondefault orientations are specified in the original analysis so
that the local material directions are inclined at 45° to the element local directions. A large-displacement analysis
is used, which results in the nondefault local coordinate system rotating with the average rigid body motion at
the material point. The orientation definitions are transferred to the import analysis by default.
The resulting stresses, strains, section forces, and section strains, wherever applicable, are all reported in the
local coordinate system by default.
A verification test is also carried out for a composite shell with three layers. An S4R element is used. A section
orientation of 45° is defined with respect to the local directions. Additional orientations of 15°, 30°, and 45°
1445
Transferring results with orientation
with respect to the newly defined section orientation are defined for material calculations for individual layers.
The material model used for the tests is orthotropic elasticity, which is defined above.
Input files
1446
Transferring results with orientation
1447
Transferring results with orientation
S4 element tests:
xs_x_s4_or.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xs_s_s4_or_n_y.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
xs_s_s4_or_y_y.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=YES.
Elements tested
C3D8 C3D8R CPE4 CPE4R CPS4 CPS4R C3D10M CPE6M CPS6M M3D4R S4R
Problem description
The verification tests in this section test the transfer of the orientation definitions from one Abaqus/Standard
analysis to another. The tests involve single elements in simple shear subjected to monotonically increasing
loads. The first analysis consists of two steps in which the element is subjected to simple shear loads. The second
analysis imports the results from the end of the first step of the first analysis and subjects the element to the same
loading as in the second step of the first analysis. The transfer of orientation is verified using the current material
state import option with and without the reference configuration update option of the import feature in the second
analysis.
The material model used for all the tests is the same as the one used in the previous section.
Since nonisotropic material behavior is defined, the local coordinate system is necessary for the anisotropic
behavior to be associated with the material directions. Nondefault orientations are specified in the original
1448
Transferring results with orientation
analysis so that the local material directions are inclined at 45° to the element local directions. A large-displacement
analysis is used, which results in the nondefault local coordinate system rotating with the average rigid body
motion at the material point. The orientation definitions are transferred to the import analysis by default.
The resulting stresses, strains, section forces, and section strains, wherever applicable, are all reported in the
local coordinate system by default.
A verification test is also carried out for a composite shell with three layers. An S4R element is used. A section
orientation of 45° is defined with respect to the local directions. Additional orientations of 15°, 30°, and 45°
with respect to the newly defined section orientation are defined for material calculations for individual layers.
The material model used for the tests is orthotropic elasticity, as defined in the previous section.
Verification tests are also included for some first-order reduced-integration elements with enhanced hourglass
control.
Input files
C3D8 element tests:
ss1_c3d8_or.inp First Abaqus/Standard analysis.
ss2_c3d8_or_n_y.inp Abaqus/Standard*IMPORT analysis, UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
ss2_c3d8_or_y_y.inp Abaqus/Standard*IMPORT analysis, UPDATE=YES and STATE=YES.
1449
Transferring results with orientation
1450
Transferring results with orientation
1451
Miscellaneous results
transfer tests
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
This section gives a brief description of tests that are conducted to verify the use of different options in Abaqus/Standard
and Abaqus/Explicit.
Model change
Elements tested
CPE4R
Problem description
This test verifies that elements that are rendered inactive in Abaqus/Standard are not imported into Abaqus/Explicit.
The finite element model consists of three CPE4R elements. The analysis in Abaqus/Standard consists of four
steps. In the first step the model is subjected to a tensile load, in Step 2 two of the elements are rendered inactive,
in Step 3 one of these elements is reactivated, and finally in Step 4 the two active elements are subjected to an
increased tensile load. The results from the end of Step 3 of the Abaqus/Standard analysis are imported into
Abaqus/Explicit. Only the two active elements are imported; these two elements are then subjected to the same
tensile loads as in Step 4 of the Abaqus/Standard analysis. This test is conducted with CPE4R elements. The
material definition and loading are not important.
Input files
sx_s_cpe4r_mc.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis.
sx_x_cpe4r_mc.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
Elements tested
CPE4R C3D8R M3D4R S4R
Problem description
The following set of tests involves importing the results from Abaqus/Explicit and then conducting a frequency
analysis in Abaqus/Standard. The model consists of a single element subjected to tensile load. Linear isotropic
elasticity is used to describe the material behavior.
Verification tests of the enhanced hourglass control method are also included.
1453
Miscellaneous results transfer tests
Input files
CPE4R element tests:
xs_x_cpe4r_t.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xs_s_cpe4r_fr_y_y.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis.
Elements tested
CPE4R
Problem description
These tests involve examples considering geometric nonlinearities. If geometric nonlinearities are considered
in the original analysis, they will be considered by default in the subsequent import analysis as well, and the
setting for geometric nonlinearities in the second analysis cannot be changed. If the geometric nonlinearities are
not considered in the original analysis, they will also be neglected in the first step of the import analysis, and
the reference configuration will not be updated. In this case, the settings can be changed if required.
The test consists of a single element subjected to monotonically increasing tensile loads. The small-displacement
formulation is used in the Abaqus/Explicit analysis. The results are then imported into Abaqus/Standard. Two
tests are carried out in Abaqus/Standard, one with the large-displacement formulation and one with the
small-displacement formulation. Linear isotropic elastic properties for the material are assumed.
A similar test is conducted when the transfer is from Abaqus/Standard into Abaqus/Explicit.
Verification tests of the enhanced hourglass control method are also included.
1454
Miscellaneous results transfer tests
Input files
Elements tested
CPE4R
Problem description
The following tests verify the application of initial stresses and equivalent plastic strains in an import analysis.
Initial stresses and equivalent plastic strains can be specified in an import analysis only when the material state
is not imported.
A sequential analysis consisting of transfer from Abaqus/Explicit to Abaqus/Standard and then back to
Abaqus/Explicit is conducted. The model consists of a single CPE4R element subjected to tensile loads. The
material state is not imported, and the material behavior is described by linear isotropic elasticity with Mises
plasticity. In the Abaqus/Standard analysis both initial equivalent plastic strains and initial stresses are prescribed,
while in the second Abaqus/Explicit analysis only the stresses are prescribed.
The following material properties are used (the units are not important):
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E=200.0 × 109
Poisson's ratio, ν=0.3
Plasticity (Hardening)
Yield stress Plastic strain
200.0E7 0.0000
220.0E7 0.001
240.0E7 0.01
1455
Miscellaneous results transfer tests
Input files
xs_x_cpe4r_t.inp First Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xs_s_cpe4r_in_s.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis.
sx_x_cpe4r_in_s.inp Second Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
Elements tested
S4R
Problem description
The application of initial velocities in terms of an angular velocity in an import analysis is tested. The transfer
of results is from Abaqus/Standard into Abaqus/Explicit. The analysis in Abaqus/Standard involves subjecting
a single S4R element to a centrifugal force. A static procedure is used in Abaqus/Standard for this purpose. The
velocities are zero since the Abaqus/Standard analysis is a static analysis. Initial angular velocities are prescribed
on the nodes of the imported element in Abaqus/Explicit to allow the spinning of the element about a particular
axis. Linear isotropic elasticity is used to describe the material behavior.
Input files
sx_s_s4r_rv.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis.
sx_x_s4r_rv.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
Use of MPCs
Elements tested
CPS4R C3D8R S4R
Problem description
These tests verify the use of multi-point constraints in a sequential import analysis. The models are subjected to
monotonically increasing tensile loads. The sequence of tests involves transferring results from Abaqus/Explicit
to Abaqus/Standard and then back into Abaqus/Explicit. All tests use CPS4R elements except for the test that
uses SLIDER and SS LINEARMPCs. This test uses C3D8R and S4R elements. The material model is not
important.
1456
Miscellaneous results transfer tests
Input files
LINEARMPC tests:
xs_x_cps4r_mpclin.inp First Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xs_s_cps4r_mpclin.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis.
sx_x_cps4r_mpclin.inp Second Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
LINKMPC tests:
xs_x_cps4r_mpclink.inp First Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xs_s_cps4r_mpclink.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis.
sx_x_cps4r_mpclink.inp Second Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
BEAMMPC tests:
xs_x_cps4r_mpcbeam.inp First Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xs_s_cps4r_mpcbeam.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis.
sx_x_cps4r_mpcbeam.inp Second Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
PINMPC tests:
xs_x_cps4r_mpcpin.inp First Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xs_s_cps4r_mpcpin.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis.
sx_x_cps4r_mpcpin.inp Second Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
TIEMPC tests:
xs_x_cps4r_mpctie.inp First Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xs_s_cps4r_mpctie.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis.
sx_x_cps4r_mpctie.inp Second Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
Pre-tension section
Elements tested
CPE4R
Problem description
These tests verify that results are imported correctly when a pre-tension section is used in an Abaqus/Standard
analysis. Pre-tension loading is applied to the model in Abaqus/Standard; the model is then subjected to tensile
loading. The results are imported into Abaqus/Explicit, where additional tension is applied. This result is imported
back into Abaqus/Standard, where additional tension is imposed.
1457
Miscellaneous results transfer tests
Input files
sx_s_cpe4r_pretens.inp First Abaqus/Standard analysis.
sx_x_cpe4r_pretens.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xs_s_cpe4r_pretens.inp Second Abaqus/Standard analysis.
Elements tested
CPE4R M3D4R
Problem description
These tests verify the application of a nodal coordinate system in a sequential import analysis. The nodal coordinate
system is redefined in each input file. Two different transformation types are considered: rectangular and
cylindrical.
The model using the rectangular transformation is subjected to monotonically increasing tensile loads; the model
using the cylindrical transformation is subjected to monotonically increasing torsional loads. The sequence of
tests involves transferring results from Abaqus/Standard to Abaqus/Explicit and then back to Abaqus/Standard.
The material model is not important.
Input files
CPE4R element tests:
sx_s_cpe4r_rtrans.inp First Abaqus/Standard analysis.
sx_x_cpe4r_rtrans.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xs_s_cpe4r_rtrans.inp Second Abaqus/Standard analysis.
Steady-state rolling
Elements tested
C3D8R M3D4R S4R
Problem description
These tests verify the transfer of results from Abaqus/Standard to Abaqus/Explicit when steady-state transport
is used in Abaqus/Standard. Three input files are used in each verification test. In the first input file an
axisymmetric mesh is generated for the cross-section of a disk. The axisymmetric mesh is then used to create a
three-dimensional model in the second input file with symmetric model generation. A steady-state rolling analysis
is then performed. The steady-state results are imported into Abaqus/Explicit, where the result serves as the
1458
Miscellaneous results transfer tests
initial condition to a transient rolling analysis. Three element types are tested. The following material properties
are used (the units are not important):
Young's modulus = 600.
Poisson's ratio = 0.49
Density = 0.036
Input files
C3D8R element tests:
sx_s_c3d8r_ssta.inp Axisymmetric mesh generation in Abaqus/Standard.
sx_s_c3d8r_sst.inp Three-dimensional model creation and steady-state rolling analysis in
Abaqus/Standard.
sx_x_c3d8r_sst.inp Transient rolling analysis in Abaqus/Explicit.
sx_x_c3d8r_sst_gcont.inp Transient rolling analysis using the general contact capability in
Abaqus/Explicit.
Elements tested
CAX3T CAX4RT CPE3T CPE4RT CPS3T CPS4RT C3D4T C3D6T C3D8RT C3D8T CAX6MT
CPE6MT CPS6MT C3D10MT SC6RT SC8RT S3RT S4RT
Problem description
The tests outlined in this section verify the accuracy of transfer of coupled temperature-displacement elements
from Abaqus/Explicit to Abaqus/Standard and vice versa. The tests are performed for each of the elements listed.
The tests for the transfer from Abaqus/Explicit to Abaqus/Standard involve a single element subjected to a
combination of thermal loads and prescribed displacements in fully coupled thermal-stress in Abaqus/Explicit.
The results from the end of this analysis are then transferred to a fully coupled thermal-stress analysis in
1459
Miscellaneous results transfer tests
Abaqus/Standard in which all the loads on the element are removed and the element is allowed to spring back.
Different combinations of the import capability are tested.
The tests for the transfer from Abaqus/Standard to Abaqus/Explicit involve a single element subjected to a
combination of thermal loads and prescribed displacements in a fully coupled thermal-stress analysis in
Abaqus/Standard. The results from the end of this analysis are then transferred to an Abaqus/Explicit fully
coupled thermal-stress analysis in which all the loads on the element are removed so that the element can return
to its original undeformed configuration. Different combinations of the import capability are tested.
Input files
CPE3T elements:
xs_x_cpe3t.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xs_s_cpe3t_n_n.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=NO.
xs_s_cpe3t_n_y.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
xs_s_cpe3t_y_n.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=NO.
xs_s_cpe3t_y_y.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=YES.
CPE4RT elements:
xs_x_cpe4rt.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xs_s_cpe4rt_n_n.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=NO.
xs_s_cpe4rt_n_y.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
xs_s_cpe4rt_y_n.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=NO.
xs_s_cpe4rt_y_y.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=YES.
CPS3T elements:
1460
Miscellaneous results transfer tests
CPS4RT elements:
xs_x_cps4rt.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xs_s_cps4rt_n_n.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=NO.
xs_s_cps4rt_n_y.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
xs_s_cps4rt_y_n.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=NO.
xs_s_cps4rt_y_y.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=YES.
C3D4T elements:
xs_x_c3d4t.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xs_s_c3d4t_n_n.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=NO.
xs_s_c3d4t_n_y.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
xs_s_c3d4t_y_n.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=NO.
xs_s_c3d4t_y_y.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=YES.
C3D6T elements:
xs_x_c3d6t.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xs_s_c3d6t_n_n.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=NO.
xs_s_c3d6t_n_y.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
xs_s_c3d6t_y_n.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=NO.
xs_s_c3d6t_y_y.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=YES.
C3D8RT elements:
xs_x_c3d8rt.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xs_s_c3d8rt_n_n.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=NO.
xs_s_c3d8rt_n_y.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
xs_s_c3d8rt_y_n.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=NO.
xs_s_c3d8rt_y_y.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=YES.
C3D8T elements:
xs_x_c3d8t.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xs_s_c3d8t_n_n.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=NO.
xs_s_c3d8t_n_y.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
xs_s_c3d8t_y_n.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=NO.
xs_s_c3d8t_y_y.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=YES.
CAX6MT elements:
xs_x_cax6mt.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xs_s_cax6mt_n_n.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=NO.
xs_s_cax6mt_n_y.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
xs_s_cax6mt_y_n.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=NO.
1461
Miscellaneous results transfer tests
CPE6MT elements:
xs_x_cpe6mt.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xs_s_cpe6mt_n_n.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=NO.
xs_s_cpe6mt_n_y.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
xs_s_cpe6mt_y_n.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=NO.
xs_s_cpe6mt_y_y.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=YES and
STATE=YES.
CPS6MT elements:
xs_x_cps6mt.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xs_s_cps6mt_n_n.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=NO.
xs_s_cps6mt_n_y.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
xs_s_cps6mt_y_n.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=NO.
xs_s_cps6mt_y_y.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=YES.
C3D10MT elements:
xs_x_c3d10mt.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xs_s_c3d10mt_n_n.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=NO.
xs_s_c3d10mt_n_y.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
xs_s_c3d10mt_y_n.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=NO.
xs_s_c3d10mt_y_y.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=YES and
STATE=YES.
SC6RT elements:
xs_x_sc6rt.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xs_s_sc6rt_n_n.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=NO.
xs_s_sc6rt_n_y.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
xs_s_sc6rt_y_n.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=NO.
xs_s_sc6rt_y_y.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=YES.
SC8RT elements:
xs_x_sc8rt.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xs_s_sc8rt_n_n.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=NO.
xs_s_sc8rt_n_y.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
xs_s_sc8rt_y_n.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=NO.
xs_s_sc8rt_y_y.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=YES.
S3RT elements:
xs_x_s3rt.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xs_s_s3rt_n_n.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=NO.
xs_s_s3rt_n_y.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
xs_s_s3rt_y_n.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=NO.
xs_s_s3rt_y_y.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=YES.
1462
Miscellaneous results transfer tests
S4RT elements:
xs_x_s4rt.inp Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
xs_s_s4rt_n_n.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=NO.
xs_s_s4rt_n_y.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
xs_s_s4rt_y_n.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=NO.
xs_s_s4rt_y_y.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=YES.
CAX4RT elements:
sx_s_cax4rt.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis.
sx_x_cax4rt_n_n.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=NO.
sx_x_cax4rt_n_y.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
sx_x_cax4rt_y_n.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=NO.
sx_x_cax4rt_y_y.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=YES.
CPE3T elements:
sx_s_cpe3t.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis.
sx_x_cpe3t_n_n.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=NO.
sx_x_cpe3t_n_y.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
sx_x_cpe3t_y_n.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=NO.
sx_x_cpe3t_y_y.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=YES.
CPE4RT elements:
sx_s_cpe4rt.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis.
sx_x_cpe4rt_n_n.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=NO.
sx_x_cpe4rt_n_y.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
sx_x_cpe4rt_y_n.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=NO.
sx_x_cpe4rt_y_y.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=YES.
CPS3T elements:
sx_s_cps3t.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis.
sx_x_cps3t_n_n.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=NO.
sx_x_cps3t_n_y.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
sx_x_cps3t_y_n.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=NO.
sx_x_cps3t_y_y.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=YES.
CPS4RT elements:
sx_s_cps4rt.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis.
sx_x_cps4rt_n_n.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=NO.
1463
Miscellaneous results transfer tests
C3D4T elements:
sx_s_c3d4t.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis.
sx_x_c3d4t_n_n.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=NO.
sx_x_c3d4t_n_y.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
sx_x_c3d4t_y_n.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=NO.
sx_x_c3d4t_y_y.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=YES.
C3D6T elements:
sx_s_c3d6t.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis.
sx_x_c3d6t_n_n.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=NO.
sx_x_c3d6t_n_y.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
sx_x_c3d6t_y_n.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=NO.
sx_x_c3d6t_y_y.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=YES.
C3D8RT elements:
sx_s_c3d8rt.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis.
sx_x_c3d8rt_n_n.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=NO.
sx_x_c3d8rt_n_y.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
sx_x_c3d8rt_y_n.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=NO.
sx_x_c3d8rt_y_y.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=YES.
CAX6MT elements:
sx_s_cax6mt.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis.
sx_x_cax6mt_n_n.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=NO.
sx_x_cax6mt_n_y.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
sx_x_cax6mt_y_n.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=NO.
sx_x_cax6mt_y_y.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=YES.
CPE6MT elements:
sx_s_cpe6mt.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis.
sx_x_cpe6mt_n_n.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=NO.
sx_x_cpe6mt_n_y.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
sx_x_cpe6mt_y_n.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=NO.
sx_x_cpe6mt_y_y.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=YES.
CPS6MT elements:
sx_s_cps6mt.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis.
sx_x_cps6mt_n_n.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=NO.
sx_x_cps6mt_n_y.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
sx_x_cps6mt_y_n.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=NO.
sx_x_cps6mt_y_y.inp Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with UPDATE=YES and STATE=YES.
C3D10MT elements:
1464
Miscellaneous results transfer tests
Elements tested
C3D8R M3D3 M3D4R M3D4 S3R S4R SAX1 SFM3D3 SFM3D4R
Problem description
The tests outlined in this section verify the accuracy of the transfer of rebar layers and embedded elements from
Abaqus/Explicit to Abaqus/Standard and vice versa. The tests are performed for each of the elements listed.
The tests for the transfer from Abaqus/Explicit to Abaqus/Standard involve elements with rebar layers or embedded
elements subjected to loading over two explicit dynamic steps. The results from the end of the first step are then
transferred to an Abaqus/Standard static import analysis. In addition to the imported elements, new elements
with rebar layers or embedded elements are defined in the import analysis. These new elements are identical to
the initial element definitions of the imported elements in the original Abaqus/Explicit analysis. The import
analysis is performed for the different combinations in which the material state is imported and the reference
configuration is considered as both updated and not updated.
The tests for the transfer from Abaqus/Standard to Abaqus/Explicit involve elements with rebar layers or embedded
elements subjected to loading over two static steps. The results from the end of the first step are then transferred
to an Abaqus/Explicit dynamic import analysis. In addition to the imported elements, new elements with rebar
layers or embedded elements are defined in the import analysis. These new elements are identical to the initial
element definitions of the imported elements in the original Abaqus/Standard analysis. The import analysis is
performed for the different combinations in which the material state is imported and the reference configuration
is considered as both updated and not updated.
Input files
1465
Miscellaneous results transfer tests
1466
Miscellaneous results transfer tests
Elements tested
C3D4 C3D6 C3D8R CPE3 CPE4R CPS3 CPS4R S4R
Problem description
The tests outlined in this section verify the transfer of results between Abaqus analysis products by performing
a series of transfers between Abaqus/Explicit and Abaqus/Standard and also from one Abaqus/Standard analysis
to another Abaqus/Standard analysis using the import capability. The finite element model for each test is a
cantilever beam composed of the element types listed and subjected to a series of loading and springback steps
in both Abaqus/Standard and Abaqus/Explicit. The transfer of results from one analysis to another is verified.
All the tests use the import capability with the material state imported and the reference configuration not updated.
The material used in each test is isotropic linear elasticity, together with Mises plasticity. The material properties
used are (the units are not important):
Young's modulus = 200E9.
Poisson's ratio = 0.3
Yield strength= 380E6
Input files
C3D4 element tests:
ssx1_c3d4_cb.inp Abaqus/Standard analysis; cantilever beam is subjected to bending.
ssx2_c3d4_cb.inp Abaqus/Standard import analysis; springback.
1467
Miscellaneous results transfer tests
1468
Miscellaneous results transfer tests
1469
Transferring results with
parallel rheological
framework
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CAX4H CAX4R CPE4H CPE4R C3D8R
Problem description
The verification tests in this section consist of one-element models that are subjected to uniaxial loads in a
sequential import analysis. The material model is defined using the parallel rheological framework and consists
of an elastic-plastic equilibrium network with Mullins effect and three nonlinear viscoelastic networks. The
viscous response in the viscoelastic networks is modeled using the power law, strain hardening, and hyperbolic-sine
creep models. Three different strain energy potentials, neo-Hookean, Ogden, and Arruda-Boyce, are considered.
The results are transferred from the middle of the analysis and are allowed to continue in the import analysis.
The results demonstrate that the material models defined using the parallel rheological framework transferred
successfully between Abaqus analyses.
Input files
1471
Transferring results with parallel rheological framework
1472
Transferring results with
nodal temperature and field
variables
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B31 C3D4 C3D6 C3D8 C3D8I C3D8R C3D10M
CPE3 CPE4R CPE6M CPS3 CPS4R CPS6M
M3D3 M3D4R S3R S4R SC8R
Problem description
The verification problems presented in this section test the transfer of results with nodal temperature and field
variables from an Abaqus/Standard analysis to an Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
The model in each test consists of disjoint blocks of various types of elements. The blocks are fixed at one end
and subject to concentrated loads at the other. The elements reference an elastic material for which the properties
are given as tabulated data of the temperature and field variables 1 and 2. In Step 1 the static response is computed
in an Abaqus/Standard analysis with given values of concentrated loads, nodal temperature, and nodal field
variables. In Step 2 the model and the results at the end of Step 1 are imported to an Abaqus/Explicit analysis
and the solution continues with the same load, nodal temperature, and field variable values used in Step 1. The
nodal and elemental results of Step 2 in the import analysis are compared to those of Step 1 in the previous
analysis.
Input files
Planar element tests:
solid_2d_elast_tfv_std.inp First Abaqus/Standard analysis.
solid_2d_elast_tfv_std-xpl.inp Second Abaqus/Explicit import analysis.
1473
Transferring results with nodal temperature and field variables
Elements tested
C3D4 C3D6 C3D8 C3D8H C3D8I C3D8R C3D10M
CPE3 CPE4R CPE6M CPS3 CPS4R CPS6M
M3D3 M3D4R S3R S4R SC8R
Problem description
The verification problems presented in this section test the transfer of results with nodal temperature and field
variables from an Abaqus/Standard analysis to an Abaqus/Standard analysis.
The model in each test consists of disjoint blocks of various types of elements. The blocks are fixed at one end
and subject to concentrated loads at the other. The elements reference an elastic material for which the properties
are given as tabulated data of the temperature and field variables 1 and 2. In Step 1 the static response is computed
in an Abaqus/Standard analysis with given values of concentrated loads, nodal temperature, and nodal field
variables. In Step 2 the model and the results at the end of Step 1 are imported to an Abaqus/Standard static
analysis and the solution continues with the same load, nodal temperature, and field variable values used in Step
1. The nodal and elemental results of Step 2 in the import analysis are compared to those of Step 1 in the previous
analysis.
Input files
Planar element tests:
solid_2d_elast_tfv_std.inp First Abaqus/Standard analysis.
solid_2d_elast_tfv_std-std.inp Second Abaqus/Standard import analysis.
Transferring results with nodal temperature and field variables from an Abaqus/Explicit
analysis to an Abaqus/Standard analysis
Elements tested
B31 C3D4 C3D6 C3D8 C3D8I C3D8R C3D10M
CPE3 CPE4R CPE6M CPS3 CPS4R CPS6M
M3D3 M3D4R S3R S4R SC8R
1474
Transferring results with nodal temperature and field variables
Problem description
The verification problems presented in this section test the transfer of results with nodal temperature and field
variables from an Abaqus/Explicit analysis to an Abaqus/Standard analysis.
The model in each test consists of disjoint blocks of various types of elements. The blocks are fixed at one end
and subject to concentrated loads at the other. The elements reference an elastic material for which the properties
are given as tabulated data of the temperature and field variables 1 and 2. In Step 1 the steady-state response is
computed in an Abaqus/Explicit analysis with given values of concentrated loads, nodal temperature, and nodal
field variables. In Step 2 the model and the results at the end of Step 1 are imported to an Abaqus/Standard static
analysis and the solution continues with the same load, nodal temperature, and field variable values used in
Step-1. The nodal and elemental results of Step 2 in the import analysis are compared to those of Step 1 in the
previous analysis.
Input files
Planar element tests:
solid_2d_elast_tfv_xpl.inp First Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
solid_2d_elast_tfv_xpl-std.inp Second Abaqus/Standard import analysis.
Transferring results with nodal temperature and field variables from an Abaqus/Explicit
analysis to an Abaqus/Explicit analysis
Elements tested
B31 C3D4 C3D6 C3D8 C3D8I C3D8R C3D10M
CPE3 CPE4R CPE6M CPS3 CPS4R CPS6M
M3D3 M3D4R SC8R S3R S4R
Problem description
The verification problems presented in this section test the transfer of results with nodal temperature and field
variables from an Abaqus/Explicit analysis to an Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
The model in each test consists of disjoint blocks of various types of elements. The blocks are fixed at one end
and subject to concentrated loads at the other. The elements reference an elastic material for which the properties
are given as tabulated data of the temperature and field variables 1 and 2. In Step 1 the steady-state response is
computed in an Abaqus/Explicit analysis with given values of concentrated loads, nodal temperature, and nodal
field variables. In Step 2 the model and the results at the end of Step 1 are imported to an Abaqus/Explicit analysis
1475
Transferring results with nodal temperature and field variables
and the solution continues with the same load, nodal temperature, and field variable values used in Step 1. The
nodal and elemental results of Step 2 in the import analysis are compared to those of Step 1 in the previous
analysis.
Input files
Planar element tests:
solid_2d_elast_tfv_xpl.inp First Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
solid_2d_elast_tfv_xpl-xpl.inp Second Abaqus/Explicit import analysis.
1476
Transferring results of an
analysis model multiple
times
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B31 C3D4 C3D6 C3D8 C3D8R C3D10M T3D2
CPE3 CPE4R CPE6M CPS3 CPS4R CPS6M
M3D3 M3D4R SC8R S3R S4 S4R
Problem description
The verification problems presented in this section test the transfer of results of selected sets of elements multiple
times from an Abaqus/Standard analysis to an Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
The model in each test consists of disjoint blocks of various types of elements subject to concentrated loads
applied at one end of each block. The blocks are laid out in the X–Y plane, and all elements have elastic material
properties. In Step 1 the static response is computed in an Abaqus/Standard analysis. In Step 2 the model and
results at the end of Step 1 are imported into an Abaqus/Explicit analysis; the loading and boundary conditions
from the previous analysis are maintained. In some tests the model is imported once and relocated by a 90°
rotation of the model about the z-axis. In other tests the model is imported twice, first at the same location of
the previous analysis and then at a new location that results from a 90° rotation of the model about the z-axis.
The response of Step 2 in the import analysis is compared to that of Step 1 in the previous analysis.
Input files
Planar elements tests:
import_multi_2d_elast_std.inp First Abaqus/Standard analysis.
import_multi_2d_elast_std-xpl_state.inp Second Abaqus/Explicit analysis: import all element sets twice,
UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
import_multi_2d_elast_std-xpl_update.inp Second Abaqus/Explicit analysis: import all element sets twice,
UPDATE=YES and STATE=NO.
1477
Transferring results of an analysis model multiple times
Elements tested
C3D4 C3D6 C3D8 C3D8H C3D8I C3D8R C3D10M
CPE3 CPE4R CPE6M CPS3 CPS4R CPS6M
M3D3 M3D4R SC8R S3R S4R T3D2
Problem description
The verification problems presented in this section test the transfer of results of selected sets of elements multiple
times from an Abaqus/Standard analysis to an Abaqus/Standard analysis.
The model in each test consists of disjoint blocks of various types of elements subject to concentrated loads
applied at one end of each block. The blocks are laid out in the X–Y plane, and all elements have elastic material
properties. In Step 1 the static response is computed in an Abaqus/Standard analysis. In Step 2 the model and
results at the end of Step 1 are imported into an Abaqus/Standard analysis; the loading and boundary conditions
from the previous analysis are maintained. In some tests the model is imported once and relocated by a 90°
rotation of the model about the z-axis. In other tests the model is imported twice: first at the same location of
the previous analysis, and then at a new location that results from a 90° rotation of the model about the z-axis.
The static response of Step 2 in the import analysis is compared to that of Step 1 in the previous analysis.
Input files
Planar elements tests:
import_multi_2d_elast_s.inp First Abaqus/Standard analysis.
import_multi_2d_elast_s2s_state.inp Second Abaqus/Standard analysis: import all element sets twice,
UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
import_multi_2d_elast_s2s_update.inp Second Abaqus/Standard analysis: import all element sets twice,
UPDATE=YES and STATE=NO.
1478
Transferring results of an analysis model multiple times
Elements tested
B31 C3D4 C3D6 C3D8 C3D8R C3D10M T3D2
CPE3 CPE4R CPE6M CPS3 CPS4R CPS6M
M3D3 M3D4R SC8R S3R S4 S4R
Problem description
The verification problems presented in this section test the transfer of results of selected sets of elements multiple
times from one Abaqus/Explicit analysis to another Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
The model in each test consists of disjoint blocks of various types of elements subject to concentrated loads
applied at one end of each block. The blocks are laid out in the X–Y plane, and all elements have elastic material
properties. In Step 1 the steady-state response is computed in an Abaqus/Explicit analysis. In Step 2 the model
and results at the end of Step 1 are imported into another Abaqus/Explicit analysis; the loading and boundary
conditions from the previous analysis are maintained. In some tests the model is imported once and relocated
by a 90° rotation of the model about the z-axis. In other tests the model is imported twice, first at the same
location of the previous analysis, and then at a new location that results from a 90° rotation of the model about
the z-axis. The response of Step 2 in the import analysis is compared to that of Step 1 in the previous analysis.
Input files
Planar elements tests:
import_multi_2d_elast_xpl.inp First Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
1479
Transferring results of an analysis model multiple times
Transferring results of a quarter circular plate modeled with a part instance four times
from an Abaqus/Standard analysis to an Abaqus/Explicit analysis of the whole plate
Elements tested
S4R
Problem description
The quarter circular plate model is assembled from a part consisting of elastic-plastic S4R shell elements. Uniform
pressure loading is applied on the top surface of the plate. The circular edge is clamped, and symmetry boundary
conditions are specified along the cut edges. In Step 1 an Abaqus/Standard analysis is performed to compute the
static response. In Step 2 the quarter model and results at the end of Step 1 are imported into an Abaqus/Explicit
analysis four times: first at the original location, then relocated with rotations of 90°, 180°, and −90°. The result
is a model for the whole circular plate with the four quarter circles disconnected along the original cut edges.
Tie constraints are defined to connect these edges so that the response of the model corresponds to that of a
continuous plate. The Abaqus/Explicit import analysis is performed with the same loading as in the previous
static Abaqus/Standard analysis, and the clamped boundary conditions on the circular boundary are maintained.
Input files
cplate_assem_std.inp First Abaqus/Standard analysis.
1480
Transferring results of an analysis model multiple times
cplate_assem_std-xpl_x4.inp Second Abaqus/Explicit analysis: import S4R element set four times,
UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
Transferring results of a quarter circular plate modeled with a part instance four times
from an Abaqus/Standard analysis to an Abaqus/Standard analysis of the whole plate
Elements tested
S4R
Problem description
The quarter circular plate model is assembled from a part consisting of elastic-plastic S4R shell elements. Uniform
pressure loading is applied on the top surface of the plate. The circular edge is clamped, and symmetry boundary
conditions are specified along the cut edges. In Step 1 an Abaqus/Standard analysis is performed to compute the
static response. In Step 2 the quarter model and results at the end of Step 1 are imported into an Abaqus/Standard
analysis four times: first at the original location, then relocated with rotations of 90°, 180°, and −90°. The result
is a model for the whole circular plate with the four quarter circles disconnected along the original cut edges.
Tie constraints are defined to connect these edges so that the response of the model corresponds to that of a
continuous plate. The Abaqus/Standard import static analysis is performed with the same loading as in the
previous static Abaqus/Standard analysis, and the clamped boundary conditions on the circular boundary are
maintained.
Input files
cplate_assem_std.inp First Abaqus/Standard analysis.
cplate_assem_std-std_x4.inp Second Abaqus/Standard analysis: import S4R element set four times,
UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
Transferring results of a quarter circular plate modeled with a part instance four times
from an Abaqus/Explicit analysis to an Abaqus/Standard analysis of the whole plate
Elements tested
S4R
Problem description
The quarter circular plate model is assembled from a part consisting of elastic-plastic S4R shell elements. Uniform
pressure loading is applied on the top surface of the plate. The circular edge is clamped, and symmetry boundary
conditions are specified along the cut edges. In Step 1 an Abaqus/Explicit analysis is performed to compute the
steady-state response. In Step 2 the quarter model and results at the end of Step 1 are imported into an
Abaqus/Standard static analysis four times: first at the original location, and then relocated with rotations of 90°,
180°, and −90°. The result is a model for the whole circular plate with the four quarter circles disconnected along
the original cut edges. Tie constraints are defined to connect these edges so that the response of the model
corresponds to that of a continuous plate. The Abaqus/Standard static import analysis is performed with the same
1481
Transferring results of an analysis model multiple times
loading as in the previous Abaqus/Explicit analysis, and the clamped boundary conditions on the circular boundary
are maintained.
Input files
cplate_assem_xpl.inp First Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
cplate_assem_xpl-std_x4.inp Second Abaqus/Standard analysis: import the S4R element set four
times, UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
Transferring results of a quarter circular plate modeled with a part instance four times
from an Abaqus/Explicit analysis to an Abaqus/Explicit analysis of the whole plate
Elements tested
S4R
Problem description
The quarter circular plate model is assembled from a part consisting of elastic-plastic S4R shell elements. Uniform
pressure loading is applied on the top surface of the plate. The circular edge is clamped, and symmetry boundary
conditions are specified along the cut edges. In Step 1 an Abaqus/Explicit analysis is performed to compute the
steady-state response. In Step 2 the quarter model and results at the end of Step 1 are imported into another
Abaqus/Explicit analysis four times: first at the original location, and then relocated with rotations of 90°, 180°,
and −90°. The result is a model for the whole circular plate with the four quarter circles disconnected along the
original cut edges. Tie constraints are defined to connect these edges so that the response of the model corresponds
to that of a continuous plate. The Abaqus/Explicit import analysis is performed with the same loading as in the
previous Abaqus/Explicit analysis, and the clamped boundary conditions on the circular boundary are maintained.
Input files
cplate_assem_xpl.inp First Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
cplate_assem_xpl-xpl_x4.inp Second Abaqus/Explicit analysis: import the S4R element set four
times, UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
1482
Transferring results of an analysis model multiple times
Transferring results of the forming of a quarter conical shell modeled with element
sets four times from an Abaqus/Standard analysis to an Abaqus/Standard analysis
of the whole shell
Elements tested
C3D8R S3 S4R
Problem description
The quarter model of the forming of a conical aluminum shell consists of elastic S3 and S4R shell elements
pressed against an outer mold modeled as a rigid body of C3D8R elements. Uniform pressure loading is applied
on the shell surface. A contact pair is defined for the surfaces of the shell and the mold, and surface smoothing
of a variety of geometries is specified between the contacting surfaces. The reference node of the rigid mold is
fixed, and symmetry boundary conditions are specified along the cut edges. In Step 1 an Abaqus/Standard analysis
is performed to compute the static response. In Step 2 the quarter model and results at the end of Step 1 are
imported into an Abaqus/Standard analysis four times: first at the original location, then relocated with rotations
of −90°, −180°, and −270°. The result is a model for the whole conical shell with the four quarter shells that are
disconnected along the original cut edges. For verification purpose these edges are not tied. The Abaqus/Standard
import static analysis is performed with the same loading as in the previous static Abaqus/Standard analysis,
and the fixed boundary conditions on the reference nodes are maintained.
Input files
surfsmooth_import_s2s_j1.inp First Abaqus/Standard analysis.
surfsmooth_import_s2s_j2_x4.inp Second Abaqus/Standard analysis: import quarter model four times,
UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
1483
Transferring results from
multiple previous analyses
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8R S4R
Problem description
The verification problems presented in this section test the transfer of results of selected element sets from two
Abaqus/Standard analyses to an Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
The first Abaqus/Standard analysis consists of a quarter circular plate in the X–Y plane modeled with elastic-plastic
S4R shell elements. The circular edge is clamped, and symmetry boundary conditions are specified along the
cut edges. Uniform pressure loading is applied on the top of the plate. In Step 1 an Abaqus/Standard analysis
runs to compute the static response.
The second Abaqus/Standard analysis consists of a partially rigid rotating shaft modeled with elastic C3D8R
solid elements. One of the solid elements is deformable, and the rest are rigid bodies whose reference nodes all
lie on the longitudinal axis of the shaft. Different rotations about the axis of the shaft are specified on the reference
nodes of the rigid body. In Step 1 an Abaqus/Standard analysis runs to compute the static response.
In Step 2 the model and results of the two Abaqus/Standard analyses are imported into an Abaqus/Explicit
analysis. The solid element model is imported once, and the shell element model is imported four times: first at
the original location and then relocated with rotations of 90°, 180°, and −90° about the z-axis. The result is a
model for the whole circular plate formed by the four quarter circles. The Abaqus/Explicit import analysis is
performed with the same loading on the circular plate as in the previous static Abaqus/Standard analysis, and
the rigid solid elements are given additional rotations. The clamped and symmetry boundary conditions are
maintained for the circular plate model.
Input files
cplate_std.inp Quarter circular plate, Abaqus/Standard analysis.
rshaft_std.inp Partially rigid shaft, Abaqus/Standard analysis.
cplate_rshaft_std-xpl_x4.inp Multiliple library Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with circular plate and
partially rigid shaft as old jobs 1 and 2, respectively, and using update
options UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
1485
Transferring results from multiple previous analyses
Elements tested
C3D8R S4R
Problem description
The verification problems presented in this section test the transfer of results of selected element sets from two
Abaqus/Explicit analyses to another Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
The first Abaqus/Explicit analysis consists of a quarter circular plate X–Y plane modeled with elastic-plastic
S4R shell elements. The circular edge is clamped, and symmetry boundary conditions are specified along the
cut edges. Uniform pressure loading is applied on the top of the plate. In Step 1 an Abaqus/Explicit analysis runs
to compute the steady-state response.
The second Abaqus/Explicit analysis consists of a partially rigid rotating shaft modeled with elastic C3D8R
solid elements. One of the solid elements is deformable, and the rest are rigid bodies whose reference nodes all
lie on the longitudinal axis of the shaft. Different rotations about the axis of the shaft are specified on the reference
nodes of the rigid body. In Step 1 an Abaqus/Explicit analysis runs to compute the steady-state response.
In Step 2 the model and results of the two Abaqus/Explicit analyses are imported into an Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
The solid element model is imported once, and the shell element model is imported four times: first at the original
location and then relocated with rotations of 90°, 180°, and −90° about the z-axis. The result is a model for the
whole circular plate formed by the four quarter circles. The Abaqus/Explicit import analysis runs with the same
loading on the circular plate as in the previous steady-state Abaqus/Explicit analysis, and the rigid solid elements
are given additional rotations. The clamped and symmetry boundary conditions are maintained for the circular
plate model.
Input files
cplate_xpl.inp Quarter circular plate, Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
rshaft_xpl.inp Partially rigid shaft, Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
cplate_rshaft_xpl-xpl_x4.inp Multiple library Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with circular plate and
partially rigid shaft as old jobs 1 and 2, respectively, and using update
options UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
cplate_rshaft_xpl-xpl_x4_update.inpMultiple library Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with circular plate and
partially rigid shaft as old jobs 1 and 2, respectively, and using update
options UPDATE=YES and STATE=NO.
1486
Transferring results from multiple previous analyses
rshaft_cplate_xpl-xpl_x4.inp Multiple library Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with partially rigid shaft
and circular plate as old jobs 1 and 2, respectively, and using update options
UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES.
Transferring results with nodal temperature and field variables from multiple
Abaqus/Standard analyses to an Abaqus/Explicit analysis
Elements tested
C3D8R S4R
Problem description
The verification problem tests the transfer of results with nodal temperature and field variables from four
Abaqus/Standard analyses to an Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
The first and second Abaqus/Standard analysis models each consist of a rectangular column modeled with C3D8R
solid elements. The column is fixed at one end and subject to compression at the other end. In the first analysis
the column is modeled with an elastic material with constant properties. In the second analysis the elastic
properties are dependent on the temperature and two field variables. In Step 1 the static response is computed
for both analyses for given values of the compression and the temperature and field variables.
The third and fourth Abaqus/Standard analysis models each consist of a rectangular plate modeled with S4R
shell elements. In the third analysis the plate is modeled with an elastic material with properties that are dependent
on the temperature and two field variables, and seven temperature points per shell node are specified. In the
fourth analysis the elastic properties are dependent on three field variables, and five temperature points per shell
node are specified. In Step 1 the static response is computed for both analyses for given values of the compression
and the temperature and field variables.
In Step 2 the model and results of the four Abaqus/Standard analyses are imported into an Abaqus/Explicit
analysis and each model is repositioned using translation and rotation. In addition, a new rectangular column
modeled with C3D8R solid elements is added to the import analysis. The new column is fixed at one end and
subject to compression at the other end. It is modeled with elastic properties that are dependent on the temperature
and one field variable.
In the Abaqus/Explicit import analysis, the same end conditions and temperature and field variables values used
in Step 1 are applied to the imported models. The initial response of the imported models is compared with the
Step 1 results of the corresponding previous analyses.
Input files
c3d8r_tfv0_std.inp Column modeled with solid elements, first Abaqus/Standard analysis.
c3d8r_tfv2_std.inp Column modeled with solid elements, second Abaqus/Standard
analysis.
s4r_htfv2_t7_std.inp Plate modeled with shell elements, third Abaqus/Standard analysis.
s4r_htfv3_t5_std.inp Plate modeled with shell elements, fourth Abaqus/Standard analysis.
mlib_c3d8r_02_s4r_23_add_1_std-xpl.inpMultiple library Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with the above four
Abaqus/Standard analyses.
1487
Transferring results from multiple previous analyses
Transferring results with nodal temperature and field variables from multiple
Abaqus/Explicit analyses to an Abaqus/Explicit analysis
Elements tested
C3D8R S4R
Problem description
The verification problem tests the transfer of results with nodal temperature and field variables from four
Abaqus/Explicit analyses to an Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
The first and second Abaqus/Explicit analysis models each consist of a rectangular column modeled with C3D8R
solid elements. The column is fixed at one end and subject to compression at the other end. In the first analysis,
the column is modeled with an elastic material with constant properties. In the second analysis, the elastic
properties are dependent on the temperature and two field variables. In Step 1 the dynamic response is computed
for both analyses for given values of the compression and the temperature and field variables.
The third and fourth Abaqus/Explicit analysis models each consist of a rectangular plate modeled with S4R shell
elements. In the third analysis, the plate is modeled with an elastic material with properties that are dependent
on the temperature and two field variables, and seven temperature points per shell node are specified. In the
fourth analysis, the elastic properties are dependent on three field variables, and five temperature points per shell
node are specified. In Step 1 the dynamic response is computed for both analyses for given values of the
compression and the temperature and field variables.
In Step 2 the model and results of the four Abaqus/Explicit analyses are imported into an Abaqus/Explicit
analysis, and each model is repositioned using translation and rotation. In addition, a new rectangular column
modeled with C3D8R solid elements is added to the import analysis. The new column is fixed at one end and
subject to compression at the other end. It is modeled with elastic properties that are dependent on the temperature
and one field variable.
In the Abaqus/Explicit import analysis, the same end conditions and temperature and field variables values as
used in Step 1 are applied to the imported models. The initial response of the imported models is compared with
the Step 1 results of the corresponding previous analyses.
Input files
c3d8r_tfv0_xpl.inp Column modeled with solid elements, first Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
c3d8r_tfv2_xpl.inp Column modeled with solid elements, second Abaqus/Explicit
analysis.
s4r_htfv2_t7_xpl.inp Plate modeled with shell elements, third Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
s4r_htfv3_t5_xpl.inp Plate modeled with shell elements, fourth Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
mlib_c3d8r_02_s4r_23_add_1_xpl-xpl.inpMultiple library Abaqus/Explicit import analysis with the above four
Abaqus/Explicit analyses.
1488
Meshed beam cross-sections
In this section:
1489
About meshed beam
cross-sections
Overview
The meshed beam cross-section capability allows for the description of a beam cross-section that is geometrically
complex or composed of more than one material.
The meshed cross-section modeling approach is intended for structures that are expected to respond like beams but do
not permit the use of a predefined cross-section shape.
To use meshed beam cross-sections in a beam analysis, the beam cross-section is first meshed with two-dimensional
warping elements. The meshed cross-section is used to numerically integrate the beam stiffness and inertia properties
and to calculate the out-of-plane warping function in Abaqus/Standard. The two-dimensional Abaqus/Standard analysis
writes the cross-sectional properties to an input-file-ready text file called jobname.bsp. This file is used to define the
appropriate section stiffness and inertia data for a subsequent Abaqus/Standard or Abaqus/Explicit beam element
analysis. The cross-section is pre-integrated and remains elastic throughout the analysis (beam general section). The
generated beam cross-section properties include the axial, bending, torsional, and transverse shear stiffness; mass,
rotary inertia, and damping properties; and the location of the centroid and shear center. In addition, the equivalent
beam cross-section properties include information on stress recovery, such as the warping function and its derivatives.
Once the beam element analysis is complete, the Visualization module of Abaqus/CAE can be used to visualize the
results at preselected points along the beam length or to examine detailed stress and strain results in the two-dimensional
meshed cross-section.
The verification tests that follow are divided into two sections. The first section contains analyses in which the
cross-section properties for two-dimensional models of meshed cross-sections are obtained. The cross-section shapes
include the standard beam sections that are available for use with beam elements, such as I-sections or rectangular
sections, and nonstandard beam sections, such as C-sections and airfoil sections. The second section verifies the results
obtained for beam analyses using an arbitrarily shaped solid general beam cross section meshed with warping elements
by comparing them with the results obtained using a linear generalized cross section for a number of different procedure
types.
1491
Meshing and analyzing a
two-dimensional model of
a beam cross-section
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
WARP2D3 WARP2D4
Features tested
The special-purpose two-dimensional elements WARP2D3 (3-node triangular) and WARP2D4 (4-node
quadrilateral) are used to create two-dimensional beam cross-section models. The beam section generation
procedure is used to numerically calculate the geometric, stiffness, and inertia properties of the section, including
the warping function and shear center location (see Meshed beam cross-sections). The calculated properties are
written to the jobname.bsp text file.
Problem description
Model: Several cross-section shapes are considered. Two-dimensional finite element models of an I-section,
an I-section with nodal offset, a rectangular section, a pipe section with a cut, a C-section, and an airfoil section
(see Figure 1) are included.
2
1
x
2
section origin at centroid
3 1
Mesh: All the cross-sections are meshed using WARP2D3 and/or WARP2D4 elements.
Material: Only elastic materials, using either the linear isotropic or the orthotropic shear behavior option, can
be used for the two-dimensional model.
Boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are not meaningful when generating beam section properties
and are ignored.
Loading: Loads are not meaningful when generating beam section properties and are ignored.
1493
Meshing and analyzing a two-dimensional model of a beam cross-section
The beam cross-section properties for each of the meshed cross-sections are written to the jobname.bsp text
file. The integrated values of the properties for the meshed beam cross-sections are compared to the analytical
solutions or solutions generated for a section from the predefined library. The warping function shapes of the
two-dimensional cross-sections compare well with the solutions for the solid element models of the beam
subjected to a unit twist.
Input files
1494
Using generated
cross-section properties in
a beam analysis
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B21 B22 B31 B32
Features tested
The cross-section properties generated and stored in the jobname.bsp text files from the previous section,
Meshing and analyzing a two-dimensional model of a beam cross-section, are used in beam analyses to define
stiffness and inertia properties for beam elements. The arbitrarily shaped solid general beam cross section meshed
with warping elements option is used to assign the precalculated stiffness and inertia properties to the beam
elements. The results obtained for the meshed section beams are verified by comparing them with results obtained
for beams using a linear generalized cross section that are assigned stiffness and inertia properties identical to
those of the meshed beams. Dynamic analyses are performed in both Abaqus/Standard and Abaqus/Explicit.
Static and frequency extraction analyses are also performed in Abaqus/Standard. The use of beams with additional
inertia and additional fluid inertia to modify the inertia properties defined for the meshed beams in the
jobname.bsp text files is also tested.
Problem description
Model: The model comprises a single cantilevered beam subjected to a concentrated load at its tip. The load
is applied as a step load resulting in significant dynamic motion of the beam.
The beam responses obtained using the arbitrarily shaped solid general beam cross section meshed with warping
elements option are identical to the beam responses obtained using a linear generalized cross section. For the
same model, the results from a dynamic analysis in Abaqus/Standard agree well with the results from a dynamic
analysis in Abaqus/Explicit.
Input files
xbgs_meshedcsect_std.inp Meshed beams with C-section; comparison of meshed and general section
beams; dynamic analysis in Abaqus/Standard.
xbgs_meshedcsect_xpl.inp Meshed beams with C-section; comparison of meshed and general section
beams; dynamic analysis in Abaqus/Explicit.
xbgs_meshedisectiso_std.inp Meshed beams with I-section; comparison of meshed and general section
beams; dynamic analysis in Abaqus/Standard.
xbgs_meshedisectiso_xpl.inp Meshed beams with I-section; comparison of meshed and general section
beams; dynamic analysis in Abaqus/Explicit.
xbgs_meshedisectortho_std.inp Meshed beams with I-section; composite elastic material; comparison of
meshed and general section beams; dynamic analysis in Abaqus/Standard.
1495
Using generated cross-section properties in a beam analysis
1496
Co-simulation
In this section:
1497
Fluid-structure interaction
of a cantilever beam inside
a channel
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPS4I
Features tested
Problem description
This verification problem illustrates the co-simulation feature used to couple Abaqus/Standard with FLUENT
to perform a fluid-structure interaction (FSI) simulation. The problem consists of a slender cantilever beam
placed inside a channel with steady, incompressible, laminar flow. For this case a unidirectional coupling is
considered in which fluid pressure along the cantilever beam is computed by FLUENT and is imported into
Abaqus. The problem is simple such that comparison between the numerical and analytical results can be made.
Model: The model consists of a slender cantilever beam inside a channel, as illustrated in Figure 1. The beam
length is 1 m, and the thickness is 0.01 m. The depth is considered sufficiently large so that end effects can be
neglected and the flow can be considered independent of the z position. A 0.1 m slice of the beam and channel
is chosen for this model. The FLUENT model contains two fluid domains that are distinct at one end and merge
at the opposite end of the beam: the top channel height is 0.02 m, and the bottom channel height is 0.04 m. The
channel cross-section is uniform along the beam.
Mesh: A two-dimensional model is used. The mesh consists of incompatible mode plane stress elements: 100
elements along the length, and 4 elements stacked in the thickness direction. No mesh parameter studies were
performed on the structural mesh. The fluid-structure interface is defined through a surface definition.
The fluid mesh consists of 200 quadrilateral cells along the channel length and 8 cells and 16 cells stacked in
the top and bottom channels, respectively. Quadrilateral fluid cells were used since these generally provide better
pressure results than triangular fluid cells at the faces.
1499
Fluid-structure interaction of a cantilever beam inside a channel
Material: The structural model uses linear elastic properties with Young's modulus of 1.09 GPa and a Poisson's
ratio of 0.3.
The fluid model assumes incompressible flow with a fluid density of 1000 kg/m3 and a dynamic viscosity of
0.001 kg/ms.
Boundary conditions: The structure is fixed on the inlet end of the channel and free at the outlet end.
The velocity inlet flow corresponds to a Reynolds number of 250 in the upper channel and 354 in the lower
channel. A pressure outlet with a zero gauge pressure is specified at the outlet, implying that the fluid of the top
and bottom channel merge and have the same pressure condition. A fully developed flow is assumed and is
specified through the FLUENT user-defined function fsi_channel_2d.c for two-dimensional problems
and fsi_channel_3d.c for three-dimensional problems.
Loading: The fluid flow induces both normal pressure and viscous shear forces on the cantilever. The viscous
shear forces are relatively small. The cantilever deforms due to the pressure difference in the top and bottom
channels.
Analytical results: A fully developed flow is assumed through the uniform cross-section channel with an
incompressible fluid. Thus, the y-velocity component (uy) and the gradient of the x-velocity component ( ∂∂uyx ) are
zero everywhere; and the governing Navier-Stokes equation for the fluid flow is
∂p ∂ 2ux
=μ ,
∂x ∂y 2
where y represents a local coordinate system of each channel, y = 0 represents the cantilever interface, and y = h
represents the channel wall. The flow at the fluid-structure interface and the channel wall are zero. Thus, ux = 0
at y = 0 and y = h for both the top and bottom channels.
Substituting the boundary condition and integrating the Navier-Stokes equation leads to the flow solution for
each channel:
1 ∂p 2
u (y ) = 2μ ∂x (
y − hy ).
The mean velocity, um, is defined as the integral of the flow solution over the channel cross-sectional area divided
by the cross-sectional area. Assuming a unit depth,
1 ∂p 2
um = 12μ ∂x
h.
Solving for the pressure gradient, you obtain a linear pressure distribution in each channel,
μum
p (x ) = 12 (L − x ) + po ,
h2
Since the flow fields merge and the structure is linear, you can superimpose the results for both channels.
1500
Fluid-structure interaction of a cantilever beam inside a channel
Units: The SI unit system is used. Abaqus does not require that the analysis be run with a particular unit system
as long as all properties are specified in a consistent manner. However, the unit system used by Abaqus must
coincide with those used by the third-party analysis code.
Coupling scheme
A unidirectional coupling scheme, illustrated in Figure 2, is employed with FLUENT designated to begin the
exchange process by sending its exchange information first. FLUENT computes the flow field around the
undeformed cantilever (arrow 1) and sends the pressure distribution to Abaqus (arrow 2). Abaqus then computes
the deformation corresponding to the pressure field during the first increment (arrow 3).
1
FLUENT
2
Abaqus
t=0 3 t=1
Figure 2: Coupling scheme for unidirectional simulation.
The pressure difference between the top and bottom channels reported by FLUENT shows a –2.7% difference
compared with the analytically predicted pressure difference. This discrepancy is consistent with the differences
observed in the tip deflections. Viscous shear forces, which are not consistent with the analytical derivation, are
transferred in addition to the normal pressure forces for cases in which concentrated forces are exchanged. These
viscous shear forces are relatively small.
1501
Fluid-structure interaction of a cantilever beam inside a channel
Input files
Unidirectional transfer
fsi_channel_cps4i_pr_1-way.inp Abaqus input file for unidirectional transfer with pressure loads
imported.
fsi_channel_cps4i_cf_1-way.inp Abaqus input file for unidirectional transfer with concentrated forces
imported.
fsi_channel_cps4i_pr_1-way.csp MpCCI GUI project file for fsi_channel_cps4i_pr_1-way.inp.
fsi_channel_cps4i_cf_1-way.csp MpCCI GUI project file for fsi_channel_cps4i_cf_1-way.inp.
fsi_channel_2d.cas FLUENT case file for all two-dimensional models.
fsi_channel_2d_1-way.jou FLUENT journal file for all unidirectional transfers.
fsi_channel_2d.c FLUENT user-defined function for two-dimensional laminar flow.
Elements tested
CPS4I C3D8I
Features tested
Problem description
Model: The two-dimensional model is identical to the model used for the unidirectional solution transfer. A
three-dimensional model is included and described under this section. In addition, two-dimensional and
three-dimensional models with nodal transformations specified at the fluid-structure interface are included.
Mesh: The three-dimensional structural mesh consists of continuum elements: 100 elements along the length,
and 4 elements stacked in the thickness direction. No mesh parameter studies were performed on the structural
mesh.
The fluid mesh for the three-dimensional model consists of 200 hexahedron cells along the channel length and
8 cells and 16 cells stacked in the top channel and bottom channels, respectively. Quadrilateral fluid cells were
used since these generally provide better surface pressures than prismatic fluid cells.
Boundary conditions: The boundary conditions are identical to the boundary conditions specified for
the unidirectional solution transfer.
Loading: The fluid flow over the channel induces both normal pressure and viscous shear forces on the
cantilever. The viscous shear forces are relatively small. The cantilever deforms in response to the pressure
differential between the flow in the top and bottom channels. The deformations are transferred back to FLUENT,
1502
Fluid-structure interaction of a cantilever beam inside a channel
and a new flow solution is obtained. This process is repeated until a steady-state condition is established;
specifically, until minor changes in deformation and pressure are observed between consecutive coupling steps.
Analytical results: The formulation derived under the unidirectional solution transfer holds only if there
is no significant cross-flow; i.e., no flow perpendicular to the cantilever. As the deflection of the cantilever
increases, the cross-flow becomes more dominant and, thus, the numerical results deviate from the analytical
results.
Coupling schemes
The simulations are run using both serial and parallel coupling schemes illustrated in Figure 3 and Figure 4,
respectively.
For the serial coupling scheme FLUENT computes the flow field around the undeformed cantilever (arrow 1).
The pressure is transferred to Abaqus (arrow 2). Abaqus computes the deformation corresponding to the pressure
field during the first increment and sends the deformed configuration to FLUENT (arrows 3 and 4). This completes
one coupling step. FLUENT then computes a new flow solution based on the current configuration of the
cantilever (arrow 5), and the steps are repeated until a steady solution is obtained. Typically, only a few exchanges
are needed until solutions quantities show minor differences between consecutive coupling steps.
For the parallel coupling scheme FLUENT computes the flow field around the undeformed cantilever (arrow 1)
and Abaqus performs an initial increment without any FSI loads. When the target time is reached, both analysis
codes exchange solution quantities (arrow 2). Abaqus and FLUENT independently proceed to compute a new
solution based on the quantities received from the previous coupling step. Typically, only a few exchanges are
needed until the solutions quantities show minor differences between consecutive coupling steps.
1 5 9 13
FLUENT
2 6 10 14
4 8 12
Abaqus
3 7 11 15
Figure 3: Serial coupling scheme.
1 3 5 7
FLUENT
2 4 6
1 3 5
Abaqus
Figure 4: Parallel coupling scheme.
The MpCCI configuration files are also included, such that these problems can be run without the MpCCI GUI.
1503
Fluid-structure interaction of a cantilever beam inside a channel
The input files used with nodal transformation on the fluid-structure interface yield the same solution as the case
without nodal transformation, thus verifying that the concentrated loads are properly transformed to the local
coordinate system prior to applying the loads.
Input files
1504
Fluid-structure interaction of a cantilever beam inside a channel
Nodal transformation
fsi_channel_cps4i_cf_crd_trnsf.inp Abaqus input file using CPS4I elements; bidirectional transfer with
concentrated forces imported and current coordinates exported using nodal
transformation.
fsi_channel_c3d8i_cf_crd_trnsf.inp Abaqus input file using C3D8I elements; bidirectional transfer with
concentrated forces imported and current coordinates exported using nodal
transformation.
Rendezvousing scheme
Elements tested
CPS4I
1505
Fluid-structure interaction of a cantilever beam inside a channel
Features tested
The following rendezvousing schemes are tested in Abaqus/Standard:
• The coupling step size is a user-defined constant and Abaqus/Standard is forced to use a single increment
per coupling step (lockstep).
• The coupling step size is a user-defined constant and Abaqus/Standard is allowed to take one or more
increments during the coupling step (subcycle).
• The coupling step size is defined by FLUENT and Abaqus/Standard is allowed to take one or more increments
during the coupling step (subcycle).
Problem description
The problem is identical to the two-dimensional channel problem discussed in the previous sections, with the
exception of the time stepping scheme. The rendezvousing scheme is defined through the MpCCI GUI. Specifying
a target time period allows Abaqus to subcycle based on its own time stepping scheme while maintaining
exchanges with the third-party code at a fixed frequency. Abaqus/Standard interpolates the imported loads
between the previous coupling step and the target values.
The MpCCI configuration files are also included, such that these problems can be run from without the MpCCI
GUI.
Input files
fsi_channel_cps4i_constantDt_lockstep.inp Abaqus input file where the coupling step size is a user-defined
constant and Abaqus/Standard is forced to use a single increment
per coupling step (lockstep).
fsi_channel_cps4i_constantDt.inp Abaqus input file using C3D8I elements; bidirectional transfer,
automatic time stepping, and meeting target times in a loose manner.
fsi_channel_cps4i_importDt.inp Abaqus input file using C3D8I elements; bidirectional transfer, direct
user-specified time stepping, and meeting target times exactly.
1506
Fluid-structure interaction of a cantilever beam inside a channel
1507
Abaqus/Standard to
Abaqus/Explicit
co-simulation
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
The tests in this section verify the co-simulation interaction of Abaqus/Standard and Abaqus/Explicit when the two
analysis products address complementary domains of a model. Results obtained from an Abaqus/Explicit simulation
of the same model are used as a reference solution.
Features tested
The following sections describe verification problems for:
• lockstep co-simulation of Abaqus/Explicit with Abaqus/Standard nonlinear dynamic procedures;
• subcycling co-simulation of Abaqus/Explicit with Abaqus/Standard nonlinear dynamic procedures;
• subcycling co-simulation of Abaqus/Explicit with Abaqus/Standard nonlinear quasi-static procedures; and
• various cases of modeling techniques and model attributes applied at the co-simulation interface between the
Abaqus/Explicit and Abaqus/Standard jobs.
Elements tested
B31 C3D8I C3D8 C3D4 S4R T3D2
Features tested
The fidelity and numerical stability of results obtained using a lockstep Abaqus/Standard to Abaqus/Explicit
co-simulation for a model undergoing dynamic large-deformation motion.
Problem description
The problem is a simple beam subjected to an excitation force at the end (see Figure 1).
1509
Abaqus/Standard to Abaqus/Explicit co-simulation
Abaqus/Explicit model
Co−simulation interface
Abaqus/Standard model
Model: The model consists of Abaqus/Standard and Abaqus/Explicit components of a beam of length 20,
width 1, and height 1.
Mesh: A regular brick mesh is used for the continuum and shell element models.
Boundary conditions: The Abaqus/Standard portion of the beam is fully embedded at its end.
Loading: The Abaqus/Explicit portion of the beam has a load applied transverse to the beam axis.
Co-simulation definition: Each model uses the lockstep method on the co-simulation controls.
Lockstep co-simulation algorithm description
When using the lockstep method, Abaqus/Standard and Abaqus/Explicit will advance their respective solution
using the same time incrementation.
Input files
Beam element tests:
1510
Abaqus/Standard to Abaqus/Explicit co-simulation
Elements tested
B31 C3D8I C3D8 C3D4 S4R T3D2
Features tested
The fidelity and numerical stability of results obtained using a subcycling Abaqus/Standard to Abaqus/Explicit
co-simulation for a model undergoing dynamic large-deformation motion.
Problem description
The problem is a simple beam subjected to severe excitation force (see Figure 1).
Model: The model consists of Abaqus/Standard and Abaqus/Explicit components of a beam of length 20,
width 1, and height 1.
1511
Abaqus/Standard to Abaqus/Explicit co-simulation
Mesh: A regular brick mesh is used for the continuum and shell element models.
Boundary conditions: The Abaqus/Standard portion of the beam is fully embedded at its end.
Loading: The Abaqus/Explicit portion of the beam has a load applied transverse to the beam axis.
Co-simulation definition: Each model uses the subcycle method on the co-simulation controls.
Subcycling co-simulation algorithm description
When using the subcycle method, Abaqus/Standard and Abaqus/Explicit will advance their respective solutions
using time incrementation appropriate to their solution.
Input files
Beam element tests:
beam_dyntodyn_subcycle_std.inp B31Abaqus/Standard analysis.
beam_dyntodyn_subcycle_xpl.inp B31Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
beam_dyntodyn_subcycle_config.xml Co-simulation configuration file.
beam_fullxpl.inp B31Abaqus/Explicit reference analysis.
1512
Abaqus/Standard to Abaqus/Explicit co-simulation
Tests of less frequent interface matrix factorization:The following input files test the factorization of the interface
matrix once per Abaqus/Standard increment on the co-simulation controls.
contbeam_dyntodyn_fact_std.inp C3D8IAbaqus/Standard analysis.
contbeam_dyntodyn_fact_xpl.inp C3D8IAbaqus/Explicit analysis.
contbeam_dyntodyn_fact_config.xml Co-simulation configuration file.
contbeam_dmesh_dyntodyn_fact_std.inp C3D4Abaqus/Standard analysis.
contbeam_dmesh_dyntodyn_fact_xpl.inp C3D8Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
contbeam_dmesh_dyntodyn_fact_config.xml Co-simulation configuration file.
Elements tested
B31 C3D8I C3D8 C3D4 S4R T3D2
Features tested
The fidelity and numerical stability of results obtained using subcycling Abaqus/Standard quasi-static procedures
to Abaqus/Explicit co-simulation for a model undergoing quasi-static deformation.
Problem description
The problem is a simple beam subjected to quasi-static loading (see Figure 1).
Model: The model consists of Abaqus/Standard and Abaqus/Explicit components of a beam of length 20,
width 1, and height 1.
Mesh: A regular brick mesh is used for the continuum and shell element models.
Boundary conditions: The Abaqus/Standard portion of the beam is fully embedded at the free end.
Loading: The Abaqus/Explicit portion of the beam has a load applied transverse to the beam axis.
Co-simulation definition: Each model uses the subcycle method on the co-simulation controls.
Subcycling co-simulation algorithm description
When using the subcycle method, Abaqus/Standard and Abaqus/Explicit will advance their respective solutions
using time incrementation appropriate to their solution.
1513
Abaqus/Standard to Abaqus/Explicit co-simulation
Input files
Continuum element tests:
contbeam_statodyn_subcycle_std.inp C3D8IAbaqus/Standard analysis.
contbeam_statodyn_subcycle_xpl.inp C3D8IAbaqus/Explicit analysis.
contbeam_statodyn_subcycle_config.xml Co-simulation configuration file.
contbeam_quasistatic_fullxpl.inp C3D8IAbaqus/Explicit reference analysis.
Tests of less frequent interface matrix factorization:The following input files test the factorization of the interface
matrix once per Abaqus/Standard increment on the co-simulation controls.
contbeam_rot_statodyn_fact_std.inp B31, C3D8I, S4RAbaqus/Standard analysis.
contbeam_rot_statodyn_fact_xpl.inp B31, C3D8I, S4RAbaqus/Explicit analysis.
contbeam_rot_statodyn_fact_config.xml Co-simulation configuration file.
contbeam_dmesh_statodyn_fact_std.inp C3D4Abaqus/Standard analysis.
contbeam_dmesh_statodyn_fact_xpl.inp C3D8Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
contbeam_dmesh_statodyn_fact_config.xml Co-simulation configuration file.
Elements tested
B21 C3D8I C3D4 SFM3D4R
1514
Abaqus/Standard to Abaqus/Explicit co-simulation
Features tested
The proper operation of Abaqus/Standard to Abaqus/Explicit co-simulation is confirmed for cases involving
specific modeling attributes.
Problem description
Each problem considered is a variation of those described in Lockstep co-simulation of Abaqus/Standard nonlinear
dynamic procedures to Abaqus/Explicit procedures. Particular variations are listed in the input file description.
Input files
Two-dimensional beam element tests:
beam_2d_dyntodyn_subcycle_std.inp B21Abaqus/Standard analysis.
beam_2d_dyntodyn_subcycle_xpl.inp B21Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
beam_2d_dyntodyn_subcycle_config.xml Co-simulation configuration file.
1515
Adaptive remeshing
In this section:
1517
Pressurized thick-walled
cylinder
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D10M CPE3 CPE4R CPE6 CPE8
Features tested
Problem description
This verification problem considers the case of pressure applied to a thick-walled linear elastic cylinder. The
problem, which has a simple closed-form solution, is used to verify the iterative mesh optimization procedure.
Model: All tests consider a quarter-symmetry model of an infinite extent cylinder with an internal radius of
5 and an external radius of 20. Appropriate symmetry boundary conditions are imposed on the horizontal and
vertical surfaces (see Figure 1).
Mesh: Adaptivity is used to achieve a final mesh that attempts to reach a target error uniformly. The initial
mesh is created with various Abaqus/CAE meshing techniques based on uniform seeding.
Material: The stress distribution in the cylinder is independent of choice of linear elastic material properties;
hence, a simple modulus of 1000 and a Poisson's ratio of 0.3 are used.
1519
Pressurized thick-walled cylinder
The radial and circumferential stress, as well as their radial gradients, vary through the thickness of the cylinder,
resulting in a finite element error in stress that varies radially for a uniform initial mesh. Hence, we expect that
an optimized mesh, one that results in a radially uniform error, will have a radially varying mesh density.
For the geometry and loading the exact solution for this problem is
80 1
σrr = − +
3r 2 15
80 1
σθθ = +
3r 2 15
Results are shown in this section for a sequence of plane strain quadrilateral meshes adaptively meshed according
to an ENDENERI error indicator variable and the minimum/maximum method sizing approach. Many more
element, meshing, and sizing methods are tested in this section; most results, however, are similar to this
representative case.
Adaptive remeshing
You can see the progression of meshes in Figure 2. Since the gradient in stresses, and consequently the solution
error, is higher toward the inside radius, the mesh refinement focuses on the inside radius.
1520
Pressurized thick-walled cylinder
Error measures
For each verification problem and mesh iteration the following are calculated:
• The element count for the iteration.
• The computed error indicator.
• The true solution error in σrr, computed as both a global norm and a peak error.
As you can see from the representative case in Table 1, the measure of true error tends to converge more rapidly
than the error indicator value.
Files
Input files are in the form of Python scripts that you can run in Abaqus/CAE and a user subroutine file that
computes the true error at each material point. The scripts will create the model and run an adaptivity analysis
sequence of jobs. The input files are named according to a convention that reflects various parameter settings.
Three-dimensional elements
adaptcyl_c3d10m_E_U5.py Tetrahedral mesh with C3D10M elements. ENDENERI error indicator.
Uniform sizing method with 5% target error.
References
1521
Error indicators
Error indicators
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPS3 CPS3E CPS4 CPS4E CPS4I CPS4R CPS4RT CPS4T CPS6 CPS6E CPS6M
CPS6MT CPS8 CPS8R CPS8RE CPS8RT CPS8T
CPE3 CPE3E CPE3H CPE4 CPE4E CPE4H CPE4HT CPE4I CPE4IH CPE4R
CPE4RH CPE4RHT CPE4RT CPE4T CPE6 CPE6E CPE6H CPE6M CPE6MH
CPE6MHT CPE6MT CPE8 CPE8E CPE8H CPE8HT CPE8R CPE8RE
CPE8RH CPE8RHT CPE8RT CPE8T
CPEG3 CPEG3H CPEG3T CPEG4 CPEG4H CPEG4HT
CPEG4I CPEG4IH CPEG4R
CPEG4RH CPEG4RHT
CPEG4T CPEG6 CPEG6H CPEG6M CPEG6MH CPEG6MHT CPEG6MT CPEG8
CPEG8H CPEG8HT CPEG8R CPEG8RH CPEG8RHT CPEG8T
CAX3 CAX3H CAX4 CAX4H CAX4HT CAX4I CAX4IH CAX4R
CAX4RH CAX4RT
CAX4T CAX6 CAX6H CAX6M CAX6MH CAX6MHT CAX8 CAX8H CAX8HT
CAX8R CAX8RH CAX8RHT CAX8RT CAX8T CGAX4 CGAX6M
C3D4 C3D4E C3D4H C3D10 C3D10E C3D10H C3D10M C3D10MH
C3D10MHT C3D10MT C3D8 C3D8R C3D20 C3D20R
DC2D3 DC2D3E DC2D4 DC2D4E DC2D6 DC2D6E DC2D8 DC2D8E
DC3D10 DC3D10E DC3D4 DC3D4E
S3 S3R S4 S4R S4R5 S8R S8R5 S8RT STRI3 STRI65
Features tested
The following error indicators and element average output are tested.
ENDEN
Element energy density.
ENDENERI
Element energy density error indicator.
MISESAVG
Element average Mises equivalent stress.
MISESERI
Mises equivalent stress error indicator.
PEEQAVG
Element average equivalent plastic strain.
PEEQERI
Equivalent plastic strain error indicator.
PEAVG
Element average plastic strain.
1523
Error indicators
PEERI
Plastic strain error indicator.
CEAVG
Element average creep strain.
CEERI
Creep strain error indicator.
HFLAVG
Element average heat flux.
HFLERI
Heat flux error indicator.
EFLAVG
Element average electric flux.
EFLERI
Electric flux error indicator.
EPGAVG
Element average electric potential gradient.
EPGERI
Electric potential gradient error indicator.
Problem description
All the problems have small coarse meshes with solution gradient risers. Sharp solution gradients are provided
by stress concentrations, concentrated heat flux, localized plasticity, etc. Various material types are used to test
all the supported element types, and the error indicator appropriate for the material properties is output.
Error indicators have the highest value where the solution gradients are highest, which is confirmed in the
verification tests.
Input files
1524
Error indicators
1525
Error indicators
1526
Error indicators
1527
Discrete particle methods
In this section:
1529
Discrete element method
analysis
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
PD3D
Features tested
Problem description
This section provides basic verification tests for nonadhesive contact and adhesive contact between discrete
particles. For the nonadhesive contact the normal and tangential contact formulations in Abaqus/Explicit are
compared with the analytical results based on the Hertzian contact formulation with friction in five tests described
in Chung (2011). For the adhesive contact case the results for the JKR and shifted JKR adhesion models in
Abaqus/Explicit are compared with analytical solutions.
Table 1: Seven types of tests to verify normal and tangential contact formulation for discrete
particle elements.
Test 1 Elastic head-on collision of two identical spheres Elastic head-on contact between two spheres
Test 2 Elastic normal impact of a sphere with a rigid plane Elastic normal contact between a sphere and a
plane
Test 3 Oblique impact of a sphere with a rigid plane at a constant normal velocity Tangential contact between a sphere and a plane
and an incident angle
Test 4 Head-on collision of two identical spheres at the same translational speed Tangential contact between two spheres
but with equal and opposite angular speed
Test 5 Head-on collision of two different spheres with different translational and Tangential contact between two spheres
angular velocities
Test 6 Normal adhesive contact between two particles JKR adhesion between two spheres.
Test 7 Normal adhesive contact between two particles Shifted JKR adhesion between two spheres.
These seven tests characterize different impact scenarios between discrete particle elements and a discrete particle
element with a rigid plane.
Model:
1531
Discrete element method analysis
Test 1
A head-on collision of two identical spheres of radii 0.01 m with equal and opposite translational speed.
Test 2
A collision of a sphere of radius 0.1 m with translational velocity and a fixed rigid plane in the normal
direction.
Test 3
An impact between a fixed rigid plane and a sphere of radius 1.00 × 10−5 m at a constant normal velocity
and varying incident angles. This test involves a series of simulations, each with a different tangential
velocity of the sphere to characterize a particular incident angle.
Test 4
A head-on collision of two identical spheres of radii 0.1 m with the same translational speed but with equal
and opposite angular speed. This test involves a series of simulations, each with a different angular speed
of the spheres.
Test 5
A head-on collision of two differently sized spheres with different translational and angular velocities. A
sphere of radius 0.1 m has translational and angular velocity; the other sphere, which is five times bigger
and 1000 times denser, is initially stationary. The test has multiple simulations, each with a different
angular velocity of the smaller sphere.
Test 6
Normal contact between two spheres of the same size. A sphere of radius 5.0 mm is brought into contact
with another fixed sphere of the same radius. The spheres are compressed against each other and are then
separated. The motion of the first sphere is controlled via a displacement-type boundary condition. The
JKR adhesive contact interface is specified between the contact particles.
Test 7
Normal contact between two spheres of the same size. A sphere of radius 5.0 mm is brought into contact
with another fixed sphere of the same radius. The spheres are compressed against each other and are then
separated. The motion of the first sphere is controlled via a displacement-type boundary condition. The
shifted JKR adhesive contact interface is specified between the contact particles.
Mesh: The spheres in all tests are modeled using discrete particle elements (PD3D), and the rigid plane (if
applicable) is modeled using conventional shell elements (S4R) that are rendered rigid.
Material: The seven tests are all conducted for two different materials, as described in Table 2.
1532
Discrete element method analysis
3
Property Young's Modulus Poisson's ratio Density (kg/m )
(GPa)
*Density of the smaller sphere. The bigger sphere is 1000 times denser.
Boundary conditions: Wherever applicable, the rigid plane is fixed in all degrees of freedom.
Initial conditions: In tests 1 through 5 the spheres are given an initial translational and angular velocity
(if applicable), as described in Table 3. The spheres in tests 6 and 7 do not have any initial conditions. The motion
of the spheres is specified using displacement-type boundary conditions using an amplitude curve.
Test 1 10.0 —
Test 2 0.2 —
Test 3 5.0 0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8, 1.5, 3.0, 5.0, 8.0, 10.0, 11.0, 12.0, 20.0
Test 4 0.2 0.175, 0.4, 0.8, 1.5, 3.0, 5.0, 10.0, 20.0
Test 5* 0.2 0.175, 0.25, 0.4, 0.8, 1.5, 3.0, 4.0, 5.0, 6.0, 8.0, 10.0, 20.0
Contact formulation: In tests 1–5 the general contact formulation in Abaqus/Explicit is used. Contact
is enforced using the tabular pressure-overclosure relationship. Since the contact area of the discrete element is
unity, the pressure-overclosure relationship is actually given as force-penetration data computed through Hertzian
contact relations with friction:
4
F = 3 E R δ3 ,
1533
Discrete element method analysis
where
R1R2
R= R1 + R2
,
1 1 − ν1 2 1 − ν2 2
E
= E1
+ E2
,
F is the contact force, δ is the penetration, R1 and R2 are the radii of the two spheres, E1 and E2 are the Young's
moduli, and ν1 and ν2 are the Poisson's ratios of the materials of two spheres. A rigid plane is approximated by
using a large radius and Young's moduli for one of the spheres in the Hertzian contact relations.
For tests 6 and 7 the JKR and shifted JKR adhesive contact interface model is specified between the contact
spheres. The surface energy between contacting spheres for both these tests is 50.0 J/m2.
The friction coefficient for tangential contact behavior for each test is defined as listed in Table 4.
Friction coefficient
Test 1 0.35
Test 2 0.00
Test 3 0.30
Test 4 0.40
Test 5 0.40
Test 6 0.0
Test 7 0.0
Contact damping is absent in all tests; hence, the coefficient of restitution of the collision in the normal direction
is 1.0, while friction is the only source of energy dissipation.
Test 1
The elastic contact force is plotted against penetration (see Figure 1) for the two materials and for the
analytical results. The maximum contact force, the maximum penetration, and the duration of contact are
compared with the analytical results (see Chung, 2011), as shown in Table 5.
Glass Limestone
Property
Abaqus Analytical Abaqus Analytical
1534
Discrete element method analysis
Test 2
The elastic contact force is plotted against penetration (see Figure 2) for the two materials and for the
analytical results. The maximum contact force, the maximum penetration, and the duration of contact are
compared with the analytical results (see Chung, 2011), as shown in Table 6.
Test 3
The normalized incident angle, the normalized recoil angle, and the normalized postcollision angular speed
for the sphere are calculated for each simulation. The normalized incident angle is the ratio of the
precollision relative tangential velocity of the contact point of the spheres to the precollision relative
normal velocity of the center of the spheres scaled by the friction coefficient. The normalized postcollision
angular speed is the ratio of the postcollision angular speed scaled by the radius of the sphere to the
postcollision normal velocity of the sphere. Figure 3 shows a plot of the normalized recoil angle versus
the normalized incident angle compared with the analytical results. The normalized recoil angle is the
ratio of the postcollision relative tangential velocity of the contact point of the spheres to the postcollision
relative normal velocity of the center of the spheres scaled by the friction coefficient. Figure 4 shows a
plot of the normalized postcollision angular speed versus the normalized incident angle compared with
the analytical results. The plots in Figure 3 and Figure 4 show that sticking persists until the initial tangential
velocity reaches a threshold value, beyond which slipping occurs during the collision.
Test 4
Figure 5 shows a plot of the calculated postcollision tangential speed of the contact point versus the initial
angular speed of the sphere compared with the analytical results. In Figure 6 the postcollision angular
speed is plotted against the initial angular speed of the sphere along with the analytical results. Since the
angular speed is the same for both the spheres with opposite direction of spin, no relative slip occurs during
the collision; hence, the postcollision tangential velocity is absent. The comparison between the initial
and the final angular speeds shows that there is no energy dissipation due to friction in this model because
relative slip is absent.
Test 5
The tangent of the incident and the recoil angles are evaluated for each of the simulations. The recoil angle
is the ratio of the relative tangential velocity of the contact point of the spheres to the relative normal
velocity of the center of the spheres after the collision. The incident angle is the same quantity evaluated
before the collision. Figure 7 shows a plot of the tangent of the recoil angle against that of the incident
angle. As in test 3, below a threshold angular velocity, the smaller sphere sticks to the bigger sphere.
Beyond this threshold value, it slips during the collision.
1535
Discrete element method analysis
Test 6
The blue curve in Figure 8 shows the force-displacement response. The analytical value of the pull-off
force is −0.589 N. The analytical value of the separation distance is −0.0044174 mm. Both of these values
agree with the numerical results obatined from Abaqus/Explicit.
Test 7
The red curve in Figure 8 shows the force-displacement response. The analytical value of the pull-off
force is −0.589 N. This is the same value as for the unshifted JKR adhesion model. The analytical value
of the separation distance is −0.0097687 mm. Both of these values agree with the numerical results obtained
from Abaqus/Explicit.
Input files
References
• Chung, Y. C., and J. Y. Ooi, “Benchmark Tests for Verifying Discrete Element Modelling Codes at Particle
Impact Level,” Granular Matter, vol. 13, pp. 643–656, 2011.
1536
Discrete element method analysis
Figures
[x1.E3]
8.0
Force (N)
6.0
4.0
2.0
0.0
0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 [x1.E−3]
Displacement (m)
[x1.E3]
8.0
Force (N)
6.0
4.0
2.0
0.0
0. 10. 20. 30. 40. 50. [x1.E−6]
Displacement (m)
Figure 2: Contact force vs. penetration for collision of a sphere with a rigid plane.
1537
Discrete element method analysis
6.0
Analytical Solution
Abaqus Simulation: Steel
Abaqus Simulation: Polyethylene
5.0
4.0
Normalized Recoil Angle
3.0
2.0
1.0
0.0
−1.0
0. 4. 8. 12.
Normalized Incident Angle
0.0
Analytical Solution
Abaqus Simulation: Steel
Abaqus Simulation: Polyethylene
−1.0
Normalized Angular Speed
−2.0
−3.0
−4.0
−5.0
0. 4. 8. 12.
Normalized Incident Angle
1538
Discrete element method analysis
1.0
Analytical Solution
Abaqus Simulation: Al. alloy
Post−collision Tangential Speed (m/s)
Abaqus Simulation: Copper
0.5
0.0
−0.5
−1.0
0. 5. 10. 15. 20.
Pre−collision Angular Speed (rad/s)
20.
Analytical Solution
Abaqus Simulation: Al. alloy
Post−collision Angular Speed (rad/s)
15.
10.
5.
0.
0. 5. 10. 15. 20.
Pre−collision Angular Speed (rad/s)
1539
Discrete element method analysis
Analytical Solution
6.0 Abaqus Simulation: Al. alloy
Abaqus Simulation: Nylon
Tangent of Recoil Angle
4.0
2.0
0.0
−2.0
0.0 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0
Tangent of Incident Angle
Figure 7: Tangent of the recoil angle vs. tangent of the incident angle of the smaller sphere.
1.5 Force_DISP_JKR
Force_DISP_JKR_Shifted
1.0
Force (N)
0.5
0.0
-0.5
Figure 8: Force vs. displacement relationship for JKR and shifted JKR adhesion model.
1540
Particle generator
Particle generator
Products: Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
PD3D
Features tested
Problem description
The probability density of generator particles and the mass flow rate per inlet area of generated particles are
tested for four particle generators, each generating a single particle species. Each particle generator has a single
faceted inlet surface with constant dimensions of 7 mm × 7 mm.
Table 1 lists the particle size probability density function (PDF) type and parameters for each particle generator
species. The mass flow rate per unit inlet area for each particle generator species is held constant for the duration
of the analysis. Particles of all species have a constant entry speed of 1000 mm/s. All generated particles in this
problem continue to travel with the entry velocity along the normal direction to the generating inlet facet. Each
particle generator can generate a maximum of 20000 particles. Figure 1 presents a view that is normal to the
inlet facets showing the generated particles at the end of the analysis.
Probability
Particle
density Particle size distribution Mass flow rate per unit inlet area
generator
function
1541
Particle generator
Probability
Particle
density Particle size distribution Mass flow rate per unit inlet area
generator
function
Minimum radius = 0.0005 mm
Mean = 0.25 mm
A direct user time increment of 1.0 × 10−4 s was specified for the analysis. Generated and specified PDFs and
mass flow rates are compared for particle generators PG1, PG2, PG3, and PG4.
Figure 6, Figure 8, and Figure 9 show the comparison of achieved to specified mass flow rates for particle
generators PG1, PG3, and PG4, respectively. Particle generators PG1, PG3, and PG4 exhaust the maximum
number (20000) of particles and halt generating particles, causing the mass flow rates for these generators to
drop to zero at 0.004 s, 0.0085 s, and 0.0138 s, respectively. The achieved mass flow rate closely matched the
specified mass flow rate for these three particle generators. Particle generator PG2 generates 8048 particles
during the analysis. Figure 7 shows the comparison of achieved to specified mass flow rate for particle generator
PG2. Due to the discrete nature of particle generation and larger particle sizes, the achieved mass flow rate
matched the specified mass flow rate only in an average sense for particle generator PG2 (see Particle generator
for further details).
1542
Particle generator
Input files
pg4_species1_alldist_cmfr.inp Verify PDF and mass flow rate for particle generator.
Figures
1543
Particle generator
1544
Particle generator
×10−6
0.5
(seconds)
×10−5
0.5
(seconds)
1545
Particle generator
×10−6
0.5
(seconds)
×10−6
0.5
(seconds)
1546
Lumped kinetic molecular
method
References:
• Lumped kinetic molecular method
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Features tested
Problem description
This verification problem uses the lumped kinetic molecular (LKM) method. The mass, average pressure, and
average temperature of the generated gas are verified against the uniform pressure method (UPM).
Model The tank is in the shape of a rectangular box and is meshed using membrane elements.
Boundary conditions are applied to all the nodes to make the tank rigid. A particle generator
is defined inside the box. The inlet of the particle generator is positioned close to one end
of the tank. The tank is initially empty.
Gas material The particle generator generates gas particles with properties of air. The molecular weight
of the gas is 2.897 × 10–6 tonnes/mol, and its heat capacity at constant pressure is 31829.339
J/K mol. To model 2 × 10–7 tonnes of the gas, 200,000 lumped particles are used. The gas
is generated at a constant rate of 4 × 10–5 tonnes/sec at a temperature of 100K. The particle
generator stops generating at 0.005 seconds.
Boundary The tank is held rigid until 0.006 seconds. After the gas reaches an equilibrium state, the
conditions wall behind the particle generator inlet is held fixed while the side walls are stretched such
that the final volume of the tank is 1.5 times its original volume. The stretching of the box
stops at 0.009 seconds, and the volume of the tank stays constant to the end of the analysis.
The generated gas undergoes the following four phases during this test:
• the initial generation phase,
• a static pressure phase,
• an adiabatic expansion phase,
• and the final static equilibrium phase.
1547
Lumped kinetic molecular method
The generated gas reaches an equilibrium state around 0.006 seconds. As the tank is stretched, the gas undergoes
adiabatic expansion. Since the mass of the gas stays unchanged during the expansion phase, the pressure and
temperature both decrease. The gas once again reaches an equilibrium state after expansion stops at 0.009 seconds.
Figure 1 compares the generated gas mass for the LKM method with the generated mass using the UPM. The
four phases in this test can be seen in Figure 2, which compares the average gas pressure in the LKM analysis
with the gas pressure obtained from a corresponding UPM analysis. The results from the two methods show
close agreement. Figure 3 compares the average gas temperature from the LKM solution with that obtained from
the UPM.
Input files
Figures
[x1.E-6]
0.15
0.10
Mass (tonnes)
0.05
0.00
0.000 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.010
Time (seconds)
2.5
Pressure (tonnes / mm s^2)
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
0.000 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.010
Time (seconds)
1548
Lumped kinetic molecular method
300
250
200
Temperature (k)
150
100
50
0
0.000 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.010
Time (seconds)
1549
Miscellaneous procedures and techniques
In this section:
1551
Direct cyclic and low-cycle
fatigue analyses
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
The tests in this section verify the direct cyclic analysis procedure and the low-cycle fatigue procedure using the direct
cyclic approach for structures subjected to different types of cyclic loadings, which include distributed forces,
concentrated forces, displacements, and temperatures. The direct cyclic and low-cycle fatigue procedures are also
verified when they are preceded or followed by other procedures in a single analysis or in a restart analysis.
A simple cube
Elements tested
C3D8 C3D10
Features tested
A simple cube subjected to different cyclic loadings.
Problem description
The model in each test consists of twelve tetrahedral elements or one brick element. All the nodes at one end
(z = 0) are constrained along the z-axis. Cyclic distributed loads, concentrated loads, or displacements are applied
in the z-direction to the nodes at the other end (z = 1). Both kinematic hardening plasticity models and two-layer
viscoplasticity models are used.
Input files
dircyclic_cload_ffouri_ftinc.inp Cyclic concentrated loadings with fixed number of Fourier terms and
fixed time incrementation.
dircyclic_cload_ffouri_ftinctp.inp Cyclic concentrated loadings with fixed number of Fourier terms and
fixed time incrementation used with the *TIME POINTS option.
dircyclic_cload_vfouri_ftinc.inp Cyclic concentrated loadings with varying number of Fourier terms and
fixed time incrementation.
dircyclic_cload_vfouri_ftinctp.inp Cyclic concentrated loadings with varying number of Fourier terms and
fixed time incrementation used with the *TIME POINTS option.
dircyclic_cload_ffouri_vtinctp.inp Cyclic concentrated loadings with fixed number of Fourier terms and
automatic time incrementation used with the *TIME POINTS option.
dircyclic_precload.inp Static pre-loading step.
1553
Direct cyclic and low-cycle fatigue analyses
Elements tested
CPE4R
Features tested
A simple sheet with a circular hole subjected to different cyclic loadings.
Problem description
The undeformed square sheet is 1.5 mm thick and is 7.5 mm on each side. It has a centrally located internal hole
of radius 0.25 mm. The body is modeled with 128 plane strain reduced-integration elements (element type
CPE4R). The symmetry conditions at x = 0 and at y = 0 are imposed with a boundary condition. The edges parallel
to the x-axis are restrained from stretching in the y-direction. Cyclic concentrated forces or cyclic distributed
forces are imposed on the right-hand edge of the mesh in the x-direction. For the case where cyclic thermal
loadings read from the results file of a heat transfer analysis are imposed, the right-hand edge is also constrained
in the x-direction. Both kinematic hardening plasticity models and two-layer viscoplasticity models are used.
Input files
dircyclic_heat.inp Heat transfer analysis.
dircyclic_temp_ffouri_ftinc.inp Cyclic thermal loadings with temperatures read from the results file of
the heat transfer run (dircyclic_heat.inp).
1554
Direct cyclic and low-cycle fatigue analyses
dircyclic_rtemp_vfouri_ftinc.inp Cyclic thermal loadings with temperatures read from the results file of
the heat transfer run (dircyclic_heat.inp) and ramped up to their initial
condition values.
dircyclic_dload_vfouri_ftinc.inp Cyclic distributed loadings with varying number of Fourier terms and
fixed time incrementation.
dircyclic_cload_vfouri_vtinctp.inp Cyclic concentrated loadings with varying number of Fourier terms and
automatic time incrementation used with the *TIME POINTS option.
dircyclic_cload_vfouri_vtinc_ps.inp Post output of dircyclic_cload_vfouri_vtinctp.inp.
Elements tested
CAX4
Features tested
A round notch bar subjected to a cyclic loading.
Problem description
The undeformed round notch bar is 75 mm long, with a 2 mm notch radius and a section diameter of 10 mm.
The body is modeled with 672 4-node bilinear axisymmetric quadrilateral elements (element type CAX4). The
symmetry conditions at y = 0 are imposed with a boundary condition. The edges parallel to the x-axis are subjected
to displacement loadings in the y-direction. A static step with a displacement loading of 0.25 mm is followed
by a low-cycle fatigue step. A sinusoidal cyclic displacement loading between 0.375 mm and 0.125 mm is applied
to the low-cycle fatigue step with a time period of 80 seconds. Linear kinematic hardening plasticity model is
used.
Input files
directcyclic_fatigue_rnb.inp A static step followed by a low-cycle fatigue step subjected to cyclic
displacement loadings.
directcyclic_fatigue_rnb_rest.inp A low-cycle fatigue step restarted from the low-cycle fatigue step in
directcyclic_fatigue_rnb.inp.
directcyclic_fatigue_rnb_rest2.inp A low-cycle fatigue step restarted from the static step in
directcyclic_fatigue_rnb.inp.
directcyclic_fatigue_rnb_ps.inp Post output of directcyclic_fatigue_rnb.inp.
References
• Pirondi, A., and N. Bonora, “Modeling Ductile Damage under Fully Reversed Cycling,” Computational
Materials Science, vol. 26, pp. 129–141, 2003.
1555
Complex eigenvalue
extraction
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
The tests in this section verify the complex eigenvalue extraction procedure in Abaqus/Standard, which uses the
subspace projection method. The procedure is tested for systems with symmetric stiffness matrices that include damping
terms and for problems with friction, which introduces unsymmetry to the stiffness matrix.
One-element test
Elements tested
CPE4
Features tested
Complex eigenvalue extraction for a system with a symmetric stiffness matrix, both with and without damping.
Problem description
In both tests the model consists of a quadratic element of unit length. The nodes at one end (y = 0) are constrained.
The eigenvalue extraction is performed for the undeformed configuration.
ωN2 − α 2 / 4 , where Re (μN ) and I m (μN ) are the real and imaginary components of the
Re (μN ) = α / 2 and I m (μN ) =
complex eigenvalues, respectively; α is the mass-proportional damping factor; and ωN is the natural frequency
of the undamped system. The complex eigenvalues obtained for this problem match the formulae above.
Input files
pcfreq_ce4sf_real.inp Complex eigenvalue extraction for a symmetric stiffness matrix without
damping.
pcfreq_ce4sf_imag.inp Complex eigenvalue extraction for a symmetric stiffness matrix with
mass-proportional damping.
Elements tested
C3D8
1557
Complex eigenvalue extraction
Features tested
Complex eigenvalue extraction for a system with an unsymmetric stiffness matrix caused by a friction contribution.
Problem description
The model consists of a ring with an inside radius of 1.0 and an outside radius of 2.0 and two plates positioned
at both sides of the ring. The ring is modeled using a linear elastic material with a Young's modulus of 200,
Poisson's ratio of 0.3, and density of 1.0. Contact pairs define contact between the side surfaces of the ring and
the plates. The ring is meshed with 16 linear brick elements (element type C3D8). The plates are modeled with
membrane elements (element type M3D4) for the models with deformable-to-deformable contact or with rigid
elements (element type R3D4) for the problems with deformable-to-rigid contact.
The loading consists of two steps. In the first step the plates are moved a distance of 0.05 toward the ring to
establish frictionless contact. In the second step the friction coefficient is increased to 0.3 and a rotational velocity
is imposed on the ring. Because the complex eigensolver uses the subspace projection method, the natural
frequencies must be extracted prior to the complex eigenvalue extraction step. The following problems with
different contact models are considered:
• deformable-to-deformable contact with small sliding (pcfreq_def_ss.inp),
• deformable-to-deformable contact with small sliding, including friction-induced damping effects
(pcfreq_def_ss_fdamp.inp),
• deformable-to-rigid contact with small sliding (pcfreq_rg_ss.inp),
• deformable-to-deformable contact with finite sliding (pcfreq_def_fs.inp), and
• deformable-to-deformable contact with finite sliding in a restarted analysis (pcfreq_def_fs_res.inp).
Input files
pcfreq_def_ss.inp Deformable-to-deformable contact with small sliding.
1558
Complex eigenvalue extraction
1559
CEL analysis of a rotating
water disk
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
EC3D8R
Features tested
Eulerian analysis
Problem description
This example utilizes the pure Eulerian analysis technique to model viscous flow of water between two concentric
cylinders.
Model: The model is created in Abaqus/CAE using a simple circular Eulerian domain with an outer radius of
0.07 m and an inner radius of a = 0.04 m (see Figure 1). Because Eulerian analyses must be conducted in
three-dimensional space, this two-dimensional problem is approximated using a thin domain with a single
Eulerian element through its thickness. Rectangular-shaped elements provide the best accuracy and performance
in Eulerian analyses, so the thickness is chosen to correspond to the minimum element size.
Mesh: The Eulerian domain is meshed with 160 elements in the circumference and 14 elements along the
radial direction (see Figure 1). The mesh provides good resolution in the radial direction and reasonable aspect
ratio elements. A total of 2240 Eulerian EC3D8R elements are used. The circular (conforming) meshing is
employed to avoid the need for Eulerian-Lagrangian contact.
Material: Water is modeled as a nearly incompressible, viscous Newtonian fluid. The linear Us − Up Hugoniot
form of the Mie-Grüneisen equation of state is used in the material model. The parameters used to define the
material are listed in Table 1.
Boundary conditions: To approximate the rotation of the water disk, the water is subjected to a uniform
tangential velocity of U = 0.2932 m/s at the outer circumference and fixed at the inner circumference, as illustrated
in Figure 1. Zero-velocity boundary conditions normal to all the domain faces prevent the flow of material into
or out of the domain.
The applied boundary conditions fully confine the water inside the Eulerian domain. Because the Us − Up material
is nearly incompressible, care must be taken to ensure that the applied boundary conditions do not result in a
volume change, which could induce spurious pressure oscillations in the water. Indeed, the prescribed tangential
velocity is volume-preserving (tangential to the domain boundary) only in infinitesimal deformation. Finite
displacement of the boundary nodes occurs in a straight line trajectory, not in a circumferential arc, which induces
radial expansion as well as circumferential motion. The underlying Lagrange-plus-remap formulation of the
EC3D8R element utilizes an intermediate “deformed” state, which includes this finite displacement (see Eulerian
1561
CEL analysis of a rotating water disk
Analysis Techniques). This formulation results in large pressure oscillations that overshadow the viscous shear
stresses of interest. The pressure is relieved by releasing the radial velocity at the inner radius, allowing
infinitesimal radial motion to offset the radial components of prescribed velocity.
The analytical solution for the steady-state tangential velocity along the radius is given by Granger (1995) as
Vθ (r ) = 2
Ub
a −b 2 ( − r).
a2
r
In Abaqus/Explicit the simulation begins with the water at rest, and the tangential velocity U is prescribed on
the outer boundary. The velocity propagates radially inward via the viscosity and eventually reaches nearly
steady-state conditions. With U = 0.2932 m/s, the water disk rotates one revolution in about 0.15 seconds. A
simulation time of 3 seconds is chosen so that the water disk rotates 20 revolutions and the solution approximates
the steady state. Figure 2 shows the solutions of the transient tangent velocities along the radius. After 20
revolutions the transient solution closely matches the analytic steady solution.
Without the pressure relief boundary modification, large pressures develop. Figure 3 shows the evolution of the
pressure along the radius. The pressure experiences large oscillations at the beginning of the revolution of t =
0.015 seconds and rapidly increases with time. Indeed, the oscillation is also observed in the velocity curve close
to the inner surface at t = 0.015 and 0.15 seconds. A positive tangent velocity here indicates that the water even
flows in the reverse direction to the applied velocity close to the inner surface.
Figure 4 and Figure 5 show the evolution of the tangential velocity and pressure distributions along the radius
with the boundary condition at the inner radius relieved so that the boundary nodes can move radially. The
tangential velocity gradually approaches the analytical solution. The pressure is reduced by over three orders of
magnitudes and oscillates about the analytical solution of a constant pressure of zero. The relieved boundary
condition also speeds up the calculations by a factor of nearly 2.5 times. The relieved boundary at the inner
radius results in a radial displacement of 4.32 × 10−6 m, or 0.01% of the inner radius the model, which can safely
be ignored.
Considering the transient dynamic nature of Abaqus/Explicit, the tangential velocity profile after three seconds
shows good accuracy compared to the steady-state analytical solution.
Input files
References
Tables
Parameter Value
c0 1450 m/s
s 0
0
Γ0
1562
CEL analysis of a rotating water disk
Figures
z x
a b
0.30
t=0.015
0.25
t=0.15
t=0.30
t=0.975
0.20 t=3.0
Analytical
Velocity
0.15
0.10
0.05
0.00
0.040 0.045 0.050 0.055 0.060 0.065 0.070
Radius
1563
CEL analysis of a rotating water disk
1.E+6
t=0.015
t=0.15
t=0.30
t=0.975
t=3.0
100000.
Pressure
10000.
1000.
100.
0.040 0.045 0.050 0.055 0.060 0.065 0.070
Radius
0.30
t=0.015
0.25
t=0.15
t=0.30
t=0.975
0.20 t=3.0
Analytical
Velocity
0.15
0.10
0.05
0.00
0.040 0.045 0.050 0.055 0.060 0.065 0.070
Radius
Figure 4: Evolution of the tangential velocities with relieved boundary condition at the inner
radius.
1564
CEL analysis of a rotating water disk
[x1.E3]
2.0
t=0.015
t=0.15
t=0.30
t=0.975
1.5 t=3.0
Pressure
1.0
0.5
0.0
0.040 0.045 0.050 0.055 0.060 0.065 0.070
Radius
Figure 5: Evolution of the pressure with relieved boundary condition at the inner radius.
1565
Smoothed particle
hydrodynamic analysis
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
PC3D
Problem description
This verification problem tests the ability of PC3D elements to describe the impact of a bird on an airplane
engine blade. The rotating airplane engine blade is subjected to an impact with a cylindrical model of a flying
bird using the smoothed particle hydrodynamic (SPH) technique. After the impact, the bird completely disintegrates
and splashes over the surface of the engine blade. A similar approach can be used for modeling severe deformations
of thin shell structures impacted by objects moving with high velocity.
Model: This model analyzes the impact interaction between a flying object and a rotating airplane engine
blade. The airplane engine blade is modeled using 960 S4RS shell elements. A set of nodes closer to the turbine
hub are kinematically coupled to a reference node situated at the center of the hub. A constant angular velocity
of 5.466 × 102 rad/s is applied at the reference node about the z-axis. The engine blade is modeled with an
elastic-plastic material with Young's modulus E = 210 GPa, Poisson's ratio ν = 0.3, density ρ = 4.0 × 103 kg/m3,
and isotropic hardening. The flying bird is modeled using 4160 PC3D elements. The bird material is modeled
using a tabular equation of state (EOS) material with a tensile failure strength of 94 MPa and a density of
ρ = 1.0 × 103 kg/m3. The radius of the cross-section of the cylinder modeling the bird is 0.04 m, and the height
of the cylinder is 0.076 m. The contact interaction between the surfaces of the bird object and the shell structure
is defined through contact inclusions.
The initial configuration of the model is shown in Figure 1.
An intermediate deformed configuration of the airplane engine blade and the bird system is shown in Figure 2.
Input files
ver_prc_birdsplash.inp Abaqus/Explicit input file.
1567
Smoothed particle hydrodynamic analysis
Figures
Figure 1: Undeformed configuration of the airplane engine blade and the bird system.
Figure 2: Deformed configuration of the airplane engine blade and the bird system.
Elements tested
C3D8R PC3D
Problem description
This verification problem tests the ability of reduced-integration continuum elements (C3D8R) elements to
convert to SPH particles as deformation progresses during the impact of a bird on an airplane engine blade.
Model: Overall the model, the material properties, and the loading conditions are the same as in Bird strike
on an airplane engine blade. The only exception is that the bird is first modeled with C3D8R elements rather
1568
Smoothed particle hydrodynamic analysis
than with PC3D elements. A strain-based criterion is used to convert each continuum element to eight SPH
particles. The contact interaction between the internally generated particles and the shell structure is defined
automatically from the user-defined contact inclusions.
The initial configuration of the model is shown in Figure 3.
An intermediate deformed configuration of the airplane engine blade and the bird system is shown in Figure 4.
Input files
ver_prc_birdsplashconv.inp Abaqus/Explicit input file.
Figures
Figure 3: Undeformed configuration of the airplane engine blade and the bird modeled with
continuum elements.
1569
Smoothed particle hydrodynamic analysis
Figure 4: Deformed configuration of the airplane engine blade and the bird as the conversion
of the continuum elements progresses.
Elements tested
PC3D
Problem description
This problem tests the ability of PC3D elements to model impact and mixing of two liquid bodies of the same
material. A spherical water drop falls into a square container containing water under gravitational forces. The
water drop moves down toward the water in the container and, after splashing, settles to an equilibrium state
within the container. The container is modeled using five shell elements. In this test problem mass scaling and
bulk modulus reduction are used to increase the value of the stable time increment. Since compressibility does
not play a significant role in this analysis, this modeling choice should not affect the results significantly.
Model: This model analyzes the impact and mixing of two liquids with the same material properties. The
spherical liquid drop and the liquid in the container are modeled using 3544 and 9000 PC3D elements, respectively.
Both liquids are defined using an EOS material of type USUP modeling a linear equation of state. The parameters
used in this material model are c0 = 0.111803398875 mm/s, s = 0.0, and Γ0 = 0.0. To increase the stable time
increment, the density of the liquid is artificially defined as ρ =1 tonne/mm3. The height of the container is 5
mm. The horizontal cross-section of the container has a square shape with a side length of 15 mm. The lateral
and bottom walls of the container are modeled as S4R shell elements. The contact interaction between the liquid
and the shell structure is defined through contact inclusions.
The initial configuration and an intermediate configuration are shown in Figure 5 and Figure 6.
Input files
ver_prc_watersplashinpan.inp Abaqus/Explicit input file.
1570
Smoothed particle hydrodynamic analysis
Figures
Figure 5: The initial configuration of a water drop and a water-filled square pan.
Splashing of a figurehead
Problem description
This problem tests the impact interaction between PC3D elements and a rigid solid structure with a complex
curved surface. A block of liquid is moved toward a figurehead and splashes over its surface. The cohesion force
used in this model helps maintain some tensile strength for the liquid material during splashing.
1571
Smoothed particle hydrodynamic analysis
Model: This model analyzes the impact interaction between a liquid modeled using the SPH technique and a
rigid solid structure. The block of liquid is modeled using 53040 PC3D elements. The material model of the
liquid used is an EOS material of type USUP modeling a linear equation of state. The material parameters used
are c0 = 1.5 × 106 mm/s, s = 0.0, and Γ0 = 0.0. A failure strength of 2 MPa is defined for this EOS type material.
To model the figurehead, 4084 R3D3 rigid elements are used. The initial velocity of the liquid is 3000 mm/s
along the y-direction toward the figurehead. The confining box has a dimension of 800 mm × 800 mm × 500
mm, and it is modeled using 48 R3D4 rigid elements. The contact interaction between the liquid and the surfaces
of the figurehead and the confining box is defined through contact inclusions with the no-friction surface
interaction.
The initial and intermediate configurations are shown in Figure 7 and Figure 8.
Input files
ver_prc_splashfigurehead.inp Abaqus/Explicit input file.
Figures
1572
Smoothed particle hydrodynamic analysis
Problem description
This problem tests the ability of PC3D elements to model large deformation and failure of an isotropic
elastic-plastic material upon an abrupt change of temperature. A figurehead statue, modeled with
temperature-dependent material properties, begins to melt as the temperature suddenly jumps to a higher value.
The contact interaction between the SPH related particles and the rigid elements is also tested.
Model: This problem analyzes the temperature-related failure of a figurehead statue modeled using the SPH
technique. The figurehead statue is modeled using 8252 PC3D elements, and it is characterized by a
temperature-dependent elastic-plastic material mode via field variable dependencies. The Young's modulus, E,
is equal to 2 MPa when the non-dimensional field variable is equal to 1.0, and it is equal to 0.8 MPa when this
variable changes to 2.0. The dependence of the plastic properties on the temperature is given via tabular data.
The density of the material is defined as ρ = 1.0 × 10−8 tonne/mm3. Fifty R3D4 elements are used to model the
bottom and the lateral walls. The melting process of the figurehead statue is accelerated after a sudden rise of
the temperature during the dynamic analysis. The contact interaction between the solid statue and the rigid wall
is defined through contact inclusions.
The initial and intermediate configurations are shown in Figure 9 and Figure 10.
Input files
ver_prc_figureheadmelting.inp Abaqus/Explicit input file.
1573
Smoothed particle hydrodynamic analysis
Figures
Figure 10:Velocity vector plot of an intermediate configuration for the melted figurehead statue.
Smashing of a figurehead
Problem description
This problem tests the ability of PC3D elements to model the impact of a figurehead on solid walls. The figurehead,
modeled as a toothpaste-like viscous material, is smashed onto solid walls. After the impact, the figurehead is
completely crashed on the lateral wall and then flows down onto the bottom wall under gravitational forces. The
contact interaction between the SPH related particles and the rigid elements is also tested.
Model: This model analyzes the impact interaction between a figurehead and solid walls. The figurehead is
modeled using 8252 PC3D elements. The material model used for this figurehead is an EOS material of type
1574
Smoothed particle hydrodynamic analysis
USUP modeling a linear equation of state. The material parameters used are c0 = 1.405 × 105, s = 0.0, and Γ0 = 0.0.
A linear viscous shear behavior is defined for this hydrodynamic material through tabular data. A tensile failure
strength of 10 MPa is also defined for this material. The density of the figurehead is set to ρ = 9 × 10−10 tonne/mm3.
Fifty R3D4 elements are used to model the bottom and the lateral walls. The initial velocity of the figurehead
is set to 1.0× 103 mm/s toward the lateral wall. The figurehead then follows a parabolic path under gravitational
forces until it strikes the wall. After the impact, the figurehead is smashed onto the lateral wall and then crashes
into the corner edge because of complete material failure. The contact interaction between the figurehead and
the rigid wall is defined through contact inclusions using rough friction to describe the frictional interactions.
The initial configuration and an intermediate configuration of the figurehead and the rigid walls are shown in
Figure 11 and Figure 12.
Input files
ver_prc_figureheadsmashing.inp Abaqus/Explicit input file.
Figures
1575
Smoothed particle hydrodynamic analysis
Figure 12: Velocity vector plot of an intermediate configuration for the figurehead after being
smashed on a wall.
Elements tested
PC3D
Problem description
This verification problem tests the ability of PC3D elements to handle large deformations and failure of a
rate-dependent elastic-plastic material upon impact of a high-speed projectile. A solid plate, of which the central
part is modeled using the SPH technique, is subjected to an impact by a high-velocity cylindrical rigid object.
After the impact, the part close to the center of the plate first undergoes a large deformation and then breaks
apart. Eventually, the projectile perforates the plate.
Model: This model analyzes the impact interaction between a high-velocity projectile and a solid plate. The
solid plate has a dimension of 400 mm × 400 mm × 12 mm. A circular part with a radius of 100 mm in the center
of the plate is modeled using 102726 PC3D elements, and the remaining part of the plate is modeled using 9312
C3D8R elements. The length and radius of the cylindrical rigid solid projectile are 25 mm and 8.4 mm,
respectively. The initial speed of the projectile is set to 1000 m/s. The material used for the plate is a steel with
Young's modulus E = 2.1 × 105 MPa, Poisson's ratio ν = 0.3, and density ρ = 7.8 × 10−9 tonne/mm3. The plate is
modeled as an elastic-plastic material with rate-dependent hardening. Ductile and shear damage are evolved
based on an energy criterion. The interaction between the rigid projectile and the solid plate is defined using
frictional contact with a friction coefficient of 0.3.
The initial configuration of the model is shown in Figure 13, and an intermediate deformed configuration
cross-section is shown in Figure 14.
1576
Smoothed particle hydrodynamic analysis
Input files
ver_prc_projectileimpact.inp Abaqus/Explicit input file.
Figures
Figure 13: The initial configuration of the solid plate and projectile.
Figure 14: Contour plot of Mises stress for the solid plate subjected to an impact of a projectile.
1577
Frequency extraction using
the AMS eigensolver
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
The tests in this section verify the frequency extraction procedure using the AMS eigensolver in Abaqus/Standard by
comparing the results with those obtained by the Lanczos eigensolver.
One-element tests
Elements tested
CPE4 C3D8
Features tested
Eigenvalue extraction for a system with a symmetric stiffness matrix and multi-point constraints, selective modal
recovery, full modal recover, and import.
Problem description
The two-dimensional model consists of a linear element of unit length. The nodes at one end (y = 0) are
constrained, while the nodes at the other end are involved in a LINKMPC. The eigenvalue extraction is performed
for the undeformed configuration. The three-dimensional model consists of a single linear element and is mainly
used for testing the import feature.
Input files
ams_1cpe4.inp Eigenvalue extraction for a model with one element using the AMS
eigensolver.
ams_import0.inp Preloading of a single C3D8 element.
ams_import.inp Frequency extraction of the import model using the AMS eigensolver.
Elements tested
C3D8I C3D8R C3D10M
Features tested
Constraints with Lagrange multipliers and submodeling, mode-based steady-state dynamic restart, and selective
modal recovery.
1579
Frequency extraction using the AMS eigensolver
Problem description
The model consists of a semisphere pressed against a cube that is in contact with a rigid surface. The semisphere
is also connected to the cube via four axial connectors.
In the preloading step the semisphere is pressed against the cube to establish contact. The load is applied at the
reference node of the distributing coupling. In the second step the frequencies of the preloaded structure are
extracted via the AMS procedure. Finally, the mode-based steady-state response is calculated in the third step
using the results of the frequency extraction step. The results are compared with those obtained by the Lanczos
eigensolver.
1 11.547 11.551
2 11.916 11.921
3 20.664 20.690
4 25.792 25.840
5 27.916 27.963
6 28.807 28.862
7 42.048 42.110
8 42.370 42.441
Input files
ams_conn_contact.inp Full analysis using the AMS eigensolver.
ams_conn_contact_res.inp Mode-based steady-state dynamic analysis restarted from the end of the
frequency step.
ams_conn_contact_submodel.inp Frequency extraction and mode-based steady-state dynamic analysis of
a submodel driven entirely from the original model.
Elements tested
S8RT B31H B33H B31 B33
Features tested
Coupled temperature-displacement steps, hybrid Bernoulli and Timoshenko beams, full modal recovery, and
mode-based steady-state dynamic analysis.
Problem description
The model consists of two rectangular parallel plates connected via beams at each corner. The structure is
preloaded by applying a heat flux at the center of the top plate. The linear response is analyzed in a mode-based
steady-state dynamic step preceded by a frequency extraction step using the AMS solver.
1580
Frequency extraction using the AMS eigensolver
1 14.743 14.745
2 14.743 14.748
3 15.296 15.301
4 17.158 17.164
5 29.476 29.505
6 38.684 38.749
7 38.684 38.773
8 52.778 53.009
9 63.201 63.545
10 67.253 67.621
11 67.253 67.641
12 70.055 70.555
13 87.080 87.166
14 88.789 89.594
15 88.789 89.720
16 88.818 90.292
17 91.946 92.735
18 92.877 93.825
Input files
ams_temp_plates.inp Full analysis using the AMS eigensolver.
Tire model with symmetric model generation and symmetric results transfer
Elements tested
CGAX3H CGAX4H SFMGAX1
Features tested
Eigenvalue extraction for a tire model with hybrid and/or cylindrical elements, axisymmetric model followed
by symmetric model generation with symmetric results transfer, and full modal recovery.
Problem description
The axisymmetric tire is inflated and then transferred to a full three-dimensional configuration. Subsequently,
the rigid surface is brought in contact with the full tire, obtaining the footprint. Finally, the linear response is
analyzed by performing a frequency extraction using the AMS eigensolver followed by a mode-based steady-state
dynamic step.
1581
Frequency extraction using the AMS eigensolver
1 47.552 47.590
2 48.992 49.042
3 54.391 54.445
4 56.749 56.795
5 77.582 77.743
6 82.153 82.265
7 85.123 85.268
8 85.553 85.694
9 98.554 98.802
10 103.73 104.06
11 112.37 112.77
12 116.90 117.47
13 118.64 119.08
14 119.71 120.04
15 124.68 125.18
16 130.75 131.43
17 132.16 132.60
18 136.05 136.61
19 137.41 138.03
20 138.30 139.02
21 140.35 140.97
22 140.58 141.23
23 143.88 144.66
24 144.98 145.75
25 148.05 148.99
26 152.60 153.74
Input files
ams_tire_axisymm.inp Axisymmetric tire model.
ams_tire_full3d.inp Three-dimensional tire model.
Elements tested
CPS3
1582
Frequency extraction using the AMS eigensolver
Features tested
Solution mapping and selective modal recovery.
Problem description
The first model is subject to a static preload. The solution is mapped onto a second mode with different elements,
and the structure is further loaded statically. Finally, the eigenvalues of the loaded structure are extracted via the
AMS eigensolver.
1 14.925 14.926
2 43.614 43.617
3 48.566 48.571
4 95.490 95.540
Input files
ams_mapsolution_1.inp Original model preloaded statically.
ams_mapsolution_2.inp Solution-mapped model with further preloading and frequency
extraction using the AMS eigensolver.
Elements tested
C3D8 SFM3D4R S4 S8R
Features tested
Material orientations, nodal transformations, initial conditions, selective modal recovery, and full modal recovery.
Problem description
Relatively small problems with simple topologies constructed for testing the features mentioned above.
Input files
ams_material_ori.inp Model with material orientations and initial conditions.
ams_nodal_transf.inp Model with nodal transformations.
1583
Frequency extraction using the AMS eigensolver
Elements tested
CPE4R C3D20R
Features tested
Residual modes, selective modal recovery, and full modal recovery.
Problem description
Models of simple topology to test the accuracy of residual modes using the AMS eigensolver.
no 1 4992.3 4993.1
no 2 5430.0 5430.9
no 3 7340.8 7344.6
no 4 10875. 10877.
no 5 13716. 13724.
The maximum displacement in the steady-state dynamic step at 13kHz is 1.949 units with the Lanczos procedure,
versus 1.848 units with the AMS eigensolver.
Input files
ams_resmod_c3d20r.inp Three-dimensional model with residual modes, AMS, and full modal
recovery.
lanczos_resmod_c3d20r.inp Three-dimensional model with residual modes and Lanczos.
ams_resmod_cpe4r.inp Two-dimensional model with residual modes, AMS, and selective modal
recovery.
Miscellaneous models
Elements tested
SAXA12 M3D4
Features tested
Motion of material through the mesh and section distributions.
Problem description
Models with simple topology to test the features mentioned above.
1584
Frequency extraction using the AMS eigensolver
1 531.33 531.33
2 771.31 771.31
3 1017.6 1017.6
4 1129.4 1129.4
5 1217.0 1217.1
6 1639.2 1639.2
7 1754.1 1754.1
8 2275.6 2275.6
9 3382.0 3382.0
10 3490.5 3490.5
11 3556.7 3556.7
12 3994.9 3994.9
Input files
ams_motion.inp Model with material motion.
lanczos_resmod_c3d20r.inp Model with section distributions and SAXA12 elements.
1585
Steady-state dynamics with
nondiagonal damping using
the AMS eigensolver
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
The tests in this section verify the mode-based steady-state dynamic analysis procedure supporting nondiagonal damping
(structural, viscous, material, and global damping) using the AMS eigensolver in Abaqus/Standard. As a reference
solution, the results obtained by the subspace-based steady-state dynamic analysis procedure using the Lanczos
eigensolver are used. Some tests are compared to the steady-state direct method.
One-element tests
Elements tested
CPE4 C3D8
Features tested
Mode-based steady-state dynamic step using the eigensolution computed by the AMS eigensolver for a system
with material damping, global damping, and the damping controls option.
Problem description
The two-dimensional model consists of a linear element of unit length with material damping. The nodes at the
bottom (y = 0.0) are constrained, and real and imaginary parts of the concentrated loads are applied to the nodes
at the top (y = 1.0) . The three-dimensional model is used for testing the selecting eigenmodes and selective
modal recovery features.
Input files
ssd_ams_1cpe4.inp Mode-based steady-state dynamic analysis using the AMS eigensolver (CPE4).
ssd_lnz_1cpe4.inp Subspace-based steady-state dynamic analysis using the Lanczos eigensolver
(CPE4).
ssd_lnz_1cpe4_sdamp.inp Mode-based steady-state dynamic analysis using the Lanczos eigensolver
(CPE4) including global damping and damping controls.
ssd_ams_1c3d8.inp Mode-based steady-state dynamic analysis using the AMS eigensolver (C3D8).
Global damping and damping controls tested.
ssd_lnz_1c3d8.inp Subspace-based steady-state dynamic analysis using the Lanczos eigensolver
(C3D8).
1587
Steady-state dynamics with nondiagonal damping using the AMS eigensolver
Elements tested
CONN3D2 SPRING1 DASHPOT1 MASS T3D2
Features tested
Mode-based steady-state dynamic step using the eigensolution computed by the AMS eigensolver for a system
with discrete material damping (connector damping and dashpot). Global damping and damping controls options
are tested here.
Problem description
The simple one degree of freedom model consists of three components: a spring, a mass, and a dashpot. Left-hand
sides of the spring and the dashpot are connected to the ground, and the mass element is attached to the right-hand
sides of the spring and the dashpot. A unit concentrated load is applied to the mass element in the direction of
degree of freedom 1.
The connector model consists of three Cartesian-type connectors that are sequentially connected together. It has
two degrees of freedom, and complex connector loads are applied on the two middle nodes.
Input files
ssd_ams_1dof.inp Mode-based steady-state dynamic analysis using the AMS eigensolver for a
spring-mass-dashpot model with one degree of freedom.
ssd_lnz_1dof.inp Subspace-based steady-state dynamic analysis using the Lanczos eigensolver for
a spring-mass-dashpot model with one degree of freedom.
ssd_ams_conn3d.inp Mode-based steady-state dynamic analysis using the AMS eigensolver for a
three-dimensional connector element model with connector damping. Global
damping and damping controls tested.
ssd_lnz_conn3d.inp Subspace-based steady-state dynamic analysis using the Lanczos eigensolver for
a three-dimensional connector element model with connector damping. Global
damping and damping controls tested.
t3d2_ssd_ams_sdamping.inp Mode-based steady-state dynamic analysis using the AMS eigensolver tested with
global damping and damping controls.
Elements tested
CPS4
1588
Steady-state dynamics with nondiagonal damping using the AMS eigensolver
Features tested
Mode-based steady-state dynamic step for a system with frequency-dependent viscoelastic material and property
evaluation feature in the frequency extraction step.
Problem description
The two-dimensional model is a simple cantilever beam model with 12 CPS4 elements. Left-end nodes of a
cantilever beam are fixed, and 1.0 GPa is applied to the top surface of the cantilevered beam. Frequency-domain
viscoelastic material is defined in a tabular form.
Input files
ssd_ams_viscoe_cps4.inp Mode-based steady-state dynamic analysis using the AMS eigensolver for a
two-dimensional model with frequency-domain viscoelasticity
ssd_lnz_viscoe_cps4.inp Subspace-based steady-state dynamic analysis using the Lanczos eigensolver
for a two-dimensional model with frequency-domain viscoelasticity
Elements tested
B23
Features tested
Mode-based steady-state dynamic step with base motion, eigenmode selection, and beam general section along
with material damping.
1589
Steady-state dynamics with nondiagonal damping using the AMS eigensolver
Problem description
The model consists of 20 Euler-Bernoulli beams sequentially connected; each end of the beams is constrained
to the ground. Primary base motion is prescribed with user-defined amplitude, and the first 25 modes are selected
for mode-based steady-state dynamic analysis.
Input files
ssd_lnz_base_b23.inp Two-dimensional model for a subspace-based steady-state dynamic analysis with
base motion, selective eigenmodes, and Lanczos eigensolver.
Elements tested
B21 DASHPOTA
Features tested
SIM-based steady-state dynamic analysis with multiple load case definitions.
Problem description
Material: Young's modulus = 2.0 × 105, Poisson’s ratio = 0.3, density = 2.0 × 10−6. Dashpot damping is
frequency dependent as follows:
0.0 0.01
100 0.001
200 0.0005
The beam is fixed at one end and is free at the other. The dashpot is connected to the tip and grounded at the
other end. A concentrated load of amplitude 1200 is applied at the tip of the cantilever beam. For the second
load case the same load is applied as an imaginary part of the load for comparison. The steady-state dynamic
analysis is run from 0 to 100 Hz using subspace projection based on modes computed up to 200 Hz.
1590
Steady-state dynamics with nondiagonal damping using the AMS eigensolver
Frequency (Hz) Single load Real load case Imaginary load case
Input files
cant_dash_ssds_mlc.inp SIM-based steady-state dynamic analysis of the cantilever beam with dashpot,
subspace, and multiple load cases. Units: mm, N, MPa.
1591
Media transport
Media transport
Products: Abaqus/Standard Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8R
M3D4R
Problem description
The verification test in this section is a media transport analysis of a periodic media consisting of nine blocks
modeled using M3D4R and C3D8R elements. The membrane elements are used to model the conveyor belt, and
the brick elements are used to model the packages on top of the belt. The packages are tied to the belt with a tie
constraint. The model is pre-stretched using Abaqus/Standard and imported to Abaqus/Explicit, where the
periodic media is defined and activated. The belt is set in motion at the beginning of the Abaqus/Explicit analysis
by specifying a uniform initial velocity. The model is illustrated in Figure 1.
Because the periodic media analysis technique is not available in Abaqus/Standard, the ties between blocks must
be defined explicitly using a tie constraint and the boundary conditions at the inlet and outlet must be defined
directly at the nodes. In addition, the front end nodes of the inlet block must be constrained to have identical
displacements as their corresponding nodes in the back end of the inlet. This is accomplished by defining an
equation constraint between corresponding nodes that forces the y-direction displacements to be equal. The belt
is stretched by fixing the inlet nodes and displacing the outlet nodes in the x-direction.
In the Abaqus/Explicit analysis the periodic media is defined using element sets and node sets. Two rollers are
added with general contact defined between the belt and the rollers. Both the inlet and outlet control nodes are
fixed in the y- and z-directions and given a velocity of 1000 in the x-direction. All of the belt and package nodes
are given an initial velocity of 1000 in the x-direction. Block shuffling takes place when the back end of the inlet
passes the trigger plane. The trigger plane is located at an x-coordinate of –200 and is normal to the x-direction.
1593
Media transport
Input files
Elements tested
M3D4R
Problem description
The verification test in this section is the same model described in the previous section, except that the
pre-stretching step is defined directly in the Abaqus/Explicit analysis and the packages are fixed to the belt using
cohesive contact instead of a tie constraint. The periodic media is inactive during the pre-stretching step. The
stretching is achieved by applying velocity boundary conditions with different amplitudes at both inlet and outlet
control nodes. The velocity amplitudes ramp up from zero to one in a span of 0.2 seconds; however, one amplitude
starts ramping at the start of the step and the other is delayed by 0.2 seconds. At the end of the step the inlet and
outlet control nodes have uniform velocity boundary conditions. The periodic media is activated in the second
step, allowing block shuffling to take place when the back end of the inlet block passes the trigger plane. The
model is illustrated in Figure 1.
Input files
belt_two_step.inp Two-step Abaqus/Explicit analysis.
1594
Transferring results
between dissimilar meshes
in Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8R C3D10 C3D10M C3D20 C3D4 C3D8T C3D20RT
CAX3H CAX4 CGAX4HT CGAX8RT
CPE3 CPE4 CPE6 CPE6H CPE8 CPE8R
CPEG3HT CPEG4HT
C3D8P C3D20RP CAX4P CAX8RP
CPS3 CPS4 CPS4T DC2D4
Features tested
Problem description
The verification tests in this section consist of pairs of models. Within each pair the first, or ancestor, model
undergoes a simple deformation to a deformed configuration. The second, or descendent, model represents the
deformed configuration of the ancestor with a different mesh and possibly with different element types. The
solution from the ancestor model is transferred to the descendent model, and the resulting state of this model is
verified to be consistent with the ancestor in its deformed configuration.
Model: The ancestor model has a simple rectangular geometry. In most cases the model contains two distinct
material regions, shown in Figure 1. This model undergoes a uniform compression, as shown in Figure 2, and
the resulting configuration is chosen as the geometry for the descendent model, as shown in Figure 3. Models
with axisymmetric elements are placed at a large radial position so that the element behavior is near to that of
plane strain elements. Models with three-dimensional elements have a depth of 10 units and have meshes slightly
different from those shown in the following planar mesh figures.
1595
Transferring results between dissimilar meshes in Abaqus/Standard
Region 1 Region 2
40
X
Z
10 10
original configuration
deformed configuration
1596
Transferring results between dissimilar meshes in Abaqus/Standard
Region 1 Region 2
Y
Z X
Mesh: Nonuniform meshes are chosen, as illustrated in Figure 4, Figure 5, Figure 6, and Figure 7.
1597
Transferring results between dissimilar meshes in Abaqus/Standard
Material: Material properties are selected from among the following models. In cases where two different
material properties are used in adjacent regions, the parameters listed first are applied to one material region and
the parameters listed second are applied to the other:
Elastic (including UMAT implementation)
Young's modulus 1 × 104 and 1 × 105
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Elastic/plastic
Young's modulus 1 × 104 and 1 × 105
Poisson's ratio 0.3
Yield stress 8 × 103 and 8 × 104
Hyperelastic
C10 1.9 × 103
D11 2.4 × 10−4
Boundary conditions: The ancestor model is constrained from vertical motion on the bottom surface
and from horizontal motion along the interface between the material regions. The top surface is then compressed
with a uniform motion while the sides expand with a prescribed, volume preserving motion. These boundary
conditions result in a deformed configuration that is independent of the material models used in the analysis. In
some tests the deformed configuration shown in Figure 2 is reached at an intermediate step and increment, which
enables testing of solution mapping from intermediate configurations.
Ancestor models with temperature degrees of freedom have a temperature of zero prescribed on the lower
boundary and a temperature of 1000 prescribed on the upper boundary, resulting in a linear variation in temperature
across the height of the model.
Ancestor models with pore pressure degrees of freedom have a pore pressure of zero prescribed on the lower
boundary and a pore pressure of 1 prescribed on the upper boundary, resulting in a linear variation in pore
pressure across the height of the model.
The material solution variables in each descendent model are verified to match those in the ancestor model in
its deformed configuration. In cases where the models have distinct material regions, the solution variables in
the descendent model are verified to be distinct with no smoothing across the material boundary. The linear
distribution in temperature in models with temperature degrees of freedom and in pore pressure in models with
pore pressure degrees of freedom is verified to agree between the ancestor and the descendent model.
1598
Transferring results between dissimilar meshes in Abaqus/Standard
Input files
The input file names describe the analysis procedure, element type, and material type. The input files are grouped
in pairs; each pair is comprised of an ancestor model, from which the solution is transferred, and a descendent
model, to which the solution is transferred.
The ancestor analysis files follow the format pmap_element_material_options_a.inp; the descendent analysis
files follow the format pmap_element_material_options_d.inp.
element indicates the element type or types used in the analysis. material indicates the type of material in the
analysis. options indicates the particular procedure or feature tested.
CPE8 element tests:
pmap_cpe8_elastic_static_a.inp Ancestor model.
pmap_cpe8_elastic_static_d.inp Descendent model.
Tests of solution mapping from C3D8P to C3D20RP elements in a steady soils procedure:
pmap_c3d8p_elastic_ss_a.inp Ancestor model.
pmap_c3d20rp_elastic_ss_d.inp Descendent model.
1599
Transferring results between dissimilar meshes in Abaqus/Standard
Tests of solution mapping from CPE8R to CPE6H elements with a user material definition:
pmap_cpe8r_user_static_a.inp Ancestor model.
pmap_cpe6h_user_static_d.inp Descendent model.
Tests of solution mapping from CPE6 to CPE8 elements with a hyperelastic material defined:
pmap_cpe6_hyperelastic_static_a.inp Ancestor model.
pmap_cpe8_hyperelastic_static_d.inp Descendent model.
Tests of solution mapping from C3D4 to C3D10M elements with a rotation applied to the ancestor model:
pmap_c3d4_elastic_rotated_a.inp Ancestor model.
pmap_c3d10m_elastic_rotated_d.inp Descendent model.
1600
One-step inverse analysis
References:
• *ONE-STEP INVERSE
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
S3R S4 S4R STRI3
Features tested
This section provides basic verification tests of the one-step inverse analysis.
Problem description
The tests provide verification of the one-step inverse analysis described in One-step inverse analysis. The analysis
determines an initial undeformed configuration of a structure given a final deformed configuration and a blank
surface. The initial location of the plate is expected to conform with the blank surface.
Model
The model consists of a plate approximated with shell elements and a rigid surface.
Mesh
The plate is modeled with a mesh of 10 quadrilateral elements or a mesh of 20
triangular elements.
Material
A linear isotropic elastic material is used with:
Young's modulus E=195 × 106
Poisson's ratio υ=0.33
Initial Conditions
The initial conditions specify an estimate of the unfolded coordinates of all nodes
in the plate, which is used a starting point in the iterative algorithm of the one-step
inverse analysis.
Boundary conditions
All degrees of freedom of the nodes on one side of the plate are fixed. As a result,
these nodes are constrained at the position prescribed with the initial conditions.
1601
One-step inverse analysis
All tests using different element types have the expected results. The calculated initial configuration of the plate
conforms to the blank surface. In addition, differences between results obtained using different element types
are negligible.
Input files
1602
User Subroutines
User Subroutines
In this section:
1603
About user subroutine
verification tests
Overview
This section contains test cases that provide evidence that the implementation of user subroutines produces results that
can be compared to independently calculated solutions or experimental results.
User subroutines are provided to increase the functionality of several Abaqus capabilities for which the usual data
input methods alone may be too restrictive.
Information on writing user subroutines and detailed descriptions of each subroutine appear online in Abaqus User
Subroutines Guide. A listing and explanations of associated utility routines also appear in that guide.
References:
• User Subroutines and Utilities
1605
User subroutine verification
In this section:
• DFLUX
• DISP
• DLOAD
• FRIC
• FRIC_COEF
• GAPCON
• GAPELECTR
• HARDINI
• HETVAL
• RSURFU
• SDVINI
• UAMP
• UANISOHYPER_INV and VUANISOHYPER_INV
• UCREEPNETWORK
• UEL
• UELMAT
• UEPACTIVATIONVOL
• UEXPAN
• UFLUID
• UGENS
• UHARD
• UINTER
• UMAT and UHYPER
• UMATHT
• URDFIL
• USDFLD
• UTEMP, UFIELD, UMASFL, and UPRESS
• UTRSNETWORK
• UVARM
• UWAVE and UEXTERNALDB
• VDISP
• VDLOAD: nonuniform loads
• VFRIC, VFRIC_COEF, and VFRICTION
• VHETVAL
• VUAMP
• VUCHARLENGTH
• VUCREEPNETWORK
• VUEL
• VUFIELD
• VUHARD
1607
• VUINTER
• VUINTERACTION
• VUMAT: rotating cylinder
• VUMATHT
• VUSDFLD
• VUVISCOSITY
• VWAVE
1608
DFLUX
DFLUX
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Features tested
User subroutine to define nonuniform distributed flux in heat transfer and mass diffusion analyses.
Elements tested
DC2D8
Problem description
A steady-state heat transfer analysis of a unit block is performed. The block is composed of six DC2D8 elements.
Side A of the block (nodes 1–7) has its temperature, θA, ramped up linearly over the course of a step. The opposite
side of the block, side B (nodes 201–207), has a nonuniform distributed flux, qB, applied to it via user subroutine
DFLUX. The value of the distributed flux varies as a function of the current temperature of this side, θB. This
variation of applied flux is chosen to be qB (θB ) = −k θB, where k is the conductivity of the block material. A thermal
energy balance,
∂θ (θA − θB )
q = −k ∂y = −k Δy
= qB (θB ) = −k θB,
The inclusion of d q / d θB in user subroutine DFLUX is essential for good convergence of the solution.
Input files
udfluxxx.inp Test of DFLUX in a heat transfer analysis.
udfluxxx.f User subroutine DFLUX used in udfluxxx.inp.
Elements tested
DC2D8
1609
DFLUX
Problem description
A steady-state mass diffusion analysis of a unit block is performed. The block is composed of six DC2D8
elements. Side A of the block (nodes 1–7) has its normalized concentration, ϕA, ramped up linearly over the course
of a step. The opposite side of the block, side B (nodes 201–207), has a nonuniform distributed flux, qB, applied
to it via user subroutine DFLUX. The value of the distributed flux varies as a function of the current normalized
concentration, ϕB; temperature, θB; and equivalent pressure stress, pB, of this side. This variation of applied flux
is chosen to be qB (ϕB, θB, pB ) = −D (θ , p )ϕB, where D (θ , p ) is the diffusivity of the block material. The diffusivity is
defined as
D (θ , p ) = D0 + D1θ + D2 p + D3θp,
and diffusion is otherwise considered to be independent of temperature and equivalent pressure stress (i.e.,
κp = κs = 0). The temperature and pressure stress fields are specified at all nodes and are ramped up linearly over
the course of the step. The mass balance,
∂ϕ (ϕA − ϕB )
q = −D (θ , p ) ∂y = −D (θ , p ) Δy
= qB (ϕB, θB, pb ) = −D (θ , p )ϕB,
The inclusion of d q / d ϕB in user subroutine DFLUX is essential for good convergence of the solution.
Input files
udfluxmd.inp Test of DFLUX in a mass diffusion analysis.
udfluxmd.f User subroutine DFLUX used in udfluxmd.inp.
1610
DISP
DISP
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
T3D2
Features tested
User subroutine to provide prescribed nodal behavior (displacements, velocities, and accelerations).
Problem description
A straight section built with one-dimensional truss elements is used in a dynamic analysis. The model has
boundary conditions prescribed at nodes 2, 3, and 4 (nodes TRUSS.3, TRUSS.5, and TRUSS.7 in the model
defined in terms of an assembly of part instances) using user subroutine DISP, while at nodes 5, 6, and 7
(TRUSS.9, TRUSS.11, and TRUSS.13) the boundary conditions are prescribed using an amplitude definition.
A displacement variation is specified at nodes 2 and 5 (TRUSS.3 and TRUSS.9), a velocity variation is specified
at nodes 3 and 6 (TRUSS.5 and TRUSS.11), and an acceleration variation is specified at nodes 4 and 7 (TRUSS.7
and TRUSS.13). The variation prescribed is
f (x ) = 1.5 sin(.1π t ) + .5cos(.1π t ).
For the variations specified using DISP, the appropriate derivatives and integrals have to be incorporated into
the subroutine. For the amplitude specification Abaqus automatically performs the necessary differentiation and
integration. Identical variations are specified in both methods such that the results should be identical.
The responses of the nodal degrees of freedom can be plotted to show that user subroutine DISP is providing
the same history as the amplitude description.
Input files
1611
DISP
udispxxx_part2.f User subroutine DISP used in udispxxx_part2.inp (illustrates the use of the utility
routine GETINTERNAL).
1612
DLOAD
DLOAD
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Features tested
User subroutine to specify nonuniform distributed loads.
General comments
User subroutine DLOAD can be used to define several types of nonuniform distributed loads. Examples of the
use of this subroutine are shown in some of the tests described in other sections of this guide. The use of the
subroutine is not limited to the applications shown in these tests. Pure bending of a cylinder: CAXA elements
and Cylinder subjected to asymmetric pressure loads: CAXA elements illustrate the use of subroutine DLOAD
to apply asymmetric loads to CAXA asymmetric-axisymmetric continuum elements. Refer to the problem
description in Patch test for axisymmetric elements for an example of the use of the subroutine to define a
nonuniform body force in the patch test for axisymmetric continuum stress-displacement elements. Subroutine
DLOAD is also used in the test described in Nonuniform crack-face loading and J-integrals to apply uniform
and nonuniform loads to a crack face.
1613
FRIC
FRIC
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B31
Features tested
User subroutine to define frictional behavior for contact surfaces in a stress/displacement analysis.
Problem description
Abaqus provides a Coulomb friction model as the default behavior for frictional interfaces. In this test an
alternative constitutive model is used. Here, the interface is assumed to have a viscoplastic behavior so that the
slip strain rate is proportional to the shear stress. For this particular example
γ˙ = k τ ,
where k=0.001.
A fairly stiff beam element is used to model a rod. The contact between the bottom end of the rod and a
three-dimensional rigid surface is modeled by specifying a master-slave contact pair. The bottom end of the rod
constitutes the node-based slave surface, and the rigid surface represents the master surface. The rigid surface
is kept fixed in space throughout the analysis and corresponds to the x–y plane. This configuration is shown in
Figure 1. The rod, which is perpendicular to the rigid surface (that is, parallel to the z-axis), is forced into contact
with the rigid surface and kept in compression by applying a concentrated load in the axial direction at the top
of the rod. Subsequently, the rod is forced to slide around the surface by applying a concentrated load vector of
the form
fT = fx i + f y j + 0k
to the node at the top of the beam element. All rotations are constrained on this node as well.
The first two steps of the analysis set up an equilibrium solution in which the beam element is compressed by a
force of 100. The rod is then slid in three steps (Steps 3–5), and each of the steps has a total time of unity. A
tangential force fT of norm 100 is applied instantaneously during each of these steps to keep the norm of the
shear stress vector constant. During these three steps the incremental slip vector and the interfacial shear stresses
are checked for consistency with the assumed constitutive law.
1615
FRIC
axial force
Φ =0 tangential force
4,5,6
tangential force
B31
z
contacting node
y
x
Rigid Surface
Reference solution
STEP 3:
A constant tangential force fx=100 and f y=0 is applied. The total slip at the end of this step is 0.1 along the
x-axis since the applied shear stress is held constant with a value of 100 along this axis.
STEP 4:
A constant tangential force fx=f y=70.71 is applied. The total slip at the end of this step is .17071 in the
x-direction and .07071 in the y-direction since the applied shear stress is held constant with a value of
70.71 in each direction.
STEP 5:
A constant tangential force fx=0 and f y=100 is applied. The total slip at the end of this step is .17071 in
each direction since the applied shear stress is held constant with a value of 100 along the y-axis.
Input files
ufricxxx.inp Stress/displacement analysis.
ufricxxx.f User subroutine FRIC used in ufricxxx.inp.
Elements tested
C3D8T
1616
FRIC
Features tested
User subroutine to define frictional behavior for contact surfaces in a coupled temperature-displacement analysis.
Problem description
In this test the contact interface is assumed to have viscoplastic behavior so that the slip strain rate is proportional
to the shear stress and average temperature of the interface. For this particular example
γ˙ = k τ ,
where k = 0.001 + 0.00001 (θ1 +2 θ2) , and θ1 and θ2 represent the current temperature of the slave and master surface
nodes, respectively.
Contact is defined between two solid blocks, A and B, as shown in Figure 2.
P
Q contact surface
(B)
y (A)
x
z
The base of block A is fixed in space. The analysis consists of a sequence of steps that are designed to verify
the contact conditions and the frictional heat generated due to user-defined friction conditions. The material
properties and the different boundary conditions and loads are chosen such that the analytical solution can be
easily derived.
In Step 1 contact is established between blocks A and B.
In Step 2 contact between the two blocks is maintained by applying a downward force P=16000 on the top
surface of block B. During these two steps the temperature of each block is kept at 0°.
Step 3 verifies that the friction law is applied correctly and that the proper amount of heat is generated due to
friction. Block B is slid over block A by instantaneously applying a shear load Q of 100 in the x-direction. The
temperature of block B is increased from 0° to 200° while maintaining the temperature of block A at 0°. During
the sliding process the top surface of block A is fixed to keep the contact surfaces orthogonal to the y-axis. It is
assumed that 50% of the frictional work is transformed into heat and that 50% of that heat goes through each
contact surface. During this third step the incremental slip vector, the interfacial shear stresses, and the heat
generated are checked for consistency with the assumed constitutive law.
Reference solution
At the end of the third step the total slip can be obtained by integrating the slip rate γ̇ as
1
γ = ∫0 k τ d t = 0.150.
1617
FRIC
In Abaqus this integration is not carried out in a continuous fashion. It is carried out by discretizing the total
time in given intervals, leading to the form
n
γ = ∑ k (i )τ Δt (i ),
i =1
which results in a total slip of 0.155 if the unit time is divided into 10 equal intervals.
The heat generated by friction in each interval is
Δγ (i )
qg = ητ Δt (i ) = ηk (i )τ 2,
where η=0.5 and τ=100. Half of this quantity goes through each contacting surface.
Input files
ufricxxy.inp Coupled temperature-displacement analysis.
ufricxxy.f User subroutine FRIC used in ufricxxy.inp.
1618
FRIC_COEF
FRIC_COEF
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B21
Features tested
User subroutine to define the friction coefficient between contact surfaces in a stress/displacement analysis.
Problem description
Abaqus provides user subroutine FRIC_COEF, in which complex dependencies of a friction coefficient can be
defined on slip rate, pressure, temperature, and field variables. This example verifies the capability by considering
the contact response for a Coulomb friction law in which the friction coefficient is of the form
( )
μ = μk + (μs − μk )exp −dc γ˙eq ,
where γ̇eq is the slip rate, dc is the decay coefficient, and μs and μk are the static and dynamic coefficients of friction,
respectively. Both the static and dynamic coefficients are functions of contact pressure, p and the average
temperature between the two contacting surfaces, θ
μs = Cs θ + Ds p , μk = Ck θ + Dk p,
Input files
ufriccoefd.inp Analysis with default parameters on the *FRICTION option.
1619
FRIC_COEF
ufriccoefl.inp Analysis with the LAGRANGE parameter defined on the *FRICTION option.
ufriccoefs.inp Analysis with the SLIP TOLERANCE parameter defined on the *FRICTION
option.
ufriccoefe.inp Analysis with the ELASTIC SLIP parameter defined on the *FRICTION option.
ufriccoef.f User subroutine FRIC_COEF.
Elements tested
C3D8
Features tested
User subroutine to define friction coefficient that depends on solution-dependent state variables.
Problem description
In this test the friction coefficient is assumed to be a function of a solution-dependent state variable that is a
linear function of equivalent contact slip. A saturation type dependence of the friction coefficient on the
solution-dependent variable is assumed:
(
μ = μI + μf − μI )(1 − exp(s)),
where the friction coefficient μ varies between an initial value of μI and an asymptotic value of μf. In the simplest
case the solution-dependent variable s is chosen as a linear homogeneous function of equivalent contact slip γeq;
i.e., s = αγeq + β with parameter β= 0. The parameter value α= −0.2 is chosen.
The test consists of a block meshed with a single element sliding on another block with a single row of elements.
The slider block is chosen for the slave surface, while the master surface is chosen on the other block. Contact
is established in the first step. In the second step the slider block is moved with specified displacements. The
value of equivalent contact slip is accessed by a call to the utility routine GETVRC, which returns the converged
value at the previous increment. The friction coefficient is updated as the slider moves, but its dependence on
the solution-dependent variable and, thereby, the equivalent slip is explicit since it corresponds to the converged
value for the previous increment. In the third step, which is a dummy step, the slider is held in place; but we
allow the solution-dependent variable to evolve to its final value based on the final values of equivalent contact
slip. The first three steps use the static procedure. Additional linear steps for steady-state dynamics and frequency
extraction are added to verify the user subroutine with other procedure types.
Input files
ei308fcf_surf_friccoef.inp Analysis with friction coefficient dependence on solution-dependent state
variables.
ei308fcf_surf_friccoef.f User subroutine FRIC_COEF with friction coefficient evolution based on
solution-dependent state variables.
1620
GAPCON
GAPCON
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPEG4T C3D8T DC3D8 DCC3D8
Features tested
User subroutine to define gap conductance for interface elements that allow for heat transfer.
Problem description
To verify user subroutine GAPCON, the thermal interface properties verification tests of Gap conductance are
repeated using the user subroutine to specify gap conductance values. Results match for both methods of specifying
gap conductance values. The tests are set up as cases of uniform one-dimensional heat flux using two- and
three-dimensional elements. For the three-dimensional analyses, the temperature results are identical for all
nodes located on a particular plane along the direction of heat flow. These include nodes 1–7 at plane A, nodes
101–107 at plane B, and nodes 201–207 at plane C. A steady-state heat transfer analysis is performed in several
increments in all cases. Particular values (gap clearance, predefined field variables, etc.) vary during the solution,
which in turn influence the conductivity across the interface and, thus, the solution. These values are passed into
user subroutine GAPCON where an appropriate value of gap conduction is specified, thus affecting the temperature
solution.
Input files
1621
GAPELECTR
GAPELECTR
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
DC2D4E
Features tested
User subroutine to define electrical conductance between surfaces in a coupled thermal-electrical simulation.
Problem description
In coupled thermal-electrical analyses user subroutine GAPELECTR is used to define the electrical conductance
between two surfaces as a function of their temperatures, the gap between them, and any field variables. The
problem definition is the same as in the verification file ei22vsjc.inp (Coupled thermal-electrical surface
interaction), where the gap electrical conductance is defined as a function of the average temperature.
Input files
1623
HARDINI
HARDINI
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
M3D4
Features tested
Problem description
User subroutine HARDINI is used to define initial conditions for the hardening variables ε pl and α. These initial
conditions are used to solve for the mechanical response of an M3D4 element with rebar in uniaxial tension.
The problem definition is the same as in the verification file mplchi3nt1.inp (Rate-independent plasticity), where
the initial conditions are specified. This input file verifies that initial conditions are assigned correctly using user
subroutine HARDINI.
Input files
1625
HETVAL
HETVAL
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
DC2D4
Features tested
Problem description
A two-dimensional rectangular block of material, 10 × 2, has heat generated within its volume by user subroutine
HETVAL. The value of the generated heat flux is r = 0.40483. The material has specific heat, c = 0.1431, and
density, ρ = 0.2829. A transient thermal analysis with all edges of the volume insulated should give a temperature
rate of
dθ r
dt
= ρc
= 10.
Time is incremented by 5 units in each increment of the analysis. From the equation above, therefore, nodal
temperatures should increment by 50 units during each increment.
Increment Time Temperature
1 5 50
2 10 100
3 15 150
4 20 200
5 25 250
6 30 300
7 35 350
8 40 400
9 45 450
10 50 500
Input files
1627
RSURFU
RSURFU
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CAX4 S4R
Features tested
Problem description
ursurfux.inp
This test verifies that user subroutine RSURFU properly generates a three-dimensional rigid surface. The
problem consists of forming an elastic sheet around a rigid cylinder. This problem will be compared to
the test shown in Finite-sliding contact between a deformable body and a meshed rigid surface, which
performs the identical analysis using a Bézier surface instead of a user-defined rigid surface.
The cylinder has a radius of 5 inches, and its displacements and rotations are restrained. The sheet has
dimensions of 5 inches by 10 inches and is modeled with fifty 4-node S4R shell elements. It is assumed
to be elastic with Young's modulus of 3 × 106 lb/in2 and Poisson's ratio of 0.3. The sheet is initially
positioned tangent to the surface of the cylinder, with one edge fixed to the surface of the cylinder. A
pressure load of 700 lb/in2 is applied to the surface of the sheet to form it around the circumference of the
cylinder. All of the shell nodes are put into a contact node set with the exception of the nodes along the
built-in edge. The contact node set is defined as the slave surface, and the user-defined rigid surface is
defined as the master surface. No frictional behavior is included.
ursurfu2.inp
This test compares two models, one using an analytical rigid surface and the other using user subroutine
RSURFU. A circular plate of radius 10 and thickness 1 is modeled using two-dimensional, axisymmetric
CAX4 elements. The plate is assumed to be elastic with a Young's modulus of 3 × 105 and Poisson's ratio
of 0.3. The displacements at the boundary of the plate are restrained. An axisymmetric rigid punch rests
on one side of the plate. A load of 1.5 × 105 is applied to the punch to deform the plate.
ursurfu3.inp
This test compares two models, one using an analytical rigid surface and the other using user subroutine
RSURFU. A 10 × 10 mesh of S4R shell elements is used to model a square plate. The displacements at
the boundary of the plate are restrained. A rigid punch rests on one side of the plate. A load of 3 × 104 is
applied to the punch to deform the plate.
1629
RSURFU
The displacements of the deformed sheet in the first test are within 1% of the results from the Bézier rigid surface
verification problem.
In the second and third tests the results of the models using the user subroutines are identical to those of the
corresponding models with analytical rigid surfaces.
Input files
1630
SDVINI
SDVINI
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B31 CPS4 GKPS4
Features tested
Problem description
Two test cases are included. The purpose of both tests is to show that the initial conditions of the
solution-dependent state variables are interpreted correctly and to show that the solution-dependent state variables
can be updated in another user subroutine.
In the first test case six solution-dependent state variables are initialized in user subroutine SDVINI and are
subsequently updated in user subroutine UMAT. The problem is a trivial linear elastic, static analysis of a single
plane stress element. The analysis is repeated for a plane stress gasket element, and identical results are obtained.
In the second test case two solution-dependent state variables are initialized in user subroutine SDVINI and are
subsequently updated in user subroutine FRIC. The expected solution-dependent state variable settings are
confirmed in the step-1, increment-1 call to FRIC.
The solution-dependent state variables defined in SDVINI are made available properly in the other user subroutines.
Input files
1631
UAMP
UAMP
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Warning:
User subroutine UAMP provides the user with a very general option to interface with the code. With any use of
this subroutine interface, extensive verification should be done to make sure that the results are correct.
Features tested
Problem description
The finite element models for most test cases consist of simple linear truss or connector elements. User subroutine
UAMP is used to define amplitudes that are subsequently used to drive certain loading options such as concentrated
loads, boundary conditions, and connector motions. In most cases, the UAMP user-defined amplitudes are simple
linear ramps. The results from the analyses are compared against reference results obtained using identical models
with equivalent tabular amplitude definitions.
User subroutine UAMP can make use of sensor definitions and of state variables, and a number of tests exercise
these features. In certain tests (such as when a user-defined amplitude is used to drive the displacement boundary
condition) the user subroutine may compute derivatives, integrals, and second derivatives of the amplitude
function being defined.
The verification consists of comparing the results obtained from the model using user-defined amplitudes with
the corresponding model using tabular amplitudes. The results match very well, as expected.
Input files
1633
UAMP
1634
UANISOHYPER_INV and
VUANISOHYPER_INV
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Features tested
Family of user subroutines to define anisotropic hyperelastic material behavior.
Elements tested
C3D8 C3D8H C3D8R CPEG4 CPE4H CPE4R CPE8R
Problem description
This set of verification problems is primarily intended to test the variables that are passed into
UANISOHYPER_INV in Abaqus/Standard or VUANISOHYPER_INV in Abaqus/Explicit. These tests also verify
that the derivatives of the strain energy function defined by the user are transferred properly to the solution
process. In each test the material properties are specified using the user strain energy potential for the testing
elements, for which the strain energy function and the associated derivatives are defined in user subroutines
UANISOHYPER_INV and VUANISOHYPER_INV. Each test contains one reference element with material
properties specified with anisotropic hyperelasticity, which provides the reference solution. Three different sets
of material data are used, as described below.
C10 = 100.0
C01 = 50.0
C20 = 10.0
C11 = 20.0
1635
UANISOHYPER_INV and VUANISOHYPER_INV
C02 = 30.0
Material 3: Generalized Fung energy function implemented in terms of pseudo invariants. Two implementations
are considered: one with the components of the modified Green strain expressed in terms of I4(αβ ) type invariants,
and the other in terms of I4(αβ ) and I5(αβ ) type invariants.
Fung coefficients:
c = 26.95 × 10 3
b1111 = 0.9925
b1122 = 0.0749
b2222 = 0.4180
b1133 = 0.0295
b2233 = 0.0193
b3333 = 0.0089
b1212 = 5.0
b1313 = 5.0
b2323 = 5.0
Compressible case: D = 0.1
The tests in this section are set up as cases of homogeneous deformation of a single element of unit dimensions.
Consequently, the results are identical for all integration points within the element. In each case the results in
the testing elements match the solution in the reference element.
Input files
1636
UANISOHYPER_INV and VUANISOHYPER_INV
1637
UCREEPNETWORK
UCREEPNETWORK
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8H
Features tested
User subroutine to define time-dependent behavior for models defined within the parallel rheological framework.
Problem description
The input files consist of one element each with the material response specified using the parallel rheological
framework with two or three viscous networks. The Bergstrom-Boyce creep model is defined in network one
and network three (for the model with three viscous networks) using user subroutine UCREEPNETWORK. A
two-step analysis is performed. The specimen is preloaded in the first static step in which viscous effects are not
active. In the second, quasi-static, step the viscous effects are activated and a constant load is maintained
throughout the step, so the material is subjected to creep. The results were compared to the results obtained with
an equivalent model that uses the built-in Abaqus Bergstrom-Boyce model.
The results obtained using user subroutine UCREEPNETWORK and the built-in Abaqus models are identical.
Input files
viscnet_c3d8h_ab_bb_n2_user.inp The model with two viscous networks that uses the user subroutine to
define the Bergstrom-Boyce creep model.
viscnet_c3d8h_ab_bb_n3_user.inp The model with three viscous networks that uses the user subroutine to
define the Bergstrom-Boyce creep model.
viscnet_bb_user.f User subroutine to define the Bergstrom-Boyce creep model.
1639
UEL
UEL
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Warning:
User subroutine UEL provides the user with a very general option to interface with the code. With any use of
this subroutine interface, extensive verification should be done to make sure that the results are correct.
Elements tested
T3D2
Features tested
User subroutine to define the element mass matrix, element operator matrix, and right-hand side vector.
Problem description
The finite element model for each test case consists of two separate but identical meshes of a simple truss. One
mesh consists of five T3D2 elements, and the other consists of five equivalent user-defined elements.
Four test cases are performed as described below.
uellinea.inp
In this problem a linear analysis is run that uses the data line input option to specify the stiffness and mass
matrix of the user element. This means that the subroutine is not used, but rather the stiffness and mass
matrix for the user element are tested. One end of the truss is constrained. In the first step a load is applied
at the second end of the truss. In the second step the eigenfrequencies of the truss are calculated.
uelnonli.inp
The same problem is solved as in uellinea.inp, but the user subroutine is used. The problem is still linear,
but there is no assumption of linearity in the user-defined element.
uelriksx.inp
In this job the load is applied gradually using the modified Riks method for proportional loading cases.
ueldynam.inp
In this case the load is applied instantaneously as the implicit dynamics procedure is used to calculate the
results for the first 10 increments.
1641
UEL
Input files
uellinea.inp Linear analysis with data line input option.
uelnonli.inp Linear analysis with user subroutine.
uelnonli.f User subroutine UEL used in uelnonli.inp.
uelriksx.inp Analysis with RIKS procedure.
uelriksx.f User subroutine UEL used in uelriksx.inp.
ueldynam.inp Analysis with implicit dynamics.
ueldynam.f User subroutine UEL used in ueldynam.inp.
Elements tested
DC2D8
Features tested
User subroutine to define the element operator matrix and the right-hand side vector.
Problem description
The finite element model in each test case consists of two separate but identical meshes of a rectangular block.
One mesh consists of two DC2D8 elements, and the other consists of two equivalent user-defined elements. The
elements in each mesh have an irregular shape to ensure that the interpolation is consistent for the two element
types.
Two test cases are performed as described below.
ueltran1.inp
In this problem a transient analysis is performed in which a distributed flux is specified on the left-hand
side of the domain and a convection film condition on the right-hand side of the domain. The top and
bottom surfaces of the block are adiabatic. The analysis is run until a steady-state condition is satisfied.
ueltran2.inp
The problem outlined in ueltran1.inp is solved again, but in this case the thermal conductivity is
temperature-dependent. In addition, the unsymmetric equation solver is invoked for user-defined elements
with unsymmetric element matrices. For user element operator matrices to be identical to those of the
DC2D8 elements, the additional unsymmetric contribution of the temperature-dependent thermal
conductivity term must be included (see Uncoupled heat transfer analysis).
1642
UEL
Input files
ueltran1.inp Transient analysis.
ueltran1.f User subroutine UEL used in ueltran1.inp.
ueltran2.inp Transient analysis with temperature-dependent thermal conductivity.
ueltran2.f User subroutine UEL used in ueltran2.inp.
Features tested
User subroutine to test the utility subroutines for fluid kinematic data in Abaqus/Aqua analyses.
Problem description
Warning:
A dummy user element is used to call the utility subroutines for fluid kinematic data. The fluid kinematic
data are requested at different points. Three test cases are performed.
Input files
uelutwv1.inp Gets the velocities and accelerations from the utility subroutine GETWAVEVEL for
a Stokes' wave at a few points.
uelutwv1.f User subroutine UEL used in uelutwv1.inp.
uelutwv2.inp Gets the velocities and accelerations from the utility subroutine GETWAVEVEL for
an Airy wave at a few points.
uelutwv2.f User subroutine UEL used in uelutwv2.inp.
uelutwv3.inp Gets the steady current velocities and wind velocities from the utility subroutines
GETCURRVEL and GETWINDVEL, respectively, for points below and above the
still fluid surface.
uelutwv3.f User subroutine UEL used in uelutwv3.inp.
Elements tested
AC3D8
Features tested
User subroutine UEL to define the element operator left-hand-side matrix and the right-hand-side vector.
1643
UEL
Problem description
The model consists of one element. Two test cases are presented. In the first case, the element is implemented
through user subroutine UEL. The second case is a transient dynamic analysis using the AC3D8 acoustic element.
Input files
acoustuserelemdyn.inp Transient dynamic analysis with user subroutine UEL.
acoustuserelemdyn.f User subroutine UEL used in acoustuserelemdyn.inp.
acoustuserelemdyn2.inp Transient dynamic analysis using the AC3D8 acoustic element.
1644
UELMAT
UELMAT
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Warning:
User subroutine UELMAT provides the user with a very general option to interface with the code. With any use
of this subroutine interface, extensive verification should be done to make sure that the results are correct.
Elements tested
User element.
Features tested
Accessing various Abaqus materials from a user element material point.
Problem description
The finite element model for each test case consists of a single 4-node user element subjected to uniaxial
deformation. The element corresponds to Abaqus element CPE4. Different Abaqus materials are accessed from
user subroutine UELMAT in each test.
Input files
uelmat_linela_2d.inp Linearly elastic material.
uelmat_cappla_2d.inp Modified Drucker-Prager/Cap plasticity model.
uelmat_creep_2d.inp Material with creep behavior.
uelmat_druckerprager_2d.inp Drucker-Prager plasticity model.
uelmat_crushfoam_2d.inp Crushable foam plasticity model.
uelmat_hyperelas_neohook_2d.inp Neo-Hookean hyperelastic model.
uelmat_hyperfoam_2d.inp Hyperelastic foam.
uelmat_nkh_2d.inp Nonlinear kinematic hardening model.
uelmat_pormetalpla_2d.inp Porous metal plasticity model.
uelmatmech.f User subroutine UELMAT used with all the input files.
1645
UELMAT
Elements tested
User element.
Features tested
User subroutine to define the element operator matrix and the right-hand-side vector.
Problem description
The finite element model for each test case consists of a single 4-node user element. The element corresponds
to the Abaqus element DC2D4. The boundary conditions consist of applying heat fluxes to two of the element
nodes and applying constant temperatures to the remaining nodes. Steady-state and transient analyses are tested.
Input files
uelmat_ht_2d_ss.inp Steady-state heat transient analysis.
uelmat_ht_2d_trans.inp Transient heat transient analysis.
uelmatht.f User subroutine UELMAT used with uelmat_ht_2d_ss.inp and
uelmat_ht_2d_trans.inp.
1646
UEPACTIVATIONVOL
UEPACTIVATIONVOL
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8 DC3D8
Features tested
Problem description
The model consists of 10 elements that are activated during the analysis. The activation of elements is defined
either at specified step times or at specified increments. This feature is tested with static and heat transfer analysis
procedures.
The elements in all cases were activated at the times and increments specified in the user subroutines.
Input files
1647
UEXPAN
UEXPAN
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPE4
Features tested
Problem description
User subroutine UEXPAN is used to model the thermal expansion behavior of a linear elastic material. The
thermal expansion behavior is modeled as isotropic in uexpan1x.inp, and it is modeled as orthotropic in
uexpan2x.inp. The thermal expansion behavior is modeled as a function of field variables in uexpanfv.inp.
In all the tests a single CPE4 element with unit dimensions is used in the finite element model. The material
properties in these tests are E = 30.0E6 and ν = 0.3.
Input files
1649
UFLUID
UFLUID
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Features tested
This section provides basic verification tests for the fluid behavior associated with fluid elements that are generated
in Abaqus/Standard when the fluid cavity capability is used.
Elements tested
F2D2 SPRING1
Features tested
User subroutine to define fluid density and fluid compliance for an ideal gas.
Problem description
The fluid is modeled using a two-dimensional fluid block that measures 1 × 1 with unit thickness. The user-defined
fluid is modeled as an ideal gas with the following properties:
1651
UFLUID
Input files
1652
UGENS
UGENS
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
S8R SAX2 SAXA22
Features tested
User subroutine to define a shell section stiffness and right-hand side vector for various shell element types. The
subroutine argument list is stored in an array reserved for solution-dependent state variables. This array is then
written to the results file for verification.
Problem description
To verify user subroutine UGENS, the data line input option is used to specify the shell section stiffness and
thickness of the shell elements (passed into UGENS via array PROPS). The general shell section stiffness is
determined from a prior analysis along with a material reference from which Abaqus determines equivalent
section properties.
ugensbvr.inp
This problem is discussed in detail in The barrel vault roof problem. A 4 × 4 mesh of S8R elements is
used to model a deeply arched roof supported only by diaphragms at its curved edges. The first and second
steps verify the response to thermal loading as perturbation and general steps, respectively. The coefficient
of thermal expansion is taken as 1.0 × 10−6 at a reference temperature of 70°. The structure is heated to
120° from an initial temperature of 70°. The thermal properties, the section force, and the moment vectors,
as well as the thermal loading, are all specified in user subroutine UGENS. In the third step a frequency
extraction is performed to determine the eigenmodes of the structure. In the fourth step the structure is
subjected to a body force in the vertical direction while the previously applied thermal loading is removed.
The buckling loads are then determined in the fifth step.
ugenscan.inp
SAXA22 elements are used to model a cantilevered pipe loaded at its tip. This problem is discussed in
detail in Cantilever beam analyzed with CAXA and SAXA elements.
ugenspsx.inp
A mesh of five SAX2 elements is used to model one-half of a hollow sphere subject to a point load applied
in the radial direction. This problem is discussed in detail in The pinched sphere problem.
1653
UGENS
The verification consists of comparing results from the above models to those in a general shell section without
user subroutine UGENS. In each case the results were identical. The values of the subroutine arguments are
verified via the results file.
Input files
1654
UHARD
UHARD
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8 C3D8T
Features tested
User subroutine to define isotropic hardening for Mises plasticity, the combined hardening material model, and
porous metal plasticity.
Problem description
This set of verification problems tests many of the variables that are passed into UHARD, such as material
properties, step times, and field variable increment data. These tests also verify that the user-defined quantities
of yield stress and its derivatives are transferred properly to the solution process. These tests are modifications
of the tests described in Rate-independent plasticity and Rate-dependent plasticity in Abaqus/Standard. For the
problems selected from these sections, wherever an elastic-plastic material was defined, a user-defined hardening
has been implemented in place of the corresponding keyword hardening definition. The structure being analyzed
is a cube made of a single C3D8 element (or a C3D8T element when a coupled temperature-displacement
procedure is tested).
Material:
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E=200.0E3
Poisson's ratio, ν=0.3
Plasticity
Plasticity descriptions match those of the keyword hardening descriptions in the rate-dependent and
rate-independent verification problems referenced.
The tests in this section are set up as cases of homogeneous deformation of a single element of unit dimensions.
Consequently, the results are identical for all integration points within the element. In each case the results match
those of the referenced problem with the keyword hardening description.
Problems that test adiabatic and coupled temperature-displacement procedures have density, specific heat, and
the inelastic heat fraction defined as unity and conductivity defined as zero. The resulting adiabatic temperature
rise is confirmed to agree with the approximate solution determined from problems run with equivalent keyword
definitions of hardening.
1655
UHARD
Input files
1656
UINTER
UINTER
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPE4 DC2D4 C3D8T
Features tested
Problem description
uinternx.inp
This test verifies that user subroutine UINTER properly models hard contact between a deformable and a
rigid surface. A single CPE4 element is brought into contact with an analytical rigid surface using
displacement boundary conditions. User subroutine UINTER models the contact using a penalty approach.
The results are compared against those obtained using the default hard contact model in Abaqus/Standard,
which uses a Lagrange multiplier-based approach to enforce the contact constraints. It is observed that
the penalty approach results in a small penetration of the slave nodes into the master surface. As a result,
there is a difference (about 7.5%) in the contact pressure between the model using UINTER and the model
using the default hard contact model.
The lOpenClose flag is also tested in this problem.
uinternf.inp
This test verifies that user subroutine UINTER properly models softened contact along with frictional
sliding between a deformable and a rigid surface. The softened contact is modeled using an exponential
pressure-clearance relationship, while the shear behavior is modeled using standard Coulomb friction.
Both normal and shear behaviors are modeled in user subroutine UINTER using a penalty approach. The
problem is carried out in two steps. In the first step the deformable body is brought into contact with the
rigid surface using boundary conditions. In the second step the deformable body is made to slide on the
rigid surface using boundary conditions. The results are compared with a similar problem using the
corresponding built-in models in Abaqus/Standard, invoked by specifying the modified contact
pressure-overclosure relationship and the friction relationship for the contact surface interaction. The
results using the two different approaches (user subroutine UINTER versus built-in models) are found to
be in good agreement.
uinterht.inp
This test models heat transfer between two surfaces through gap conduction. The model consists of two
DC2D4 elements separated by a distance. The two elements are at different initial temperatures. The
thermal interaction is modeled using user subroutine UINTER by defining the heat flux at the two surfaces
as a result of gap conduction. The variations of the heat fluxes with respect to the surface temperatures,
1657
UINTER
which contribute to the Jacobian, are also specified. The analysis is continued till steady-state conditions
are reached. The results are compared with a similar model that uses the built-in capability in
Abaqus/Standard to model gap conductance. The results using the two approaches are identical.
uintertd.inp
This test is identical to the verification problem ufricxxy.inp (FRIC) that uses user subroutine FRIC to
define the shear interaction between the surfaces, except that both the mechanical and thermal interactions
are modeled using user subroutine UINTER. It provides verification for using the user subroutine UINTER
in a fully coupled thermal-stress procedure. As a result of modeling the normal mechanical interaction
through UINTER, a penalty approach is used in uintertd.inp, as opposed to the Lagrange-multiplier-based
approach of the built-in hard contact model that is used in ufricxxy.inp. The results using the two approaches
are in good agreement.
The results in all cases were compared to built-in surface interaction models in Abaqus/Standard and were found
to be in good agreement.
Input files
uinternx.inp Test for surface interaction in the normal direction in a static procedure.
uinternx.f User subroutine UINTER used in uinternx.inp.
uinternf.inp Test for surface interaction in both the normal and the shear directions in a static
procedure.
uinternf.f User subroutine UINTER used in uinternf.inp.
uinterht.inp Test for thermal surface interaction in a heat transfer procedure.
uinterht_gc.inp Test for thermal surface interaction in a heat transfer procedure with general contact.
uinterht.f User subroutine UINTER used in uinterht.inp.
uintertd.inp Test for both mechanical and thermal surface interactions in a coupled
temperature-displacement procedure.
uintertd_surf.inp Test for both mechanical and thermal surface interactions in a coupled
temperature-displacement procedure using the surface-to-surface contact
formulation.
uintertd.f User subroutine UINTER used in uintertd.inp and uintertd_surf.inp.
uinterny.inp This test is similar to uinternx.inp. It includes a dummy step in the beginning which
is used by uinterim.inp to test import of the original model definition. This problem
also includes basic verification for user-defined state variables in user subroutine
UINTER.
uinterim.inp Import analysis from uinterny.inp.
uinterny.f User subroutine UINTER used in uinterny.inp and uinterim.inp.
1658
UMAT and UHYPER
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Features tested
User subroutines to define isotropic Mises plasticity, Mooney-Rivlin, and neo-Hookean hyperelastic material properties.
Elements tested
C3D8
Problem description
This set of verification problems tests many of the variables that are passed into UMAT, such as material properties,
step times, and strain increment data. These tests also verify that the user-defined quantities of stresses,
solution-dependent variables, and the Jacobian matrix are properly transferred to the solution process. These
tests are modifications of the tests described in Rate-independent plasticity. Wherever an elastic-plastic material
was defined in those tests, a user-defined material has been implemented in its place. The structure being analyzed
is a cube made of a single C3D8 element.
Material:
Elasticity
Young's modulus, E = 200.0E3
Poisson's ratio, ν = 0.3
Plasticity
Hardening:
Yield stress Plastic strain
200. 0.0000
220. 0.0009
220. 0.0029
1659
UMAT and UHYPER
Input files
umatmst3.inp Mises plasticity, uniaxial tension, three-dimensional solid.
umatmst3.f User subroutine UMAT used in umatmst3.inp.
umatmss3.inp Mises plasticity, simple shear, three-dimensional solid.
umatmss3.f User subroutine UMAT used in umatmss3.inp.
Elements tested
C3D8 CPE4
Problem description
This set of verification problems is primarily intended to test the deformation gradient that is passed into UMAT.
Variables in subroutine UHYPER that are functions of the deformation gradient are also tested. The structure
being analyzed for the two-dimensional case is a unit square made up of three coincident CPE4 elements. The
three-dimensional case consists of a cube of unit dimensions made up of three coincident C3D8 elements. For
both cases the material properties of the first element are specified directly with general hyperelastic material
properites. The same material properties are defined for the second and third elements through user subroutines
UMAT and UHYPER, respectively. The displacements are prescribed at each of the nodes of the models, thus
the stresses induced in each element will be the same.
Material:
Hyperelasticity: Mooney-Rivlin
C10 = 80.0
C01 = 0.0
D1 = 2.013E−4
Input files
umathrt2.inp Hyperelasticity, uniaxial tension, two-dimensional solid.
umathrt2.f User subroutines UMAT and UHYPER used in umathrt2.inp.
umathrs2.inp Hyperelasticity, simple shear, two-dimensional solid.
umathrs2.f User subroutines UMAT and UHYPER used in umathrs2.inp.
umathrt3.inp Hyperelasticity, uniaxial tension, three-dimensional solid.
umathrt3.f User subroutines UMAT and UHYPER used in umathrt3.inp.
umathrs3.inp Hyperelasticity, simple shear, three-dimensional solid.
umathrs3.f User subroutines UMAT and UHYPER used in umathrs3.inp.
1660
UMAT and UHYPER
Elements tested
C3D8H
Problem description
This set of verification problems is primarily intended to test the total and incompressible hybrid formulations
with user subroutine UMAT.
Material:
Hyperelasticity: neo-Hookean
C10 = 100.0
D1 = 1.E-03 or D1 = 0
Input files
mhncdo3gsh_umat.inp Almost incompressible hyperelasticity, planar tension, three-dimensional
solid.
mhncdo3gsh_umat.f User subroutine UMAT used in mhncdo3gsh_umat.inp.
mhncoo3hut_umat.inp Fully incompressible hyperelasticity, uniaxial tension, three-dimensional
solid.
mhncoo3hut_umat.f User subroutine UMAT used in mhncoo3hut_umat.inp.
Elements tested
C3D8
Problem description
This verification problem is primarily intended to test the implementation of frequency domain viscoelastic
behavior in user subroutine UMAT in terms of the storage modulus (stiffness) and loss modulus (damping).
Material:
(ωℜ(g *) = Gℓ / G∞ ) = 1.775E-03.
(ωℑ(g *) = 1 − Gs / G∞ ) = –5.116E-03
1661
UMAT and UHYPER
Input files
visco_freqdmn_umat_ssd.inp Cantilever beam modeled with C3D8 elements.
visco_freqdmn_umat_ssd.f User subroutine UMAT used in visco_freqdmn_umat_ssd.inp.
Elements tested
C3D8RH CPS4R
Problem description
This set of verification problems is primarily intended to test the variables that are passed into UHYPER. In each
test the material properties are specified using general hyperelastic material properties for the first element and
the strain energy function and the associated derivatives defined in user subroutine UHYPER for the second
element. Three different sets of material data are used, as described below.
C01 = 20.0
D1 = 1.E−3
Material 2: Polynomial (N=1), compressible, field variable dependency included for UHYPER
C10 = 80.0
C01 = 20.0
D1 = 1.5E−3
1662
UMAT and UHYPER
Input files
uhypercp2s.inp Compressible, biaxial tension, 2D, state variables, Material 1.
uhypercp2s.f User subroutine UHYPER used in uhypercp2s.inp.
uhyperct3f.inp Compressible, uniaxial tension, 3D, field variables, Material 2.
uhyperct3f.f User subroutine UHYPER used in uhyperct3f.inp.
uhyperip2t.inp Incompressible, biaxial tension, 2D, temperature dependency, Material 3.
uhyperip2t.f User subroutine UHYPER used in uhyperip2t.inp.
uhyperip3t.inp Incompressible, biaxial tension, 3D, temperature dependency, Material 3.
uhyperip3t.f User subroutine UHYPER used in uhyperip3t.inp.
1663
UMATHT
UMATHT
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
DC2D4
Features tested
Problem description
User subroutine UMATHT is used to define the thermal behavior of the material for a transient heat transfer
analysis. Isotropic conductivity and a constant specific heat for the material are assumed. The heat conduction
in the material is governed by Fourier's law, and the gradient of the heat flux with respect to temperature is zero.
The material properties—namely, conductivity and specific heat—are defined and are passed into the user
subroutine via the PROPS array.
Verification problem ec24dfd2.inp solves the same problem using the standard data line options to define
conductivity and specific heat.
Input files
1665
URDFIL
URDFIL
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B21 C3D20P CPE4R CPE4RH CPE4T DC2D4 S3R S8R5
Features tested
User subroutine to allow reading of the results file at the end of any increment in an analysis.
Problem description
This set of verification problems ensures that the subroutine URDFIL is called properly for the various procedure
types. In each problem the utility routine POSFIL is called from within URDFIL. Use is made of the LSTOP
and LOVRWRT parameters such that the results file differs from that which would be produced by the same
analysis without URDFIL.
The results file can be checked to ensure that URDFIL and POSFIL are functioning correctly for the various
procedures.
Input files
1667
URDFIL
1668
USDFLD
USDFLD
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B21 CPE4 DC1D2 DC2D4 DS4 S4 S4R
Features tested
Problem description
This set of tests verifies that field variable values are properly transferred to a structure when the values are
redefined at run time. In every instance an Abaqus material model with dependency on a solution variable (such
as temperature or equivalent plastic strain) is implemented with field-variable dependence. The appropriate field
values are computed at run-time based on solution values from the previous increment. Every user-defined field
variable model is checked against the equivalent Abaqus material model.
The hypoelastic material model is chosen as the basis for nonlinear elastic behavior at small strains for both
static and dynamic analyses. Since Abaqus does not provide dependence of the hypoelastic tangent modulus on
field variables, it was implemented using an elastic material with the equivalent secant modulus.
A very close match is obtained between the user field variable approach and the corresponding Abaqus model.
Figure 1 shows how the hypoelastic models compare in a static analysis. Matches of a similar nature can be
obtained for the other files by using the time-history plotting capability available in the Visualization module
of Abaqus/CAE.
Since the field variable approach uses values from the previous increment, the solution should improve as the
time increment decreases. This trend was observed throughout.
Input files
1669
USDFLD
Figures
b21 (reference)
b21 (field var.) 6.
cpe4 (reference)
cpe4 (field var.)
s4r (reference)
s4r (field var.)
STRESS - S11
4.
2.
XMIN 1.000E-04
XMAX 9.950E-03
YMIN 9.960E-02
YMAX 6.085E+00 0.
0. 2. 4. 6. 8. 10.
STRAIN - E11 [ x10 -3 ]
1670
UTEMP, UFIELD, UMASFL,
and UPRESS
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Features tested
User subroutines to define temperatures, field variables, mass flow rates, and equivalent pressure stresses.
Elements tested
T3D2
Problem description
This set of tests verifies that temperature and field variable values are properly transferred to a structure when
the values are set using user subroutines. These tests are modifications of the tests described in Defining
temperature, field variable, pressure stress, and pore fluid pressure values. Wherever results files were used in
those tests, most have been replaced here with user subroutines. The structure being analyzed is a cantilevered
truss made up of 10 T3D2 elements.
The tests are as follows:
utmpfvs1.inp
This file tests setting temperature and more than one field variable using user subroutines. The variation
of temperature and all three field variables are linear with time as follows:
Initial value Final value
Temperature 100 200
Field variable 1 100 200
Field variable 2 200 250
Field variable 3 100 200
utmpfvs2.inp
This file tests setting a field variable from a user subroutine without temperature being present in the
problem. This is an important test because of the way that temperatures and field variables are stored
internally. The field variable varies linearly with time, as follows:
Initial value Final value
Field variable 100 200
(The problem that is analogous to test xtfvtrs3.inp in Defining temperature, field variable, pressure stress, and
pore fluid pressure values is omitted, since this analysis would not test any features that were not already covered
by the other tests in this section.)
1671
UTEMP, UFIELD, UMASFL, and UPRESS
utmpfvs4.inp
This is a three-step problem involving temperature and one field variable. In the first step an amplitude
curve is used to set temperature to 200 and the field variable to 250. In the second step temperature and
the field variable are set twice: first, values are read from results files, and then the user subroutines multiply
all values by two. This results in ramping the temperature to 400 and the field variable to 500 over the
step. The results files used are as follows:
xtfvtrt1.fil ⇒ Temperature
xtfvtrt2.fil ⇒ Field variable 1
(These two heat transfer problems are described further in Defining temperature, field variable, pressure
stress, and pore fluid pressure values.) In the third step both the temperature and the field variable are
reset to their initial conditions.
The following must be confirmed by this test:
• The user subroutine must mesh smoothly with other methods of setting temperature and field variables
used in other steps.
• The user subroutine must have access to values set from a results file and must be able to modify those
values.
• If temperature or a field variable is set by data line input and then modified by a user subroutine within
the same step, the values given on the data lines must be ignored.
• The variable KSTEP must be available for use in both user subroutines.
utmpfvsr.inp
This analysis restarts utmpfvs4.inp from the third step. Temperature and the field variable are both set
using user subroutines as follows:
Initial value Final value
Temperature 0 100
Field variable 0 50
utmpfvsn.inp
This file tests setting all of the field variables simultaneously in user subroutine UFIELD. The final results
are the same as those obtained in utmpfvs1.inp.
Input files
utmpfvs1.inp Stress analysis, first run.
utmpfvs1.f User subroutines UTEMP and UFIELD used in utmpfvs1.inp.
utmpfvs2.inp Stress analysis, second run.
utmpfvs2.f User subroutine UFIELD used in utmpfvs2.inp.
utmpfvs4.inp Stress analysis, analogous to xtfvtrs4.inp.
1672
UTEMP, UFIELD, UMASFL, and UPRESS
Figures
25 3
(*10**1)
LINE VARIABLE SCALE
FACTOR
1 temperature +1.00E+00
2 field var 1 +1.00E+00
3 field var 2 +1.00E+00
4 field var 3 +1.00E+00
3
20 1
2
4
Temp/Field
15
1
4
2
10
0 2 4 6 8 10
time (*10**-1)
18
17
Field Var 1
16
15
14
13
12
11 1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Time (*10**-1)
1673
UTEMP, UFIELD, UMASFL, and UPRESS
5
(*10**2) 2
LINE VARIABLE SCALE
FACTOR
1 Temperature +1.00E+00
2 Field Var 1 +1.00E+00
4
1
Temp/Field
2
2 1
1
2 2
0 1
0 1 2
Time (*10**1)
Elements tested
S4R5 S8R5
Problem description
This set of tests verifies the use of user subroutines UTEMP and UFIELD in conjunction with composite structural
shells. These tests are modifications of the tests described in Defining temperature, field variable, pressure
stress, and pore fluid pressure values. Values that were obtained from results files in those problems are set here
with user subroutines. A three-layered composite shell with a prescribed temperature or field variable profile
through the cross-section is analyzed. Three temperature points and five section integration points are used for
each layer. The temperature and field variables are assigned to these five points through a linear interpolation
of the three values available per layer from the user subroutine. The results of these analyses verify that this
interpolation is correct.
The user subroutines are tested for 4-node shells and 8-node shells.
There is a linear variation between the top and bottom of each layer.
1674
UTEMP, UFIELD, UMASFL, and UPRESS
It can be seen that the temperature and field variable values are properly transferred to the structural composite
shell.
Input files
utempc4x.inp UTEMP, S4R5 elements.
utempc4x.f User subroutine UTEMP used in utempc4x.inp.
ufieldc4.inp UFIELD, S4R5 elements.
ufieldc4.f User subroutine UFIELD used in ufieldc4.inp.
utempc8x.inp UTEMP, S8R5 elements.
utempc8x.inp User subroutine UTEMP used in utempc8x.inp.
ufieldc8.inp UFIELD, S8R5 elements.
ufieldc8.f User subroutine UFIELD used in ufieldc8.inp.
Gap conductance problems with field variables and mass flow rates set using user
subroutines UFIELD and UMASFL
Elements tested
C3D8T DC3D8 DCC3D8 DINTER4 INTER4T
Problem description
These tests verify that field variables and mass flow rates are properly transferred to a structure during heat
transfer and coupled temperature-displacement analyses. These tests are modifications of the tests described in
Thermal properties and GAPCON. The tests are cases of uniform one-dimensional heat flux using
three-dimensional elements. Consequently, the temperature results are identical for all nodes located at a particular
plane along the direction of heat flow. In all cases a steady-state heat transfer analysis is performed in several
increments. Values of predefined field variables or mass flow rates vary during the solution, which in turn
influences the conductivity across the interface and, thus, the solution.
Input files
ufieldghs.inp Field-variable-dependent gap conductivity, heat transfer analysis, DC3D8 and
DINTER4 elements.
ufieldghs.f User subroutine UFIELD used in ufieldghs.inp.
umasflghs.inp Mass-flow-rate-dependent gap conductivity, heat transfer analysis, DCC3D8 and
DINTER4 elements.
umasflghs.f User subroutine UMASFL used in umasflghs.inp.
ufieldgcs.inp Field-variable-dependent gap conductivity, coupled temperature-displacement
analysis, C3D8T and INTER4T elements.
ufieldgcs.f User subroutine UFIELD used in ufieldgcs.inp.
Mass diffusion problems with pressure stresses set using user subroutine UPRESS
Elements tested
DC3D8 DC3D20
1675
UTEMP, UFIELD, UMASFL, and UPRESS
Problem description
These tests verify that equivalent pressure stresses are transferred properly to a structure during a mass diffusion
analysis. The tests are cases of uniform one-dimensional mass diffusion using three-dimensional elements.
Consequently, the concentration results are identical for all nodes located at a particular plane along the diffusion
direction.
Input files
upress38.inp DC3D8 elements.
upress38.f User subroutine UPRESS used in upress38.inp.
upress20.inp DC3D20 elements.
upress20.f User subroutine UPRESS used in upress20.inp.
1676
UTRSNETWORK
UTRSNETWORK
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8
Features tested
User subroutine to define a reduced time shift function for models defined within the parallel rheological
framework.
Problem description
The input file consists of one element with the material response specified using the parallel rheological framework
with three viscous networks. In networks one and three the reduced times were used with the shift function
approximated by the Williams-Landel-Ferry and Arrhenius forms defined in user subroutine UTRSNETWORK.
The element is preloaded in the first static step in which viscous effects are not active. In the second, quasi-static,
step the viscous effects are activated and the temperature is increased instantaneously at the beginning of the
step. A constant load is maintained throughout the step, so the material is subjected to creep. The results were
compared to the results obtained with an almost identical model that uses the same shift functions specified using
the built-in Abaqus functionality.
The results obtained using the user subroutine and the built-in Abaqus models are identical.
Input files
viscnet_c3d8_nh_n2_trs_user.inp The model that uses user subroutine UTRSNETWORK to define the
Williams-Landel-Ferry and Arrhenius shift functions.
viscnet_wlf_arrhenius_trs.f User subroutine to define the Williams-Landel-Ferry and Arrhenius forms
of the shift function.
1677
UVARM
UVARM
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B21 B31
C3D8 C3D8R C3D8T CAX4 CAX4E CAXA42 CPE4R CPE4T CPE8RP CPS4R
DC1D2 DC2D4 DC3D8
M3D4 M3D4R
S4 S4R S8R SAX1 SAXA12
T3D2 T3D3T
Features tested
User subroutine to define user output variables as functions of standard output variables.
Problem description
This set of verification problems tests many of the variables that are passed into UVARM, as well as integration
point quantities that are read by the utility subroutine GETVRM. Most of the tests are single-element cases that
set user-defined output variables directly equal to integration point quantities such as stresses and strains. These
tests also verify that the user-defined output variables are transferred properly to the solution process.
The results verify that the subroutine GETVRM picks up the correct variables and transfers them properly to the
output files.
Input files
1679
UVARM
Geostatic analyses:
uvargdp3.inp CAX4 elements; Drucker-Prager; E, EP, PE, PEP, NE, NEP, LE, LEP.
uvargdp3.f User subroutine UVARM used in uvargdp3.inp.
uvargdp2.inp CPE4R elements; Drucker-Prager; E, EP, PE, PEP, NE, NEP, LE, LEP.
uvargdp2.f User subroutine UVARM used in uvargdp2.inp.
Static analyses:
uvarsel3.inp B31 elements; linear elastic; S, E, IVOL, TEMP.
uvarsel3.f User subroutine UVARM used in uvarsel3.inp.
uvarsel2.inp B21 elements; linear elastic; S, E, IVOL, TEMP.
uvarsel2.f User subroutine UVARM used in uvarsel2.inp.
uvarself.inp S4R elements; linear elastic; S, STH, CFAILURE, ENER.
uvarself.f User subroutine UVARM used in uvarself.inp.
uvarsele.inp S4 elements; linear elastic; S, STH, CFAILURE, ENER.
uvarsele.f User subroutine UVARM used in uvarsele.inp.
uvarseln.inp CAXA42 elements; linear elastic; S, SINV, E.
uvarseln.f User subroutine UVARM used in uvarseln.inp.
uvarsecn.inp SAXA12 elements; elastic, composite; S, SP, SINV, E, EP, ENER.
uvarsecn.f User subroutine UVARM used in uvarsecn.inp.
uvarseca.inp SAX1 elements; elastic, composite; S, SP, CFAILURE, ENER.
uvarseca.f User subroutine UVARM used in uvarseca.inp.
uvarsec2.inp S8R elements; elastic, composite; S, SP, TSHR, CFAILURE, ENER.
uvarsec2.f User subroutine UVARM used in uvarsec2.inp.
uvarsmp3.inp C3D8 elements; Mises plasticity; ALPHA, ALPHAP, SINV, E, EP, PE, PEP,
ENER.
uvarsmp3.f User subroutine UVARM used in uvarsmp3.inp.
uvarsmp2.inp CPS4R elements; Mises plasticity; ALPHA, ALPHAP, SINV, E, EP, PE,
PEP, ENER.
uvarsmp2.f User subroutine UVARM used in uvarsmp2.inp.
uvarsmp1.inp T3D2 elements; Mises plasticity; ALPHA, ALPHAP, SINV, E, EP, PE, PEP,
ENER.
uvarsmp1.f User subroutine UVARM used in uvarsmp1.inp.
uvarscn3.inp C3D8R elements; concrete; S, SP, PE, PEP, DG, DGP, CRACK.
uvarscn3.f User subroutine UVARM used in uvarscn3.inp.
uvarscn2.inp CPS4R elements; concrete; S, SP, PE, PEP, DG, DGP, CRACK.
uvarscn2.f User subroutine UVARM used in uvarscn2.inp.
uvarscn1.inp T3D2 elements; concrete; S, SP, DG, DGP, CRACK.
uvarscn1.f User subroutine UVARM used in uvarscn1.inp.
uvarsep2.inp CPE8RP elements; porous elastic; SAT, POR, GELVR, VOIDR.
1680
UVARM
Dynamic analyses:
uvardel3.inp C3D8R elements; linear elastic; S, SINV, ER, ERP, ENER, COORD.
uvardel3.f User subroutine UVARM used in uvardel3.inp.
uvardel2.inp CPS4R elements; linear elastic; S, SINV, ER, ERP, ENER, COORD.
uvardel2.f User subroutine UVARM used in uvardel2.inp.
uvardel1.inp T3D2 elements; linear elastic; S, SINV, ER, ERP, ENER, COORD.
uvardel1.f User subroutine UVARM used in uvardel1.inp.
Visco analyses:
uvarvve3.inp C3D8R elements; viscoelastic; S, SP, E, EP, CE, CEP, ENER.
uvarvve3.f User subroutine UVARM used in uvarvve3.inp.
uvarvve2.inp CPS4R elements; viscoelastic; S, SP, E, EP, CE, CEP, ENER.
uvarvve2.f User subroutine UVARM used in uvarvve2.inp.
1681
UWAVE and UEXTERNALDB
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Features tested
User subroutine UWAVE is used to specify wave kinematics for an Abaqus/Aqua analysis, and user subroutine
UEXTERNALDB is used to manipulate external user files in the same analysis.
uwavexx1.inp
Elements tested
B31 PIPE31
Problem description
Verification problem uwavexx1.inp is identical to ep32pxx1.inp as described in Dynamic pressure, closed-end
buoyancy loads of Aqua load cases. It tests the dynamic pressure implementation and closed-end buoyancy
loading for Airy waves coded in user subroutine UWAVE. In this problem a vertical pile is fully constrained and
subjected to buoyancy loading. The Airy wave theory is used to calculate the total reaction force on the structure
during a dynamic stress/displacement analysis by direct integration. Distributed load type PB is used with a
50-element (PIPE31) model, and concentrated load type TSB is used with a one-element (B31) model.
Model:
Height of the structure 175.0 (100.0 below and 75.0 above mean water elevation)
Pipe section data r = 1.0, t = 0.25
Material:
Young's modulus 1 × 106
Aqua – environment:
Seabed elevation 100.0
Mean water elevation 1100.0
Gravitational constant 32.2
Fluid mass density 2.0
1683
UWAVE and UEXTERNALDB
Input files
uwavexx1.inp Input file for this analysis.
uwavexx1.f User subroutine UWAVE used in uwavexx1.inp.
uwavexx2.inp
Elements tested
B21
Problem description
The input file for verification problem uwavexx2.inp is identical to file riserdynamics_airy_disp.inp used in
Riser dynamics, except for the additional specification of gravity waves using user subroutine UWAVE and the
output request for the nodal forces. The purpose of adding these items will be made clear in the problem description
for uwavexx3.inp that follows. In this example a riser is modeled with 10 beam elements of type B21. The riser
is subjected to self-weight, a top tension load, and drag loading caused by a steady current flowing by it. Waves
with a peak-to-trough height of 6.1 m (20 ft) travel across the water surface with a period of 9 seconds; these
waves are modeled with the Airy wave theory coded in user subroutine UWAVE.
Input files
uwavexx2.inp Input file for this analysis.
uwavexx2.f User subroutines UWAVE and DISP used in uwavexx2.inp.
uwavexx3.inp
Elements tested
B21
Problem description
This is a multipurpose verification problem for stochastic wave analysis with user subroutine UWAVE. The first
of the four objectives is to test the restart capability; accordingly, the job is set up to rerun the dynamic analysis
(Step 2) in uwavexx2.inp. The second objective is to exercise the coding for stochastic wave analysis, which is
invoked with gravity waves using user subroutine UWAVE. A random number seed and the wave spectrum (wave
frequency/amplitude data pairs) can be specified. These data are optional; dummy values for the random number
seed and the wave spectrum are specified here to verify that they are accessed correctly in subroutine UWAVE
during the analysis.
For stochastic wave analysis an intermediate configuration is available to UWAVE. This intermediate configuration
can be used to store a user-chosen configuration upon which the wave kinematics are based. The third objective
of this problem is to exercise the coding that performs the updating of the intermediate configuration. To this
end, the UWAVE routine specifies that for the dynamic analysis (Step 2) a global update be performed for all
elements at increments 1 and 141; and a local update be performed for a single element at 10-increment intervals,
starting at increment 11 for element 1 and finishing at increment 101 for element 10. The local updates are
requested sequentially for elements 1 through 10. For each global and local update request, the code updates the
1684
UWAVE and UEXTERNALDB
intermediate configuration with the current configuration for all the elements in the model and for the individual
element, respectively. In this second step the updated intermediate configuration is stored in a common block
array for manipulation in Step 3.
Step 3 is a dummy step used to overwrite the NFORC records with intermediate configuration information.
When UWAVE is executed for this step, the intermediate configuration data stored in the common block are
saved to an external file (UWAVEXX3.017) for subsequent postprocessing. To facilitate internal QA of the
intermediate configuration data, the program UWAVEXX5.f is run to transfer the data from UWAVEXX3.017
to UWAVEXX3.fil by overwriting the dummy NFORC records created in Step 2. The resulting file,
UWAVEXX3.fin, is then renamed to UWAVEXX4.fil to allow for data manipulation via accessing the NFORC
records.
The last objective is to test the UEXTERNALDB user subroutine interface. This subroutine can be used to manage
user-defined external databases. When this subroutine is called at the beginning of the analysis, it allows for
opening external user files and initialization of external user common blocks. When this subroutine is called at
the end of the analysis, it allows for closing open external files. In this example the UEXTERNALDB subroutine
creates, opens, and writes to the file UWAVEXX3.96 using Fortran unit 96. The dummy wave spectrum data are
written to this file.
Input files
uwavexx3.inp Input file for this analysis.
uwavexx3.f User subroutines UWAVE, DISP, and UEXTERNALDB used in
uwavexx3.inp.
1685
VDISP
VDISP
Products: Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
T3D2
Features tested
User subroutine to provide prescribed nodal behavior (displacements, velocities, and accelerations).
Problem description
A straight section built with one-dimensional truss elements is used in a dynamic analysis. The model has a
displacement boundary condition prescribed at node 2, a velocity boundary condition prescribed at node 3, and
an acceleration boundary condition prescribed at node 4 using user subroutine VDISP. For comparison purposes
a displacement variation is specified at node 5, a velocity variation is specified at node 6, and an acceleration
variation is specified at node 7 using amplitude functions. The variation prescribed is
f (t ) = 1.5 sin(.1π t )
for velocity and acceleration. The cosine contribution is excluded in selecting the displacement amplitude function
to avoid an initial jump in the displacement. For the variations specified using VDISP, the appropriate functions
have to be incorporated into the subroutine. Identical variations are specified in both methods such that the results
should be identical.
The responses of the nodal degrees of freedom can be plotted to show that user subroutine VDISP is providing
the same history as the amplitude function.
Input files
1687
VDLOAD: nonuniform loads
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPE3 CPE4R CPS3 CPS4R CAX3 CAX4R C3D4 C3D6 C3D8R
M3D3 M3D4R SAX1 S3R S4R T2D2 T3D2
Features tested
Nonuniform body forces.
Problem description
In this verification test all the available element types are tested by loading them with a nonuniform body force.
All the element nodes are fixed in position, and the reaction forces generated at the nodes are used to verify the
element load calculations. The purpose of this test is to verify the element load calculations, not to test all the
capabilities of user subroutine VDLOAD.
The material model is isotropic linear elasticity. The material properties used are defined as follows: Young's
modulus = 193.1 × 109, Poisson's ratio = 0.3, and density = 785.
In the first step a nonuniform body force of 1.0 × 105 is applied in the x-direction for all the elements except the
axisymmetric elements, where it is applied in the r-direction. The amplitude function for this nonuniform body
force is defined such that the load is ramped on over the first half of the step and held constant for the rest of the
analysis. In the second step another nonuniform body force of 1.0 × 105 is applied in the y-direction for all the
elements except the axisymmetric elements, where it is applied in the z-direction. This load is applied using the
same amplitude function that was used in the first step. For C3D4, C3D6, C3D8R, S3R, S4R, M3D3, and M3D4R
elements, another nonuniform body force of 1.0 × 105 is applied in the z-direction in a third step. This load also
has the same amplitude function that was used in the first step.
Input files
element_nbody.inp Input data used for this test.
element_nbody.f User subroutine used for this test.
Elements tested
Distributed element-based loads
1689
VDLOAD: nonuniform loads
B21 B31 PIPE21 PIPE31 CPE3 CPE4R CPS3 CPS4R CAX3 CAX4R C3D4 C3D6 C3D8R
M3D3 M3D4R R2D2 RAX2 R3D3 R3D4 SAX1 S3R S4R
Distributed surface loads
CPE3 CPE4R CPS3 CPS4R CAX3 CAX4R C3D4 C3D6 C3D8R M3D3 M3D4R R2D2
RAX2 R3D3 R3D4 SAX1 S3R S4R
Features tested
Nonuniform pressure load prescribed with distributed element-based loads and distributed surface loads.
Problem description
In this verification test all the available element types are tested by loading them with a nonuniform pressure
load. All the element nodes are fixed in position, and the reaction forces generated at the nodes are used to verify
the element load calculations. The purpose of this test is to verify the element load calculations, not to test all
the capabilities of user subroutine VDLOAD.
The material model is isotropic linear elasticity. The material properties used are defined as follows: Young's
modulus = 193.1 × 109, Poisson's ratio = 0.3, and density = 785.
In the first step a nonuniform pressure of 1.0 × 105 is applied on element edges (for CPE3, CPE4R, CPS3,
CPS4R, CAX3, CAX4R, SAX1, R2D2, and RAX2 elements) or element faces (for C3D4, C3D6, C3D8R, S3R,
S4R, M3D3, M3D4R, R3D3, and R3D4 elements). For the beam and pipe elements (B21, B31, PIPE21, and
PIPE31) a nonuniform force per unit length of 1.0 × 105 is applied in the y-direction. The amplitude function
for this nonuniform pressure load is defined such that the load is ramped on over the first half of the step and
held constant for the rest of the analysis. In the second step a nonuniform pressure of 1.0 × 105 is applied on a
different element edge (for CPE3, CPE4R, CPS3, CPS4R, CAX3, and CAX4R elements) or element face (for
C3D4, C3D6, and C3D8R elements). For the beam elements (B21 and B31) a nonuniform force per unit length
of 1.0 × 105 is applied in the x-direction. These loads are applied using the same amplitude function that was
used in the first step.
Input files
element_npres.inp Input data for element-based loads used for this test.
surface_npres.inp Input data for surface-based loads used for this test.
element_npres.f User subroutine used for this test.
1690
VFRIC, VFRIC_COEF, and
VFRICTION
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPE3 C3D8R MASS
Features tested
User subroutines VFRIC, VFRIC_COEF, and VFRICTION to define frictional behavior.
Problem description
The problems in this section demonstrate modeling of frictional behavior with user subroutines VFRIC,
VFRIC_COEF, and VFRICTION.
The first example uses user subroutines VFRIC, VFRIC_COEF, and VFRICTION that are coded with the Coulomb
model for frictional behavior, which is also the default model in Abaqus. The critical shear stress, τcrit, at which
surfaces begin to slide with respect to each other is given as
τcrit = μp,
where μs is the static coefficient of friction, μk is the kinetic coefficient of friction, dc is the decay coefficient, and
γ̇eq is the magnitude of the tangential slip velocity.
Both friction models are tested on a mesh of a rectangular block (length 5 in, height 1 in, and depth 1 in, elastic
modulus 30 × 106 psi, density 7.3 × 10−4 lbf s2/in4) of two CPE3 or C3D8R elements sliding over a flat analytical
rigid surface along its length in the x-direction. A uniform pressure of 2000 psi is applied on the top face of the
block, and an initial velocity of 200 in/s is prescribed at each node on the block. The same problem is used to
test the friction models provided in Abaqus/Explicit in Friction models in Abaqus/Explicit.
For the Coulomb model μ = 0.15; for the rate-dependent Coulomb model μs = 0.15, μk = 0.05, and dc = 0.01 s/in.
1691
VFRIC, VFRIC_COEF, and VFRICTION
the motion of the block. Given the initial velocity and the acceleration, the block should come to rest after sliding
over a distance of 4.866 × 10−2 in over a time period of 4.866 × 10−4 s. The corresponding values of sliding
distance and time period for the finite element model with user subroutines are 4.866 × 10−2 in and 4.878 × 10−4
s, respectively. The numerical results show some oscillations in the normal reactions and frictional forces caused
by the inertial effect of nodes on the top of the block; even after the block stops sliding, there is some oscillation
of the block in a shear mode.
Table 1: Comparison of velocity values for the rate-dependent Coulomb model for user
subroutine VFRIC.
Table 2: Comparison of velocity values for the rate-dependent Coulomb model for user
subroutines VFRIC_COEF and VFRICTION.
1692
VFRIC, VFRIC_COEF, and VFRICTION
Input files
vfric_coul.inp Input data that refer to user subroutine VFRIC with the Coulomb model.
vfric_coul.f User subroutine VFRIC for the Coulomb model.
vfric_coul_part1.inp Input data (with the model defined in terms of an assembly of part instances)
that refer to user subroutine VFRIC with the Coulomb model and the utility
routine VGETPARTINFO.
vfric_coul_part1.f User subroutine VFRIC for the Coulomb model that illustrates the use of the
utility routine VGETPARTINFO.
vfric_coul_part2.inp Input data (with the model defined in terms of an assembly of part instances)
that refer to user subroutine VFRIC with the Coulomb model and the utility
routine VGETINTERNAL.
vfric_coul_part2.f User subroutine VFRIC for the Coulomb model that illustrates the use of utility
routine VGETINTERNAL.
vfric_rdcoul.inp Input data that refer to user subroutine VFRIC with the rate-dependent Coulomb
model.
vfric_rdcoul.f User subroutine VFRIC for the rate-dependent Coulomb model.
vfric_rdcoulpnlty.inp Input data that refer to user subroutine VFRIC with the rate-dependent Coulomb
model and penalty contact.
vfric_coef_coul.inp Input data that refer to user subroutine VFRIC_COEF with the Coulomb model.
vfric_coef_coul.f User subroutine VFRIC_COEF for the Coulomb model.
vfriction_coul.inp Input data that refer to user subroutine VFRICTION with the Coulomb model.
vfriction_coul.f User subroutine VFRICTION for the Coulomb model.
vfric_coef_rdcoul.inp Input data that refer to user subroutine VFRIC_COEF with the rate-dependent
Coulomb model.
vfric_coef_rdcoul.f User subroutine VFRIC_COEF for the rate-dependent Coulomb model.
vfriction_rdcoul.inp Input data that refer to user subroutine VFRICTION with the rate-dependent
Coulomb model.
vfriction_rdcoul.f User subroutine VFRICTION for the rate-dependent Coulomb model.
Elements tested
C3D8RT
Features tested
User subroutine to define frictional behavior for contact surfaces in a coupled temperature-displacement analysis.
Problem description
The problem described in Part II of FRIC is solved using Abaqus/Explicit. A transient analysis is performed.
The mechanical and thermal properties are identical to those used in the analysis performed with Abaqus/Standard.
Only two steps are required for the Abaqus/Explicit simulation: a downward force is applied in the first step to
establish and maintain contact between the blocks, and a tangential force is applied in the second step to promote
sliding between the blocks. In each step the mechanical and thermal loads are applied gradually to ensure a
quasi-static response. The total applied tangential force is 0.18 (versus 100 in Abaqus/Standard); this is the force
required to generate a total slip of 0.15 over a time interval of 1000 when the load is prescribed with a ramp
function.
1693
VFRIC, VFRIC_COEF, and VFRICTION
Input files
vfric_c3d8rt.inp Coupled temperature-displacement analysis.
vfric_c3d8rt.f User subroutine for the coupled temperature-displacement analysis.
1694
VHETVAL
VHETVAL
Products: Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPS4RT
Features tested
Problem description
This test verifies that the user-defined internal generated heat flux in user subroutine VHETVAL is transferred
properly to the solution process: the energy balance is satisfied. The finite element model consists of two
disconnected 2D rectangular blocks of material, 10 × 2. The testing material block has heat generated internally
within its volume by user subroutine VHETVAL. The value of the generated heat flux, r = 0.40483, is defined
and is passed into the user subroutine via the PROPS array. The reference material block is heated by an external
volumetric heat flux with a value of r = 0.40483. The materials have specific heat, c = 0.1431, and density, ρ =
0.2829. Dummy mechanical properties are prescribed to complete the material definition.
Based on the energy balance, a transient thermal analysis with all edges of the volume insulated should give a
temperature rate of
dθ r
dt
= ρc
= 10.
The initial nodal temperatures are zero. Time is incremented by 0.961 units in each increment of the analysis.
From the equation above, nodal temperatures should increment by 9.6 units during each increment. The nodal
temperatures of the testing material block with VHETVAL also match the results of the reference material block
subject to an external thermal load.
Increment Time Temperature
1 0.96 9.61
10 9.61 96.1
20 19.22 192.2
30 28.83 288.3
40 38.44 384.4
50 47.57 475.7
53 50.00 500.0
1695
VHETVAL
Input files
1696
VUAMP
VUAMP
Products: Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Warning:
User subroutine VUAMP provides the user with a very general option to interface with the code. With any use
of this subroutine interface, extensive verification should be done to make sure that the results are correct.
Features tested
Problem description
The finite element models for most test cases consist of simple linear truss or connector elements. User subroutine
VUAMP is used to define amplitudes that are subsequently used to drive certain loading options such as
concentrated loads, boundary conditions, and connector motions. In most cases the VUAMP user-defined
amplitudes are simple linear ramps. The results from the analyses are compared against reference results obtained
using identical models with equivalent tabular amplitude definitions.
User subroutine VUAMP can make use of sensor definitions and state variables, and a number of tests exercise
these features. In certain tests (such as when a user-defined amplitude is used to drive the displacement boundary
condition) the user subroutine may compute derivatives, integrals, and second derivatives of the amplitude
function being defined. In addition, amplitude properties can be defined on the data line, which allows changes
to the amplitude definition without modifing the user subroutine.
The verification consists of comparing the results obtained from the model using user-defined amplitudes with
the corresponding model using tabular amplitudes. The results match very well, as expected.
Input files
1697
VUAMP
1698
VUCHARLENGTH
VUCHARLENGTH
Products: Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8 C3D8R CAX4R CPE4 CPE4R CPS4R
M3D4 M3D4R S4 S4R S4RS SAX1 SC8R T2D2 T3D2
Features tested
User subroutine to define the characteristic element length to be used by Abaqus for the regularization of models
that exhibit strain softening or to be passed to user subroutines that are called at the material point.
Problem description
This test verifies that the characteristic element length defined in user subroutine VUCHARLENGTH is transferred
properly to built-in Abaqus material models and user subroutines that are called at the material point. The finite
element model consists of multiple disconnected elements of the types listed. Each element is associated with
a Mises plasticity model, and in each case a damage model is constructed using user subroutine VUSDFLD. For
comparison purposes a duplicate set of elements with equivalent built-in Abaqus damage initiation/damage
evolution models are included to provide a reference solution. Both the testing element and the reference element
use the user-defined characteristic element length for the damage analysis. The user-defined characteristic element
length is specified to be a function of nodal coordinates and the shape of the element.
The initial value of the characteristic element length can be evaluated by hand calculation. The characteristic
element length is stored as a solution-dependent variable in user subroutine VUSDFLD. The value of the
characteristic element length in the second increment, observed in the time-history plots of solution-dependent
variables, agrees with the value obtained from hand calculation. The time history plots of the other output
variables in the testing element match the solution in the reference element.
Input files
1699
VUCREEPNETWORK
VUCREEPNETWORK
Products: Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8
Features tested
User subroutine to define time-dependent behavior for models defined within the parallel rheological framework.
Problem description
The input file consists of two elements with the material response specified using the parallel rheological
framework with two networks using the power law strain hardening and hyperbolic-sine creep laws. The same
material models are assigned to each element; however, the viscous behavior in the networks is defined in two
different ways. In one case user subroutine VUCREEPNETWORK is used to specify the power law strain hardening
and hyperbolic-sine creep law. In the second case the built-in Abaqus creep laws are used. The analysis consists
of one step, and both elements are subjected to the same load history. The specimens are loaded rapidly at the
beginning of the step and the load is maintained throughout the step, so the materials are subjected to creep.
The results obtained using the two equivalent materials show very good agreement.
Input files
1701
VUEL
VUEL
Products: Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Warning:
User subroutine VUEL provides the user with a very general option to interface with the code. With any use of
this subroutine interface, extensive verification should be done to make sure that the results are correct.
Elements tested
CONN3D2 T3D2
Features tested
User subroutine VUEL to define the element mass matrix, the force vector, and the stable time increment.
Problem description
The finite element model for most test cases consists of linear truss or spring elements defined using user
subroutine VUEL. In most cases the results from the analysis are compared against reference results obtained
using an identical model with Abaqus elements T3D2 and CONN3D2. A truss element lying along the global
X-axis is defined in a user subroutine. This user element is used in a model with single or multiple user elements
subjected to concentrated loads. The results are then compared with models using T3D2 elements.
The field and temperature-dependent variation in material properties can be defined in the user element. To test
this capability, a truss element is defined with a linear variation of elastic modulus with temperature and field
variables. The results are then compared with temperature and field variable dependencies in properties in a
T3D2 element.
A number of uncoupled linear spring elements are defined using the user subroutine interface. Both
two-dimensional and three-dimensional elements are tested. The following features are tested with
three-dimensional spring elements: an element with more than two nodes, an element with degrees of freedom
ordered in a nonstandard way, and an element with a different number of degrees of freedom at its nodes.
User-defined elements with acoustic degrees of freedom and with heat transfer capabilities are also tested.
The verification consists of comparing the results obtained from the model using user-defined elements with the
corresponding model using regular Abaqus elements. The results are as expected.
Input files
1703
VUEL
1704
VUEL
1705
VUFIELD
VUFIELD
Products: Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CONN3D2 CPE4R SPRINGA
Features tested
Problem description
Three tests are provided to demonstrate the use of user subroutine VUFIELD and to verify that field variable
values are properly transferred to a structure when the values are set using user subroutines.
The first example tests connector behavior by specifying field variables through both input file and user subroutine
VUFIELD. The field variable value specified in VUFIELD is constant and applies to the second field variable.
The value for the first field variable is defined in the input file using an amplitude.
In the second example the number of nodes passed into user subroutine VUFIELD is limited to the number
specified by the blocking size. The amplitude specified in the data line does not affect field variable values
defined in the user subroutine.
The third example defines two field variables on the given node set. These field variables are passed into user
subroutine VUFIELD at the same time, so their values can be updated simultaneously. The returned field variable
values are then modulated by an amplitude.
Results obtained from using user subroutine VUFIELD are compared with those where field variable values are
specified directly in the data line. The results match.
Input files
1707
VUHARD
VUHARD
Products: Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8R
Features tested
User subroutine to define hardening for the following plasticity models: Mises plasticity, Hill plasticity, combined
hardening, and porous metal plasticity.
Problem description
This test verifies that the user-defined yield stress and its derivatives in user subroutine VUHARD are transferred
properly to the solution process. The finite element model consists of multiple disconnected cubes made of a
single C3D8R element. Each element is associated with one of the plasticity models listed above, and in each
case a user-defined hardening is implemented. For comparison purposes, a duplicate set of elements with
equivalent plasticity and isotropic hardening definitions is included to provide a reference solution.
In each case the results in the testing element match the solution in the reference element.
Input files
1709
VUINTER
VUINTER
Products: Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Features tested
Problem description
User subroutine VUINTER used in this example models a mechanically compliant, thermally conductive contact
interface material with uniform thickness. The interface material is assumed to be bonded to each of two contacting
surfaces. The interface material exhibits elastic-plastic behavior with linear hardening in the normal contact
direction and purely elastic resistance to relative sliding. Membrane straining of the interface does not affect the
stress transmitted to the surfaces. The interface material is thermally conductive; and the conductance remains
constant, independent of the gap or pressure at the interface.
With this interface model all slave nodes within a specified initial gap distance relative to the master surface
remain bonded throughout the analysis. The other slave nodes are not bonded (they never have contact forces
or heat fluxes applied). The initial gap (see the gapInit variable in the example user subroutine) accounts for
surface thicknesses (equal to zero in these examples) as well as the specified interface thickness. It is assumed
that the initial strain of the interface is zero. Abaqus/Explicit will not make strain-free adjustments to resolve
initial overclosures or gaps for contact pairs that use user subroutine VUINTER.
Specification of the interface thickness is optional; it is used here for convenience so that the interface thickness
will be used when calculating the penetration or gap for each node (the variable rdisp(1,...)). Alternatively,
you could model an interface thickness within the user subroutine by constructing a state variable that contains
an offset value for each node. This offset can be a function of the initial penetration and the interface thickness
at the node (for example, set the offset equal to the negative of the initial penetration). The actual penetration
would then be the sum of the value given in rdisp(1,...) and the stored nodal offset value. Since strain-free
adjustments are not made to the nodes, this procedure allows a convenient way to eliminate any spurious initial
contact forces resulting from inaccurate nodal coordinates, removing the requirement to position the surface
nodes accurately when constructing a model.
Strain increments in the normal direction are calculated within the user subroutine as the change in contact
penetration divided by a specified interface thickness. This thickness is a property of the interface model. For
consistency, this thickness should be set to the same value as the interface thickness in these examples. Strain
increment components corresponding to transverse shearing of the interface are likewise computed as the
appropriate sliding increment component divided by the specified interface thickness.
Heat fluxes are calculated by multiplying the thermal conductivity of the interface material by the nodal area
and temperature difference between the slave node and master contact point and dividing by the initial interface
thickness. Effects such as heat generation due to friction are not taken into account.
A complete list of properties specified for this interface model, in the order in which the values are specified on
the second data line of the contact property definition, is as follows:
1. Gap cutoff distance. Only slave nodes with initial gaps less than this distance are bonded.
2. Young's modulus of the interface material.
1711
VUINTER
Three user-defined state variables are employed in this example. The first simply indicates whether the initialization
to determine which nodes are bonded has been completed. The second is used to mark which nodes are bonded.
The third keeps track of the current yield stress at each slave node.
Two simple configurations are used to test this user subroutine in both two and three dimensions. In the first
configuration each of two identical elastic bodies is modeled with a row of four elements: CPS4R or C3D8R
elements in the purely mechanical analyses; CPS4RT or C3D8RT elements in the thermomechanical analyses.
The second configuration is the same as the first configuration, but one row of elements is replaced by a fixed
analytical rigid surface. The bodies are initially parallel and are separated by the thickness of the interface (i.e.,
zero gap after accounting for the thickness). Half the nodes lie along the contact interface and are bonded.
In the purely mechanical analyses in which both bodies are modeled with elements, boundary conditions are
applied to the nonbonded nodes on one of the bodies. Three separate loading conditions are applied to the other
body to generate the following stress states in the interface: uniform normal stress without yielding, uniform
shear stress, and nonuniform normal stress causing significant yielding at one end of the interface.
In the thermomechanical analyses in which both bodies are modeled with elements, the nonbonded nodes on
both bodies are held fixed. An initial temperature of 100° is given to one body; an initial temperature of 0° is
given to the other body. The temperature differential causes heat to flow between the bodies, resulting in a
uniform temperature of 50° in both bodies.
In the thermomechanical analyses containing an analytical rigid surface, boundary conditions are applied to the
nonbonded nodes of the deformable body to generate a uniform normal stress without yielding. The reference
node of the rigid body is held fixed. An initial temperature of 100° is given to the rigid body; an initial temperature
of 0° is given to the deformable body. The heat capacitance of the rigid body is defined to match that of the
deformable body so that the temperature differential between the bodies will result in a uniform temperature of
50° in both bodies at the end of the analyses.
Displacement results are compared to solutions obtained from the linear softening behavior models available in
Abaqus. Nodal temperature results are compared to solutions obtained with the thermal conductance of the
interface. The results agree for all cases.
Input files
vuinter2d_n.inp Two-dimensional analysis that results in uniform, elastic, normal response of the
interface (modeled with user subroutine VUINTER).
vuinter2d_n.f User subroutine VUINTER used in vuinter2d_n.inp.
vuinter3d_n.inp Three-dimensional analysis that results in uniform, elastic, normal response of
the interface (modeled with user subroutine VUINTER).
vuinter3d_n.f User subroutine VUINTER used in vuinter3d_n.inp.
linsoft2d_n.inp Two-dimensional analysis that results in uniform, elastic, normal response of the
interface (modeled with a linear softening model available in Abaqus).
linsoft3d_n.inp Three-dimensional analysis that results in uniform, elastic, normal response of
the interface (modeled with a linear softening model available in Abaqus).
1712
VUINTER
vuinter2d_s.inp Two-dimensional analysis that results in uniform, elastic, shear response of the
interface (modeled with user subroutine VUINTER).
vuinter2d_s.f User subroutine VUINTER used in vuinter2d_s.inp.
vuinter3d_s.inp Three-dimensional analysis that results in uniform, elastic, shear response of the
interface (modeled with user subroutine VUINTER).
vuinter3d_s.f User subroutine VUINTER used in vuinter3d_s.inp.
linsoft2d_s.inp Two-dimensional analysis that results in uniform, elastic, shear response of the
interface (modeled with a linear softening model available in Abaqus).
linsoft3d_s.inp Three-dimensional analysis that results in uniform, elastic, shear response of the
interface (modeled with a linear softening model available in Abaqus).
vuinter2d_ht.inp Two-dimensional thermomechanical analysis using user subroutine VUINTER
to model perfect heat conduction with a constant conductance.
vuinter2d_ht.f User subroutine VUINTER used in vuinter2d_ht.inp.
vuinter3d_ht.inp Three-dimensional thermomechanical analysis using user subroutine VUINTER
to model perfect heat conduction with a constant conductance (C3D8RT elements).
vuinter3d_ht_sc8rt.inp Three-dimensional thermomechanical analysis using user subroutine VUINTER
to model perfect heat conduction with a constant conductance (SC8RT elements).
vuinter3d_ht.f User subroutine VUINTER used in vuinter3d_ht.inp and vuinter3d_ht_sc8rt.inp.
linsoft2d_ht.inp Two-dimensional thermomechanical analysis with a constant gap conductance
and no gap heat generation.
linsoft3d_ht.inp Three-dimensional thermomechanical analysis with a constant gap conductance
and no gap heat generation (C3D8RT elements).
linsoft3d_ht_sc8rt.inp Three-dimensional thermomechanical analysis with a constant gap conductance
and no gap heat generation (SC8RT elements).
vuinter2d_anl.inp Two-dimensional thermomechanical analysis using user subroutine VUINTER
with an analytical surface.
vuinter2d_anl.f User subroutine VUINTER used in vuinter2d_anl.inp.
vuinter3d_anl.inp Three-dimensional thermomechanical analysis using user subroutine VUINTER
with an analytical surface.
vuinter3d_anl.f User subroutine VUINTER used in vuinter3d_anl.inp.
linsoft2d_anl.inp Two-dimensional thermomechanical analysis with analytical contact.
linsoft3d_anl.inp Three-dimensional thermomechanical analysis with analytical contact (C3D8RT
elements).
linsoft3d_anl_sc8rt.inp Three-dimensional thermomechanical analysis with analytical contact (SC8RT
elements).
vuinter2d_pl.inp Two-dimensional analysis that results in plastic response of the interface (modeled
with user subroutine VUINTER).
vuinter2d_pl.f User subroutine VUINTER used in vuinter2d_pl.inp.
vuinter3d_pl.inp Three-dimensional analysis that results in plastic response of the interface
(modeled with user subroutine VUINTER).
vuinter3d_pl.f User subroutine VUINTER used in vuinter3d_pl.inp.
1713
VUINTERACTION
VUINTERACTION
Products: Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Features tested
User subroutine to specify stress and heat flux between contacting surfaces when using general contact.
Problem description
User subroutine VUINTERACTION used in this example models a mechanically compliant, thermally conductive
interface material with uniform thickness. The interface material is assumed to be bonded to each of two contacting
surfaces. The interface material exhibits elastic-plastic behavior with linear hardening in the normal contact
direction and purely elastic resistance to relative sliding. Membrane straining of the interface does not affect the
stress transmitted to the surfaces. The interface material is thermally conductive; and the conductance remains
constant, independent of the gap or pressure at the interface.
Two simple configurations are used to test this user subroutine. In the first configuration each of two identical
elastic bodies is modeled with a row of four elements. The second configuration is the same as the first
configuration, but one row of elements is replaced by an analytical rigid surface. The bodies are initially parallel
and bonded along the contact interface.
A complete list of properties specified for this interface model, in the order in which the values are specified on
the second data line of the contact property definition, is as follows:
1. Gap cutoff distance. Only slave nodes with initial gaps less than this distance are bonded.
2. Young's modulus of the interface material.
3. Poisson's ratio of the interface material.
4. Initial yield stress in the normal direction of the interface material.
5. Hardening modulus in the normal direction of the interface material.
6. Interface thickness used in the strain calculations.
7. Thermal conductivity (units of Jθ −1T −1L−1) of the interface material used for contact heat flux calculations.
Load cases
In the purely mechanical analyses the interaction of the two elastic bodies is introduced through boundary
conditions on the nodes away from the interface. Three separate loading conditions are applied to generate the
following stress states in the interface: uniform normal stress without yielding, uniform shear stress, and
nonuniform normal stress causing significant yielding at one end of the interface. For the first two cases the
solution is compared with that of a reference model that uses a linear softening interface behavior available in
Abaqus. For the last case with plasticity, the solution is compared with that of a reference model that uses
subroutine VUINTER for defining the interface response. In addition, for the last case a gap is introduced between
the two elastic bodies to account for the thickness of the interface material.
1715
VUINTERACTION
In the thermomechanical analyses the two elastic bodies are held fixed with a gap between them. An initial
temperature of 100° is given to one body; an initial temperature of 0° is given to the other body. The temperature
differential causes heat flow between the bodies, resulting in a steady-state temperature of 50° in both bodies.
The solution is compared to that obtained with the interface thermal conductance.
The two surfaces, identified for interaction, are tracked to identify those segments of these surfaces that are
within a fixed distance, called tracking thickness, and those segments are made available in the user subroutine
VUINTERACTION for defining their interaction. Hence, the tracking thickness must be set greater or equal to
the maximum anticipated interface material thickness.
The state variables are associated with slave nodes and can be passed to user subroutine VUINTERACTION
multiple times within an increment as a given slave node may be within tracking distance to multiple master
facets. In the elastic-plastic analysis using VUINTERACTION, two state variables are used to keep track of the
current yield stress. During the solution the previous yield stress is read from state variable 1 and the new yield
stress is written to state variable 2 for time increments that are odd; the previous yield stress is read from state
variable 2, and the new yield stress is written to state variable 1 for time increments that are even. This setup is
incorporated to avoid using a state variable that has already been updated in the current time increment.
When thermal interaction is active between the surfaces, the heat fluxes are calculated by multiplying the thermal
conductivity of the interface material with the temperature difference between the slave node and master contact
point and dividing by the initial interface thickness. Effects such as heat generation due to friction are not taken
into account.
Displacement results in the pure mechanical interaction models and the nodal temperature results in the
themo-mechanical interaction models are compared to their respective reference solutions. The results agree for
all cases.
Input files
1716
VUINTERACTION
1717
VUMAT: rotating cylinder
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPE4R C3D8R M3D4R S4R
Features tested
Large deformation kinematics, elastic-plastic material with strain hardening, user material, multi-point constraints.
Problem description
The rotating cylinder problem was proposed by Longcope and Key (1977) as a means of exercising finite rotation
algorithms. In this problem a cylinder with an initial angular velocity of 4000 rad/sec and a zero initial stress
state is modeled. (This is physically impossible because the body forces would generate a stress field under this
angular velocity. Nevertheless, these initial conditions are acceptable, since this is merely a numerical experiment.)
The inside of the cylinder is subjected to an instantaneous application of a pressure of 67.3 MPa (9760 psi).
The elastic material properties are defined as Young's modulus of 71 GPa (1.03 × 107 psi), Poisson's ratio of
0.3333, and density of 2680 kg/m3 (2.508 × 10−4 lb sec2 in−4). An isotropic hardening plasticity model is used
with an initial yield of 286 MPa (4.15 × 104 psi) and constant hardening modulus of 3.565 GPa (5.17 × 105 psi).
Only one-quarter of the ring is modeled using a constraint equation and a multi-point constraint to enforce the
repeated symmetry boundary condition.
A local cylindrical coordinate system is defined at each material point of the mesh.
The first case considered is a two-dimensional model using CPE4R elements. In this case two meshes are defined
in the same problem, as shown in Figure 1. The lower mesh in Figure 1 uses the built-in Mises isotropic hardening
plasticity model. The upper mesh in Figure 1 employs user subroutine VUMAT with the kinematic hardening
Mises model described in Models for metals subjected to cyclic loading. Figure 2 shows the time history of the
maximum principal stress in the two-dimensional model for both cases. Figure 3 shows the time history of
equivalent plastic strain in the two-dimensional model for both cases. Figure 4 shows the energy histories in the
two-dimensional model. The energy history is particularly important in this analysis because it demonstrates
that there is no energy lost in the enforcement of multi-point constraints.
The second case is a three-dimensional representation of the same problem using shells, membranes, and brick
elements to model the ring with suitable boundary conditions to reproduce closely the original two-dimensional
model. The built-in Mises isotropic hardening plasticity model is used. The meshes for the three-dimensional
case are shown in Figure 5. Figure 6 shows the time history of the maximum principal stress in the
three-dimensional model for both cases. Figure 7 shows the time history of the equivalent plastic strain in the
three-dimensional model for both cases. Figure 8 shows the energy histories in the three-dimensional model.
Note that each energy quantity is summed over the two cases.
The results compare well with those obtained by Longcope and Key (1977).
1719
VUMAT: rotating cylinder
Input files
References
• Longcope, D. B., and S. W. Key, “On the Verification of Large Deformation Inelastic Dynamic Calculations
through Experimental Comparisons and Analytic Solutions,” PVP-PB-023, American Society of Mechanical
Engineers, 1977.
Figures
Kinematic Hardening
Isotropic Hardening
1720
VUMAT: rotating cylinder
240.
[ x10 3 ]
ISO_HARD
KIN_HARD 200.
160.
Principal Stress
120.
80.
40.
0.
0.00 0.04 0.08 0.12 0.16
Time [ x10 -3 ]
Figure 2: Maximum principal stress versus time for the two-dimensional case.
0.30
ISO_HARD
KIN_HARD 0.25
0.20
Equiv. Plastic Strain
0.15
0.10
0.05
0.00
0.00 0.04 0.08 0.12 0.16
Time -3
[ x10 ]
Figure 3: Equivalent plastic strain versus time for the two-dimensional case.
1721
VUMAT: rotating cylinder
12.
[ x10 3 ]
ALLIE
ALLKE 10.
ALLVD
ALLWK
ETOTAL
8.
4.
2.
0.
0.00 0.04 0.08 0.12 0.16
TOTAL TIME [ x10 -3 ]
C3D8R S4R
M3D4R
1722
VUMAT: rotating cylinder
240.
[ x10 3 ]
SIG_M3D
SIG_C3D 200.
SIG_S3D
160.
Principal Stress
120.
80.
40.
0.
0.00 0.04 0.08 0.12 0.16
Time [ x10 -3 ]
Figure 6: Maximum principal stress versus time for the three-dimensional case.
0.30
PEEQ_M3D
PEEQ_C3D 0.25
PEEQ_S3D
0.20
Equiv. Plastic Strain
0.15
0.10
0.05
0.00
0.00 0.04 0.08 0.12 0.16
Time -3
[ x10 ]
Figure 7: Equivalent plastic strain versus time for the three-dimensional case.
1723
VUMAT: rotating cylinder
4.
[ x10 3 ]
ALLIE
ALLKE
ALLVD
ALLWK 3.
ETOTAL
1.
0.
0.00 0.04 0.08 0.12 0.16
TOTAL TIME [ x10 -3 ]
1724
VUMATHT
VUMATHT
Products: Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPS3T CPS4RT
Features tested
Problem description
User subroutine VUMATHT is used to define the thermal behavior of the material for a coupled
temperature-displacement analysis in Abaqus/Explicit. Isotropic conductivity and a constant specific heat for
the material are assumed. The heat conduction in the material is governed by Fourier's law, and the gradient of
the heat flux with respect to temperature is zero. The material properties—namely, conductivity and specific
heat—are defined and are passed into the user subroutine via the PROPS array. Dummy mechanical properties
are prescribed to complete the material definition.
Verification problems tempdepfilm_xpl_cps3t.inp and tempdepfilm_xpl_cps4rt.inp solve the same problem using
the standard data line options to define conductivity and specific heat (see Temperature-dependent film condition).
Input files
tempdepfilm_xpl_cps3t_vumatht.inp Analysis using CPS3T elements; the thermal material behavior is defined
using user subroutine VUMATHT in vumathtxx.f.
tempdepfilm_xpl_cps4rt_vumatht.inp Analysis using CPS4RT elements; the thermal material behavior is defined
using user subroutine VUMATHT in vumathtxx.f.
vumathtxx.f User subroutine VUMATHT defining a simple thermal constitutive behavior.
1725
VUSDFLD
VUSDFLD
Products: Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B31 C3D8 C3D8R CAX4R CPE4 CPE4R CPS4R
M3D4 M3D4R PIPE31 S4 S4R S4RS SAX1 SC8R T2D2 T3D2
Features tested
Problem description
This test verifies that the user-defined material point field variable in user subroutine VUSDFLD is transferred
properly to the solution process. The finite element model consists of multiple disconnected elements of the
types listed above. Each element is associated with a Mises plasticity model and in each case a damage model
is constructed based on a user-defined field. For comparison purposes, a duplicate set of elements with equivalent
damage initiation/damage evolution definitions is included to provide a reference solution.
In each case the results in the testing element match the solution in the reference element, which can be observed
from the time-history plots of the output variables.
Input files
1727
VUVISCOSITY
VUVISCOSITY
Products: Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8R CPE4R
Features tested
User subroutine to define the viscosity for equation of state models with viscous shear behavior.
Problem description
This test verifies that the user-defined viscosity in user subroutine VUVISCOSITY is transferred properly to the
solution process. The finite element model consists of a C3D8R element and a CPE4R element with identical
material properties. The viscous properties of the material are defined with a Cross viscosity model that is
implemented as a user-defined viscosity. For comparison purposes, a duplicate set of elements with equivalent
viscosity definitions is included to provide a reference solution.
In each case the results in the testing element match the solution in the reference element.
Input files
1729
VWAVE
VWAVE
Products: Abaqus/Explicit Abaqus/Aqua
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Features tested
User subroutine VWAVE is used to specify wave kinematics for an Abaqus/Aqua analysis through Abaqus/Explicit.
PB_VWAVE-AIRY-PERIOD_P31_XPL.inp
Elements tested
B31 PIPE31
Problem description
Verification problem pb_vwave-airy-period_p31_xpl.inp is identical to pb_airy_p31_xpl.inp as described in
Dynamic pressure, closed-end buoyancy loads. It tests the dynamic pressure implementation and closed-end
buoyancy loading for Airy waves coded in user subroutine VWAVE. In this problem a vertical pile is fully
constrained and subjected to buoyancy loading. Airy wave theory is used to calculate the total reaction force on
the structure during a dynamic analysis. Distributed load type PB is used with a 50-element (PIPE31) model,
and concentrated load type TSB is used with a one-element (B31) model.
Model:
Height of the structure 175.0 (100.0 below and 75.0 above mean water elevation)
Pipe section data r = 1.0, t = 0.25
Material:
Young's modulus 1 × 106
Aqua—environment:
Seabed elevation 100.0
Mean water elevation 1100.0
Gravitational constant 32.2
Fluid mass density 2.0
1731
VWAVE
Input files
pb_vwave-airy-period_p31_xpl.inp Input file for this analysis.
pb_vwave-airy-length_p31_xpl.inp Same analysis, but the corresponding wave length is specified instead of
the wave period.
vwave_airy.f User subroutine VWAVE used for pb_vwave-airy-period_p31_xpl.inp
and pb_vwave-airy-length_p31_xpl.inp.
pb_vwave-airy-period-opt_p31_xpl.inpThe wave length calculation from the wave period might be expensive.
This optimized input file calculates the wave length once initially and
stores the wave parameters appropriately for subsequent usage.
vwave_airy-opt.f User subroutine VWAVE used for pb_vwave-airy-period-opt_p31_xpl.inp.
PB_VWAVE-AIRY-PERIOD_P21_XPL.inp
Elements tested
B21 PIPE21
Problem description
Verification problem pb_vwave-airy-period_p21_xpl.inp is identical to pb_airy_p21_xpl.inp as described in
Dynamic pressure, closed-end buoyancy loads. It tests the dynamic pressure implementation and closed-end
buoyancy loading for Airy waves coded in user subroutine VWAVE. In this problem a vertical pile is fully
constrained and subjected to buoyancy loading. Airy wave theory is used to calculate the total reaction force on
the structure during a dynamic analysis. Distributed load type PB is used with a 50-element (PIPE21) model,
and concentrated load type TSB is used with a one-element (B21) model.
Model:
Height of the structure 175.0 (100.0 below and 75.0 above mean water elevation)
Pipe section data r = 1.0, t = 0.25
Material:
Young's modulus 1 × 106
Aqua—environment:
Seabed elevation 100.0
Mean water elevation 1100.0
Gravitational constant 32.2
Fluid mass density 2.0
1732
VWAVE
Input files
pb_vwave-airy-period_p21_xpl.inp Input file for this analysis.
pb_vwave-airy-length_p21_xpl.inp Same analysis, but the corresponding wave length is specified instead of
the wave period.
vwave_airy.f User subroutine VWAVE used for pb_vwave-airy-period_p21_xpl.inp
and pb_vwave-airy-length_p21_xpl.inp.
pb_vwave-airy-period-opt_p21_xpl.inpThe wave length calculation from the wave period might be expensive.
This optimized input file calculates the wave length once initially and
stores the wave parameters appropriately for subsequent usage.
vwave_airy-opt.f User subroutine VWAVE used for pb_vwave-airy-period-opt_p21_xpl.inp.
1733
Miscellaneous Options
Miscellaneous Options
In this section:
1735
Miscellaneous modeling options
In this section:
1737
Adaptive mesh for solid
elements in
Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPE3 CPE3H CPS3 CAX3 CAX3H CPS4 CPS4T CPE4 CPE4T CPE4H CPE4HT
CPE4P CPE4PH CAX4 CAX4P CAX4H CAX4T CAX4HT CAX4PH
C3D8 C3D8P C3D8H C3D8T C3D8HT C3D8PH
C3D8R C3D8RP C3D8RH C3D8RT C3D8RHT C3D8RPH
Features tested
Adaptive mesh capabilities are tested in Abaqus/Standard for solid elements that can be part of an adaptive mesh
domain.
Problem description
The verification problems are either slender beam-like structures that are loaded by gravity parallel to the length
or cubical structures indented by a rigid punch.
The verification problems also test user subroutine UMESHMOTION, which provides user-prescribed mesh
motion.
The verification of the adaptive mesh capability is done by comparing the results of the problems with and
without adaptive mesh options.
The verification of user subroutine UMESHMOTION consists of checking the nodal output to ensure correct
application of the user-prescribed mesh motion.
Input files
1739
Adaptive mesh for solid elements in Abaqus/Standard
1740
Adaptive mesh for solid elements in Abaqus/Standard
1741
Adjusting nodal coordinates
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
AC2D3 AC2D4 AC2D4R AC2D6 AC2D8
Features tested
Problem description
The test verifies the adjustment of nodal coordinates. The reference nodes of three coupling definitions are
adjusted to their corresponding surfaces.
The adjust nodal coordinates are printed to the data (.dat) file. These new nodal coordinates verify that nodes
have been adjusted to their corresponding surfaces.
Input files
fast_adjust.inp Adjust three different coupling reference nodes to their corresponding surfaces.
1743
Amplitude
Amplitude
Products: Abaqus/Standard Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CPE4R MASS T3D2
Features tested
Several methods of specifying time variations of prescribed magnitudes are tested through the use of the amplitude
curve.
Problem description
The amplitude curve is used to specify a function that defines arbitrary time variations of prescribed variables
throughout an analysis. The user can specify this function with a variety of methods. Two of the methods use
tabulated values that define a continuous function of linear segments. The tabular amplitude definition uses a
nonfixed time increment, which requires that pairs of time-amplitude data be supplied. The equally spaced
amplitude definition uses a fixed time increment that is specified once, and only the values of the function are
required. Two other amplitude types use trigonometric functions to define the function. The periodic amplitude
definition uses the Fourier series to define the function. The modulated amplitude definition uses the product of
two sine functions. The exponential decay amplitude definition uses an exponential function. The smooth-step
amplitude definition uses a fifth-order polynomial equation to ramp up/down smoothly from one amplitude value
to the next. A solution-dependent amplitude definition (available only in Abaqus/Standard) accepts a starting
value and lets Abaqus calculate subsequent values based on the evolution of solution parameters. Currently there
is only one solution parameter available, the maximum equivalent creep strain rate, which is compared to target
values entered in the creep strain rate.
If the function describes either a displacement or velocity in a dynamic analysis, the derivatives and integrations
of the function are required. For the three amplitude types that use trigonometric or exponential functions, the
derivatives are continuous and available. For the amplitude type that uses a fifth-order polynomial equation, the
derivatives are continuous and available; however, both the first and second derivatives are zero at the data point.
For the two types that use tabulated values, the linear segments do not have continuous derivatives, and the
second derivative will be infinite at the segment intersections. An amplitude curve with smoothing allows the
user to define an interval about the data points in which a quadratic function is interpolated to give a continuous
first derivative and a finite second derivative. The use of this parameter is verified within these tests.
Input files xampmult.inp (Abaqus/Standard) and xamptest.inp (Abaqus/Explicit) are analyses performed over
multiple steps during which several loads and displacements are applied in terms of defined amplitudes with
various settings of the parameters. xampresm.inp (Abaqus/Standard) and xamprest.inp (Abaqus/Explicit) restart
the analyses from the previous step. A simple truss model is used. Various nodal degrees of freedom are prescribed
with the boundary conditions, and loads are applied. In all of these cases the prescribed quantities are defined
using the amplitude curve. The purpose of this test is to ensure that the initial value of the function to be applied
in the next step is interpolated properly from the amplitude definitions. Since xampresm.inp and xamprest.inp
restart the analysis from the previous step, the results will show that the initial value at the beginning of the
restart step is obtained from the point on the amplitude curve at which the restart was done; the value will be
1745
Amplitude
ramped to the new value defined in the new step. The output variables corresponding to the prescribed input are
checked to verify the use of the amplitude curve.
xampsdep.inp and xampress.inp simulate the superplastic forming of a rectangular pan in Abaqus/Standard. The
pressure applied to a sheet that forces it to acquire the shape of a die is determined by solution-dependent
amplitude.
The results for each of the amplitude types are discussed in the following sections.
A scale factor of 200.0 was used to magnify the function. The acceleration, velocity, and displacement histories
for this particular variation are shown in the history plots of Figure 4 through Figure 6.
The acceleration, velocity, and displacement histories for this particular variation are shown in the history plots
of Figure 7 through Figure 9.
1746
Amplitude
Smooth-step amplitude
One of the boundary condition variations used in xampmult.inp and xamptest.inp is specified with the velocity
history using a scale factor of 100.0. The variation is specified using a polynomial equation corresponding to
the following expression:
f (x ) = 0.1 +0.9ξ 3(10 − 15ξ + 6ξ 2),
where
ξ = (t − 0.12) / 0.78.
The acceleration, velocity, and displacement histories for this particular variation are shown in the history plots
of Figure 10 through Figure 12.
Solution-dependent amplitude
The initial value of the pressure is 1.0, and the amplitude is allowed to increase to 100 times that value (as well
as decrease to 0.1 times the initial value). The maximum amplitude was reached, and Abaqus/Standard stopped
the analysis because it could not follow the objective within the restrictions imposed. This happened before the
sheet completely filled the die cavity. A restart run, xampress.inp, in which the maximum amplitude is modified
to 500 times the reference load allows the deformation to be completed. Once again, the maximum allowable
amplitude is used as the mechanism for Abaqus/Standard to end the analysis. The restart run exemplifies another
possibility that is generally not recommended (since it will probably not occur in practice)—the loading reference
value was increased by a factor of 5.0. As a result, the amplitude history adapted itself accordingly.
Figure 13 and Figure 16 show the rigid surface and the deformable sheet at different stages of deformation.
Figure 14 and Figure 17 show the amplitude history obtained. Figure 15 shows the ratio between the maximum
creep strain rate in the model and the target value provided.
Input files
Abaqus/Standard analyses
xampmult.inp *AMPLITUDE used over multiple steps.
xampresm.inp *RESTART test of xampmult.inp.
xampsdep.inp *AMPLITUDE,DEFINITION=SOLUTION DEPENDENT.
xampress.inp *RESTART test of xampsdep.inp.
Abaqus/Explicit analyses
xamptest.inp *AMPLITUDE used over multiple steps.
xamprest.inp *RESTART test of xamptest.inp.
1747
Amplitude
Figures
2
(*10**1)
LINE VARIABLE SCALE
FACTOR
1 A1 AT NODE 1 +1.00E+00
1 1 1
ACCELERATION
-1
-2
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
TIME (*10**-1)
1
VELOCITY
1 1
1
0
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
TIME (*10**-1)
1748
Amplitude
4
(*10**-2)
LINE VARIABLE SCALE
FACTOR
1 U1 AT NODE 1 +1.00E+00
DISPLACEMENT
2
0 1 1 1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
TIME (*10**-1)
0 1
1 1
-1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
TIME (*10**-1)
1749
Amplitude
1
(*10**2)
LINE VARIABLE SCALE
FACTOR
1 V2 AT NODE 10 +1.00E+00
1
1
VELOCITY
0 1
-1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
TIME (*10**-1)
1
DISPLACEMENT
0 1
1 1
-1
-2
-3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
TIME (*10**-1)
1750
Amplitude
0 1
-1
ACCELERATION
-2
1
-3
-4
-5
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
TIME (*10**-1)
1
3
VELOCITY
1
2
0 1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
TIME (*10**-1)
1751
Amplitude
DISPLACEMENT
1
0 1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
TIME (*10**-1)
20
1
1
16
DISPLACEMENT
12
4 1
1
1
0
0 2 4 6 8 10
TIME (*10**-1)
6
DISPLACEMENT
1 1
0
0 2 4 6 8 10
TIME (*10**-1)
1752
Amplitude
5
(*10**1)
LINE VARIABLE SCALE
FACTOR
1 U1 AT NODE 19 +1.00E+00
DISPLACEMENT
2
1 1
0
0 2 4 6 8 10
TIME (*10**-1)
3 1
6
amplitude
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
time (*10**1)
1753
Amplitude
ratio
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
time (*10**1)
3 1
1754
Amplitude
4
(*10**2)
3
amplitude
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
time (*10**1)
1755
Spatially varying element
properties
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Features tested
This section demonstrates the use of distributions to model spatially varying element properties.
Elements tested
S3R STRI3 S4 S4R S4R5 STRI65 S8R S8R5 S9R5
SC6R SC8R
SAX1 SAX2 SAXA
M3D3 M3D4 M3D4R M3D6 M3D8 M3D8R M3D9 M3D9R
Problem description
The analyses in this section demonstrate how distributions can be used to define spatially varying element
properties in shells and membrane elements (the membrane tests apply only to Abaqus/Standard).
The geometry in each shell test is a flat plate modeled with either 9 quadrilateral shell elements or 18 triangular
shell elements. In most test cases each shell element is assigned a different thickness, offset, and material
orientation using distributions. In some cases both distributions and nodal thicknesses are used to define the
shell thicknesses. A linear elastic orthotropic material is used in each case. All the test cases in this section are
verified by creating equivalent reference models using multiple section assignments to define the shell thicknesses,
offsets, and material properties. Some of these reference models are included.
The geometry in each membrane test is a flat plate modeled with either 9 quadrilateral membrane elements or
18 triangular membrane elements. In most test cases each membrane element is assigned a different thickness
and material orientation using distributions. A linear elastic material is used in each case. Initial stresses are
applied to the membrane elements in all tests. All the test cases in this section are verified by creating equivalent
reference models using multiple section assignments to define the membrane thicknesses and material orientations.
Loading: The multistep Abaqus/Standard analysis performed on each shell model consists of the following:
• Step 1: A frequency analysis.
• Step 2: A steady-state dynamic analysis with modal damping and nodal loads.
• Step 3: A modal dynamic analysis with modal damping and nodal loads.
• Step 4: A direct steady-state dynamic analysis with modal damping and nodal loads.
• Step 5: A subspace projection steady-state dynamic analysis with nodal loads.
• Step 6: A random response analysis with nodal loads.
• Step 7: A response spectrum analysis.
• Step 8: A geometrically nonlinear static analysis with displacement boundary conditions.
1757
Spatially varying element properties
• Step 9: A load case static analysis using distributed body loads, gravity loads, and centrifugal loads.
The membrane tests are identical to the shell tests except that an initial static step is included to resolve the initial
stresses.
A single geometrically nonlinear dynamic step with displacement boundary conditions is used for the shell
models testing Abaqus/Explicit.
Input files
Abaqus/Standard analyses
distrib_multistep_s3r_gs_std.inp Multistep analysis using S3R elements and a homogeneous general
shell section definition. Distributions are used to define shell
thicknesses, offsets, and material orientations.
distrib_multistep_s3r_nt_gs_std.inp Multistep analysis using S3R elements, a homogeneous general shell
section definition, and nodal thicknesses. Distributions are used to
define shell thicknesses and material orientations.
distrib_multistep_s3r_std.inp Multistep analysis using S3R elements with a homogeneous shell
section definition that is integrated during the analysis. Distributions
are used to define shell thicknesses, offsets, and material orientations.
distrib_multistep_s3r_nt_std.inp Multistep analysis using S3R elements with a homogeneous shell
section definition that is integrated during the analysis and nodal
thicknesses. Distributions are used to define shell thicknesses and
material orientations.
distrib_multistep_s4_gs_std.inp Multistep analysis using S4 elements and a homogeneous general
shell section. Distributions are used to define shell thicknesses, offsets,
and material orientations.
distrib_multistep_s4_gs_ref_std.inp Reference solution for distrib_multistep_s4_gs_std.inp using multiple
homogeneous shell section definitions to define varying shell
thicknesses, offsets, and material orientations.
distrib_multistep_s4_nt_gs_std.inp Multistep analysis using S4 elements, a homogeneous general shell
section definition, and nodal thicknesses. Distributions are used to
define shell thicknesses and material orientations.
distrib_multistep_s4_std.inp Multistep analysis using S4 elements with a homogeneous shell
section definition that is integrated during the analysis. Distributions
are used to define shell thicknesses, offsets, and material orientations.
distrib_multistep_s4_rs_std.inp Restart analysis for distrib_multistep_s4_std.inp.
distrib_multistep_s4_nt_std.inp Multistep analysis using S4 elements with a homogeneous shell
section definition that is integrated during the analysis and nodal
thicknesses. Distributions are used to define shell thicknesses and
material orientations.
distrib_multistep_s4_nt_ref_std.inp Reference solution for distrib_multistep_s4_nt_std.inp using multiple
homogeneous shell section definitions and nodal thicknesses to define
varying shell thicknesses, offsets, and material orientations.
1758
Spatially varying element properties
1759
Spatially varying element properties
1760
Spatially varying element properties
distrib_multistep_comp_s3r_std.inp Multistep analysis using S3R elements with a composite shell section
definition that is integrated during the analysis. Distributions are used
to define shell thicknesses, offsets, and material orientations.
distrib_multistep_comp_s3r_nt_std.inp Multistep analysis using S3R elements with a composite shell section
definition that is integrated during the analysis and nodal thicknesses.
Distributions are used to define shell thicknesses and material
orientations.
distrib_multistep_comp_s3r_1_std.inp Multistep analysis using S3R elements with a composite shell section
definition that is integrated during the analysis. Distributions are used
to define shell thicknesses, offsets, material orientations, composite
layer thicknesses, and composite layer angles.
distrib_multistep_comp_s4_gs_std.inp Multistep analysis using S4 elements and a composite general shell
section. Distributions are used to define shell thicknesses, offsets,
and material orientations.
distrib_multistep_comp_s4_gs_ref_std.inp Reference solution for distrib_multistep_comp_s4_gs_std.inp using
multiple composite shell section definitions to define varying shell
thicknesses, offsets, and material orientations.
distrib_multistep_comp_s4_nt_gs_std.inp Multistep analysis using S4 elements, a composite general shell
section definition, and nodal thicknesses. Distributions are used to
define shell thicknesses and material orientations.
distrib_multistep_comp_s4_std.inp Multistep analysis using S4 elements with a composite shell section
definition that is integrated during the analysis. Distributions are used
to define shell thicknesses, offsets, and material orientations.
distrib_multistep_comp_s4_rs_std.inp Restart analysis for distrib_multistep_comp_s4_std.inp.
distrib_multistep_comp_s4_nt_std.inp Multistep analysis using S4 elements with a composite shell section
definition that is integrated during the analysis and nodal thicknesses.
Distributions are used to define shell thicknesses and material
orientations.
distrib_multistep_comp_s4_nt_ref_std.inp Reference solution for distrib_multistep_comp_s4_nt_std.inp using
multiple composite shell section definitions and nodal thicknesses
to define varying shell thicknesses, offsets, and material orientations.
distrib_multistep_comp_s4_nt1_gs_std.inp Multistep analysis using S4 elements, a composite general shell
section definition, and nodal thicknesses. Distributions are used to
define offsets and material orientations.
distrib_multistep_comp_s4_nt1_std.inp Multistep analysis using S4 elements with a composite shell section
definition that is integrated during the analysis and nodal thicknesses.
Distributions are used to define offsets and material orientations.
distrib_multistep_comp_s4_3_std.inp Multistep analysis using S4 elements with a composite shell section
definition that is integrated during the analysis. Distributions are used
to define shell thicknesses, offsets, material orientations, composite
layer thicknesses, and composite layer angles.
distrib_multistep_comp_s4_4_std.inp Multistep analysis using S4 elements with a composite shell section
definition that is integrated during the analysis. Distributions are used
to define shell thicknesses, offsets, material orientations, composite
layer thicknesses, and composite layer angles.
distrib_multistep_comp_s4_5_std.inp Multistep analysis using S4 elements with a composite shell section
definition that is integrated during the analysis. Distributions are used
to define shell thicknesses, offsets, material orientations, composite
layer thicknesses, and composite layer angles.
1761
Spatially varying element properties
distrib_multistep_comp_s4r_gs_std.inp Multistep analysis using S4R elements and a composite general shell
section definition. Distributions are used to define shell thicknesses,
offsets, and material orientations.
distrib_multistep_comp_s4_gs_3_std.inp Multistep analysis using S4 elements with a composite general shell
section definition. Distributions are used to define shell thicknesses,
offsets, material orientations, composite layer thicknesses, and
composite layer angles.
distrib_multistep_comp_s4_gs_4_std.inp Multistep analysis using S4 elements with a composite general shell
section definition. Distributions are used to define shell thicknesses,
offsets, material orientations, composite layer thicknesses, and
composite layer angles.
distrib_multistep_comp_s4_gs_5_std.inp Multistep analysis using S4 elements with a composite general shell
section definition. Distributions are used to define shell thicknesses,
offsets, material orientations, composite layer thicknesses, and
composite layer angles.
distrib_multistep_comp_s4r_std.inp Multistep analysis using S4R elements with a composite shell section
definition that is integrated during the analysis. Distributions are used
to define shell thicknesses, offsets, and material orientations.
distrib_multistep_comp_s4r_hyp_std.inp Multistep analysis using S4R elements with a composite shell section
definition that is integrated during the analysis and a hyperelastic
material. Distributions are used to define shell thicknesses, offsets,
and material orientations.
distrib_multistep_comp_s4r5_gs_std.inp Multistep analysis using S4R5 elements and a composite general
shell section definition. Distributions are used to define shell
thicknesses, offsets, and material orientations.
distrib_multistep_comp_s4r5_std.inp Multistep analysis using S4R5 elements with a composite shell section
definition that is integrated during the analysis. Distributions are used
to define shell thicknesses, offsets, and material orientations.
distrib_multistep_comp_s8r_gs_std.inp Multistep analysis using S8R elements and a composite general shell
section definition. Distributions are used to define shell thicknesses,
offsets, and material orientations.
distrib_multistep_comp_s8r_std.inp Multistep analysis using S8R elements with a composite shell section
definition that is integrated during the analysis. Distributions are used
to define shell thicknesses, offsets, and material orientations.
distrib_multistep_comp_s8r5_gs_std.inp Multistep analysis using S8R5 elements and a composite general
shell section definition. Distributions are used to define shell
thicknesses, offsets, and material orientations.
distrib_multistep_comp_s8r5_std.inp Multistep analysis using S8R5 elements with a composite shell section
definition that is integrated during the analysis. Distributions are used
to define shell thicknesses, offsets, material orientations, composite
layer thicknesses, and composite layer angles.
distrib_multistep_comp_s9r5_gs_std.inp Multistep analysis using S9R5 elements and a composite general
shell section definition. Distributions are used to define shell
thicknesses, offsets, and material orientations.
distrib_multistep_comp_s9r5_std.inp Multistep analysis using S9R5 elements with a composite shell section
definition that is integrated during the analysis. Distributions are used
to define shell thicknesses, offsets, material orientations, composite
layer thicknesses, and composite layer angles.
1762
Spatially varying element properties
1763
Spatially varying element properties
Abaqus/Explicit analyses
distrib_s4_nt_xpl.inp Analysis using S4 elements with a shell section definition that is
integrated during the analysis and nodal thicknesses. Distributions are
used to define shell thicknesses and material orientations.
distrib_s4_nt_ref_xpl.inp Reference solution for distrib_s4_nt_xpl.inp using multiple shell section
definitions and nodal thicknesses to define varying shell thicknesses
and material orientations.
distrib_s4r_nt_xpl.inp Analysis using S4R elements with a shell section definition that is
integrated during the analysis and nodal thicknesses. Distributions are
used to define shell thicknesses and material orientations.
distrib_s4r_nt_ref_xpl.inp Reference solution for distrib_s4r_nt_xpl.inp using multiple shell section
definitions and nodal thicknesses to define varying shell thicknesses
and material orientations.
distrib_comp_s4_nt_xpl.inp Multistep analysis using S4 elements with a composite shell section
definition that is integrated during the analysis. Distributions are used
to define shell thicknesses and material orientations.
distrib_comp_s4_nt_ref_xpl.inp Reference solution for distrib_comp_s4_nt_xpl.inp using multiple
composite shell section definitions and nodal thicknesses to define
varying shell thicknesses and material orientations.
distrib_comp_s3r_angle_xpl.inp Analysis using S3R elements with composite shell section definitions
that are integrated during the analysis. Distributions are used to define
composite layer angles and thicknesses.
distrib_comp_s3r_angle_ref_xpl.inp Reference solution for distrib_comp_s3r_angle_xpl.inp using multiple
composite shell section definitions to define varying composite layer
angles and thicknesses.
distrib_comp_s4_angle_xpl.inp Analysis using S4 elements with composite shell section definitions
that are integrated during the analysis. Distributions are used to define
composite layer angles and thicknesses.
distrib_comp_s4_angle_ref_xpl.inp Reference solution for distrib_comp_s4_angle_xpl.inp using multiple
composite shell section definitions to define varying composite layer
angles and thicknesses.
distrib_comp_s4r_angle_xpl.inp Analysis using S4R elements with composite shell section definitions
that are integrated during the analysis. Distributions are used to define
composite layer angles and thicknesses.
1764
Spatially varying element properties
1765
Spatially varying element properties
Elements tested
CPS3 CPE3 CPS4 CPS4R CPE4 CPE4H CPE4I CPE4R
CPS6 CPS6M CPE6 CPE6M CPS8 CPS8R CPE8 CPE8R
CAX3 CAX4 CAX4H CAX4I CAX4R CAX6 CAX6M CAX8 CAX8R
CGAX3 CGAX4 CGAX4H CGAX4R CGAX6 CGAX6M CGAX8 CGAX8R
C3D4 C3D6 C3D8 C3D10 C3D10HS C3D10M C3D15 C3D20
CCL12 CCL24
MAX1 MAX2 MCL6 MCL9 MGAX1 MGAX2
CSS8
Problem description
The analyses in this section demonstrate how distributions can be used to define material orientations and material
behavior on an element-by-element basis for continuum elements. The geometry in the two-dimensional tests
is a unit square modeled with either 9 quadrilateral or 18 triangular elements. The geometry in the
three-dimensional tests is a unit cube with between 8 to 12 elements. In most test cases each solid element is
assigned a different material orientation using a distribution. In some of the test cases distributions of material
behaviors are used. All the test cases in this section are verified by creating equivalent reference models using
multiple section assignments to define material orientations. Some of these reference models are included. In
some cases the residual mode functionality is also tested.
Some of the Abaqus/Standard tests include membrane elements with thicknesses and material orientations defined
with distributions.
Loading: The multistep Abaqus/Standard analysis performed on each model consists of the following:
• Step 1: A frequency analysis.
• Step 2: A steady-state dynamic analysis with modal damping and nodal loads.
• Step 3: A modal dynamic analysis with modal damping and nodal loads.
• Step 4: A direct steady-state dynamic analysis with modal damping and nodal loads.
• Step 5: A subspace projection steady-state dynamic analysis with nodal loads.
• Step 6: A random response analysis with nodal loads.
• Step 7: A response spectrum analysis.
• Step 8: A geometrically nonlinear static analysis with displacement boundary conditions.
• Step 9: A load case static analysis using distributed body loads, gravity loads, and centrifugal loads.
1766
Spatially varying element properties
For cases in which the residual mode functionality is tested, a static perturbation step is added prior to the
frequency step.
Only Step 8 above is used to test the Abaqus/Explicit models.
Input files
Abaqus/Standard analyses
distrib_multistep_c3d4_std.inp Multistep analysis using C3D4 elements. Distributions are used to
define material orientations. Residual modes are activated in the
frequency step for use in the subsequent modal procedures.
distrib_multistep_c3d6_std.inp Multistep analysis using C3D6 elements. Distributions are used to
define material orientations. Residual modes are activated in the
frequency step for use in the subsequent modal procedures.
distrib_multistep_comp_c3d6_std.inp Multistep analysis using composite C3D6 elements. Distributions are
used to define composite layer thicknesses and orientation angles.
distrib_multistep_c3d8_std.inp Multistep analysis using C3D8 elements. Distributions are used to
define material orientations and orthotropic elastic behavior. Residual
modes are activated in the frequency step for use in the subsequent
modal procedures.
distrib_multistep_c3d8_comp_std.inp Multistep analysis using composite C3D8 elements. Distributions are
used to define material orientations.
distrib_multistep_comp_c3d8_1_std.inp Multistep analysis using composite C3D8 elements. Distributions are
used to define material orientations and composite layer orientation
angles.
distrib_multistep_comp_c3d8_2_std.inp Multistep analysis using composite C3D8 elements. Distributions are
used to define material orientations and composite layer orientation
angles.
distrib_multistep_comp_c3d8_3_std.inp Multistep analysis using composite C3D8 elements. Distributions are
used to define material orientations and composite layer orientation
angles.
distrib_multistep_comp_c3d8_4_std.inp Multistep analysis using composite C3D8 elements. Distributions are
used to define material orientations and composite layer orientation
angles.
distrib_multistep_comp_c3d8_5_std.inp Multistep analysis using composite C3D8 elements. Distributions are
used to define material orientations and composite layer orientation
angles.
distrib_multistep_comp_c3d8_6_std.inp Multistep analysis using composite C3D8 elements. Distributions are
used to define composite layer thicknesses and orientation angles.
distrib_multistep_c3d10_std.inp Multistep analysis using C3D10 elements. Distributions are used to
define material orientations, orthotropic elastic behavior, and material
density.
distrib_multistep_c3d10hs_std.inp Multistep analysis using C3D10HS elements. Distributions are used
to define material orientations, orthotropic elastic behavior, and material
density.
1767
Spatially varying element properties
1768
Spatially varying element properties
1769
Spatially varying element properties
Abaqus/Explicit analyses
distrib_c3d10m_xpl.inp Analysis using C3D10M elements. Distributions are used to define material
orientations.
distrib_c3d10m_ref_xpl.inp Reference solution for distrib_c3d10m_xpl.inp using multiple solid section
definitions to define varying material orientations.
distrib_c3d10_xpl.inp Analysis using C3D10 elements. Distributions are used to define material
orientations.
distrib_c3d10_ref_xpl.inp Reference solution for distrib_c3d10_xpl.inp using multiple solid section
definitions to define varying material orientations.
Elements tested
S3R S4R SAX1
CPE4 CPS4 C3D8
Problem description
The analyses in this section demonstrate that element properties defined with distributions can be transferred
from one Abaqus/Standard analysis to another. All the test cases in this section are verified by creating equivalent
reference models using multiple section assignments to define the shell thicknesses, offsets, and material properties.
Some of these reference models are included.
Input files
ss1_c3d8_ep.inp Two geometrically nonlinear static steps using C3D8 elements. Distributions
are used to define material orientations and orthotropic elastic behavior (using
engineering constants).
ss2_c3d8_ep_n_n.inp Imports both elements in ss1_c3d8_ep.inp at the end of Step 1 with
UPDATE=NO and STATE=NO. One new C3D8 element is defined.
1770
Spatially varying element properties
1771
Spatially varying element properties
ss1_s3r_ep.inp Two geometrically nonlinear static steps using S3R elements with a shell section
definition that is integrated during the analysis. Distributions are used to define
shell thicknesses, offsets, and material orientations.
ss2_s3r_ep_n_n.inp Imports both elements in ss1_s3r_ep.inp at the end of Step 1 with UPDATE=NO
and STATE=NO. One new S3R element is defined.
ss2_s3r_ep_n_y.inp Imports both elements in ss1_s3r_ep.inp at the end of Step 1 with UPDATE=NO
and STATE=YES. One new S3R element is defined.
ss2_s3r_ep_y_n.inp Imports both elements in ss1_s3r_ep.inp at the end of Step 1 with UPDATE=YES
and STATE=NO. One new S3R element is defined.
ss2_s3r_ep_y_y.inp Imports both elements in ss1_s3r_ep.inp at the end of Step 1 with UPDATE=YES
and STATE=YES. One new S3R element is defined.
ss1_s4r_ep.inp Two geometrically nonlinear static steps using S4R elements with a shell section
definition that is integrated during the analysis. Distributions are used to define
shell thicknesses, offsets, and material orientations.
ss2_s4r_ep_n_n.inp Imports both elements in ss1_s4r_ep.inp at the end of Step 1 with UPDATE=NO
and STATE=NO. One new S4R element is defined.
ss2_s4r_ep_n_y.inp Imports both elements in ss1_s4r_ep.inp at the end of Step 1 with UPDATE=NO
and STATE=YES. One new S4R element is defined.
ss2_s4r_ep_y_n.inp Imports both elements in ss1_s4r_ep.inp at the end of Step 1 with UPDATE=YES
and STATE=NO. One new S4R element is defined.
ss2_s4r_ep_y_y.inp Imports both elements in ss1_s4r_ep.inp at the end of Step 1 with UPDATE=YES
and STATE=YES. One new S4R element is defined.
ss1_s4r_ep_ref.inp Reference solution for ss1_s4r_ep.inp using multiple shell section definitions to
define varying shell thicknesses, offsets, and material orientations.
ss2_s4r_ep_ref_n_n.inp Reference solution for ss2_s4r_ep_n_n.inp.
ss2_s4r_ep_ref_n_y.inp Reference solution for ss2_s4r_ep_n_y.inp.
ss2_s4r_ep_ref_y_n.inp Reference solution for ss2_s4r_ep_y_n.inp.
ss2_s4r_ep_ref_y_y.inp Reference solution for ss2_s4r_ep_y_y.inp.
ss1_s4r_ep_gs.inp Two geometrically nonlinear static steps using S4R elements with a general shell
section definition. Distributions are used to define shell thicknesses, offsets, and
material orientations.
ss2_s4r_ep_gs_n_n.inp Imports both elements in ss1_s4r_ep_gs.inp at the end of Step 1 with
UPDATE=NO and STATE=NO. One new S4R element is defined.
ss2_s4r_ep_gs_n_y.inp Imports both elements in ss1_s4r_ep_gs.inp at the end of Step 1 with
UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES. One new S4R element is defined.
ss2_s4r_ep_gs_y_n.inp Imports both elements in ss1_s4r_ep_gs.inp at the end of Step 1 with
UPDATE=YES and STATE=NO. One new S4R element is defined.
ss2_s4r_ep_gs_y_y.inp Imports both elements in ss1_s4r_ep_gs.inp at the end of Step 1 with
UPDATE=YES and STATE=YES. One new S4R element is defined.
ss1_s4r_ep_gs_st.inp Two geometrically nonlinear static steps using S4R elements with a general shell
section definition. The section stiffness is specified directly. Distributions are
used to define shell section stiffness and material orientations.
ss2_s4r_ep_gs_st_n_n.inp Imports both elements in ss1_s4r_ep_gs_st.inp at the end of Step 1 with
UPDATE=NO and STATE=NO. One new S4R element is defined.
ss2_s4r_ep_gs_st_n_y.inp Imports both elements in ss1_s4r_ep_gs_st.inp at the end of Step 1 with
UPDATE=NO and STATE=YES. One new S4R element is defined.
ss2_s4r_ep_gs_st_y_n.inp Imports both elements in ss1_s4r_ep_gs_st.inp at the end of Step 1 with
UPDATE=YES and STATE=NO. One new S4R element is defined.
1772
Spatially varying element properties
Elements tested
CONN3D2
Problem description
The analyses in this section demonstrate the use of distributions for specifying orientation for connectors. Some
of these reference models are included.
Input files
distrib_ori_connect_1.inp Several CONN3D2 elements with beam-type connector sections are used in this
test. Distributions are used to define orientations at the two nodes for the connector
elements. All degrees of freedom are fixed at node a of the connector elements,
and the *CLOAD option is applied at node b such that the connector total force
CTF in component 1 is 1.0 units, the total force in component 2 is 2.0 units, and
the total force in component 3 is 3.0 units.
distrib_ori_connect_1_xpl.inpSeveral CONN3D2 elements with beam-type connector sections are used in this
test. Distributions are used to define orientations at the two nodes for the connector
elements. All degrees of freedom are fixed at node a of the connector elements,
and the *CLOAD option is applied quasi-statically at node b such that the connector
total force CTF in component 1 is 1.0 units, the total force in component 2 is 2.0
units, and the total force in component 3 is 3.0 units.
1773
Boundary conditions
Boundary conditions
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Features tested
Various types of prescribed boundary conditions are tested.
Elements tested
AC2D4 CPS4
Problem description
The application of real and imaginary boundary conditions is tested in the direct-solution steady-state dynamic
procedure. The test is performed in a structural analysis and an acoustic analysis. Each test is performed in three
steps. The first step applies nonzero real boundary conditions to particular degrees of freedom of the structure,
and the steady-state harmonic response is obtained. The second step is identical to the first step except that the
nonzero boundary conditions are applied to the imaginary components of the specified degrees of freedom. The
expected result is that the response of the degrees of freedom for the two steps should be identical but 90° out
of phase from one another. The third step is identical to the first two steps except that nonzero boundary conditions
are applied to both the real and imaginary components of the specified degrees of freedom. The expected result
for this step is that the response of the degrees of freedom are 45° out of phase from the response in the previous
two steps.
1775
Boundary conditions
Input files
xbccplxs.inp Complex boundary conditions, structural analysis.
xbccplxa.inp Complex boundary conditions, acoustic analysis.
Elements tested
B21
Problem description
The input file xbctypex.inp tests the continuity of boundary conditions in a multistep dynamic analysis. The
specifications of the boundary conditions are modified between steps. The displacement, velocity, and acceleration
history are varied extensively to ensure proper transitions. The fixed boundary condition is tested to ensure that
proper definitions are used to set the displacements at the respective nodal positions. In addition, the specifications
for the boundary conditions are varied from user-specified amplitudes to user subroutine DISP to fixed boundary
condition types (i.e., encastre, etc.) and even to the removal of the boundary condition specification altogether.
1776
Boundary conditions
2
(*10**2)
LINE VARIABLE SCALE
FACTOR
1 A2 AT NODE 6 +1.00E+00
2 V2 AT NODE 6 +1.00E+00
3 U2 AT NODE 6 +1.00E+00
3
0 1
-1
0 1 2 3
TIME
Input files
xbctypex.inp TYPE boundary conditions.
xbctypex.f User subroutine DISP used in xbctypex.inp.
Elements tested
B21
Problem description
Input file xbcvelstat.inp tests the continuity of boundary conditions (primarily velocities) as they are modified
between steps in a multistep static analysis. The velocities are always known in dynamic analysis, but they are
not calculated and stored during a static analysis. Therefore, the use of velocity specifications in static analysis
presents some unique problems.
Input files xbcvelres1.inp and xbcvelres2.inp test the restart capability for velocity-type boundary conditions
when used in a static analysis. xbcvelres1.inp does not terminate the current step in the analysis from which the
restart is made, while xbcvelres2.inp does. The input files are designed such that the results from the restart
analyses are the same as those from the original analysis.
1777
Boundary conditions
specification with a ramped amplitude specification in the next or can be fixed or removed altogether. The
continuity of the boundary conditions, when examined, is seen to be correct. The restart analyses produce results
that are identical to those in the original analysis.
Input files
xbcvelstat.inp TYPE=VELOCITY boundary conditions, static analysis.
xbcvelres1.inp *RESTART without END STEP test for xbcvelstat.inp.
xbcvelres2.inp *RESTART with END STEP test for xbcvelstat.inp.
1778
Reset overconstraint
checking controls
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Features tested
There are features in Abaqus that, when used in combination, may overconstrain a model. Several of these combinations
are detected and resolved by Abaqus automatically, while others are only identified and warning or error messages are
issued. By default, overconstraint checking is performed.
Problem description
A surface-based tie constraint joins two surfaces by eliminating the nodes on the slave surface with multi-point
constraints. Multiple surface-based tie constraint definitions may intersect. At these intersections the slave nodes
are involved in an overconstraint. Only one surface-based tie constraint is needed to eliminate a slave node.
Additional surface-based tie constraint definitions are not needed.
In these tests intersecting surface-based tie constraint definitions are used such that one or more slave nodes are
included in more than one surface-based tie constraint pair. Only one surface-based tie constraint should be
enforced at any slave node.
Input files
overcon_tie_tie_3d.inp C3D8 element test for three-way *TIE intersection.
overcon_tie_tie_axi.inp CAX4 element test.
overcon_tie_tie_beam.inp B21 element test, T-junction.
overcon_tie_tie_shell.inp S4 element test, T-junction.
overcon_tie_tie_quad.inp S8R and B32element test with three-way *TIE intersection.
Problem description
A rigid body constraint eliminates all the degrees of freedom at the nodes of the rigid body in favor of the degrees
of freedom at the reference node. Therefore, any surface-based tie constraints used to tie surfaces inside a single
rigid body or between rigid bodies is a consistent overconstraint. In this case the surface-based tie constraint is
ignored. Similarly, if the surface-based tie constraint is used to tie a rigid surface to a deformable surface and
the surface on the rigid body is the slave surface, a consistent overconstraint exists for the tie nodes on the rigid
body. If possible, Abaqus reverses the master/slave pair.
1779
Reset overconstraint checking controls
In these tests the surface-based tie constraints tie surfaces within a rigid body, between rigid bodies, or between
a slave rigid body and a master deformable body.
Input files
overcon_rigbm_tie_rigbm.inp *TIE within a rigid body in two dimensions.
overcon_rigmisc_tie.inp *TIE within a rigid body in three dimensions.
overcon_rig_tie_rig_2d.inp *TIE between rigid bodies in two dimensions.
overcon_rig_tie_def_2d.inp *TIE between a slave rigid surface and a deformable master surface
in two dimensions.
overcon_rig_tie_rig_3d.inp *TIE between rigid bodies in three dimensions.
overcon_rig_tie_def_3d.inp *TIE between a slave rigid surface and a deformable master surface
in three dimensions.
Problem description
If the rigid body constraint refers to nodes or elements that are already part of a rigid body, the common nodes
will be involved in a consistent overconstraint.
In these tests rigid body constraints are used to create a single rigid body from other individual rigid bodies or
to define a rigid body that includes a part of another rigid body.
Input files
overcon_intersect_rig_2d.inp *RIGID BODY intersection in two dimensions.
overcon_intersect_rig_3d.inp *RIGID BODY intersection in three dimensions.
Problem description
A surface-based tie constraint eliminates the degrees of freedom at the slave nodes using multi-point constraints.
If a boundary condition is imposed on the slave node, an overconstraint results.
In these tests two surfaces are tied and boundary conditions are assigned to the slave nodes such that a consistent
overconstraint is created.
1780
Reset overconstraint checking controls
Input files
overcon_tie_boundary_2d.inp *TIE and *BOUNDARY in two dimensions.
overcon_tie_boundary_3d.inp *TIE and *BOUNDARY in three dimensions.
Problem description
Rigid body constraints create a rigid body that eliminates the degrees of freedom at all the nodes on the rigid
body in favor of the degrees of freedom at the reference node. If a boundary condition is defined at one of the
eliminated nodes, an overconstraint results.
In these tests a rigid body is defined and boundary conditions are assigned to the eliminated nodes on the rigid
body such that a consistent overconstraint is created.
Input files
overcon_rb_boundary_2d.inp *RIGID BODYand *BOUNDARY in two dimensions.
overcon_rb_boundary_3d.inp *RIGID BODY and *BOUNDARY in three dimensions.
Problem description
If connector elements are used to connect nodes within a rigid body, a consistent overconstraint is introduced
since the nodes at both ends of the connector element already have a rigid constraint. In this case the connector
element should be removed. If multiple connector elements are used between rigid bodies, all kinematic constraints
beyond three translational constraints and three rotational constraints (in three dimensions) or two translational
constraints and one rotational constraint (in two dimensions) are overconstraints. In the case when the connector
elements produce a consistent overconstraint between the two rigid bodies, all the connector elements are removed
and a connector element of type BEAM is attached between the two rigid body reference nodes.
In these tests connector elements are connected either between nodes within a rigid body or between nodes on
different rigid bodies.
Input files
overcon_conn_between_rig_2d.inp Connector elements between rigid bodies in two dimensions.
overcon_conn_between_rig_3d.inp Connector elements between rigid bodies in three dimensions.
overcon_conn_inside_rig_2d.inp Connector elements inside a rigid body in two dimensions.
overcon_conn_inside_rig_3d.inp Connector elements inside a rigid body in three dimensions.
1781
Reset overconstraint checking controls
Problem description
Rigid body constraints eliminate all the degrees of freedom at the nodes belonging to the rigid body. If coupling
constraints are also used, an overconstraint may occur. Abaqus/Standard will automatically eliminate the
unnecessary coupling constraints.
Input files
overcon_rb_coup.inp The *RIGID BODY and *COUPLING options with the *DISTRIBUTING
option.
overcon_rb_kc.inp The *RIGID BODY and *COUPLING options with the *KINEMATIC
option.
Problem description
A surface-based tie constraint eliminates the degrees of freedom at the slave node through multi-point constraints.
If the tied surfaces intersect a surface where a contact interaction is defined (normal contact with or without
Lagrange friction), the contact interactions at the slave node are overconstraints.
In these tests surface-based tie constraints intersect surfaces with contact interactions.
Input files
overcon_tie_contact_2d.inp Contact and *TIE in two dimensions.
overcon_tie_contact_3d.inp Contact and *TIE in three dimensions.
Problem description
Contact interactions and prescribed boundary conditions may lead to overconstraints if either normal contact
with the default “hard contact” formulation or Lagrange frictional contact is used.
In these tests hard contact or Lagrange friction is defined and boundary conditions are applied to contact slave
nodes.
1782
Reset overconstraint checking controls
Input files
overcon_bc_contact_2d.inp Normal contact and *BOUNDARY in two dimensions.
overcon_bc_contact_3d.inp Normal contact and *BOUNDARY in three dimensions.
overcon_bc_friction_2d.inp Lagrange frictional contact and *BOUNDARY in two dimensions.
overcon_bc_friction_3d.inp Lagrange frictional contact and *BOUNDARY in three dimensions.
1783
Coupling constraints
Coupling constraints
Products: Abaqus/Standard Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Features tested
This section provides basic verification tests for coupling, kinematic, and distributing constraints.
Features tested
Various types of kinematic coupling connections are tested.
Problem description
Problems xcouplingk_std_beam.inp, xcouplingk_xpl_beam2d.inp, xcouplingk_std_bem3.inp, and
xcouplingk_xpl_beam3d.inp impose rigid beam constraints using coupling constraints.
Problems xcouplingk_std_revolute.inp and xcouplingk_xpl_revolute.inp test the finite rotation revolute behavior
of the kinematic coupling constraint when only two rotational degrees of freedom are constrained.
Problems xcouplingk_std_universal.inp and xcouplingk_xpl_universal.inp test the finite rotation universal
behavior of the kinematic coupling constraint when only one rotational degree of freedom is constrained.
Input files
1785
Coupling constraints
Features tested
The kinematic coupling constraint with a local coordinate system applied at the coupling nodes is verified.
Problem description
Figure 1 shows the geometry for these problems .
constrained nodes are
free to translate radially
(and along z for xcouplingk_std_orient_2
and xcouplingk_xpl_orient_2)
y
x
z
reference
node
constrained nodes
In these tests the center node is the reference node, and the perimeter nodes are the coupling nodes. Four separate
coupling definitions that share the same reference node are defined. Each coupling definition defines the local
coordinate system using a different orientation system: cylindrical, rectangular, spherical, and, for the
Abaqus/Standard analyses, a system defined by user subroutine ORIENT. In all cases the resulting local constraint
basis directions coincide with the local directions of a cylindrical coordinate system whose axis is normal to the
plane containing the nodes and passes through the reference node.
In problems xcouplingk_std_orient_1.inp and xcouplingk_xpl_orient_1.inpthe kinematic coupling constrains all
but the radial degree of freedom at the coupling nodes. Linear springs to ground (SPRING1) for the
Abaqus/Standard analyses and connector elements to ground (CONN3D2) with linear elastic connector behavior
for the Abaqus/Explicit analyses are attached to all coupling nodes and act in the x- and y-directions. The reference
node is then rotated 2π radians about the z-axis.
In problems xcouplingk_std_orient_2.inp and xcouplingk_xpl_orient_2.inpthe kinematic coupling constrains
the circumferential degree of freedom only. Linear springs to ground (SPRING1) for the Abaqus/Standard
analyses and connector elements to ground (CONN3D2) with linear elastic connector behavior for the
Abaqus/Explicit analyses are attached to all coupling nodes and act in the x-, y-, and z-directions. The reference
node is then rotated 2π about x-axis.
1786
Coupling constraints
Input files
Features tested
The internal sorting of kinematic coupling constraints when used in conjunction with MPC definitions is verified.
Problem description
The model consists of an axial arrangement of 20 shell elements. These elements are tied together using a
combination of kinematic coupling constraints as well as MPCs. The constraints are defined such that the
kinematic coupling reference node appears after the constraint definitions that are eliminated degrees of freedom
on that node; thus, constraint sorting is required. The structure is clamped on one end, and a concentrated axial
load is applied on the other end.
Input files
1787
Coupling constraints
Features tested
The distributing coupling constraint is tested by using coupling and distributing constraints with user-specified
distributing weight factors. Geometric linear and nonlinear tests are performed.
Problem description
Model: The initial starting geometry for each test is shown in Figure 2. For the geometric linear test, for
Abaqus/Standard, each coupling node is connected by a spring to ground (SPRING1) in each direction. In the
geometrically nonlinear test in Abaqus/Standard, each coupling node is connected by a dashpot to ground
(DASHPOT1) in each direction, and an axial spring element (SPRINGA) connects each pair of coupling nodes.
In the geometrically nonlinear test in Abaqus/Explicit, each coupling node is connected by a connector to ground
(CONN3D2) with damping behavior specified in each direction, and a connector element with specified elastic
behavior connects each pair of coupling nodes. The reference node for the coupling constraint is node 10.
y
node 3
1 W=3 x
z
node 1
W=1
1
M=2 0.5
F=1
Linear behavior
Properties:
The spring stiffnesses are 100, 200, and 300 for degrees of freedom 1, 2, and 3, respectively, for the springs
connected to all coupling nodes. The distributing weight factors are 1, 2, and 3 for nodes 1, 2, and 3,
respectively.
Loading:
Step 1 The force at the reference node is 1.0 in the x-direction. The moment at the reference node is 2.0 about the
z-axis.
1788
Coupling constraints
Step 2 The force at the reference node is 1.0 in the y-direction. The moment at the reference node is 2.0 about the
x-axis.
Step 3 The force at the reference node is 1.0 in the z-direction. The moment at the reference node is 2.0 about the
y-axis.
Step 5
Transient modal dynamic step with a load, Fx = 1.0sin2π t, applied to the reference node.
Step 6
Mode-based steady-state dynamic step with a load, Fx = 1.0, applied to the reference node.
Nonlinear behavior
Properties:
The dashpot damping coefficients are 100, 200, and 300 for degrees of freedom 1, 2, and 3, respectively,
for the dashpots connected to all coupling nodes. The axial springs connecting the coupling nodes each
have a spring constant of 1.0 × 108. The distributing weight factors are 1, 2, and 3 for nodes 1, 2, and 3,
respectively.
Step 3
Total rotation of 2π about the x-axis. Translation y = sin2π t.
Step 4 Direct-integration dynamic step with a total rotation of 2π about the z-axis. Translation x = sin2π t.
Step 3
Total rotation of 2π about the x-axis. Translation y = sin2π t.
where Fn is the force distribution at the coupling nodes, F R and MR are the force and moment at the reference
node, w n are the normalized distributing weight factors, T is the coupling node arrangement inertia tensor, and
r R and r n are the positions of the reference and coupling nodes relative to the coupling node arrangement centroid,
respectively. See Distributing coupling constraints for a more detailed description of this load distribution.
Input files
1789
Coupling constraints
Elements tested
B21 B22
C3D8 C3D8R C3D10M C3D20 C3D27
CAX4 CAX4R CAX8
CPE4 CPE4R CPE8
S3R S4 S8R S9R5
CSS8
Features tested
The default distributing weight factors for a distributing coupling constraint are verified. The weight factors are
based on the nodal tributary surface area at each coupling node.
Problem description
Various models consisting of either continuum, beam, or shell elements are used in this test. In all models a
uniform surface load is applied via a reference node and a distributing coupling constraint. A nonuniform mesh
density is used to verify that the proper tributary area is calculated. The reference node is located at the center
of the loaded surface, offset in the normal direction.
Input files
1790
Coupling constraints
Features tested
The calculation of distributing weights as outlined in Coupling constraints when the optional weighting method
and influence region are specified is verified. The use of coupling constraints at the part-instance level is also
illustrated.
Problem description
A part is defined consisting of two rows of 20 CPE4R elements. Each element is a unit square. The coupling
nodes are defined along the top surface. A reference node is created at the center of the top surface. The part is
then instanced three times in the assembly definition. For each part instance a coupling constraint with a different
influence region is defined. The first part instance has an infinite influence radius; i.e., all nodes defined on the
surface will be included in the coupling definition. The second part instance uses an influence radius of 5.5, and
the third part instance uses an influence radius of 0.5. A concentrated load is applied to each reference node.
Input files are provided for each weighting scheme: uniform, linear, quadratic, and cubic.
Input files
1791
Coupling constraints
Features tested
A pathological situation in which all coupling nodes are colinear for a distributing coupling constraint and the
moment applied at the reference node is not transmitted by the constraint is tested.
Problem description
The geometry is shown in Figure 3.
component of M
about this axis is node 2
not transmitted W=2
M=2 node 1
W=1
x
z
node 3
W=3
Figure 3: Colinear coupling node arrangement.
Input files
1792
Coupling constraints
Features tested
A series of linear and nonlinear analyses are performed demonstrating the ability of the distributing coupling
constraints to release the rotation constraints between the reference node and the coupling nodes about
user-specified axes.
Problem description
This example consists of both a two-dimensional and three-dimensional test.
In the two-dimensional test, two separate models are defined. Each model consists of a single CPE4 element
with one face coupled to a reference node with a distributing constraint. The opposite face of the CPE4 element
is fixed. Beam elements are attached to the reference nodes for visualization purposes only. The first model uses
the default coupling in which the rotation degree of freedom of the reference node is coupled to the solid surface
(the displacement degrees of freedom of the reference are always coupled to the surface with distributing
constraints). The second model releases the rotation constraint. A series of boundary conditions are applied to
the reference nodes simulating shear, tension, and bending (in various linear and nonlinear steps).
In the three-dimensional test, eight separate models are defined. Each model consists of a single C3D8 element
with one face coupled to a reference node with a distributing constraint. The opposite faces of the C3D8 elements
are fixed. Beam elements are attached to the reference nodes for visualization purposes only. The first model
uses the default coupling in which all three rotation degrees of freedom of the reference node are coupled to the
solid surface. The next three models respectively release the rotation constraint in the 1, 2, and 3 directions. The
final four models are identical to the first four, except that the rotation constraint directions are specified. A
series of boundary conditions are applied to the reference nodes simulating shear, tension, and bending (in linear
and nonlinear steps).
Input files
Dimensional coupling
Features tested
A series of linear analyses are performed demonstrating the ability of the distributing coupling constraints to
provide accurate dimensional coupling of beam elements to shell and solid elements.
Problem description
This example consists of two sets of tests in which a pipe is modeled with beam and shell elements and with
beam and continuum elements.
1793
Coupling constraints
The pipe analyzed with beam and shell elements has a length of 0.8 m, an outside radius of 0.1 m, and a thickness
of 0.01 m. The material has a Young's modulus of 200 GPa and a Poisson's ratio of 0.3. Half of the pipe is
modeled with beam elements and the other half is modeled with shell elements (see Figure 4(a)). The beam node
closest to the shell model is defined as the reference node for the distributing coupling constraint. An element-based
edge surface is defined on the shell model, which is coupled to the reference node. The coupled model is subjected
to four linear loading conditions simulating: (1) twist about the pipe axis, (2) axial stretch along the pipe axis,
(3) pure bending about the x-axis, and (4) shear loading. The four load conditions are applied in a single linear
step as four load cases. Two models are analyzed: one with linear beam and shell elements and one with quadratic
beam and shell elements.
reference node
(a)
reference node
(b)
Figure 4: Dimensional coupling examples: (a) beam-to-shell coupling model; (b) beam-to-solid
coupling model.
The pipe analyzed with beam and continuum elements has a length of 0.8 m, an outside radius of 0.1 m, and a
thickness of 0.04 m. The material has a Young's modulus of 200 GPa and a Poisson's ratio of 0.3. Half of the
pipe is modeled with beam elements and the other half is modeled with continuum elements (see Figure 4(b)).
The beam node closest to the continuum model is defined as the reference node for the distributing coupling
constraint. An element-based surface is defined on the continuum model, which is coupled to the reference node.
The coupled model is subjected to four linear loading conditions simulating: (1) twist about the pipe axis, (2)
axial stretch along the pipe axis, (3) pure bending about the x-axis, and (4) shear loading. The four load conditions
are applied in a single linear step. Two models are analyzed: one with linear beam and continuum elements and
one with quadratic beam and continuum elements.
Input files
1794
Coupling constraints
xcoupling_beamtoshell_quad.inp Coupling a beam model to a shell model using quadratic beam and
shell elements.
xcoupling_beamtosolid_lin.inp Coupling a beam model to a continuum model using linear beam and
continuum elements.
xcoupling_beamtosolid_quad.inp Coupling a beam model to a continuum model using quadratic beam
and continuum elements.
Structural coupling
Features tested
A series of analyses are performed demonstrating the structural coupling capability of small distributing coupling
constraints.
Problem description
Four different models, each with two small distributing couplings, are analyzed. In the first model two small
square plates are coupled together with a BEAM connector. The connector nodes are coupled to the two small
surfaces using structural distributing couplings. One plate is kept fixed, while the other is pulled upward (pried
open) on one side. In the second model the same plates are pulled upward from all sides. In the third model two
circular plates are fastened together by placing a BEAMMPC between the reference nodes of two structural
distributing couplings spanning two small patches on the two plates. The plates are then subjected to relative
shear motion. In the fourth model two U-shaped shell specimens are connected in a fashion similar to that in the
second model. The lower specimen is fixed, while the upper specimen is lifted and pried open simultaneously.
For comparison in Abaqus/Explicit, similar models are created to use continuum distributing coupling and
fasteners.
Input files
1795
Coupling constraints
1796
Define a part instance that
will be used for display only
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Features tested
Definition of an instance used by Abaqus for display only without affecting the results of the rest of the model.
Problem description
The tests contain two instances, one of which is defined to be used for display only. This test verifies that the
instance is not included in the analysis. In addition, it verifies the cases where the definition of the instance
references zero, one, or three nodes from the other instance.
These tests verify that the defined instance does not take part in the analysis.
Input files
1797
Embedded element
technique
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8 C3D8R C3D20
CAX4 CAX4R CAX8
CPE4 CPE4R CPE8
SC6R SC8R
MAX1 MAX2 M3D4 M3D4R M3D8
SFMAX1 SFMAX2 SFM3D4 SFM3D4R SFM3D8
T2D2 T2D3 T3D2 T3D3
Features tested
Various types of elements that lie embedded in different types of host elements are used to constrain the embedded
nodes to the appropriate host elements.
Problem description
The models using continuum elements as host elements consist of three host elements and, in most cases, two
embedded elements of different types. The models using continuum shell elements as host elements consist of
six or nine elements: three membrane elements lie embedded in a group of either three SC8R or six SC6R
elements. All the nodes at one end (x=1) are constrained in all degrees of freedom. Concentrated loads are applied
in the negative y-direction to the nodes at the other end (x=10).
The results obtained using the embedded element technique are the same as those obtained using an equivalent
MPC model.
Input files
1799
Embedded element technique
xembedelecax2_std.inp Static step; an axisymmetric second-order membrane element with rebar and an
axisymmetric second-order solid element lie embedded in three axisymmetric
second-order solid elements.
xembedelecax3_std.inp Static step; an axisymmetric first-order surface element with rebar and an
axisymmetric first-order solid element lie embedded in three axisymmetric
first-order solid elements.
xembedelecax4_std.inp Static step; an axisymmetric second-order surface element with rebar and an
axisymmetric second-order solid element lie embedded in three axisymmetric
second-order solid elements.
xembedele3d1_std.inp Static step; a 3D first-order membrane element with rebar and a 3D first-order
solid element lie embedded in three 3D first-order solid elements.
xembedele3d2_std.inp Static step; a 3D second-order membrane element with rebar and a 3D second-order
solid element lie embedded in three 3D second-order solid elements.
xembedele3d3_std.inp Static step followed by frequency, steady-state dynamics, modal dynamics,
response spectrum, random response, and dynamics steps; a 3D first-order truss
element and a 3D first-order membrane element with rebar lie embedded in three
3D first-order solid elements.
xembedele3d4_std.inp Static step; a 3D second-order truss element and a 3D second-order membrane
element with rebar lie embedded in three 3D second-order solid elements.
xembedele3d5_std.inp Static step; a 3D first-order surface element with rebar and a 3D first-order solid
element lie embedded in three 3D first-order solid elements.
xembedele3d6_std.inp Static step; a 3D second-order surface element with rebar and a 3D second-order
solid element lie embedded in three 3D second-order solid elements.
xembedele3d7_std.inp Static step followed by frequency, steady-state dynamics, modal dynamics,
response spectrum, random response, and dynamics steps; a 3D first-order truss
element and a 3D first-order surface element with rebar lie embedded in three 3D
first-order solid elements.
xembedele3d8_std.inp Static step; a 3D second-order truss element and a 3D second-order surface element
with rebar lie embedded in three 3D second-order solid elements.
xembedele3d9_std.inp Static step; a 3D first-order surface element with rebar and a 3D first-order solid
element lie embedded in three 3D first-order solid elements. The *MODEL
CHANGE capability is applied to remove and add surface elements during the
static analysis.
xembedele3d10_std.inp Static step; three membrane elements with rebar lie embedded in three 8-node
continuum shell elements.
xembedele3d11_std.inp Static step; three membrane elements with rebar lie embedded in six 6-node
continuum shell elements.
xembedele3d12_std.inp Static step; first-order cylindrical surface elements with rebar lie embedded in
first-order cylindrical solid elements.
xembedele3d13_std.inp Static step; second-order cylindrical surface elements with rebar lie embedded in
second-order cylindrical solid elements.
xembedele3d14_std.inp Static step; shell elements with rebar and beam elements lie embedded in three
3D first-order solid elements.
1800
Embedded element technique
1801
Embedded element technique
Figures
y
x
1
x
1
x
1
1802
Establishing geostatic
equilibrium when the initial
stress state is unknown
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CAX4P CAX4PH CAX4RP CAX4RPH
CAX6MP CAX6MPH
CAX8P CAX8PH CAX8RP CAX8RPH
CAXA8P1 CAXA8RP1
COH2D4P COH3D6P COH3D8P COHAX4P
CPE4P CPE4PH CPE4RP CPE4RPH
CPE6MP CPE6MPH
CPE8P CPE8RP
C3D8P C3D8PH C3D8RP C3D8RPH
C3D10MP C3D10MPH
C3D20P C3D20PH C3D20RP C3D20RPH
Features tested
Establishing geostatic equilibrium when the initial stress state is unknown is tested with various elements and
materials.
Problem description
These tests verify the ability to establish geostatic equilibrium when the inital stress state is unknown for various
combinations of materials and elements. Simple one-element tests are used in which pore pressure and distributed
loads are applied.
In all cases the results indicate that this option performs as expected. The absolute values of maximum
displacements in all cases are within the limits specified. In addition, the results are close or identical to the
results obtained without invoking automatic time incrementation, which is expected in these cases.
Input files
geo_nodisp_cax4p.inp Elements CAX4P, CAX4RP, CAX4PH, and CAX4RPH with elastic and porous
elastic materials; uniaxial compression; linearly varying pore pressure values
prescribed.
geo_nodisp_cax6p.inp Elements CAX6MP and CAX6MPH with elastic and porous elastic materials;
uniaxial compression; linearly varying pore pressure values prescribed.
geo_nodisp_cax8p.inp Elements CAX8P, CAX8RP, CAX8PH, and CAX8RPH with elastic and porous
elastic materials; uniaxial compression; linearly varying pore pressure values
prescribed.
1803
Establishing geostatic equilibrium when the initial stress state is unknown
geo_nodisp_caxa8p1.inp Elements CAXA8P1 and CAXA8RP1 with elastic and porous materials; uniaxial
compression; linearly varying pore pressure values prescribed.
geo_nodisp_coh2d.inp Element COH2D4P with elastic material; uniaxial compression; linearly varying
pore pressure values prescribed.
geo_nodisp_coh3d6p.inp Element COH3D6P with elastic material; uniaxial compression; linearly varying
pore pressure values prescribed.
geo_nodisp_coh3d8p.inp Element COH3D8P with elastic material; uniaxial compression; linearly varying
pore pressure values prescribed.
geo_nodisp_cohax4p.inp Element COHAX4P with elastic material; uniaxial compression; linearly varying
pore pressure values prescribed.
geo_nodisp_cpe4p.inp Elements CPE4P, CPE4RP, CPE4PH, and CPE4RPH with elastic and porous
elastic materials; uniaxial compression; linearly varying pore pressure values
prescribed.
geo_nodisp_cpe4p_pla.inp Elements CPE4P, CPE4RP, CPE4PH, and CPE4RPH with elastic material,
extended Cam-clay plasticity model and Mohr-Coulomb model; uniaxial
compression; zero pore pressure assigned at all nodes.
geo_nodisp_cpe4p_res.inp Restart test for elements CPE4P, CPE4RP, CPE4PH, and CPE4RPH with elastic
and porous elastic materials; uniaxial compression; linearly varying pore pressure
values prescribed.
geo_nodisp_cpe6p.inp Elements CPE6MP and CPE6MPH with elastic and porous elastic materials;
uniaxial compression; linearly varying pore pressure values prescribed.
geo_nodisp_cpe8p.inp Elements CPE8P, CPE8RP, CPE8PH, and CPE8RPH with elastic and porous
elastic materials; uniaxial compression; linearly varying pore pressure values
prescribed.
geo_nodisp_c3d8p.inp Elements C3D8P, C3D8RP, C3D8PH, and C3D8RPH with elastic and porous
elastic materials; uniaxial compression; linearly varying pore pressure values
prescribed.
geo_nodisp_c3d10mp.inp Elements C3D10MP and C3D10MPH with elastic and porous elastic materials;
uniaxial compression; linearly varying pore pressure values prescribed.
geo_nodisp_c3d20p.inp Elements C3D20P, C3D20RP, C3D20PH, and C3D20RPH with elastic and
porous elastic materials; uniaxial compression; linearly varying pore pressure
values prescribed.
1804
Specifying geometric
imperfection and parameter
shape variation
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CAX4H S4R S4R5
Features tested
Various methods of defining a geometric imperfection are tested. The same problems are performed using the
parameter shape variation in Abaqus/Standard.
Problem description
The verification problems contained in this section test the geometric imperfection and parameter shape variation
procedures in Abaqus. Simple geometries are used to test the various methods of defining an imperfection:
specifying imperfection values, defining the imperfection as a linear superposition of eigenmodes, or using the
results of a static analysis.
Input files
Abaqus/Standard analyses
ximpa.inp Imperfection specified as perturbation values in the cylindrical coordinate system.
xpsva.inp Shape variation specified as variation values in the cylindrical coordinate system.
ximpb1.inp Eigenvalue analysis of cylindrical shell structure.
ximpb2.inp Imperfection defined by linear superposition of eigenmodes obtained from
ximpb1.inp.
xpsvb2.inp Shape variation defined by linear superposition of eigenmodes obtained from
ximpb1.inp.
ximpc1.inp Static analysis of a contact problem.
ximpc2.inp Imperfection defined from the static analysis of problem ximpc1.inp.
xpsvc2.inp Shape variation defined from the static analysis of problem ximpc1.inp.
ximpd.inp File containing node numbers and coordinate perturbations at those nodes.
ximpe.inp Imperfection specified as perturbation values in cartesian coordinates read from
the file ximpd.inp.
ximpf.inp Imperfection specified on the data lines as perturbation values in a spherical
coordinate system.
1805
Specifying geometric imperfection and parameter shape variation
Abaqus/Explicit analyses
imp_file1.inp Static analysis performed with Abaqus/Standard.
imp_file2.inp Imperfection defined from the static analysis of problem imp_file1.inp.
imp_rect_data.inp File containing node numbers and coordinate perturbations at those nodes.
imp_rect.inp Imperfection specified as perturbation values in Cartesian coordinates read
from the file imp_rect_data.inp.
imp_spher.inp Imperfection specified on data lines as perturbation values in the spherical
coordinate system.
1806
Inertia-based load
balancing
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Features tested
The verification problems contained in this section cover the common use cases for inertia relief in Abaqus/Standard.
Relatively simple configurations have been selected to demonstrate how inertia-based load balancing can be used in
static and direct-integration implicit dynamic steps.
Static step
Elements tested
B31
Problem description
Model: The model consists of B31 elements with a circular cross-section configured to model the automobile
A-arm.
Material: Density = 7800 kg/m3, Young's modulus = 200× 109N/ m2, Poisson's ratio = 0.3.
Loading: The model is loaded with concentrated forces and moments at all free nodes
Results and discussion
The analysis provides rigid body accelerations and corresponding inertia relief loads that balance the out-of-balance
applied loads. The problem demonstrates how inertia relief can be used in place of a more expensive dynamic
analysis to obtain constant rigid body accelerations.
Input files
irl_axle_b31.inp Inertia relief for automobile suspension component.
1807
Inertia-based load balancing
Static step
Elements tested
CAX4
Problem description
Model: The model consists of CAX4 elements with assembly loading modeled as a pre-tension bolt load. The
thermal loading during lift-off and rocket thrust are modeled through internal and external pressures.
Material:
• Rocket: Density = 7800 kg/m3, Young's modulus = 200× 109 N/ m2, Poisson's ratio = 0.3.
• Engine: Density = 7000 kg/m3, Young's modulus = 700× 107 N/ m2, yield stress =380× 106 N/ m2 .
Boundary conditions: The model is fixed at node 5 and has roller support at nodes 6, 7, and 8.
Loading:
• Step 1: A pre-tension section bolt loading is applied to simulate assembly loads, and a gravity load is applied
for weight. These loads are propagated to the second and third steps.
• Step 2: Pressure loading to simulate thrust and thermal loads.
• Step 3: Inertia relief load.
Input files
irl_rocket_cax4.inp Inertia relief of a rocket at lift-off.
Elements tested
CPE4
Problem description
Model: The model consists of a longitudinal section of a submarine under gravity load and hydrostatic pressure
at 52.5 m below sea level.
Material: Density = 7800 kg/m3, Young's modulus = 200× 109 N/ m2 , Poisson's ratio = 0.3, yield stress at 0
plastic strain = 380× 106 N/ m2, yield stress at 0.35 plastic strain = 580× 106 N/ m2.
1808
Inertia-based load balancing
Loading: A transient dynamic procedure is used with the gravity load and hydrostatic pressure applied
instantaneously, and a pressure load simulating shock-wave loading is ramped over the step.
Input files
irl_stability_cpe4.inp Stability analysis of a submerged structure.
Static step
Elements tested
CPE4
Problem description
Model: This problem consists of an airplane modeled as a free body with no boundary conditions. Multiple
load cases are used to model various loading scenarios.
Material: Density = 7800 kg/m3, Young's modulus = 200× 109 N/ m2, Poisson's ratio = 0.3.
Loading:
• Step 1: Multiple load cases are used to model various combinations of pressure loading with inertia relief
loading.
Input files
irl_multiload_cpe4.inp Inertia relief with multiple load cases.
1809
Inertia-based load balancing
Static step
Elements tested
T2D2
Problem description
Model: The problem consist of an overhead hoist crane modeled using substructures. Each member is 1 m in
length and 5 mm in diameter.
Material: Density = 7800 kg/m3, Young's modulus = 200 × 109 N/ m2, Poisson's ratio = 0.3.
Boundary conditions: The hoist is a simple pin-joined frame work that is constrained at the left end and
mounted on rollers at the right end. The members can rotate freely at the joints.
Loading:
• Step 1: A concentrated load is applied at node 102.
Input files
irl_substruct_t2d2.inp Overhead hoist model using substructures.
irl_sub_gen1.inp Substructure generation file referenced in irl_substructure_t2d2.inp.
irl_sub_gen2.inp Substructure generation file referenced in irl_substructure_t2d2.inp.
1810
Defining the cutting surface
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B21 B22 B31 B32 PIPE21 PIPE31
C3D4 C3D6 C3D8 C3D8T C3D20R C3D20RT C3D10M C3D10MT
CAX3 CAX4 CAX8 CAX6M
CPE4R CPE6M CPS3 CPS4 CPS8
DC3D4 DC3D6 DC3D8 DC3D10 DC3D15 DC3D20
GK3D8
M3D4R
R3D3 R3D4
S4R S8R S8RT SC8R
T2D2 T3D2
Features tested
The cutting surface is defined to create a cross-section-like surface by cutting an element set with a plane. The
resulting surface is formed over the element facets, edges, or ends so as to be a close approximation to the
specified plane. This interior surface can then be used for purposes such as pre-tensioning and requesting output
of the force and the torque transmitted across that surface.
Problem description
These tests verify the creation of cross-section-like surfaces over various element types (continuum, structural,
heat transfer, and rigid elements) by defining the cutting surface.
The resulting surfaces are visually verified by postprocessing in the Visualization module of Abaqus/CAE.
Input files
1811
Defining the cutting surface
1812
Kinematic coupling
constraint
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B22 B32 B33H MASS S4R SPRING1
Features tested
Various types of kinematic coupling connections are tested by selectively constraining degrees of freedom.
Where tests are equivalent to existing multi-point constraint tests, references to those verification tests are made.
Refer to Multi-point constraints for details of these tests.
Problem description
Problems xkcbeam.inp and xkcbem3.inp impose beam constraints using kinematic coupling constraints and are
the same as the equivalent MPC problem. Problem xkcrevo.inp tests the finite-rotation revolute behavior of the
kinematic coupling when only two rotational degrees of freedom are constrained. Problem xkcuniv.inp tests the
finite-rotation universal behavior of the kinematic coupling when only one rotational degree of freedom is
constrained.
The geometry for problems xkccirc.inp and xkccirc2.inp is shown in Figure 1.
constrained nodes are
free to translate radially
(and along z for xcouplingk_std_orient_2
and xcouplingk_xpl_orient_2)
y
x
z
reference
node
constrained nodes
In this test the center node is the kinematic coupling reference node, and the perimeter nodes are the coupling
nodes. To verify the options for specifying local coordinate systems at these coupling nodes, the constraint shown
is created using four separate kinematic coupling definitions that share the center reference node. Each of these
1813
Kinematic coupling constraint
coupling definitions defines the local coordinate system using a different orientation system: cylindrical,
rectangular, spherical, and a system defined in user subroutine ORIENT. In all cases the resulting local constraint
basis directions coincide with the local directions of a cylindrical coordinate system whose axis is normal to the
plane containing the nodes and passes through the reference node. Problem xkccirc.inp also includes nodal
transformations at some nodes; this will have no effect on the constraints.
In the case of xkccirc.inp the kinematic coupling constrains all but the radial degree of freedom at the constrained
nodes. Linear springs to ground (SPRING1) are attached to all constrained nodes and act in the x-direction. The
reference node is then rotated 2π about z during a static step.
In the case of xkccirc2.inp the kinematic coupling constrains the circumferential degree of freedom only. Linear
springs to ground (SPRING1) are attached to all constrained nodes and act in the x- and z-directions. The reference
node is then rotated 2π about x during a static step.
Problem xkcsort.inp consists of a model composed of an axial arrangement of 20 shell elements. These elements
are tied together using combinations of kinematic coupling constraints as well as MPCs. The constraints are
defined such that kinematic coupling reference nodes appear after constraint definitions that eliminate degrees
of freedom on these nodes; thus, sorting is required. The structure is clamped on one end and a concentrated
axial load is applied to the other end.
The tests with equivalent MPC verification problems result in identical behavior. Tests xkcrevo.inp and xkcuniv.inp
result in behavior that is identical to that of the equivalent revolute and universal MPCs.
Tests xkccirc.inp and xkccirc2.inp result in motion of the constrained nodes, under action of the linear springs,
as the reference node rotates. For test xkccirc.inp this motion remains on the local radius passing through the
node at all increments. For test xkccirc2.inp this motion remains in the plane defined by the original configuration
local radius and global z-direction as this plane rotates according to the motion prescribed at the reference node.
Test xkcsort.inp results in an internal sorting of MPC and kinematic coupling definitions so that a proper
elimination order is achieved.
Input files
1814
Defining a matrix for part of
a model
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Features tested
This section contains tests for direct input of sparse matrices in Abaqus/Standard. Tests contain simple geometries
with the static procedure.
Elements tested
T2D2
Problem description
Model: Some of the truss elements are replaced by sparse matrices representing stiffness.
Boundary conditions: The truss model is simply supported with a hinge support on one end and a roller
support on the other end. The nodes with boundary conditions are part of the matrices.
Loading: Concentrated loads are applied at nodes that are either part of the matrices or shared between a
matrix and an element.
Input files
truss_matrix.inp Truss model with matrix.
Multiple load case analysis of a beam model with an equation constraint and a
multi-point constraint
A multiple load case analysis is performed for a two-dimensional beam model consisting of beam elements and
matrices connected by kinematic constraints. For verification purposes, each load case is also analyzed in a
separate step.
Elements tested
B22
1815
Defining a matrix for part of a model
Problem description
Model: Two beams, each consisting of one beam element and one matrix, are used. The first beam has a
TIEMPC between a beam element node and a matrix node. The second beam has an equation constraint between
a beam element node and a matrix node.
Boundary conditions: The beams are fixed at one end and free at the other end. The boundary conditions
remain the same for all steps and load cases.
Loading: A concentrated load and moment are applied at the free end at a node that is part of the matrix for
each beam. Each load is applied in a separate step and also as separate load cases in the multiple load case step.
Input files
mpceqn_matrix.inp Beam model with *EQUATION and *MPC at matrix nodes.
Elements tested
CPE4
Problem description
Model: The model contains two CPE4 elements and a matrix representing a CPE4 element. Contact is modeled
with a node-based slave surface on the matrix nodes and an element-based master surface over the continuum
elements.
Material: Young's modulus = 3.0 × 107, Poisson's ratio = 0.0, friction coefficient = 0.1.
Boundary conditions: The continuum elements underlying the master surface are fully supported. Matrix
nodes are pressed against the continuum element in the first step to simulate normal contact. In the second step,
matrix nodes are moved tangent to the master surface to simulate large sliding.
Input files
contact_matrix.inp Large-sliding contact model with matrix and two-dimensional continuum
elements.
contact_stiff.inp Matrix representing stiffness for a CPE4 element.
1816
Defining a matrix for part of a model
Elements tested
C3D6
Problem description
Model: A cube is modeled with a C3D6 element and a matrix representing another C3D6 element. The element
shares nodes with the matrix. Surface elements are defined on the matrix nodes to apply surface loads.
Boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are applied to all nodes in different directions.
Loading: Surface loads are applied to various faces of the cube. Predefined temperatures are applied for
thermal straining.
Input files
tempdsl_matrix.inp Three-dimensional model with surface loads and predefined temperatures.
tempdsl_stiff.inp Matrix representing the stiffness for the C3D6 element.
Elements tested
B31 S4R
Problem description
Model: The diving board is modeled using shell elements. The support for the diving board consisting of shell
and beam elements is replaced by a sparse stiffness matrix.
Boundary conditions: Nodes 5, 6, 7, 8, 70, 71, 72, 73, 210, and 213 (part of the matrix) are constrained
in all six degrees of freedom.
Loading: The free end of the diving board is loaded with concentrated loads at the corner nodes.
1817
Defining a matrix for part of a model
Input files
divingboard_matrix.inp Diving board with support modeled through matrix.
divingboard_stiff.inp Matrix representing stiffness for diving board support.
divingboard_ele.inp Diving board with support modeled using elements.
Elements tested
B31 S4R
Problem description
Model: The diving board is modeled using shell elements. The support for the diving board consisting of shell
and beam elements is replaced by sparse stiffness and mass matrices.
Boundary conditions: Nodes 5, 6, 7, 8, 70, 71, 72, 73, 210, and 213 (part of the matrix) are constrained
in all six degrees of freedom.
Input files
divingboard_matrix_freq.inp Diving board with support modeled through matrix.
divingboard_stiff.inp Matrix representing stiffness for diving board support.
divingboard_mass.inp Matrix representing mass for diving board support.
divingboard_ele_freq.inp Diving board with support modeled using elements.
1818
Mesh-independent spot
welds
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Features tested
This section provides basic verification tests for the mesh-independent spot weld and mesh-independent spot-weld
properties procedures.
Elements tested
S4 S4R
Problem description
Rigid spot welds are defined between combinations of two or more plates comprised of three-dimensional shell
elements. The spot weld options are used to test the various ways in which the user can define mesh-independent
spot welds. The three ways in which the user can define the spot-welded surfaces are verified: the user does not
specify any surface, the user specifies a single surface, or the user specifically lists the surfaces to be spot welded.
Limiting the surface facets considered for spot welding is verified, along with controlling the distributing coupling
definitions generated by the spot welds. In addition, user-specified projection directions are tested. Structural
coupling is also tested for many of the test combinations above.
Each combination is subjected to the same loading conditions. In the Abaqus/Standard analyses the top plate is
loaded with a uniform pressure. In the Abaqus/Explicit analyses the top and bottom plates in each combination
are subjected to displacements of ux=.1 and ux=−.1, respectively, along the plate edges parallel to the y-axis.
Input files
1819
Mesh-independent spot welds
Elements tested
S3 S4 S8R STRI65
Problem description
Various combinations of plates are spot welded to the faces of a bi-unit cube. These tests verify the ability of
Abaqus to accurately spot weld meshes of different element types. These tests also verify several features of the
mesh-independent fastener and mesh-independent fastener properties procedures including user-specified and
free surface options, default and user-specified orientations and projection directions, multiple interactions,
fastener property and reference node options, and fully constrained and released rotation constraints.
Input files
fastener_multilay_lin_std.inp Plates spot welded to a cube with user-specified surfaces and orientations;
static linear perturbation tests including multiple load cases.
fastener_multilay_lin_conn_std.inpPlates spot welded to a cube with user-specified surfaces and orientations;
static linear perturbation tests including multiple load cases. BEAM connector
elements are used instead of BEAM-type MPCs.
fastener_multilay_lin_r1_std.inp Plates spot welded to a cube with user-specified surfaces and orientations;
rotation constraint in spot welds released in the local 3-direction; static linear
perturbation tests including multiple load cases.
fastener_multilay_lin_r3_std.inp Plates spot welded to a cube with user-specified surfaces and orientations;
all rotation constraints in spot welds released; static linear perturbation tests
including multiple load cases.
fastener_multilay_free_lin_std.inp Plates spot welded to a cube with free and user-specified surfaces and
orientations and user-specified projection directions; static linear perturbation
tests including multiple load cases.
fastener_s4_multilay_std.inp Plates spot welded to a cube with user-specified surfaces and orientations;
static linear perturbation and geometrically nonlinear tests; S4 elements.
1820
Mesh-independent spot welds
Single-layer spot welds between surfaces defined on various element types with
varying mesh densities
Elements tested
S3 S4 S4R S8R
C3D4 C3D8R C3D10M C3D20R
R3D3 R3D4
Problem description
Individual plates are spot welded to the faces of a cube. These tests verify the mesh-independent fastener procedure
in both perturbation and geometrically nonlinear analyses, including restart. These tests also verify fasteners on
meshes of varying density. In addition, structural coupling is also tested.
Input files
1821
Mesh-independent spot welds
fastener_s8r_c3d4_std.inp Plate spot welded to a cube with user-specified surfaces; single static step;
S8R and C3D4 elements with varying mesh density.
fastener_s8r_c3d8r_std.inp Plate spot welded to a cube with user-specified surfaces; single static step;
S8R and C3D8R elements with varying mesh density.
fastener_s8r_c3d8r_struct_std.inpPlate spot welded to a cube using structural coupling with user-specified
surfaces; single static step; S8R and C3D8R elements with varying mesh
density.
fastener_s8r_c3d10m_std.inp Plate spot welded to a cube with user-specified surfaces; single static step;
S8R and C3D10M elements with varying mesh density.
fastener_s8r_c3d20r_std.inp Plate spot welded to a cube with user-specified surfaces; single static step;
S8R and C3D20R elements with varying mesh density.
fastener_r3d3_c3d4_std.inp Plate spot welded to a cube with user-specified surfaces; single static step;
R3D3 and C3D4 elements with varying mesh density.
fastener_r3d4_c3d10m_std.inp Plate spot welded to a cube with user-specified surfaces; single static step;
R3D4 and C3D10M elements with varying mesh density.
Elements tested
S4
Problem description
Two beams are spot welded together and subjected to various geometrically nonlinear deformations.
Input files
fastenedbeam_s4_s4.inp Spot-welded beams, S4 elements.
fastenedbeam_s4_s4_struct.inp Spot-welded beams using structural coupling, S4 elements.
fastenedbeam_s4_s4_po.inp Post output analysis of fastenedbeam_s4_s4.inp.
fastenedbeam_s4_s4_struct_lin.inp Spot-welded beams using structural coupling, S4 elements.
Geometrically linear analysis.
fastenedbeam_s4_s4_struct_pert.inp Spot-welded beams using structural coupling, S4 elements.
Perturbation analysis.
1822
Mesh-independent spot welds
Elements tested
C3D20R S4R
Problem description
The following examples verify that spot welds work with the following analysis techniques: mesh removal and
activation, submodeling, and substructures.
Input files
fastener_mdlc_s4r_c3d20r.inp Geometrically nonlinear static and dynamic analyses (including element
removal) of a spot-welded model consisting of S4 and C3D20R elements.
fastener_struct_mdlc_s4r_c3d20r.inp Geometrically nonlinear static and dynamic analyses (including element
removal) of a spot-welded model consisting of S4 and C3D20R elements.
fastener_s4r_global.inp Static analysis of a global model with spot welds, S4R elements.
fastener_s4r_submodel.inp Static submodel analysis of fastener_s4r_global.inp with spot welds, S4R
elements.
fastener_substr_gen.inp Substructure generation file of a spot-welded model using S4R and C3D20R
elements.
fastener_substr.inp Substructure analysis of a spot-welded model using S4R and C3D8R
elements; uses fastener_substr_gen.inp for substructure generation.
Elements tested
S4R
Problem description
The following example verifies the ability of Abaqus to accurately create fasteners between plates that are
oriented perpendicular to each other; i.e., forming a T-intersection. Various combinations of plates that are
perpendicular to each other, as well as plates that butt against each other, are used to verify that fasteners are
formed correctly for all these cases.
Input files
fastener_facetoedge_xpl.inp Fasten surfaces forming T-intersection.
1823
Mesh-independent spot welds
Linear dynamics
Elements tested
C3D8 S4
Problem description
A single shell element is spot welded to a single brick element. This model is analyzed using various linear
dynamic procedures: steady-state dynamics (mode-based, direct, subspace), modal dynamics, random response,
and spectrum response. The results of the spot-welded model are compared to similar models using connectors,
beams, and distributing coupling elements. Specification of the additional mass that will be distributed to the
fastener nodes is also tested.
Input files
fastener_lindyn.inp Spot-welded model using S4 and C3D8 elements.
fastener_lindyn_connect.inp Spot-welded model using S4 and C3D8 elements. BEAM connector
elements are used instead of BEAM type MPCs.
fastener_lindyn_beam.inp Spot-welded model using B31 and C3D8 elements.
fastener_lindyn_mass.inp Spot-welded model using S4 and C3D8 elements and the MASS
parameter.
Elements tested
C3D8 S4
Problem description
If a connector element is used to model a fastener, the local coordinate system defined on the connector section
(Tconnector) operates on the local coordinate system for the fastener (Tf astener) to determine the final local coordinate
system of the connector element (Tconnectorf inal). In other words,
Tconnectorf inal = Tconnector * Tf astener .
In the above equations Tconnector and Tf astener are assumed to be orthogonal rotation matrices with the local 1-,
2-, and 3-directions being the first, second and, third rows, respectively. The local coordinate system for a
connector element modeling a fastener should be specified with respect to the local coordinate system of the
fastener.
In the first example six flat shell structures are fastened independently to the six sides of a single brick element.
HINGE connectors have been used with their local 1-directions set to be (0., 0., 1.); i.e., the local 3-direction of
the fasteners. When compounded with the local coordinate system for the fasteners, the local 1-direction for the
connector is normal to the surface. Thus, the shell structures are free to rotate about the surface normals.
In the second example six flat shell structures are again fastened independently to the six sides of a single brick
element. TRANSLATOR connectors have been used. The local 1-directions (which are the slide direction for
1824
Mesh-independent spot welds
this type of connector: see Connector element library) for the connectors have been set to the local 1-directions
of the fasteners. For the four fasteners on the side, the local 1-directions coincide with the global 2-directions.
For the two fasteners on the top and the bottom, the local 1-directions coincide with the global 3-directions.
Thus, the fastened shell structures on the sides are free to translate in the global 2-directions, while the fastened
shell structures on the top and bottom are free to translate in the global 3-direction.
Input files
fastener_connect_hinge.inp Six flat shell structures fastened to a cube with user-specified surfaces; single
static step; S4 and C3D8 elements. HINGE connector elements are used.
fastener_connect_translator.inp Six flat shell structures fastened to a cube with user-specified surfaces; single
static step; S4 and C3D8 elements. TRANSLATOR connector elements are
used.
1825
Multi-point constraints
Multi-point constraints
Products: Abaqus/Standard Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Features tested
Various types of multi-point constraints are tested. Simple geometries are given displacements or loads that result in
easily checked responses. These responses confirm the proper functioning of the MPCs being tested. Unless noted
otherwise, the static procedure is tested. All explicit dynamic tests have been performed so that a quasi-static solution
is obtained.
LINEARMPC
80 140 70
20
20
3 4 5 50 130 60
x
10
x
10 10
z
LINEAR,4,3,5 LINEAR,130,50,60
LINEAR,140,80,70
The LINEARMPC is tested in Abaqus/Standard and Abaqus/Explicit. A cantilevered bar is subjected to a uniform
tensile loading on the free end.
Abaqus/Standard analysis
Elements tested
C3D8 CPS4
Problem description
Model: Two models (one consisting of CPS4 elements and the other consisting of C3D8 elements) were
created within one input file.
1827
Multi-point constraints
Material: Linear elastic, Young's modulus = 3.0 × 106, Poisson's ratio = 0.3.
Boundary conditions: ux=0 at x=0, uy=0 at y=0, and uz=0 at z=0 for three-dimensional models.
Loading:
• Step 1: A uniform pressure of 10000 in the y-direction is applied to the top surface.
• Step 2: The load that was applied in the first step is applied again, this time using NLGEOM for
large-displacement analysis.
Input files
xmpcline.inp LINEARMPC.
xmpclinet.inp LINEARMPC with transforms.
Abaqus/Explicit analysis
Elements tested
C3D8R CPS4R
Problem description
Model: Two models (one consisting of CPS4R elements and the other consisting of C3D8R elements) were
created within one input file.
Material: Linear elastic, Young's modulus = 3.0 × 106, Poisson's ratio = 0.3, density = 0.03.
Loading: A uniform pressure of 10000 in the y-direction is applied to the top surface.
Results and discussion
The expected solution variables are obtained, and compatibility in the displacement solutions is observed.
Input files
mpc_linear.inp Input data for this MPC test.
Elements tested
C3D8 C3D20 CPS8
Problem description
1828
Multi-point constraints
20
201 203
103 113
108
x
10
QUADRATIC,201,103,108,113
QUADRATIC,203,103,108,113
y y
20
32 27 22 41 45
20 32 27 22
37 37
50 17 50 17
3 8 13 3 40 8 44 13
x x
10 10
10 10
z z
LINEAR,8,3,13 QUADRATIC,40,3,8,13
LINEAR,17,13,22 QUADRATIC,44,3,8,13
LINEAR,27,22,32 QUADRATIC,45,22,27,32
LINEAR,37,32,3 QUADRATIC,41,22,27,32
BILINEAR,50,3,13,22,32 C BIQUAD,50,3,13,22,32,8,17,27,37
The QUADRATIC, BILINEAR, and C BIQUADMPCs are tested in Abaqus/Standard. A cantilevered bar is
subjected to a uniform tensile loading on the free end.
The following model data apply to all three tests:
Material: Linear elastic, Young's modulus = 3.0 × 106, Poisson's ratio = 0.3.
Boundary conditions: ux=0 at x=0, uy=0 at y=0, and uz=0 at z=0 for three-dimensional models.
Loading:
• Step 1: A uniform pressure of 10000 in the y-direction is applied to the top surface.
• Step 2: The load that was applied in the first step is applied again, this time using NLGEOM for
large-displacement analysis.
1829
Multi-point constraints
Input files
xmpcquad.inp QUADRATICMPC.
xmpcquadt.inp QUADRATICMPC with transforms.
xmpcbili.inp BILINEAR and LINEARMPCs; MPC data read from input file
xmpcinfo.inp.
xmpcbilit.inp BILINEAR and LINEARMPCs with transforms; MPC data read from input
file xmpcinfo.inp.
xmpccbiq.inp C BIQUAD and QUADRATICMPCs.
xmpccbiqt.inp C BIQUAD and QUADRATICMPCs with transforms.
P LINEARMPC
Elements tested
CPE8P
Problem description
21 22 23 24 25
16 18 20
11 15 5
12 13 14
6 10
y
x
1 3 5
P LINEAR,13,11,15
QUADRATIC,14,11,13,15
QUADRATIC,12,11,13,15
Boundary conditions: All displacement degrees of freedom are restrained throughout the analysis. In
Step 1 the pore pressure is set to zero at nodes 1 and 5. In Step 2 the pore pressure is set to zero at nodes 5, 15,
and 25.
Loading:
1830
Multi-point constraints
• Step 1: A pore fluid velocity is specified along the top of the model.
• Step 2: A pore fluid velocity is specified along the left edge of the model.
21 22 23 24 25
16 18 20
11 15 5
12 13 14
6 10
y
x
1 3 5
P LINEAR,13,11,15
QUADRATIC,14,11,13,15
QUADRATIC,12,11,13,15
Input files
xmpcplin.inp P LINEAR and QUADRATICMPCs.
T LINEARMPC
Elements tested
CPE8T CPEG8T
Problem description
1831
Multi-point constraints
21 22 23 24 25
16 18 20
11 15 5
12 13 14
6 10
y
x
1 3 5
T LINEAR,13,11,15
QUADRATIC,12,11,13,15
QUADRATIC,14,11,13,15
Boundary conditions: All displacement degrees of freedom are restrained throughout the analysis. In
Step 1 the temperature is set to zero at nodes 5, 15, and 25. In Step 2 the temperature is set to zero at nodes 1
and 5.
1832
Multi-point constraints
21 22 23 24 25
16 18 20
11 15 5
12 13 14
6 10
y
x
1 3 5
T LINEAR,13,11,15
QUADRATIC,12,11,13,15
QUADRATIC,14,11,13,15
Loading:
• Step 1: A film coefficient and sink temperature are specified along the left edge of the model.
• Step 2: An emissivity and sink temperature are specified along the top edge of the model.
Input files
xmpctlin.inp T LINEAR and QUADRATICMPCs.
P BILINEARMPC
Elements tested
C3D20P
Problem description
1833
Multi-point constraints
21 25
1 x
5
z 3
P BILINEAR,113,11,15,215,211 QUADRATIC,65,15,115,215
P LINEAR,13,11,15 QUADRATIC,165,15,115,215
P LINEAR,115,15,215 QUADRATIC,61,11,111,211
P LINEAR,213,211,215 QUADRATIC,161,11,111,211
P LINEAR,111,11,211 QUADRATIC,12,11,13,15
C BIQUAD,63,11,15,115,111,13,65,113,61 QUADRATIC,14,11,13,15
C BIQUAD,114,13,15,215,213,14,115,214,113 QUADRATIC,212,211,213,215
C BIQUAD,163,111,115,215,211,113,165,213,161 QUADRATIC,214,211,213,215
C BIQUAD,112,11,13,213,211,12,113,212,111
Boundary conditions: All displacement degrees of freedom are restrained throughout the analysis. In
Step 1 the pore pressure is set to zero on the front face of the model. In Step 2 the pore pressure is set to zero on
the right face of the model.
Loading:
• Step 1: A pore fluid velocity is specified out of the back face of the model.
• Step 2: A pore fluid velocity is specified out of the left face of the model.
Input files
xmpcpbil.inp P BILINEAR, P LINEAR, C BIQUAD and QUADRATICMPCs.
T BILINEARMPC
Elements tested
C3D20T
1834
Multi-point constraints
Problem description
21 25
1 x
5
z 3
T BILINEAR,113,11,15,215,211 QUADRATIC,65,15,115,215
T LINEAR,13,11,15 QUADRATIC,165,15,115,215
T LINEAR,115,15,215 QUADRATIC,61,11,111,211
T LINEAR,213,211,215 QUADRATIC,161,11,111,211
T LINEAR,111,11,211 QUADRATIC,12,11,13,15
C BIQUAD,63,11,15,115,111,13,65,113,61 QUADRATIC,14,11,13,15
C BIQUAD,114,13,15,215,213,14,115,214,113 QUADRATIC,212,211,213,215
C BIQUAD,163,111,115,215,211,113,165,213,161 QUADRATIC,214,211,213,215
C BIQUAD,112,11,13,213,211,12,113,212,111
Boundary conditions: All displacement degrees of freedom are restrained throughout the analysis. In
Step 1 the temperature is set to zero on the left face of the model. In Step 2 the temperature is set to zero on the
front face of the model.
Loading:
• Step 1: An emissivity and sink temperature are given on the left face of the model.
• Step 2: A surface flux is specified on the back face of the model.
Input files
xmpctbil.inp T BILINEAR, T LINEAR, C BIQUAD and QUADRATICMPCs.
BEAMMPC
The BEAMMPC is tested in Abaqus/Standard and Abaqus/Explicit. A cantilevered beam is subjected to a
transverse tip load.
1835
Multi-point constraints
Abaqus/Standard analysis
Elements tested
B22 B32
Problem description
y F
x
1 5 6
10
2
BEAM,5,6
Two-dimensional and three-dimensional beams are considered, with and without the RIKS procedure (introduces
a slight imperfection corresponding to the first buckling mode).
Material: Linear elastic, Young's modulus = 3.0 × 106, Poisson's ratio = 0, density = 1700.
Loading 1:
Loading 2:
• Step 1: The first four buckling modes are extracted for a live load of Fx=−1.
• Step 2: A RIKS procedure is adopted until a maximum load of Fx=−300 at node 6.
Input files
xmpcbeam.inp Two-dimensional beam.
xmpcbeamt.inp Two-dimensional beam with transforms.
1836
Multi-point constraints
Abaqus/Explicit analysis
Elements tested
B31 MASS PIPE31
Problem description
y F
x
1 2 3
10
2
BEAM, 2, 3
Material: Linear elastic, Young's modulus = 3.0 × 106, Poisson's ratio = 0, density = 0.03.
Beam section data: B31, 1 × 1 rectangle. PIPE31, pipe of radius 1 and thickness 0.1.
Results and discussion
To verify that the MPC is working correctly, the rotation at node 3 should be the same as the rotation at node 2;
the vertical displacement at node 3 should be given by (uy )3 = (uy )2 + 2sinϕz . This solution is obtained. The results
for Cases 2 and 3 match the results for Case 1.
1837
Multi-point constraints
Input files
mpc_beam.inp Input data for Case 1 for beam elements.
mpc_beamrig1.inp Input data for Case 2 for beam elements.
mpc_beamrig2.inp Input data for Case 3 for beam elements.
mpc_beam_pipe.inp Input data for Case 1 for pipe elements.
mpc_beamrig1_pipe.inp Input data for Case 2 for pipe elements.
mpc_beamrig2_pipe.inp Input data for Case 3 for pipe elements.
ELBOWMPC
Elements tested
ELBOW31 ELBOW32
Problem description
The ELBOWMPC is tested in both static and dynamic analyses in Abaqus/Standard.
Four cases are tested with each element type in the static analyses (see Figure 1).
y
a2(0,1,0)
3 4
x
1 5 2 6
10 10
z Section I Section II
Section II
a2(0,1,0)
y y
A A A
z a2(0,0,1) z
B B B
a2(0,-1,0)
case 2 case 3 case 4
ELBOW,2,3
1838
Multi-point constraints
In addition to the differences shown in the figure, there are the following differences:
• Case 1: Control model. No ELBOWMPC. Otherwise the same as Case 4.
• Case 2: 16 integration points around the pipe; 3 section points through the thickness; 5 Fourier ovalization
modes.
• Case 3: 12 integration points around the pipe; 5 section points through the thickness; 4 Fourier ovalization
modes.
• Case 4: 20 integration points around the pipe; 5 section points through the thickness; 6 Fourier ovalization
modes.
Boundary conditions: Node 1 has degrees of freedom 1–6 fixed. All nodes have NODEFORM condition.
Loading:
• Step 1: Mz=1 × 106 at node 4.
• Step 2: Fx=2 × 106 at node 4.
• Step 3: The load that was applied in the first step is applied again, this time using NLGEOM for
large-displacement analysis.
• Step 4: The load that was applied in the second step is applied again, this time using NLGEOM for
large-displacement analysis.
General: Two straight pipes, each discretized with two elements, are considered in the dynamic analysis. In
the first case the second cross-sectional directions of both elements are identical and the ELBOWMPC is not
used. In the second case the second cross-sectional directions are different and the ELBOWMPC is used to
ensure continuity of displacements. The analysis consists of two steps. In the static step the pipes are subjected
to bending by applying a concentrated force. In the direct-integration implicit dynamic step the force is removed
and the pipes vibrate freely.
For the static analyses Cases 2–4 give the same answer as Case 1; σaxial at points A and B match. In the dynamic
case the results for both pipes (with and without the ELBOWMPC) are identical.
Input files
xmpcelb1.inp ELBOW31 elements; static analysis.
xmpcelb1t.inp ELBOW31 elements; static analysis with transforms.
xmpcelb2.inp ELBOW32 elements; static analysis.
xmpcelb2t.inp ELBOW32 elements; static analysis with transforms.
xmpcelb3.inp ELBOW31 elements; dynamic analysis.
LINKMPC
1839
Multi-point constraints
y F
x
1 2 3 4 5 6
F
1
10 10
LINK,3,4
The LINKMPC is tested in Abaqus/Standard and Abaqus/Explicit. Two cantilevered beams are subjected to
transverse loading.
Abaqus/Standard analyses
Elements tested
B23 B33
Problem description
Material: Linear elastic, Young's modulus = 3.0 × 106, Poisson's ratio = 0, density = 7800.0.
Loading:
• Step 1: The first four natural frequencies are extracted.
Input files
xmpclink.inp Two-dimensional beam.
xmpclinkt.inp Two-dimensional beam with transforms.
xmpclnk3.inp Three-dimensional beam.
ver_xmpclnk3_thermexp.inp Three-dimensional beam with temperature increase.
xmpclnk3t.inp Three-dimensional beam with transforms.
1840
Multi-point constraints
Abaqus/Explicit analyses
Elements tested
B31 PIPE31 ROTARYI T3D2
Problem description
The following equivalent cases are considered:
1. A LINK-type MPC is defined between nodes 3 and 4.
2. Nodes 3 and 4 are included in a rigid body pin-type node set.
3. Nodes 3 and 4 are connected by a truss element of type T3D2. This element is then included in a rigid body.
Material: Linear elastic, Young's modulus = 3.0 × 106, Poisson's ratio = 0, density = 0.03.
Beam section data: B31, 1 × 1 rectangle. PIPE31, pipe of radius 1 and thickness 0.1.
Results and discussion
The LINKMPC provides a pinned, rigid link between two nodes. For this example this means that the translational
degrees of freedom should have equal magnitudes but opposite sense and the rotational degree of freedom should
be the same for the nodes that are joined by the MPC. This solution is obtained. The results for Cases 2 and 3
match the results for Case 1.
Input files
mpc_link.inp Input data for Case 1 for beam elements.
mpc_linkrig1.inp Input data for Case 2 for beam elements.
mpc_linkrig2.inp Input data for Case 3 for beam elements.
mpc_link_pipe.inp Input data for Case 1 for pipe elements.
mpc_linkrig1_pipe.inp Input data for Case 2 for pipe elements.
mpc_linkrig2_pipe.inp Input data for Case 3 for pipe elements.
PINMPC
1841
Multi-point constraints
x
1 2,3 4
20
PIN,2,3
The PINMPC is tested in Abaqus/Standard and Abaqus/Explicit. A beam structure that is cantilevered at both
ends has a pressure loading applied to one-half of the model.
Abaqus/Standard analysis
Elements tested
B23
Problem description
Loading:
• Step 1: The left half of the beam is loaded by a force per unit length, PY=−1000.
• Step 2: The load that was applied in the first step is applied again, this time using NLGEOM for
large-displacement analysis.
Input files
xmpcpinx.inp PINMPC.
xmpcpinxt.inp PINMPC with transforms.
Abaqus/Explicit analyses
Elements tested
B21 PIPE21 ROTARYI
Problem description
The following equivalent cases are considered:
1842
Multi-point constraints
Material: Linear elastic, Young's modulus = 3.0 × 106, Poisson's ratio = 0, density = 0.03.
Loading: The left half of the beam is loaded by a force per unit length, PY=−1000.
Input files
mpc_pin.inp Input data for Case 1 for beam elements.
mpc_pinrig.inp Input data for Case 2 for beam elements.
mpc_pin_pipe.inp Input data for Case 1 for pipe elements.
mpc_pinrig_pipe.inp Input data for Case 2 for pipe elements.
REVOLUTEMPC
Elements tested
B33H
Problem description
1843
Multi-point constraints
10 1 2 20
3
y
4
PIN,1,2
PIN,2,3
REVOLUTE,2,3,5
REVOLUTE,3,1,4
Boundary conditions: All degrees of freedom are restrained at node 10 throughout the analysis. Nodes
5 and 6 are initially constrained in degree of freedom 6.
Loading:
• Step 1: A concentrated follower force is applied at node 20 to pull the joint.
• Step 2: The joint is rotated by 45° about the 3–4 joint axis by prescribing degree of freedom 6 at node 4.
• Step 3: The joint is rotated by 45° about the current 3–5 axis by prescribing degree of freedom 6 at node 5.
Input files
xmpcrevo.inp REVOLUTE and PINMPCs.
xmpcrevot.inp REVOLUTE and PINMPCs with transforms.
1844
Multi-point constraints
SLIDERMPC
The SLIDERMPC is tested in Abaqus/Standard for a truss and a beam structure and in Abaqus/Explicit for a
truss structure.
Elements tested
T2D2
Problem description
10
1 2 3
x
Fx
Fy
10 10
SLIDER,2,1,3
Load case 1:
Load case 2: Fx=−500 at node 2, Fy=−1000 at node 2. A static Riks step is adopted.
1845
Multi-point constraints
Input files
xmpcslid.inp SLIDERMPC.
xmpcslidt.inp SLIDERMPC with transforms.
xmpcsldr.inp SLIDERMPC with RIKS.
xmpcsldrt.inp SLIDERMPC with RIKS and transforms.
Elements tested
B31
Problem description
2
y
y' x'
x
z 1
z' 4
SLIDER,2,1,3
Boundary conditions: ux=uy=uz=ϕz=0 at node 4. All displacements and rotations are fixed at node 1. A
transformation at node 1 places the local x-axis along the direction from node 1 to node 3.
Loading:
• Step 1: Fy=10 at node 3. Node 1 is rotated about the transformed z-axis. (ϕz=0.3.)
• Step 2: The load and displacement that were applied in the first step are applied again, this time using
NLGEOM for large-displacement analysis.
1846
Multi-point constraints
Input files
xmpcsld3.inp SLIDERMPC.
xmpcsld3t.inp SLIDERMPC with transforms.
Abaqus/Explicit analysis
Elements tested
T2D2
Problem description
10
1 2 3
x
Fx
Fy
10 10
SLIDER, 2, 1, 3
Material: Linear elastic, Young's modulus = 3.0 × 106, Poisson's ratio = 0, density = 0.03.
Input files
mpc_slider.inp SLIDERMPC.
1847
Multi-point constraints
UNIVERSALMPC
Elements tested
B33H
Problem description
10 20
1 2
y
3
PIN,1,2
UNIVERSAL,2,1,3,4
Boundary conditions: All degrees of freedom are restrained at node 10 throughout the analysis. Nodes
3 and 4 are initially constrained in degree of freedom 6.
Loading:
• Step 1: A concentrated follower force is applied at node 20 to pull the joint.
• Step 2: The joint is rotated by 45° about the 1–3 joint axis by prescribing degree of freedom 6 at node 3.
• Step 3: The joint is rotated by 45° about the current 1–4 axis by prescribing degree of freedom 6 at node 4.
Input files
xmpcuniv.inp UNIVERSAL and PINMPCs.
xmpcunivt.inp UNIVERSAL and PINMPCs with transforms.
1848
Multi-point constraints
V LOCALMPC
Elements tested
B31H
Problem description
1 2
x
11 12
V LOCAL,1,1,11
V LOCAL,2,2,12
Boundary conditions: ϕx=ϕy=0 at node 1, ux=uy=uz=0 at node 11, and ux=uz=0 at node 12 in Steps 1 and
2.
Loading:
• Step 1: Uniform load P=1.0 along the element.
• Step 2: The loads that were applied in the first step are applied again, this time using NLGEOM for
large-displacement analysis.
• Step 3: Set uy=15.708 at node 11 to push the beam.
1849
Multi-point constraints
1 2
x
11 12
V LOCAL,1,1,11
V LOCAL,2,2,12
Input files
xmpcvloc.inp V LOCALMPC.
xmpcvloct.inp V LOCALMPC with transforms.
29
26
23
0.25 19
16
13
111 121
101 2
9
2 3 6
2
y 2
z 2
x
115 125
105
SS LINEAR,101,3,13,23
SS LINEAR,111,6,16,26
SS LINEAR,121,9,19,29
SLIDER,13,3,23
SLIDER,16,6,26
SLIDER,19,9,29
The SS LINEAR and SLIDERMPCs are tested in Abaqus/Standard and Abaqus/Explicit. A cantilever beam
consisting of solid and shell elements connected by SS LINEAR and SLIDERMPCs is subjected to a transverse
tip loading.
1850
Multi-point constraints
Elements tested
C3D8 S4R
Problem description
Loading:
29
26
23
0.25 19
16
13
111 121
101 2
9
2 3 6
2
y 2
z 2
x
115 125
105
SS LINEAR,101,3,13,23
SS LINEAR,111,6,16,26
SS LINEAR,121,9,19,29
SLIDER,13,3,23
SLIDER,16,6,26
SLIDER,19,9,29
• Step 2: The loads that were applied in the first step are applied again, this time using NLGEOM for
large-displacement analysis.
• Step 3: The loads that were applied in the second step are removed.
• Step 4: The boundary conditions are changed, and a rotation of π / 2 around the z-axis is prescribed at x=0.
Initial boundary conditions: ux=uy=uz=0 at x=0, uz=ϕx=ϕy=0 at z=0 (except at nodes 19 and 121).
1851
Multi-point constraints
Note:
The poor performance of the first-order brick element, C3D8, in bending is demonstrated by an excessively
stiff response in Step 1 and Step 2.
Input files
xmpcssli.inp SS LINEAR and SLIDERMPCs.
xmpcsslit.inp SS LINEAR and SLIDERMPCs with transforms.
Abaqus/StandardRIKS analysis
Elements tested
C3D8 S4R
Problem description
Boundary conditions: ux=uy=uz=0 at x=0, uz=ϕx=ϕy=0 at z=0 (except at nodes 19 and 121).
Loading: Fy=−15 at nodes 105 and 125, Fy=−30 at node 115. A static Riks step is adopted.
Input files
xmpcsslr.inp SS LINEAR and SLIDERMPCs with RIKS.
xmpcsslrt.inp SS LINEAR and SLIDERMPCs with RIKS and transforms.
Elements tested
C3D8 S4R
Problem description
Loading:
• Step 1: The first four natural frequencies are extracted.
1852
Multi-point constraints
Input files
xmpcssld.inp SS LINEAR and SLIDERMPCs with *DYNAMIC.
xmpcssldt.inp SS LINEAR and SLIDERMPCs with *DYNAMIC and transforms.
Abaqus/Explicit analysis
Elements tested
C3D8R S4R
Problem description
Material: Linear elastic, Young's modulus = 30.0 × 106, Poisson's ratio = 0.3, density = 0.3.
Boundary conditions: ux = uy = uz = 0 at x = 0, uz = ϕx = ϕy = 0 at z = 0.
Input files
mpc_sslinear.inp SS LINEAR and SLIDERMPCs.
1853
Multi-point constraints
1 29
26 19 121 125 x
23
9 111 115
0.25 13 101 105
6 4 4
2 3
z
SS BILINEAR,101,3,13,23
SS BILINEAR,121,9,19,29
SSF BILINEAR,111,3,6,9,13,19,23,26,29
SLIDER,13,3,23
SLIDER,19,9,29
Initial analysis
Elements tested
C3D20 S8R
Problem description
Loading:
1 29
26 19 121 125 x
23
9 111 115
0.25 13 101 105
6 4 4
2 3
z
SS BILINEAR,101,3,13,23
SS BILINEAR,121,9,19,29
SSF BILINEAR,111,3,6,9,13,19,23,26,29
SLIDER,13,3,23
SLIDER,19,9,29
• Step 2: The loads that were applied in the first step are applied again, this time using NLGEOM for
large-displacement analysis.
• Step 3: The loads that were applied in the second step are removed.
• Step 4: The boundary conditions are changed, and a rotation of π / 2 around the z-axis is prescribed at x=0.
Initial boundary conditions: ux=uy=uz=0 at x=0, uz=ϕx=ϕy=0 at z=0 (except at nodes 19 and 121).
1854
Multi-point constraints
Input files
xmpcssbi.inp SS BILINEAR, SSF BILINEAR, and SLIDERMPCs.
xmpcssbit.inp SS BILINEAR, SSF BILINEAR, and SLIDERMPCs with transforms.
RIKS analysis
Elements tested
C3D20 S8R
Problem description
Boundary conditions: ux=uy=uz=0 at x=0, uz=ϕx=ϕy=0 at z=0 (except at nodes 19 and 121).
Loading: Fy=−15 at nodes 105 and 125, Fy=−30 at node 115. A static Riks step is adopted.
Input files
xmpcssbr.inp SS LINEAR, SSF BILINEAR, and SLIDERMPCs with RIKS.
xmpcssbrt.inp SS LINEAR, SSF BILINEAR, and SLIDERMPCs with RIKS and transforms.
Dynamic analysis
Elements tested
C3D20 S8R
Problem description
Loading:
• Step 1: The first four natural frequencies are extracted.
1855
Multi-point constraints
Input files
xmpcssbd.inp SS LINEAR, SSF BILINEAR, and SLIDERMPCs with *DYNAMIC.
TIEMPC
Y
;;;
;;;
F
;;;
;;;
;;;1 2 3, 4 5 6
x
;;;
;;;
Y
;;;
;;; F
;;;
;;; x
;;;11 12 13 14 15
;;;
;;; 4.0
TIE,4,3
The TIEMPC is tested in Abaqus/Standard and Abaqus/Explicit. A cantilevered beam is subjected to a transverse
tip load.
Elements tested
B22
Problem description
Material: Linear elastic, Young's modulus = 28.1 × 106, Poisson's ratio = 0.3, density = 1700.
1856
Multi-point constraints
Y
;;;
;;;
F
;;;
;;;1 x
;;; 2 3, 4 5 6
;;;
;;;
Y
;;;
;;; F
;;;
;;; x
;;;
;;;
11 12 13 14 15
;;; 4.0
TIE,4,3
Loading:
Input files
xmpctiex.inp TIEMPC.
xmpctiext.inp TIEMPC with transforms.
Abaqus/StandardRIKS analysis
Elements tested
B22
Problem description
A cantilever beam with MPC type TIE, subject to a slight imperfection corresponding to the first buckling mode.
1857
Multi-point constraints
Material: Linear elastic, Young's modulus = 28.1 × 106, Poisson's ratio = 0.3, density = 1700.
Loading:
• Step 1: The first four buckling modes are extracted for a perturbation load Fx=−300 at node 6.
• Step 2: A RIKS analysis (with NLGEOM) is conducted until a maximum load of Fx=−600 at node 6.
Input files
xmpctier.inp TIEMPC with RIKS.
xmpctiert.inp TIEMPC with RIKS and transforms.
Abaqus/Explicit analysis
Elements tested
B21 PIPE21
Problem description
The following equivalent cases are considered:
1. A TIE-type MPC is defined between nodes 3 and 4.
2. Nodes 3 and 4 are included in a rigid body tie-type node set.
The results from the above two cases are compared to the solution of a continuous cantilever beam under the
same transverse tip loading.
Material: Linear elastic, Young's modulus = 28.1 × 106, Poisson's ratio = 0.3, density = 0.3.
1858
Multi-point constraints
Input files
mpc_tie.inp Input data for Case 1 for beam elements.
mpc_tierig.inp Input data for Case 2 for beam elements.
mpc_tie_pipe.inp Input data for Case 1 for pipe elements.
mpc_tierig_pipe.inp Input data for Case 2 for pipe elements.
CYCLSYMMPC
Elements tested
CPE4 CPE4T CPEG4T
Problem description
111
86
Fx
61
36 106
11
6
y
x
1 26 51 76 101
CYCLSYM,1,11
CYCLSYM,26,36
CYCLSYM,51,61
CYCLSYM,76,86
CYCLSYM,101,111
The CYCLSYMMPC is tested in Abaqus/Standard. A disk is subjected to cyclic symmetric force loading in the
first analysis; in the second analysis the disk is subjected to both cyclic symmetric force loading and cyclic
temperature boundary conditions. The problem is modeled using a quarter of the disk with the appropriate
CYCLSYMMPC.
Boundary conditions: Nodes 6 and 11 are clamped. The reference node for the CPEG4T model is also
clamped. Node 1 also has all displacement and rotation degrees of freedom restrained because of the
CYCLSYMMPC. Nodes 6, 11, and 1 have their temperatures set to zero for the second analysis.
Loading: Fx=100 at node 106. For the second analysis the temperature of nodes 101 and 111 is set to 100,
and the temperature of node 106 is set to 200.
The first analysis uses the direct-integration implicit dynamic procedure; the second analysis uses the fully
coupled thermal-stress steady-state procedure.
1859
Multi-point constraints
Input files
xmpccycd.inp CYCLSYMMPC with *DYNAMIC.
xmpccyct.inp CYCLSYMMPC with *COUPLED TEMPERATURE-DISPLACEMENT.
xmpccyct_cpeg4t.inp CYCLSYMMPC with *COUPLED TEMPERATURE-DISPLACEMENT.
Rigid elements
Elements tested
R2D2 R3D4
Problem description
y x
y
5
3
x
x 1
Loading:
1860
Multi-point constraints
y x
y
5
3
x
x 1
Input files
xmpcrgd2.inp R2D2 elements.
xmpcrgd3.inp R3D4 elements.
Rigid beams
Elements tested
RB2D2 RB3D2
Problem description
Loading:
• Step 1: Fz=10.0 at node 1.
• Step 2: Same as above, but a large-displacement analysis is performed.
1861
Multi-point constraints
y
x
y
4
z 5
z 2
y
y z x
x x
z
1
Input files
xmpcrgb2.inp RB2D2 elements.
xmpcrgb3.inp RB3D2 elements.
MPC sorting
Elements tested
S4R
Problem description
MPC sorting is tested in Abaqus/Standard.The model is a cantilever structure composed of 20 shell elements
tied together using MPC type TIE.
Loading: A concentrated load of Fy=1.0 is applied at the other end of the structure.
Results and discussion
Abaqus successfully sorts the MPC definitions such that no input errors occur.
Input files
xmpcsort.inp Test of internal sorting of MPC type TIE.
1862
User-defined coordinate
system
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
S4R
Features tested
Problem description
In each of the tests a user-defined coordinate system is used to define the material point orientation as shown in
Figure 1.
y
1
13
y1 (3) x1
GLOBAL LOCAL COORDINATES
NODE NODE
2 30
11 1 (1.0, 0.0, 0.0)
14 (4) (2) 12 12 2 (1.7071, 0.7071, 0.0)
13 3 (1.0, 1.4142, 0.0)
14 4 (0.2929, 0.7071, 0.0)
(1) 45
x
11
Material: Linear elastic, Young's modulus = 3.0 × 106, Poisson's ratio = 0.3.
Loading: Concentrated forces of 1000 are applied to nodes 12 and 13 at an angle of 45° to the x-axis.
Remarks
1863
User-defined coordinate system
1864
User-defined coordinate system
Input files
1865
User-defined coordinate system
2, 30.
xorissdo.inp *ORIENTATION, NAME=LOCAL,
SYSTEM=SPHERICAL,
DEFINITION=OFFSET
1, 2
3, 75.
xoriszdo.inp *ORIENTATION, NAME=LOCAL,
SYSTEM=ZRECTANGULAR,
DEFINITION=OFFSET
2, 3
3, 30.
1866
Pre-tension section
Pre-tension section
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B21 B31
C3D6 C3D8 C3D8IH C3D8R C3D10 C3D10M C3D20 C3D27H
CAX4 CAX4RH CAX8R CAX4T
CPE3 CPE3H CPE4 CPE4R CPE8 CPE8RT
CPS4R CPS6M CPS8
T2D2 T3D2 T3D3
Features tested
Applying a prescribed assembly load on a variety of structures by means of a pre-tension section is tested.
Problem description
This set of tests verifies that the proper prescribed assembly load is applied to a structure using a pre-tension
section. Loading is done by enforcing either a concentrated force (pre-tension load) or a displacement (tightening)
at the pre-tension node (see Prescribed Assembly Loads for a description of this option). The structure is preloaded
in the first step. In most cases it is further loaded in the second step, ensuring that the tightening is maintained.
The majority of the models are two-element meshes with boundary conditions that allow for uniform stretching
of the cross-section. Thus, results verification is straightforward. Some input files have several two-element
meshes with different element types set up in parallel.
In the first input file the total force in the defined pre-tension sections is output (see Output to the Data and
Results Files). The total force results in the direction perpendicular to the sections match the reaction forces at
the reference nodes associated with the pre-tension sections exactly.
The analyses include a submodel run (with the pre-tension section fully enclosed by the submodel boundary)
and a substructure run (where the substructure's retained degrees of freedom belong to the pre-tension section).
Analysis results indicate that the prescribed force or displacement is always established across the pre-tension
section. Uniform sections yield a uniform axial stress given the analysis boundary conditions. Results after
subsequent loading in the second step also indicate that the prescribed tightening of the section is maintained
properly.
A full example that makes use of this feature is included in Axisymmetric analysis of bolted pipe flange
connections.
Input files
1867
Pre-tension section
1868
Radiation view factor
definition: symmetries and
blocking
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Features tested
Radiation symmetry is verified in this test suite by comparing results obtained from models using the different symmetry
options to the results obtained from the full model without symmetries. A few different configurations are used to
allow the testing of all the symmetry options in two-dimensional, three-dimensional, and axisymmetric cases. Some
of the configurations are also used to test radiation blocking.
Since the primary interest of this verification suite is the calculation of view factors in nontrivial geometries, all the
problems consist of only a single increment in a single step of steady-state heat transfer analysis. No analytical solutions
exist for the nontrivial configurations selected; therefore, verification of the results is limited to a comparison of
variations of this problem, run with different types and levels of symmetry. All the results documented can be reproduced
by running the input files provided with the Abaqus release.
Two-dimensional models
Elements tested
DC2D4
Problem description
Four different two-dimensional models of the cross-section of the square tube are used: the full model, a half
model with one reflection symmetry, a quarter model with two reflection symmetries, and a quarter model with
cyclic symmetry. The full, half, and quarter models are shown in Figure 1. The two-dimensional models imply
that the tube extends infinitely in the direction normal to the cross-section.
1869
Radiation view factor definition: symmetries and blocking
Element 6, Side 3
Input files
xrv24sn000.inp Full model, DC2D4 elements.
xrv24snr10.inp Half model, DC2D4 elements, one reflection symmetry.
xrv24snr20.inp Quarter model, DC2D4 elements, two reflection symmetries.
xrv24snc04.inp Quarter model, DC2D4 elements, cyclic symmetry (NC=4).
Three-dimensional models
Elements tested
DC3D8
Problem description
Three different models of the square section tube are used. In all cases the complete cross-section is modeled,
and the infinite extent of the tube is simulated by using periodic symmetry in the direction normal to the
cross-section of the tube. The three models differ in the number of repetitions used for the periodic symmetry.
1870
Radiation view factor definition: symmetries and blocking
Element 6, Side 5
Input files
xrv38snp05.inp Full cross-section model, DC3D8 elements, periodic symmetry (NR=5).
xrv38snp10.inp Full cross-section model, DC3D8 elements, periodic symmetry (NR=10).
xrv38snp20.inp Full cross-section model, DC3D8 elements, periodic symmetry (NR=20).
Two-dimensional models
Elements tested
DC2D4
Problem description
Four different two-dimensional models of the cross-section of the square tube and the blocking object are used:
the full model, a half model with one reflection symmetry, a quarter model with two reflection symmetries, and
a quarter model with cyclic symmetry. The full, half, and quarter models are shown in Figure 3. The
two-dimensional models imply that the tube and the blocking object extend infinitely in the direction normal to
the cross-section.
1871
Radiation view factor definition: symmetries and blocking
Element 6, Side 3
Input files
xrv24sb000.inp Full model, DC2D4 elements.
xrv24sbr10.inp Half model, DC2D4 elements, one reflection symmetry.
xrv24sbr20.inp Quarter model, DC2D4 elements, two reflection symmetries.
xrv24sbc04.inp Quarter model, DC2D4 elements, cyclic symmetry (NC=4).
1872
Radiation view factor definition: symmetries and blocking
Three-dimensional models
Elements tested
DC3D8
Problem description
Six different models of the square section tube and the blocking object are used. These models involve different
combinations of the cross-sectional model and the number of periodic symmetry repetitions used to simulate
the infinite extent of the tube and the blocking object. Three cross-section models are used: the full model, a
quarter model with two reflection symmetries, and a quarter model with cyclic symmetry. Figure 4 shows the
cross-section models used.
Element 6, Side 5
1873
Radiation view factor definition: symmetries and blocking
Input files
xrv38sbp05.inp Full cross-section model, DC3D8 elements, periodic symmetry (NR=5).
xrv38sbrp5.inp Quarter cross-section model with two reflection symmetries, DC3D8 elements,
periodic symmetry (NR=5).
xrv38sbcp5.inp Quarter cross-section model with cyclic symmetry (NC=4), DC3D8 elements,
periodic symmetry (NR=5).
xrv38sbcp10.inp Quarter cross-section model with cyclic symmetry (NC=4), DC3D8 elements,
periodic symmetry (NR=10).
xrv38sbcp20.inp Quarter cross-section model with cyclic symmetry (NC=4), DC3D8 elements,
periodic symmetry (NR=20).
xrv38sbcp50.inp Quarter cross-section model with cyclic symmetry (NC=4), DC3D8 elements,
periodic symmetry (NR=50).
Elements tested
DC3D8
Problem description
A unit-length tube with a square cross-section is analyzed. Four different models of the square section are used:
the full model, a half model with one reflection symmetry, a quarter model with two reflection symmetries, and
a quarter model with cyclic symmetry. Figure 5 shows the cross-section models used.
1874
Radiation view factor definition: symmetries and blocking
Element 6, Side 5
Input files
xrv38sn000.inp Full cross-section model, DC3D8 elements.
xrv38snr10.inp Half cross-section model, DC3D8 elements, one reflection symmetry.
xrv38snr20.inp Quarter cross-section model, DC3D8 elements, two reflection symmetries.
xrv38snc04.inp Quarter cross-section model, DC3D8 elements, cyclic symmetry (NC=4).
Elements tested
DC3D8
Problem description
A unit-length square cross-section tube and a blocking object are analyzed. Three cross-section models are used:
the full model, a quarter model with two reflection symmetries, and a quarter model with cyclic symmetry.
Figure 6 shows the cross-section models used.
1875
Radiation view factor definition: symmetries and blocking
Element 6, Side 5
Input files
xrv38sb000.inp Full cross-section model, DC3D8 elements.
xrv38sbr20.inp Quarter cross-section model, DC3D8 elements, two reflection symmetries.
xrv38sbc04.inp Quarter cross-section model, DC3D8 elements, cyclic symmetry (NC=4).
Elements tested
DCAX4
1876
Radiation view factor definition: symmetries and blocking
Problem description
A tubular ring with a square cross-section is analyzed. Two different models of the square section are used: the
full model and a half model with one reflection symmetry. Figure 7 shows the cross-section models used.
Element 6, Side 3
Input files
xrva4sn000.inp Full cross-section model, DCAX4 elements.
xrva4snr10.inp Half cross-section model, DCAX4 elements, one reflection symmetry.
Elements tested
DCAX4
Problem description
A square cross-section tubular ring with a blocking object inside it is analyzed. Two different models of the
square section are used: the full model and a half model with one reflection symmetry. Figure 8 shows the
cross-section models used.
1877
Radiation view factor definition: symmetries and blocking
Element 6, Side 3
Input files
xrva4sb000.inp Full cross-section model, DCAX4 elements.
xrva4sbr10.inp Half cross-section model, DCAX4 elements, one reflection symmetry.
Two-dimensional models
Elements tested
DC2D4
Problem description
An infinite array of cubic objects is simulated. The two-dimensional models imply that the array extends to
infinity in the third direction. Three different models are used: an array of nine by eleven objects, an array of
nine objects with periodic symmetry in the direction perpendicular to the array, and a single object with periodic
symmetry in two directions. The number of repetitions in the models using periodic symmetry makes these
models equivalent to the nine by eleven array model. The models are shown in Figure 9 where the black square
1878
Radiation view factor definition: symmetries and blocking
represents the model with two periodic symmetries and the gray squares represent the model with one periodic
symmetry.
Input files
xrv24ab000.inp Nine by eleven array, DC2D4 elements.
xrv24abp05.inp Nine object array with one periodic symmetry (NR=5), DC2D4 elements.
xrv24ab2p5.inp Single object array with two periodic symmetries (NR1=4, NR2=5), DC2D4
elements.
1879
Radiation view factor definition: symmetries and blocking
Three-dimensional models
Elements tested
DC3D8
Problem description
An infinite array of cubic objects is simulated. The three-dimensional models consist of a single cubic element
with periodic symmetry in three directions. Two models are used where the number of periodic symmetry
repetitions is varied. The single element on which the models are based is shown in Figure 10.
Input files
xrv38abp05.inp Single object array with three periodic symmetries (NR1=4, NR2=4, NR3=5),
DC3D8 elements.
xrv38abp10.inp Single object array with three periodic symmetries (NR1=8, NR2=8, NR3=10),
DC3D8 elements.
1880
Radiation view factor definition: symmetries and blocking
Axisymmetric models
Elements tested
DCAX4
Problem description
Radiation between an infinitely long, finned tube inside another infinitely long simple tube is simulated. The
axisymmetric mesh used is shown in Figure 11. The infinite extent of the tubes is modeled with periodic symmetry
in the direction of the length of the tubes. Three models with a varying number of repetitions for the periodic
symmetry are used.
1881
Radiation view factor definition: symmetries and blocking
Input files
xrva4tb000.inp Axisymmetric model without periodic symmetry, DCAX4 elements.
xrva4tbp05.inp Axisymmetric model with periodic symmetry (NR=5), DCAX4 elements.
xrva4tbp10.inp Axisymmetric model with periodic symmetry (NR=10), DCAX4 elements.
Three-dimensional models
Elements tested
DC3D8
Problem description
Radiation between an infinitely long finned tube inside another infinitely long simple tube is simulated. The two
three-dimensional meshes used are shown in Figure 12: one is a full 360° mesh, and the other is a slice of this
mesh that is used in conjunction with cyclic symmetry. The number of cycles used in the cyclic symmetry is
varied. The infinite extent of the tubes is modeled with periodic symmetry in the direction of the length of the
tubes.
1882
Radiation view factor definition: symmetries and blocking
Input files
xrv38tb000.inp Full 360° model without periodic symmetry in the infinite direction, DC3D8
elements.
xrv38tbp05.inp Full 360° model with periodic symmetry in the infinite direction (NR=5), DC3D8
elements.
xrv38tbpc12.inp 30° slice model with cyclic symmetry (NC=12) and periodic symmetry in the
infinite direction (NR=5), DC3D8 elements.
xrv38tbpc24.inp 15° slice model with cyclic symmetry (NC=24) and periodic symmetry in the
infinite direction (NR=5), DC3D8 elements.
1883
Release rotational degrees
of freedom
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B21 B22 B23 B31 B32 B33
Features tested
Various types of hinged connections are tested by releasing one or more rotational degrees of freedom. Equivalent
models using multi-point constraints are included for comparison.
Problem description
1 2 2 4
x
z
Two beam elements are aligned with the x-axis, joined at the center, and clamped at nodes 1 and 4. Rotational
degrees of freedom are released at the center, node 2. Equivalent MPC definitions are used to connect two
separate nodes at the center, nodes 2 and 3.
Loading: Step 1: The left half of the model is loaded by forces per unit length, PY = −1000 and PZ = 1000.
The right half of the model is loaded by forces per unit length, PY = 1000 and PZ = −1000.
Step 2: The loads that were applied in the first step are applied again, this time using NLGEOM for
large-displacement analysis.
The results are the same for the equivalent multi-point constraint models.
1885
Release rotational degrees of freedom
Input files
xreleasepinx2.inp Static steps, release all the rotational degrees of freedom for a beam in a plane.
xmpcpinx2.inp Static steps, equivalent MPC type PIN for a beam in a plane.
xreleasepinx3.inp Static steps, release all the rotational degrees of freedom for a beam in space.
xmpcpinx3.inp Static steps, equivalent MPC type PIN for a beam in space.
xreleaserevo2.inp Static steps, release one rotational degree of freedom for a beam in space.
xmpcrevo2.inp Static steps, equivalent MPC type REVOLUTE plus MPC type PIN for a beam
in space.
xreleaseuniv2.inp Static steps, release two rotational degrees of freedom for a beam in space.
xmpcuniv2.inp Static steps, equivalent MPC type UNIVERSAL plus MPC type PIN for a beam
in space.
xreleaseuniv3.inp Frequency, steady-state dynamics, modal dynamic, and response spectrum
steps; release two rotational degrees of freedom for a beam in space.
xmpcuniv3.inp Frequency, steady-state dynamics, modal dynamic, and response spectrum
steps; equivalent MPC type UNIVERSAL plus MPC type PIN for a beam in
space.
1886
Shell-to-solid coupling
constraints
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Features tested
This section provides basic verification tests for shell-to-solid coupling constraints.
Elements tested
SC8R
S3R S4R S8R S9R5 STRI3 STRI65
C3D4 C3D8 C3D8R C3D10 C3D10HS C3D10M
C3D20R C3D27R
CSS8
Problem description
A cantilevered beam consisting of shell and continuum elements connected by shell-to-solid coupling constraints
is subjected to various load conditions at the tip. The problem is analyzed with various combinations of shell
and solid elements.
In addition, two input files are provided to illustrate how the shell-to-solid coupling constraints can be used to
connect shell elements to continuum shell elements. In this case the continuum shell represents the solid interface.
solid mesh
shell mesh
beam tip
2
3 1
Loading:
1887
Shell-to-solid coupling constraints
• Step 1: A load of Fy=−60 is applied at the tip of the beam in a linear perturbation analysis.
• Step 2: A load of Fx=60 is applied at the tip of the beam in a linear perturbation analysis.
• Step 3: A load of Fy=–60 is applied at the tip of the beam in a large-displacement analysis.
• Step 4: A load of Fx=60 is applied at the tip of the beam in a large-displacement analysis.
• Step 5: The loads that were applied in the fourth step are removed.
• Step 6: The boundary conditions are changed, and a rotation of π / 2 around the z-axis is prescribed at tip of
the beam.
For Abaqus/Explicit tests, the linear perturbation steps are omitted and the loading is as follows:
• Step 1: A load of Fy=–60 is applied at the tip of the beam in a large-displacement analysis.
• Step 2: A load of Fx=60 is applied at the tip of the beam in a large-displacement analysis.
• Step 3: The loads that were applied in the first two steps are removed.
• Step 4: The boundary conditions are changed, and a rotation of π / 2 around the z-axis is prescribed at the tip
of the beam.
Input files
1888
Shell-to-solid coupling constraints
xshell2solid_s4r_c3d10_std.inp Shell-to-solid coupling tested between S4R shell elements and C3D10
continuum elements in a static analysis.
xshell2solid_s4r_c3d10hs_std.inp Shell-to-solid coupling tested between S4R shell elements and C3D10HS
continuum elements in a static analysis.
xshell2solid_s4r_c3d10m_std.inp Shell-to-solid coupling tested between S4R shell elements and C3D10M
continuum elements in a static analysis.
xshell2solid_s4r_c3d20r_std.inp Shell-to-solid coupling tested between S4R shell elements and C3D20R
continuum elements in a static analysis.
xshell2solid_s4r_c3d20r_nb_std.inp Shell-to-solid coupling tested between S4R shell elements and C3D20R
continuum elements in a static analysis with a node-based surface defined
on the continuum elements.
xshell2solid_s4r_c3d27r_std.inp Shell-to-solid coupling tested between S4R shell elements and C3D27R
continuum elements in a static analysis.
xshell2solid_s4r_sc8r_std.inp Shell-to-solid coupling tested between S4R shell elements and SC8R
continuum shell elements in a static analysis.
xshell2solid_s8r_c3d4_std.inp Shell-to-solid coupling tested between S8R shell elements and C3D4
continuum elements in a static analysis.
xshell2solid_s8r_c3d8_std.inp Shell-to-solid coupling tested between S8R shell elements and C3D8
continuum elements in a static analysis.
xshell2solid_s8r_c3d8_nb_std.inp Shell-to-solid coupling tested between S8R shell elements and C3D8
continuum elements in a static analysis with a node-based surface defined
on the continuum elements.
xshell2solid_s8r_c3d8_off_std.inp Shell-to-solid coupling tested between S8R shell elements and C3D8
continuum elements in a static analysis with the OFFSET parameter used
on the *SHELL SECTION option.
xshell2solid_s8r_c3d10_std.inp Shell-to-solid coupling tested between S8R shell elements and C3D10
continuum elements in a static analysis.
xshell2solid_s8r_c3d10hs_std.inp Shell-to-solid coupling tested between S8R shell elements and C3D10HS
continuum elements in a static analysis.
xshell2solid_s8r_c3d10m_std.inp Shell-to-solid coupling tested between S8R shell elements and C3D10M
continuum elements in a static analysis.
xshell2solid_s8r_c3d20r_std.inp Shell-to-solid coupling tested between S8R shell elements and C3D20R
continuum elements in a static analysis.
xshell2solid_s8r_c3d20r_nb_std.inp Shell-to-solid coupling tested between S8R shell elements and C3D20R
continuum elements in a static analysis with a node-based surface defined
on the continuum elements.
xshell2solid_s8r_c3d27r_std.inp Shell-to-solid coupling tested between S8R shell elements and C3D27R
continuum elements in a static analysis.
xshell2solid_s9r5_c3d8_std.inp Shell-to-solid coupling tested between S9R5 shell elements and C3D8
continuum elements in a static analysis.
xshell2solid_stri3_c3d8_std.inp Shell-to-solid coupling tested between STRI3 shell elements and C3D8
continuum elements in a static analysis.
xshell2solid_stri65_c3d20r_std.inp Shell-to-solid coupling tested between STRI65 shell elements and C3D20R
continuum elements in a static analysis.
xshell2solid_s4r_css8_std.inp Shell-to-solid coupling tested between S4R shell elements and CSS8
continuum solid shell elements in a static analysis.
1889
Shell-to-solid coupling constraints
Elements tested
S4R S8R
C3D4 C3D8 C3D8R C3D10 C3D10HS C3D10M
C3D20R C3D27R
Problem description
A cantilevered beam consisting of shell and continuum elements connected by shell-to-solid coupling constraints
is subjected to various load conditions at the tip. The problem is analyzed with various combinations of shell
and solid elements.
Loading:
• Step 1: A frequency analysis is performed on the beam.
• Step 2: The beam is bent in a large-displacement analysis.
• Step 3: The beam is released, and a nonlinear dynamic springback analysis is performed.
For Abaqus/Explicit tests, the frequency analysis is omitted and the loading is as follows:
• Step 1: The beam is bent in a large-displacement analysis.
• Step 2: The beam is released, and a nonlinear dynamic springback analysis is performed.
Input files
1890
Shell-to-solid coupling constraints
xshell2solid_dyn_s4r_c3d8_std.inp Shell-to-solid coupling tested between S4R shell elements and C3D8
continuum elements in a dynamic analysis.
xshell2solid_dyn_s4r_c3d10_std.inp Shell-to-solid coupling tested between S4R shell elements and C3D10
continuum elements in a dynamic analysis.
xshell2solid_dyn_s4r_c3d10hs_std.inp Shell-to-solid coupling tested between S4R shell elements and C3D10HS
continuum elements in a dynamic analysis.
xshell2solid_dyn_s4r_c3d10m_std.inp Shell-to-solid coupling tested between S4R shell elements and C3D10M
continuum elements in a dynamic analysis.
xshell2solid_dyn_s4r_c3d20_std.inp Shell-to-solid coupling tested between S4R shell elements and C3D20
continuum elements in a dynamic analysis.
xshell2solid_dyn_s4r_c3d27_std.inp Shell-to-solid coupling tested between S4R shell elements and C3D27
continuum elements in a dynamic analysis.
xshell2solid_dyn_s8r_c3d4_std.inp Shell-to-solid coupling tested between S8R shell elements and C3D4
continuum elements in a dynamic analysis.
xshell2solid_dyn_s8r_c3d8_std.inp Shell-to-solid coupling tested between S8R shell elements and C3D8
continuum elements in a dynamic analysis.
xshell2solid_dyn_s8r_c3d10_std.inp Shell-to-solid coupling tested between S8R shell elements and C3D10
continuum elements in a dynamic analysis.
xshell2solid_dyn_s8r_c3d10hs_std.inp Shell-to-solid coupling tested between S8R shell elements and C3D10HS
continuum elements in a dynamic analysis.
xshell2solid_dyn_s8r_c3d10m_std.inp Shell-to-solid coupling tested between s8r shell elements and C3D10M
continuum elements in a dynamic analysis.
xshell2solid_dyn_s8r_c3d20_std.inp Shell-to-solid coupling tested between S8R shell elements and C3D20
continuum elements in a dynamic static analysis.
xshell2solid_dyn_s8r_c3d27_std.inp Shell-to-solid coupling tested between S8R shell elements and C3D27
continuum elements in a dynamic analysis.
Elements tested
S8R STRI65
C3D10 C3D10HS C3D20R
Problem description
A free vibration analysis is carried out for a cantilevered thin square plate (see Figure 1). The outside section of
the plate is modeled with shell elements, and the middle section of the plate is modeled with continuum elements
coupled to the shell elements using shell-to-solid coupling constraints. The first six modes are extracted. The
problem is analyzed with various combinations of shell and solid elements. These tests verify the ability of
coupling constraints to model the shell-to-solid coupling accurately with an interface that includes corners. The
free surface generation capability for both the shell and solid elements is also tested.
1891
Shell-to-solid coupling constraints
shell mesh
Mode
1 2 3 4 5 6
Input files
1892
Shell-to-solid coupling constraints
xshell2solidvib_c3d10_s8r_free.inp Free vibration analysis of a cantilevered thin square plate with S8R shell
elements and C3D10 continuum elements coupled together using
shell-to-solid coupling constraints. Free surface generation is used for both
solid and shell surfaces.
xshell2solidvib_c3d10_stri65.inp Free vibration analysis of a cantilevered thin square plate with STRI65
shell elements and C3D10 continuum elements coupled together using
shell-to-solid coupling constraints.
xshell2solidvib_c3d10hs_s8r.inp Free vibration analysis of a cantilevered thin square plate with S8R shell
elements and C3D10HS continuum elements coupled together using
shell-to-solid coupling constraints.
xshell2solidvib_c3d10hs_s8r_free.inp Free vibration analysis of a cantilevered thin square plate with S8R shell
elements and C3D10HS continuum elements coupled together using
shell-to-solid coupling constraints. Free surface generation is used for both
solid and shell surfaces.
xshell2solidvib_c3d10hs_stri65.inp Free vibration analysis of a cantilevered thin square plate with STRI65
shell elements and C3D10HS continuum elements coupled together using
shell-to-solid coupling constraints.
xshell2solidvib_c3d20_s8r.inp Free vibration analysis of a cantilevered thin square plate with S8R shell
elements and C3D20 continuum elements coupled together using
shell-to-solid coupling constraints.
xshell2solidvib_c3d20_s8r_free.inp Free vibration analysis of a cantilevered thin square plate with S8R shell
elements and C3D20 continuum elements coupled together using
shell-to-solid coupling constraints. Free surface generation is used for both
solid and shell surfaces.
xshell2solidvib_c3d20_stri65.inp Free vibration analysis of a cantilevered thin square plate with STRI65
shell elements and C3D20 continuum elements coupled together using
shell-to-solid coupling constraints.
Elements tested
S4R S8R
C3D8R C3D10 C3D10M
C3D20R
Problem description
The pure bending of a cantilevered beam is modeled with an alternating mesh of shell and continuum elements.
Ten separate shell-to-solid interfaces are modeled in this example. The beam is 22 in long, 1 in wide, and 0.25
in thick. The material is linear elastic with a Young's modulus of 30 × 106 psi and Poisson's ratio of 0.3. The
reference tip displacement solution from classical linear elasticity for a moment of 400 lb-in is −2.4 in.
1893
Shell-to-solid coupling constraints
cantilevered end
S8R shell section
3
applied moment
Loading:
• Step 1: A moment of Mx = 400 lb-in is applied at the tip of the beam in a linear perturbation analysis.
• Step 2: A moment of Mx = 400 lb-in is applied at the tip of the beam using NLGEOM for large-displacement
analysis.
Input files
xshell2solid_builtupbeam.inp Shell-to-solid coupling tested for built-up beam in a static analysis.
Elements tested
S4R
C3D8R C3D4 C3D10M
Problem description
The bending of a cantilevered beam is modeled with an alternating mesh of shell and continuum elements. Ten
separate shell-to-solid interfaces are modeled in this example. The beam is 22 in long, 1 in wide, and 0.25 in
thick. The material is linear elastic with a Young's modulus of 30 × 106 psi and μ = .3. The beam is subjected to
a tip displacement of −2.4 in.
Loading:
• Step 1: A displacement of uy= −2.4 in is applied at the tip of the beam.
1894
Shell-to-solid coupling constraints
Input files
xshell2solid_builtupbeam_xpl.inp Shell-to-solid coupling tested for built-up beam in a explicit dynamic
analysis.
1895
Extrapolation
Extrapolation
Products: Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B21 B31 CPS4 M3D4 S4R T2D2
Features tested
Problem description
These tests verify the performance of extrapolation for structural and continuum elements used in models subjected
to an in-plane rotation of 45°. For elements that do not have rotation degrees of freedom, beam elements are
used to connect the elements to the point of rotation. The restart test verifies that the solution history information
required for the extrapolation algorithm is transferred correctly to a restarted analysis.
In all cases the results indicate that this option performs as expected. When parabolic extrapolation is used, there
is a speedup in computational time compared to linear extrapolation. The restart analysis results are identical to
those for the original analysis from which the restart was run.
Input files
1897
Surface-based fluid cavities
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Features tested
This section provides basic verification tests to define:
• Fluid behavior for a surface-based cavity
• Fluid exchange
• Fluid exchange activation
• Fluid exchange in or out of a fluid cavity
• Fluid inflator
• Fluid inflator activation
• Fluid inflator property
• Gas species used for a fluid inflator
• Molar heat capacity
• Molecular weight
• Surface-based fluid cavity
Fluid behavior
Problem description
In this test the following three types of fluid behaviors are tested:
• Fluid cavity filled with a mixture of gases (pneumatic fluids) under isothermal conditions.
• Fluid cavity filled with a mixture of gases (pneumatic fluids) under adiabatic conditions with optional
temperature dependence of heat capacity.
• Fluid cavity filled with an hydraulic fluid with optional temperature dependence of fluid density.
Five independent fluid cavities (no fluid exchange) are modeled using the surface-based fluid cavity capability,
each with a different fluid behavior.
Input files
fluidbehavior.inp Tests the behavior of pneumatic and hydraulic fluids.
1899
Surface-based fluid cavities
Elements tested
B21
CAX3 CAX4R C3D4 C3D6 C3D8R C3D10M CPE3 CPE4R CPS3 CPS4R
M3D3 M3D4R
RAX2 R2D2 R3D3 R3D4
S3R S4R SAX1 SC6R SC8R
SFM3D3 SFM3D4R
T2D2
Problem description
A fluid cavity is primarily defined to consider the coupling between the deformation of the structure and the
pressure exerted by the fluid on the structure. These tests verify the capability of Abaqus/Explicit to model this
interdependence accurately by defining a fluid cavity based on the surfaces of the structure. The structure
enclosing the fluid cavity is modeled using different feasible combinations of finite elements. The volume of
the cavity is changed intentionally during the analysis by prescribing displacement boundary conditions on a
particular set of nodes, which results in a change in the cavity pressure.
Input files
gasstructure_3d.inp The structure enclosing the fluid cavity is modeled using different
three-dimensional finite elements available in Abaqus/Explicit.
gasstructure_c3d10m.inp The structure enclosing the fluid cavity is modeled using C3D10M elements.
gasstructure_2d.inp The structure enclosing the fluid cavity is modeled using different
two-dimensional finite elements available in Abaqus/Explicit.
gasstructure_axi.inp The structure enclosing the fluid cavity is modeled using different axisymmetric
finite elements available in Abaqus/Explicit.
Fluid exchange
Problem description
In this test fluid flow between a cavity and its environment or between two fluid cavities is modeled. Test cases
include flow of a single gas, flow of a mixture of gases, and flow of hydraulic fluids. For pneumatic fluids, both
isothermal and adiabatic behaviors are tested.
1900
Surface-based fluid cavities
Input files
fluidexchange_pneumatic.inp Flow between a single cavity and its environment and between two fluid
cavities filled with either a single gas (pneumatic fluid) or a mixture of gases
(pneumatic fluids) modeled using all fluid exchange property options.
fluidexchange_hydraulic.inp Flow between a single cavity and its environment and between two fluid
cavities filled with an hydraulic fluid modeled using all fluid exchange property
options.
fluidexchange_usereffarea.inp Flow between a single cavity and its environment with leakage area defined
using user subroutine VUFLUIDEXCHEFFAREA.
fluidexchange_cavitypres.inp Application of fluid pressure on the fluid exchange surface.
Fluid inflators
Problem description
This test verifies the fluid inflator properties that can be defined in Abaqus/Explicit to simulate the flow
characteristics of the actual inflators. The inflator mass flow rate and inflator temperature are assumed to be
linearly varying with time for the mass flow rate and inflator gas temperature type of fluid inflator property. For
the tank volume type of inflator property, the tank volume and tank pressure are set to be the same as the cavity
volume and cavity pressure obtained in the mass flow rate and inflator gas temperature case. For the dual pressure
type of fluid inflator property definition, the tank volume and tank pressure data are taken from the tank volume
case and the inflator pressures at different inflation times are determined from the equations given in Inflator
definition. The data necessary to define the mass flow rate and inflator pressure type of inflator property are
obtained from the previous three cases. In the test a total of ten fluid cavities are modeled using the surface-based
fluid cavity capability. Fluid cavities 1–8 and 10 are inflated with the same ideal gas or a mixture of ideal gases
that are initially present in the cavity. However, the molar mass fractions of the gases inflating the fluid cavity
filled with a mixture are considered to be different from the initial molar mass fractions. In the case of cavity 9,
the constituents of the gas mixture inflating the cavity are considered to be different from the constituents present
in the cavity initially.
Input files
fluidinflators.inp Tests fluid inflator properties.
1901
Modified contact
pressure-overclosure
relationship
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
CAX4 CAX4H CAX4R IRS21A ISL21A GAPUNI
Features tested
Modifications to the contact pressure-overclosure relationship are tested for a number of cases.
Problem description
This set of tests verifies the softened contact option. All the tests are for axisymmetric, large-displacement, static
analyses with finite sliding. The model in each test consists of a die pressing down on a rubber cylinder. The die
is modeled either as a rigid surface or as a deformable body with mild steel properties. CAX4 elements are used
in the Abaqus/Standard analyses, and CAX4R elements are used in the Abaqus/Explicit analyses. The blank is
modeled as an incompressible Mooney-Rivlin material with CAX4H elements in Abaqus/Standard and CAX4R
elements in Abaqus/Explicit. The bottom surface of the blank is constrained against vertical motion.
Each analysis has one step, in which a vertical prescribed displacement is applied to the die.
The analysis results indicate that the die penetrates the blank according to the prescribed pressure-overclosure
relationship.
Input files
1903
Modified contact pressure-overclosure relationship
1904
Initial contact stress
References:
• *INITIAL CONDITIONS
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8 C3D8R C3D10 C3D20R CPE4 CPE4P CPE8RP CPS4
Problem description
Initial contact stresses are computed automatically from user-specified underlying element initial stresses. This
capability is tested for both finite- and small-sliding contact, the node-to-surface and surface-to-surface contact
formulations, and general contact. Representative element types (including XFEM elements with an initial crack)
are incorporated in these tests. The enhanced geostatic procedure is used to obtain an equilibrium state of stress
while minimizing displacements to be within a specified tolerance. These tests also verify enhanced geostatic
procedures that involve contact interactions.
In all cases the tests verify the initial contact stress capability. The initial contact stresses are reported correctly
at the zero increment. In the enhanced geostatic procedure, the final displacements satisfy the prescribed tolerance.
Input files
1905
Initial contact stress
inicstr_quadcdp2d.inp Initial effective contact stresses are derived from initial effective stresses in the
underlying deformable elements for a block model with pore pressure degrees of
freedom and quadratic plane strain elements.
inicstr_block_slide_xcont.inpInitial contact stresses on an initial stationary crack are derived from initial stresses
in the underlying XFEM elements for a block model. The analysis involves a push
down step followed by finite sliding between crack surfaces modeled with general
contact.
inicstr_block_normal_ics_both.inpInitial contact stresses are calculated for a block model with linear
three-dimensional hexahedral elements, and the enhanced geostatic procedure
(invoked with the UTOL parameter) is used to minimize displacements.
inicstr_wet_blockrig.inp Initial effective contact stresses are derived from initial effective stresses in the
underlying deformable elements on one side of a deformable to rigid contact with
pore pressure degrees of freedom and linear three-dimensional elements.
inicstr_blocksuppl.inp Initial contact stresses are calculated for a block model meshed using quadratic
tetrahedral elements with a node-to-surface contact pair with active supplementary
constraints.
inicstr_fault2d_flat_dry_alone.inp Initial contact normal and shear stresses are derived in a two-dimensional
fault slip with a linearly varying initial stress field in the underlying CPE4
elements. These initial contact stresses serve as a better starting point for
establishing an overall equilibrium state.
inicstr_fault2d_flat_dry.inp Same as inicstr_fault2d_flat_dry_alone.inp except using the
enhanced geostatic procedure (invoked with the UTOL parameter).
inicstr_fault2d_flat_wet_alone.inp Initial contact normal and shear effective stresses are derived in a
two-dimensional fault slip with a linearly varying initial stress field in the
underlying CPE4P elements. These initial contact stresses serve as a better
starting point for establishing an overall geostatic equilibrium state.
inicstr_fault2d_flat_wet.inp Same as inicstr_fault2d_flat_wet_alone.inp except using the
enhanced geostatic procedure (invoked with the UTOL parameter).
The following input files test initial element stresses being read from a prior analysis:
inicstr_ics_alone_patch_orig.inp A block of quadratic elements are pushed down against a flat rigid surface
resulting in uniform element stresses.
inicstr_ics_alone_patch_init_sim.inpInitial element stresses are read in through the SIM database generated
from inicstr_ics_alone_patch_orig.inp. Initial contact stresses
derived from the element stresses bring the initial state to an equilibrium
state.
inicstr_interf_orig.inp Cylindrical shrink fit analysis followed by an axial twist to establish element
stresses.
inicstr_interf_initfromstep2.inp Read initial element stresses from the output database of
inicstr_interf_orig.inp, and derive initial contact normal and shear
contact stresses. The derived initial contact stresses bring the initial state to a
nearly equilibrium state.
1906
Defining temperature, field
variable, pressure stress,
and pore fluid pressure
values
Defining temperature, field variable, pressure stress, and pore fluid pressure values
Products: Abaqus/Standard Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Features tested
Applications of the temperature, field variable, pressure stress, and pore fluid pressure procedures are tested. The first
set of tests verifies that temperature and field variable data are properly transferred from a heat transfer analysis to a
structural analysis. The second set of tests verifies the use of these commands in conjunction with composite structural
shells. The third set of tests verifies the interpolation of temperatures to the midside nodes in a sequential thermal-stress
analysis, when the heat transfer analysis is carried out using first-order elements and the stress analysis is carried out
using second-order elements. The fourth set of tests verifies that temperatures are properly interpolated between
dissimilar meshes. Heat transfer models and stress analysis models may have dissimilar meshes, and the nodal
temperatures for the current model will be interpolated from the nodal temperatures from the heat transfer model. The
fifth set of tests verifies that temperatures and pressures are properly defined using data line input for various
combinations of these two commands. The sixth set of tests verifies that a solution-dependent variable from a heat
transfer analysis is properly transferred as a field variable into a stress analysis. The seventh set of tests verifies that a
pore fluid pressure field is properly transferred as a predefined field variable into a stress analysis.
In several of the tests zero-increment results file output is requested. This output is used to define initial values of
temperature, field variables, and pressure stress for subsequent structural analyses.
Elements tested
DC1D2 T3D2
Problem description
These tests verify that temperature and field variable values are properly transferred to a structure. The structure
being analyzed is a cantilevered truss made up of 10 T3D2 elements.
Three different transient heat transfer runs are used to generate three results files containing temperature histories.
These files will be read into subsequent stress analyses as either temperature or field variable data. All of the
runs begin with the entire truss at some initial temperature; the temperature throughout the truss is then ramped
to some new temperature.
The three heat transfer runs are as follows:
xtfvtrt1.inp
Initial temperature: 100
Final temperature: 200
xtfvtrt2.inp
Initial temperature: 200
1907
Defining temperature, field variable, pressure stress, and pore fluid pressure values
xtfvtrt3.inp
Initial temperature: 200
Final temperature, Step 1: 180
Final temperature, Step 2: 100
The subsequent stress analysis runs are as follows:
xtfvtrs1.inp
This file tests the setting of temperature and more than one field variable using results files. Temperature
and two field variables are set by reading the data from the results files of the heat transfer runs as follows:
xtfvtrt1.fil ⇒ Temperature
xtfvtrt2.fil ⇒ Field variable 1
xtfvtrt1.fil ⇒ Field variable 2
xtfvtrs2.inp
This file tests the setting of a field variable from a results file without temperature being present in the
problem. This test is important because of the way that temperatures and field variables are stored internally.
The field variable is set by reading the data from the results file of the first heat transfer run as follows:
xtfvtrt1.fil ⇒ Field variable
xtfvtrs3.inp
This file tests the presence of temperatures and field variables when initial condition specifications are
present for variables that are not used in the analysis. Initial conditions are given for temperature and two
field variables, and then only temperature and the first field variable are set by results files. In addition,
two procedures are included for the same field variable to test that only the last command is used.
Temperature and the field variable are set by reading the data from the results files of the heat transfer
runs as follows:
xtfvtrt1.fil ⇒ Temperature
xtfvtrt2.fil ⇒ Field variable 1
xtfvtrs4.inp
This is a three-step problem involving temperature and one field variable. In the first step an amplitude
curve is used to set the temperature to 200 and the field variable to 250. In the second step the temperature
is ramped down to 150, and the field variable is defined by the results file from xtfvtrt2.fil. In the third
step both the temperature and the field variable are reset to their initial conditions.
The following must be confirmed by this test:
• Temperatures and field variables must be set correctly using an amplitude curve.
• Initial conditions must be ignored if temperatures and field variables are set using an amplitude curve.
• Results file data must be scaled properly in time if the stress analysis time period is different from the
heat analysis time period.
1908
Defining temperature, field variable, pressure stress, and pore fluid pressure values
• If commands are given to read temperature/field variable data both from data lines and from a results
file, the data line input must take precedence.
• If the OP parameter is given with a value of NEW, temperatures/field variables must be ramped back
to initial conditions or set to the new values defined on the data lines.
xtfvtrsr.inp
This analysis restarts xtfvtrs4.inp from the third step. Two additional steps are performed. In the first step
the temperature is set by reading the results file from xtfvtrt1.fil, and the field variable is set by reading
the results file from xtfvtrt2.fil. In the second step the temperature is set using the data from the second
step of the results file from xtfvtrt3.fil.
xtfvtrs5.inp
This run sets the beginning and end step and increment numbers for the history data in temperature and
field values. Temperature and two field variables are set by reading the data from the results files of the
heat transfer runs as follows:
xtfvtrt1.fil ⇒ Temperature, Beginning increment=1, End increment=5
xtfvtrt2.fil ⇒ Field variable 1, Beginning increment=5, End increment=8
xtfvtrt1.fil ⇒ Field variable 2, Beginning increment=6, End increment=10
All data are read from Step 1, so the beginning and end step are both 1 in all cases.
Input files
xtfvtrt1.inp Truss, heat transfer, first run.
xtfvtrt2.inp Truss, heat transfer, second run.
xtfvtrt3.inp Truss, heat transfer, third run.
xtfvtrs1.inp Truss, stress analysis, first run.
xtfvtrs2.inp Truss, stress analysis, second run.
xtfvtrs3.inp Truss, stress analysis, third run.
xtfvtrs4.inp Truss, stress analysis, fourth run.
xtfvtrsr.inp Truss, stress analysis, restart.
xtfvtrs5.inp Truss, stress analysis, fifth run.
1909
Defining temperature, field variable, pressure stress, and pore fluid pressure values
Figures
250.
Temperature
Field Var 1
Field Var 2
200.
TEMP/FIELD
150.
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 1.000E+00
YMIN 1.000E+02
YMAX 2.500E+02 100.
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
TIME
Field Var 1
180.
160.
FIELD VAR 1
140.
120.
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 1.000E+00
YMIN 1.000E+02
YMAX 2.000E+02 100.
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
TIME
1910
Defining temperature, field variable, pressure stress, and pore fluid pressure values
250.
Temperature
Field Var 1
Field Var 2
200.
TEMP/FIELD
150.
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 1.000E+00
YMIN 1.000E+02
YMAX 2.500E+02 100.
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
TIME
Temperature
Field Var 1
200.
150.
TEMP/FIELD
100.
50.
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 1.400E+01
YMIN 1.000E+01
YMAX 2.500E+02
0. 5. 10.
TIME
1911
Defining temperature, field variable, pressure stress, and pore fluid pressure values
Temperature
Field Var 1
Field Var 2
200.
TEMP/FIELD
150.
XMIN 0.000E+00
XMAX 1.000E+00
YMIN 1.000E+02
YMAX 2.400E+02 100.
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
TIME
Problem description
In Abaqus/Standard these tests verify the use of predefined temperature and field variables in conjunction with
composite structural shells. Both temperature and field variable results are generated from a single previously
run heat transfer shell analysis. The same analysis can be used to generate field variable results since field
variables are stored identically to temperatures in an Abaqus results file.
A steady-state heat transfer analysis is performed to obtain the temperature distribution through the thickness
of the composite layers. The heat transfer problem involves a three-layer composite shell that is subjected to
prescribed thermal boundary conditions on its top and bottom surfaces.
In the subsequent structural shell models, five section points per layer are used. The temperatures and field
variables are assigned to these five points through a linear interpolation of the three values available per layer
from the preceding heat transfer analysis. The results of these analyses verify that the temperatures and field
variables are assigned properly.
In Abaqus/Explicit, instead of a sequential analysis, a transient coupled dynamic temperature-displacement
analysis is performed on a three-layer composite shell that is subjected to prescribed thermal boundary conditions
on its top and bottom surfaces. A sufficiently large step time is prescribed such that the analysis can reach the
steady-state regime. Three temperature points are used for each layer. The temperature distribution obtained is
compared to the exact solution.
1912
Defining temperature, field variable, pressure stress, and pore fluid pressure values
There is a linear variation of temperature or field variable between the top and bottom of each layer.
Input files
xtmpcst3.inp Heat transfer analysis; DS3 elements.
xtmpcss3.inp Stress analysis; temperature results; DS3 elements.
xfvcss3x.inp Stress analysis; field variable results; DS3 elements.
xtmpcst4.inp Heat transfer analysis; DS4 elements.
xtmpcst4.f User subroutine FILM used in xtmpcst4.inp.
xtmpcss4.inp Stress analysis; temperature results; DS4 elements.
xfvcss4x.inp Stress analysis; field variable results; DS4 elements.
xtmpcst6.inp Heat transfer analysis; DS6 elements.
xtmpcss6.inp Stress analysis; temperature results; DS6 elements.
xfvcss6x.inp Stress analysis; field variable results; DS6 elements.
xtmpcst8.inp Heat transfer analysis; DS8 elements.
xtmpcss8.inp Stress analysis; temperature results; DS8 elements.
xfvcss8x.inp Stress analysis; field variable results; DS8 elements.
compshell_tempload_s4rt_xpl.inp Dynamic temperature-displacement analysis; Abaqus/Explicit; S4RT
elements.
compshell_tempload_s3rt_xpl.inp Dynamic temperature-displacement analysis; Abaqus/Explicit; S3RT
elements.
Problem description
These tests verify the interpolation of temperatures to the midside nodes of higher-order elements in a sequential
thermal-stress analysis, when the heat transfer analysis is performed using first-order elements and the stress
analysis is carried out using second-order elements.
The results of the heat transfer analyses are read into the stress analyses, and the initial conditions applied to the
heat transfer analysis are read into the stress analyses. In both analyses the temperatures at the midside nodes
are interpolated from the corner nodes of the element. Temperature interpolation is carried out on an edgewise
basis for each element. Thus, the temperature at the midside node of an element is interpolated linearly from the
temperatures at the corresponding corner nodes.
The midside node temperature interpolation is tested for one-dimensional, two-dimensional, and three-dimensional
elements.
Only one element is used in the finite element models for both heat transfer analysis and stress analysis. Arbitrary
material properties are assumed.
Input files
Heat transfer analyses:
1913
Defining temperature, field variable, pressure stress, and pore fluid pressure values
The input files for the stress analyses with linear elements can be generated by suitably replacing the element
type in the above files.
Problem description
These tests verify the interpolation of temperatures between dissimilar meshes. This capability is available only
for use with the output database file. The temperatures must be interpolated from the nodes of the heat transfer
models to the nodes of the current stress analysis models. For the cases where the only dissimilarity is an element
order, the temperatures at the midside nodes should be interpolated from the corner nodes of the element.
However, for the purpose of verification we reused some of the models created for the midside cases.
The results of the heat transfer (or coupled temperature-displacement) analyses are read into the stress analyses.
The temperatures must be interpolated from the nodes of the element in the heat transfer models to the nodes of
the current stress analysis models.
The interpolation technique is tested for two-dimensional and three-dimensional elements.
Input files
Coupled temperature-displacement and stress analyses:
pgc38ths.inp C3D8HT elements. NT field written to the output database.
psc38ths_inter.inp C3D8H elements. Static analysis with the temperature field interpolated from
psc38ths_inter.inp.
1914
Defining temperature, field variable, pressure stress, and pore fluid pressure values
Problem description
The verification problems in this section test the interpolation of temperatures between dissimilar meshes with
user-specified regions. The model consists of two part instances, as shown in Figure 6. A tiny gap exists between
the two parts. A low gap heat transfer is applied along the gap so that a temperature jump results between the
two adjacent surfaces. In this case temperature mapping using the general interpolation may result in erroneous
temperature assignment to nodes on the adjacent surface due to the ambiguous association between target nodes
near the interface surface and driving elements near this surface. The dissimilar mesh interpolation capability
resolves the ambiguity by explicitly specifying the source regions in the heat transfer analysis from where the
temperatures are read and the target regions in the current analysis onto which the temperatures are mapped.
Figure 6: Model geometry with the gap amplified for illustration purposes.
1915
Defining temperature, field variable, pressure stress, and pore fluid pressure values
Boundary conditions: The assembly is kept at a constant temperature of zero on the left boundary, and
it is subjected to a constant surface heat flux of 0.003 on the right boundary and a constant surface heat flux of
1 on the top. The gap has a low gap heat conduction with a coefficient of 0.01.
NT11 NT11
+4.950e+02 +4.950e+02
+4.537e+02 +4.537e+02
+4.125e+02 +4.125e+02
+3.712e+02 +3.712e+02
+3.300e+02 +3.300e+02
+2.887e+02 +2.887e+02
+2.475e+02 +2.475e+02
+2.062e+02 +2.062e+02
+1.650e+02 +1.650e+02
+1.237e+02 +1.237e+02
+8.249e+01 +8.249e+01
+4.125e+01 +4.125e+01
+0.000e+00 −1.854e−06
Figure 7: Temperature mapping without use of the dissimilar mesh interpolation capability.
1916
Defining temperature, field variable, pressure stress, and pore fluid pressure values
NT11 NT11
+4.950e+02 +4.950e+02
+4.537e+02 +4.537e+02
+4.125e+02 +4.125e+02
+3.712e+02 +3.712e+02
+3.300e+02 +3.300e+02
+2.887e+02 +2.887e+02
+2.475e+02 +2.475e+02
+2.062e+02 +2.062e+02
+1.650e+02 +1.650e+02
+1.237e+02 +1.237e+02
+8.249e+01 +8.249e+01
+4.125e+01 +4.125e+01
+0.000e+00 −1.854e−06
Input files
pgdc2d4.inp Ancestor heat transfer analysis.
psdc2d4-no-drivingelsets.inp Descendant model with no DRIVING ELSETS (Abaqus/Standard).
psdc2d4-drivingelsets.inp Descendant model with DRIVING ELSETS (Abaqus/Standard).
psdc2d4-no-drivingelsets-xpl.inp Descendant model with no DRIVING ELSETS (Abaqus/Explicit).
psdc2d4-drivingelsets-xpl.inp Descendant model with DRIVING ELSETS (Abaqus/Explicit).
Elements tested
CPE4 DC2D4
Problem description
These tests verify that temperatures and pressures are applied properly to a structure when various combinations
of temperature and pressure stress values are used in a mass diffusion analysis. Temperature and pressure stress
initial conditions are read from the results file of an Abaqus/Standard analysis, and a series of pressure and
temperature loadings are applied to the nodes of an element using data line input in the following sequence:
• Step 1: Concentration ramped from 0 to 100 at a corner of the element.
• Step 2: A pressure gradient is applied along one diagonal of the element.
• Step 3: All pressures are reset to initial conditions.
• Step 4: A temperature gradient is applied along the same element diagonal as the pressure gradient in Step
2.
• Step 5: All temperatures are reset to initial conditions.
• Step 6: Pressure and temperature gradients are applied simultaneously along the element diagonal.
1917
Defining temperature, field variable, pressure stress, and pore fluid pressure values
∂p
κs = −κp (θ − θz ) ∂x .
When both the temperature and pressure gradients are applied to the model, the diffusion is driven by concentration
gradients alone.
The following must be confirmed by this test:
• Pressures must be set correctly using an amplitude curve.
• If existing values are removed, temperatures/pressures must be ramped back to their initial conditions or set
to the new values defined on the data lines.
Input files
xpressic.inp This analysis generates a results file with temperature and pressure stress data, which
is used to define initial conditions in xpresspt.inp.
xpresspt.inp This file tests the setting of temperature and pressure using data line input, as outlined
earlier.
xpressre.inp This analysis restarts the second step of xpresspt.inp from increment 2. Results at the
end of the analysis should be identical to the results at the end of the second step in
xpresspt.inp.
Elements tested
DC1D2 T3D2
Problem description
These tests verify that the solution-dependent variables from a heat transfer analysis are properly transferred as
field variables in the subsequent stress analysis. The structure being analyzed is a cantilevered truss made up of
10 one-dimensional link elements. The solution-dependent state variables written to the results file are the
averages of the values extrapolated to the element nodes. A separate results file is then generated, where the
solution-dependent state variables value is stored as the second attribute under record key 201.
The temperature and field variable values are set by reading the data from the results file of the heat transfer run
as follows:
xsdvttrt.fil ⇒ Temperature
xsdvttrt1.fil ⇒ Field variable
Input files
xsdvttrt.inp Heat transfer analysis.
xsdvttrt.f User subroutine HETVAL used in xsdvttrt.inp.
xsdvttrs.inp Stress analysis.
1918
Defining temperature, field variable, pressure stress, and pore fluid pressure values
Reading scalar nodal output from the output database into field variables
Elements tested
CPE3 CPE4 CPE4R CPE6 CPE6M CPE8 CPE8R
C3D4 C3D6 C3D8 C3D10 C3D10M C3D15 C3D20R
Problem description
These tests verify that Abaqus/Standard:
• can properly read and interpolate nodal output variables such as temperature, normalized concentrations, and
electric potential fields from an output database. Further, these are initialized and defined as field variables
in a subsequent analysis using the initial conditions, temperature, and field variable procedures;
• can read and interpolate results correctly from different analyses and meshes; and
• can allow a combination of volumetric expansion terms driven by temperature and/or field variables in the
same material definition.
The basic test procedure is as follows: A set of initial two- and three-dimensional heat transfer, mass diffusion,
and piezoelectric analyses are run. In these analyses temperatures, normalized concentrations, and electric
potentials are written as nodal data to output databases. Different combinations of temperature, normalized
concentrations, and electric potential fields are read from these analyses and used to initialize and define
temperature and field variables in subsequent stress/displacement analyses. Using the thermal and field expansion
capability in Abaqus/Standard, the temperatures and field variables are used to drive the displacement fields by
imposing volumetric strains.
Input files
heattransfer2d.inp Two-dimensional heat transfer analysis using different continuum heat
transfer elements; temp_nnc_epot.f is used to drive the temperatures.
heattransfer_dc2d4.inp Two-dimensional heat transfer analysis using DC2D4 heat transfer
elements; temp_nnc_epot.f is used to drive the temperatures.
heattransfer3d.inp Three-dimensional heat transfer analysis using different continuum heat
transfer elements; temp_nnc_epot.f is used to drive the temperatures.
heattransfer_dc3d8.inp Three-dimensional heat transfer analysis using DC3D8 heat transfer
elements; temp_nnc_epot.f is used to drive the temperatures.
massdiffusion2d.inp Two-dimensional mass diffusion analysis using different continuum
mass diffusion elements; temp_nnc_epot.f is used to drive the normalized
concentrations.
massdiffusion_dc2d4.inp Two-dimensional mass diffusion analysis using DC2D4 mass diffusion
elements; temp_nnc_epot.f is used to drive the normalized concentrations.
massdiffusion3d.inp Three-dimensional mass diffusion analysis using different continuum
mass diffusion elements; temp_nnc_epot.f is used to drive the normalized
concentrations.
massdiffusion_dc3d8.inp Three-dimensional mass diffusion analysis using DC3D8 mass diffusion
elements; temp_nnc_epot.f is used to drive the normalized concentrations.
1919
Defining temperature, field variable, pressure stress, and pore fluid pressure values
1920
Defining temperature, field variable, pressure stress, and pore fluid pressure values
1921
Defining temperature, field variable, pressure stress, and pore fluid pressure values
Elements tested
C3D4 C3D5 C3D8 CAX4R
Problem description
These tests verify that a pore fluid pressure field can be predefined, initialized, and properly applied to a stress
analysis without the presence of pore fluid pressure degrees of freedom. The first test includes a constant
predefined pore fluid field, and the other tests contain predefined pore fluid pressure fields that vary with position
and time.
1922
Defining temperature, field variable, pressure stress, and pore fluid pressure values
Input files
predefined_por_std_c3d8_c3d4_c3d5.inp Three-dimensional static stress analysis using different continuum solid e
The predefined pore fluid pressure field is initialized. Its magnitude ramp
to zero in the first step and ramps up to 100 in the second step.
predefined_por_cax4r_elas_std.inp Static stress analysis using axisymmetric elements.
predefined_por_cax4r_elas_xpl.inp Explicit dynamic analysis using axisymmetric elements.
amp_por_elas.inp Amplitude definitions used in both
predefined_por_cax4r_elas_std.inp and
predefined_por_cax4r_elas_xpl.inp.
predefined_por_cax4r_elas_xpl.f User subroutines used in predefined_por_cax4r_elas_xpl.
predefined_por_cax4r_crushablefoam_std.inp Static stress analysis using axisymmetric elements.
predefined_por_cax4r_crushablefoam_xpl.inp Explicit dynamic analysis using axisymmetric elements.
predefined_por_cax4r_crushablefoam_xpl_no_vusubs.inp Explicit dynamic analysis using axisymmetric elements.
amp_por_crushablefoam.inp Amplitude definitions used in
predefined_por_cax4r_crushablefoam_std.inp,
predefined_por_cax4r_crushablefoam_xpl.inp, and
predefined_por_cax4r_crushablefoam_xpl_no_vusub
predefined_por_cax4r_crushablefoam_xpl.f User subroutines used in
predefined_por_cax4r_crushablefoam_xpl.inp.
1923
Surface-based tie
constraint
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
AC2D3 AC2D4 AC2D4R AC2D6 AC2D8
AC3D4 AC3D5 AC3D6 AC3D8 AC3D8R
AC3D10 AC3D15 AC3D20
ACAX3 ACAX4 ACAX4R ACAX6 ACAX8
C3D4 C3D8 C3D8R C3D10 C3D10M
C3D4T C3D6T C3D8RT C3D8P C3D8T C3D8PT C3D10MP
C3D15 C3D20 C3D20E C3D20P
CAX4 CAX4R CAX4T CAX8 CAX3T CAX8T
CPE3 CPE4R CPE3T CPE4 CPE4P CPE6 CPE6MP CPE8 CPE8P
CPS3T CPS4 CPS4R CPS8
DC3D8 DC3D8E DCAX4 DS4 DSAX1 DSAX2
MAX2
R2D2 R3D4
B21 B31 PIPE21 PIPE31
M3D4R
S3RT S4 S4R S4RT S4T S8RT SAX1 SAX2 SAX2T SC6RT SC8RT
Features tested
The surface-based tie constraint is tested for a number of general cases and for the special case of
acoustic-structural coupling.
Problem description
These tests verify the performance of the surface-based tie constraint for various analyses using acoustic,
continuum, and shell elements with the surfaces defined in different ways.
The results for the general cases indicate that the surfaces can be adjusted and tied appropriately.
In the suite of coupled acoustic-structural input files each of the acoustic element types is tested in both slave
and master roles, tied to master surfaces formed of solid continuum elements of similar interpolation order. In
addition, the suite includes input files testing the quadratic acoustic element types in the slave role, with linear
solid continuum elements forming the master surfaces. The results indicate that the fluid-solid coupling functions
correctly.
1925
Surface-based tie constraint
Input files
1926
Surface-based tie constraint
xtie_cpe4p.inp Tie CPE4P elements with the surfaces defined in different ways.
xtie_cpe8p.inp Tie CPE8P elements with the surfaces defined in different ways.
xtie_cpe6mp.inp Tie CPE6MP elements with the surfaces defined in different ways.
xtie_c3d8p.inp Tie C3D8P elements with the surfaces defined in different ways.
xtie_c3d10mp.inp Tie C3D10MP elements with the surfaces defined in different ways.
xtie_c3d20p.inp Tie C3D20P elements with the surfaces defined in different ways.
xtie_piezo.inp Tie continuum and piezoelectric elements.
xtie_rigid_couple.inp Tie a three-dimensional element to a rigid surface in a coupled thermal-stress
analysis.
xtie_analyt_rigid_couple.inp Tie a three-dimensional element to an analytical rigid surface in a coupled
thermal-stress analysis.
xtie_solid_2d_2ties.inp Use two pairs of tie constraints in two dimensions.
xtie_solid_3d_5ties.inp Use five pairs of tie constraints in three dimensions.
xtie_cax8t_sax2t_cax8t.inp Tie a SAX2T element with two CAX8T elements in a coupled thermal-stress
analysis.
xtie_cax8_max2_cax8.inp Tie a MAX2 element with two CAX8 elements.
xtie_isolated_nodes.inp Tie two-dimensional elements to isolated nodes.
ec234afat.inp AC2D3 and CPS4 elements in a coupled acoustic-solid analysis.
ec244afat.inp AC2D4 and CPS4 elements in a coupled acoustic-solid analysis.
ec264afat.inp AC2D6 and CPS4 elements in a coupled acoustic-solid analysis (acoustic
slave-only case).
ec268afat.inp AC2D6 and CPS8 elements in a coupled acoustic-solid analysis.
ec284afat.inp AC2D8 and CPS4 elements in a coupled acoustic-solid analysis (acoustic
slave-only case).
ec288afat.inp AC2D8 and CPS8 elements in a coupled acoustic-solid analysis.
ec348afat.inp AC3D4 and C3D8 elements in a coupled acoustic-solid analysis.
ec358afat.inp AC3D5 and C3D8 elements in a coupled acoustic-solid analysis.
ec368afat.inp AC3D6 and C3D8 elements in a coupled acoustic-solid analysis.
ec388afat.inp AC3D8 and C3D8 elements in a coupled acoustic-solid analysis.
ec3a8afat.inp AC3D10 and C3D8 elements in a coupled acoustic-solid analysis (acoustic
slave-only case).
ec3afafat.inp AC3D10 and C3D15 elements in a coupled acoustic-solid analysis.
ec3f8afat.inp AC3D15 and C3D8 elements in a coupled acoustic-solid analysis (acoustic
slave-only case).
ec3ffafat.inp AC3D15 and C3D15 elements in a coupled acoustic-solid analysis.
ec3k8afat.inp AC3D20 and C3D8 elements in a coupled acoustic-solid analysis (acoustic
slave-only case).
ec3kkafat.inp AC3D20 and C3D20 elements in a coupled acoustic-solid analysis.
eca34afat.inp ACAX3 and CAX4 elements in a coupled acoustic-solid analysis.
eca44afat.inp ACAX4 and CAX4 elements in a coupled acoustic-solid analysis.
eca64afat.inp ACAX6 and CAX4 elements in a coupled acoustic-solid analysis (acoustic
slave-only case).
eca68afat.inp ACAX6 and CAX8 elements in a coupled acoustic-solid analysis.
eca84afat.inp ACAX8 and CAX4 elements in a coupled acoustic-solid analysis (acoustic
slave-only case).
1927
Surface-based tie constraint
1928
Surface-based tie constraint
1929
Surface-based tie constraint
1930
Coupled pore-thermal
elements
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8PT C3D10MPT COD2D4PT COD3D8PT
Features tested
Problem description
Simple tests are created to test steady-state heat transfer, heat convection through pore fluid flow, use of latent
heat, and solution mapping.
Input files
1931
Thermal expansion of
constraints
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Problem description
A circular plate with a circular hole at the center that is free to expand is modeled. Various types of constraints
are used that couple the inside surface of the hole to the reference node at the center of the plate. A uniform
increase in temperature is prescribed at all nodes including the reference node of the constraint.
A uniform expansion of the plate and uniform expansion of the constraint is observed. No stresses are generated
in the plate.
Input files
1933
Miscellaneous output options
In this section:
1935
Writing element matrix
output records
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B21 C3D8 DS3 DS4
S4 S4R S4R5 S8R
Features tested
Problem description
These tests verify that the matrices written out by the element matrix output procedure are valid and that they
can be input into an analysis and used again. The validity of the element matrices is tested by an analysis that
uses the matrices to solve a linear problem.
xemob21o.inp, xemob21u.inp
The maximum displacement in this problem is 332.04. The computed displacements in both problems
match this value, and the displacements at the other nodes match as well.
xemoc38o.inp, xemoc38u.inp
The maximum displacement of −2.0E−4 occurs at nodes 3 and 7 in this problem. Both runs have identical
displacement fields.
xemods3o.inp, xemods4u.inp
The temperature variation through the plate in this example is the same at all nodes. The bottom has a
temperature of 0.0, the middle temperature is 746.0, and the top has a temperature of 994.7. The results
for both cases are the same.
xemods4o.inp, xemods4u.inp
The temperature variation through the plate in this example is the same at all nodes. The bottom has a
temperature of 0.0, the middle temperature is 746.2, and the top has a temperature of 994.69. The results
for both runs are the same.
1937
Writing element matrix output records
xemos45o.inp, xemos45u.inp
The maximum displacement of −8.6667E−5 occurs at node 4 in both problems. However, the problem
which uses the previously computed matrices is missing the rotation at node 1. This extra degree of freedom
in the first run is a result of special procedures that activate the rotation if a boundary or loading condition
is applied there. The precomputed element stiffness matrix does not have this capability.
xemos4o.inp, xemos4u.inp
The maximum displacement of −8.6667E−5 occurs at node 4 in both problems. Both runs have identical
displacement fields, including the rotations. There is no conditional activation of rotation degrees of
freedom with the S4 elements as there is with the S4R5 elements.
xemos4ro.inp, xemos4ru.inp
The maximum displacement of −8.6667E−5 occurs at node 4 in both problems. Both runs have identical
displacement fields, including the rotations. There is no conditional activation of rotation degrees of
freedom with the S4R elements, as there is with the S4R5 elements.
xemos8ro.inp, xemos8ru.inp
The maximum displacement of −3.6376 occurs at node 89. Both runs have the same displacements.
Input files
1938
Writing element matrix output records
xemos4u.inp One S4 element with concentrated loads. A static step is used to test the matrix.
xemos4ru.inp One S4R element with concentrated loads. A static step is used to test the matrix.
xemos8ru.inp One S8R element with distributed loads. A static step is used to test the matrix.
1939
Substructure matrix output
request
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
C3D8 Substructures and linear user elements.
Features tested
The output and input of substructure matrices and load case vectors are tested.
Problem description
These tests verify that the matrices and load vectors written out by the substructure matrix output option are
valid and that they can be input into an analysis and used again. The validity of the results is tested by an analysis
that uses the generated matrices and load vectors to solve a linear problem.
xsmon2so.inp, xsmon2su.inp
Input files xsmon2so.inp and xsmon2su.inp use the substructure and the associated matrices generated by
the substructure generation analysis defined in input file xsmon2so_gen1.inp. In the model defined in
xsmon2so.inp, a single substructure element is used and the generated substructure loads are activated. In
the model defined in xsmon2su.inp, a single linear user element is defined using the stiffness matrix output
from the generation job xsmon2so_gen1.inp and the model is loaded with a system of concentrated loads.
Both runs yield identical displacement fields. The maximum displacement of −2.0 × 10−4 occurs at node
3 in both the runs.
xsmop1so.inp, xsmop1su.inp
Input files xsmop1so.inp and xsmop1su.inp use the substructure and the associated matrices generated by
the substructure generation analysis defined in input file xsmop1so_gen1.inp. In the model defined in
xsmop1so.inp, a single substructure element is used and the generated substructure loads are activated. In
the model defined in xsmop1su.inp, a single linear user element is defined using the stiffness matrix output
from the generation job xsmop1so_gen1.inp and the model is loaded with a system of concentrated loads.
Both runs yield identical displacement fields. The maximum displacement of −2.0 × 10−4 occurs at node
3 in both the runs.
Input files
1941
Substructure matrix output request
xsmop1so_gen1.inp A substructure made up of one C3D8 element with concentrated loads applied in
a preloading step (for demonstration purpose) and distributed loads applied in a
*SUBSTRUCTURE LOAD CASE.
Using substructures and substructure loads:
xsmon2so.inp This file uses the substructure matrix and load vectors generated using
xsmon2so_gen1.inp. A static step is used to test the matrix and load vectors.
xsmop1so.inp This file uses the substructure matrix and load vectors generated using
xsmop1so_gen1.inp. A static step is used to test the matrix and load vectors.
Using equivalent user elements:
xsmon2su.inp The user element is created using the substructure matrix generated using
xsmon2so_gen1.inp. A static step is used to test the matrix when the load vectors are
applied.
xsmop1su.inp The user element is created using the substructure matrix generated using
xsmop1so_gen1.inp. A static step is used to test the matrix when the load vectors are
applied.
1942
Integrated output variables
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B21 B22 B31 B32
PIPE21 PIPE31
C3D4 C3D6 C3D8 C3D8I C3D8R C3D10M
CPE4R CPE6M CPS3 CPS4R
M3D4R
S4 S4R SC8R
T2D2 T3D2
Features tested
Output variables SOF and SOM give the total force and total moment transmitted across a given surface. This
surface typically forms a cross-section cutting through a deformable continuum or structure. The area of the
specified surface when projected along the average normal to that surface is given by output variable SOAREA.
The vector output is given in the global basis, and the total moment is taken about the global origin by default.
However, an integrated output section can be defined and associated with the integrated output request to obtain
the output in a moving coordinate system and the total moment taken about an anchor point that may be translating
and/or rotating.
Problem description
The integrated output variables can be requested only as history output to the output database. These variables
are considered whole element set variables, meaning that the quantity requested is summed over the facets of
the elements lying under the surface specified.
Each of the verification problems below models a region of given element type, and a number of cross-section-like
surfaces are defined. A uniform initial stress is specified for the entire region. All the nodes of the region are
then included in a rigid body that is constrained to undergo a large rotation. Under this rigid body motion the
stresses should remain constant. Hence, the total force and the total moment vectors should correspond to the
initial stresses and also remain constant. In addition, the integrated output is tested over surfaces through integrated
output section definitions.
These verification problems all impose a simple rigid body motion, and each contains the material under a
specified initial stress. In all cases the integrated output based on the fixed stresses remains constant.
Input files
1943
Integrated output variables
1944
Rigid body motion output
variables
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B21 B21H B22 B22H B23 B23H B31 B31H B32 B32H B33 B33H
C3D4 C3D6 C3D8 C3D10 C3D15 C3D20
CAX3 CAX4 CAX4R CAX6 CAX8 CAX8R
CPEG3 CPEG3H CPEG4 CPEG4H CPEG4R CPEG4RH CPEG4I CPEG4IH CPEG6 CPEG6H
CPEG8 CPEG8H CPEG8R CPEG8RH
CPE3 CPE3H CPE4 CPE4H CPE4R CPE4RH CPE4I CPE4IH CPE6 CPE6H
CPE8 CPE8H CPE8R CPE8RH
CPS3 CPS4 CPS4R CPS6 CPS8 CPS8R
ELBOW31 ELBOW31B ELBOW31C ELBOW32
M3D3 M3D4 M3D4R M3D6 M3D8 M3D8R M3D9 M3D9R MASS
PIPE21 PIPE21H PIPE31 PIPE31H PIPE32 PIPE32H ROTARYI PIPE22 PIPE22H
S3R S4 S4R S4R5 S8R S8R5 S9R5 STRI3 STRI65
SAX1 SAX2 SPRING1
Features tested
The following output variables describe the equivalent rigid body motion for any general dynamic motion:
• current coordinate (XC),
• displacement of the center of mass UC (URC),
• equivalent rigid body velocity components VC (VRC),
• current angular momentum about the center of mass (HC),
• current angular momentum about the center of origin (HO),
• current rotary inertia (RI),
• current mass (MASS), and
• current volume (VOL).
These output variables are valid only for direct-integration implicit dynamic procedures. The accuracy of these
output variables is verified with a test suite that encompasses all elements that have mass and/or rotary inertia.
Problem description
The equivalent rigid body motion output variables are specified in the results (.fil) and data (.dat) files.
They can only be requested when using the direct-integration implicit dynamic procedure. These variables are
considered whole element set variables, meaning that the quantity requested is summed over the element set
specified. If no element set is specified, the quantity is summed over the entire model. The element set specified
may contain elements which do not have mass (SPRINGs, DASHPOTs, etc.), but these elements will be ignored
during the summation process. Specifying an element set in which all elements have no mass will elicit a warning
message from Abaqus.
1945
Rigid body motion output variables
All of the verification problems below impose a rigid body motion on single element models. Each input file
contains separate and distinct single element meshes corresponding to the many specific elements within that
element category. For instance, the xrbmcpes.inp input file tests all of the CPE type elements and contains single
element meshes for the CPE3, CPE4, CPE4R, CPE6, CPE8, CPE8R elements (and hybrid versions of all these
elements). Most of the problems impose a planar 90° rotation about the z-axis; the three-dimensional continuum
problem imposes an oblique rotation. Separate output requests to the results file are given for each element set
in the model.
These verification problems all impose a simple rigid body motion. In all cases the magnitude of the rigid body
output variables should agree with the imposed motion. For some problems (such as those with an imposed
constant velocity) the expected magnitudes of the output variables can be calculated directly from the imposed
motion. In other problems the expected output variable magnitudes can be calculated from the imposed motion
and the element geometry.
Input files
1946
Rigid body motion output variables
xrbmaxb3.inp This test is similar to xrbmaxb1.inp but uses a two-dimensional beam element. Again, the
purpose is to compare the format of the printed output for the axisymmetric element to the
output for the whole model.
xrbmsprg.inp This model consists of a spring and a beam. A rigid body variable request is made for an
element set containing only the spring. This should trigger a warning message from Abaqus.
Another output request is made for the whole model. The output should agree with the
imposed rigid rotation of the beam element.
1947
Element nodal forces in
beam section orientation
Overview
This problem contains basic test cases for one or more Abaqus elements and features.
Elements tested
B21 B22 B23 B31 B32 B33
Features tested
Output variable NFORCSO gives the element nodal forces caused by stress in the element in the same coordinate
system used to output section forces and moments. NFORCSO differs from NFORC only in the coordinate
system used for output: NFORCSO components are the internal forces in the beam coordinate system, while
NFORC components are internal forces in the global coordinate system.
Problem description
An L-shaped cantilever beam has concentrated loads applied at its free end. The length of each segment is 10
in., and the beam has a square cross-section with 0.10 in. sides. Steel elastic material properties are used (Young's
modulus of 30 × 106 psi and Poisson's ratio of 0.3). Since the beam is slender, we choose to have the slenderness
correction coefficient (SCF) computed from the elastic material definition; by adding the label SCF in the
transverse shear stiffness definition, we obtain improved results with the linear Timoshenko beam elements B21
and B31.
The results illustrate how the variable NFORCSO provides a more convenient way of examining results along
beams, especially the case in long linear Timoshenko beam elements, since these elements possess a single
integration point along the length of the beam. Output variable NFORCSO provides the bending moments at
the extremities of the element, thus depicting the linearly varying bending moment distributions in the problem
at hand. In quadratic Timoshenko beam elements B22 and B32 all NFORCSO components vanish at the center
nodes as expected.
Input files
1949
Product Index
Product Index
This index lists the sections in this guide that apply to a particular Abaqus product.
In this section:
• Abaqus/Standard
• Abaqus/Explicit
• Abaqus/CAE
• Abaqus/AMS
• Abaqus/Aqua
• Abaqus/Design
1951
Abaqus/Standard
Abaqus/Standard
Overview
This section lists the topics in this guide that apply to Abaqus/Standard.
Abaqus/Aqua analysis
Aqua load cases
Elastic-plastic joint elements
Jack-up foundation analysis
Adaptive remeshing
Error indicators
Pressurized thick-walled cylinder
Contact tests
Adjusting contact surface normals at symmetry planes
1953
Abaqus/Standard
Co-simulation
Abaqus/Standard to Abaqus/Explicit co-simulation
Fluid-structure interaction of a cantilever beam inside a channel
Crack propagation
Crack propagation analysis
Hydraulically driven branching fracture
Propagation of hydraulically driven fracture
Dynamic analysis
Modal dynamic analysis with baseline correction
Random response analysis
1954
Abaqus/Standard
Eigenvalue tests
Acoustic modes
Eigenvalue extraction for single unconstrained elements
Eigenvalue extraction for unconstrained patches of elements
Electromagnetic analysis
Eddy current analysis
Magnetostatic analysis
Interface tests
Cohesive surface interaction
Coupled thermal-electrical surface interaction
Coupling of acoustic and structural elements
Friction models in Abaqus/Standard
Thermal surface interaction
1955
Abaqus/Standard
Mechanical properties
Annealing temperature
Composite, mass proportional, and rotary inertia proportional damping in Abaqus/Standard
Concrete damaged plasticity
Concrete smeared cracking
Creep
Elastic materials
Hydrostatic fluid
Hysteretic materials
Johnson-Cook plasticity
Mullins effect and permanent set
Multiscale materials
Nonlinear large-strain viscoelasticity with hyperelasticity
Progressive damage and failure in fiber-reinforced materials
Progressive damage and failure of ductile metals
Rate-dependent plasticity in Abaqus/Standard
Rate-independent plasticity
Transient internal pressure loading of a viscoelastic cylinder
Two-layer viscoplasticity
Viscoelastic materials
1956
Abaqus/Standard
Miscellaneous tests
Analysis of unbounded acoustic regions
Continuum shells: basic element modes
1957
Abaqus/Standard
Model change
Acoustic model change: steady state
Contact model change
Coupled temperature-displacement model change: steady state
Heat transfer model change: steady state
Pore-thermal model change
Stress/displacement model change: dynamic
Stress/displacement model change: general tests
Stress/displacement model change: static
Patch tests
Membrane patch test
Patch test for acoustic elements
Patch test for axisymmetric elements
Patch test for axisymmetric elements with twist
Patch test for beam elements
Patch test for cylindrical elements
Patch test for heat transfer elements
Patch test for plate bending
Patch test for thermal-electrical elements
Patch test for three-dimensional solid elements
Piezoelectric analysis
Frequency extraction analysis for piezoelectric materials
General analysis procedures for piezoelectric materials
Static analysis for piezoelectric materials
1958
Abaqus/Standard
1959
Abaqus/Standard
Shell offset
Simple load tests for thermal-electrical elements
Surface-based pressure penetration
Temperature-dependent film condition
Thermal stress in a cylindrical shell
Three-bar truss
Three-dimensional solid elements
Variable thickness shells and membranes
Verification of beam elements and section types
Verification of section forces for shells
Verification of the elastic behavior of frame elements
Verification of the plastic behavior of frame elements
Submodeling
Acoustic submodeling
Axisymmetric continuum stress/displacement submodeling
Axisymmetric stress/displacement submodeling with twist
Coupled temperature-displacement submodeling
Cylindrical continuum stress/displacement submodeling
Gasket submodeling
Heat transfer submodeling
Membrane submodeling
Miscellaneous submodeling tests
Piezoelectric submodeling
Pore pressure submodeling
Shell submodeling
Shell-to-solid submodeling
Surface element submodeling
Three-dimensional continuum stress/displacement submodeling
Two-dimensional continuum stress/displacement submodeling
1960
Abaqus/Standard
Substructuring
Coupled structural-acoustic analysis with substructures
Degenerated elements within a substructure
Frequency extraction for substructures
Substructure damping
Substructure load case with centrifugal loads
Substructure preload history
Substructure recovery with The nodal Transformation
Substructure removal
Substructure rotation, mirroring, transformation, and constraints
Substructures with large rotations
Substructures with rebar
Thermal-stress analysis with substructures
Thermal properties
Conductivity and specific heat
Field-variable-dependent conductivity
Gap conductance
1961
Abaqus/Standard
1962
Abaqus/Standard
UVARM
UWAVE and UEXTERNALDB
1963
Abaqus/Explicit
Abaqus/Explicit
Overview
This section lists the topics in this guide that apply to Abaqus/Explicit.
Abaqus/Aqua analysis
Aqua load cases
Contact tests
Anisotropic friction for Abaqus/Explicit
Beam impact on cylinder
Contact searching for analytical rigid surfaces
Contact with initial overclosure of curved surfaces
Finite-sliding contact between a deformable body and a rigid surface
Finite-sliding contact between coupled temperature-displacement elements
Multiple surface contact with penalty method
Rolling of steel plate
Self-contact of finite-sliding deformable surfaces
Small-sliding contact between coupled temperature-displacement surfaces
Small-sliding contact with specified clearance or overclosure values
1965
Abaqus/Explicit
Co-simulation
Abaqus/Standard to Abaqus/Explicit co-simulation
Dynamic analysis
Linear kinematics element tests
Mass scaling
Single degree of freedom spring-mass systems
Interface tests
Cohesive surface interaction
Friction models in Abaqus/Explicit
Thermal surface interaction
Mechanical properties
Annealing temperature
Barlat anisotropic plasticity
Brittle cracking constitutive model
Concrete damaged plasticity
Cracking model: tension shear test
Drucker-Prager plasticity
Drucker-Prager/Cap plasticity model
Elastic materials
Equation of state material
Field-variable-dependent elastic materials
Field-variable-dependent inelastic materials
1966
Abaqus/Explicit
Johnson-Cook plasticity
Large-strain viscoelasticity with hyperelasticity
Mass proportional damping in Abaqus/Explicit
Material damping in Abaqus/Explicit
Mullins effect and permanent set
Nonlinear large-strain viscoelasticity with hyperelasticity
Porous metal plasticity
Progressive damage and failure in fiber-reinforced materials
Progressive damage and failure of ductile metals
Rate-dependent plasticity in Abaqus/Explicit
Rate-independent plasticity
Temperature-dependent elastic materials
Temperature-dependent inelastic materials
Thermal expansion test
Viscoelastic materials
1967
Abaqus/Explicit
Miscellaneous tests
Analysis of unbounded acoustic regions
Mass adjust verification
Nonstructural mass verification
Rebar in Abaqus/Explicit
Rigid bodies with temperature DOFs, heat capacitance, and nodal-based thermal loads
Patch tests
Membrane patch test
Patch test for acoustic elements
Patch test for axisymmetric elements
Patch test for beam elements
Patch test for heat transfer elements
Patch test for three-dimensional solid elements
1968
Abaqus/Explicit
Submodeling
Acoustic submodeling
Axisymmetric continuum stress/displacement submodeling
Coupled temperature-displacement submodeling
Heat transfer submodeling
Membrane submodeling
Miscellaneous submodeling tests
Shell submodeling
Shell-to-solid submodeling
Three-dimensional continuum stress/displacement submodeling
Two-dimensional continuum stress/displacement submodeling
Thermal properties
Conductivity and specific heat
Field-variable-dependent conductivity
Gap conductance
1969
Abaqus/Explicit
1970
Abaqus/CAE
Abaqus/CAE
Overview
This section lists the topics in this guide that apply to Abaqus/CAE.
Adaptive remeshing
Pressurized thick-walled cylinder
1971
Abaqus/AMS
Abaqus/AMS
Overview
This section lists the topics in this guide that apply to Abaqus/AMS.
1973
Abaqus/Aqua
Abaqus/Aqua
Overview
This section lists the topics in this guide that apply to Abaqus/Aqua.
Abaqus/Aqua analysis
Aqua load cases
Elastic-plastic joint elements
Jack-up foundation analysis
1975
Abaqus/Design
Abaqus/Design
Overview
This section lists the topics in this guide that apply to Abaqus/Design.
1977